controllogix remote i/o communication module user manual

176
User Manual ControlLogix Remote I/O Communication Module Catalog Number 1756-RIO

Upload: others

Post on 11-Feb-2022

5 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

User Manual

ControlLogix Remote IO Communication ModuleCatalog Number 1756-RIO

Important User InformationSolid-state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls (publication SGI-11 available from your local Rockwell Automation sales office or online at httpwwwrockwellautomationcomliterature) describes some important differences between solid-state equipment and hard-wired electromechanical devices Because of this difference and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid-state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable

In no event will Rockwell Automation Inc be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment

The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams

No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation Inc with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual

Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of Rockwell Automation Inc is prohibited

Throughout this manual when necessary we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Software Rockwell Automation RSLogix 5000 ControlLogix ProcessLogix RSLinx ControlFlash PLC-5 PLC-3 SLC and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss

ATTENTION Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you identify a hazard avoid a hazard and recognize the consequence

SHOCK HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present

BURN HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures

IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product

Summary of Changes

This manual contains new and updated information This manual includes the addition of the 1756-RIOB module Changes throughout this revision are marked by change bars as shown to the right of this paragraph

New and Updated Information

This table contains the changes made to this revision

Topic Page

1756-RIO module front diagram 13

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 3

Summary of Changes

Notes

4 4Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Table of Contents

Preface Introduction 9Who Should Use This Manual 10Information Found in This Manual 10Additional Resources 10

Chapter 1The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Introduction 111756-RIO Module Components 131756-RIO Module Requirements 15The 1756-RIO Modes 15Prepare the Module 16Install the Software 19Install the Add-on Profile 19Create the RSLogix 5000 Project 22

Configure the Controller 23Add the 1756-RIO Module 24Enter the RPI 27

Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project 30Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode 30

Launch the 1756-RIO Configuration Tool 31

Chapter 2Configure Scanner Mode Introduction 37

Configure Scanner Summary 38Set the Baud Rate 39Autoconfigure Racks 40Manually Configure Racks 43

Matching Configuration Tool Settings with Module Settings 44Resize a Rack 45Delete a Rack 46

Configure Block Transfer Modules 46Map IO Data 51

Automatic Mapping 53Manually Map Discrete (rack) Data 53Manually Map Block Transfer Data 55Re-Map Command 56Clear Mappings 57

Chapter 3Configure Adapter Mode Introduction 61

Configure Adapter Summary 62Set the Baud Rate 63Autoconfigure Racks 64

Perform the AutoConfiguration 65

5Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 5

Table of Contents

Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network 67Manually Configure Racks 69

Resizing Racks 70Delete Racks 71

Configure Block-transfer Modules 72Map IO Data 76

Automatic Mapping 76Manually Map Discrete Data 77Re-Map Command 79Clear Mappings 80

Chapter 4Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Introduction 83Commission Summary 83Aliases 84

Export Aliases in Scanner Mode 85Export Aliases in Adapter Mode 86Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System 87

Manage Configurations 91Download and Upload Configurations 91Save Configurations to Disk 93Archive Configurations 94

Chapter 5Monitor Remote IO Introduction 97

Commission Summary 98Scan Mode and Monitor Mode 99

Scan Remote IO in Scanner Mode 99Monitor Remote IO in Adapter Mode 100

Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs 101Monitor Discrete Inputs in Scanner Mode 101Monitor Discrete Outputs in Scanner Mode 104Monitor Discrete Inputs in Adapter Mode 106Monitor Discrete Outputs in Adapter Mode 107Monitor Discrete Active Inputs in Adapter Mode 108

Monitor Block Transfers 108Monitor Block Transfers in Scanner Mode 109Monitor Block Transfers in Adapter Mode 112

Export Scanner Configurations 115Monitor Mode 116

Other Diagnostics 117Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Scanner Mode 117Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Adapter Mode 120Module Scanner Log 121

6 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Table of Contents

Clear Diagnostics 124Fatal Errors 125

Appendix AScanner Mode IO Map Discrete Input Data 129

Discrete Output Data 131Block Transfer Input 134Block Transfer Output 136

Appendix BAdapter Mode IO Map Discrete Data 141

Discrete Input Data 141Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks 144

Block Transfer Modules 148Block Transfer Read Data on Monitored or Active Racks 148Block Transfer Write Data on Monitored or Active Racks 150

Appendix CBlock Transfer Module Templates Block Transfer Template Records 154

Block Transfer Lengths 155Parameters 156Parameter Examples 158Aliases 159

Appendix DTroubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

Alphanumeric Display 161Status Indicators 162

RIO Status Indicator ndash Remote Devices Status 162CLX Status Indicator ndash ControlBus Status 163OK Status Indicator ndash Module Health 164The Debug Log 164Fatal Errors 164Watchdog and Jabber Inhibit 165Updating the Firmware 165

Appendix EQuick Start ControlLogix System Quick Start 167

Index

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 7

Table of Contents

Notes

8 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Preface

Introduction This manual describes how to configure and troubleshoot your Logix Remote IO (RIO) Communication Module

The 1756-RIO module

bull runs in a ControlLogix environment

bull allows upgrade from PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC systems to a ControlLogix system with a minimum of downtime and startup time

bull uses integer data

bull does not require MSG instructions All data is scheduled

bull offloads block transfer execution to reduce processing burden on the processor

This publication explains how and why you would use a 1756-RIO module The module is used in two modes scanner and adapter mode

In scanner mode the 1756-RIO module enables communication and data transfer between a ControlLogix controller and devices on a Remote IO network The module continuously scans adapters on the remote network The module transfers discrete and block transfer data

In adapter mode the module performs two functions simultaneously First it emulates one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner Second it monitors other remote IO racks on the same Remote IO network

It can be used to upgrade an existing PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system

The advantages of using the 1756-RIO module to upgrade your system include

bull allowing the user to leave the existing Remote IO network in place alleviating the time andor expense of replacing the IO and field wiring or the process of testing out field wiring

bull allowing the new application to be tested before you switch over so that it works just like the old one

bull allowing you to switch back to the old application in minutes should you run into problems

For installation information see the Remote IO (RIO) Module Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN610

9Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 9

Preface

Who Should Use This Manual

We assume you understand remote IO (RIO) modules and the host controller system (ControlLogix)

This manual is intended for individuals who use DHRIO PLC-5 PLC-3 SLC or ControlLogix systems such as

bull software engineers

bull control engineers

bull application engineers

bull instrumentation technicians

Information Found in This Manual

This manual is broken into five parts

bull General module information and features - Chapter 1 and Appendix D

bull Scanner mode functionality - Chapter 2 and Appendices A and C

bull Adapter mode functionality - Chapter 3 and Appendices B and C

bull Linking module configuration with an RSLogix 5000 project - Chapter 4 Monitoring remote IO - Chapter 5

Additional Resources These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

Remote IO (RIO) Module Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN610

Provides details on how to install the 1756-RIO module

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

10 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

11Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 11

Chapter 1

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Introduction This document is a userrsquos guide for the 1756-RIO module The module lets Rockwell Automation ControlLogix controllers communicate with remote IO over the backplane or over a remote network This chapter describes the ControlLogix 1756-RIO module and how it links a ControlLogix controller to the Universal Remote IO network

This chapter also describes the modulersquos physical features software requirements software and add-on profile installation instructions and RSLogix 5000 project setup

The 1756-RIO module

supports native RIO 16-bit words for data control and status bits

acts as a scanner on a Remote IO network

acts as an adapter that exchanges data on a Remote IO network

supports discrete data and block transfer data in either mode

supports up to 10 producedconsumed data connections (along the backplane between the ControlLogix controller and the 1756-RIO module) with 248 words of integer input and 248 words of integer output for each connection

uses producedconsumed connections using a 1756-RIO add-on profile in RSLogix 5000 programming software

supports requested packet intervals (RPIs) from 2hellip750 ms All connections use one set RPI

maps all discrete and block transfer data into producedconsumed connections

monitors existing IO in adapter mode (Monitor mode) It can report all existing inputs and outputs discrete and block transfer module data to the ControlLogix controller

Topic Page

1756-RIO Module Components 13

1756-RIO Module Requirements 15

Prepare the Module 16

Install the Software 19

Install the Add-on Profile 19

Create the RSLogix 5000 Project 22

Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode 30

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

12 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The following modules are supported by the 1756-RIO module

Supported Modules

See Appendix C for additional information

IO Family Cat No

1746 SLC 1746-N14

1746-N18

1746-N04V

1746-NT4

1771 PLC-5 1771-DE 1771-NIV

1771-IFE-16CH (in single-ended 16 Channel configuration)

1771-NOC-noBTR

1771-IFE-8CH (in differential 8 Channel configuration)

1771-NOC

1771-IL-Alarms 1771-NOV-noBTR

1771-IL 1771-NOV

1771-IR 1771-NR

1771-IXE 1771-OFE-diag

1771-NIV-Alarms 1771-OFE

1794 FLEX 1794-IE4XOE2 1794-OE4

1794-IE8

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

1756-RIO Module Components

The 1756-RIO module components include a 4-character display status indicators an RTB connection and an inside-door label

1756-RIOB Module

1756-RIOA Module

RIO CLX OK

1

2

44777

1

2

3

4

43161

Note that the 3-pin connector has been changed

1

2

RIO CLX OK

43161A44777A

1

2

3

4

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 13

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Item Description

1 4-character scrolling display

2 Three status indicators

RIO indicates the status of the network

CLX indicates the status of the connection to the controller

OK indicates the modulersquos own internal state

3 3-pin connector (blue hose) that connects to the remote devices

This is also known as the removable terminal block (RTB)

4 Inside-door label with error codes

14 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

1756-RIO Module Requirements

The requirements for the module to operate include the installation of

RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

the 1756-RIO module add-on profile from the CD provided with the module

the 1756-RIO module installed in a 1756-ControlLogix chassis

The 1756-RIO Modes The 1756-RIO module can be used in various capacities depending on the userrsquos needs First decide which mode you want the 1756-RIO module to use

In most cases the module is used in scanner mode to scan and control remote IO data on a network

In adapter mode the 1756-RIO module can perform two functions simultaneously First the module can emulate one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner (for example a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC) It can exchange data with the scanner as discrete data or via block transfers

Second the 1756-RIO module can act as a lsquoshadowrsquo referred to as Monitor mode to monitor racks on a remote network The module listens to the remote IO and provides all inputs and outputs from the existing scanner to the ControlLogix controller Users can then run their converted logic against those inputs generate temporary outputs and compare the existing outputs with outputs generated by the new logic

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 15

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Prepare the Module The following list summarizes the initial steps needed to prepare the 1756-RIO module before setting up the remote network These steps will be discussed in detail in this chapter

You can have only one scanner per RIO network Remove any other scanners on the RIO network before continuing The RIO module ships in scanner mode You can adjust the instructions to fit the mode that matches your needs

1 Install RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

2 Install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

3 Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the 1756-RIO modulersquos add-on profile found on the installation CD shipped with the module or download it from httpsupportrockwellautomationcomcontrolflashLogixProfilerasp

RSLinx software and RSLogix 5000 programming software must be installed before the add-on profile

See page 19

4 Create a project in RSLogix 5000 programming software

5 Add a 1756 controller to your project

See page 23

6 Add a 1756-RIO module to the project by right-clicking on the chassis in the Controller Organizer and selecting New Module

The Select Module dialog box appears

7 Expand the Communications heading and select the 1756-RIO module Click OK

See page 24

8 Select the General tab on the Module Properties dialog box to set the module properties

16 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

9 Enter the module name and slot number

See page 24

10 Click the Change button in the Module Definition section Select your desired mode scanner or adapter

The module ships in scanner mode Note the number of inputoutput tags If this number is not the same after you map your data with the configuration tool you will have to return to this screen and change them to match your configuration You can specify independently the number of input and output tags within the range of 1hellip10 Each tag you create will create a block of 248 integers For example a value of 2 will create 2x248 or 498 integers

11 When done click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

See page 25

12 Select the Connection tab on the Module Properties dialog box

13 Set the Requested Packet Interval (RPI)

See page 27

14 Click on the Remote IO tab name the RIO file and click the OK button

15 Choose Yes on the Create dialog box

See page 31

This will close the Module Properties dialog box You will need to double-click on the 1756-RIO module in the controller organizer to re-open the Module Properties dialog box

16 Click on the Configure Remote IO Devices button on the Module Properties dialog box to launch the configuration tool

17 In the configuration tool if needed under the Tools menu select Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode menu to match the RIO module functionality to match your application Scanner or Adapter

See pages 33

18 Configure the RIO module to match your application In scanner mode add the desired racks to scan and any block transfer modules In adapter mode configure the desired racks to be emulated or monitored and add any block transfer modules Map all entries either manually or by using the Automap command

See pages 51 and 76

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 17

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

19 Download the configuration to the module From the configuration toolrsquos Configure menu select Download Configuration Set the communication path when prompted

See page 91

20 Save the project

21 Go online in the RSLogix 5000 project and download the configuration to the controller

See page 30

See Chapters 2 and 3 for in-depth information on setting module modes and configuration

18 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Install the Software Begin by installing the RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation on your computer You must use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

Then install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the Add-on Profile Installing the add-on profile also installs the software configuration tool The add-on profile and the configuration tool (56RioCfg) are on the CD that ships with your module

Once loaded onto your computer the configuration tool is accessible within the RSLogix 5000 add-on profile The configuration tool contains two separate programs one for scanner mode 56RioCfgScan and one for adapter mode 56RioCfgAdpt The program that launches depends on which mode you select

With the configuration tool you can

bull change modes

bull set the baud rate

bull autoconfigure racks from an attached Remote IO network

bull manually add and configure racks

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map IO data to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed connections

bull save and load configuration files

bull download and upload configurations

bull archive projects

bull monitor diagnostics rack status discrete data and block transfers

IMPORTANT The 1756-RIO module requires RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later The add-on profile does not work with previous versions of RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 19

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

To install the add-on profile along with the configuration tool follow these steps

1 Make sure any instances of RSLogix 5000 programming software is shut down before beginning

2 Insert the CD that was shipped with your module into your computer

3 Open the folder 1756-RIO Configuration Tool Setup Run the MPSetupexe program

The RSLogix 5000 Module Profiles Setup Wizard launches

4 Follow the prompts to complete the installation Click Next Accept the License Agreement install the profile and begin

ATTENTION If you get a message about DTL32DLL when installing or running the programs on the configuration CD it indicates problems with the RSLinx software installation Confirm that you have the correct version of RSLinx software RSLinx Lite software cannot be used

20 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

5 On the Module Profiles Setup dialog box click Install to configure RSLogix 5000 Module Profiles

6 Click Next

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 21

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

7 Click Finish

Create the RSLogix 5000 Project

Once the add-on profile is installed you are ready to create the RSLogix 5000 project In this section you will

start a new project

configure the controller in the project

add the 1756-RIO module to the project

enter the requested pack interval (RPI)

22 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Configure the Controller

1 Launch RSLogix 5000 programming software if it is not opened

2 In the RSLogix 5000 programming software Controller Organizer from the File menu choose New

3 On the New Controller dialog box select a 1756 controller the Revision number Name Chassis Type and Slot number The 1756-RIO module can only be used in RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later

4 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 23

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Add the 1756-RIO Module

1 On the Controller Organizer right-click on the IO Configuration folder and select New Module from the pull-down menu

2 On the Select Module dialog box expand the Communications tab and select the 1756-RIO module

3 Click OK

The 1756-RIO Module Properties dialog box displays

IMPORTANT You must be offline to add the module to the IO configuration in the RSLogix 5000 project

24 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

On the Module Properties dialog box from the General tab you can assign the module name description slot number and module definition

The Module Definition dialog box displays

4 Click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

5 Click Yes to accept any changes

6 Click OK again on the bottom of the General tab

Item Description

Name Choose a name that easily identifies the module

Description The Description field is optional

Slot The Slot field must match the slot number of the 1756-RIO modulersquos location in the chassis

Module Definition-Change hellip button

Click on the Change hellip button to change the Series Revision Electronic Keying Mode (scanner or adapter) or Number of Input or Output Tags The Module Definition dialog box displays

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 25

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

26 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Module Definition Dialog Box

Item Description

Series Module series letter

Revision Firmware revision number

Electronic Keying Exact Match requires all keying attributes of the physical module and the module created in the software to match precisely to establish communication

Compatible Module the module determines whether to accept or reject communication Compatible Keying allows the physical module to accept the key of the module configured in the software provided that the configured module is one the physical module is capable of emulating This is the default setting

Disabled Keying indicates the keying attributes are not considered when attempting to communicate with a module Be extremely cautious when using this option if used incorrectly this option can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss

Mode - Scanner or Adapter

The module ships in scanner mode (The 4-character display on the front of the module also indicates which mode is set) If you want to change the mode setting you must first select the desired mode in the add-on profile on the Module Definition dialog box from the pull-down menu so that the correct configuration tool starts Then on the Remote IO tab you must click on the Configure Remote IO devices button (the configuration tool) and select the Tools menugtSet 1756-RIO ModuleScanner mode to download the correct firmware

Be aware that changing the module mode downloads firmware specific to the mode chosen This mode setting must match between the RSLogix 5000 programming software project and the configuration tool but keep in mind that the correct firmware must also be downloaded

Input Tags - Output Tags

Up to 10 input and output tags can be selected Each tag is 248 words The number of inputoutput tags entered in the add-on profilersquos Module Properties has to be equal or greater than the number of tags in the configuration tool

The number of tags in the configuration tool are determined by the mappings you create The more tags you have the more backplane traffic is generated Itrsquos best to keep the number of tags low which is what the automatic mapping command does by mapping the data and packing it into the lowest number of tags

For example a single rack with discrete data that has the inputsoutputs mapped to block 9 requires the inputoutput tags to be 10 So in the Module PropertiesgtGeneral tabgtModule DefinitiongtChange button select 10 for the number of input and output tags

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Enter the RPI

To set the RPI follow these steps

1 On the controller organizer double-click on the RIO module

2 On the Module Properties dialog box from the Connection tab set the RPI for the module

IMPORTANT If you are using the 1756-RIO module in a remote rack for example a rack connected to the controlling ControlLogix controller over ControlNet or EthernetIP it may be necessary to increase the RPI as the intermediate network may not have sufficient bandwidth to support faster updates (small RPIs) The likelihood of having bandwidth issues is increased as you increase the number of 248-word input and output tags

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 27

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

28 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Remote IO Update Time

The remote update time is the time it takes the Remote IO scanner to scan all of the adapters in its IO scan list

The scan rate is the approximate time it takes to scan a 16-slot logical chassis without block transfers The number and sizes of block transfers can significantly affect this time

So for example if you have eight adapters on your network and your baud rate is 2304 K your approximate remote IO update time would be 8 ( of adapters) 3 ms (scan rate) or 24 ms

RPI

The Requested Packet Interval (RPI) specifies the rate at which the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller exchange data to and from each other The allowable RPIrsquos range is from 2hellip750 ms with a default of 20 ms When the specified time frame elapses the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller produce data for each other All 1756-RIO input and output tags update with the same RPI

Select an RPI for your application For most applications a good rule of thumb would be to set the RPI equal to one half of the remote IO scan time

Baud Rate Scan Rate

2304 K 3 ms

1152 K 5 ms

576 K 8 ms

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Throughput

When using the 1756-RIO module your system throughput is based on the following key factors

Number and sizes of adapters

Number and sizes of block transfer modules

Overall remote IO update time

RPI

Any network cards involved

Controller scan time

The asynchronous nature of the RPI and the remote IO scan

Since the RIO scan is asynchronous to the RPI the worst case or maximum update time to get information from the 1756-RIO into the controller is the RPI plus two times the remote IO update rate

You can use the diagnostic functions of the 1756-RIO configuration toolrsquos utilities to measure the average minimum and maximum update times on the Remote IO network

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 29

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project

Follow these steps to set the communication path and download to the controller

1 On the main menu from the Communications menu select Who Active

2 Browse to the controller

3 Click the Set Project Path button

4 Click Download

Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode

Once the desired module mode is set in the RSLogix 5000 module properties you must select the mode in the configuration tool to download the correct firmware You must first launch the configuration tool and then verify the mode setting matches in the Module Properties and in the configuration tool The correct firmware must be downloaded for the module to run correctly

ATTENTION If your desired mode is scanner mode you do nothing at this point as the module ships in scanner mode

IMPORTANT The controller must be in Program Mode to continue with the firmware update

30 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 31

Launch the 1756-RIO Configuration Tool

Follow these steps to launch the configuration tool and to set the mode in the configuration tool

1 On the Module Properties dialog box click the Remote IO tab

2 On the Remote IO tab window in the RIO File (rio) field type a file name or use the Browse button

The file name can include a path If the file or directory does not exist it is created

3 Click OK

The following dialog box appears

The Configure Remote IO Devices button is not active

ATTENTION When you create a file the default location is the project directory If you enter a path or file that does not exist it is created The file is not created until you run the configuration tool You can use the browse button to select a location If you change the path you must click Apply before you can use the Configure Remote IO Devices button

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

4 Click Yes The Module Properties dialog box closes

5 On the controller organizer double-click on the 1756-RIO module to re-open the Module Properties dialog box Select the Remote IO tab

Notice that the Configure Remote IO Devices button is now active

6 Click the Configure Remote IO Devices button to launch the configuration tool

The 56RioCfgScan dialog box displays You are now in the configuration tool software for scanner mode You can change operating modes and configure a Remote IO network

The Configure Remote IO Devices button is now active

TIP If you want to change operating modes you should do this before configuring the modulersquos settings When you change the operating mode you are downloading the latest firmware to the module The firmware is specific to the mode you choose scanner or adapter

IMPORTANT Notice that because lsquoScannerrsquo mode was set in the RSLogix 5000 programming software on the General Tab of the RIO Module Properties dialog box the scanner program within the configuration tool (56RioCfgScan) starts and displays at the top of the profilersquos dialog box

32 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

7 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the Tools menu choose Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode

8 On the RSLinx Path Selection dialog box click the Autobrowse box to browse the path to the 1756-RIO module to set the communication path and click OK

The configuration tool then displays the current mode in the 56RioSetMode dialog box and lets you select the mode you want to use

The 56RioCfgScan program title displays at the top of the configuration toolrsquos dialog box indicating that scanner mode was chosen in the modulersquos properties in the RSLogix 5000 add-on profile and that you are running the scanner configuration toolrsquos firmware

IMPORTANT Remember specific firmware downloads depending on mode selection Also you are prompted to reset the communication path when changing from one mode to another

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 33

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

In the 56RioSetMode dialog box select the mode from the New Mode pull-down menu and click OK to download the new firmware

A status window displays showing the progress of the mode change

The 1756-RIO SetMode Confirmation dialog box displays the version of the firmware it is about to download Check carefully that this firmware version is correct

IMPORTANT Steps 9 and 10 change the configuration of the RIO module between adapter and scanner mode If your module is configured for the desired mode these steps are not necessary

IMPORTANT Changing the 1756-RIO module mode or updating firmware clears the remote IO configuration stored on the 1756-RIO module

34 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

9 Click OK to download the firmware

Once you click OK the words lsquoFirmware Updatersquo scroll across the front of the 1756-RIO modulersquos 4-character display indicating that the firmware change is taking place

The tool downloads the firmware and displays the progress of the download When the download is complete the tool displays the result of the download The 1756-RIO SetMode Completed Successfully dialog box appears

10 Click OK

The front of the 1756-RIO modulersquos character display should now indicate the new firmware mode

If the download fails the tool displays an error message

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 35

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

36 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

37Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 37

Chapter 2

Configure Scanner Mode

Introduction Once the 56RioCfg configuration tool launches you can configure a Remote IO network using the RIO module as a scanner or an adapter This chapter describes how to configure the module for use in scanner mode

In scanner mode the ControlLogix controller writes remote IO outputs and reads remote IO inputs The 1756-RIO module enables communication between the controller and devices on a Remote IO network The scanner continuously scans the adapters on the Remote IO network

Two types of data are transferred over the Remote IO network - discrete and block transfer data Discrete data transfers consist of the scanner sending output data and communication commands to the adapter which instruct the adapter about how to control its output The adapter responds by sending input data to the scanner

The remote IO block transfer module is a data transfer mechanism that lets you control the transfer of up to 64 words of data to or from a remote device The 1756-RIO module allows the user to offload block transfer execution from the controller The data appears in the data table of the ControlLogix controller without having to execute the logic in the controller to perform the block transfer A Block Transfer Read (BTR) receives data from a remote device A Block Transfer Write (BTW) sends data to a remote device

In this chapter you use the configuration tool to configure the module in scanner mode to prepare it for use on the Remote IO network You will

bull configure the racks automatically or manually

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map the remote IO modules to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data

Topic Page

Configure Scanner Summary 38

Set the Baud Rate 39

Autoconfigure Racks 40

Manually Configure Racks 43

Configure Block Transfer Modules 46

Map IO Data 51

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Configure Scanner Summary

The following list summarizes the steps to configure the 1756-RIO module in scanner mode

1 Set the baud rate

2 Autoconfigure online racks on the network (Make sure the controller is set to Program Mode)

3 Set the communication path

4 Manually add any additional racks that are not online

5 Manually add and configure block transfer modules

6 MapAutomap the data

1756

Con

trol

ler

Rem

ote

IO M

odul

e

Sc

anne

r Mod

e

1771

-ASB

Rem

ote

IO A

dapt

er

1771 IO IO IO

1747

-ASB

Rem

ote

IO A

dapt

er

1746 IO IO IO

1771 IO

1746 IO

Uni

vers

al R

emot

e IO

Net

wor

k

Scanner Mode

44803

38 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Set the Baud Rate After setting the operating mode for the 1756-RIO module you must set the baud rate

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the controller on the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties

The 1756-RIO Properties dialog box displays

2 Select the baud rate

3 You can also optionally enter an LED Banner name

This is a unique name you assign to identify the module This is useful when you have multiple RIO modules on your network The LED Banner displays on the 4-character display on the 1756-RIO module It can be from 0hellip15 characters long

4 Click OK

You must perform a download to reconfigure the module

Value Baud Rate Kbps

57 k - scanner mode default 576

115 k 1152

230 k 2304

TIP If you perform an autoconfiguration the 1756-RIO module automatically detects the baud rate by sending packets to an attached remote IO network

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 39

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

5 On the main menu from the Configure menu choose Download or click the Download Config to Module button on the toolbar

Autoconfigure Racks You can autoconfigure racks attached to the network or add additional racks manually The Autoconfigure command scans the Remote IO network to determine which racks are present

The module automatically detects the network baud rate and configures the racks on the attached Remote IO network

The 56RioCfgScan tool sends messages to all possible racks detects all possible baud rates and from the replies determines which racks are on the network

Main Menu

Toolbar

40 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 41

The icons on the 56RioCfgScan tool show the partial rack sizes and locations Racks are shown with starting and ending IO groups For example the following tree shows rack 0 consisting of 4 quarter racks

Block transfer modules must be added and configured manually

When the module is in scanner mode the 1756-RIO module performs the following actions during autoconfigure The module

bull detects the network baud rate by sending messages at each baud rate looking for responses

bull then sends messages to all possible racks on the network

bull builds a network configuration from the observed network responses

bull displays the network configuration

Partial Rack (14 rack)

Rack 0

IMPORTANT The controller with the connection to the 1756-RIO module must be in program mode when you perform an autoconfiguration The following error message displays if the controller is not in program mode

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

To perform an autoconfigure in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the main menu from the Configure menu select Autoconfigure or click the Autoconfigure button on the toolbar

Any configuration previously stored in the 1756-RIO module is overwritten by the data from the autoconfiguration You are given the option to save the previous configuration before it proceeds with the autoconfiguration

Autoconfiguration detects just the rack structure it cannot locate block transfer modules You have to manually add block transfer modules to the rack

TIP There is no specific rsquoautorsquo baud rate when the module is in scanner mode When using autoconfigure the 1756-RIO module tries all three baud rates and sets the baud rate based on the responses to the messages it sends You need to make sure that all devices on the network are set at the same baud rate

TIP After performing an Autoconfigure what displays by the 56RioCfgScan tool matches what is in the 1756-RIO module No download is necessary The Autoconfigure also automatically maps the discrete rack data to tags in the ControlLogix processor

Main Menu

Toolbar

42 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Manually Configure Racks To add a rack manually to the remote IO configuration follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the root of the IO tree which represents the remote IO scanner and select Add Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 On the AddResize Rack dialog box select the Rack number (in octal) the Start Group and the End Group

3 Click OK

Item Field Description Range

1 Rack 0hellip76 octal available

2 Start Grp (IO) 0246

A logical rack consists of eight IO groups numbered 0hellip7 The smallest unit allowed on a network is a quarter rack so the starting IO groups are 0246

3 End Grp (IO) 1357

Ending IO groups

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 43

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Matching Configuration Tool Settings with Module Settings

After manually adding a rack a download is necessary

To download to the module from the Configure menu select Download Configuration or from the toolbar click the Download Config to Module button

Manually adding racks also requires the discrete data to be mapped to tags in the ControlLogix controller before allowing a download The data can be mapped automatically or manually

See Map IO Data on page 51

Main Menu

Toolbar

44 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Resize a Rack

To resize a configured rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Resize Partial Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 Select Start Group and End Group

3 Click OK

If resizing the rack results in an overlap with an existing rack the resize fails and displays an error message

If resizing the rack results in deleting block transfer modules you are given the option of cancelling the resize or proceeding and deleting the block transfer modules

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 45

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Delete a Rack

To delete a rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Delete Rack(s)

2 To delete a partial rack expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the partial rack and choose Delete Partial Rack

Configure Block Transfer Modules

All block transfer modules represent some type of analog data Block transfer modules transfer a block (64 words maximum) of analog-type data at a rate configured by the user The 1756-RIO module lets the user offload block transfer execution from the controller to the 1756-RIO module

If a slot is occupied by a discrete IO module or is empty select lsquoDiscretersquo which is the default If a specific block transfer module occupies the slot select the part number of that block transfer module

Not all block transfer modules are supported directly by the 1756-RIO module If the module you are using does not appear in the list set the module type to BT-MODULE and set the lengths to the appropriate values In some cases there are multiple templates for a given block transfer module to show that the module can be used in significantly different ways

See Appendix D for additional information on block transfer templates

46 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

All block transfer data is mapped into one of the possible 10 producedconsumed connections on the controller Each producedconsumed connection allows 248 16-bit words in and out There are two words of overhead for each block transfer for controlstatus The 1756-RIO module can execute as many block transfers as the user configures up to the limits of available memory mapped to the ControlLogix controller

To configure a block transfer module follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box expand the IO tree to choose the location where you want to add the module

2 On the IO tree right-click the slot where you want to add the module and select Module Properties

IMPORTANT Block transfers do not need MSG instructions to execute

TIP In scanner mode block transfer modules can be configured manually also

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 47

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

3 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type pull-down select the type

4 Click OK

The IO Module Properties dialog box displays

5 Click Configure to display the BT Module Parameterization configuration dialog box to configure the module

This example shows the BT Module Parameterization dialog box for a 16-channel 1771-IFE module Each module is different

Use the dialog box to set parameters for a block transfer module These parameters are defined in the template file for the block transfer module and are typical quantities such as scaling parameters and alarms

Module Types

Type Description

Discrete A block transfer module does not exist at this location

BT-MODULE Any other block transfer module not listed by part number in the system

1746-xxxhellip1794-xxx Part number of block transfer (analog) modules with template files in the system that are compatible with the 1756-RIO module See Supported Modules on page 12 for the complete list

48 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

6 Enter the configuration data and click OK

7 On the IO Module Properties dialog box select how you want the block transfer to update

There are three update modes automatic semi-automatic and manual

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 49

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

8 On the IO Module Properties dialog box select the block transfer read-and-write-update rates from 0hellip16383 ms

A rate of 0 means the 1756-RIO module updates the block transfer as fast as the network and the block transfer module allows

Type Description

Automatic 1756-RIO module controls block transfer update

Automatic block transfers perform a single configuration block transfer write every time the controller transitions from Program to Run mode and then perform timed data block transfer read and write updates using the BTR and BTW data lengths and times from the configuration tool The length values and update times for automatic block transfers all come from the configuration tool

Automatic block transfers begin as soon as the controller is in run mode they do not have to be triggered

Errors in block transfer execution are indicated by non-zero values returned to the ControlLogix controller

In automatic mode the module configuration data values come from the configuration tool as default values or from user parameters The size of the configuration block transfer write is the data BTW length BtwLen plus the Config BTW Length CfgLen from the template The data block transfer write length is BtwLen from the template and this is the length mapped to ControlLogix output data

The size of the data block transfer read is set by the configuration tool

Semi-automatic 1756-RIO module controls block transfer update

Semi-automatic block transfers perform a single configuration block transfer write every time the controller transitions from Program to Run mode and then perform timed data block transfer read and write updates using the BTR and BTW data lengths and times from the configuration tool The length values and update times for semi-automatic block transfers all come from the configuration tool

Semi-automatic block transfers begin as soon as the controller is in run mode they do not have to be triggered

Any errors in BT execution are indicated by non-zero values in the ControlLogix controller

In Semi-automatic mode the module configuration data values come from ControlLogix output data The size of the configuration block transfer write is the data BTW length BtwLen plus the Config BTW Length CfgLen from the template and this is the length mapped to ControlLogix output data The data block transfer write length is BtwLen from the template

The size of the data block transfer read is set by the configuration tool

Manual The ControlLogix controller controls block transfer update

IO module configuration gathers data from the ControlLogix controller

To execute block transfers in manual mode

enter the BTR andor BTW length and BTW data in the control block for the module

set the BTREN andor BTWEN bits (BTRCONTBTWCONT) for continuous execution

check the BTRDNBTWDN bits that indicate BT execution is complete (BTR data is available at that time)

check the BTRERRBTWERR bits If set read the error code to determine the cause of the problem

Inhibit Automatic Block Transfers

To inhibit a running automatic or semi-automatic block transfer set bit 9 to offset 0 of the mapped output data for the module

50 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Map IO Data You must map the IO data to locations in the ControlLogix controller input and output data before you can scan the Remote IO network

Mapping connects locations in the ControlLogix input and output tags to locations on the Remote IO network (discrete data on racks and block transfer reads and writes)

Connections (producedconsumed) occur between the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller They are point-to-point links between two end points

Producedconsumed tag data is the information that gets passed back and forth over the line between the two end points

There are up to 10 blocks of producedconsumed tag data Discrete and block transfer tag data gets lsquopackedrsquo into the ControlLogix producedconsumed data When discrete and block transfer tag data are mapped or when the configuration tool lsquoauto mapsrsquo the data for you you are selecting which of those blocks the tag data is mapped to and the offset in the block where the tag data is found

See Scanner Mode IO Map on page 129

When mapping is complete you must export the aliases to the 1756-RIO module and import the configuration to the RSLogix 5000 project

See Aliases on page 84 for a complete discussion of exporting and importing aliases

IMPORTANT It is essential that the control program on the host controller matches the addresses in the mapping configuration on the 1756-RIO module otherwise the control program may inadvertently write to the incorrect IO locations If you change the data mappings on the 1756-RIO module make sure that the control program uses the correct addresses

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 51

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

ATTENTIONUnassigned or unmapped data (IO addresses) are shown as xxx in the IO tree

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Unmapped Data

Mapped Data

52 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Automatic Mapping

The Auto Map Any Unassigned command automatically maps any unassigned discrete or block transfer data to ControlLogix connections Discrete data is mapped before block transfer data The longest blocks of data are mapped first from the lowest addresses up Any previously-assigned addresses remain unchanged

On the 56RioCfg configuration tool dialog box from the Map menu choose Automap Any Unassigned to automatically map all the data

Any xxxs are replaced with an actual IO address

Manually Map Discrete (rack) Data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack and select Rack Map Discretes - Assign Manually

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 53

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

2 On the Map RackhellipManually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down menu select the ControlLogix block and Data Offset within the block for the Input Mapping and Output Mapping

Data Offset Field Range Choices

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

The configuration tool checks for overlaps with previously-mapped data and displays an error if it finds an overlap

Item Field Description

1 Clx Block There are up to 10 data blocks (0hellip9) available on the ControlLogix controller for inputs and outputs You select the block where the data is rsquopackedrsquo

2 Data Offset The data offset (0hellip247) is the area in the data block where the inputoutput data is foundYou select the data offset area within the block

12

54 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Manually Map Block Transfer Data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the expanded rack list right-click on the module and select BT Module Clx Map - Assign Manually

2 On the Map BT ModulehellipManually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down menu select the ControlLogix block and Data Offset within the block for the Input Mapping and Output Mapping

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

The configuration tool checks for overlaps with previously-mapped data and displays an error message if it finds an overlap

If there is insufficient space in the current block to map the data

bull the Data Offset field is blank

bull the OK button appears dimmed

Change the block number and select an offset

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 55

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Re-Map Command

Use the Re-Map All command to clear all previous mappings and automatically map all discrete and block transfer data to connections

From the Map menu select Re-Map All

See Aliases on page 84 for exporting and importing aliases

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

ATTENTION If you remap IO data you should export aliases and re-import them into the RSLogix 5000 project so the control program uses the new assignments

56 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Clear Mappings

Follow these steps to clear all mappings

1 To clear all assigned mappings on the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the Map menu choose Clear All Mappings

2 On the Clear ALL Mappings dialog box confirm that you want to clear all the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 57

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Clear Discrete Rack Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear mappings for discrete (rack) data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack and select Rack Map Discretes - Clear

2 On the Clear Rack Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT All of the preceding mapping and configuration examples currently reside only within the 56RioCfgScan software and must be downloaded to the 1756-RIO module

See page 30 for download steps

58 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Clear Block Transfer Module Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear the mappings for block transfer data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the expanded rack right-click on the block-transfer module and select BT Module Clx Map - Clear

2 On the Clear BT Module Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the BT Module mappings and click Yes

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 59

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Notes

60 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 3

Configure Adapter Mode

Introduction This chapter explains how and why to use the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode In adapter mode the 1756-RIO module can perform two functions simultaneously

First the module can emulate one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner (for example a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC controller) On Active racks the module writes remote IO inputs and reads remote IO outputs

Second it can monitor other remote IO racks On Monitored racks the 1756-RIO module can monitor existing IO also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo and can be used to upgrade a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system Monitor mode provides existing discrete inputs and outputs and Block Transfer reads and writes to the ControlLogix controller

See Scan Mode and Monitor Mode on page 99 for a complete description of using Monitor mode

The 1756-RIO module communicates with the ControlLogix controller using up to 10 input connections and 10 output connections via producedconsumed data Remote IO data maps into the connections by the configuration tool

In this chapter you use the configuration tool to configure the module in adapter mode to prepare it for use on the Remote IO network You will

bull configure the racks automatically or manually

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map the remote IO modules to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data

Topic Page

Configure Adapter Summary 62

Set the Baud Rate 63

Autoconfigure Racks 64

Manually Configure Racks 69

Configure Block-transfer Modules 72

Map IO Data 76

61Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 61

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Adapter Mode

Configure Adapter Summary

The following list summarizes the steps to configure the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

1 Set the baud rate

2 Autoconfigure online racks on the network (Make sure the controller is set to Program Mode)

3 Set the communication path

4 Manually add any additional racks that are not online

5 Manually add and configure block transfer modules

6 MapAutomap the data

RIO Scanner(reads inputs and writes outputs to scanned racks)PLC-3 PLC-5 SLC Etc

Cont

rolL

ogix

1756

-RIO

in

Ada

pter

Mon

itor M

ode

1771 IO Rack

1747 IO Rack

Rack 1

Rack 2

Rack 3

1771 IO Rack

Rack 4RIO Scanner(reads inputs and writes ouputs to scanned racks)PLC-3 PLC-5 SLC Etc

1771 IO Rack

1771 IO Rack

1747 IO Rack

Rack 1

1756

-RIO

In A

dapt

er

Mod

e

Cont

rolL

ogix

Rack 4

Rack 3

Rack 2

Two-way communication between the RIO scanner and the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

1756-RIO Module as an Active Rack 1756-RIO Module as a Monitored Rack

One-way communication between the Remote IO network and the ControlLogix controller The RIO scanner controls the IO and the ControlLogix controller via the 1756-RIO module in adapter monitors all IO data In monitor mode it monitors the IO and brings all input and output data into the ControLogix controller

44828 44829

Universal Remote IO Network

IMPORTANT Configuring the 1756-RIO module as an adapter enables the RIO module to emulate a 1771-ASB module This allows a path for peer-to-peer data to be exchanged between the scanner controller and the ControlLogix owner of the RIO module over the Remote IO network The adapter mode functionality does not allow the scanner controller to directly control any 1756-IO in the chassis with the RIO module

62 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Set the Baud Rate To set the baud rate in adapter mode follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the controller on the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties

The 1756-RIO Properties dialog box displays

2 On the 1756-RIO Module Properties dialog box select the baud rate

3 You can also enter an LED Banner name This is a unique name you assign to identify the module This is useful when you have multiple RIO modules on your network The LED Banner displays on the 4-character display on the 1756-RIO module It can be from 0hellip15 characters long

4 Click OK

The default baud rate is Auto (automatic baud rate detection)

Value Baud Rate Kbps

57 k 576

115 k 1152

230 k 2304

Auto - adapter mode default Auto

TIP If you perform an autoconfiguration the 1756-RIO module automatically detects the baud rate by monitoring an attached Remote IO network

TIP If you are only using Active racks set the baud rate to match the Remote IO network Donrsquot set it to Auto

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 63

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Autoconfigure Racks When the module is in adapter mode autoconfigure builds a configuration based on what it has heard on a running network This process differs from scanner mode because the 1756-RIO module does not scan these racks only monitors the information to and from these racks

The module automatically detects the network baud rate and configures the racks on an attached Remote IO network Autoconfiguration detects the rack structure and causes the 1756-RIO module to monitor the data to and from these racks Active and monitored racks are displayed

See Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network on page 67 for detailed information about active and monitored racks

Autoconfigure in adapter mode performs the following actions

bull Detects the network baud rate

bull Monitors messages to and from racks on the network

bull Builds a network configuration from the observed network traffic

bull Displays the network configuration

To autoconfigure in adapter mode you must

bull clear the old configuration

bull download a new empty configuration

bull set the baud rate to lsquoautorsquo or to the baud rate that matches the existing network

bull put the scanner in Run mode until all block transfers execute

bull put the scanner back in Program mode

bull perform the autoconfiguration

IMPORTANT The controller with the connection to the 1756-RIO module must be in program mode when you perform an autoconfiguration

ATTENTION Please note any configuration previously stored in the 1756-RIO module is overwritten by the data from the autoconfiguration You are given the option to save the previous configuration before it proceeds with the autoconfiguration

64 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Perform the AutoConfiguration

Follow these steps to perform autoconfiguration

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Configure menu choose Download Configuration or click the Download Configuration button on the toolbar

This clears the previous configuration and downloads an empty configuration to the 1756-RIO module

2 Set the baud rate to Auto On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the controller in the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties to enter the baud rate

3 To automatically add block transfers put the remote IO scanner module in Run mode (you set it to Program mode before you began the autoconfiguration) and wait until the block transfers execute Then put the scanner back in Program mode

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 65

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

4 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Configure menu choose Autoconfigure to build a configuration from observed network traffic or click the Autoconfigure button on the toolbar

The RSLinx Path Selection autobrowse dialog box displays

5 Navigate to the backplane and select the 1756-RIO adapter module and click OK

The 1756-RIO module builds a configuration based on what it has observed on the Remote IO network since the download The configuration includes racks block transfer modules and observed block transfer updates All block transfers are set to type BT-MODULE

Main Menu Toolbar

66 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network

You must distinguish between active and monitored racks and must manually enter active racks into the 1756-RIO modulersquos configuration and manually add any desired block transfers

On monitored racks the 1756-RIO module picks up the block transfers automatically but must have the specific module type set This insures that the aliases you create for import into the RSLogix 5000 project have names that better describe the data content Otherwise the generic module type BT-MODULE is set

If you want active racks add them manually now then download the modified configuration to the 1756-RIO module

In the configuration tree each rack line precedes an icon representing rack information The icons represent type and size The size color and position of the colored block indicates the location size and type of partial rack and whether the rack is active or monitored

Active Versus Monitored Racks

Type Description

Active The 1756-RIO module emulates one or more remote IO racks The ControlLogix controller sends the rack- produced data which is then sent as remote IO input data to the scanner on the Remote IO network The remote IO scanner sends output data for those emulated racks to the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode The RIO module then sends that data to the ControlLogix controller as consumed input data

Use lsquoActiversquo if you want to exchange data between a ControlLogix controller and a scanner on remote IO You can also configure one or more slots in the Active rack as block transfer modules to exchange larger amounts of data with the remote IO scanner Active racks are one or more racks that the 1756-RIO module is emulating to share information between the existing scanner and the ControlLogix controller

Any rack in the configuration tree that contains at least one portion of an Active rack displays with a lightning bolt and a red indication on the active portion of the rack The text lsquoActlnpOxData[xxx]rsquo also displays indicating that this data originated in the ControlLogix controller as output data that appears as input data to the remote IO scanner

Monitor The 1756-RIO module monitors remote IO inputs on an existing Remote IO network and passes data as producedconsumed data to the ControlLogix controller This is also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo Use lsquoMonitor modersquo if you have a supervisory ControlLogix system that needs to collect data from an existing control system with remote IO

Monitored racks are racks that physically exist on the Remote IO network and are to be monitored by the 1756-RIO module Any portion of a rack in the configuration tree that is configured as lsquoMonitorrsquo displays with a blue indication on the rack

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 67

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

68 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Racks are shown with starting and ending IO groups in the IO tree For example the following IO tree shows rack 0 as a quarter rack starting at IO group 0

The line color denotes active or monitored partial rack state

Starting and ending group number

Lightning bolt denotes an active partial rack in the rack

Rack 00 contains four monitored quarter racks so no lsquolightning boltrsquo

Rack Icon Information

Code Description

Lightning bolt Denotes at least some part of the rack is configured as active Rack 01 contains an active half rack Rack 03 contains three monitored quarter racks but also an Active quarter rack therefore the lightning bolt

Red Denotes that this portion of the rack is configured as active

Blue Denotes that this portion of the rack is configured as monitored

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Manually Configure Racks To add a rack manually to the remote IO configuration follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the root of the IO tree which represents the ControlLogix controller and choose Add Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 On the AddResize Rack dialog box choose the Rack number (in octal) the Start Group the End Group and Rack Mode (Monitor or Active)

3 Click OK

Type Description

Active Emulates one or more remote IO racks The ControlLogix controller sends the rack producedconsumed data as input data which is then sent as remote IO input data to the scanner on the Remote IO network The remote IO scanner sends output data for those emulated racks to the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode The RIO module then sends that data to the ControlLogix controller as producedconsumed input data

Use active if you want to exchange data between a ControlLogix controller and a scanner on remote IO

Monitor Monitors remote IO inputs and outputs on monitored remote IO racks and passes data as producedconsumed input data to the ControlLogix controller This is also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo Use Monitor mode if you have a supervisory ControlLogix system that needs to collect data from older control systems with remote IO

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 69

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Resizing Racks

To resize a configured rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Resize Partial Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays Field options differ depending on mode

2 On the AddResize dialog box select Start Group and End Group

You cannot change the Rack number or Rack type (Active or Monitored) The radio button is dimmed

3 Click OK

If resizing the rack results in an overlap with an existing rack the resize fails and displays an error message

If resizing the rack results in deleting block transfer modules you are given the option of cancelling the resize or proceeding and deleting the block transfer modules

70 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Delete Racks

To delete a rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Delete Rack(s)

2 To delete a partial rack expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the partial rack and choose Delete Partial Rack

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 71

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Configure Block-transfer Modules

All block transfer modules represent some type of analog data Block transfers send a block (64 words maximum) of data to or from an IO module in one scan

If a slot is occupied by a discrete IO module or is empty select lsquoDiscretersquo which is the default If a specific block transfer module occupies the slot select the part number of that block transfer module

Not all block transfer modules are supported directly by the 1756-RIO module If the module you are using does not appear in the list set the module type to BT-MODULE and set the lengths to the appropriate values In some cases there are multiple templates for a given block transfer module to show that the module can be used in significantly different ways

See Block Transfer Module Templates on page 153 for additional information on block transfer templates

Block transfers can be added to active or monitored racks

To configure a block transfer module follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan56RioCfgAdpt dialog box expand the IO tree to choose the location where you want to add the module

2 On the IO tree right-click the location where you want to add the module and select Module Properties

The dialog boxes change depending on mode active or monitored

TIP On active racks the only Module Type is BT-MODULE

72 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

3 On the IO Module Properties from the Module Type dialog box pull-down menu select the module type

You have various choices depending on the rack type

4 Click OK

Active Racks

1 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type menu select BT-MODULE (On active racks the only block transfer module type is BT-MODULE)

Module Type Selection

Mode Description

Active In Active mode select BT-MODULE and then adjust the BTR Length and BTW Length to match your ControlLogix application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

Monitor In Monitor mode select the type of module that is in that location on the Remote IO network from the pull-down menu If the specific module is not supported select BT-MODULE and adjust the sizes to match your ControlLogix application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 73

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

From the BTR Len and BTW Len pull-down menus select the desired lengths The BTR Length and BTW Length sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

2 Click OK

Monitored Racks

1 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type pull-down select the block transfer module type

74 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

2 From the BTR Len and BTW Len pull-downs select the desired lengths Select the block transfer Module Type from the pull-down menu that matches the module on remote IO If the desired module is not listed select BT-MODULE Adjust the BTR Length and BTW Length to match your application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

3 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 75

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Map IO Data You must map the IO data to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data blocks and offset locations before you can scan the Remote IO network After mapping is complete you must export the aliases to the 1756-RIO module and import them to the RSLogix 5000 project

See Aliases on page 84 for a detailed discussion of ExportingImporting Aliases

Unassigned IO addresses are shown as xxx in the IO tree

Automatic Mapping

The configuration tool maps all unassigned IO to producedconsumed inputs and outputs It leaves any previously assigned addresses unchanged

On the 56RioCfg configuration tool dialog box from the Map command on the main menu choose Automap Any Unassigned to automatically map the data

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0

Unmapped Data

Mapped Data

76 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 77

Manually Map Discrete Data

Manually Map Discrete(rack) Data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack and choose Rack Map Discretes - Assign Manually

2 On the Map Rackhellip Manually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down select the ControlLogix scheduled block and Data Offset within the block

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

TIP On monitored racks inputs and outputs get mapped to ControlLogix inputs so be careful when mapping them so that they donrsquot overlap

Item Field CLX Data Type Rack Type Description

1 MonOut ClxInput data MonitoredActive

Remote IO scanner outputs are mapped to ControlLogix controller inputs The 1756-RIO module monitors output data sent by the scanner to the monitoredactive rack It is reported in the ControlLogix controller as input data

2 MonInp ClxInput data Monitored Remote IO scanner inputs are mapped to ControlLogix controller inputs The 1756-RIO module monitors input data sent to the scanner by the monitored rack It is reported in the ControlLogix controller as input data

3 ActInp ClxOutput data Active Remote IO scanner inputs are mapped from the ControlLogix outputs The ControlLogix controller writes output tags to the 1756-RIO module which sends the data to the remote IO scanner as input data

123

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Manually Map Block-transfer Data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the expanded rack list right-click on the module and choose BT Module Clx Map - Assign Manually

2 On the Map BT Modulehellip Manually dialog box for the block transfer read and write data select the ControlLogix scheduled block and Data Offset within the block

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

Block-transfer Data Map Destinations for Monitored and Active Racks

Field CLX Data Type Rack Type Description

MonBTW ClxInput Monitored Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

MonBTR ClxInput Monitored Block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

ActBTR ClxOutput Active Block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix controller outputs (The ControlLogix controller writes the data and the 1756-RIO module sends the data to the remote IO scanner)

Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

78 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Re-Map Command

Use the Re-Map All command to clear all previous mappings and automatically map all discrete and block transfer data to producedconsumed data connections

From the Map menu choose Re-Map All

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 79

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Clear Mappings

Follow these steps to clear all mappings

1 To clear all assigned mappings on the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Map menu choose Clear All Mappings

2 On the Clear ALL Mappings dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

80 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Clear Discrete Rack Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear mappings for discrete(rack) data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack and choose Rack Map Discretes - Clear

2 On the Clear Rack Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT All of the preceding mapping and configuration examples currently reside only within the 56RioCfgAdpt software and must be downloaded to the 1756-RIO module

See Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project on page 30 for download steps

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 81

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Clear Block Transfer Module Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear the mappings for block transfer data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the expanded rack right-click on the block transfer module and choose BT Module Clx Map - Clear

2 On the Clear BT Module Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

82 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 4

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Introduction Now that the configuration mode selection and network preparation in the configuration tool are complete the next steps include downloading the configuration to the 1756-RIO module and exporting aliases to the RSLogix 5000 project This completes the preparation of the 1756-RIO module for operation on a Remote IO network

In this chapter you will

bull create aliases and export them to the RSLogix 5000 project

bull convert an older system to a ControlLogix system

bull download configurations to the module

bull upload configurations to the project

bull save configurations to disk

bull archive configuration templates

Commission Summary The following list summarizes the steps to save and export your configurations from the configuration tool to the module and import them to the RSLogix 5000 project so that you can begin scanning on a Remote IO network

1 Export aliases in scanner and adapter mode

2 Download configurations to the 1756-RIO module

3 Upload configurations to the RSLogix 5000 project

4 Save configurations to disk

5 Archive configurations

Topic Page

Commission Summary 83

Aliases 84

Manage Configurations 91

83Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 83

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Aliases Aliases are used to access data in the ControlLogix system They define the names and descriptions exported from the configuration program and imported into the RSLogix 5000 control program and should be used for adapter and scanner modes

Aliases are symbolic names that point to IO data The configuration tool creates these aliases for discrete and block transfer data based on the IO mappings It is important that you develop the control program in the RSLogix 5000 project with reference to aliases as opposed to absolute addresses Then if the mappings change the ControlLogix controller still operates you just create aliases for the new mappings by exporting them from the configuration tool and re-importing them into the control program which then points to the new data

Also itrsquos important to note that export options in the configuration tool differ depending on whether you have your 1756-RIO module set for scanner or adapter mode

In this section you will cover

bull exporting aliases in scanner mode

bull exporting aliases in adapter mode

bull using the Export Aliases command in the configuration tool to upgrade an existing system to a ControlLogix system

EXAMPLE For example letrsquos say yoursquore mapped rack 7 inputs to block 0 offset 8 so the data for rack 7 IO group 0 is at input address I0[10] Now you add a rack 6 and remap everything so that now the rack 7 input data maps to block 0 offset 20

The data for rack 0 IO group 0 now moves to I0[22]

If you had used absolute addresses in your control program you would have to re-address every instruction in the program By using aliases you can use the Export Aliases command from the configuration tool and import them into the RSLogix 5000 project which automatically points to the new data

IMPORTANT You must export the new aliases from the configuration tool and import them into the RSLogix 5000 project before you run the program otherwise you could read wrong inputs andor write wrong outputs

84 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Export Aliases in Scanner ModeTo export aliases in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

2 On the Export RSLogix 5000 Aliases dialog box enter the FileName location Alias Prefix and Base Tag

3 Click OK

See Scanner Mode IO Map on page 129 in Appendix C for more information

Field Description

FileName Use the browse button to change the file location

Alias Prefix Use to distinguish between aliases for different 1756-RIO modules If you have multiple 1756-RIO modules in the RSLogix 5000 project assign each module a unique Alias Prefix so that the tags for each one are unique

Base Tag Use the base tag to identify the 1756-RIO module location on the ControlLogix chassis

This example shows the 1756-RIO module location in slot 0 of the local chassis

Browse Button

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 85

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

86 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Export Aliases in Adapter Mode

To export aliases in adapter mode follow these steps

1 On the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

2 On the Export RSLogix 5000 Aliases dialog box enter the FileName location Alias Prefix Base Tag and RIO Output Placeholders

3 Click OKFor more information on the use of placeholders see Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System on page 87

Browse Button

Field Description

FileName Use the browse button lsquohelliprsquo to change the file location

Alias Prefix Use to distinguish between aliases for different 1756-RIO modules and to help identify groups of data items If you have multiple 1756-RIO modules in the RSLogix 5000 project assign each module a unique Alias Prefix so that the tags for each one are unique

Base Tag Use the base tag to identify the 1756-RIO module location in the ControlLogix chassis

RIO Output Placeholders Use this set of aliases when the 1756-RIO module is set to Monitor mode These output placeholders aliases point to a ControlLogix internal array If you are using Monitor mode you can write your new application to write to this placeholder array and compare the monitored outputs to the outputs written by the new control program If you donrsquot want the aliases leave the box unchecked

RIO Output Placeholders Base Tag

This tag must be created by the user in the ControlLogix control program and must be an integer array of 10 RioTempOut elements (0hellip9) each with 255 sub-elements (0hellip254) So RioTempOut would be RioTempOut[00] to RioTempOut[9254]

Include BTW Configuration Words

Check this box if you choose to include aliases for block transfer write configuration data

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System

To upgrade an existing system such as a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system you have to perform these steps

1 Monitor the network in adapter mode

2 Write the new control program in RSLogix 5000 programming software to write to the internal array

3 Compare the existing systemrsquos outputs with the ControlLogix outputs using the same live inputs

4 Once both systems write the same outputs and have the same timing switch over to the RSLogix 5000 control program for control

Now itrsquos writing the real outputs instead of the placeholder array using the 1756-RIO module to scan the network

You could use the same 1756-RIO module to monitor and scan the network You would have to download the scanner firmware after you compare the systems using the module in adapter mode to monitor the network Or you could use two 1756-RIO modules one as a scanner and one as an adapter on the Remote IO network

The following example breaks down the process It explains using the 1756-RIO module

bull as an adapter and its configuration in the configuration toolrsquos IO tree

bull with the configuration tool to create the aliases based on the IO configuration tree

bull configuration toolrsquos process of exporting aliases to convert an existing system to a ControlLogix system using the module in scanner mode

Create a Network Configuration and Export Aliases

Follow these steps to create a network configuration in the configuration tool and to create the aliases based on that configuration

1 Set the 1756-RIO module to adapter mode

See Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode on page 30

2 Create the network configuration in the configuration toolrsquos tree for the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 87

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

The following IO tree configuration comprises one monitored quarter rack and one active quarter rack

3 Export the alias file Once the network configuration is complete in the configuration tool from the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

The following graphic and tables show how the configuration tool creates aliases based on the IO configuration from the tree

1

2

3

Item Description

1 Rack 00 is a monitored quarter rack encompassing IO groups 0 and 1

2 Rack 1 is an active quarter rack encompassing IO groups 0 and 1

3 All input and output maps to connection 0 so I0 and O0

ATTENTION Monitored outputs include outputs to monitored racks and outputs to active racks

12

88 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

The table shows how the prefixes are used in creating alias names the descriptions that are created for the aliases and how the addresses are created from the base tags and data mappings

4 Write a ControlLogix control program in the RSLogix 5000 project to write outputs to the placeholder array then compare the outputs to the monitored outputs from the existing system

5 Change the 1756-RIO module to scanner mode or use an existing 1756-RIO scanner

See Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode on page 30

6 Export a scanner configuration and download it to the scanner

7 Create aliases with the scanner configuration tool using the same prefixes

8 Import the aliases into the RSLogix 5000 project

Item Description

1 Prefixes are left at their defaults

2 The Base Tag field represents the location of the 1756-RIO adapter in the rack In this case the adapter is in slot 0

Alias Name Description Address

RIO_R00_STS Rack-00 Status - Monitored Local0I0Data[0]

RIO_I000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Input - Monitored Local0I0Data[2]

RIO_I001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Input - Monitored Local0I0Data[3]

RIO_MON_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[12]

RIO_MON_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[13]

RIO_MON_O010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[22]

RIO_MON_O011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[23]

RIO_ACT_I010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Input - Active Local0O0Data[2]

RIO_ACT_I011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Input - Active Local0O0Data[3]

RIO_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 12]

RIO_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 13]

RIO_O010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 22]

RIO_O011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 23]

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 89

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

The following table shows the aliases created for a scanner in slot 0 in the ControlLogix chassis

Notice that the alias names for the discrete outputs in the Export Alias Creation table are the same as the alias names for the placeholders in the Alias Creation for a Scanner in the ControlLogix Chassis table but now point to IO outputs

Alias Creation for a Scanner in the ControlLogix Chassis

Alias Created Description Address

RIO_R00_STS Rack-00 Status Local0I0Data[0]

RIO_R00_CTL Rack-00 Control Local0O0Data[0]

RIO_I000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Input Local0I0Data[2]

RIO_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output Local0O0Data[2]

RIO_I001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Input Local0I0Data[3]

RIO_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output Local0O0Data[3]

EXAMPLE For example an application that used alias name RIO_0001 wrote to placeholder location RioTempOut[0 13] but would now write to the discrete outputs at Local0O0Data[3]

90 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Manage Configurations There are several ways to manage your modulersquos configurations This section covers

bull downloading configurations to the module

bull uploading configurations to the RSLogix 5000 project

bull saving and loading configurations to disk

bull archiving configurations

Managing configuration steps are the same for scanner and adapter modes

Download and Upload Configurations

To download a configuration to the 1756-RIO module follow these steps

1 On the Configure menu choose Download Configuration

You must set the communication path through RSLinx to tell the configuration tool where the 1756-RIO module is installed The RSLinx Path Selection dialog box now appears

2 Expand the backplane of the chassis where the 1756-RIO module is installed navigate to the module and select it

3 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 91

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

To upload a configuration from the 1756-RIO module to the project follow these steps

1 From the Configure menu choose Upload Configuration

2 Set the communication path when the RSLinx dialog box appears by navigating to the 1756-RIO module on the network and clicking OK

TIP You can also set the communication path by selecting the Communication menu and choosing Select RSLinx Path

TIP You can also uploaddownload configurations from the Module button on the configuration toolrsquos toolbar

Download to the module

Upload from the module

92 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Save Configurations to Disk

To save configurations to disk from the file menu choose Save

The configuration saves as an rio file to the location you initially specified when you set the module properties in the add-on profile in the RSLogix 5000 project

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 93

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Archive Configurations

Archive Template Command

The Archive Templates command copies any templates used in the current file to the same location as the RIO file It copies any block transfer module templates used in the current configuration file into the directory where the configuration is stored

1 To archive configurations from the File menu choose Archive Templates

2 When the confirmation dialog box appears click OK

94 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Archive Template Check Command

The Archive Template Check command checks and confirms any block transfer module templates used in the current configuration file are stored in the directory where the configuration is stored

1 To use the Archive Template Check command from the File menu choose Archive Template Check

2 When the confirmation dialog box appears click OK

You must make sure you save your project if you want to keep a backup copy otherwise you get an error that the active project has not been saved or the BT Template File is not found

See Appendix C for additional information on templates

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 95

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Notes

96 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 5

Monitor Remote IO

Introduction Now that the module configuration is complete and downloaded to the 1756-RIO module you are ready to scan a Remote IO network

Remote IO scanning uses a 1756-RIO scanner in a local or remote chassis and multiple adapters on a Remote IO network The scanner enables communication between a ControlLogix controller and the remote IO devices The 1756-RIO scanner continually gathers and sends information to and from remote adapters on the Remote IO network and sends that information to the ControlLogix controller in the chassis

Remote IO monitoring uses a 1756-RIO module in adapter mode to lsquolistenrsquo to remote IO and communicate that IO back to the ControlLogix controller

Within the configuration tool there are four utilities to monitor IO

bull DiscMon monitors discrete input and output data

bull BtMon monitors block transfers

bull DiagMon monitors diagnostic counters

bull LogMon monitors the scanner log

In this chapter you will

bull use scan and monitor modes

bull monitor remote IO discrete inputs and outputs in scanner mode

bull monitor remote IO discrete inputs and outputs in adapter mode

bull monitor block transfers

bull export scanner configurations

bull use the diagnostic utilities in the configuration software to monitor save and clear diagnostics

Topic Page

Commission Summary 98

Scan Mode and Monitor Mode 99

Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs 101

Monitor Block Transfers 108

Export Scanner Configurations 115

Other Diagnostics 117

97Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 97

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Commission Summary The following list summarizes 1756-RIO scanning and monitoring functions on a Remote IO network

bull Monitor discrete inputs and outputs in scanner mode from the Monitor menu

bull Monitor discrete inputs and active inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu

bull Monitor remote IO in Monitor mode to lsquolistenrsquo to and then upgrade an existing older system to a ControlLogix system

bull Monitor block transfer reads and writes in scanner mode by right-clicking on the module in the IO tree and selecting Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

bull Export scanner configuration files in adapter mode using the Tools menu and clicking Export Scanner Configuration file File from the pull-down menu

bull Monitor an existing system by putting the module in scanner mode and loading an exported configuration file to scan the remote network

bull Use the Monitor menu to monitor diagnostics in scanner and adapter modes

bull Monitor normal operation and error messages on the network by using the Monitor menursquos Debug Log

bull Diagnose and correct fatal errors by selecting 1756-RIO Fatal Error from the Tools menu Capture fatal errors and save them in an error log for use by Technical Support

98 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Scan Mode and Monitor Mode

The 1756-RIO module can perform various scan functions depending on whether it is a scanner or an adapter

Scan Remote IO in Scanner Mode

There are three scan modes of the ControlLogix controller The following list explains each mode and what the 1756-RIO module does in each mode

bull Run mode

bull Program mode

bull Test mode

In run mode the 1756-RIO module scans remote racks reads discrete inputs does not enable outputs to run on and does not update block transfers

In program mode the 1756-RIO module scans remote racks reads discrete inputs but does not write discrete outputs or update block transfers

In test mode the 1756-RIO behaves the same as it does in program mode with the exception of the controller actively scanning the ladder logic

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 99

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Remote IO in Adapter Mode

The 1756-RIO module provides utilities to upgrade an existing remote IO application to a ControlLogix system with a minimum of downtime and startup time This function is referred to as Monitor mode

Used in Monitor mode the 1756-RIO adapter can be used to upgrade a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system by providing discrete inputs and outputs and Block Transfer read and write data to the controller You can replace the existing application or control program thatrsquos running on a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system with a new application that runs on a ControlLogix controller using the 1756-RIO module as the remote IO scanner

TIP The replacement system must be tested before the switchover It uses the same field wiring as the old system If unanticipated problems arise you can switch back to the old system in minutes

100 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 101

To use Monitor mode to upgrade your existing system to a ControlLogix system follow these steps

1 Connect the 1756-RIO module in adapterMonitor mode on the existing Remote IO network to monitor data and timing

2 Create the new application or control program in the RSLogix 5000 project It sees the exact same inputs (monitored inputs) as the existing application but writes to an internal array in the ControlLogix controller

3 Compare the outputs (monitored outputs) from the new application with the outputs from the existing system by lsquolisteningrsquo to the network

4 When you are satisfied that the new system accurately duplicates the function and timing of the existing system disconnect the Remote IO network from the old scanner and connect it to the 1756-RIO module in scanner mode

5 Switch the RSLogix 5000 project application (control program) to write outputs to the 1756-RIO module as a scanner instead of to the internal array

Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs

Use the Monitor Inputs and Monitor Outputs commands to display the discrete IO data on remote IO racks connected to the 1756-RIO module

If the RSLinx path to the 1756-RIO module has not been set an RSLinx RSWho window displays Use it to set the communication path to the module by navigating to the 1756-RIO module on the network and clicking OK

Monitor Discrete Inputs in Scanner ModeTo monitor discrete inputs in scanner mode follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu select Monitor Discrete Inputs

2 Right-click on a rack and select Monitor Discrete

3 Use the Monitor Discrete Inputs button on the toolbar

ATTENTION Be sure to switch the 1756-RIO module to scanner mode if it is not done

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

The DiscMon or discrete input monitor window displays

Each row corresponds to a rack Rack numbers are given in octal Each row shows eight words of discrete inputs for the rack number

Main Menu Rack

Toolbar

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the DiscMon utility

102 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 103

Data can be displayed in the following formats

Hexadecimal

You can display discrete IO data in hexadecimal (0000hellipFFFF) format from the View menu and choosing Hex or by clicking the Display Hex button on the toolbar

Signed Decimal

You can display discrete IO data in signed decimal (-32768hellip32767) format by choosing the View menu and choosing Signed from the pull-down menu or by clicking the Signed button on the toolbar

Format From menu From Toolbar

Hexadecimal ViewHex 0x button

Signed decimal ViewUnsigned 1 button

Unsigned decimal ViewSigned -1 button

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

104 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Unsigned Decimal

You can display discrete IO data in Unsigned Decimal (0hellip65535) format from the View menu and choosing Unsigned or by clicking the Unsigned button on the toolbar

Monitor Discrete Outputs in Scanner Mode

To monitor discrete outputs in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the main menu of the configuration tool from the Monitor pull-down menu select Monitor Discrete Outputs

2 Right-click on a rack and select Monitor Discrete Outputs

3 Use the Monitor Discrete Outputs button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Rack

Toolbar

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The Discrete Output Monitor window displays

Each row corresponds to a rack Rack numbers are given in octal and each row shows eight words of discrete outputs for the rack number

TIP The data formatting options hex signed and unsigned are the same for scanner and adapter modesrsquo monitored inputs and outputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 105

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Discrete Inputs in Adapter Mode

Monitored inputs are inputs on monitored racks To monitor discrete inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu choose Discrete Monitored Inputs Just as in scanner mode you can also get to the Monitored Discrete Input Data screen by right-clicking on a rack or clicking the Monitor Discrete Inputs button on the toolbar

106 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The Monitored Discrete Input Data window displays

Monitor Discrete Outputs in Adapter Mode

Monitored outputs are all outputs from the remote IO scanner To monitor discrete outputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu select Discrete Monitored Outputs or right-click on a rack or click the Monitor Discrete Outputs button on the toolbar

The Monitored Discrete Output Data window displays

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 107

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Discrete Active Inputs in Adapter Mode

Active inputs are inputs on active racks To monitor discrete active inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu choose Discrete Active Inputs or right-click on a rack or click the Monitor Active Inputs button on the toolbar

The Active Discrete Input Data window displays

Monitor Block Transfers Use the Block Transfer Monitor command to display the block transfers associated with a block transfer module along with diagnostics associated with the block transfers

108 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Monitor Block Transfers in Scanner Mode

To monitor a block transfer module right-click on the module in the IO tree and select Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

The 1756-RIO BTMon or block transfer module window displays

Some analog output modules have only an associated block transfer write Analog input modules have a block transfer write for configuring the module a block transfer read for data and a block transfer read for status

The upper portion of the screen is the block transfer read the lower portion is the block transfer write

The raw data can be displayed as hexadecimal signed or unsigned integer The default format for block transfer data is hexadecimal

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path to start the BTMon utility

Block Transfer Read

Block Transfer Write

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 109

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer reads

Scanner Mode Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

Counter Description

State Configactiveinactive

Type Module type from the module template

BTR Len Block transfer read length

Req Update Time Requested update time in the module configuration in ms

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer read in ms This is the average of the previous eight updates

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer read

Ignored Reqs Running count of update requests ignored by the block transfer module

Prot Errors Running count of protocol errors for this block transfer read If this counter is incrementing the module isnrsquot responding correctly

Request Count Count of the number of times on successive scans this block transfer was requested If this number is consistently greater than 1 increase the requested update time - the module cannot respond quickly enough at the current requested time The counter applies to the BTR and BTW for this module

110 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer writes

Scanner Mode Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

Counter Description

Cfg Len Length of the configuration data for this module

Data Len Data length

Req Update Time Requested update time in the module configuration in ms

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer write in ms This is the average of the previous eight updates

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer write

Ignored Reqs Running count of update requests ignored by the destination module for this block transfer write

Protocol Errs Running count of protocol errors for this block transfer write

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 111

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Block Transfers in Adapter Mode

To monitor a block transfer module right-click on the module in the IO tree and select Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

The BTMon or block transfer module window displays

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path to start the BTMon utility

Block Transfer Read

Block Transfer Write

112 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer reads

Adapter Mode Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

Counter Description

Type Module type

BTR Map Len Length of mapped BTR data in words

BTR Mon Len Length of monitored BTR data in words

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer read in ms

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer read

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 113

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer writes

Adapter Mode Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

Counter Description

BTW Map Len The length of the mapped BTW data in words

BTW Min Len The minimum BTW length in words

BTW Max Len The maximum BTW length in words

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer write in ms

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer write

114 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Export Scanner Configurations

In adapter mode the configuration tool can export a scanner configuration file built from the current adapter configuration which can be loaded into an RIO scanner The exported scanner configuration file is especially useful when converting an existing remote IO system to a ControlLogix system You can then choose whether the block transfer configuration data and update times come from the values the adapter has observed on the remote network or from the defaults from the module templates

The configuration file includes

bull a baud rate

bull monitored racks

bull block transfers on monitored racks

It does not contain active racks block transfers on active racks or mappings

To export a scanner configuration file follow these steps

1 From the Tools menu choose Export Scanner Configuration File

2 On the Export Scanner Configuration File dialog box select the FileName and BT Module Configuration Data and Update Times option for your configuration file

Make sure you use another file name so that you donrsquot overwrite the adapter configuration file

EXAMPLE The template for a module might have a default value for the channel data type The configuration seen on the network might have another value for the channel data type

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 115

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

3 Click OK

Monitor Mode

If you are using the 1756-RIO module in Monitor mode you can monitor the existing system to capture block transfer timing and configuration data then export a scanner configuration file that contains that data To use the exported configuration file follow these steps

1 Switch the 1756-RIO module back to scanner mode

2 Load the exported configuration file to scan the Remote IO network

Field Description

FileName Name the file and select the autobrowse button to search for the directory andor file where you want to save the file

The current rio file is for adapter mode When you export the scanner configuration file you are making a new rio file for scanner mode You do not want to overwrite the adapter rio file so it must be saved at this point

BT Module Configuration Data and Update Times

Capture from Online Monitor or Use Defaults from Templates

The configuration and timing data for block transfers can be based on the default configuration data from the block transfer module templates or on the configuration data and update times the adapter has observed on the network

This is a global selection and affects the data saved for all block transfer modules

116 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Other Diagnostics Use the Monitor Diagnostics Counters command to display the diagnostic counters that the 1756-RIO module maintains The 1756-RIO module maintains diagnostic counters that indicate the state of communication on an entire Remote IO network and counters related to each rack It also maintains an active rack list

The diagnostic counters consist of three groups

bull Active racks table

bull Global diagnostic counters

bull Rack diagnostic counters

Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Scanner Mode

To monitor the diagnostic counters follow these steps

From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters or click the Monitor Diagnostic Counters button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the DiagMon utility

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 117

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

The 1756-RIO DiagMon window displays showing the Active Racks Global Diag Counters and Rack Diag Counters

Active Racks Table

The Active Racks table shows which racks are present on the Remote IO network Columns represent rack numbers from 1hellip76 octal Rows represent starting IO groups If the bit for a rack and starting IO group is set there is a rack at that location The Active Racks table does not show rack size

A lsquo1rsquo indicates that a rack is present at the rack number and starting IO group indicated In the example above there is a rack present at rack 0 starting IO group 0

The lsquo1rsquo in the Active Rack table indicates a rack present at rack 0 starting IO group 0

118 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Global Diagnostic Counters

The global diagnostic counters provide information about the operation of the entire Remote IO network

The following table lists the global diagnostic countersrsquo descriptions

Scanner Mode Global Diagnostic Counters

Counter Description

Tx This counter increments each time the 1756-RIO module transmits a packet

RxGood This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a good packet

RxTout This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module sends a packet but does not receive a reply

RxBadCRC This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet with a bad Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Check cabling and termination on the Remote IO network

RxNoise This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module hears a carrier without receiving a packet Check cabling and termination on the Remote IO network

RxAbort This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives an opening flag then the packet ends without a closing flag

PrtclErr This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet that makes no sense in terms of the protocol

UpdAvg Average update time for all configured racks This is the average of the previous 64 updates

UpdMin Minimum update time for all configured racks

UpdMax Maximum update time for all configured racks

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 119

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Rack Diagnostic Counters

The rack diagnostic counters contain information about the operation of each partial rack The rows are racks from 1hellip76 octal There are four groups of counters per rack corresponding to the four possible starting IO groups for a rack

The following table lists the rack diagnostic countersrsquo descriptions

Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Adapter Mode

Follow this procedure to monitor diagnostic counters in adapter mode

From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters

The 1756-RIO-ADPT DiagMon window displays Notice that the Rack Status Table and the Global Diag Counters are the same in adapter mode as scanner mode diagnostics The BT Global Update however shows the diagnostics for the BTRs and BTWs in adapter mode

Scanner Mode Rack Diagnostic Counters

Counter Description

Rx This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet from this rack

Crc This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet with a bad CRC from this rack

Tout This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module sends a packet to this rack and does not receive a reply within the time-out period

Prtcl This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet from this rack that does not make sense in terms of the protocol

120 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The BT Global Update diagnostics table is organized by rack IO group (Grp) and slot (Slt) The first row (0) shows the BTRs first then the BTWs on rack 0 From left to right BTRs at IO group 0 slot 0 IO group 0 slot 1 IO group 1 slot 0 IO group 1 slot 1 and so on

A lower case lsquorrsquo or lsquowrsquo indicates that a block transfer has been observed at that location at some point in the past An upper case lsquoRrsquo or lsquoWrsquo indicates when a block transfer happens

Module Scanner Log

Scanner Mode

The scanner log displays messages from the firmware running on the 1756-RIO module showing its normal operation and error messages The Debug Log command monitors messages logged by the 1756-RIO module These messages can be used to diagnose problems and may be useful in tracking down errors and for Technical Support

Grp 0 Slt 0

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 121

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

To monitor the scanner log follow this procedure

1 Run the LogMon utility To launch LogMon from the Monitor menu choose Debug Log from the pull-down menu

2 Select OK once you select the 1756-RIO module on the network

A window displays confirming LogMon has started If there are no errors present the LogMon screen stays clear

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the LogMon utility

122 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The log displays module operations version and mode information Something like below is typical but your log will look different

3 To clear the scanner log from the Edit menu choose ClearLog or click the Clear Log button from the toolbar

4 To copy the contents of the log to the Windows clipboard for use in another application from the Edit menu choose Copy or click the Select All and Copy button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 123

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Adapter Mode

To launch LogMon in adapter mode follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu choose Debug Log

2 Set the RSLinx communication path when prompted and Select OK to start LogMon

Clear Diagnostics

To clear diagnostics follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters

Once you set the communication path via RSLinx software the DiagMon window displays

2 From the Actions menu choose Clear Diagnostics or click the Clear Diagnostics button on the toolbar

TIP These same instructions apply for scanner and adapter mode

124 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

3 To clear Block Transfer diagnostics while in BTMon from the Actions menu choose ClearDiagCounters or click the ClearDiagCounters button on the toolbar

Fatal Errors

Fatal errors occur when the firmware on the module encounters an unexpected condition There are three main causes for fatal errors

bull A bug in the 1756-RIO module firmware

bull A 1756-RIO module hardware failure

bull Certain types of ControlLogix backplane failures

The 1756-RIO module monitors its own operation for invalid conditions The module stops scanning turns all three status indicators red and displays a fatal error number similar to lsquoM60rsquo on the 4-character display and then stores a fatal error log that indicates the cause of the fatal error

ToolbarMain Menu

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 125

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Use the Fatal Error Capture command from the Tools menu to clear fatal errors on the 1756-RIO module and save the log file to disk for use by technical support

To clear the fatal error and capture the fatal error log for scanner and adapter modes follow these steps

1 Cycle power on the 1756-RIO module

The 4-character display should show lsquoFatalErrorCapture requiredrsquo

2 From the Tools menu choose 1756-RIO Fatal Error Capture

3 Use RSLinx software to set the communication path and select the 1756-RIO module on the network

A Fatal Error Capture warning window displays

4 Select Yes

5 Save the fatal error log to a file

IMPORTANT Clearing a fatal error also clears the configuration on the 1756-RIO module

IMPORTANT By choosing Yes communication to the module is disrupted AND the modulersquos configuration will be erased

126 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

This also clears the fatal error on the module When the Save In dialog box opens navigate to the location on the hard drive where you want to save the error log file and give it a filename

6 Contact Technical Support See the BackCover

7 Provide Technical Support with the fatal error log file to help them diagnose the cause of the problem

8 After clearing the fatal error you must download the configuration to the 1756-RIO module

See Download and Upload Configurations on page 91 for instructions on how to download configurations to the 1756-RIO module

ATTENTION You must clear the fatal error before you can use the module again and you shouldnrsquot use it again until you have determined what caused the error

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 127

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Notes

128 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix A

Scanner Mode IO Map

This section describes how the data gets mapped to the ControlLogix data for scanner mode

When you map any part of a rack to producedconsumed tag data the structure that gets mapped is for the entire rack number For example if rack 1 consists of IO groups 0 and 1 (a quarter rack) the entire structure for rack 1 is mapped when you map the rack Similarly if a rack is made up of several partial racks mapping any one of those partial racks maps the structure for the entire rack

Discrete Input Data

In scanner mode the discrete read structure for a rack consists of two status words and eight words of discrete input data

Discrete Read Structure-Input

Only bits 0hellip3 of the first word of status data are used They consist of error bits that are set if there is a communication error with a partial rack Bit 0 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 0 bit 1 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 2 and so on

The error bit is 1 if there is an error scanning the rack or if the rack is inhibited otherwise the bit is 0

Words 2hellip9 contain the discrete input data for the rack Words 2 and 3 contain the data for IO groups 0 and 1 (first 14 rack) words 3 and 4 contain the data for IO groups 2 and 3 (second 14 rack) and so on

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Status Codes and Error Codes Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

44817

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 129

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Discrete Input Data Offset - Read

Discrete Input Data Offset - Read

Offset 0Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1N

O E

RRO

R

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

ERR

OR

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

44814

130 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Discrete Output Data

In scanner mode the discrete write structure for a rack consists of two control words and eight words of discrete output data

Discrete Write Structure-Output

Bits 0hellip3 of the first word of control data are used to inhibit racks Set bit 0 to inhibit the scan of the rack starting at IO group 0 set bit 1 to inhibit the scan of the rack starting at IO group 2 and so on Inhibiting a rack stops all communication with that rack and all outputs revert to their programmed last state

Bits 4hellip7 of the first word of control data are used to reset racks Set bit 4 to reset the outputs of the rack starting at IO group 0 set bit 5 to reset the outputs of the rack starting at IO group 2 and so on When a reset command is given all communication with that rack continues however that rack behaves as if the controller is in Program mode All outputs revert to their Program mode state

Only the bit for the starting IO group needs to be set to inhibit or reset the rack For example if a rack is a full rack starting at IO group 0 only bit 0 needs to be set to inhibit the scan of the rack

Words 2hellip9 contain the discrete output data for the rack Words 2 and 3 contain the data for IO groups 0 and 1 (first 14 rack) words 3 and 4 contain the data for IO groups 2 and 3 (second 14 rack) and so on

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

2 Control Words Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

44818

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 131

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Discrete Output Data Offset-Write

Discrete Output Data Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (Control) 0 Inhibit rack that starts first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

1 Inhibit rack that starts second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

2 Inhibit rack that starts third quarter (IO group 4hellip5

3 Inhibit rack that starts fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

4 Reset rack that starts at first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

5 Reset rack that starts at second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

6 Reset rack that starts at third quarter (IO group 4hellip5)

7 Reset rack that starts at fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

8hellip15 Reserved

1 (Control) 0hellip15 Reserved (pad for 32-bit alignment)

2hellip9 (Output) 0hellip15 Discrete output data

Discrete Output Data Offset - Write

WriteOffset 0

Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9

Ouput Words

8 Words of Discrete Ouptut Data

Offset 1Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15In

hibi

t Rac

k1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Inhi

bit R

ack

2nd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 2

-3

Inhi

bit R

ack

3rd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 4

-5

Inhi

bit R

ack

4th

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 6

-7Re

set R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Rese

t Rac

k2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Rese

t Rac

k3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Rese

t Rac

k4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

44819

132 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Discrete IO Data Transfer

Discrete Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Status Codes and Error Codes Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

Read

Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Status Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1N

O E

RRO

R

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

ERR

OR

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

Discrete Write Structure - Ouput

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

2 Control Words Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

Write

Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9

Ouput Words

8 Words of Discrete Ouptut Data

Control Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Inhi

bit R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Inhi

bit R

ack

2nd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 2

-3

Inhi

bit R

ack

3rd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 4

-5

Inhi

bit R

ack

4th

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 6

-7Re

set R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Rese

t Rac

k2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Rese

t Rac

k3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Rese

t Rac

k4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

IO Rack

Scanner ModeDiscrete IO Data Transfer

44820

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 133

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Block Transfer InputIn scanner mode even if a module has only a block transfer write you should map the module to input and output data so that the control and status data gets mapped

Block Transfer Read Structure-Input

Offset 0 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer read executes successfully on the RIO network Based on configuration of the 1756-RIO module and its RPI it may be possible that the controller may see this value increment by more than 1 count per program scan

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTR error bit offset 0 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer read It clears the bit when the block transfer read enable bit is reset in the corresponding BT control write structure

When a block transfer read error occurs offset 0 bits 8hellip10 contain Error Codes

When you execute a block transfer read in manual mode the 1756-RIO module sets offset 0 bit 12 to indicate that the block transfer read executed successfully The bit is reset when the corresponding BTREN bit is reset in the BT write control file

Offset 1 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer write executes successfully on the RIO network Based on the configuration of the 1756-RIO module and its RPI it may be possible that the controller may see this value increment by more than 1 count per program scan

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTW error bit offset 1 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer write It clears the bit when the block transfer write enable bit is reset in the corresponding BT control write structure

When a block transfer write occurs offset 1 bits 8hellip10 contain an error code When you execute a block transfer write in manual mode the 1756-RIO module sets offset 1 bit 12 BTWDN to indicate that the block transfer write executed successfully The bit is reset when the corresponding BTWEN bit is reset in the BT write control file

Word offsets 2hellipn contain the read data returned by the block transfer module

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Returned Read Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

44821

134 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

BT Read Structure Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (BT Read) 0hellip7 BTR update counter (increments each time BTR executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTR error code

11 BTRERR block transfer read error

12 BTRDN block transfer read done (manual mode only)

13hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip7 BTW update counter (increments each time BTW executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTW error code

11 BTWERR block transfer write error

12 BTWDN block transfer write done (manual mode only)

13hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTR data (64 integers max)

BT ReadOffset Word 0

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Returned Read Data Offset Words 2hellipn

Read Data Returned by the Block Transfer

BT WriteOffset Word 1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

Read

Don

eM

anua

l Mod

e O

nly

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Writ

e D

one

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved

44815

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 135

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Output

BT Write Structure-Output

Offset 0 bits 0hellip5 contain the block transfer read length

Offset 0 bit 8 contains the block transfer read enable bit for manual mode block transfers

Offset 0 bit 9 is used in two ways

bull In manual mode this bit is the block-transfer-read-continuous bit If this bit is set and the enable bit is set the 1756-RIO module re-enables block transfer reads when they execute successfully

bull In automatic and semi-automatic modes this bit inhibits all block transfers to the IO module

Offset 1 bits 0hellip5 contain the block transfer write length

Offset 1 bit 8 contains the block transfer write enable bit for manual mode block transfers

Offset 1 bit 9 is the block-transfer-write-continuous bit If this bit is set and the enable bit is set the 1756-RIO module re-enables block transfer writes when they execute successfully

Word offsets 2hellipn contain the write data sent to the block transfer write module

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Write Data Container for BTW Module

1st 16-bit Word

BTW44822

136 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Block Transfer Control Write Structure

BT Write Structure Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 0hellip5 BTR length (1hellip63 word 0 means BT module decides)

6hellip7 Reserved

8 BTREN block transfer read enable (manual mode only)

9 BTRCONT (manual mode only)

BT Inhibit (automatic modes - inhibits config BTW data BTW and data BTR)

10hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip5 BTW length (1hellip63 word 0 means BT module decides)

6hellip7 Reserved

8 BTWEN block transfer write enable (manual mode only)

9 BTWCONT continuous mode (manual mode only)

10hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTW Data (64 integers max)

BT ReadOffset Word 0

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Write Data Containerfor BTW Module

Offset Words 2hellipn

Write Data Container

BT Write Offset Word 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BT Read Length

BT Write Length BT W

rite

Enab

led

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us M

ode

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved Res

Res BT R

ead

Ena

bled

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us R

ead

BT

Inhi

bit

44816

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 137

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Error Codes

Error Code Description

0 OK

1 BTRBTW request ignored by block transfer module

2 Block transfer state mismatch

3hellip6 Reserved not currently used

7 Disabled

138 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Scanner Mode Block Transfer IO

BT Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Returned Read Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Returned Read DataOffset 2hellipn

Read Data Returned by the Block Transfer

BT Write 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

Read

Don

eM

anua

l Mod

e O

nly

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Writ

e D

one

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved

Block Transfer Control Write Structure

BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Write Data Containerfor BTW Module

Offset 2hellipn

Write Data Container

BT Write 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BT Read Length

BT Write Length BT W

rite

Enab

led

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us M

ode

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved Res

Res BT R

ead

Ena

bled

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us R

ead

BT

Inhi

bit

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

BT Write Structure - Output

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Write Data Container for BTW Module

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

IO Rack

Scanner ModeBlock Transfer IO

44823

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 139

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Notes

140 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix B

Adapter Mode IO Map

This section describes the remote IO data that gets mapped to the ControlLogix data for adapter mode

The structures that get mapped for adapter mode are similar to those for scanner mode with the exception of the control bits In adapter mode you have no control over when racks or block transfers update

The IO data can be remote IO input or output data on monitored or active racks

Discrete Data Discrete Input Data

In adapter mode the discrete input structure for a rack consists of two status words followed by eight words of discrete input data When you map any part of a rack to producedconsumed tag data the structure that gets mapped is for the entire rack number

Discrete Input Monitored Racks

Inputs on monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Only bits 0hellip3 of the first word of status data are used They consist of error bits that are set if there is a communication error with a partial rack Bit 0 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 0 bit 1 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 2 and so on

The bit is set if there is an error scanning the rack and is 0 otherwise

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Only First 3

Bits Used

1st Status Word

2nd Status Word

Not Used

44838

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 141

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

142 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Discrete Input Data Monitored Racks

Discrete Input Data Monitored Racks

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (Status) 0 Communication error first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

1 Communication error second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

2 Communication error third quarter (IO group 4hellip5)

3 Communication error fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

4hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved (pad for 32-bit alignment)

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete input data

Offset 0Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Status Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

0=Status OK 1=Error

44839

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 143

Discrete Input Active Racks

There are no status bits on active racks Inputs on active racks are mapped to ControlLogix outputs

Discrete Input Data Offset Active Racks - Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input DataReserved Words

Not Used

Not Used

44850

Discrete Input Data Active Racks

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete input data

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

44851

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

In adapter mode the discrete output structure for a rack consists of two pad words and eight words of discrete output data Whenever you map a rack to ControlLogix inputs 10 words of data get mapped for remote IO inputs and 10 words get mapped for remote IO outputs

Discrete outputs on monitored and active racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Reserved WordsNot Used

44852

144 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2- 9

Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Offset 1Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

44853

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete output data

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 145

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Adapter Mode Discrete IO Data Transfer-Monitored Racks

Discrete Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

ReadStatus Words

ControlLogix Input Tags

Read

Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input (Monitored Racks)

Status Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

0 = Status OK 1=Error

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output (Monitored Racks)

Reserved0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

IO Rack

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

Discrete Output (Monitored Racks)

ControlLogix Input Tags

44842

146 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Adapter Mode Discrete IO Data Transfer-Active Racks

IO Rack

p

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Discrete Read Structure - Input Monitored Racks

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input DataReserved Words

Not Used

Not Used

Discrete OutputActive Racks Only

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2- 9

Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Offset 1Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Discrete Write Structure Monitored Racks - Output

Reserved WordsNot Used

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

ControlLogix Output Tags

ControlLogix Input Tags

44854

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 147

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Modules This section shows the structures that get mapped to ControlLogix producedconsumed input or output data when you map a block transfer module

Even if a module has only block transfer read or write data you should map the module to producedconsumed input and output data so that the control and status data gets mapped

On monitored racks block transfer read and write data maps to ControlLogix inputs

On active racks block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix output data Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix input data

Block Transfer Read Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Block transfer read data on monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Block transfer read data on active racks are mapped from ControlLogix outputs

Block Transfer Reads on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Description

0 Reserved always 0

1 Reserved always 0

2hellipn Up to 64 words of BTR data

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Reserved Block Transfer Read Data Up To 64 Words

1st 16-bit Word

44855

148 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Block Transfer Read Structure

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTR data (64 integers max)

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-nBTR Data

BTR Data (64 integers max)

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

44846

On monitored racks this is mapped to ControlLogix inputs On active racks this is mapped to ControlLogix outputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 149

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Write Data on Monitored or Active Racks

The data mapped for block transfer writes consists of two status words followed by up to 64 words of data on active or monitored racks Block transfer write data on active and monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Offset 0 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer read executes successfully

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTR error bit offset 0 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer read It clears the bit when the block transfer read enable bit occurs

When a block transfer read error occurs offset 0 bit 8hellip10 contain an error code

The error codes are as follows

Block Transfer Error Codes

Error Code Description

0 OK

1 Time-out

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Block Transfer Write Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

44843

44847

150 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Block Transfer Write Structure

Block Transfer Write Structure on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip7 BTR update counter (increments each time BTR executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTR error code

11 BTRERR block transfer read error

12hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip7 BTW update counter (increments each time BTW executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTW error code

11 BTWERR block transfer write error

12hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTW data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 0BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Offset Words 2-n

BTW Data

BTW Data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 1BT Write

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Reserved

Reserved

44844

Block transfer writes on active and monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 151

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Adapter Mode Block Transfer IO

Offset Word 0BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Offset Words 2-n

BTW Data

BTW Data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 1BT Write

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Reserved

Reserved

IO Rack

BT Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Block Transfer Write Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

BT Write Structure - Output

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Reserved Block Transfer Read Data Up To 64 Words

1st 16-bit Word

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-nBTR Data

BTR Data (64 integers max)

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Mapped as ControlLogix input data for active and monitored racks

Mapped as ControlLogix input data for monitored racksMapped as ControlLogix output data for active racks

152 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix C

Block Transfer Module Templates

Block transfer module templates have been created and installed by the add-on profile for these modules

Supported Modules

Not all modules are listed If your module is not in the list you can use the Generic BT_MODULE profile in the software or create your own template specific to your exact module or configuration This appendix covers the basics for creating your own module template

The properties of block transfer modules are defined in files in the subdirectory rsquoTemplatesrsquo of the directory where the 1756-RIO software is installed Template files have the extension BtModTpl The BtModTpl files can be opened with Microsoft Notepad

Template files are simple text files that define the properties of the block transfer module

IO Family Cat No

1746 SLC middot 1746-N14

middot 1746-N18

middot 1746-N04V

middot 1746-NT4

1771 PLC-5 middot 1771-DE middot 1771-NIV

middot 1771-IFE-16CH (in single-ended 16 Channel configuration)

middot 1771-NOC-noBTR

middot 1771-IFE-8CH (in differential 8 Channel configuration)

middot 1771-NOC

middot 1771-IL-Alarms middot 1771-NOV-noBTR

middot 1771-IL middot 1771-NOV

middot 1771-IR middot 1771-NR

middot 1771-IXE middot 1771-OFE-diag

middot 1771-NIV-Alarms middot 1771-OFE

1794 FLEX middot 1794-IE4XOE2 middot 1794-OE4

middot 1794-IE8

TIP The best way to create a template is to use an existing template as an example Use one that is similar to what you want to create copy it to a new file and modify it The following are examples of template records

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 153

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Block Transfer Template Records

Description

A template usually contains a description record which consists of the keyword Desc followed by an equal sign and up to 79 characters of text enclosed in quotes

The description text displays in the configuration dialog box for any modules created from the template

Note

A note record which consists of the keyword Note followed by an equal sign and then up to 79 characters of text enclosed in quotes conveys information that a user needs when creating a module from this template

The note text displays in the configuration dialog box for any modules created from the template

ATTENTION Anything after a semicolon on a line is treated as a comment and is ignored

EXAMPLE Desc=1771-IFE - 8 Channel Single Ended

Desc=1771-OFE - Binary Format No BTR

EXAMPLE Note=Always set mapped output data word 0hellip8880 hexadecimal in the ControlLogix

154 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

Block Transfer Lengths

A block transfer has three lengths associated with it

CfgLen

The configuration length rsquoCfgLenrsquo is the length of the additional configuration block transfer write data sent once to the block transfer module to initialize it

BtwLen

The block transfer write length rsquoBtwLenrsquo is the length of the block transfer write sent to the module during normal data update

BtrLen

The block transfer read length rsquoBtrLenrsquo is the length of the block transfer read received from the module during normal data update Default Configuration Data Values

The template usually contains default values for the configuration block transfer write

CfgData

Each value consists of the keyword rsquoCfgDatarsquo an offset enclosed in square brackets an equal sign and the data value

Offset Value

The offset is an offset into the configuration block transfer write and ranges from 0hellip(BtwLen+CfgLen-1)

Data Value

The data value can be expressed in decimal or hexadecimal (leading 0x as shown in the example above)

EXAMPLE CfgData[ 8]=0x0fff

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 155

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

The configuration program uses the default configuration data to select the initial values when you create a block transfer module from the template

Parameters

Parameters let you assign values to the configuration data different from the default values for a specific module created from a standard template

Parameters appear in the configuration dialog for any modules created from the template

Parameter definitions begin with the keyword rsquoParmDescrsquo and end with the keyword rsquoParmEndrsquo

Parameter definitions contain

bull a description to display in the module dialog

bull the location in the dialog box

bull the location in the configuration data

bull a data value

Description

Parameter definitions begin with the keyword rsquoParmDescrsquo which is followed by an equal sign and then up to 39 characters of text to be displayed in the dialog box

Location in Dialog Box

The screen location in terms of row (Row=0-63) and column (Col=0-2) where the parameter displays in the dialog box

Location in the Configuration Data

The location of the parameter in the configuration block transfer is defined in terms of offset data mask and bit shift

The offset is the offset into the configuration block transfer from 0hellip63 It is specified by the keyword rsquoOfsrsquo an equal sign and the offset value

EXAMPLE CfgData[ 4]=0x8000 0-3DataPol 4 6 8 10MinScaPol 5 7 9 11MaxScalPol 15BinFmt

CfgData[ 5] Min Scale ch 1

156 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

The shift is the number of bits The value you enter is shifted left from 0hellip15 It is specified by the keyword rsquoShiftrsquo an equal sign and the shift value

The mask selects bits in the value you enter It is specified by the keywordrsquoMaskrsquo an equal sign and the mask value usually in hexadecimal

The value you enter is logically ANDed with the mask shifted left by the shift value and ORed into the configuration word given by the offset

Data Value

Data values can be defined as a numerical value or from a selection list Numerical values are defined in terms of a format (BcdSgn BcdUns BinSgn or BinSgn) the corresponding data value mask and shift values and minimum and maximum values Selection lists can contain up to 256 selection values The configuration dialog for a module created from the template displays the names of the selection values

EXAMPLE Ofs=8 Mask=0x00ff Shift=2

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 157

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Parameter Examples

Example 1 Numeric Value

Min Scale

ParmDesc=Min Scale Ch 1 Col=0 Row=0 Ofs=5 Mask=Oxffff Shift=0

BinSgn MinVal=-4095 MaxVal=4095

ParmEnd

Example 2 Selection

Channel 1

ParmDesc=Range Select Ch 1Col=0 Row=2 Ofs=0 Mask=0x0003Shift=0

Select= 1 to 5V 4 to 20mA 0

Select= 0 to 5V 0 to 20mA 1

Select=-5 to 5V-20 to 20mA 2

Select=-10 to 10V 0 to 10V 3

ParmEnd

158 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

Aliases

Aliases define the names and descriptions exported from the configuration program and imported into the RSLogix 5000 project They begin with keyword rsquoAliasInprsquo or rsquoAliasOutrsquo an offset enclosed in square brackets a name consisting of up to 15 characters enclosed in quotes and a description consisting of up to 79 characters enclosed in quotes

EXAMPLE AliasInp[ 0]=_DAC_Ch1 Raw Data Channel 1

AliasOut[ 0]=_Ch1 Data - Channel 1

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 159

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Notes

160 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix D

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

This section covers problems that may occur with your 1756-RIO module The following areas are covered

bull 1756-RIO modulersquos alphanumeric display

bull RIO status indicator

bull CLX status indicator

bull OK status indicator

bull Debug log

bull Fatal errors

bull Updating the firmware

Alphanumeric Display The 4-character alphanumeric display shows lsquoRIO Scannerrsquo or lsquoRIO Adapterrsquo followed by the firmware version number and any banner text defined in the module configuration

The display shows the following messages at power-up

If the indicator on the 1756-RIO module does not cycle through these messages on powerup contact Technical Support

Message Description

Bnn Stages in the start-up processes nn is a hexadecimal number

Boot Next stage in power-up sequence

RIO Scanner v xxxxx Module firmware revision

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 161

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

Status Indicators The 1756-RIO module has three status indicators to indicate the state of internal operations The status indicators are labeled RIO CLX and OK

RIO Status Indicator ndash Remote Devices Status

The RIO indicator displays the status of the Remote IO network connection Status varies depending on the mode of the module

Scanner Mode

In order of priority highest first

Module Display and Indicators

Indicator Description

1 Module status display

2 RIO status indicator

3 CLX status indicator

4 OK status indicator

Indicator Status Description

RIO Red A frame-receive error has been received in the last second (CRC error abort or time-out) Indicator stays red for 1 second after the error occurs

One or more racks are in error

Flashing redoff

At least one rack being scanned (not inhibited) is in error One or more racks are inhibited

Yellow Idle no racks are configured

Flashing yellowoff

All configured racks are inhibited

Flashing greenoff

No racks being scanned (not inhibited) are in error but one or more racks are inhibited

Green Successful communication with all configured racks no inhibited racks

RIO CLX OK

44777ADAPTER MOD 1

2 3 4

162 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators Appendix D

Adapter Mode

In order of priority highest first

CLX Status Indicator ndash ControlBus Status

The CLX indicator displays the status of communication with the ControlLogix processor

Indicator Status Description

RIO Red A frame-receive error has been received in the last second (CRC error abort or time-out) Indicator stays red for 1 second after the error occurs

Flashing redoff

One or more racks are not being scanned

Flashing greenoff

Configuration mismatch on one or more racks

Green All racks are being scanned and there are no configuration mismatches

Indicator Status Description

CLX Green The module has successfully processed a request from the ControlBus backplane within the last five seconds All required connections are open

Flashing greenoff

Controlling Connection is open but not all required connections are open

Yellow Idle no requests received from the backplane in the last five seconds No connections empty configuration

Flashing yellowoff

Controlling Connection is not open

Red The module has returned a CIP error to a request from the backplane within the last second All required connections are open

Flashing redoff The module has returned a CIP error within the last second All required connections are not open

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 163

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

OK Status Indicator ndash Module Health

The Debug LogThe firmware on the 1756-RIO module maintains a log of informational and diagnostic messages that can be useful in determining the cause of configuration and network problems

To view the log select MonitorgtDebug Log in the scanner or adapter configuration program within the configuration tool

Fatal ErrorsFatal errors occur when the firmware on the module encounters an unexpected condition The module stops running turns all three status indicators red and displays the fatal error number on the 4-character display The module also records its state at the time the fatal error occurred in a log

To clear the fatal error and capture the fatal error log follow these steps

1 Cycle power on the module The 4-character display should show ldquoFaltalErrorCaputure requiredrdquo

2 From the Tools menu choose 1756-RIO Fatal Error Capture in the scanner or adapter configuration program

3 Store the fatal error log to a file

This also clears the fatal error on the module

Contact Technical Support and provide them with the fatal error log file to help diagnose the cause of the problem

Indicator Status Description

OK Green Indicates that module has passed all power-up diagnostics and is functioning normally

Red Indicates that module startup diagnostics failed or a major module fault such as watchdog time-out or jabber inhibit occurred

IMPORTANT If all three status indicators are solid red and the 4-character display shows Mxx (where xx is the error number) a fatal error has occurred See Fatal Errors Make a note of the error code numbers to give Tech Support if you must call for help

164 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators Appendix D

Watchdog and Jabber Inhibit

A watchdog timer is implemented in the modulersquos hardware If the firmware does not kick the watchdog within the time-out period the watchdog times out and generates a fatal error with error code D1 In scanner mode the module stops scanning In adapter mode all racks stop communication

A jabber inhibit timer is implemented in the modulersquos hardware If the network transmitter is on longer than 150 of the longest network frame time the jabber inhibit forces the transmitter off and generates a fatal error with error code D0

In scanner mode the module stops scanning In adapter mode the module stops communicating on the back plane and Remote IO network

Updating the Firmware

The module firmware updates using the scanner or adapter configuration program To update the firmware in the configuration tool from the Tools menu choose Set 1756-RIO ScannerAdapter Mode Setting the mode loads the latest firmware onto the module

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 165

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

Notes

166 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 167

Appendix E

Quick Start

ControlLogix System Quick Start

Use the following steps to quickly get the module running in a ControlLogix system Detailed information about each step is available in other sections of this manual or in the installation manual You can have only one scanner per RIO network Remove any other scanners on the RIO network before continuing The RIO module ships in scanner mode You can adjust the instructions to fit the mode that matches your needs

1 Install RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

2 Install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

3 Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the 1756-RIO modulersquos add-on profile found on the installation CD shipped with the module or download it from httpsupportrockwellautomationcomcontrolflashLogixProfilerasp

RSLinx software and RSLogix 5000 programming software must be installed before the add-on profile

See page 19

4 Create a project in RSLogix 5000 programming software

5 Add a 1756 controller to your project

See page 23

6 Add a 1756-RIO module to the project by right-clicking on the chassis in the Controller Organizer and selecting New Module

The Select Module dialog box appears

7 Expand the Communications heading and select the 1756-RIO module Click OK

See page 24

8 Select the General tab on the Module Properties dialog box to set the module properties

Appendix E Quick Start

168 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

9 Enter the module name and slot number

See page 24

10 Click the Change button in the Module Definition section Select your desired mode scanner or adapter

The module ships in scanner mode Note the number of inputoutput tags If this number is not the same after you map your data with the configuration tool you will have to return to this screen and change them to match your configuration You can specify independently the number of input and output tags within the range of 1hellip10 Each tag you create will create a block of 248 integers For example a value of 2 will create 2x248 or 498 integers

11 When done click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

See page 25

12 Select the Connection tab on the Module Properties dialog box

13 Set the Requested Packet Interval (RPI)

See page 27

14 Click on the Remote IO tab name the RIO file and click the OK button

15 Choose Yes on the Create dialog box

See page 31

This will close the Module Properties dialog box You will need to double-click on the 1756-RIO module in the controller organizer to re-open the Module Properties dialog box

16 Click on the Configure Remote IO Devices button on the Module Properties dialog box to launch the configuration tool

17 In the configuration tool if needed under the Tools menu select Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode command to match the RIO module functionality to match your application Scanner or Adapter

See pages 33

18 Configure the RIO module to match your application In scanner mode add the desired racks to scan and any block transfer modules In adapter mode configure the desired racks to be emulated or monitored and add any block transfer modules Map all entries either manually or by using the Automap command

See pages 51 and 76

Quick Start Appendix E

19 Download the configuration to the module From the configuration toolrsquos Configure menu choose Download Configuration Set the communication path when prompted

See page 91

20 Save the project

21 Go online in the RSLogix 5000 project and download the configuration to the controller

See page 30

See Chapters 2 and 3 for in-depth information on setting module modes and configuration

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 169

Appendix E Quick Start

Notes

170 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Index

Symbolsrio file 116

Numerics1756-RIO module 124-character display 13 12556RioCfgAdpt 19 6956RioCfgScan 19 33 40 57

Aabsolute addresses 84ActBTR 78ActInp 77active 67active inputs 98 108active rack 46 61 67 108

table 117adapter 11

configuration 115mode 11 15 62 86 87 98 124 165program 19

add-on profile 15 16 19 167alias prefix 85aliases 56 76 84 89analog 46 109

data 72archive

configurations 94template check command 95templates command 94

asynchronous 29auto 64

configuration 65configure 41 62map 62mapping 53

automatic 49automatic block transfers 50Avg Update Time 113 114

Bbackplane 66 125base tag 85baud rate 39 63 115block transfer 64 72 136

data 11 37input 134module 11 70 72module type 74

monitor command 108read 98 109read data 78read-and-write-update rates 50timing 116update 50 66write 78 109

blue 68blue hose 14BT

global update 120global update diagnostics table 121MODULE 72Module 98-module 48Module Parameterization 48Mon 109template file 95

BtMon 97

BT-MODULE 66BTR

Len 110len 75Length 73Map Len 113Mon Len 113

BTWLength 73Map Len 114Max Len 114Min Len 114

btw len 75

Cclear

all mappings 57 80block transfer module data mappings 82diagnostics 124Log 123rack map 58

CLX 14Clx Input 78Clx Input data 77Clx Output 78Clx Output data 77

communication path 62 91configuration

tool 29 54 83tree 67

configure 64adapter mode 61-82

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 171

Index

scanner mode 37-59connections 51control program 87controller organizer 16 167ControlLogix

controller 11controller inputs 78inputs 77 141outputs 77 87

counter 134Cyclic Redundancy Check 119

Ddata

blocks 54offset 54 77

debug log 98 121delete

partial rack 46rack 46 71

DiagMon 97 117 120diagnostic counters 120diagnostics 111 114DiscMon 97 102discrete 37 46

data 11input data 129inputs 99output data 131outputs 90 99 107read structure 129write structure 131

door label 13 14download 44 65 127DTL32DLL 20

Eelectronic keying 26empty configuration 64emulate 15 61 67ending IO group 68 70error bit 129 134export 51 56 76

aliases 84 86scanner configuration 97 115

Ffatal error log 125fatal errors 98 125

firmware 15 121 125 165

Ggeneric module type 67global diagnostic counters 117

Hhardware 125hexadecimal 103 109

IIO

data 76discrete inputs 97discrete outputs 98module 50 72

import 56inhibit 131input tags - output tags 26inputs 37integer 109internal array 87 101

Jjabber inhibit timer 165

Lladder logic 99LED Banner name 39 63lightning bolt 67 68link module configuration 83-95listen 97 101LogMon 97 122

Mmain menu 117manual 49

mode 50 134 136manually map 53map 62mapping configuration 51Max Update Time 113 114Min Update Time 113 114mode 31module

definition 17 168

172 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Index

profiles setup dialog box 21type 73

MonBTR 78MonBTW 78MonInp 77monitor 112

BT module 109diagnostics counters 117discrete inputs 101discrete outputs 104inputs 106mode 11 15 61 100outputs 101

monitored rack 46 61 67 72 115MonOut 77MPSetupexe program 20

Nnetwork

configuration 64traffic 66tree 43 69

Ooctal 102 105 118offset 55 134 136OK 14output table 52 57 76 79outputs 15 37

Ppacket 119partial rack 41 67 120 129PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC 15producedconsumed

data 11 61 67data connections 79input data 69tag 11 51 129

program mode 50 64 99 131protocol 119 120

Qquarter rack 68 129

Rrack

diagnostic counters 117 120

map discretes 53number 102type 70

red 68re-import 56re-map all command 56Remote

IO network 117 165remote

chassis 97IO 67 69IO inputs 61IO network 11 37 73 97IO outputs 61IO scanner 73 77 100IO scanner inputs 77network 16

requested pack interval 11 22resize 45 69 70resize partial rack 70RIO 14

output placeholders 86output placeholders base tag 86

root 69row 120RPI 11RSLinx

communication path 102 109 117 124Gateway 15Professional 15software 15 16 124 167

RSLogix 5000control program 84programming software 15 16 87 167project 22 24 67 76 89 101

RTB connection 13run mode 50 64 65 99

Sscanner 11

configuration file 115log 121mode 15 37 85 99 109 122 131

scanner mode IO map 129-139semi-automatic 49 50shadow 15signed 109signed decimal 103slot 72 121

number 25starting IO group 68 118

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 173

Index

status data 129status indicators 13

Ttemplate 46 72termination 119test mode 99throughput 29timing data 116toolbar 92 117 124tools menu 88tree 72 87

troubleshooting display and status indicators 161-165

Uunassigned IO addresses 76unsigned 109unsigned decimal 103 104update block transfers 99Update Count 113 114upgrade 101upload 92

174 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret AŞ Kar Plaza İş Merkezi E Blok Kat6 34752 İccedilerenkoumly İstanbul Tel +90 (216) 5698400

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 176Supersedes Publication 1756-UM534A-EN-P - April 2009 Copyright copy 2010 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupport you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make thebest use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupport

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation review the information that is contained in this manualYou can contact Customer Support for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Documentation Feedback

Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document complete this form publication RA-DU002 available at httpwwwrockwellautomationcomliterature

United States or Canada 14406463434

Outside United States or Canada

Use the Worldwide Locator at httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupportamericasphone_enhtml or contact your local Rockwell Automation representative

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • 1756-UM534B-EN-P ControlLogix Remote IO Communication Module User Manual
  • Summary of Changes
    • New and Updated Information
      • Table of Contents
      • Preface
        • Introduction
        • Who Should Use This Manual
        • Information Found in This Manual
        • Additional Resources
          • Chapter 1 - The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started
            • Introduction
            • 1756-RIO Module Components
            • 1756-RIO Module Requirements
            • The 1756-RIO Modes
            • Prepare the Module
            • Install the Software
            • Install the Add-on Profile
            • Create the RSLogix 5000 Project
              • Configure the Controller
              • Add the 1756-RIO Module
              • Enter the RPI
                • Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project
                • Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode
                  • Launch the 1756-RIO Configuration Tool
                      • Chapter 2 - Configure Scanner Mode
                        • Introduction
                        • Configure Scanner Summary
                        • Set the Baud Rate
                        • Autoconfigure Racks
                        • Manually Configure Racks
                          • Matching Configuration Tool Settings with Module Settings
                          • Resize a Rack
                          • Delete a Rack
                            • Configure Block Transfer Modules
                            • Map IO Data
                              • Automatic Mapping
                              • Manually Map Discrete (rack) Data
                              • Manually Map Block Transfer Data
                              • Re-Map Command
                              • Clear Mappings
                                  • Chapter 3 - Configure Adapter Mode
                                    • Introduction
                                    • Configure Adapter Summary
                                    • Set the Baud Rate
                                    • Autoconfigure Racks
                                      • Perform the AutoConfiguration
                                      • Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network
                                        • Manually Configure Racks
                                          • Resizing Racks
                                          • Delete Racks
                                            • Configure Block-transfer Modules
                                            • Map IO Data
                                              • Automatic Mapping
                                              • Manually Map Discrete Data
                                              • Re-Map Command
                                              • Clear Mappings
                                                  • Chapter 4 - Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project
                                                    • Introduction
                                                    • Commission Summary
                                                    • Aliases
                                                      • Export Aliases in Scanner Mode
                                                      • Export Aliases in Adapter Mode
                                                      • Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System
                                                        • Manage Configurations
                                                          • Download and Upload Configurations
                                                          • Save Configurations to Disk
                                                          • Archive Configurations
                                                              • Chapter 5 - Monitor Remote IO
                                                                • Introduction
                                                                • Commission Summary
                                                                • Scan Mode and Monitor Mode
                                                                  • Scan Remote IO in Scanner Mode
                                                                  • Monitor Remote IO in Adapter Mode
                                                                    • Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Inputs in Scanner Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Outputs in Scanner Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Inputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Outputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Active Inputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                        • Monitor Block Transfers
                                                                          • Monitor Block Transfers in Scanner Mode
                                                                          • Monitor Block Transfers in Adapter Mode
                                                                            • Export Scanner Configurations
                                                                              • Monitor Mode
                                                                                • Other Diagnostics
                                                                                  • Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Scanner Mode
                                                                                  • Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Adapter Mode
                                                                                  • Module Scanner Log
                                                                                  • Clear Diagnostics
                                                                                  • Fatal Errors
                                                                                      • App A - Scanner Mode IO Map
                                                                                        • Discrete Input Data
                                                                                        • Discrete Output Data
                                                                                        • Block Transfer Input
                                                                                        • Block Transfer Output
                                                                                          • App B - Adapter Mode IO Map
                                                                                            • Discrete Data
                                                                                              • Discrete Input Data
                                                                                              • Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                • Block Transfer Modules
                                                                                                  • Block Transfer Read Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                  • Block Transfer Write Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                      • App C - Block Transfer Module Templates
                                                                                                        • Block Transfer Template Records
                                                                                                        • Block Transfer Lengths
                                                                                                        • Parameters
                                                                                                        • Parameter Examples
                                                                                                        • Aliases
                                                                                                          • App D - Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators
                                                                                                            • Alphanumeric Display
                                                                                                            • Status Indicators
                                                                                                              • RIO Status Indicator ndash Remote Devices Status
                                                                                                              • CLX Status Indicator ndash ControlBus Status
                                                                                                              • OK Status Indicator ndash Module Health
                                                                                                              • The Debug Log
                                                                                                              • Fatal Errors
                                                                                                              • Watchdog and Jabber Inhibit
                                                                                                              • Updating the Firmware
                                                                                                                  • Quick Start
                                                                                                                    • ControlLogix System Quick Start
                                                                                                                      • Index
                                                                                                                        • Symbols
                                                                                                                        • Numerics
                                                                                                                        • A
                                                                                                                        • B
                                                                                                                        • C
                                                                                                                        • D
                                                                                                                        • E
                                                                                                                        • F
                                                                                                                        • G
                                                                                                                        • H
                                                                                                                        • I
                                                                                                                        • J
                                                                                                                        • L
                                                                                                                        • M
                                                                                                                        • N
                                                                                                                        • O
                                                                                                                        • P
                                                                                                                        • Q
                                                                                                                        • R
                                                                                                                        • S
                                                                                                                        • T
                                                                                                                        • U
                                                                                                                          • Back Cover
                                                                                                                            • Introduction_Catagory Types

                                                                                                                              Print Spec Sheet

                                                                                                                              ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles true AutoRotatePages All Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Dot Gain 20) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (US Web Coated 050SWOP051 v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket false DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 1 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo true PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo true PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo false PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Remove UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile () AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 300 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Average ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 200000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 300 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Average GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 200000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Average MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 150000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects false CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName () PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false Description ltlt CHS ltFEFF4f7f75288fd94e9b8bbe5b9a521b5efa7684002000500044004600206587686353ef901a8fc7684c976262535370673a548c002000700072006f006f00660065007200208fdb884c9ad88d2891cf62535370300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c676562535f00521b5efa768400200050004400460020658768633002gt CHT ltFEFF4f7f752890194e9b8a2d7f6e5efa7acb7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065874ef653ef5728684c9762537088686a5f548c002000700072006f006f00660065007200204e0a73725f979ad854c18cea7684521753706548679c300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c4f86958b555f5df25efa7acb76840020005000440046002065874ef63002gt DAN ltFEFF004200720075006700200069006e0064007300740069006c006c0069006e006700650072006e0065002000740069006c0020006100740020006f007000720065007400740065002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002000740069006c0020006b00760061006c00690074006500740073007500640073006b007200690076006e0069006e006700200065006c006c006500720020006b006f007200720065006b007400750072006c00e60073006e0069006e0067002e0020004400650020006f007000720065007400740065006400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e0074006500720020006b0061006e002000e50062006e00650073002000690020004100630072006f00620061007400200065006c006c006500720020004100630072006f006200610074002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00670020006e0079006500720065002egt DEU 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 ESP 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 FRA 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 ITA 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 JPN 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 KOR ltFEFFc7740020c124c815c7440020c0acc6a9d558c5ec0020b370c2a4d06cd0d10020d504b9b0d1300020bc0f0020ad50c815ae30c5d0c11c0020ace0d488c9c8b85c0020c778c1c4d560002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020bb38c11cb97c0020c791c131d569b2c8b2e4002e0020c774b807ac8c0020c791c131b41c00200050004400460020bb38c11cb2940020004100630072006f0062006100740020bc0f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020c774c0c1c5d0c11c0020c5f40020c2180020c788c2b5b2c8b2e4002egt NLD (Gebruik deze instellingen om Adobe PDF-documenten te maken voor kwaliteitsafdrukken op desktopprinters en proofers De gemaakte PDF-documenten kunnen worden geopend met Acrobat en Adobe Reader 50 en hoger) NOR ltFEFF004200720075006b00200064006900730073006500200069006e006e007300740069006c006c0069006e00670065006e0065002000740069006c002000e50020006f0070007000720065007400740065002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065007200200066006f00720020007500740073006b00720069006600740020006100760020006800f800790020006b00760061006c00690074006500740020007000e500200062006f007200640073006b0072006900760065007200200065006c006c00650072002000700072006f006f006600650072002e0020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e00650020006b0061006e002000e50070006e00650073002000690020004100630072006f00620061007400200065006c006c00650072002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000200065006c006c00650072002000730065006e006500720065002egt PTB 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 SUO ltFEFF004b00e40079007400e40020006e00e40069007400e4002000610073006500740075006b007300690061002c0020006b0075006e0020006c0075006f0074002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400740065006a00610020006c0061006100640075006b006100730074006100200074007900f6007000f60079007400e400740075006c006f0073007400750073007400610020006a00610020007600650064006f007300740075007300740061002000760061007200740065006e002e00200020004c0075006f0064007500740020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740069007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f0062006100740069006c006c00610020006a0061002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e0030003a006c006c00610020006a006100200075007500640065006d006d0069006c006c0061002egt SVE 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 ENU (Use these settings to create Adobe PDF documents for quality printing on desktop printers and proofers Created PDF documents can be opened with Acrobat and Adobe Reader 50 and later) gtgt Namespace [ (Adobe) (Common) (10) ] OtherNamespaces [ ltlt AsReaderSpreads false CropImagesToFrames true ErrorControl WarnAndContinue FlattenerIgnoreSpreadOverrides false IncludeGuidesGrids false IncludeNonPrinting false IncludeSlug false Namespace [ (Adobe) (InDesign) (40) ] OmitPlacedBitmaps false OmitPlacedEPS false OmitPlacedPDF false SimulateOverprint Legacy gtgt ltlt AddBleedMarks false AddColorBars false AddCropMarks false AddPageInfo false AddRegMarks false ConvertColors NoConversion DestinationProfileName () DestinationProfileSelector NA Downsample16BitImages true FlattenerPreset ltlt PresetSelector MediumResolution gtgt FormElements false GenerateStructure true IncludeBookmarks false IncludeHyperlinks false IncludeInteractive false IncludeLayers false IncludeProfiles true MultimediaHandling UseObjectSettings Namespace [ (Adobe) (CreativeSuite) (20) ] PDFXOutputIntentProfileSelector NA PreserveEditing true UntaggedCMYKHandling LeaveUntagged UntaggedRGBHandling LeaveUntagged UseDocumentBleed false gtgt ]gtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2400 2400] PageSize [612000 792000]gtgt setpagedevice

                                                                                                                              JIT Printing Specifications RA-QR005F-EN-P - 8072009
                                                                                                                              Printing Specification YOUR DATA HERE Instructions NO
                                                                                                                              (required) Category D6 Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab 11rdquo x 17rdquo LOOSE -Loose Leaf YES Pre-sale Marketing TOP
                                                                                                                              (required) Finished Trim Size Width 85rdquo x 11rdquo 85rdquo x 11rdquo PERFECT - Perfect Bound A1 LEFT
                                                                                                                              (required) Publication Number 1756-UM534B-EN-P Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P 3rdquo x 5rdquo SADDLE - Saddle Stitch A2 RIGHT CORNER
                                                                                                                              Use Legacy Number YES or NO 18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound) A4 BOTTOM SIDE
                                                                                                                              Legacy Number if applicable Sample Legacy Number 0160-533 24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster STAPLED1 -1 position A3
                                                                                                                              Publication Title ControlLogix Remote IO Communication Module Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief 36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position A5
                                                                                                                              (required) Business Group Marketing Commercial As entered in DocMan 4rdquo x 6rdquo STAPLED2 - 2 positions A6
                                                                                                                              (required) Cost Center 19010 As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021 CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105 475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size) THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound) A7
                                                                                                                              BindingStitching PERFECT - Perfect Bound Review key on right Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise) 475rdquo x 775rdquo THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline) A8
                                                                                                                              (required) Page Count of Publication 172 Total page count including cover 55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size) Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline) A9
                                                                                                                              Paper Stock Color white White is assumed For color options contact your vendor 6rdquo x 4rdquo Post Sale Technical Communication
                                                                                                                              Number of Tabs Needed 5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley 7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std) B1
                                                                                                                              Stitching Location SIDE Blank Corner or Side 825rdquo x 10875rdquo B2
                                                                                                                              Drill Hole YESNO YES All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border 825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std) B3 None
                                                                                                                              Glue Location on Pad Glue location on pads 8375rdquo x 10875 B4 Half
                                                                                                                              Number of Pages per Pad Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max 9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder) B5 C
                                                                                                                              Ink Color Black One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm) Catalogs DbleParll
                                                                                                                              Used in Manufacturing No A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm) C1 Offset Z
                                                                                                                              Fold Sample
                                                                                                                              Comments C2 Short
                                                                                                                              Part Number NA JIT POD V
                                                                                                                              D1 Z
                                                                                                                              D2 Microfold
                                                                                                                              D3
                                                                                                                              D4
                                                                                                                              D5
                                                                                                                              D6
                                                                                                                              D7
                                                                                                                              D8
                                                                                                                              D9
                                                                                                                              This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
                                                                                                                              Publication Type and Print Category
                                                                                                                              Publication Type Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below) JIT Spec (See table below) Description Order Min Order Max Life Cycle Usage Release Option
                                                                                                                              AD NA - Puttman NA Advertisement Reprint Colour NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              AP A3 D2 Application Solution or Customer Success Story 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              AR NA NA ArticleEditorialByline NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              (press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
                                                                                                                              AT B3 B4 D5 Application techniques 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              BR A2 Primary A1 NA Brochures 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CA C2 Primary C1 NA Catalogue 1 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CG NA NA Catalogue Guide 1 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CL NA NA Collection 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CO A5 A6 A9 D5 Company Confidential Information NA NA NA Confidential
                                                                                                                              CP E-only E-only D5 Competitive Information 5 50 NA Confidential
                                                                                                                              DC E-only E-only Discount Schedules NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DI A1 A3 NA Direct Mail 5 100 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DM NA NA Product Demo 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DS B3 D5 Dimensions Sheet 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              DU B3 D5 Document Update 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              GR B2 D6 Getting Results 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              IN B3 Primary B2 D5 D6 Installation instructions 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              LM NA NA Launch Materials 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              PC B3 D5 Packaging Contents
                                                                                                                              PL E-only primary B3 E-only Price List 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              PM B2 D6 Programming Manual 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              PP A3 D1 Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              QR B2 primary B3 B5 D5 D6 Quick Reference 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              QS B2 primary B3 B5 D5 D6 Quick Start 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              RM B2 D5 D6 Reference Manual 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              RN B3 D5 Release Notes 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              SG B1 Primary B4 D5 D6 Selection Guide Colour 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              SG B2 D5 D6 Selection Guide BW 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              SP A1 A2 A3 A4 NA Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type 5 100 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              SR B2 B3 D5 D6 Specification Rating Sheet 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              TD B2 Primary B3 B4 B5 D5 D6 Technical Data 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              TG B2 B3 D6 Troubleshooting Guide 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              UM B2 Primary B4 D6 User Manual BW 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              WD B3 D5 Wiring Diagrams Dwgs 1 5 Post Internal
                                                                                                                              WP B3 Primary B5 D5 White Paper 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
                                                                                                                              Publication length Minimum Order Quantity
                                                                                                                              77 or more pages 1 (no shrink wrap required)
                                                                                                                              33 to 76 pages 25
                                                                                                                              3 to 32 pages 50
                                                                                                                              1 or 2 pages 100
                                                                                                                              Pre-sale Marketing All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              A1 4 color 170 gsm 2pp 100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A2 4 color 170 gsm folded 4pp 100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A3 4 color Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A4 2 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A5 2 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
                                                                                                                              A6 1 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
                                                                                                                              A7 4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide Category being deleted 10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              A8 4 color cover Category being deleted 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              2 color text
                                                                                                                              Selection Guide
                                                                                                                              A9 2 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              Selection Guide
                                                                                                                              Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
                                                                                                                              Post Sale Technical Communication
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              B1 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              2 color text 50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B2 1 color 160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond 90 Cover50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B3 1 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              B4 2 color 160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond 90 Cover50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B5 2 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              Catalogs
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              C1 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              4 color text 45 Coated Sheet
                                                                                                                              C2 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              2 color text 32-33 Coated Sheet
                                                                                                                              JIT POD All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              D1 4 color 170gsm white silk 80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
                                                                                                                              D2 4 color 120gsm white silk 80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
                                                                                                                              D3 4 color Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
                                                                                                                              D4 1 color 160gsm tab 90 index
                                                                                                                              D5 1 color 80gsm bond 20 bond self cover
                                                                                                                              D6 1 color Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              D7 2 color 160gsm tab 90 index
                                                                                                                              D8 2 color 80gsm bond 20 bond self cover
                                                                                                                              D9 2 color Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              D10 Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories

Important User InformationSolid-state equipment has operational characteristics differing from those of electromechanical equipment Safety Guidelines for the Application Installation and Maintenance of Solid State Controls (publication SGI-11 available from your local Rockwell Automation sales office or online at httpwwwrockwellautomationcomliterature) describes some important differences between solid-state equipment and hard-wired electromechanical devices Because of this difference and also because of the wide variety of uses for solid-state equipment all persons responsible for applying this equipment must satisfy themselves that each intended application of this equipment is acceptable

In no event will Rockwell Automation Inc be responsible or liable for indirect or consequential damages resulting from the use or application of this equipment

The examples and diagrams in this manual are included solely for illustrative purposes Because of the many variables and requirements associated with any particular installation Rockwell Automation Inc cannot assume responsibility or liability for actual use based on the examples and diagrams

No patent liability is assumed by Rockwell Automation Inc with respect to use of information circuits equipment or software described in this manual

Reproduction of the contents of this manual in whole or in part without written permission of Rockwell Automation Inc is prohibited

Throughout this manual when necessary we use notes to make you aware of safety considerations

Allen-Bradley Rockwell Software Rockwell Automation RSLogix 5000 ControlLogix ProcessLogix RSLinx ControlFlash PLC-5 PLC-3 SLC and TechConnect are trademarks of Rockwell Automation Inc

Trademarks not belonging to Rockwell Automation are property of their respective companies

WARNING Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can cause an explosion in a hazardous environment which may lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss

ATTENTION Identifies information about practices or circumstances that can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss Attentions help you identify a hazard avoid a hazard and recognize the consequence

SHOCK HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that dangerous voltage may be present

BURN HAZARD Labels may be on or inside the equipment for example a drive or motor to alert people that surfaces may reach dangerous temperatures

IMPORTANT Identifies information that is critical for successful application and understanding of the product

Summary of Changes

This manual contains new and updated information This manual includes the addition of the 1756-RIOB module Changes throughout this revision are marked by change bars as shown to the right of this paragraph

New and Updated Information

This table contains the changes made to this revision

Topic Page

1756-RIO module front diagram 13

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 3

Summary of Changes

Notes

4 4Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Table of Contents

Preface Introduction 9Who Should Use This Manual 10Information Found in This Manual 10Additional Resources 10

Chapter 1The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Introduction 111756-RIO Module Components 131756-RIO Module Requirements 15The 1756-RIO Modes 15Prepare the Module 16Install the Software 19Install the Add-on Profile 19Create the RSLogix 5000 Project 22

Configure the Controller 23Add the 1756-RIO Module 24Enter the RPI 27

Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project 30Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode 30

Launch the 1756-RIO Configuration Tool 31

Chapter 2Configure Scanner Mode Introduction 37

Configure Scanner Summary 38Set the Baud Rate 39Autoconfigure Racks 40Manually Configure Racks 43

Matching Configuration Tool Settings with Module Settings 44Resize a Rack 45Delete a Rack 46

Configure Block Transfer Modules 46Map IO Data 51

Automatic Mapping 53Manually Map Discrete (rack) Data 53Manually Map Block Transfer Data 55Re-Map Command 56Clear Mappings 57

Chapter 3Configure Adapter Mode Introduction 61

Configure Adapter Summary 62Set the Baud Rate 63Autoconfigure Racks 64

Perform the AutoConfiguration 65

5Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 5

Table of Contents

Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network 67Manually Configure Racks 69

Resizing Racks 70Delete Racks 71

Configure Block-transfer Modules 72Map IO Data 76

Automatic Mapping 76Manually Map Discrete Data 77Re-Map Command 79Clear Mappings 80

Chapter 4Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Introduction 83Commission Summary 83Aliases 84

Export Aliases in Scanner Mode 85Export Aliases in Adapter Mode 86Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System 87

Manage Configurations 91Download and Upload Configurations 91Save Configurations to Disk 93Archive Configurations 94

Chapter 5Monitor Remote IO Introduction 97

Commission Summary 98Scan Mode and Monitor Mode 99

Scan Remote IO in Scanner Mode 99Monitor Remote IO in Adapter Mode 100

Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs 101Monitor Discrete Inputs in Scanner Mode 101Monitor Discrete Outputs in Scanner Mode 104Monitor Discrete Inputs in Adapter Mode 106Monitor Discrete Outputs in Adapter Mode 107Monitor Discrete Active Inputs in Adapter Mode 108

Monitor Block Transfers 108Monitor Block Transfers in Scanner Mode 109Monitor Block Transfers in Adapter Mode 112

Export Scanner Configurations 115Monitor Mode 116

Other Diagnostics 117Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Scanner Mode 117Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Adapter Mode 120Module Scanner Log 121

6 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Table of Contents

Clear Diagnostics 124Fatal Errors 125

Appendix AScanner Mode IO Map Discrete Input Data 129

Discrete Output Data 131Block Transfer Input 134Block Transfer Output 136

Appendix BAdapter Mode IO Map Discrete Data 141

Discrete Input Data 141Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks 144

Block Transfer Modules 148Block Transfer Read Data on Monitored or Active Racks 148Block Transfer Write Data on Monitored or Active Racks 150

Appendix CBlock Transfer Module Templates Block Transfer Template Records 154

Block Transfer Lengths 155Parameters 156Parameter Examples 158Aliases 159

Appendix DTroubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

Alphanumeric Display 161Status Indicators 162

RIO Status Indicator ndash Remote Devices Status 162CLX Status Indicator ndash ControlBus Status 163OK Status Indicator ndash Module Health 164The Debug Log 164Fatal Errors 164Watchdog and Jabber Inhibit 165Updating the Firmware 165

Appendix EQuick Start ControlLogix System Quick Start 167

Index

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 7

Table of Contents

Notes

8 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Preface

Introduction This manual describes how to configure and troubleshoot your Logix Remote IO (RIO) Communication Module

The 1756-RIO module

bull runs in a ControlLogix environment

bull allows upgrade from PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC systems to a ControlLogix system with a minimum of downtime and startup time

bull uses integer data

bull does not require MSG instructions All data is scheduled

bull offloads block transfer execution to reduce processing burden on the processor

This publication explains how and why you would use a 1756-RIO module The module is used in two modes scanner and adapter mode

In scanner mode the 1756-RIO module enables communication and data transfer between a ControlLogix controller and devices on a Remote IO network The module continuously scans adapters on the remote network The module transfers discrete and block transfer data

In adapter mode the module performs two functions simultaneously First it emulates one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner Second it monitors other remote IO racks on the same Remote IO network

It can be used to upgrade an existing PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system

The advantages of using the 1756-RIO module to upgrade your system include

bull allowing the user to leave the existing Remote IO network in place alleviating the time andor expense of replacing the IO and field wiring or the process of testing out field wiring

bull allowing the new application to be tested before you switch over so that it works just like the old one

bull allowing you to switch back to the old application in minutes should you run into problems

For installation information see the Remote IO (RIO) Module Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN610

9Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 9

Preface

Who Should Use This Manual

We assume you understand remote IO (RIO) modules and the host controller system (ControlLogix)

This manual is intended for individuals who use DHRIO PLC-5 PLC-3 SLC or ControlLogix systems such as

bull software engineers

bull control engineers

bull application engineers

bull instrumentation technicians

Information Found in This Manual

This manual is broken into five parts

bull General module information and features - Chapter 1 and Appendix D

bull Scanner mode functionality - Chapter 2 and Appendices A and C

bull Adapter mode functionality - Chapter 3 and Appendices B and C

bull Linking module configuration with an RSLogix 5000 project - Chapter 4 Monitoring remote IO - Chapter 5

Additional Resources These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

Remote IO (RIO) Module Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN610

Provides details on how to install the 1756-RIO module

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

10 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

11Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 11

Chapter 1

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Introduction This document is a userrsquos guide for the 1756-RIO module The module lets Rockwell Automation ControlLogix controllers communicate with remote IO over the backplane or over a remote network This chapter describes the ControlLogix 1756-RIO module and how it links a ControlLogix controller to the Universal Remote IO network

This chapter also describes the modulersquos physical features software requirements software and add-on profile installation instructions and RSLogix 5000 project setup

The 1756-RIO module

supports native RIO 16-bit words for data control and status bits

acts as a scanner on a Remote IO network

acts as an adapter that exchanges data on a Remote IO network

supports discrete data and block transfer data in either mode

supports up to 10 producedconsumed data connections (along the backplane between the ControlLogix controller and the 1756-RIO module) with 248 words of integer input and 248 words of integer output for each connection

uses producedconsumed connections using a 1756-RIO add-on profile in RSLogix 5000 programming software

supports requested packet intervals (RPIs) from 2hellip750 ms All connections use one set RPI

maps all discrete and block transfer data into producedconsumed connections

monitors existing IO in adapter mode (Monitor mode) It can report all existing inputs and outputs discrete and block transfer module data to the ControlLogix controller

Topic Page

1756-RIO Module Components 13

1756-RIO Module Requirements 15

Prepare the Module 16

Install the Software 19

Install the Add-on Profile 19

Create the RSLogix 5000 Project 22

Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode 30

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

12 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The following modules are supported by the 1756-RIO module

Supported Modules

See Appendix C for additional information

IO Family Cat No

1746 SLC 1746-N14

1746-N18

1746-N04V

1746-NT4

1771 PLC-5 1771-DE 1771-NIV

1771-IFE-16CH (in single-ended 16 Channel configuration)

1771-NOC-noBTR

1771-IFE-8CH (in differential 8 Channel configuration)

1771-NOC

1771-IL-Alarms 1771-NOV-noBTR

1771-IL 1771-NOV

1771-IR 1771-NR

1771-IXE 1771-OFE-diag

1771-NIV-Alarms 1771-OFE

1794 FLEX 1794-IE4XOE2 1794-OE4

1794-IE8

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

1756-RIO Module Components

The 1756-RIO module components include a 4-character display status indicators an RTB connection and an inside-door label

1756-RIOB Module

1756-RIOA Module

RIO CLX OK

1

2

44777

1

2

3

4

43161

Note that the 3-pin connector has been changed

1

2

RIO CLX OK

43161A44777A

1

2

3

4

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 13

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Item Description

1 4-character scrolling display

2 Three status indicators

RIO indicates the status of the network

CLX indicates the status of the connection to the controller

OK indicates the modulersquos own internal state

3 3-pin connector (blue hose) that connects to the remote devices

This is also known as the removable terminal block (RTB)

4 Inside-door label with error codes

14 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

1756-RIO Module Requirements

The requirements for the module to operate include the installation of

RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

the 1756-RIO module add-on profile from the CD provided with the module

the 1756-RIO module installed in a 1756-ControlLogix chassis

The 1756-RIO Modes The 1756-RIO module can be used in various capacities depending on the userrsquos needs First decide which mode you want the 1756-RIO module to use

In most cases the module is used in scanner mode to scan and control remote IO data on a network

In adapter mode the 1756-RIO module can perform two functions simultaneously First the module can emulate one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner (for example a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC) It can exchange data with the scanner as discrete data or via block transfers

Second the 1756-RIO module can act as a lsquoshadowrsquo referred to as Monitor mode to monitor racks on a remote network The module listens to the remote IO and provides all inputs and outputs from the existing scanner to the ControlLogix controller Users can then run their converted logic against those inputs generate temporary outputs and compare the existing outputs with outputs generated by the new logic

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 15

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Prepare the Module The following list summarizes the initial steps needed to prepare the 1756-RIO module before setting up the remote network These steps will be discussed in detail in this chapter

You can have only one scanner per RIO network Remove any other scanners on the RIO network before continuing The RIO module ships in scanner mode You can adjust the instructions to fit the mode that matches your needs

1 Install RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

2 Install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

3 Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the 1756-RIO modulersquos add-on profile found on the installation CD shipped with the module or download it from httpsupportrockwellautomationcomcontrolflashLogixProfilerasp

RSLinx software and RSLogix 5000 programming software must be installed before the add-on profile

See page 19

4 Create a project in RSLogix 5000 programming software

5 Add a 1756 controller to your project

See page 23

6 Add a 1756-RIO module to the project by right-clicking on the chassis in the Controller Organizer and selecting New Module

The Select Module dialog box appears

7 Expand the Communications heading and select the 1756-RIO module Click OK

See page 24

8 Select the General tab on the Module Properties dialog box to set the module properties

16 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

9 Enter the module name and slot number

See page 24

10 Click the Change button in the Module Definition section Select your desired mode scanner or adapter

The module ships in scanner mode Note the number of inputoutput tags If this number is not the same after you map your data with the configuration tool you will have to return to this screen and change them to match your configuration You can specify independently the number of input and output tags within the range of 1hellip10 Each tag you create will create a block of 248 integers For example a value of 2 will create 2x248 or 498 integers

11 When done click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

See page 25

12 Select the Connection tab on the Module Properties dialog box

13 Set the Requested Packet Interval (RPI)

See page 27

14 Click on the Remote IO tab name the RIO file and click the OK button

15 Choose Yes on the Create dialog box

See page 31

This will close the Module Properties dialog box You will need to double-click on the 1756-RIO module in the controller organizer to re-open the Module Properties dialog box

16 Click on the Configure Remote IO Devices button on the Module Properties dialog box to launch the configuration tool

17 In the configuration tool if needed under the Tools menu select Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode menu to match the RIO module functionality to match your application Scanner or Adapter

See pages 33

18 Configure the RIO module to match your application In scanner mode add the desired racks to scan and any block transfer modules In adapter mode configure the desired racks to be emulated or monitored and add any block transfer modules Map all entries either manually or by using the Automap command

See pages 51 and 76

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 17

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

19 Download the configuration to the module From the configuration toolrsquos Configure menu select Download Configuration Set the communication path when prompted

See page 91

20 Save the project

21 Go online in the RSLogix 5000 project and download the configuration to the controller

See page 30

See Chapters 2 and 3 for in-depth information on setting module modes and configuration

18 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Install the Software Begin by installing the RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation on your computer You must use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

Then install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the Add-on Profile Installing the add-on profile also installs the software configuration tool The add-on profile and the configuration tool (56RioCfg) are on the CD that ships with your module

Once loaded onto your computer the configuration tool is accessible within the RSLogix 5000 add-on profile The configuration tool contains two separate programs one for scanner mode 56RioCfgScan and one for adapter mode 56RioCfgAdpt The program that launches depends on which mode you select

With the configuration tool you can

bull change modes

bull set the baud rate

bull autoconfigure racks from an attached Remote IO network

bull manually add and configure racks

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map IO data to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed connections

bull save and load configuration files

bull download and upload configurations

bull archive projects

bull monitor diagnostics rack status discrete data and block transfers

IMPORTANT The 1756-RIO module requires RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later The add-on profile does not work with previous versions of RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 19

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

To install the add-on profile along with the configuration tool follow these steps

1 Make sure any instances of RSLogix 5000 programming software is shut down before beginning

2 Insert the CD that was shipped with your module into your computer

3 Open the folder 1756-RIO Configuration Tool Setup Run the MPSetupexe program

The RSLogix 5000 Module Profiles Setup Wizard launches

4 Follow the prompts to complete the installation Click Next Accept the License Agreement install the profile and begin

ATTENTION If you get a message about DTL32DLL when installing or running the programs on the configuration CD it indicates problems with the RSLinx software installation Confirm that you have the correct version of RSLinx software RSLinx Lite software cannot be used

20 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

5 On the Module Profiles Setup dialog box click Install to configure RSLogix 5000 Module Profiles

6 Click Next

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 21

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

7 Click Finish

Create the RSLogix 5000 Project

Once the add-on profile is installed you are ready to create the RSLogix 5000 project In this section you will

start a new project

configure the controller in the project

add the 1756-RIO module to the project

enter the requested pack interval (RPI)

22 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Configure the Controller

1 Launch RSLogix 5000 programming software if it is not opened

2 In the RSLogix 5000 programming software Controller Organizer from the File menu choose New

3 On the New Controller dialog box select a 1756 controller the Revision number Name Chassis Type and Slot number The 1756-RIO module can only be used in RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later

4 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 23

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Add the 1756-RIO Module

1 On the Controller Organizer right-click on the IO Configuration folder and select New Module from the pull-down menu

2 On the Select Module dialog box expand the Communications tab and select the 1756-RIO module

3 Click OK

The 1756-RIO Module Properties dialog box displays

IMPORTANT You must be offline to add the module to the IO configuration in the RSLogix 5000 project

24 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

On the Module Properties dialog box from the General tab you can assign the module name description slot number and module definition

The Module Definition dialog box displays

4 Click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

5 Click Yes to accept any changes

6 Click OK again on the bottom of the General tab

Item Description

Name Choose a name that easily identifies the module

Description The Description field is optional

Slot The Slot field must match the slot number of the 1756-RIO modulersquos location in the chassis

Module Definition-Change hellip button

Click on the Change hellip button to change the Series Revision Electronic Keying Mode (scanner or adapter) or Number of Input or Output Tags The Module Definition dialog box displays

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 25

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

26 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Module Definition Dialog Box

Item Description

Series Module series letter

Revision Firmware revision number

Electronic Keying Exact Match requires all keying attributes of the physical module and the module created in the software to match precisely to establish communication

Compatible Module the module determines whether to accept or reject communication Compatible Keying allows the physical module to accept the key of the module configured in the software provided that the configured module is one the physical module is capable of emulating This is the default setting

Disabled Keying indicates the keying attributes are not considered when attempting to communicate with a module Be extremely cautious when using this option if used incorrectly this option can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss

Mode - Scanner or Adapter

The module ships in scanner mode (The 4-character display on the front of the module also indicates which mode is set) If you want to change the mode setting you must first select the desired mode in the add-on profile on the Module Definition dialog box from the pull-down menu so that the correct configuration tool starts Then on the Remote IO tab you must click on the Configure Remote IO devices button (the configuration tool) and select the Tools menugtSet 1756-RIO ModuleScanner mode to download the correct firmware

Be aware that changing the module mode downloads firmware specific to the mode chosen This mode setting must match between the RSLogix 5000 programming software project and the configuration tool but keep in mind that the correct firmware must also be downloaded

Input Tags - Output Tags

Up to 10 input and output tags can be selected Each tag is 248 words The number of inputoutput tags entered in the add-on profilersquos Module Properties has to be equal or greater than the number of tags in the configuration tool

The number of tags in the configuration tool are determined by the mappings you create The more tags you have the more backplane traffic is generated Itrsquos best to keep the number of tags low which is what the automatic mapping command does by mapping the data and packing it into the lowest number of tags

For example a single rack with discrete data that has the inputsoutputs mapped to block 9 requires the inputoutput tags to be 10 So in the Module PropertiesgtGeneral tabgtModule DefinitiongtChange button select 10 for the number of input and output tags

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Enter the RPI

To set the RPI follow these steps

1 On the controller organizer double-click on the RIO module

2 On the Module Properties dialog box from the Connection tab set the RPI for the module

IMPORTANT If you are using the 1756-RIO module in a remote rack for example a rack connected to the controlling ControlLogix controller over ControlNet or EthernetIP it may be necessary to increase the RPI as the intermediate network may not have sufficient bandwidth to support faster updates (small RPIs) The likelihood of having bandwidth issues is increased as you increase the number of 248-word input and output tags

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 27

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

28 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Remote IO Update Time

The remote update time is the time it takes the Remote IO scanner to scan all of the adapters in its IO scan list

The scan rate is the approximate time it takes to scan a 16-slot logical chassis without block transfers The number and sizes of block transfers can significantly affect this time

So for example if you have eight adapters on your network and your baud rate is 2304 K your approximate remote IO update time would be 8 ( of adapters) 3 ms (scan rate) or 24 ms

RPI

The Requested Packet Interval (RPI) specifies the rate at which the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller exchange data to and from each other The allowable RPIrsquos range is from 2hellip750 ms with a default of 20 ms When the specified time frame elapses the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller produce data for each other All 1756-RIO input and output tags update with the same RPI

Select an RPI for your application For most applications a good rule of thumb would be to set the RPI equal to one half of the remote IO scan time

Baud Rate Scan Rate

2304 K 3 ms

1152 K 5 ms

576 K 8 ms

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Throughput

When using the 1756-RIO module your system throughput is based on the following key factors

Number and sizes of adapters

Number and sizes of block transfer modules

Overall remote IO update time

RPI

Any network cards involved

Controller scan time

The asynchronous nature of the RPI and the remote IO scan

Since the RIO scan is asynchronous to the RPI the worst case or maximum update time to get information from the 1756-RIO into the controller is the RPI plus two times the remote IO update rate

You can use the diagnostic functions of the 1756-RIO configuration toolrsquos utilities to measure the average minimum and maximum update times on the Remote IO network

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 29

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project

Follow these steps to set the communication path and download to the controller

1 On the main menu from the Communications menu select Who Active

2 Browse to the controller

3 Click the Set Project Path button

4 Click Download

Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode

Once the desired module mode is set in the RSLogix 5000 module properties you must select the mode in the configuration tool to download the correct firmware You must first launch the configuration tool and then verify the mode setting matches in the Module Properties and in the configuration tool The correct firmware must be downloaded for the module to run correctly

ATTENTION If your desired mode is scanner mode you do nothing at this point as the module ships in scanner mode

IMPORTANT The controller must be in Program Mode to continue with the firmware update

30 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 31

Launch the 1756-RIO Configuration Tool

Follow these steps to launch the configuration tool and to set the mode in the configuration tool

1 On the Module Properties dialog box click the Remote IO tab

2 On the Remote IO tab window in the RIO File (rio) field type a file name or use the Browse button

The file name can include a path If the file or directory does not exist it is created

3 Click OK

The following dialog box appears

The Configure Remote IO Devices button is not active

ATTENTION When you create a file the default location is the project directory If you enter a path or file that does not exist it is created The file is not created until you run the configuration tool You can use the browse button to select a location If you change the path you must click Apply before you can use the Configure Remote IO Devices button

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

4 Click Yes The Module Properties dialog box closes

5 On the controller organizer double-click on the 1756-RIO module to re-open the Module Properties dialog box Select the Remote IO tab

Notice that the Configure Remote IO Devices button is now active

6 Click the Configure Remote IO Devices button to launch the configuration tool

The 56RioCfgScan dialog box displays You are now in the configuration tool software for scanner mode You can change operating modes and configure a Remote IO network

The Configure Remote IO Devices button is now active

TIP If you want to change operating modes you should do this before configuring the modulersquos settings When you change the operating mode you are downloading the latest firmware to the module The firmware is specific to the mode you choose scanner or adapter

IMPORTANT Notice that because lsquoScannerrsquo mode was set in the RSLogix 5000 programming software on the General Tab of the RIO Module Properties dialog box the scanner program within the configuration tool (56RioCfgScan) starts and displays at the top of the profilersquos dialog box

32 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

7 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the Tools menu choose Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode

8 On the RSLinx Path Selection dialog box click the Autobrowse box to browse the path to the 1756-RIO module to set the communication path and click OK

The configuration tool then displays the current mode in the 56RioSetMode dialog box and lets you select the mode you want to use

The 56RioCfgScan program title displays at the top of the configuration toolrsquos dialog box indicating that scanner mode was chosen in the modulersquos properties in the RSLogix 5000 add-on profile and that you are running the scanner configuration toolrsquos firmware

IMPORTANT Remember specific firmware downloads depending on mode selection Also you are prompted to reset the communication path when changing from one mode to another

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 33

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

In the 56RioSetMode dialog box select the mode from the New Mode pull-down menu and click OK to download the new firmware

A status window displays showing the progress of the mode change

The 1756-RIO SetMode Confirmation dialog box displays the version of the firmware it is about to download Check carefully that this firmware version is correct

IMPORTANT Steps 9 and 10 change the configuration of the RIO module between adapter and scanner mode If your module is configured for the desired mode these steps are not necessary

IMPORTANT Changing the 1756-RIO module mode or updating firmware clears the remote IO configuration stored on the 1756-RIO module

34 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

9 Click OK to download the firmware

Once you click OK the words lsquoFirmware Updatersquo scroll across the front of the 1756-RIO modulersquos 4-character display indicating that the firmware change is taking place

The tool downloads the firmware and displays the progress of the download When the download is complete the tool displays the result of the download The 1756-RIO SetMode Completed Successfully dialog box appears

10 Click OK

The front of the 1756-RIO modulersquos character display should now indicate the new firmware mode

If the download fails the tool displays an error message

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 35

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

36 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

37Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 37

Chapter 2

Configure Scanner Mode

Introduction Once the 56RioCfg configuration tool launches you can configure a Remote IO network using the RIO module as a scanner or an adapter This chapter describes how to configure the module for use in scanner mode

In scanner mode the ControlLogix controller writes remote IO outputs and reads remote IO inputs The 1756-RIO module enables communication between the controller and devices on a Remote IO network The scanner continuously scans the adapters on the Remote IO network

Two types of data are transferred over the Remote IO network - discrete and block transfer data Discrete data transfers consist of the scanner sending output data and communication commands to the adapter which instruct the adapter about how to control its output The adapter responds by sending input data to the scanner

The remote IO block transfer module is a data transfer mechanism that lets you control the transfer of up to 64 words of data to or from a remote device The 1756-RIO module allows the user to offload block transfer execution from the controller The data appears in the data table of the ControlLogix controller without having to execute the logic in the controller to perform the block transfer A Block Transfer Read (BTR) receives data from a remote device A Block Transfer Write (BTW) sends data to a remote device

In this chapter you use the configuration tool to configure the module in scanner mode to prepare it for use on the Remote IO network You will

bull configure the racks automatically or manually

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map the remote IO modules to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data

Topic Page

Configure Scanner Summary 38

Set the Baud Rate 39

Autoconfigure Racks 40

Manually Configure Racks 43

Configure Block Transfer Modules 46

Map IO Data 51

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Configure Scanner Summary

The following list summarizes the steps to configure the 1756-RIO module in scanner mode

1 Set the baud rate

2 Autoconfigure online racks on the network (Make sure the controller is set to Program Mode)

3 Set the communication path

4 Manually add any additional racks that are not online

5 Manually add and configure block transfer modules

6 MapAutomap the data

1756

Con

trol

ler

Rem

ote

IO M

odul

e

Sc

anne

r Mod

e

1771

-ASB

Rem

ote

IO A

dapt

er

1771 IO IO IO

1747

-ASB

Rem

ote

IO A

dapt

er

1746 IO IO IO

1771 IO

1746 IO

Uni

vers

al R

emot

e IO

Net

wor

k

Scanner Mode

44803

38 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Set the Baud Rate After setting the operating mode for the 1756-RIO module you must set the baud rate

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the controller on the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties

The 1756-RIO Properties dialog box displays

2 Select the baud rate

3 You can also optionally enter an LED Banner name

This is a unique name you assign to identify the module This is useful when you have multiple RIO modules on your network The LED Banner displays on the 4-character display on the 1756-RIO module It can be from 0hellip15 characters long

4 Click OK

You must perform a download to reconfigure the module

Value Baud Rate Kbps

57 k - scanner mode default 576

115 k 1152

230 k 2304

TIP If you perform an autoconfiguration the 1756-RIO module automatically detects the baud rate by sending packets to an attached remote IO network

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 39

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

5 On the main menu from the Configure menu choose Download or click the Download Config to Module button on the toolbar

Autoconfigure Racks You can autoconfigure racks attached to the network or add additional racks manually The Autoconfigure command scans the Remote IO network to determine which racks are present

The module automatically detects the network baud rate and configures the racks on the attached Remote IO network

The 56RioCfgScan tool sends messages to all possible racks detects all possible baud rates and from the replies determines which racks are on the network

Main Menu

Toolbar

40 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 41

The icons on the 56RioCfgScan tool show the partial rack sizes and locations Racks are shown with starting and ending IO groups For example the following tree shows rack 0 consisting of 4 quarter racks

Block transfer modules must be added and configured manually

When the module is in scanner mode the 1756-RIO module performs the following actions during autoconfigure The module

bull detects the network baud rate by sending messages at each baud rate looking for responses

bull then sends messages to all possible racks on the network

bull builds a network configuration from the observed network responses

bull displays the network configuration

Partial Rack (14 rack)

Rack 0

IMPORTANT The controller with the connection to the 1756-RIO module must be in program mode when you perform an autoconfiguration The following error message displays if the controller is not in program mode

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

To perform an autoconfigure in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the main menu from the Configure menu select Autoconfigure or click the Autoconfigure button on the toolbar

Any configuration previously stored in the 1756-RIO module is overwritten by the data from the autoconfiguration You are given the option to save the previous configuration before it proceeds with the autoconfiguration

Autoconfiguration detects just the rack structure it cannot locate block transfer modules You have to manually add block transfer modules to the rack

TIP There is no specific rsquoautorsquo baud rate when the module is in scanner mode When using autoconfigure the 1756-RIO module tries all three baud rates and sets the baud rate based on the responses to the messages it sends You need to make sure that all devices on the network are set at the same baud rate

TIP After performing an Autoconfigure what displays by the 56RioCfgScan tool matches what is in the 1756-RIO module No download is necessary The Autoconfigure also automatically maps the discrete rack data to tags in the ControlLogix processor

Main Menu

Toolbar

42 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Manually Configure Racks To add a rack manually to the remote IO configuration follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the root of the IO tree which represents the remote IO scanner and select Add Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 On the AddResize Rack dialog box select the Rack number (in octal) the Start Group and the End Group

3 Click OK

Item Field Description Range

1 Rack 0hellip76 octal available

2 Start Grp (IO) 0246

A logical rack consists of eight IO groups numbered 0hellip7 The smallest unit allowed on a network is a quarter rack so the starting IO groups are 0246

3 End Grp (IO) 1357

Ending IO groups

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 43

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Matching Configuration Tool Settings with Module Settings

After manually adding a rack a download is necessary

To download to the module from the Configure menu select Download Configuration or from the toolbar click the Download Config to Module button

Manually adding racks also requires the discrete data to be mapped to tags in the ControlLogix controller before allowing a download The data can be mapped automatically or manually

See Map IO Data on page 51

Main Menu

Toolbar

44 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Resize a Rack

To resize a configured rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Resize Partial Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 Select Start Group and End Group

3 Click OK

If resizing the rack results in an overlap with an existing rack the resize fails and displays an error message

If resizing the rack results in deleting block transfer modules you are given the option of cancelling the resize or proceeding and deleting the block transfer modules

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 45

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Delete a Rack

To delete a rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Delete Rack(s)

2 To delete a partial rack expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the partial rack and choose Delete Partial Rack

Configure Block Transfer Modules

All block transfer modules represent some type of analog data Block transfer modules transfer a block (64 words maximum) of analog-type data at a rate configured by the user The 1756-RIO module lets the user offload block transfer execution from the controller to the 1756-RIO module

If a slot is occupied by a discrete IO module or is empty select lsquoDiscretersquo which is the default If a specific block transfer module occupies the slot select the part number of that block transfer module

Not all block transfer modules are supported directly by the 1756-RIO module If the module you are using does not appear in the list set the module type to BT-MODULE and set the lengths to the appropriate values In some cases there are multiple templates for a given block transfer module to show that the module can be used in significantly different ways

See Appendix D for additional information on block transfer templates

46 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

All block transfer data is mapped into one of the possible 10 producedconsumed connections on the controller Each producedconsumed connection allows 248 16-bit words in and out There are two words of overhead for each block transfer for controlstatus The 1756-RIO module can execute as many block transfers as the user configures up to the limits of available memory mapped to the ControlLogix controller

To configure a block transfer module follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box expand the IO tree to choose the location where you want to add the module

2 On the IO tree right-click the slot where you want to add the module and select Module Properties

IMPORTANT Block transfers do not need MSG instructions to execute

TIP In scanner mode block transfer modules can be configured manually also

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 47

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

3 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type pull-down select the type

4 Click OK

The IO Module Properties dialog box displays

5 Click Configure to display the BT Module Parameterization configuration dialog box to configure the module

This example shows the BT Module Parameterization dialog box for a 16-channel 1771-IFE module Each module is different

Use the dialog box to set parameters for a block transfer module These parameters are defined in the template file for the block transfer module and are typical quantities such as scaling parameters and alarms

Module Types

Type Description

Discrete A block transfer module does not exist at this location

BT-MODULE Any other block transfer module not listed by part number in the system

1746-xxxhellip1794-xxx Part number of block transfer (analog) modules with template files in the system that are compatible with the 1756-RIO module See Supported Modules on page 12 for the complete list

48 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

6 Enter the configuration data and click OK

7 On the IO Module Properties dialog box select how you want the block transfer to update

There are three update modes automatic semi-automatic and manual

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 49

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

8 On the IO Module Properties dialog box select the block transfer read-and-write-update rates from 0hellip16383 ms

A rate of 0 means the 1756-RIO module updates the block transfer as fast as the network and the block transfer module allows

Type Description

Automatic 1756-RIO module controls block transfer update

Automatic block transfers perform a single configuration block transfer write every time the controller transitions from Program to Run mode and then perform timed data block transfer read and write updates using the BTR and BTW data lengths and times from the configuration tool The length values and update times for automatic block transfers all come from the configuration tool

Automatic block transfers begin as soon as the controller is in run mode they do not have to be triggered

Errors in block transfer execution are indicated by non-zero values returned to the ControlLogix controller

In automatic mode the module configuration data values come from the configuration tool as default values or from user parameters The size of the configuration block transfer write is the data BTW length BtwLen plus the Config BTW Length CfgLen from the template The data block transfer write length is BtwLen from the template and this is the length mapped to ControlLogix output data

The size of the data block transfer read is set by the configuration tool

Semi-automatic 1756-RIO module controls block transfer update

Semi-automatic block transfers perform a single configuration block transfer write every time the controller transitions from Program to Run mode and then perform timed data block transfer read and write updates using the BTR and BTW data lengths and times from the configuration tool The length values and update times for semi-automatic block transfers all come from the configuration tool

Semi-automatic block transfers begin as soon as the controller is in run mode they do not have to be triggered

Any errors in BT execution are indicated by non-zero values in the ControlLogix controller

In Semi-automatic mode the module configuration data values come from ControlLogix output data The size of the configuration block transfer write is the data BTW length BtwLen plus the Config BTW Length CfgLen from the template and this is the length mapped to ControlLogix output data The data block transfer write length is BtwLen from the template

The size of the data block transfer read is set by the configuration tool

Manual The ControlLogix controller controls block transfer update

IO module configuration gathers data from the ControlLogix controller

To execute block transfers in manual mode

enter the BTR andor BTW length and BTW data in the control block for the module

set the BTREN andor BTWEN bits (BTRCONTBTWCONT) for continuous execution

check the BTRDNBTWDN bits that indicate BT execution is complete (BTR data is available at that time)

check the BTRERRBTWERR bits If set read the error code to determine the cause of the problem

Inhibit Automatic Block Transfers

To inhibit a running automatic or semi-automatic block transfer set bit 9 to offset 0 of the mapped output data for the module

50 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Map IO Data You must map the IO data to locations in the ControlLogix controller input and output data before you can scan the Remote IO network

Mapping connects locations in the ControlLogix input and output tags to locations on the Remote IO network (discrete data on racks and block transfer reads and writes)

Connections (producedconsumed) occur between the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller They are point-to-point links between two end points

Producedconsumed tag data is the information that gets passed back and forth over the line between the two end points

There are up to 10 blocks of producedconsumed tag data Discrete and block transfer tag data gets lsquopackedrsquo into the ControlLogix producedconsumed data When discrete and block transfer tag data are mapped or when the configuration tool lsquoauto mapsrsquo the data for you you are selecting which of those blocks the tag data is mapped to and the offset in the block where the tag data is found

See Scanner Mode IO Map on page 129

When mapping is complete you must export the aliases to the 1756-RIO module and import the configuration to the RSLogix 5000 project

See Aliases on page 84 for a complete discussion of exporting and importing aliases

IMPORTANT It is essential that the control program on the host controller matches the addresses in the mapping configuration on the 1756-RIO module otherwise the control program may inadvertently write to the incorrect IO locations If you change the data mappings on the 1756-RIO module make sure that the control program uses the correct addresses

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 51

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

ATTENTIONUnassigned or unmapped data (IO addresses) are shown as xxx in the IO tree

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Unmapped Data

Mapped Data

52 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Automatic Mapping

The Auto Map Any Unassigned command automatically maps any unassigned discrete or block transfer data to ControlLogix connections Discrete data is mapped before block transfer data The longest blocks of data are mapped first from the lowest addresses up Any previously-assigned addresses remain unchanged

On the 56RioCfg configuration tool dialog box from the Map menu choose Automap Any Unassigned to automatically map all the data

Any xxxs are replaced with an actual IO address

Manually Map Discrete (rack) Data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack and select Rack Map Discretes - Assign Manually

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 53

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

2 On the Map RackhellipManually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down menu select the ControlLogix block and Data Offset within the block for the Input Mapping and Output Mapping

Data Offset Field Range Choices

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

The configuration tool checks for overlaps with previously-mapped data and displays an error if it finds an overlap

Item Field Description

1 Clx Block There are up to 10 data blocks (0hellip9) available on the ControlLogix controller for inputs and outputs You select the block where the data is rsquopackedrsquo

2 Data Offset The data offset (0hellip247) is the area in the data block where the inputoutput data is foundYou select the data offset area within the block

12

54 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Manually Map Block Transfer Data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the expanded rack list right-click on the module and select BT Module Clx Map - Assign Manually

2 On the Map BT ModulehellipManually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down menu select the ControlLogix block and Data Offset within the block for the Input Mapping and Output Mapping

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

The configuration tool checks for overlaps with previously-mapped data and displays an error message if it finds an overlap

If there is insufficient space in the current block to map the data

bull the Data Offset field is blank

bull the OK button appears dimmed

Change the block number and select an offset

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 55

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Re-Map Command

Use the Re-Map All command to clear all previous mappings and automatically map all discrete and block transfer data to connections

From the Map menu select Re-Map All

See Aliases on page 84 for exporting and importing aliases

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

ATTENTION If you remap IO data you should export aliases and re-import them into the RSLogix 5000 project so the control program uses the new assignments

56 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Clear Mappings

Follow these steps to clear all mappings

1 To clear all assigned mappings on the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the Map menu choose Clear All Mappings

2 On the Clear ALL Mappings dialog box confirm that you want to clear all the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 57

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Clear Discrete Rack Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear mappings for discrete (rack) data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack and select Rack Map Discretes - Clear

2 On the Clear Rack Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT All of the preceding mapping and configuration examples currently reside only within the 56RioCfgScan software and must be downloaded to the 1756-RIO module

See page 30 for download steps

58 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Clear Block Transfer Module Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear the mappings for block transfer data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the expanded rack right-click on the block-transfer module and select BT Module Clx Map - Clear

2 On the Clear BT Module Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the BT Module mappings and click Yes

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 59

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Notes

60 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 3

Configure Adapter Mode

Introduction This chapter explains how and why to use the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode In adapter mode the 1756-RIO module can perform two functions simultaneously

First the module can emulate one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner (for example a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC controller) On Active racks the module writes remote IO inputs and reads remote IO outputs

Second it can monitor other remote IO racks On Monitored racks the 1756-RIO module can monitor existing IO also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo and can be used to upgrade a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system Monitor mode provides existing discrete inputs and outputs and Block Transfer reads and writes to the ControlLogix controller

See Scan Mode and Monitor Mode on page 99 for a complete description of using Monitor mode

The 1756-RIO module communicates with the ControlLogix controller using up to 10 input connections and 10 output connections via producedconsumed data Remote IO data maps into the connections by the configuration tool

In this chapter you use the configuration tool to configure the module in adapter mode to prepare it for use on the Remote IO network You will

bull configure the racks automatically or manually

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map the remote IO modules to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data

Topic Page

Configure Adapter Summary 62

Set the Baud Rate 63

Autoconfigure Racks 64

Manually Configure Racks 69

Configure Block-transfer Modules 72

Map IO Data 76

61Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 61

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Adapter Mode

Configure Adapter Summary

The following list summarizes the steps to configure the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

1 Set the baud rate

2 Autoconfigure online racks on the network (Make sure the controller is set to Program Mode)

3 Set the communication path

4 Manually add any additional racks that are not online

5 Manually add and configure block transfer modules

6 MapAutomap the data

RIO Scanner(reads inputs and writes outputs to scanned racks)PLC-3 PLC-5 SLC Etc

Cont

rolL

ogix

1756

-RIO

in

Ada

pter

Mon

itor M

ode

1771 IO Rack

1747 IO Rack

Rack 1

Rack 2

Rack 3

1771 IO Rack

Rack 4RIO Scanner(reads inputs and writes ouputs to scanned racks)PLC-3 PLC-5 SLC Etc

1771 IO Rack

1771 IO Rack

1747 IO Rack

Rack 1

1756

-RIO

In A

dapt

er

Mod

e

Cont

rolL

ogix

Rack 4

Rack 3

Rack 2

Two-way communication between the RIO scanner and the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

1756-RIO Module as an Active Rack 1756-RIO Module as a Monitored Rack

One-way communication between the Remote IO network and the ControlLogix controller The RIO scanner controls the IO and the ControlLogix controller via the 1756-RIO module in adapter monitors all IO data In monitor mode it monitors the IO and brings all input and output data into the ControLogix controller

44828 44829

Universal Remote IO Network

IMPORTANT Configuring the 1756-RIO module as an adapter enables the RIO module to emulate a 1771-ASB module This allows a path for peer-to-peer data to be exchanged between the scanner controller and the ControlLogix owner of the RIO module over the Remote IO network The adapter mode functionality does not allow the scanner controller to directly control any 1756-IO in the chassis with the RIO module

62 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Set the Baud Rate To set the baud rate in adapter mode follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the controller on the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties

The 1756-RIO Properties dialog box displays

2 On the 1756-RIO Module Properties dialog box select the baud rate

3 You can also enter an LED Banner name This is a unique name you assign to identify the module This is useful when you have multiple RIO modules on your network The LED Banner displays on the 4-character display on the 1756-RIO module It can be from 0hellip15 characters long

4 Click OK

The default baud rate is Auto (automatic baud rate detection)

Value Baud Rate Kbps

57 k 576

115 k 1152

230 k 2304

Auto - adapter mode default Auto

TIP If you perform an autoconfiguration the 1756-RIO module automatically detects the baud rate by monitoring an attached Remote IO network

TIP If you are only using Active racks set the baud rate to match the Remote IO network Donrsquot set it to Auto

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 63

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Autoconfigure Racks When the module is in adapter mode autoconfigure builds a configuration based on what it has heard on a running network This process differs from scanner mode because the 1756-RIO module does not scan these racks only monitors the information to and from these racks

The module automatically detects the network baud rate and configures the racks on an attached Remote IO network Autoconfiguration detects the rack structure and causes the 1756-RIO module to monitor the data to and from these racks Active and monitored racks are displayed

See Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network on page 67 for detailed information about active and monitored racks

Autoconfigure in adapter mode performs the following actions

bull Detects the network baud rate

bull Monitors messages to and from racks on the network

bull Builds a network configuration from the observed network traffic

bull Displays the network configuration

To autoconfigure in adapter mode you must

bull clear the old configuration

bull download a new empty configuration

bull set the baud rate to lsquoautorsquo or to the baud rate that matches the existing network

bull put the scanner in Run mode until all block transfers execute

bull put the scanner back in Program mode

bull perform the autoconfiguration

IMPORTANT The controller with the connection to the 1756-RIO module must be in program mode when you perform an autoconfiguration

ATTENTION Please note any configuration previously stored in the 1756-RIO module is overwritten by the data from the autoconfiguration You are given the option to save the previous configuration before it proceeds with the autoconfiguration

64 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Perform the AutoConfiguration

Follow these steps to perform autoconfiguration

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Configure menu choose Download Configuration or click the Download Configuration button on the toolbar

This clears the previous configuration and downloads an empty configuration to the 1756-RIO module

2 Set the baud rate to Auto On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the controller in the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties to enter the baud rate

3 To automatically add block transfers put the remote IO scanner module in Run mode (you set it to Program mode before you began the autoconfiguration) and wait until the block transfers execute Then put the scanner back in Program mode

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 65

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

4 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Configure menu choose Autoconfigure to build a configuration from observed network traffic or click the Autoconfigure button on the toolbar

The RSLinx Path Selection autobrowse dialog box displays

5 Navigate to the backplane and select the 1756-RIO adapter module and click OK

The 1756-RIO module builds a configuration based on what it has observed on the Remote IO network since the download The configuration includes racks block transfer modules and observed block transfer updates All block transfers are set to type BT-MODULE

Main Menu Toolbar

66 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network

You must distinguish between active and monitored racks and must manually enter active racks into the 1756-RIO modulersquos configuration and manually add any desired block transfers

On monitored racks the 1756-RIO module picks up the block transfers automatically but must have the specific module type set This insures that the aliases you create for import into the RSLogix 5000 project have names that better describe the data content Otherwise the generic module type BT-MODULE is set

If you want active racks add them manually now then download the modified configuration to the 1756-RIO module

In the configuration tree each rack line precedes an icon representing rack information The icons represent type and size The size color and position of the colored block indicates the location size and type of partial rack and whether the rack is active or monitored

Active Versus Monitored Racks

Type Description

Active The 1756-RIO module emulates one or more remote IO racks The ControlLogix controller sends the rack- produced data which is then sent as remote IO input data to the scanner on the Remote IO network The remote IO scanner sends output data for those emulated racks to the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode The RIO module then sends that data to the ControlLogix controller as consumed input data

Use lsquoActiversquo if you want to exchange data between a ControlLogix controller and a scanner on remote IO You can also configure one or more slots in the Active rack as block transfer modules to exchange larger amounts of data with the remote IO scanner Active racks are one or more racks that the 1756-RIO module is emulating to share information between the existing scanner and the ControlLogix controller

Any rack in the configuration tree that contains at least one portion of an Active rack displays with a lightning bolt and a red indication on the active portion of the rack The text lsquoActlnpOxData[xxx]rsquo also displays indicating that this data originated in the ControlLogix controller as output data that appears as input data to the remote IO scanner

Monitor The 1756-RIO module monitors remote IO inputs on an existing Remote IO network and passes data as producedconsumed data to the ControlLogix controller This is also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo Use lsquoMonitor modersquo if you have a supervisory ControlLogix system that needs to collect data from an existing control system with remote IO

Monitored racks are racks that physically exist on the Remote IO network and are to be monitored by the 1756-RIO module Any portion of a rack in the configuration tree that is configured as lsquoMonitorrsquo displays with a blue indication on the rack

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 67

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

68 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Racks are shown with starting and ending IO groups in the IO tree For example the following IO tree shows rack 0 as a quarter rack starting at IO group 0

The line color denotes active or monitored partial rack state

Starting and ending group number

Lightning bolt denotes an active partial rack in the rack

Rack 00 contains four monitored quarter racks so no lsquolightning boltrsquo

Rack Icon Information

Code Description

Lightning bolt Denotes at least some part of the rack is configured as active Rack 01 contains an active half rack Rack 03 contains three monitored quarter racks but also an Active quarter rack therefore the lightning bolt

Red Denotes that this portion of the rack is configured as active

Blue Denotes that this portion of the rack is configured as monitored

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Manually Configure Racks To add a rack manually to the remote IO configuration follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the root of the IO tree which represents the ControlLogix controller and choose Add Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 On the AddResize Rack dialog box choose the Rack number (in octal) the Start Group the End Group and Rack Mode (Monitor or Active)

3 Click OK

Type Description

Active Emulates one or more remote IO racks The ControlLogix controller sends the rack producedconsumed data as input data which is then sent as remote IO input data to the scanner on the Remote IO network The remote IO scanner sends output data for those emulated racks to the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode The RIO module then sends that data to the ControlLogix controller as producedconsumed input data

Use active if you want to exchange data between a ControlLogix controller and a scanner on remote IO

Monitor Monitors remote IO inputs and outputs on monitored remote IO racks and passes data as producedconsumed input data to the ControlLogix controller This is also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo Use Monitor mode if you have a supervisory ControlLogix system that needs to collect data from older control systems with remote IO

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 69

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Resizing Racks

To resize a configured rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Resize Partial Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays Field options differ depending on mode

2 On the AddResize dialog box select Start Group and End Group

You cannot change the Rack number or Rack type (Active or Monitored) The radio button is dimmed

3 Click OK

If resizing the rack results in an overlap with an existing rack the resize fails and displays an error message

If resizing the rack results in deleting block transfer modules you are given the option of cancelling the resize or proceeding and deleting the block transfer modules

70 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Delete Racks

To delete a rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Delete Rack(s)

2 To delete a partial rack expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the partial rack and choose Delete Partial Rack

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 71

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Configure Block-transfer Modules

All block transfer modules represent some type of analog data Block transfers send a block (64 words maximum) of data to or from an IO module in one scan

If a slot is occupied by a discrete IO module or is empty select lsquoDiscretersquo which is the default If a specific block transfer module occupies the slot select the part number of that block transfer module

Not all block transfer modules are supported directly by the 1756-RIO module If the module you are using does not appear in the list set the module type to BT-MODULE and set the lengths to the appropriate values In some cases there are multiple templates for a given block transfer module to show that the module can be used in significantly different ways

See Block Transfer Module Templates on page 153 for additional information on block transfer templates

Block transfers can be added to active or monitored racks

To configure a block transfer module follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan56RioCfgAdpt dialog box expand the IO tree to choose the location where you want to add the module

2 On the IO tree right-click the location where you want to add the module and select Module Properties

The dialog boxes change depending on mode active or monitored

TIP On active racks the only Module Type is BT-MODULE

72 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

3 On the IO Module Properties from the Module Type dialog box pull-down menu select the module type

You have various choices depending on the rack type

4 Click OK

Active Racks

1 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type menu select BT-MODULE (On active racks the only block transfer module type is BT-MODULE)

Module Type Selection

Mode Description

Active In Active mode select BT-MODULE and then adjust the BTR Length and BTW Length to match your ControlLogix application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

Monitor In Monitor mode select the type of module that is in that location on the Remote IO network from the pull-down menu If the specific module is not supported select BT-MODULE and adjust the sizes to match your ControlLogix application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 73

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

From the BTR Len and BTW Len pull-down menus select the desired lengths The BTR Length and BTW Length sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

2 Click OK

Monitored Racks

1 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type pull-down select the block transfer module type

74 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

2 From the BTR Len and BTW Len pull-downs select the desired lengths Select the block transfer Module Type from the pull-down menu that matches the module on remote IO If the desired module is not listed select BT-MODULE Adjust the BTR Length and BTW Length to match your application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

3 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 75

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Map IO Data You must map the IO data to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data blocks and offset locations before you can scan the Remote IO network After mapping is complete you must export the aliases to the 1756-RIO module and import them to the RSLogix 5000 project

See Aliases on page 84 for a detailed discussion of ExportingImporting Aliases

Unassigned IO addresses are shown as xxx in the IO tree

Automatic Mapping

The configuration tool maps all unassigned IO to producedconsumed inputs and outputs It leaves any previously assigned addresses unchanged

On the 56RioCfg configuration tool dialog box from the Map command on the main menu choose Automap Any Unassigned to automatically map the data

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0

Unmapped Data

Mapped Data

76 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 77

Manually Map Discrete Data

Manually Map Discrete(rack) Data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack and choose Rack Map Discretes - Assign Manually

2 On the Map Rackhellip Manually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down select the ControlLogix scheduled block and Data Offset within the block

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

TIP On monitored racks inputs and outputs get mapped to ControlLogix inputs so be careful when mapping them so that they donrsquot overlap

Item Field CLX Data Type Rack Type Description

1 MonOut ClxInput data MonitoredActive

Remote IO scanner outputs are mapped to ControlLogix controller inputs The 1756-RIO module monitors output data sent by the scanner to the monitoredactive rack It is reported in the ControlLogix controller as input data

2 MonInp ClxInput data Monitored Remote IO scanner inputs are mapped to ControlLogix controller inputs The 1756-RIO module monitors input data sent to the scanner by the monitored rack It is reported in the ControlLogix controller as input data

3 ActInp ClxOutput data Active Remote IO scanner inputs are mapped from the ControlLogix outputs The ControlLogix controller writes output tags to the 1756-RIO module which sends the data to the remote IO scanner as input data

123

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Manually Map Block-transfer Data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the expanded rack list right-click on the module and choose BT Module Clx Map - Assign Manually

2 On the Map BT Modulehellip Manually dialog box for the block transfer read and write data select the ControlLogix scheduled block and Data Offset within the block

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

Block-transfer Data Map Destinations for Monitored and Active Racks

Field CLX Data Type Rack Type Description

MonBTW ClxInput Monitored Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

MonBTR ClxInput Monitored Block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

ActBTR ClxOutput Active Block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix controller outputs (The ControlLogix controller writes the data and the 1756-RIO module sends the data to the remote IO scanner)

Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

78 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Re-Map Command

Use the Re-Map All command to clear all previous mappings and automatically map all discrete and block transfer data to producedconsumed data connections

From the Map menu choose Re-Map All

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 79

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Clear Mappings

Follow these steps to clear all mappings

1 To clear all assigned mappings on the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Map menu choose Clear All Mappings

2 On the Clear ALL Mappings dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

80 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Clear Discrete Rack Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear mappings for discrete(rack) data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack and choose Rack Map Discretes - Clear

2 On the Clear Rack Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT All of the preceding mapping and configuration examples currently reside only within the 56RioCfgAdpt software and must be downloaded to the 1756-RIO module

See Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project on page 30 for download steps

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 81

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Clear Block Transfer Module Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear the mappings for block transfer data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the expanded rack right-click on the block transfer module and choose BT Module Clx Map - Clear

2 On the Clear BT Module Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

82 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 4

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Introduction Now that the configuration mode selection and network preparation in the configuration tool are complete the next steps include downloading the configuration to the 1756-RIO module and exporting aliases to the RSLogix 5000 project This completes the preparation of the 1756-RIO module for operation on a Remote IO network

In this chapter you will

bull create aliases and export them to the RSLogix 5000 project

bull convert an older system to a ControlLogix system

bull download configurations to the module

bull upload configurations to the project

bull save configurations to disk

bull archive configuration templates

Commission Summary The following list summarizes the steps to save and export your configurations from the configuration tool to the module and import them to the RSLogix 5000 project so that you can begin scanning on a Remote IO network

1 Export aliases in scanner and adapter mode

2 Download configurations to the 1756-RIO module

3 Upload configurations to the RSLogix 5000 project

4 Save configurations to disk

5 Archive configurations

Topic Page

Commission Summary 83

Aliases 84

Manage Configurations 91

83Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 83

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Aliases Aliases are used to access data in the ControlLogix system They define the names and descriptions exported from the configuration program and imported into the RSLogix 5000 control program and should be used for adapter and scanner modes

Aliases are symbolic names that point to IO data The configuration tool creates these aliases for discrete and block transfer data based on the IO mappings It is important that you develop the control program in the RSLogix 5000 project with reference to aliases as opposed to absolute addresses Then if the mappings change the ControlLogix controller still operates you just create aliases for the new mappings by exporting them from the configuration tool and re-importing them into the control program which then points to the new data

Also itrsquos important to note that export options in the configuration tool differ depending on whether you have your 1756-RIO module set for scanner or adapter mode

In this section you will cover

bull exporting aliases in scanner mode

bull exporting aliases in adapter mode

bull using the Export Aliases command in the configuration tool to upgrade an existing system to a ControlLogix system

EXAMPLE For example letrsquos say yoursquore mapped rack 7 inputs to block 0 offset 8 so the data for rack 7 IO group 0 is at input address I0[10] Now you add a rack 6 and remap everything so that now the rack 7 input data maps to block 0 offset 20

The data for rack 0 IO group 0 now moves to I0[22]

If you had used absolute addresses in your control program you would have to re-address every instruction in the program By using aliases you can use the Export Aliases command from the configuration tool and import them into the RSLogix 5000 project which automatically points to the new data

IMPORTANT You must export the new aliases from the configuration tool and import them into the RSLogix 5000 project before you run the program otherwise you could read wrong inputs andor write wrong outputs

84 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Export Aliases in Scanner ModeTo export aliases in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

2 On the Export RSLogix 5000 Aliases dialog box enter the FileName location Alias Prefix and Base Tag

3 Click OK

See Scanner Mode IO Map on page 129 in Appendix C for more information

Field Description

FileName Use the browse button to change the file location

Alias Prefix Use to distinguish between aliases for different 1756-RIO modules If you have multiple 1756-RIO modules in the RSLogix 5000 project assign each module a unique Alias Prefix so that the tags for each one are unique

Base Tag Use the base tag to identify the 1756-RIO module location on the ControlLogix chassis

This example shows the 1756-RIO module location in slot 0 of the local chassis

Browse Button

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 85

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

86 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Export Aliases in Adapter Mode

To export aliases in adapter mode follow these steps

1 On the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

2 On the Export RSLogix 5000 Aliases dialog box enter the FileName location Alias Prefix Base Tag and RIO Output Placeholders

3 Click OKFor more information on the use of placeholders see Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System on page 87

Browse Button

Field Description

FileName Use the browse button lsquohelliprsquo to change the file location

Alias Prefix Use to distinguish between aliases for different 1756-RIO modules and to help identify groups of data items If you have multiple 1756-RIO modules in the RSLogix 5000 project assign each module a unique Alias Prefix so that the tags for each one are unique

Base Tag Use the base tag to identify the 1756-RIO module location in the ControlLogix chassis

RIO Output Placeholders Use this set of aliases when the 1756-RIO module is set to Monitor mode These output placeholders aliases point to a ControlLogix internal array If you are using Monitor mode you can write your new application to write to this placeholder array and compare the monitored outputs to the outputs written by the new control program If you donrsquot want the aliases leave the box unchecked

RIO Output Placeholders Base Tag

This tag must be created by the user in the ControlLogix control program and must be an integer array of 10 RioTempOut elements (0hellip9) each with 255 sub-elements (0hellip254) So RioTempOut would be RioTempOut[00] to RioTempOut[9254]

Include BTW Configuration Words

Check this box if you choose to include aliases for block transfer write configuration data

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System

To upgrade an existing system such as a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system you have to perform these steps

1 Monitor the network in adapter mode

2 Write the new control program in RSLogix 5000 programming software to write to the internal array

3 Compare the existing systemrsquos outputs with the ControlLogix outputs using the same live inputs

4 Once both systems write the same outputs and have the same timing switch over to the RSLogix 5000 control program for control

Now itrsquos writing the real outputs instead of the placeholder array using the 1756-RIO module to scan the network

You could use the same 1756-RIO module to monitor and scan the network You would have to download the scanner firmware after you compare the systems using the module in adapter mode to monitor the network Or you could use two 1756-RIO modules one as a scanner and one as an adapter on the Remote IO network

The following example breaks down the process It explains using the 1756-RIO module

bull as an adapter and its configuration in the configuration toolrsquos IO tree

bull with the configuration tool to create the aliases based on the IO configuration tree

bull configuration toolrsquos process of exporting aliases to convert an existing system to a ControlLogix system using the module in scanner mode

Create a Network Configuration and Export Aliases

Follow these steps to create a network configuration in the configuration tool and to create the aliases based on that configuration

1 Set the 1756-RIO module to adapter mode

See Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode on page 30

2 Create the network configuration in the configuration toolrsquos tree for the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 87

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

The following IO tree configuration comprises one monitored quarter rack and one active quarter rack

3 Export the alias file Once the network configuration is complete in the configuration tool from the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

The following graphic and tables show how the configuration tool creates aliases based on the IO configuration from the tree

1

2

3

Item Description

1 Rack 00 is a monitored quarter rack encompassing IO groups 0 and 1

2 Rack 1 is an active quarter rack encompassing IO groups 0 and 1

3 All input and output maps to connection 0 so I0 and O0

ATTENTION Monitored outputs include outputs to monitored racks and outputs to active racks

12

88 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

The table shows how the prefixes are used in creating alias names the descriptions that are created for the aliases and how the addresses are created from the base tags and data mappings

4 Write a ControlLogix control program in the RSLogix 5000 project to write outputs to the placeholder array then compare the outputs to the monitored outputs from the existing system

5 Change the 1756-RIO module to scanner mode or use an existing 1756-RIO scanner

See Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode on page 30

6 Export a scanner configuration and download it to the scanner

7 Create aliases with the scanner configuration tool using the same prefixes

8 Import the aliases into the RSLogix 5000 project

Item Description

1 Prefixes are left at their defaults

2 The Base Tag field represents the location of the 1756-RIO adapter in the rack In this case the adapter is in slot 0

Alias Name Description Address

RIO_R00_STS Rack-00 Status - Monitored Local0I0Data[0]

RIO_I000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Input - Monitored Local0I0Data[2]

RIO_I001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Input - Monitored Local0I0Data[3]

RIO_MON_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[12]

RIO_MON_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[13]

RIO_MON_O010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[22]

RIO_MON_O011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[23]

RIO_ACT_I010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Input - Active Local0O0Data[2]

RIO_ACT_I011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Input - Active Local0O0Data[3]

RIO_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 12]

RIO_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 13]

RIO_O010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 22]

RIO_O011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 23]

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 89

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

The following table shows the aliases created for a scanner in slot 0 in the ControlLogix chassis

Notice that the alias names for the discrete outputs in the Export Alias Creation table are the same as the alias names for the placeholders in the Alias Creation for a Scanner in the ControlLogix Chassis table but now point to IO outputs

Alias Creation for a Scanner in the ControlLogix Chassis

Alias Created Description Address

RIO_R00_STS Rack-00 Status Local0I0Data[0]

RIO_R00_CTL Rack-00 Control Local0O0Data[0]

RIO_I000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Input Local0I0Data[2]

RIO_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output Local0O0Data[2]

RIO_I001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Input Local0I0Data[3]

RIO_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output Local0O0Data[3]

EXAMPLE For example an application that used alias name RIO_0001 wrote to placeholder location RioTempOut[0 13] but would now write to the discrete outputs at Local0O0Data[3]

90 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Manage Configurations There are several ways to manage your modulersquos configurations This section covers

bull downloading configurations to the module

bull uploading configurations to the RSLogix 5000 project

bull saving and loading configurations to disk

bull archiving configurations

Managing configuration steps are the same for scanner and adapter modes

Download and Upload Configurations

To download a configuration to the 1756-RIO module follow these steps

1 On the Configure menu choose Download Configuration

You must set the communication path through RSLinx to tell the configuration tool where the 1756-RIO module is installed The RSLinx Path Selection dialog box now appears

2 Expand the backplane of the chassis where the 1756-RIO module is installed navigate to the module and select it

3 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 91

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

To upload a configuration from the 1756-RIO module to the project follow these steps

1 From the Configure menu choose Upload Configuration

2 Set the communication path when the RSLinx dialog box appears by navigating to the 1756-RIO module on the network and clicking OK

TIP You can also set the communication path by selecting the Communication menu and choosing Select RSLinx Path

TIP You can also uploaddownload configurations from the Module button on the configuration toolrsquos toolbar

Download to the module

Upload from the module

92 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Save Configurations to Disk

To save configurations to disk from the file menu choose Save

The configuration saves as an rio file to the location you initially specified when you set the module properties in the add-on profile in the RSLogix 5000 project

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 93

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Archive Configurations

Archive Template Command

The Archive Templates command copies any templates used in the current file to the same location as the RIO file It copies any block transfer module templates used in the current configuration file into the directory where the configuration is stored

1 To archive configurations from the File menu choose Archive Templates

2 When the confirmation dialog box appears click OK

94 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Archive Template Check Command

The Archive Template Check command checks and confirms any block transfer module templates used in the current configuration file are stored in the directory where the configuration is stored

1 To use the Archive Template Check command from the File menu choose Archive Template Check

2 When the confirmation dialog box appears click OK

You must make sure you save your project if you want to keep a backup copy otherwise you get an error that the active project has not been saved or the BT Template File is not found

See Appendix C for additional information on templates

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 95

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Notes

96 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 5

Monitor Remote IO

Introduction Now that the module configuration is complete and downloaded to the 1756-RIO module you are ready to scan a Remote IO network

Remote IO scanning uses a 1756-RIO scanner in a local or remote chassis and multiple adapters on a Remote IO network The scanner enables communication between a ControlLogix controller and the remote IO devices The 1756-RIO scanner continually gathers and sends information to and from remote adapters on the Remote IO network and sends that information to the ControlLogix controller in the chassis

Remote IO monitoring uses a 1756-RIO module in adapter mode to lsquolistenrsquo to remote IO and communicate that IO back to the ControlLogix controller

Within the configuration tool there are four utilities to monitor IO

bull DiscMon monitors discrete input and output data

bull BtMon monitors block transfers

bull DiagMon monitors diagnostic counters

bull LogMon monitors the scanner log

In this chapter you will

bull use scan and monitor modes

bull monitor remote IO discrete inputs and outputs in scanner mode

bull monitor remote IO discrete inputs and outputs in adapter mode

bull monitor block transfers

bull export scanner configurations

bull use the diagnostic utilities in the configuration software to monitor save and clear diagnostics

Topic Page

Commission Summary 98

Scan Mode and Monitor Mode 99

Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs 101

Monitor Block Transfers 108

Export Scanner Configurations 115

Other Diagnostics 117

97Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 97

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Commission Summary The following list summarizes 1756-RIO scanning and monitoring functions on a Remote IO network

bull Monitor discrete inputs and outputs in scanner mode from the Monitor menu

bull Monitor discrete inputs and active inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu

bull Monitor remote IO in Monitor mode to lsquolistenrsquo to and then upgrade an existing older system to a ControlLogix system

bull Monitor block transfer reads and writes in scanner mode by right-clicking on the module in the IO tree and selecting Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

bull Export scanner configuration files in adapter mode using the Tools menu and clicking Export Scanner Configuration file File from the pull-down menu

bull Monitor an existing system by putting the module in scanner mode and loading an exported configuration file to scan the remote network

bull Use the Monitor menu to monitor diagnostics in scanner and adapter modes

bull Monitor normal operation and error messages on the network by using the Monitor menursquos Debug Log

bull Diagnose and correct fatal errors by selecting 1756-RIO Fatal Error from the Tools menu Capture fatal errors and save them in an error log for use by Technical Support

98 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Scan Mode and Monitor Mode

The 1756-RIO module can perform various scan functions depending on whether it is a scanner or an adapter

Scan Remote IO in Scanner Mode

There are three scan modes of the ControlLogix controller The following list explains each mode and what the 1756-RIO module does in each mode

bull Run mode

bull Program mode

bull Test mode

In run mode the 1756-RIO module scans remote racks reads discrete inputs does not enable outputs to run on and does not update block transfers

In program mode the 1756-RIO module scans remote racks reads discrete inputs but does not write discrete outputs or update block transfers

In test mode the 1756-RIO behaves the same as it does in program mode with the exception of the controller actively scanning the ladder logic

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 99

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Remote IO in Adapter Mode

The 1756-RIO module provides utilities to upgrade an existing remote IO application to a ControlLogix system with a minimum of downtime and startup time This function is referred to as Monitor mode

Used in Monitor mode the 1756-RIO adapter can be used to upgrade a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system by providing discrete inputs and outputs and Block Transfer read and write data to the controller You can replace the existing application or control program thatrsquos running on a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system with a new application that runs on a ControlLogix controller using the 1756-RIO module as the remote IO scanner

TIP The replacement system must be tested before the switchover It uses the same field wiring as the old system If unanticipated problems arise you can switch back to the old system in minutes

100 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 101

To use Monitor mode to upgrade your existing system to a ControlLogix system follow these steps

1 Connect the 1756-RIO module in adapterMonitor mode on the existing Remote IO network to monitor data and timing

2 Create the new application or control program in the RSLogix 5000 project It sees the exact same inputs (monitored inputs) as the existing application but writes to an internal array in the ControlLogix controller

3 Compare the outputs (monitored outputs) from the new application with the outputs from the existing system by lsquolisteningrsquo to the network

4 When you are satisfied that the new system accurately duplicates the function and timing of the existing system disconnect the Remote IO network from the old scanner and connect it to the 1756-RIO module in scanner mode

5 Switch the RSLogix 5000 project application (control program) to write outputs to the 1756-RIO module as a scanner instead of to the internal array

Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs

Use the Monitor Inputs and Monitor Outputs commands to display the discrete IO data on remote IO racks connected to the 1756-RIO module

If the RSLinx path to the 1756-RIO module has not been set an RSLinx RSWho window displays Use it to set the communication path to the module by navigating to the 1756-RIO module on the network and clicking OK

Monitor Discrete Inputs in Scanner ModeTo monitor discrete inputs in scanner mode follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu select Monitor Discrete Inputs

2 Right-click on a rack and select Monitor Discrete

3 Use the Monitor Discrete Inputs button on the toolbar

ATTENTION Be sure to switch the 1756-RIO module to scanner mode if it is not done

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

The DiscMon or discrete input monitor window displays

Each row corresponds to a rack Rack numbers are given in octal Each row shows eight words of discrete inputs for the rack number

Main Menu Rack

Toolbar

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the DiscMon utility

102 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 103

Data can be displayed in the following formats

Hexadecimal

You can display discrete IO data in hexadecimal (0000hellipFFFF) format from the View menu and choosing Hex or by clicking the Display Hex button on the toolbar

Signed Decimal

You can display discrete IO data in signed decimal (-32768hellip32767) format by choosing the View menu and choosing Signed from the pull-down menu or by clicking the Signed button on the toolbar

Format From menu From Toolbar

Hexadecimal ViewHex 0x button

Signed decimal ViewUnsigned 1 button

Unsigned decimal ViewSigned -1 button

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

104 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Unsigned Decimal

You can display discrete IO data in Unsigned Decimal (0hellip65535) format from the View menu and choosing Unsigned or by clicking the Unsigned button on the toolbar

Monitor Discrete Outputs in Scanner Mode

To monitor discrete outputs in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the main menu of the configuration tool from the Monitor pull-down menu select Monitor Discrete Outputs

2 Right-click on a rack and select Monitor Discrete Outputs

3 Use the Monitor Discrete Outputs button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Rack

Toolbar

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The Discrete Output Monitor window displays

Each row corresponds to a rack Rack numbers are given in octal and each row shows eight words of discrete outputs for the rack number

TIP The data formatting options hex signed and unsigned are the same for scanner and adapter modesrsquo monitored inputs and outputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 105

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Discrete Inputs in Adapter Mode

Monitored inputs are inputs on monitored racks To monitor discrete inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu choose Discrete Monitored Inputs Just as in scanner mode you can also get to the Monitored Discrete Input Data screen by right-clicking on a rack or clicking the Monitor Discrete Inputs button on the toolbar

106 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The Monitored Discrete Input Data window displays

Monitor Discrete Outputs in Adapter Mode

Monitored outputs are all outputs from the remote IO scanner To monitor discrete outputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu select Discrete Monitored Outputs or right-click on a rack or click the Monitor Discrete Outputs button on the toolbar

The Monitored Discrete Output Data window displays

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 107

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Discrete Active Inputs in Adapter Mode

Active inputs are inputs on active racks To monitor discrete active inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu choose Discrete Active Inputs or right-click on a rack or click the Monitor Active Inputs button on the toolbar

The Active Discrete Input Data window displays

Monitor Block Transfers Use the Block Transfer Monitor command to display the block transfers associated with a block transfer module along with diagnostics associated with the block transfers

108 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Monitor Block Transfers in Scanner Mode

To monitor a block transfer module right-click on the module in the IO tree and select Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

The 1756-RIO BTMon or block transfer module window displays

Some analog output modules have only an associated block transfer write Analog input modules have a block transfer write for configuring the module a block transfer read for data and a block transfer read for status

The upper portion of the screen is the block transfer read the lower portion is the block transfer write

The raw data can be displayed as hexadecimal signed or unsigned integer The default format for block transfer data is hexadecimal

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path to start the BTMon utility

Block Transfer Read

Block Transfer Write

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 109

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer reads

Scanner Mode Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

Counter Description

State Configactiveinactive

Type Module type from the module template

BTR Len Block transfer read length

Req Update Time Requested update time in the module configuration in ms

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer read in ms This is the average of the previous eight updates

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer read

Ignored Reqs Running count of update requests ignored by the block transfer module

Prot Errors Running count of protocol errors for this block transfer read If this counter is incrementing the module isnrsquot responding correctly

Request Count Count of the number of times on successive scans this block transfer was requested If this number is consistently greater than 1 increase the requested update time - the module cannot respond quickly enough at the current requested time The counter applies to the BTR and BTW for this module

110 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer writes

Scanner Mode Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

Counter Description

Cfg Len Length of the configuration data for this module

Data Len Data length

Req Update Time Requested update time in the module configuration in ms

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer write in ms This is the average of the previous eight updates

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer write

Ignored Reqs Running count of update requests ignored by the destination module for this block transfer write

Protocol Errs Running count of protocol errors for this block transfer write

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 111

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Block Transfers in Adapter Mode

To monitor a block transfer module right-click on the module in the IO tree and select Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

The BTMon or block transfer module window displays

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path to start the BTMon utility

Block Transfer Read

Block Transfer Write

112 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer reads

Adapter Mode Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

Counter Description

Type Module type

BTR Map Len Length of mapped BTR data in words

BTR Mon Len Length of monitored BTR data in words

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer read in ms

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer read

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 113

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer writes

Adapter Mode Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

Counter Description

BTW Map Len The length of the mapped BTW data in words

BTW Min Len The minimum BTW length in words

BTW Max Len The maximum BTW length in words

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer write in ms

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer write

114 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Export Scanner Configurations

In adapter mode the configuration tool can export a scanner configuration file built from the current adapter configuration which can be loaded into an RIO scanner The exported scanner configuration file is especially useful when converting an existing remote IO system to a ControlLogix system You can then choose whether the block transfer configuration data and update times come from the values the adapter has observed on the remote network or from the defaults from the module templates

The configuration file includes

bull a baud rate

bull monitored racks

bull block transfers on monitored racks

It does not contain active racks block transfers on active racks or mappings

To export a scanner configuration file follow these steps

1 From the Tools menu choose Export Scanner Configuration File

2 On the Export Scanner Configuration File dialog box select the FileName and BT Module Configuration Data and Update Times option for your configuration file

Make sure you use another file name so that you donrsquot overwrite the adapter configuration file

EXAMPLE The template for a module might have a default value for the channel data type The configuration seen on the network might have another value for the channel data type

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 115

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

3 Click OK

Monitor Mode

If you are using the 1756-RIO module in Monitor mode you can monitor the existing system to capture block transfer timing and configuration data then export a scanner configuration file that contains that data To use the exported configuration file follow these steps

1 Switch the 1756-RIO module back to scanner mode

2 Load the exported configuration file to scan the Remote IO network

Field Description

FileName Name the file and select the autobrowse button to search for the directory andor file where you want to save the file

The current rio file is for adapter mode When you export the scanner configuration file you are making a new rio file for scanner mode You do not want to overwrite the adapter rio file so it must be saved at this point

BT Module Configuration Data and Update Times

Capture from Online Monitor or Use Defaults from Templates

The configuration and timing data for block transfers can be based on the default configuration data from the block transfer module templates or on the configuration data and update times the adapter has observed on the network

This is a global selection and affects the data saved for all block transfer modules

116 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Other Diagnostics Use the Monitor Diagnostics Counters command to display the diagnostic counters that the 1756-RIO module maintains The 1756-RIO module maintains diagnostic counters that indicate the state of communication on an entire Remote IO network and counters related to each rack It also maintains an active rack list

The diagnostic counters consist of three groups

bull Active racks table

bull Global diagnostic counters

bull Rack diagnostic counters

Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Scanner Mode

To monitor the diagnostic counters follow these steps

From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters or click the Monitor Diagnostic Counters button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the DiagMon utility

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 117

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

The 1756-RIO DiagMon window displays showing the Active Racks Global Diag Counters and Rack Diag Counters

Active Racks Table

The Active Racks table shows which racks are present on the Remote IO network Columns represent rack numbers from 1hellip76 octal Rows represent starting IO groups If the bit for a rack and starting IO group is set there is a rack at that location The Active Racks table does not show rack size

A lsquo1rsquo indicates that a rack is present at the rack number and starting IO group indicated In the example above there is a rack present at rack 0 starting IO group 0

The lsquo1rsquo in the Active Rack table indicates a rack present at rack 0 starting IO group 0

118 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Global Diagnostic Counters

The global diagnostic counters provide information about the operation of the entire Remote IO network

The following table lists the global diagnostic countersrsquo descriptions

Scanner Mode Global Diagnostic Counters

Counter Description

Tx This counter increments each time the 1756-RIO module transmits a packet

RxGood This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a good packet

RxTout This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module sends a packet but does not receive a reply

RxBadCRC This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet with a bad Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Check cabling and termination on the Remote IO network

RxNoise This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module hears a carrier without receiving a packet Check cabling and termination on the Remote IO network

RxAbort This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives an opening flag then the packet ends without a closing flag

PrtclErr This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet that makes no sense in terms of the protocol

UpdAvg Average update time for all configured racks This is the average of the previous 64 updates

UpdMin Minimum update time for all configured racks

UpdMax Maximum update time for all configured racks

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 119

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Rack Diagnostic Counters

The rack diagnostic counters contain information about the operation of each partial rack The rows are racks from 1hellip76 octal There are four groups of counters per rack corresponding to the four possible starting IO groups for a rack

The following table lists the rack diagnostic countersrsquo descriptions

Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Adapter Mode

Follow this procedure to monitor diagnostic counters in adapter mode

From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters

The 1756-RIO-ADPT DiagMon window displays Notice that the Rack Status Table and the Global Diag Counters are the same in adapter mode as scanner mode diagnostics The BT Global Update however shows the diagnostics for the BTRs and BTWs in adapter mode

Scanner Mode Rack Diagnostic Counters

Counter Description

Rx This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet from this rack

Crc This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet with a bad CRC from this rack

Tout This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module sends a packet to this rack and does not receive a reply within the time-out period

Prtcl This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet from this rack that does not make sense in terms of the protocol

120 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The BT Global Update diagnostics table is organized by rack IO group (Grp) and slot (Slt) The first row (0) shows the BTRs first then the BTWs on rack 0 From left to right BTRs at IO group 0 slot 0 IO group 0 slot 1 IO group 1 slot 0 IO group 1 slot 1 and so on

A lower case lsquorrsquo or lsquowrsquo indicates that a block transfer has been observed at that location at some point in the past An upper case lsquoRrsquo or lsquoWrsquo indicates when a block transfer happens

Module Scanner Log

Scanner Mode

The scanner log displays messages from the firmware running on the 1756-RIO module showing its normal operation and error messages The Debug Log command monitors messages logged by the 1756-RIO module These messages can be used to diagnose problems and may be useful in tracking down errors and for Technical Support

Grp 0 Slt 0

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 121

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

To monitor the scanner log follow this procedure

1 Run the LogMon utility To launch LogMon from the Monitor menu choose Debug Log from the pull-down menu

2 Select OK once you select the 1756-RIO module on the network

A window displays confirming LogMon has started If there are no errors present the LogMon screen stays clear

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the LogMon utility

122 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The log displays module operations version and mode information Something like below is typical but your log will look different

3 To clear the scanner log from the Edit menu choose ClearLog or click the Clear Log button from the toolbar

4 To copy the contents of the log to the Windows clipboard for use in another application from the Edit menu choose Copy or click the Select All and Copy button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 123

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Adapter Mode

To launch LogMon in adapter mode follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu choose Debug Log

2 Set the RSLinx communication path when prompted and Select OK to start LogMon

Clear Diagnostics

To clear diagnostics follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters

Once you set the communication path via RSLinx software the DiagMon window displays

2 From the Actions menu choose Clear Diagnostics or click the Clear Diagnostics button on the toolbar

TIP These same instructions apply for scanner and adapter mode

124 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

3 To clear Block Transfer diagnostics while in BTMon from the Actions menu choose ClearDiagCounters or click the ClearDiagCounters button on the toolbar

Fatal Errors

Fatal errors occur when the firmware on the module encounters an unexpected condition There are three main causes for fatal errors

bull A bug in the 1756-RIO module firmware

bull A 1756-RIO module hardware failure

bull Certain types of ControlLogix backplane failures

The 1756-RIO module monitors its own operation for invalid conditions The module stops scanning turns all three status indicators red and displays a fatal error number similar to lsquoM60rsquo on the 4-character display and then stores a fatal error log that indicates the cause of the fatal error

ToolbarMain Menu

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 125

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Use the Fatal Error Capture command from the Tools menu to clear fatal errors on the 1756-RIO module and save the log file to disk for use by technical support

To clear the fatal error and capture the fatal error log for scanner and adapter modes follow these steps

1 Cycle power on the 1756-RIO module

The 4-character display should show lsquoFatalErrorCapture requiredrsquo

2 From the Tools menu choose 1756-RIO Fatal Error Capture

3 Use RSLinx software to set the communication path and select the 1756-RIO module on the network

A Fatal Error Capture warning window displays

4 Select Yes

5 Save the fatal error log to a file

IMPORTANT Clearing a fatal error also clears the configuration on the 1756-RIO module

IMPORTANT By choosing Yes communication to the module is disrupted AND the modulersquos configuration will be erased

126 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

This also clears the fatal error on the module When the Save In dialog box opens navigate to the location on the hard drive where you want to save the error log file and give it a filename

6 Contact Technical Support See the BackCover

7 Provide Technical Support with the fatal error log file to help them diagnose the cause of the problem

8 After clearing the fatal error you must download the configuration to the 1756-RIO module

See Download and Upload Configurations on page 91 for instructions on how to download configurations to the 1756-RIO module

ATTENTION You must clear the fatal error before you can use the module again and you shouldnrsquot use it again until you have determined what caused the error

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 127

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Notes

128 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix A

Scanner Mode IO Map

This section describes how the data gets mapped to the ControlLogix data for scanner mode

When you map any part of a rack to producedconsumed tag data the structure that gets mapped is for the entire rack number For example if rack 1 consists of IO groups 0 and 1 (a quarter rack) the entire structure for rack 1 is mapped when you map the rack Similarly if a rack is made up of several partial racks mapping any one of those partial racks maps the structure for the entire rack

Discrete Input Data

In scanner mode the discrete read structure for a rack consists of two status words and eight words of discrete input data

Discrete Read Structure-Input

Only bits 0hellip3 of the first word of status data are used They consist of error bits that are set if there is a communication error with a partial rack Bit 0 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 0 bit 1 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 2 and so on

The error bit is 1 if there is an error scanning the rack or if the rack is inhibited otherwise the bit is 0

Words 2hellip9 contain the discrete input data for the rack Words 2 and 3 contain the data for IO groups 0 and 1 (first 14 rack) words 3 and 4 contain the data for IO groups 2 and 3 (second 14 rack) and so on

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Status Codes and Error Codes Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

44817

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 129

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Discrete Input Data Offset - Read

Discrete Input Data Offset - Read

Offset 0Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1N

O E

RRO

R

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

ERR

OR

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

44814

130 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Discrete Output Data

In scanner mode the discrete write structure for a rack consists of two control words and eight words of discrete output data

Discrete Write Structure-Output

Bits 0hellip3 of the first word of control data are used to inhibit racks Set bit 0 to inhibit the scan of the rack starting at IO group 0 set bit 1 to inhibit the scan of the rack starting at IO group 2 and so on Inhibiting a rack stops all communication with that rack and all outputs revert to their programmed last state

Bits 4hellip7 of the first word of control data are used to reset racks Set bit 4 to reset the outputs of the rack starting at IO group 0 set bit 5 to reset the outputs of the rack starting at IO group 2 and so on When a reset command is given all communication with that rack continues however that rack behaves as if the controller is in Program mode All outputs revert to their Program mode state

Only the bit for the starting IO group needs to be set to inhibit or reset the rack For example if a rack is a full rack starting at IO group 0 only bit 0 needs to be set to inhibit the scan of the rack

Words 2hellip9 contain the discrete output data for the rack Words 2 and 3 contain the data for IO groups 0 and 1 (first 14 rack) words 3 and 4 contain the data for IO groups 2 and 3 (second 14 rack) and so on

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

2 Control Words Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

44818

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 131

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Discrete Output Data Offset-Write

Discrete Output Data Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (Control) 0 Inhibit rack that starts first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

1 Inhibit rack that starts second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

2 Inhibit rack that starts third quarter (IO group 4hellip5

3 Inhibit rack that starts fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

4 Reset rack that starts at first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

5 Reset rack that starts at second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

6 Reset rack that starts at third quarter (IO group 4hellip5)

7 Reset rack that starts at fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

8hellip15 Reserved

1 (Control) 0hellip15 Reserved (pad for 32-bit alignment)

2hellip9 (Output) 0hellip15 Discrete output data

Discrete Output Data Offset - Write

WriteOffset 0

Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9

Ouput Words

8 Words of Discrete Ouptut Data

Offset 1Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15In

hibi

t Rac

k1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Inhi

bit R

ack

2nd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 2

-3

Inhi

bit R

ack

3rd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 4

-5

Inhi

bit R

ack

4th

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 6

-7Re

set R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Rese

t Rac

k2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Rese

t Rac

k3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Rese

t Rac

k4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

44819

132 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Discrete IO Data Transfer

Discrete Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Status Codes and Error Codes Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

Read

Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Status Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1N

O E

RRO

R

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

ERR

OR

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

Discrete Write Structure - Ouput

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

2 Control Words Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

Write

Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9

Ouput Words

8 Words of Discrete Ouptut Data

Control Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Inhi

bit R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Inhi

bit R

ack

2nd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 2

-3

Inhi

bit R

ack

3rd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 4

-5

Inhi

bit R

ack

4th

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 6

-7Re

set R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Rese

t Rac

k2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Rese

t Rac

k3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Rese

t Rac

k4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

IO Rack

Scanner ModeDiscrete IO Data Transfer

44820

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 133

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Block Transfer InputIn scanner mode even if a module has only a block transfer write you should map the module to input and output data so that the control and status data gets mapped

Block Transfer Read Structure-Input

Offset 0 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer read executes successfully on the RIO network Based on configuration of the 1756-RIO module and its RPI it may be possible that the controller may see this value increment by more than 1 count per program scan

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTR error bit offset 0 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer read It clears the bit when the block transfer read enable bit is reset in the corresponding BT control write structure

When a block transfer read error occurs offset 0 bits 8hellip10 contain Error Codes

When you execute a block transfer read in manual mode the 1756-RIO module sets offset 0 bit 12 to indicate that the block transfer read executed successfully The bit is reset when the corresponding BTREN bit is reset in the BT write control file

Offset 1 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer write executes successfully on the RIO network Based on the configuration of the 1756-RIO module and its RPI it may be possible that the controller may see this value increment by more than 1 count per program scan

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTW error bit offset 1 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer write It clears the bit when the block transfer write enable bit is reset in the corresponding BT control write structure

When a block transfer write occurs offset 1 bits 8hellip10 contain an error code When you execute a block transfer write in manual mode the 1756-RIO module sets offset 1 bit 12 BTWDN to indicate that the block transfer write executed successfully The bit is reset when the corresponding BTWEN bit is reset in the BT write control file

Word offsets 2hellipn contain the read data returned by the block transfer module

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Returned Read Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

44821

134 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

BT Read Structure Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (BT Read) 0hellip7 BTR update counter (increments each time BTR executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTR error code

11 BTRERR block transfer read error

12 BTRDN block transfer read done (manual mode only)

13hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip7 BTW update counter (increments each time BTW executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTW error code

11 BTWERR block transfer write error

12 BTWDN block transfer write done (manual mode only)

13hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTR data (64 integers max)

BT ReadOffset Word 0

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Returned Read Data Offset Words 2hellipn

Read Data Returned by the Block Transfer

BT WriteOffset Word 1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

Read

Don

eM

anua

l Mod

e O

nly

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Writ

e D

one

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved

44815

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 135

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Output

BT Write Structure-Output

Offset 0 bits 0hellip5 contain the block transfer read length

Offset 0 bit 8 contains the block transfer read enable bit for manual mode block transfers

Offset 0 bit 9 is used in two ways

bull In manual mode this bit is the block-transfer-read-continuous bit If this bit is set and the enable bit is set the 1756-RIO module re-enables block transfer reads when they execute successfully

bull In automatic and semi-automatic modes this bit inhibits all block transfers to the IO module

Offset 1 bits 0hellip5 contain the block transfer write length

Offset 1 bit 8 contains the block transfer write enable bit for manual mode block transfers

Offset 1 bit 9 is the block-transfer-write-continuous bit If this bit is set and the enable bit is set the 1756-RIO module re-enables block transfer writes when they execute successfully

Word offsets 2hellipn contain the write data sent to the block transfer write module

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Write Data Container for BTW Module

1st 16-bit Word

BTW44822

136 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Block Transfer Control Write Structure

BT Write Structure Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 0hellip5 BTR length (1hellip63 word 0 means BT module decides)

6hellip7 Reserved

8 BTREN block transfer read enable (manual mode only)

9 BTRCONT (manual mode only)

BT Inhibit (automatic modes - inhibits config BTW data BTW and data BTR)

10hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip5 BTW length (1hellip63 word 0 means BT module decides)

6hellip7 Reserved

8 BTWEN block transfer write enable (manual mode only)

9 BTWCONT continuous mode (manual mode only)

10hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTW Data (64 integers max)

BT ReadOffset Word 0

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Write Data Containerfor BTW Module

Offset Words 2hellipn

Write Data Container

BT Write Offset Word 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BT Read Length

BT Write Length BT W

rite

Enab

led

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us M

ode

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved Res

Res BT R

ead

Ena

bled

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us R

ead

BT

Inhi

bit

44816

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 137

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Error Codes

Error Code Description

0 OK

1 BTRBTW request ignored by block transfer module

2 Block transfer state mismatch

3hellip6 Reserved not currently used

7 Disabled

138 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Scanner Mode Block Transfer IO

BT Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Returned Read Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Returned Read DataOffset 2hellipn

Read Data Returned by the Block Transfer

BT Write 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

Read

Don

eM

anua

l Mod

e O

nly

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Writ

e D

one

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved

Block Transfer Control Write Structure

BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Write Data Containerfor BTW Module

Offset 2hellipn

Write Data Container

BT Write 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BT Read Length

BT Write Length BT W

rite

Enab

led

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us M

ode

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved Res

Res BT R

ead

Ena

bled

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us R

ead

BT

Inhi

bit

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

BT Write Structure - Output

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Write Data Container for BTW Module

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

IO Rack

Scanner ModeBlock Transfer IO

44823

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 139

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Notes

140 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix B

Adapter Mode IO Map

This section describes the remote IO data that gets mapped to the ControlLogix data for adapter mode

The structures that get mapped for adapter mode are similar to those for scanner mode with the exception of the control bits In adapter mode you have no control over when racks or block transfers update

The IO data can be remote IO input or output data on monitored or active racks

Discrete Data Discrete Input Data

In adapter mode the discrete input structure for a rack consists of two status words followed by eight words of discrete input data When you map any part of a rack to producedconsumed tag data the structure that gets mapped is for the entire rack number

Discrete Input Monitored Racks

Inputs on monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Only bits 0hellip3 of the first word of status data are used They consist of error bits that are set if there is a communication error with a partial rack Bit 0 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 0 bit 1 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 2 and so on

The bit is set if there is an error scanning the rack and is 0 otherwise

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Only First 3

Bits Used

1st Status Word

2nd Status Word

Not Used

44838

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 141

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

142 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Discrete Input Data Monitored Racks

Discrete Input Data Monitored Racks

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (Status) 0 Communication error first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

1 Communication error second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

2 Communication error third quarter (IO group 4hellip5)

3 Communication error fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

4hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved (pad for 32-bit alignment)

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete input data

Offset 0Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Status Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

0=Status OK 1=Error

44839

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 143

Discrete Input Active Racks

There are no status bits on active racks Inputs on active racks are mapped to ControlLogix outputs

Discrete Input Data Offset Active Racks - Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input DataReserved Words

Not Used

Not Used

44850

Discrete Input Data Active Racks

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete input data

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

44851

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

In adapter mode the discrete output structure for a rack consists of two pad words and eight words of discrete output data Whenever you map a rack to ControlLogix inputs 10 words of data get mapped for remote IO inputs and 10 words get mapped for remote IO outputs

Discrete outputs on monitored and active racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Reserved WordsNot Used

44852

144 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2- 9

Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Offset 1Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

44853

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete output data

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 145

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Adapter Mode Discrete IO Data Transfer-Monitored Racks

Discrete Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

ReadStatus Words

ControlLogix Input Tags

Read

Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input (Monitored Racks)

Status Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

0 = Status OK 1=Error

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output (Monitored Racks)

Reserved0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

IO Rack

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

Discrete Output (Monitored Racks)

ControlLogix Input Tags

44842

146 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Adapter Mode Discrete IO Data Transfer-Active Racks

IO Rack

p

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Discrete Read Structure - Input Monitored Racks

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input DataReserved Words

Not Used

Not Used

Discrete OutputActive Racks Only

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2- 9

Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Offset 1Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Discrete Write Structure Monitored Racks - Output

Reserved WordsNot Used

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

ControlLogix Output Tags

ControlLogix Input Tags

44854

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 147

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Modules This section shows the structures that get mapped to ControlLogix producedconsumed input or output data when you map a block transfer module

Even if a module has only block transfer read or write data you should map the module to producedconsumed input and output data so that the control and status data gets mapped

On monitored racks block transfer read and write data maps to ControlLogix inputs

On active racks block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix output data Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix input data

Block Transfer Read Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Block transfer read data on monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Block transfer read data on active racks are mapped from ControlLogix outputs

Block Transfer Reads on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Description

0 Reserved always 0

1 Reserved always 0

2hellipn Up to 64 words of BTR data

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Reserved Block Transfer Read Data Up To 64 Words

1st 16-bit Word

44855

148 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Block Transfer Read Structure

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTR data (64 integers max)

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-nBTR Data

BTR Data (64 integers max)

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

44846

On monitored racks this is mapped to ControlLogix inputs On active racks this is mapped to ControlLogix outputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 149

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Write Data on Monitored or Active Racks

The data mapped for block transfer writes consists of two status words followed by up to 64 words of data on active or monitored racks Block transfer write data on active and monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Offset 0 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer read executes successfully

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTR error bit offset 0 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer read It clears the bit when the block transfer read enable bit occurs

When a block transfer read error occurs offset 0 bit 8hellip10 contain an error code

The error codes are as follows

Block Transfer Error Codes

Error Code Description

0 OK

1 Time-out

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Block Transfer Write Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

44843

44847

150 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Block Transfer Write Structure

Block Transfer Write Structure on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip7 BTR update counter (increments each time BTR executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTR error code

11 BTRERR block transfer read error

12hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip7 BTW update counter (increments each time BTW executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTW error code

11 BTWERR block transfer write error

12hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTW data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 0BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Offset Words 2-n

BTW Data

BTW Data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 1BT Write

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Reserved

Reserved

44844

Block transfer writes on active and monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 151

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Adapter Mode Block Transfer IO

Offset Word 0BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Offset Words 2-n

BTW Data

BTW Data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 1BT Write

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Reserved

Reserved

IO Rack

BT Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Block Transfer Write Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

BT Write Structure - Output

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Reserved Block Transfer Read Data Up To 64 Words

1st 16-bit Word

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-nBTR Data

BTR Data (64 integers max)

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Mapped as ControlLogix input data for active and monitored racks

Mapped as ControlLogix input data for monitored racksMapped as ControlLogix output data for active racks

152 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix C

Block Transfer Module Templates

Block transfer module templates have been created and installed by the add-on profile for these modules

Supported Modules

Not all modules are listed If your module is not in the list you can use the Generic BT_MODULE profile in the software or create your own template specific to your exact module or configuration This appendix covers the basics for creating your own module template

The properties of block transfer modules are defined in files in the subdirectory rsquoTemplatesrsquo of the directory where the 1756-RIO software is installed Template files have the extension BtModTpl The BtModTpl files can be opened with Microsoft Notepad

Template files are simple text files that define the properties of the block transfer module

IO Family Cat No

1746 SLC middot 1746-N14

middot 1746-N18

middot 1746-N04V

middot 1746-NT4

1771 PLC-5 middot 1771-DE middot 1771-NIV

middot 1771-IFE-16CH (in single-ended 16 Channel configuration)

middot 1771-NOC-noBTR

middot 1771-IFE-8CH (in differential 8 Channel configuration)

middot 1771-NOC

middot 1771-IL-Alarms middot 1771-NOV-noBTR

middot 1771-IL middot 1771-NOV

middot 1771-IR middot 1771-NR

middot 1771-IXE middot 1771-OFE-diag

middot 1771-NIV-Alarms middot 1771-OFE

1794 FLEX middot 1794-IE4XOE2 middot 1794-OE4

middot 1794-IE8

TIP The best way to create a template is to use an existing template as an example Use one that is similar to what you want to create copy it to a new file and modify it The following are examples of template records

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 153

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Block Transfer Template Records

Description

A template usually contains a description record which consists of the keyword Desc followed by an equal sign and up to 79 characters of text enclosed in quotes

The description text displays in the configuration dialog box for any modules created from the template

Note

A note record which consists of the keyword Note followed by an equal sign and then up to 79 characters of text enclosed in quotes conveys information that a user needs when creating a module from this template

The note text displays in the configuration dialog box for any modules created from the template

ATTENTION Anything after a semicolon on a line is treated as a comment and is ignored

EXAMPLE Desc=1771-IFE - 8 Channel Single Ended

Desc=1771-OFE - Binary Format No BTR

EXAMPLE Note=Always set mapped output data word 0hellip8880 hexadecimal in the ControlLogix

154 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

Block Transfer Lengths

A block transfer has three lengths associated with it

CfgLen

The configuration length rsquoCfgLenrsquo is the length of the additional configuration block transfer write data sent once to the block transfer module to initialize it

BtwLen

The block transfer write length rsquoBtwLenrsquo is the length of the block transfer write sent to the module during normal data update

BtrLen

The block transfer read length rsquoBtrLenrsquo is the length of the block transfer read received from the module during normal data update Default Configuration Data Values

The template usually contains default values for the configuration block transfer write

CfgData

Each value consists of the keyword rsquoCfgDatarsquo an offset enclosed in square brackets an equal sign and the data value

Offset Value

The offset is an offset into the configuration block transfer write and ranges from 0hellip(BtwLen+CfgLen-1)

Data Value

The data value can be expressed in decimal or hexadecimal (leading 0x as shown in the example above)

EXAMPLE CfgData[ 8]=0x0fff

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 155

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

The configuration program uses the default configuration data to select the initial values when you create a block transfer module from the template

Parameters

Parameters let you assign values to the configuration data different from the default values for a specific module created from a standard template

Parameters appear in the configuration dialog for any modules created from the template

Parameter definitions begin with the keyword rsquoParmDescrsquo and end with the keyword rsquoParmEndrsquo

Parameter definitions contain

bull a description to display in the module dialog

bull the location in the dialog box

bull the location in the configuration data

bull a data value

Description

Parameter definitions begin with the keyword rsquoParmDescrsquo which is followed by an equal sign and then up to 39 characters of text to be displayed in the dialog box

Location in Dialog Box

The screen location in terms of row (Row=0-63) and column (Col=0-2) where the parameter displays in the dialog box

Location in the Configuration Data

The location of the parameter in the configuration block transfer is defined in terms of offset data mask and bit shift

The offset is the offset into the configuration block transfer from 0hellip63 It is specified by the keyword rsquoOfsrsquo an equal sign and the offset value

EXAMPLE CfgData[ 4]=0x8000 0-3DataPol 4 6 8 10MinScaPol 5 7 9 11MaxScalPol 15BinFmt

CfgData[ 5] Min Scale ch 1

156 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

The shift is the number of bits The value you enter is shifted left from 0hellip15 It is specified by the keyword rsquoShiftrsquo an equal sign and the shift value

The mask selects bits in the value you enter It is specified by the keywordrsquoMaskrsquo an equal sign and the mask value usually in hexadecimal

The value you enter is logically ANDed with the mask shifted left by the shift value and ORed into the configuration word given by the offset

Data Value

Data values can be defined as a numerical value or from a selection list Numerical values are defined in terms of a format (BcdSgn BcdUns BinSgn or BinSgn) the corresponding data value mask and shift values and minimum and maximum values Selection lists can contain up to 256 selection values The configuration dialog for a module created from the template displays the names of the selection values

EXAMPLE Ofs=8 Mask=0x00ff Shift=2

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 157

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Parameter Examples

Example 1 Numeric Value

Min Scale

ParmDesc=Min Scale Ch 1 Col=0 Row=0 Ofs=5 Mask=Oxffff Shift=0

BinSgn MinVal=-4095 MaxVal=4095

ParmEnd

Example 2 Selection

Channel 1

ParmDesc=Range Select Ch 1Col=0 Row=2 Ofs=0 Mask=0x0003Shift=0

Select= 1 to 5V 4 to 20mA 0

Select= 0 to 5V 0 to 20mA 1

Select=-5 to 5V-20 to 20mA 2

Select=-10 to 10V 0 to 10V 3

ParmEnd

158 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

Aliases

Aliases define the names and descriptions exported from the configuration program and imported into the RSLogix 5000 project They begin with keyword rsquoAliasInprsquo or rsquoAliasOutrsquo an offset enclosed in square brackets a name consisting of up to 15 characters enclosed in quotes and a description consisting of up to 79 characters enclosed in quotes

EXAMPLE AliasInp[ 0]=_DAC_Ch1 Raw Data Channel 1

AliasOut[ 0]=_Ch1 Data - Channel 1

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 159

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Notes

160 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix D

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

This section covers problems that may occur with your 1756-RIO module The following areas are covered

bull 1756-RIO modulersquos alphanumeric display

bull RIO status indicator

bull CLX status indicator

bull OK status indicator

bull Debug log

bull Fatal errors

bull Updating the firmware

Alphanumeric Display The 4-character alphanumeric display shows lsquoRIO Scannerrsquo or lsquoRIO Adapterrsquo followed by the firmware version number and any banner text defined in the module configuration

The display shows the following messages at power-up

If the indicator on the 1756-RIO module does not cycle through these messages on powerup contact Technical Support

Message Description

Bnn Stages in the start-up processes nn is a hexadecimal number

Boot Next stage in power-up sequence

RIO Scanner v xxxxx Module firmware revision

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 161

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

Status Indicators The 1756-RIO module has three status indicators to indicate the state of internal operations The status indicators are labeled RIO CLX and OK

RIO Status Indicator ndash Remote Devices Status

The RIO indicator displays the status of the Remote IO network connection Status varies depending on the mode of the module

Scanner Mode

In order of priority highest first

Module Display and Indicators

Indicator Description

1 Module status display

2 RIO status indicator

3 CLX status indicator

4 OK status indicator

Indicator Status Description

RIO Red A frame-receive error has been received in the last second (CRC error abort or time-out) Indicator stays red for 1 second after the error occurs

One or more racks are in error

Flashing redoff

At least one rack being scanned (not inhibited) is in error One or more racks are inhibited

Yellow Idle no racks are configured

Flashing yellowoff

All configured racks are inhibited

Flashing greenoff

No racks being scanned (not inhibited) are in error but one or more racks are inhibited

Green Successful communication with all configured racks no inhibited racks

RIO CLX OK

44777ADAPTER MOD 1

2 3 4

162 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators Appendix D

Adapter Mode

In order of priority highest first

CLX Status Indicator ndash ControlBus Status

The CLX indicator displays the status of communication with the ControlLogix processor

Indicator Status Description

RIO Red A frame-receive error has been received in the last second (CRC error abort or time-out) Indicator stays red for 1 second after the error occurs

Flashing redoff

One or more racks are not being scanned

Flashing greenoff

Configuration mismatch on one or more racks

Green All racks are being scanned and there are no configuration mismatches

Indicator Status Description

CLX Green The module has successfully processed a request from the ControlBus backplane within the last five seconds All required connections are open

Flashing greenoff

Controlling Connection is open but not all required connections are open

Yellow Idle no requests received from the backplane in the last five seconds No connections empty configuration

Flashing yellowoff

Controlling Connection is not open

Red The module has returned a CIP error to a request from the backplane within the last second All required connections are open

Flashing redoff The module has returned a CIP error within the last second All required connections are not open

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 163

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

OK Status Indicator ndash Module Health

The Debug LogThe firmware on the 1756-RIO module maintains a log of informational and diagnostic messages that can be useful in determining the cause of configuration and network problems

To view the log select MonitorgtDebug Log in the scanner or adapter configuration program within the configuration tool

Fatal ErrorsFatal errors occur when the firmware on the module encounters an unexpected condition The module stops running turns all three status indicators red and displays the fatal error number on the 4-character display The module also records its state at the time the fatal error occurred in a log

To clear the fatal error and capture the fatal error log follow these steps

1 Cycle power on the module The 4-character display should show ldquoFaltalErrorCaputure requiredrdquo

2 From the Tools menu choose 1756-RIO Fatal Error Capture in the scanner or adapter configuration program

3 Store the fatal error log to a file

This also clears the fatal error on the module

Contact Technical Support and provide them with the fatal error log file to help diagnose the cause of the problem

Indicator Status Description

OK Green Indicates that module has passed all power-up diagnostics and is functioning normally

Red Indicates that module startup diagnostics failed or a major module fault such as watchdog time-out or jabber inhibit occurred

IMPORTANT If all three status indicators are solid red and the 4-character display shows Mxx (where xx is the error number) a fatal error has occurred See Fatal Errors Make a note of the error code numbers to give Tech Support if you must call for help

164 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators Appendix D

Watchdog and Jabber Inhibit

A watchdog timer is implemented in the modulersquos hardware If the firmware does not kick the watchdog within the time-out period the watchdog times out and generates a fatal error with error code D1 In scanner mode the module stops scanning In adapter mode all racks stop communication

A jabber inhibit timer is implemented in the modulersquos hardware If the network transmitter is on longer than 150 of the longest network frame time the jabber inhibit forces the transmitter off and generates a fatal error with error code D0

In scanner mode the module stops scanning In adapter mode the module stops communicating on the back plane and Remote IO network

Updating the Firmware

The module firmware updates using the scanner or adapter configuration program To update the firmware in the configuration tool from the Tools menu choose Set 1756-RIO ScannerAdapter Mode Setting the mode loads the latest firmware onto the module

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 165

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

Notes

166 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 167

Appendix E

Quick Start

ControlLogix System Quick Start

Use the following steps to quickly get the module running in a ControlLogix system Detailed information about each step is available in other sections of this manual or in the installation manual You can have only one scanner per RIO network Remove any other scanners on the RIO network before continuing The RIO module ships in scanner mode You can adjust the instructions to fit the mode that matches your needs

1 Install RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

2 Install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

3 Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the 1756-RIO modulersquos add-on profile found on the installation CD shipped with the module or download it from httpsupportrockwellautomationcomcontrolflashLogixProfilerasp

RSLinx software and RSLogix 5000 programming software must be installed before the add-on profile

See page 19

4 Create a project in RSLogix 5000 programming software

5 Add a 1756 controller to your project

See page 23

6 Add a 1756-RIO module to the project by right-clicking on the chassis in the Controller Organizer and selecting New Module

The Select Module dialog box appears

7 Expand the Communications heading and select the 1756-RIO module Click OK

See page 24

8 Select the General tab on the Module Properties dialog box to set the module properties

Appendix E Quick Start

168 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

9 Enter the module name and slot number

See page 24

10 Click the Change button in the Module Definition section Select your desired mode scanner or adapter

The module ships in scanner mode Note the number of inputoutput tags If this number is not the same after you map your data with the configuration tool you will have to return to this screen and change them to match your configuration You can specify independently the number of input and output tags within the range of 1hellip10 Each tag you create will create a block of 248 integers For example a value of 2 will create 2x248 or 498 integers

11 When done click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

See page 25

12 Select the Connection tab on the Module Properties dialog box

13 Set the Requested Packet Interval (RPI)

See page 27

14 Click on the Remote IO tab name the RIO file and click the OK button

15 Choose Yes on the Create dialog box

See page 31

This will close the Module Properties dialog box You will need to double-click on the 1756-RIO module in the controller organizer to re-open the Module Properties dialog box

16 Click on the Configure Remote IO Devices button on the Module Properties dialog box to launch the configuration tool

17 In the configuration tool if needed under the Tools menu select Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode command to match the RIO module functionality to match your application Scanner or Adapter

See pages 33

18 Configure the RIO module to match your application In scanner mode add the desired racks to scan and any block transfer modules In adapter mode configure the desired racks to be emulated or monitored and add any block transfer modules Map all entries either manually or by using the Automap command

See pages 51 and 76

Quick Start Appendix E

19 Download the configuration to the module From the configuration toolrsquos Configure menu choose Download Configuration Set the communication path when prompted

See page 91

20 Save the project

21 Go online in the RSLogix 5000 project and download the configuration to the controller

See page 30

See Chapters 2 and 3 for in-depth information on setting module modes and configuration

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 169

Appendix E Quick Start

Notes

170 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Index

Symbolsrio file 116

Numerics1756-RIO module 124-character display 13 12556RioCfgAdpt 19 6956RioCfgScan 19 33 40 57

Aabsolute addresses 84ActBTR 78ActInp 77active 67active inputs 98 108active rack 46 61 67 108

table 117adapter 11

configuration 115mode 11 15 62 86 87 98 124 165program 19

add-on profile 15 16 19 167alias prefix 85aliases 56 76 84 89analog 46 109

data 72archive

configurations 94template check command 95templates command 94

asynchronous 29auto 64

configuration 65configure 41 62map 62mapping 53

automatic 49automatic block transfers 50Avg Update Time 113 114

Bbackplane 66 125base tag 85baud rate 39 63 115block transfer 64 72 136

data 11 37input 134module 11 70 72module type 74

monitor command 108read 98 109read data 78read-and-write-update rates 50timing 116update 50 66write 78 109

blue 68blue hose 14BT

global update 120global update diagnostics table 121MODULE 72Module 98-module 48Module Parameterization 48Mon 109template file 95

BtMon 97

BT-MODULE 66BTR

Len 110len 75Length 73Map Len 113Mon Len 113

BTWLength 73Map Len 114Max Len 114Min Len 114

btw len 75

Cclear

all mappings 57 80block transfer module data mappings 82diagnostics 124Log 123rack map 58

CLX 14Clx Input 78Clx Input data 77Clx Output 78Clx Output data 77

communication path 62 91configuration

tool 29 54 83tree 67

configure 64adapter mode 61-82

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 171

Index

scanner mode 37-59connections 51control program 87controller organizer 16 167ControlLogix

controller 11controller inputs 78inputs 77 141outputs 77 87

counter 134Cyclic Redundancy Check 119

Ddata

blocks 54offset 54 77

debug log 98 121delete

partial rack 46rack 46 71

DiagMon 97 117 120diagnostic counters 120diagnostics 111 114DiscMon 97 102discrete 37 46

data 11input data 129inputs 99output data 131outputs 90 99 107read structure 129write structure 131

door label 13 14download 44 65 127DTL32DLL 20

Eelectronic keying 26empty configuration 64emulate 15 61 67ending IO group 68 70error bit 129 134export 51 56 76

aliases 84 86scanner configuration 97 115

Ffatal error log 125fatal errors 98 125

firmware 15 121 125 165

Ggeneric module type 67global diagnostic counters 117

Hhardware 125hexadecimal 103 109

IIO

data 76discrete inputs 97discrete outputs 98module 50 72

import 56inhibit 131input tags - output tags 26inputs 37integer 109internal array 87 101

Jjabber inhibit timer 165

Lladder logic 99LED Banner name 39 63lightning bolt 67 68link module configuration 83-95listen 97 101LogMon 97 122

Mmain menu 117manual 49

mode 50 134 136manually map 53map 62mapping configuration 51Max Update Time 113 114Min Update Time 113 114mode 31module

definition 17 168

172 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Index

profiles setup dialog box 21type 73

MonBTR 78MonBTW 78MonInp 77monitor 112

BT module 109diagnostics counters 117discrete inputs 101discrete outputs 104inputs 106mode 11 15 61 100outputs 101

monitored rack 46 61 67 72 115MonOut 77MPSetupexe program 20

Nnetwork

configuration 64traffic 66tree 43 69

Ooctal 102 105 118offset 55 134 136OK 14output table 52 57 76 79outputs 15 37

Ppacket 119partial rack 41 67 120 129PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC 15producedconsumed

data 11 61 67data connections 79input data 69tag 11 51 129

program mode 50 64 99 131protocol 119 120

Qquarter rack 68 129

Rrack

diagnostic counters 117 120

map discretes 53number 102type 70

red 68re-import 56re-map all command 56Remote

IO network 117 165remote

chassis 97IO 67 69IO inputs 61IO network 11 37 73 97IO outputs 61IO scanner 73 77 100IO scanner inputs 77network 16

requested pack interval 11 22resize 45 69 70resize partial rack 70RIO 14

output placeholders 86output placeholders base tag 86

root 69row 120RPI 11RSLinx

communication path 102 109 117 124Gateway 15Professional 15software 15 16 124 167

RSLogix 5000control program 84programming software 15 16 87 167project 22 24 67 76 89 101

RTB connection 13run mode 50 64 65 99

Sscanner 11

configuration file 115log 121mode 15 37 85 99 109 122 131

scanner mode IO map 129-139semi-automatic 49 50shadow 15signed 109signed decimal 103slot 72 121

number 25starting IO group 68 118

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 173

Index

status data 129status indicators 13

Ttemplate 46 72termination 119test mode 99throughput 29timing data 116toolbar 92 117 124tools menu 88tree 72 87

troubleshooting display and status indicators 161-165

Uunassigned IO addresses 76unsigned 109unsigned decimal 103 104update block transfers 99Update Count 113 114upgrade 101upload 92

174 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret AŞ Kar Plaza İş Merkezi E Blok Kat6 34752 İccedilerenkoumly İstanbul Tel +90 (216) 5698400

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 176Supersedes Publication 1756-UM534A-EN-P - April 2009 Copyright copy 2010 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupport you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make thebest use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupport

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation review the information that is contained in this manualYou can contact Customer Support for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Documentation Feedback

Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document complete this form publication RA-DU002 available at httpwwwrockwellautomationcomliterature

United States or Canada 14406463434

Outside United States or Canada

Use the Worldwide Locator at httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupportamericasphone_enhtml or contact your local Rockwell Automation representative

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • 1756-UM534B-EN-P ControlLogix Remote IO Communication Module User Manual
  • Summary of Changes
    • New and Updated Information
      • Table of Contents
      • Preface
        • Introduction
        • Who Should Use This Manual
        • Information Found in This Manual
        • Additional Resources
          • Chapter 1 - The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started
            • Introduction
            • 1756-RIO Module Components
            • 1756-RIO Module Requirements
            • The 1756-RIO Modes
            • Prepare the Module
            • Install the Software
            • Install the Add-on Profile
            • Create the RSLogix 5000 Project
              • Configure the Controller
              • Add the 1756-RIO Module
              • Enter the RPI
                • Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project
                • Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode
                  • Launch the 1756-RIO Configuration Tool
                      • Chapter 2 - Configure Scanner Mode
                        • Introduction
                        • Configure Scanner Summary
                        • Set the Baud Rate
                        • Autoconfigure Racks
                        • Manually Configure Racks
                          • Matching Configuration Tool Settings with Module Settings
                          • Resize a Rack
                          • Delete a Rack
                            • Configure Block Transfer Modules
                            • Map IO Data
                              • Automatic Mapping
                              • Manually Map Discrete (rack) Data
                              • Manually Map Block Transfer Data
                              • Re-Map Command
                              • Clear Mappings
                                  • Chapter 3 - Configure Adapter Mode
                                    • Introduction
                                    • Configure Adapter Summary
                                    • Set the Baud Rate
                                    • Autoconfigure Racks
                                      • Perform the AutoConfiguration
                                      • Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network
                                        • Manually Configure Racks
                                          • Resizing Racks
                                          • Delete Racks
                                            • Configure Block-transfer Modules
                                            • Map IO Data
                                              • Automatic Mapping
                                              • Manually Map Discrete Data
                                              • Re-Map Command
                                              • Clear Mappings
                                                  • Chapter 4 - Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project
                                                    • Introduction
                                                    • Commission Summary
                                                    • Aliases
                                                      • Export Aliases in Scanner Mode
                                                      • Export Aliases in Adapter Mode
                                                      • Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System
                                                        • Manage Configurations
                                                          • Download and Upload Configurations
                                                          • Save Configurations to Disk
                                                          • Archive Configurations
                                                              • Chapter 5 - Monitor Remote IO
                                                                • Introduction
                                                                • Commission Summary
                                                                • Scan Mode and Monitor Mode
                                                                  • Scan Remote IO in Scanner Mode
                                                                  • Monitor Remote IO in Adapter Mode
                                                                    • Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Inputs in Scanner Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Outputs in Scanner Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Inputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Outputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Active Inputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                        • Monitor Block Transfers
                                                                          • Monitor Block Transfers in Scanner Mode
                                                                          • Monitor Block Transfers in Adapter Mode
                                                                            • Export Scanner Configurations
                                                                              • Monitor Mode
                                                                                • Other Diagnostics
                                                                                  • Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Scanner Mode
                                                                                  • Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Adapter Mode
                                                                                  • Module Scanner Log
                                                                                  • Clear Diagnostics
                                                                                  • Fatal Errors
                                                                                      • App A - Scanner Mode IO Map
                                                                                        • Discrete Input Data
                                                                                        • Discrete Output Data
                                                                                        • Block Transfer Input
                                                                                        • Block Transfer Output
                                                                                          • App B - Adapter Mode IO Map
                                                                                            • Discrete Data
                                                                                              • Discrete Input Data
                                                                                              • Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                • Block Transfer Modules
                                                                                                  • Block Transfer Read Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                  • Block Transfer Write Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                      • App C - Block Transfer Module Templates
                                                                                                        • Block Transfer Template Records
                                                                                                        • Block Transfer Lengths
                                                                                                        • Parameters
                                                                                                        • Parameter Examples
                                                                                                        • Aliases
                                                                                                          • App D - Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators
                                                                                                            • Alphanumeric Display
                                                                                                            • Status Indicators
                                                                                                              • RIO Status Indicator ndash Remote Devices Status
                                                                                                              • CLX Status Indicator ndash ControlBus Status
                                                                                                              • OK Status Indicator ndash Module Health
                                                                                                              • The Debug Log
                                                                                                              • Fatal Errors
                                                                                                              • Watchdog and Jabber Inhibit
                                                                                                              • Updating the Firmware
                                                                                                                  • Quick Start
                                                                                                                    • ControlLogix System Quick Start
                                                                                                                      • Index
                                                                                                                        • Symbols
                                                                                                                        • Numerics
                                                                                                                        • A
                                                                                                                        • B
                                                                                                                        • C
                                                                                                                        • D
                                                                                                                        • E
                                                                                                                        • F
                                                                                                                        • G
                                                                                                                        • H
                                                                                                                        • I
                                                                                                                        • J
                                                                                                                        • L
                                                                                                                        • M
                                                                                                                        • N
                                                                                                                        • O
                                                                                                                        • P
                                                                                                                        • Q
                                                                                                                        • R
                                                                                                                        • S
                                                                                                                        • T
                                                                                                                        • U
                                                                                                                          • Back Cover
                                                                                                                            • Introduction_Catagory Types

                                                                                                                              Print Spec Sheet

                                                                                                                              ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles true AutoRotatePages All Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Dot Gain 20) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (US Web Coated 050SWOP051 v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket false DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 1 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo true PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo true PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo false PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Remove UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile () AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 300 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Average ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 200000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 300 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Average GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 200000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Average MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 150000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects false CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName () PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false Description ltlt CHS ltFEFF4f7f75288fd94e9b8bbe5b9a521b5efa7684002000500044004600206587686353ef901a8fc7684c976262535370673a548c002000700072006f006f00660065007200208fdb884c9ad88d2891cf62535370300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c676562535f00521b5efa768400200050004400460020658768633002gt CHT ltFEFF4f7f752890194e9b8a2d7f6e5efa7acb7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065874ef653ef5728684c9762537088686a5f548c002000700072006f006f00660065007200204e0a73725f979ad854c18cea7684521753706548679c300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c4f86958b555f5df25efa7acb76840020005000440046002065874ef63002gt DAN ltFEFF004200720075006700200069006e0064007300740069006c006c0069006e006700650072006e0065002000740069006c0020006100740020006f007000720065007400740065002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650072002000740069006c0020006b00760061006c00690074006500740073007500640073006b007200690076006e0069006e006700200065006c006c006500720020006b006f007200720065006b007400750072006c00e60073006e0069006e0067002e0020004400650020006f007000720065007400740065006400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e0074006500720020006b0061006e002000e50062006e00650073002000690020004100630072006f00620061007400200065006c006c006500720020004100630072006f006200610074002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00670020006e0079006500720065002egt DEU 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 ESP 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 FRA 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 ITA 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 JPN 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 KOR ltFEFFc7740020c124c815c7440020c0acc6a9d558c5ec0020b370c2a4d06cd0d10020d504b9b0d1300020bc0f0020ad50c815ae30c5d0c11c0020ace0d488c9c8b85c0020c778c1c4d560002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020bb38c11cb97c0020c791c131d569b2c8b2e4002e0020c774b807ac8c0020c791c131b41c00200050004400460020bb38c11cb2940020004100630072006f0062006100740020bc0f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020c774c0c1c5d0c11c0020c5f40020c2180020c788c2b5b2c8b2e4002egt NLD (Gebruik deze instellingen om Adobe PDF-documenten te maken voor kwaliteitsafdrukken op desktopprinters en proofers De gemaakte PDF-documenten kunnen worden geopend met Acrobat en Adobe Reader 50 en hoger) NOR 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 PTB ltFEFF005500740069006c0069007a006500200065007300730061007300200063006f006e00660069006700750072006100e700f50065007300200064006500200066006f0072006d00610020006100200063007200690061007200200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f0073002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020007000610072006100200069006d0070007200650073007300f5006500730020006400650020007100750061006c0069006400610064006500200065006d00200069006d00700072006500730073006f0072006100730020006400650073006b0074006f00700020006500200064006900730070006f00730069007400690076006f0073002000640065002000700072006f00760061002e0020004f007300200064006f00630075006d0065006e0074006f00730020005000440046002000630072006900610064006f007300200070006f00640065006d0020007300650072002000610062006500720074006f007300200063006f006d0020006f0020004100630072006f006200610074002000650020006f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e0030002000650020007600650072007300f50065007300200070006f00730074006500720069006f007200650073002egt SUO ltFEFF004b00e40079007400e40020006e00e40069007400e4002000610073006500740075006b007300690061002c0020006b0075006e0020006c0075006f0074002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e007400740065006a00610020006c0061006100640075006b006100730074006100200074007900f6007000f60079007400e400740075006c006f0073007400750073007400610020006a00610020007600650064006f007300740075007300740061002000760061007200740065006e002e00200020004c0075006f0064007500740020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740069007400200076006f0069006400610061006e0020006100760061007400610020004100630072006f0062006100740069006c006c00610020006a0061002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e0030003a006c006c00610020006a006100200075007500640065006d006d0069006c006c0061002egt SVE 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 ENU (Use these settings to create Adobe PDF documents for quality printing on desktop printers and proofers Created PDF documents can be opened with Acrobat and Adobe Reader 50 and later) gtgt Namespace [ (Adobe) (Common) (10) ] OtherNamespaces [ ltlt AsReaderSpreads false CropImagesToFrames true ErrorControl WarnAndContinue FlattenerIgnoreSpreadOverrides false IncludeGuidesGrids false IncludeNonPrinting false IncludeSlug false Namespace [ (Adobe) (InDesign) (40) ] OmitPlacedBitmaps false OmitPlacedEPS false OmitPlacedPDF false SimulateOverprint Legacy gtgt ltlt AddBleedMarks false AddColorBars false AddCropMarks false AddPageInfo false AddRegMarks false ConvertColors NoConversion DestinationProfileName () DestinationProfileSelector NA Downsample16BitImages true FlattenerPreset ltlt PresetSelector MediumResolution gtgt FormElements false GenerateStructure true IncludeBookmarks false IncludeHyperlinks false IncludeInteractive false IncludeLayers false IncludeProfiles true MultimediaHandling UseObjectSettings Namespace [ (Adobe) (CreativeSuite) (20) ] PDFXOutputIntentProfileSelector NA PreserveEditing true UntaggedCMYKHandling LeaveUntagged UntaggedRGBHandling LeaveUntagged UseDocumentBleed false gtgt ]gtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2400 2400] PageSize [612000 792000]gtgt setpagedevice

                                                                                                                              JIT Printing Specifications RA-QR005F-EN-P - 8072009
                                                                                                                              Printing Specification YOUR DATA HERE Instructions NO
                                                                                                                              (required) Category D6 Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab 11rdquo x 17rdquo LOOSE -Loose Leaf YES Pre-sale Marketing TOP
                                                                                                                              (required) Finished Trim Size Width 85rdquo x 11rdquo 85rdquo x 11rdquo PERFECT - Perfect Bound A1 LEFT
                                                                                                                              (required) Publication Number 1756-UM534B-EN-P Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P 3rdquo x 5rdquo SADDLE - Saddle Stitch A2 RIGHT CORNER
                                                                                                                              Use Legacy Number YES or NO 18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound) A4 BOTTOM SIDE
                                                                                                                              Legacy Number if applicable Sample Legacy Number 0160-533 24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster STAPLED1 -1 position A3
                                                                                                                              Publication Title ControlLogix Remote IO Communication Module Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief 36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position A5
                                                                                                                              (required) Business Group Marketing Commercial As entered in DocMan 4rdquo x 6rdquo STAPLED2 - 2 positions A6
                                                                                                                              (required) Cost Center 19010 As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021 CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105 475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size) THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound) A7
                                                                                                                              BindingStitching PERFECT - Perfect Bound Review key on right Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise) 475rdquo x 775rdquo THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline) A8
                                                                                                                              (required) Page Count of Publication 172 Total page count including cover 55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size) Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline) A9
                                                                                                                              Paper Stock Color white White is assumed For color options contact your vendor 6rdquo x 4rdquo Post Sale Technical Communication
                                                                                                                              Number of Tabs Needed 5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley 7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std) B1
                                                                                                                              Stitching Location SIDE Blank Corner or Side 825rdquo x 10875rdquo B2
                                                                                                                              Drill Hole YESNO YES All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border 825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std) B3 None
                                                                                                                              Glue Location on Pad Glue location on pads 8375rdquo x 10875 B4 Half
                                                                                                                              Number of Pages per Pad Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max 9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder) B5 C
                                                                                                                              Ink Color Black One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm) Catalogs DbleParll
                                                                                                                              Used in Manufacturing No A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm) C1 Offset Z
                                                                                                                              Fold Sample
                                                                                                                              Comments C2 Short
                                                                                                                              Part Number NA JIT POD V
                                                                                                                              D1 Z
                                                                                                                              D2 Microfold
                                                                                                                              D3
                                                                                                                              D4
                                                                                                                              D5
                                                                                                                              D6
                                                                                                                              D7
                                                                                                                              D8
                                                                                                                              D9
                                                                                                                              This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
                                                                                                                              Publication Type and Print Category
                                                                                                                              Publication Type Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below) JIT Spec (See table below) Description Order Min Order Max Life Cycle Usage Release Option
                                                                                                                              AD NA - Puttman NA Advertisement Reprint Colour NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              AP A3 D2 Application Solution or Customer Success Story 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              AR NA NA ArticleEditorialByline NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              (press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
                                                                                                                              AT B3 B4 D5 Application techniques 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              BR A2 Primary A1 NA Brochures 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CA C2 Primary C1 NA Catalogue 1 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CG NA NA Catalogue Guide 1 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CL NA NA Collection 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CO A5 A6 A9 D5 Company Confidential Information NA NA NA Confidential
                                                                                                                              CP E-only E-only D5 Competitive Information 5 50 NA Confidential
                                                                                                                              DC E-only E-only Discount Schedules NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DI A1 A3 NA Direct Mail 5 100 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DM NA NA Product Demo 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DS B3 D5 Dimensions Sheet 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              DU B3 D5 Document Update 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              GR B2 D6 Getting Results 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              IN B3 Primary B2 D5 D6 Installation instructions 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              LM NA NA Launch Materials 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              PC B3 D5 Packaging Contents
                                                                                                                              PL E-only primary B3 E-only Price List 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              PM B2 D6 Programming Manual 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              PP A3 D1 Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              QR B2 primary B3 B5 D5 D6 Quick Reference 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              QS B2 primary B3 B5 D5 D6 Quick Start 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              RM B2 D5 D6 Reference Manual 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              RN B3 D5 Release Notes 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              SG B1 Primary B4 D5 D6 Selection Guide Colour 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              SG B2 D5 D6 Selection Guide BW 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              SP A1 A2 A3 A4 NA Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type 5 100 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              SR B2 B3 D5 D6 Specification Rating Sheet 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              TD B2 Primary B3 B4 B5 D5 D6 Technical Data 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              TG B2 B3 D6 Troubleshooting Guide 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              UM B2 Primary B4 D6 User Manual BW 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              WD B3 D5 Wiring Diagrams Dwgs 1 5 Post Internal
                                                                                                                              WP B3 Primary B5 D5 White Paper 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
                                                                                                                              Publication length Minimum Order Quantity
                                                                                                                              77 or more pages 1 (no shrink wrap required)
                                                                                                                              33 to 76 pages 25
                                                                                                                              3 to 32 pages 50
                                                                                                                              1 or 2 pages 100
                                                                                                                              Pre-sale Marketing All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              A1 4 color 170 gsm 2pp 100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A2 4 color 170 gsm folded 4pp 100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A3 4 color Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A4 2 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A5 2 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
                                                                                                                              A6 1 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
                                                                                                                              A7 4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide Category being deleted 10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              A8 4 color cover Category being deleted 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              2 color text
                                                                                                                              Selection Guide
                                                                                                                              A9 2 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              Selection Guide
                                                                                                                              Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
                                                                                                                              Post Sale Technical Communication
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              B1 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              2 color text 50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B2 1 color 160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond 90 Cover50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B3 1 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              B4 2 color 160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond 90 Cover50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B5 2 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              Catalogs
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              C1 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              4 color text 45 Coated Sheet
                                                                                                                              C2 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              2 color text 32-33 Coated Sheet
                                                                                                                              JIT POD All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              D1 4 color 170gsm white silk 80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
                                                                                                                              D2 4 color 120gsm white silk 80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
                                                                                                                              D3 4 color Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
                                                                                                                              D4 1 color 160gsm tab 90 index
                                                                                                                              D5 1 color 80gsm bond 20 bond self cover
                                                                                                                              D6 1 color Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              D7 2 color 160gsm tab 90 index
                                                                                                                              D8 2 color 80gsm bond 20 bond self cover
                                                                                                                              D9 2 color Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              D10 Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories

Summary of Changes

This manual contains new and updated information This manual includes the addition of the 1756-RIOB module Changes throughout this revision are marked by change bars as shown to the right of this paragraph

New and Updated Information

This table contains the changes made to this revision

Topic Page

1756-RIO module front diagram 13

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 3

Summary of Changes

Notes

4 4Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Table of Contents

Preface Introduction 9Who Should Use This Manual 10Information Found in This Manual 10Additional Resources 10

Chapter 1The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Introduction 111756-RIO Module Components 131756-RIO Module Requirements 15The 1756-RIO Modes 15Prepare the Module 16Install the Software 19Install the Add-on Profile 19Create the RSLogix 5000 Project 22

Configure the Controller 23Add the 1756-RIO Module 24Enter the RPI 27

Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project 30Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode 30

Launch the 1756-RIO Configuration Tool 31

Chapter 2Configure Scanner Mode Introduction 37

Configure Scanner Summary 38Set the Baud Rate 39Autoconfigure Racks 40Manually Configure Racks 43

Matching Configuration Tool Settings with Module Settings 44Resize a Rack 45Delete a Rack 46

Configure Block Transfer Modules 46Map IO Data 51

Automatic Mapping 53Manually Map Discrete (rack) Data 53Manually Map Block Transfer Data 55Re-Map Command 56Clear Mappings 57

Chapter 3Configure Adapter Mode Introduction 61

Configure Adapter Summary 62Set the Baud Rate 63Autoconfigure Racks 64

Perform the AutoConfiguration 65

5Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 5

Table of Contents

Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network 67Manually Configure Racks 69

Resizing Racks 70Delete Racks 71

Configure Block-transfer Modules 72Map IO Data 76

Automatic Mapping 76Manually Map Discrete Data 77Re-Map Command 79Clear Mappings 80

Chapter 4Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Introduction 83Commission Summary 83Aliases 84

Export Aliases in Scanner Mode 85Export Aliases in Adapter Mode 86Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System 87

Manage Configurations 91Download and Upload Configurations 91Save Configurations to Disk 93Archive Configurations 94

Chapter 5Monitor Remote IO Introduction 97

Commission Summary 98Scan Mode and Monitor Mode 99

Scan Remote IO in Scanner Mode 99Monitor Remote IO in Adapter Mode 100

Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs 101Monitor Discrete Inputs in Scanner Mode 101Monitor Discrete Outputs in Scanner Mode 104Monitor Discrete Inputs in Adapter Mode 106Monitor Discrete Outputs in Adapter Mode 107Monitor Discrete Active Inputs in Adapter Mode 108

Monitor Block Transfers 108Monitor Block Transfers in Scanner Mode 109Monitor Block Transfers in Adapter Mode 112

Export Scanner Configurations 115Monitor Mode 116

Other Diagnostics 117Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Scanner Mode 117Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Adapter Mode 120Module Scanner Log 121

6 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Table of Contents

Clear Diagnostics 124Fatal Errors 125

Appendix AScanner Mode IO Map Discrete Input Data 129

Discrete Output Data 131Block Transfer Input 134Block Transfer Output 136

Appendix BAdapter Mode IO Map Discrete Data 141

Discrete Input Data 141Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks 144

Block Transfer Modules 148Block Transfer Read Data on Monitored or Active Racks 148Block Transfer Write Data on Monitored or Active Racks 150

Appendix CBlock Transfer Module Templates Block Transfer Template Records 154

Block Transfer Lengths 155Parameters 156Parameter Examples 158Aliases 159

Appendix DTroubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

Alphanumeric Display 161Status Indicators 162

RIO Status Indicator ndash Remote Devices Status 162CLX Status Indicator ndash ControlBus Status 163OK Status Indicator ndash Module Health 164The Debug Log 164Fatal Errors 164Watchdog and Jabber Inhibit 165Updating the Firmware 165

Appendix EQuick Start ControlLogix System Quick Start 167

Index

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 7

Table of Contents

Notes

8 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Preface

Introduction This manual describes how to configure and troubleshoot your Logix Remote IO (RIO) Communication Module

The 1756-RIO module

bull runs in a ControlLogix environment

bull allows upgrade from PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC systems to a ControlLogix system with a minimum of downtime and startup time

bull uses integer data

bull does not require MSG instructions All data is scheduled

bull offloads block transfer execution to reduce processing burden on the processor

This publication explains how and why you would use a 1756-RIO module The module is used in two modes scanner and adapter mode

In scanner mode the 1756-RIO module enables communication and data transfer between a ControlLogix controller and devices on a Remote IO network The module continuously scans adapters on the remote network The module transfers discrete and block transfer data

In adapter mode the module performs two functions simultaneously First it emulates one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner Second it monitors other remote IO racks on the same Remote IO network

It can be used to upgrade an existing PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system

The advantages of using the 1756-RIO module to upgrade your system include

bull allowing the user to leave the existing Remote IO network in place alleviating the time andor expense of replacing the IO and field wiring or the process of testing out field wiring

bull allowing the new application to be tested before you switch over so that it works just like the old one

bull allowing you to switch back to the old application in minutes should you run into problems

For installation information see the Remote IO (RIO) Module Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN610

9Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 9

Preface

Who Should Use This Manual

We assume you understand remote IO (RIO) modules and the host controller system (ControlLogix)

This manual is intended for individuals who use DHRIO PLC-5 PLC-3 SLC or ControlLogix systems such as

bull software engineers

bull control engineers

bull application engineers

bull instrumentation technicians

Information Found in This Manual

This manual is broken into five parts

bull General module information and features - Chapter 1 and Appendix D

bull Scanner mode functionality - Chapter 2 and Appendices A and C

bull Adapter mode functionality - Chapter 3 and Appendices B and C

bull Linking module configuration with an RSLogix 5000 project - Chapter 4 Monitoring remote IO - Chapter 5

Additional Resources These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

Remote IO (RIO) Module Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN610

Provides details on how to install the 1756-RIO module

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

10 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

11Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 11

Chapter 1

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Introduction This document is a userrsquos guide for the 1756-RIO module The module lets Rockwell Automation ControlLogix controllers communicate with remote IO over the backplane or over a remote network This chapter describes the ControlLogix 1756-RIO module and how it links a ControlLogix controller to the Universal Remote IO network

This chapter also describes the modulersquos physical features software requirements software and add-on profile installation instructions and RSLogix 5000 project setup

The 1756-RIO module

supports native RIO 16-bit words for data control and status bits

acts as a scanner on a Remote IO network

acts as an adapter that exchanges data on a Remote IO network

supports discrete data and block transfer data in either mode

supports up to 10 producedconsumed data connections (along the backplane between the ControlLogix controller and the 1756-RIO module) with 248 words of integer input and 248 words of integer output for each connection

uses producedconsumed connections using a 1756-RIO add-on profile in RSLogix 5000 programming software

supports requested packet intervals (RPIs) from 2hellip750 ms All connections use one set RPI

maps all discrete and block transfer data into producedconsumed connections

monitors existing IO in adapter mode (Monitor mode) It can report all existing inputs and outputs discrete and block transfer module data to the ControlLogix controller

Topic Page

1756-RIO Module Components 13

1756-RIO Module Requirements 15

Prepare the Module 16

Install the Software 19

Install the Add-on Profile 19

Create the RSLogix 5000 Project 22

Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode 30

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

12 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The following modules are supported by the 1756-RIO module

Supported Modules

See Appendix C for additional information

IO Family Cat No

1746 SLC 1746-N14

1746-N18

1746-N04V

1746-NT4

1771 PLC-5 1771-DE 1771-NIV

1771-IFE-16CH (in single-ended 16 Channel configuration)

1771-NOC-noBTR

1771-IFE-8CH (in differential 8 Channel configuration)

1771-NOC

1771-IL-Alarms 1771-NOV-noBTR

1771-IL 1771-NOV

1771-IR 1771-NR

1771-IXE 1771-OFE-diag

1771-NIV-Alarms 1771-OFE

1794 FLEX 1794-IE4XOE2 1794-OE4

1794-IE8

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

1756-RIO Module Components

The 1756-RIO module components include a 4-character display status indicators an RTB connection and an inside-door label

1756-RIOB Module

1756-RIOA Module

RIO CLX OK

1

2

44777

1

2

3

4

43161

Note that the 3-pin connector has been changed

1

2

RIO CLX OK

43161A44777A

1

2

3

4

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 13

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Item Description

1 4-character scrolling display

2 Three status indicators

RIO indicates the status of the network

CLX indicates the status of the connection to the controller

OK indicates the modulersquos own internal state

3 3-pin connector (blue hose) that connects to the remote devices

This is also known as the removable terminal block (RTB)

4 Inside-door label with error codes

14 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

1756-RIO Module Requirements

The requirements for the module to operate include the installation of

RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

the 1756-RIO module add-on profile from the CD provided with the module

the 1756-RIO module installed in a 1756-ControlLogix chassis

The 1756-RIO Modes The 1756-RIO module can be used in various capacities depending on the userrsquos needs First decide which mode you want the 1756-RIO module to use

In most cases the module is used in scanner mode to scan and control remote IO data on a network

In adapter mode the 1756-RIO module can perform two functions simultaneously First the module can emulate one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner (for example a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC) It can exchange data with the scanner as discrete data or via block transfers

Second the 1756-RIO module can act as a lsquoshadowrsquo referred to as Monitor mode to monitor racks on a remote network The module listens to the remote IO and provides all inputs and outputs from the existing scanner to the ControlLogix controller Users can then run their converted logic against those inputs generate temporary outputs and compare the existing outputs with outputs generated by the new logic

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 15

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Prepare the Module The following list summarizes the initial steps needed to prepare the 1756-RIO module before setting up the remote network These steps will be discussed in detail in this chapter

You can have only one scanner per RIO network Remove any other scanners on the RIO network before continuing The RIO module ships in scanner mode You can adjust the instructions to fit the mode that matches your needs

1 Install RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

2 Install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

3 Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the 1756-RIO modulersquos add-on profile found on the installation CD shipped with the module or download it from httpsupportrockwellautomationcomcontrolflashLogixProfilerasp

RSLinx software and RSLogix 5000 programming software must be installed before the add-on profile

See page 19

4 Create a project in RSLogix 5000 programming software

5 Add a 1756 controller to your project

See page 23

6 Add a 1756-RIO module to the project by right-clicking on the chassis in the Controller Organizer and selecting New Module

The Select Module dialog box appears

7 Expand the Communications heading and select the 1756-RIO module Click OK

See page 24

8 Select the General tab on the Module Properties dialog box to set the module properties

16 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

9 Enter the module name and slot number

See page 24

10 Click the Change button in the Module Definition section Select your desired mode scanner or adapter

The module ships in scanner mode Note the number of inputoutput tags If this number is not the same after you map your data with the configuration tool you will have to return to this screen and change them to match your configuration You can specify independently the number of input and output tags within the range of 1hellip10 Each tag you create will create a block of 248 integers For example a value of 2 will create 2x248 or 498 integers

11 When done click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

See page 25

12 Select the Connection tab on the Module Properties dialog box

13 Set the Requested Packet Interval (RPI)

See page 27

14 Click on the Remote IO tab name the RIO file and click the OK button

15 Choose Yes on the Create dialog box

See page 31

This will close the Module Properties dialog box You will need to double-click on the 1756-RIO module in the controller organizer to re-open the Module Properties dialog box

16 Click on the Configure Remote IO Devices button on the Module Properties dialog box to launch the configuration tool

17 In the configuration tool if needed under the Tools menu select Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode menu to match the RIO module functionality to match your application Scanner or Adapter

See pages 33

18 Configure the RIO module to match your application In scanner mode add the desired racks to scan and any block transfer modules In adapter mode configure the desired racks to be emulated or monitored and add any block transfer modules Map all entries either manually or by using the Automap command

See pages 51 and 76

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 17

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

19 Download the configuration to the module From the configuration toolrsquos Configure menu select Download Configuration Set the communication path when prompted

See page 91

20 Save the project

21 Go online in the RSLogix 5000 project and download the configuration to the controller

See page 30

See Chapters 2 and 3 for in-depth information on setting module modes and configuration

18 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Install the Software Begin by installing the RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation on your computer You must use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

Then install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the Add-on Profile Installing the add-on profile also installs the software configuration tool The add-on profile and the configuration tool (56RioCfg) are on the CD that ships with your module

Once loaded onto your computer the configuration tool is accessible within the RSLogix 5000 add-on profile The configuration tool contains two separate programs one for scanner mode 56RioCfgScan and one for adapter mode 56RioCfgAdpt The program that launches depends on which mode you select

With the configuration tool you can

bull change modes

bull set the baud rate

bull autoconfigure racks from an attached Remote IO network

bull manually add and configure racks

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map IO data to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed connections

bull save and load configuration files

bull download and upload configurations

bull archive projects

bull monitor diagnostics rack status discrete data and block transfers

IMPORTANT The 1756-RIO module requires RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later The add-on profile does not work with previous versions of RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 19

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

To install the add-on profile along with the configuration tool follow these steps

1 Make sure any instances of RSLogix 5000 programming software is shut down before beginning

2 Insert the CD that was shipped with your module into your computer

3 Open the folder 1756-RIO Configuration Tool Setup Run the MPSetupexe program

The RSLogix 5000 Module Profiles Setup Wizard launches

4 Follow the prompts to complete the installation Click Next Accept the License Agreement install the profile and begin

ATTENTION If you get a message about DTL32DLL when installing or running the programs on the configuration CD it indicates problems with the RSLinx software installation Confirm that you have the correct version of RSLinx software RSLinx Lite software cannot be used

20 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

5 On the Module Profiles Setup dialog box click Install to configure RSLogix 5000 Module Profiles

6 Click Next

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 21

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

7 Click Finish

Create the RSLogix 5000 Project

Once the add-on profile is installed you are ready to create the RSLogix 5000 project In this section you will

start a new project

configure the controller in the project

add the 1756-RIO module to the project

enter the requested pack interval (RPI)

22 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Configure the Controller

1 Launch RSLogix 5000 programming software if it is not opened

2 In the RSLogix 5000 programming software Controller Organizer from the File menu choose New

3 On the New Controller dialog box select a 1756 controller the Revision number Name Chassis Type and Slot number The 1756-RIO module can only be used in RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later

4 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 23

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Add the 1756-RIO Module

1 On the Controller Organizer right-click on the IO Configuration folder and select New Module from the pull-down menu

2 On the Select Module dialog box expand the Communications tab and select the 1756-RIO module

3 Click OK

The 1756-RIO Module Properties dialog box displays

IMPORTANT You must be offline to add the module to the IO configuration in the RSLogix 5000 project

24 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

On the Module Properties dialog box from the General tab you can assign the module name description slot number and module definition

The Module Definition dialog box displays

4 Click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

5 Click Yes to accept any changes

6 Click OK again on the bottom of the General tab

Item Description

Name Choose a name that easily identifies the module

Description The Description field is optional

Slot The Slot field must match the slot number of the 1756-RIO modulersquos location in the chassis

Module Definition-Change hellip button

Click on the Change hellip button to change the Series Revision Electronic Keying Mode (scanner or adapter) or Number of Input or Output Tags The Module Definition dialog box displays

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 25

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

26 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Module Definition Dialog Box

Item Description

Series Module series letter

Revision Firmware revision number

Electronic Keying Exact Match requires all keying attributes of the physical module and the module created in the software to match precisely to establish communication

Compatible Module the module determines whether to accept or reject communication Compatible Keying allows the physical module to accept the key of the module configured in the software provided that the configured module is one the physical module is capable of emulating This is the default setting

Disabled Keying indicates the keying attributes are not considered when attempting to communicate with a module Be extremely cautious when using this option if used incorrectly this option can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss

Mode - Scanner or Adapter

The module ships in scanner mode (The 4-character display on the front of the module also indicates which mode is set) If you want to change the mode setting you must first select the desired mode in the add-on profile on the Module Definition dialog box from the pull-down menu so that the correct configuration tool starts Then on the Remote IO tab you must click on the Configure Remote IO devices button (the configuration tool) and select the Tools menugtSet 1756-RIO ModuleScanner mode to download the correct firmware

Be aware that changing the module mode downloads firmware specific to the mode chosen This mode setting must match between the RSLogix 5000 programming software project and the configuration tool but keep in mind that the correct firmware must also be downloaded

Input Tags - Output Tags

Up to 10 input and output tags can be selected Each tag is 248 words The number of inputoutput tags entered in the add-on profilersquos Module Properties has to be equal or greater than the number of tags in the configuration tool

The number of tags in the configuration tool are determined by the mappings you create The more tags you have the more backplane traffic is generated Itrsquos best to keep the number of tags low which is what the automatic mapping command does by mapping the data and packing it into the lowest number of tags

For example a single rack with discrete data that has the inputsoutputs mapped to block 9 requires the inputoutput tags to be 10 So in the Module PropertiesgtGeneral tabgtModule DefinitiongtChange button select 10 for the number of input and output tags

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Enter the RPI

To set the RPI follow these steps

1 On the controller organizer double-click on the RIO module

2 On the Module Properties dialog box from the Connection tab set the RPI for the module

IMPORTANT If you are using the 1756-RIO module in a remote rack for example a rack connected to the controlling ControlLogix controller over ControlNet or EthernetIP it may be necessary to increase the RPI as the intermediate network may not have sufficient bandwidth to support faster updates (small RPIs) The likelihood of having bandwidth issues is increased as you increase the number of 248-word input and output tags

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 27

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

28 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Remote IO Update Time

The remote update time is the time it takes the Remote IO scanner to scan all of the adapters in its IO scan list

The scan rate is the approximate time it takes to scan a 16-slot logical chassis without block transfers The number and sizes of block transfers can significantly affect this time

So for example if you have eight adapters on your network and your baud rate is 2304 K your approximate remote IO update time would be 8 ( of adapters) 3 ms (scan rate) or 24 ms

RPI

The Requested Packet Interval (RPI) specifies the rate at which the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller exchange data to and from each other The allowable RPIrsquos range is from 2hellip750 ms with a default of 20 ms When the specified time frame elapses the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller produce data for each other All 1756-RIO input and output tags update with the same RPI

Select an RPI for your application For most applications a good rule of thumb would be to set the RPI equal to one half of the remote IO scan time

Baud Rate Scan Rate

2304 K 3 ms

1152 K 5 ms

576 K 8 ms

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Throughput

When using the 1756-RIO module your system throughput is based on the following key factors

Number and sizes of adapters

Number and sizes of block transfer modules

Overall remote IO update time

RPI

Any network cards involved

Controller scan time

The asynchronous nature of the RPI and the remote IO scan

Since the RIO scan is asynchronous to the RPI the worst case or maximum update time to get information from the 1756-RIO into the controller is the RPI plus two times the remote IO update rate

You can use the diagnostic functions of the 1756-RIO configuration toolrsquos utilities to measure the average minimum and maximum update times on the Remote IO network

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 29

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project

Follow these steps to set the communication path and download to the controller

1 On the main menu from the Communications menu select Who Active

2 Browse to the controller

3 Click the Set Project Path button

4 Click Download

Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode

Once the desired module mode is set in the RSLogix 5000 module properties you must select the mode in the configuration tool to download the correct firmware You must first launch the configuration tool and then verify the mode setting matches in the Module Properties and in the configuration tool The correct firmware must be downloaded for the module to run correctly

ATTENTION If your desired mode is scanner mode you do nothing at this point as the module ships in scanner mode

IMPORTANT The controller must be in Program Mode to continue with the firmware update

30 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 31

Launch the 1756-RIO Configuration Tool

Follow these steps to launch the configuration tool and to set the mode in the configuration tool

1 On the Module Properties dialog box click the Remote IO tab

2 On the Remote IO tab window in the RIO File (rio) field type a file name or use the Browse button

The file name can include a path If the file or directory does not exist it is created

3 Click OK

The following dialog box appears

The Configure Remote IO Devices button is not active

ATTENTION When you create a file the default location is the project directory If you enter a path or file that does not exist it is created The file is not created until you run the configuration tool You can use the browse button to select a location If you change the path you must click Apply before you can use the Configure Remote IO Devices button

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

4 Click Yes The Module Properties dialog box closes

5 On the controller organizer double-click on the 1756-RIO module to re-open the Module Properties dialog box Select the Remote IO tab

Notice that the Configure Remote IO Devices button is now active

6 Click the Configure Remote IO Devices button to launch the configuration tool

The 56RioCfgScan dialog box displays You are now in the configuration tool software for scanner mode You can change operating modes and configure a Remote IO network

The Configure Remote IO Devices button is now active

TIP If you want to change operating modes you should do this before configuring the modulersquos settings When you change the operating mode you are downloading the latest firmware to the module The firmware is specific to the mode you choose scanner or adapter

IMPORTANT Notice that because lsquoScannerrsquo mode was set in the RSLogix 5000 programming software on the General Tab of the RIO Module Properties dialog box the scanner program within the configuration tool (56RioCfgScan) starts and displays at the top of the profilersquos dialog box

32 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

7 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the Tools menu choose Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode

8 On the RSLinx Path Selection dialog box click the Autobrowse box to browse the path to the 1756-RIO module to set the communication path and click OK

The configuration tool then displays the current mode in the 56RioSetMode dialog box and lets you select the mode you want to use

The 56RioCfgScan program title displays at the top of the configuration toolrsquos dialog box indicating that scanner mode was chosen in the modulersquos properties in the RSLogix 5000 add-on profile and that you are running the scanner configuration toolrsquos firmware

IMPORTANT Remember specific firmware downloads depending on mode selection Also you are prompted to reset the communication path when changing from one mode to another

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 33

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

In the 56RioSetMode dialog box select the mode from the New Mode pull-down menu and click OK to download the new firmware

A status window displays showing the progress of the mode change

The 1756-RIO SetMode Confirmation dialog box displays the version of the firmware it is about to download Check carefully that this firmware version is correct

IMPORTANT Steps 9 and 10 change the configuration of the RIO module between adapter and scanner mode If your module is configured for the desired mode these steps are not necessary

IMPORTANT Changing the 1756-RIO module mode or updating firmware clears the remote IO configuration stored on the 1756-RIO module

34 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

9 Click OK to download the firmware

Once you click OK the words lsquoFirmware Updatersquo scroll across the front of the 1756-RIO modulersquos 4-character display indicating that the firmware change is taking place

The tool downloads the firmware and displays the progress of the download When the download is complete the tool displays the result of the download The 1756-RIO SetMode Completed Successfully dialog box appears

10 Click OK

The front of the 1756-RIO modulersquos character display should now indicate the new firmware mode

If the download fails the tool displays an error message

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 35

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

36 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

37Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 37

Chapter 2

Configure Scanner Mode

Introduction Once the 56RioCfg configuration tool launches you can configure a Remote IO network using the RIO module as a scanner or an adapter This chapter describes how to configure the module for use in scanner mode

In scanner mode the ControlLogix controller writes remote IO outputs and reads remote IO inputs The 1756-RIO module enables communication between the controller and devices on a Remote IO network The scanner continuously scans the adapters on the Remote IO network

Two types of data are transferred over the Remote IO network - discrete and block transfer data Discrete data transfers consist of the scanner sending output data and communication commands to the adapter which instruct the adapter about how to control its output The adapter responds by sending input data to the scanner

The remote IO block transfer module is a data transfer mechanism that lets you control the transfer of up to 64 words of data to or from a remote device The 1756-RIO module allows the user to offload block transfer execution from the controller The data appears in the data table of the ControlLogix controller without having to execute the logic in the controller to perform the block transfer A Block Transfer Read (BTR) receives data from a remote device A Block Transfer Write (BTW) sends data to a remote device

In this chapter you use the configuration tool to configure the module in scanner mode to prepare it for use on the Remote IO network You will

bull configure the racks automatically or manually

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map the remote IO modules to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data

Topic Page

Configure Scanner Summary 38

Set the Baud Rate 39

Autoconfigure Racks 40

Manually Configure Racks 43

Configure Block Transfer Modules 46

Map IO Data 51

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Configure Scanner Summary

The following list summarizes the steps to configure the 1756-RIO module in scanner mode

1 Set the baud rate

2 Autoconfigure online racks on the network (Make sure the controller is set to Program Mode)

3 Set the communication path

4 Manually add any additional racks that are not online

5 Manually add and configure block transfer modules

6 MapAutomap the data

1756

Con

trol

ler

Rem

ote

IO M

odul

e

Sc

anne

r Mod

e

1771

-ASB

Rem

ote

IO A

dapt

er

1771 IO IO IO

1747

-ASB

Rem

ote

IO A

dapt

er

1746 IO IO IO

1771 IO

1746 IO

Uni

vers

al R

emot

e IO

Net

wor

k

Scanner Mode

44803

38 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Set the Baud Rate After setting the operating mode for the 1756-RIO module you must set the baud rate

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the controller on the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties

The 1756-RIO Properties dialog box displays

2 Select the baud rate

3 You can also optionally enter an LED Banner name

This is a unique name you assign to identify the module This is useful when you have multiple RIO modules on your network The LED Banner displays on the 4-character display on the 1756-RIO module It can be from 0hellip15 characters long

4 Click OK

You must perform a download to reconfigure the module

Value Baud Rate Kbps

57 k - scanner mode default 576

115 k 1152

230 k 2304

TIP If you perform an autoconfiguration the 1756-RIO module automatically detects the baud rate by sending packets to an attached remote IO network

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 39

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

5 On the main menu from the Configure menu choose Download or click the Download Config to Module button on the toolbar

Autoconfigure Racks You can autoconfigure racks attached to the network or add additional racks manually The Autoconfigure command scans the Remote IO network to determine which racks are present

The module automatically detects the network baud rate and configures the racks on the attached Remote IO network

The 56RioCfgScan tool sends messages to all possible racks detects all possible baud rates and from the replies determines which racks are on the network

Main Menu

Toolbar

40 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 41

The icons on the 56RioCfgScan tool show the partial rack sizes and locations Racks are shown with starting and ending IO groups For example the following tree shows rack 0 consisting of 4 quarter racks

Block transfer modules must be added and configured manually

When the module is in scanner mode the 1756-RIO module performs the following actions during autoconfigure The module

bull detects the network baud rate by sending messages at each baud rate looking for responses

bull then sends messages to all possible racks on the network

bull builds a network configuration from the observed network responses

bull displays the network configuration

Partial Rack (14 rack)

Rack 0

IMPORTANT The controller with the connection to the 1756-RIO module must be in program mode when you perform an autoconfiguration The following error message displays if the controller is not in program mode

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

To perform an autoconfigure in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the main menu from the Configure menu select Autoconfigure or click the Autoconfigure button on the toolbar

Any configuration previously stored in the 1756-RIO module is overwritten by the data from the autoconfiguration You are given the option to save the previous configuration before it proceeds with the autoconfiguration

Autoconfiguration detects just the rack structure it cannot locate block transfer modules You have to manually add block transfer modules to the rack

TIP There is no specific rsquoautorsquo baud rate when the module is in scanner mode When using autoconfigure the 1756-RIO module tries all three baud rates and sets the baud rate based on the responses to the messages it sends You need to make sure that all devices on the network are set at the same baud rate

TIP After performing an Autoconfigure what displays by the 56RioCfgScan tool matches what is in the 1756-RIO module No download is necessary The Autoconfigure also automatically maps the discrete rack data to tags in the ControlLogix processor

Main Menu

Toolbar

42 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Manually Configure Racks To add a rack manually to the remote IO configuration follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the root of the IO tree which represents the remote IO scanner and select Add Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 On the AddResize Rack dialog box select the Rack number (in octal) the Start Group and the End Group

3 Click OK

Item Field Description Range

1 Rack 0hellip76 octal available

2 Start Grp (IO) 0246

A logical rack consists of eight IO groups numbered 0hellip7 The smallest unit allowed on a network is a quarter rack so the starting IO groups are 0246

3 End Grp (IO) 1357

Ending IO groups

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 43

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Matching Configuration Tool Settings with Module Settings

After manually adding a rack a download is necessary

To download to the module from the Configure menu select Download Configuration or from the toolbar click the Download Config to Module button

Manually adding racks also requires the discrete data to be mapped to tags in the ControlLogix controller before allowing a download The data can be mapped automatically or manually

See Map IO Data on page 51

Main Menu

Toolbar

44 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Resize a Rack

To resize a configured rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Resize Partial Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 Select Start Group and End Group

3 Click OK

If resizing the rack results in an overlap with an existing rack the resize fails and displays an error message

If resizing the rack results in deleting block transfer modules you are given the option of cancelling the resize or proceeding and deleting the block transfer modules

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 45

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Delete a Rack

To delete a rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Delete Rack(s)

2 To delete a partial rack expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the partial rack and choose Delete Partial Rack

Configure Block Transfer Modules

All block transfer modules represent some type of analog data Block transfer modules transfer a block (64 words maximum) of analog-type data at a rate configured by the user The 1756-RIO module lets the user offload block transfer execution from the controller to the 1756-RIO module

If a slot is occupied by a discrete IO module or is empty select lsquoDiscretersquo which is the default If a specific block transfer module occupies the slot select the part number of that block transfer module

Not all block transfer modules are supported directly by the 1756-RIO module If the module you are using does not appear in the list set the module type to BT-MODULE and set the lengths to the appropriate values In some cases there are multiple templates for a given block transfer module to show that the module can be used in significantly different ways

See Appendix D for additional information on block transfer templates

46 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

All block transfer data is mapped into one of the possible 10 producedconsumed connections on the controller Each producedconsumed connection allows 248 16-bit words in and out There are two words of overhead for each block transfer for controlstatus The 1756-RIO module can execute as many block transfers as the user configures up to the limits of available memory mapped to the ControlLogix controller

To configure a block transfer module follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box expand the IO tree to choose the location where you want to add the module

2 On the IO tree right-click the slot where you want to add the module and select Module Properties

IMPORTANT Block transfers do not need MSG instructions to execute

TIP In scanner mode block transfer modules can be configured manually also

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 47

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

3 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type pull-down select the type

4 Click OK

The IO Module Properties dialog box displays

5 Click Configure to display the BT Module Parameterization configuration dialog box to configure the module

This example shows the BT Module Parameterization dialog box for a 16-channel 1771-IFE module Each module is different

Use the dialog box to set parameters for a block transfer module These parameters are defined in the template file for the block transfer module and are typical quantities such as scaling parameters and alarms

Module Types

Type Description

Discrete A block transfer module does not exist at this location

BT-MODULE Any other block transfer module not listed by part number in the system

1746-xxxhellip1794-xxx Part number of block transfer (analog) modules with template files in the system that are compatible with the 1756-RIO module See Supported Modules on page 12 for the complete list

48 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

6 Enter the configuration data and click OK

7 On the IO Module Properties dialog box select how you want the block transfer to update

There are three update modes automatic semi-automatic and manual

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 49

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

8 On the IO Module Properties dialog box select the block transfer read-and-write-update rates from 0hellip16383 ms

A rate of 0 means the 1756-RIO module updates the block transfer as fast as the network and the block transfer module allows

Type Description

Automatic 1756-RIO module controls block transfer update

Automatic block transfers perform a single configuration block transfer write every time the controller transitions from Program to Run mode and then perform timed data block transfer read and write updates using the BTR and BTW data lengths and times from the configuration tool The length values and update times for automatic block transfers all come from the configuration tool

Automatic block transfers begin as soon as the controller is in run mode they do not have to be triggered

Errors in block transfer execution are indicated by non-zero values returned to the ControlLogix controller

In automatic mode the module configuration data values come from the configuration tool as default values or from user parameters The size of the configuration block transfer write is the data BTW length BtwLen plus the Config BTW Length CfgLen from the template The data block transfer write length is BtwLen from the template and this is the length mapped to ControlLogix output data

The size of the data block transfer read is set by the configuration tool

Semi-automatic 1756-RIO module controls block transfer update

Semi-automatic block transfers perform a single configuration block transfer write every time the controller transitions from Program to Run mode and then perform timed data block transfer read and write updates using the BTR and BTW data lengths and times from the configuration tool The length values and update times for semi-automatic block transfers all come from the configuration tool

Semi-automatic block transfers begin as soon as the controller is in run mode they do not have to be triggered

Any errors in BT execution are indicated by non-zero values in the ControlLogix controller

In Semi-automatic mode the module configuration data values come from ControlLogix output data The size of the configuration block transfer write is the data BTW length BtwLen plus the Config BTW Length CfgLen from the template and this is the length mapped to ControlLogix output data The data block transfer write length is BtwLen from the template

The size of the data block transfer read is set by the configuration tool

Manual The ControlLogix controller controls block transfer update

IO module configuration gathers data from the ControlLogix controller

To execute block transfers in manual mode

enter the BTR andor BTW length and BTW data in the control block for the module

set the BTREN andor BTWEN bits (BTRCONTBTWCONT) for continuous execution

check the BTRDNBTWDN bits that indicate BT execution is complete (BTR data is available at that time)

check the BTRERRBTWERR bits If set read the error code to determine the cause of the problem

Inhibit Automatic Block Transfers

To inhibit a running automatic or semi-automatic block transfer set bit 9 to offset 0 of the mapped output data for the module

50 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Map IO Data You must map the IO data to locations in the ControlLogix controller input and output data before you can scan the Remote IO network

Mapping connects locations in the ControlLogix input and output tags to locations on the Remote IO network (discrete data on racks and block transfer reads and writes)

Connections (producedconsumed) occur between the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller They are point-to-point links between two end points

Producedconsumed tag data is the information that gets passed back and forth over the line between the two end points

There are up to 10 blocks of producedconsumed tag data Discrete and block transfer tag data gets lsquopackedrsquo into the ControlLogix producedconsumed data When discrete and block transfer tag data are mapped or when the configuration tool lsquoauto mapsrsquo the data for you you are selecting which of those blocks the tag data is mapped to and the offset in the block where the tag data is found

See Scanner Mode IO Map on page 129

When mapping is complete you must export the aliases to the 1756-RIO module and import the configuration to the RSLogix 5000 project

See Aliases on page 84 for a complete discussion of exporting and importing aliases

IMPORTANT It is essential that the control program on the host controller matches the addresses in the mapping configuration on the 1756-RIO module otherwise the control program may inadvertently write to the incorrect IO locations If you change the data mappings on the 1756-RIO module make sure that the control program uses the correct addresses

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 51

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

ATTENTIONUnassigned or unmapped data (IO addresses) are shown as xxx in the IO tree

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Unmapped Data

Mapped Data

52 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Automatic Mapping

The Auto Map Any Unassigned command automatically maps any unassigned discrete or block transfer data to ControlLogix connections Discrete data is mapped before block transfer data The longest blocks of data are mapped first from the lowest addresses up Any previously-assigned addresses remain unchanged

On the 56RioCfg configuration tool dialog box from the Map menu choose Automap Any Unassigned to automatically map all the data

Any xxxs are replaced with an actual IO address

Manually Map Discrete (rack) Data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack and select Rack Map Discretes - Assign Manually

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 53

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

2 On the Map RackhellipManually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down menu select the ControlLogix block and Data Offset within the block for the Input Mapping and Output Mapping

Data Offset Field Range Choices

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

The configuration tool checks for overlaps with previously-mapped data and displays an error if it finds an overlap

Item Field Description

1 Clx Block There are up to 10 data blocks (0hellip9) available on the ControlLogix controller for inputs and outputs You select the block where the data is rsquopackedrsquo

2 Data Offset The data offset (0hellip247) is the area in the data block where the inputoutput data is foundYou select the data offset area within the block

12

54 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Manually Map Block Transfer Data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the expanded rack list right-click on the module and select BT Module Clx Map - Assign Manually

2 On the Map BT ModulehellipManually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down menu select the ControlLogix block and Data Offset within the block for the Input Mapping and Output Mapping

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

The configuration tool checks for overlaps with previously-mapped data and displays an error message if it finds an overlap

If there is insufficient space in the current block to map the data

bull the Data Offset field is blank

bull the OK button appears dimmed

Change the block number and select an offset

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 55

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Re-Map Command

Use the Re-Map All command to clear all previous mappings and automatically map all discrete and block transfer data to connections

From the Map menu select Re-Map All

See Aliases on page 84 for exporting and importing aliases

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

ATTENTION If you remap IO data you should export aliases and re-import them into the RSLogix 5000 project so the control program uses the new assignments

56 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Clear Mappings

Follow these steps to clear all mappings

1 To clear all assigned mappings on the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the Map menu choose Clear All Mappings

2 On the Clear ALL Mappings dialog box confirm that you want to clear all the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 57

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Clear Discrete Rack Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear mappings for discrete (rack) data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack and select Rack Map Discretes - Clear

2 On the Clear Rack Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT All of the preceding mapping and configuration examples currently reside only within the 56RioCfgScan software and must be downloaded to the 1756-RIO module

See page 30 for download steps

58 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Clear Block Transfer Module Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear the mappings for block transfer data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the expanded rack right-click on the block-transfer module and select BT Module Clx Map - Clear

2 On the Clear BT Module Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the BT Module mappings and click Yes

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 59

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Notes

60 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 3

Configure Adapter Mode

Introduction This chapter explains how and why to use the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode In adapter mode the 1756-RIO module can perform two functions simultaneously

First the module can emulate one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner (for example a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC controller) On Active racks the module writes remote IO inputs and reads remote IO outputs

Second it can monitor other remote IO racks On Monitored racks the 1756-RIO module can monitor existing IO also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo and can be used to upgrade a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system Monitor mode provides existing discrete inputs and outputs and Block Transfer reads and writes to the ControlLogix controller

See Scan Mode and Monitor Mode on page 99 for a complete description of using Monitor mode

The 1756-RIO module communicates with the ControlLogix controller using up to 10 input connections and 10 output connections via producedconsumed data Remote IO data maps into the connections by the configuration tool

In this chapter you use the configuration tool to configure the module in adapter mode to prepare it for use on the Remote IO network You will

bull configure the racks automatically or manually

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map the remote IO modules to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data

Topic Page

Configure Adapter Summary 62

Set the Baud Rate 63

Autoconfigure Racks 64

Manually Configure Racks 69

Configure Block-transfer Modules 72

Map IO Data 76

61Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 61

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Adapter Mode

Configure Adapter Summary

The following list summarizes the steps to configure the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

1 Set the baud rate

2 Autoconfigure online racks on the network (Make sure the controller is set to Program Mode)

3 Set the communication path

4 Manually add any additional racks that are not online

5 Manually add and configure block transfer modules

6 MapAutomap the data

RIO Scanner(reads inputs and writes outputs to scanned racks)PLC-3 PLC-5 SLC Etc

Cont

rolL

ogix

1756

-RIO

in

Ada

pter

Mon

itor M

ode

1771 IO Rack

1747 IO Rack

Rack 1

Rack 2

Rack 3

1771 IO Rack

Rack 4RIO Scanner(reads inputs and writes ouputs to scanned racks)PLC-3 PLC-5 SLC Etc

1771 IO Rack

1771 IO Rack

1747 IO Rack

Rack 1

1756

-RIO

In A

dapt

er

Mod

e

Cont

rolL

ogix

Rack 4

Rack 3

Rack 2

Two-way communication between the RIO scanner and the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

1756-RIO Module as an Active Rack 1756-RIO Module as a Monitored Rack

One-way communication between the Remote IO network and the ControlLogix controller The RIO scanner controls the IO and the ControlLogix controller via the 1756-RIO module in adapter monitors all IO data In monitor mode it monitors the IO and brings all input and output data into the ControLogix controller

44828 44829

Universal Remote IO Network

IMPORTANT Configuring the 1756-RIO module as an adapter enables the RIO module to emulate a 1771-ASB module This allows a path for peer-to-peer data to be exchanged between the scanner controller and the ControlLogix owner of the RIO module over the Remote IO network The adapter mode functionality does not allow the scanner controller to directly control any 1756-IO in the chassis with the RIO module

62 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Set the Baud Rate To set the baud rate in adapter mode follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the controller on the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties

The 1756-RIO Properties dialog box displays

2 On the 1756-RIO Module Properties dialog box select the baud rate

3 You can also enter an LED Banner name This is a unique name you assign to identify the module This is useful when you have multiple RIO modules on your network The LED Banner displays on the 4-character display on the 1756-RIO module It can be from 0hellip15 characters long

4 Click OK

The default baud rate is Auto (automatic baud rate detection)

Value Baud Rate Kbps

57 k 576

115 k 1152

230 k 2304

Auto - adapter mode default Auto

TIP If you perform an autoconfiguration the 1756-RIO module automatically detects the baud rate by monitoring an attached Remote IO network

TIP If you are only using Active racks set the baud rate to match the Remote IO network Donrsquot set it to Auto

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 63

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Autoconfigure Racks When the module is in adapter mode autoconfigure builds a configuration based on what it has heard on a running network This process differs from scanner mode because the 1756-RIO module does not scan these racks only monitors the information to and from these racks

The module automatically detects the network baud rate and configures the racks on an attached Remote IO network Autoconfiguration detects the rack structure and causes the 1756-RIO module to monitor the data to and from these racks Active and monitored racks are displayed

See Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network on page 67 for detailed information about active and monitored racks

Autoconfigure in adapter mode performs the following actions

bull Detects the network baud rate

bull Monitors messages to and from racks on the network

bull Builds a network configuration from the observed network traffic

bull Displays the network configuration

To autoconfigure in adapter mode you must

bull clear the old configuration

bull download a new empty configuration

bull set the baud rate to lsquoautorsquo or to the baud rate that matches the existing network

bull put the scanner in Run mode until all block transfers execute

bull put the scanner back in Program mode

bull perform the autoconfiguration

IMPORTANT The controller with the connection to the 1756-RIO module must be in program mode when you perform an autoconfiguration

ATTENTION Please note any configuration previously stored in the 1756-RIO module is overwritten by the data from the autoconfiguration You are given the option to save the previous configuration before it proceeds with the autoconfiguration

64 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Perform the AutoConfiguration

Follow these steps to perform autoconfiguration

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Configure menu choose Download Configuration or click the Download Configuration button on the toolbar

This clears the previous configuration and downloads an empty configuration to the 1756-RIO module

2 Set the baud rate to Auto On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the controller in the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties to enter the baud rate

3 To automatically add block transfers put the remote IO scanner module in Run mode (you set it to Program mode before you began the autoconfiguration) and wait until the block transfers execute Then put the scanner back in Program mode

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 65

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

4 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Configure menu choose Autoconfigure to build a configuration from observed network traffic or click the Autoconfigure button on the toolbar

The RSLinx Path Selection autobrowse dialog box displays

5 Navigate to the backplane and select the 1756-RIO adapter module and click OK

The 1756-RIO module builds a configuration based on what it has observed on the Remote IO network since the download The configuration includes racks block transfer modules and observed block transfer updates All block transfers are set to type BT-MODULE

Main Menu Toolbar

66 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network

You must distinguish between active and monitored racks and must manually enter active racks into the 1756-RIO modulersquos configuration and manually add any desired block transfers

On monitored racks the 1756-RIO module picks up the block transfers automatically but must have the specific module type set This insures that the aliases you create for import into the RSLogix 5000 project have names that better describe the data content Otherwise the generic module type BT-MODULE is set

If you want active racks add them manually now then download the modified configuration to the 1756-RIO module

In the configuration tree each rack line precedes an icon representing rack information The icons represent type and size The size color and position of the colored block indicates the location size and type of partial rack and whether the rack is active or monitored

Active Versus Monitored Racks

Type Description

Active The 1756-RIO module emulates one or more remote IO racks The ControlLogix controller sends the rack- produced data which is then sent as remote IO input data to the scanner on the Remote IO network The remote IO scanner sends output data for those emulated racks to the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode The RIO module then sends that data to the ControlLogix controller as consumed input data

Use lsquoActiversquo if you want to exchange data between a ControlLogix controller and a scanner on remote IO You can also configure one or more slots in the Active rack as block transfer modules to exchange larger amounts of data with the remote IO scanner Active racks are one or more racks that the 1756-RIO module is emulating to share information between the existing scanner and the ControlLogix controller

Any rack in the configuration tree that contains at least one portion of an Active rack displays with a lightning bolt and a red indication on the active portion of the rack The text lsquoActlnpOxData[xxx]rsquo also displays indicating that this data originated in the ControlLogix controller as output data that appears as input data to the remote IO scanner

Monitor The 1756-RIO module monitors remote IO inputs on an existing Remote IO network and passes data as producedconsumed data to the ControlLogix controller This is also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo Use lsquoMonitor modersquo if you have a supervisory ControlLogix system that needs to collect data from an existing control system with remote IO

Monitored racks are racks that physically exist on the Remote IO network and are to be monitored by the 1756-RIO module Any portion of a rack in the configuration tree that is configured as lsquoMonitorrsquo displays with a blue indication on the rack

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 67

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

68 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Racks are shown with starting and ending IO groups in the IO tree For example the following IO tree shows rack 0 as a quarter rack starting at IO group 0

The line color denotes active or monitored partial rack state

Starting and ending group number

Lightning bolt denotes an active partial rack in the rack

Rack 00 contains four monitored quarter racks so no lsquolightning boltrsquo

Rack Icon Information

Code Description

Lightning bolt Denotes at least some part of the rack is configured as active Rack 01 contains an active half rack Rack 03 contains three monitored quarter racks but also an Active quarter rack therefore the lightning bolt

Red Denotes that this portion of the rack is configured as active

Blue Denotes that this portion of the rack is configured as monitored

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Manually Configure Racks To add a rack manually to the remote IO configuration follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the root of the IO tree which represents the ControlLogix controller and choose Add Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 On the AddResize Rack dialog box choose the Rack number (in octal) the Start Group the End Group and Rack Mode (Monitor or Active)

3 Click OK

Type Description

Active Emulates one or more remote IO racks The ControlLogix controller sends the rack producedconsumed data as input data which is then sent as remote IO input data to the scanner on the Remote IO network The remote IO scanner sends output data for those emulated racks to the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode The RIO module then sends that data to the ControlLogix controller as producedconsumed input data

Use active if you want to exchange data between a ControlLogix controller and a scanner on remote IO

Monitor Monitors remote IO inputs and outputs on monitored remote IO racks and passes data as producedconsumed input data to the ControlLogix controller This is also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo Use Monitor mode if you have a supervisory ControlLogix system that needs to collect data from older control systems with remote IO

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 69

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Resizing Racks

To resize a configured rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Resize Partial Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays Field options differ depending on mode

2 On the AddResize dialog box select Start Group and End Group

You cannot change the Rack number or Rack type (Active or Monitored) The radio button is dimmed

3 Click OK

If resizing the rack results in an overlap with an existing rack the resize fails and displays an error message

If resizing the rack results in deleting block transfer modules you are given the option of cancelling the resize or proceeding and deleting the block transfer modules

70 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Delete Racks

To delete a rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Delete Rack(s)

2 To delete a partial rack expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the partial rack and choose Delete Partial Rack

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 71

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Configure Block-transfer Modules

All block transfer modules represent some type of analog data Block transfers send a block (64 words maximum) of data to or from an IO module in one scan

If a slot is occupied by a discrete IO module or is empty select lsquoDiscretersquo which is the default If a specific block transfer module occupies the slot select the part number of that block transfer module

Not all block transfer modules are supported directly by the 1756-RIO module If the module you are using does not appear in the list set the module type to BT-MODULE and set the lengths to the appropriate values In some cases there are multiple templates for a given block transfer module to show that the module can be used in significantly different ways

See Block Transfer Module Templates on page 153 for additional information on block transfer templates

Block transfers can be added to active or monitored racks

To configure a block transfer module follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan56RioCfgAdpt dialog box expand the IO tree to choose the location where you want to add the module

2 On the IO tree right-click the location where you want to add the module and select Module Properties

The dialog boxes change depending on mode active or monitored

TIP On active racks the only Module Type is BT-MODULE

72 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

3 On the IO Module Properties from the Module Type dialog box pull-down menu select the module type

You have various choices depending on the rack type

4 Click OK

Active Racks

1 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type menu select BT-MODULE (On active racks the only block transfer module type is BT-MODULE)

Module Type Selection

Mode Description

Active In Active mode select BT-MODULE and then adjust the BTR Length and BTW Length to match your ControlLogix application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

Monitor In Monitor mode select the type of module that is in that location on the Remote IO network from the pull-down menu If the specific module is not supported select BT-MODULE and adjust the sizes to match your ControlLogix application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 73

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

From the BTR Len and BTW Len pull-down menus select the desired lengths The BTR Length and BTW Length sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

2 Click OK

Monitored Racks

1 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type pull-down select the block transfer module type

74 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

2 From the BTR Len and BTW Len pull-downs select the desired lengths Select the block transfer Module Type from the pull-down menu that matches the module on remote IO If the desired module is not listed select BT-MODULE Adjust the BTR Length and BTW Length to match your application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

3 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 75

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Map IO Data You must map the IO data to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data blocks and offset locations before you can scan the Remote IO network After mapping is complete you must export the aliases to the 1756-RIO module and import them to the RSLogix 5000 project

See Aliases on page 84 for a detailed discussion of ExportingImporting Aliases

Unassigned IO addresses are shown as xxx in the IO tree

Automatic Mapping

The configuration tool maps all unassigned IO to producedconsumed inputs and outputs It leaves any previously assigned addresses unchanged

On the 56RioCfg configuration tool dialog box from the Map command on the main menu choose Automap Any Unassigned to automatically map the data

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0

Unmapped Data

Mapped Data

76 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 77

Manually Map Discrete Data

Manually Map Discrete(rack) Data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack and choose Rack Map Discretes - Assign Manually

2 On the Map Rackhellip Manually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down select the ControlLogix scheduled block and Data Offset within the block

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

TIP On monitored racks inputs and outputs get mapped to ControlLogix inputs so be careful when mapping them so that they donrsquot overlap

Item Field CLX Data Type Rack Type Description

1 MonOut ClxInput data MonitoredActive

Remote IO scanner outputs are mapped to ControlLogix controller inputs The 1756-RIO module monitors output data sent by the scanner to the monitoredactive rack It is reported in the ControlLogix controller as input data

2 MonInp ClxInput data Monitored Remote IO scanner inputs are mapped to ControlLogix controller inputs The 1756-RIO module monitors input data sent to the scanner by the monitored rack It is reported in the ControlLogix controller as input data

3 ActInp ClxOutput data Active Remote IO scanner inputs are mapped from the ControlLogix outputs The ControlLogix controller writes output tags to the 1756-RIO module which sends the data to the remote IO scanner as input data

123

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Manually Map Block-transfer Data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the expanded rack list right-click on the module and choose BT Module Clx Map - Assign Manually

2 On the Map BT Modulehellip Manually dialog box for the block transfer read and write data select the ControlLogix scheduled block and Data Offset within the block

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

Block-transfer Data Map Destinations for Monitored and Active Racks

Field CLX Data Type Rack Type Description

MonBTW ClxInput Monitored Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

MonBTR ClxInput Monitored Block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

ActBTR ClxOutput Active Block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix controller outputs (The ControlLogix controller writes the data and the 1756-RIO module sends the data to the remote IO scanner)

Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

78 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Re-Map Command

Use the Re-Map All command to clear all previous mappings and automatically map all discrete and block transfer data to producedconsumed data connections

From the Map menu choose Re-Map All

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 79

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Clear Mappings

Follow these steps to clear all mappings

1 To clear all assigned mappings on the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Map menu choose Clear All Mappings

2 On the Clear ALL Mappings dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

80 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Clear Discrete Rack Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear mappings for discrete(rack) data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack and choose Rack Map Discretes - Clear

2 On the Clear Rack Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT All of the preceding mapping and configuration examples currently reside only within the 56RioCfgAdpt software and must be downloaded to the 1756-RIO module

See Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project on page 30 for download steps

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 81

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Clear Block Transfer Module Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear the mappings for block transfer data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the expanded rack right-click on the block transfer module and choose BT Module Clx Map - Clear

2 On the Clear BT Module Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

82 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 4

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Introduction Now that the configuration mode selection and network preparation in the configuration tool are complete the next steps include downloading the configuration to the 1756-RIO module and exporting aliases to the RSLogix 5000 project This completes the preparation of the 1756-RIO module for operation on a Remote IO network

In this chapter you will

bull create aliases and export them to the RSLogix 5000 project

bull convert an older system to a ControlLogix system

bull download configurations to the module

bull upload configurations to the project

bull save configurations to disk

bull archive configuration templates

Commission Summary The following list summarizes the steps to save and export your configurations from the configuration tool to the module and import them to the RSLogix 5000 project so that you can begin scanning on a Remote IO network

1 Export aliases in scanner and adapter mode

2 Download configurations to the 1756-RIO module

3 Upload configurations to the RSLogix 5000 project

4 Save configurations to disk

5 Archive configurations

Topic Page

Commission Summary 83

Aliases 84

Manage Configurations 91

83Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 83

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Aliases Aliases are used to access data in the ControlLogix system They define the names and descriptions exported from the configuration program and imported into the RSLogix 5000 control program and should be used for adapter and scanner modes

Aliases are symbolic names that point to IO data The configuration tool creates these aliases for discrete and block transfer data based on the IO mappings It is important that you develop the control program in the RSLogix 5000 project with reference to aliases as opposed to absolute addresses Then if the mappings change the ControlLogix controller still operates you just create aliases for the new mappings by exporting them from the configuration tool and re-importing them into the control program which then points to the new data

Also itrsquos important to note that export options in the configuration tool differ depending on whether you have your 1756-RIO module set for scanner or adapter mode

In this section you will cover

bull exporting aliases in scanner mode

bull exporting aliases in adapter mode

bull using the Export Aliases command in the configuration tool to upgrade an existing system to a ControlLogix system

EXAMPLE For example letrsquos say yoursquore mapped rack 7 inputs to block 0 offset 8 so the data for rack 7 IO group 0 is at input address I0[10] Now you add a rack 6 and remap everything so that now the rack 7 input data maps to block 0 offset 20

The data for rack 0 IO group 0 now moves to I0[22]

If you had used absolute addresses in your control program you would have to re-address every instruction in the program By using aliases you can use the Export Aliases command from the configuration tool and import them into the RSLogix 5000 project which automatically points to the new data

IMPORTANT You must export the new aliases from the configuration tool and import them into the RSLogix 5000 project before you run the program otherwise you could read wrong inputs andor write wrong outputs

84 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Export Aliases in Scanner ModeTo export aliases in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

2 On the Export RSLogix 5000 Aliases dialog box enter the FileName location Alias Prefix and Base Tag

3 Click OK

See Scanner Mode IO Map on page 129 in Appendix C for more information

Field Description

FileName Use the browse button to change the file location

Alias Prefix Use to distinguish between aliases for different 1756-RIO modules If you have multiple 1756-RIO modules in the RSLogix 5000 project assign each module a unique Alias Prefix so that the tags for each one are unique

Base Tag Use the base tag to identify the 1756-RIO module location on the ControlLogix chassis

This example shows the 1756-RIO module location in slot 0 of the local chassis

Browse Button

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 85

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

86 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Export Aliases in Adapter Mode

To export aliases in adapter mode follow these steps

1 On the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

2 On the Export RSLogix 5000 Aliases dialog box enter the FileName location Alias Prefix Base Tag and RIO Output Placeholders

3 Click OKFor more information on the use of placeholders see Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System on page 87

Browse Button

Field Description

FileName Use the browse button lsquohelliprsquo to change the file location

Alias Prefix Use to distinguish between aliases for different 1756-RIO modules and to help identify groups of data items If you have multiple 1756-RIO modules in the RSLogix 5000 project assign each module a unique Alias Prefix so that the tags for each one are unique

Base Tag Use the base tag to identify the 1756-RIO module location in the ControlLogix chassis

RIO Output Placeholders Use this set of aliases when the 1756-RIO module is set to Monitor mode These output placeholders aliases point to a ControlLogix internal array If you are using Monitor mode you can write your new application to write to this placeholder array and compare the monitored outputs to the outputs written by the new control program If you donrsquot want the aliases leave the box unchecked

RIO Output Placeholders Base Tag

This tag must be created by the user in the ControlLogix control program and must be an integer array of 10 RioTempOut elements (0hellip9) each with 255 sub-elements (0hellip254) So RioTempOut would be RioTempOut[00] to RioTempOut[9254]

Include BTW Configuration Words

Check this box if you choose to include aliases for block transfer write configuration data

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System

To upgrade an existing system such as a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system you have to perform these steps

1 Monitor the network in adapter mode

2 Write the new control program in RSLogix 5000 programming software to write to the internal array

3 Compare the existing systemrsquos outputs with the ControlLogix outputs using the same live inputs

4 Once both systems write the same outputs and have the same timing switch over to the RSLogix 5000 control program for control

Now itrsquos writing the real outputs instead of the placeholder array using the 1756-RIO module to scan the network

You could use the same 1756-RIO module to monitor and scan the network You would have to download the scanner firmware after you compare the systems using the module in adapter mode to monitor the network Or you could use two 1756-RIO modules one as a scanner and one as an adapter on the Remote IO network

The following example breaks down the process It explains using the 1756-RIO module

bull as an adapter and its configuration in the configuration toolrsquos IO tree

bull with the configuration tool to create the aliases based on the IO configuration tree

bull configuration toolrsquos process of exporting aliases to convert an existing system to a ControlLogix system using the module in scanner mode

Create a Network Configuration and Export Aliases

Follow these steps to create a network configuration in the configuration tool and to create the aliases based on that configuration

1 Set the 1756-RIO module to adapter mode

See Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode on page 30

2 Create the network configuration in the configuration toolrsquos tree for the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 87

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

The following IO tree configuration comprises one monitored quarter rack and one active quarter rack

3 Export the alias file Once the network configuration is complete in the configuration tool from the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

The following graphic and tables show how the configuration tool creates aliases based on the IO configuration from the tree

1

2

3

Item Description

1 Rack 00 is a monitored quarter rack encompassing IO groups 0 and 1

2 Rack 1 is an active quarter rack encompassing IO groups 0 and 1

3 All input and output maps to connection 0 so I0 and O0

ATTENTION Monitored outputs include outputs to monitored racks and outputs to active racks

12

88 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

The table shows how the prefixes are used in creating alias names the descriptions that are created for the aliases and how the addresses are created from the base tags and data mappings

4 Write a ControlLogix control program in the RSLogix 5000 project to write outputs to the placeholder array then compare the outputs to the monitored outputs from the existing system

5 Change the 1756-RIO module to scanner mode or use an existing 1756-RIO scanner

See Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode on page 30

6 Export a scanner configuration and download it to the scanner

7 Create aliases with the scanner configuration tool using the same prefixes

8 Import the aliases into the RSLogix 5000 project

Item Description

1 Prefixes are left at their defaults

2 The Base Tag field represents the location of the 1756-RIO adapter in the rack In this case the adapter is in slot 0

Alias Name Description Address

RIO_R00_STS Rack-00 Status - Monitored Local0I0Data[0]

RIO_I000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Input - Monitored Local0I0Data[2]

RIO_I001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Input - Monitored Local0I0Data[3]

RIO_MON_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[12]

RIO_MON_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[13]

RIO_MON_O010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[22]

RIO_MON_O011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[23]

RIO_ACT_I010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Input - Active Local0O0Data[2]

RIO_ACT_I011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Input - Active Local0O0Data[3]

RIO_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 12]

RIO_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 13]

RIO_O010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 22]

RIO_O011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 23]

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 89

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

The following table shows the aliases created for a scanner in slot 0 in the ControlLogix chassis

Notice that the alias names for the discrete outputs in the Export Alias Creation table are the same as the alias names for the placeholders in the Alias Creation for a Scanner in the ControlLogix Chassis table but now point to IO outputs

Alias Creation for a Scanner in the ControlLogix Chassis

Alias Created Description Address

RIO_R00_STS Rack-00 Status Local0I0Data[0]

RIO_R00_CTL Rack-00 Control Local0O0Data[0]

RIO_I000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Input Local0I0Data[2]

RIO_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output Local0O0Data[2]

RIO_I001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Input Local0I0Data[3]

RIO_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output Local0O0Data[3]

EXAMPLE For example an application that used alias name RIO_0001 wrote to placeholder location RioTempOut[0 13] but would now write to the discrete outputs at Local0O0Data[3]

90 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Manage Configurations There are several ways to manage your modulersquos configurations This section covers

bull downloading configurations to the module

bull uploading configurations to the RSLogix 5000 project

bull saving and loading configurations to disk

bull archiving configurations

Managing configuration steps are the same for scanner and adapter modes

Download and Upload Configurations

To download a configuration to the 1756-RIO module follow these steps

1 On the Configure menu choose Download Configuration

You must set the communication path through RSLinx to tell the configuration tool where the 1756-RIO module is installed The RSLinx Path Selection dialog box now appears

2 Expand the backplane of the chassis where the 1756-RIO module is installed navigate to the module and select it

3 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 91

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

To upload a configuration from the 1756-RIO module to the project follow these steps

1 From the Configure menu choose Upload Configuration

2 Set the communication path when the RSLinx dialog box appears by navigating to the 1756-RIO module on the network and clicking OK

TIP You can also set the communication path by selecting the Communication menu and choosing Select RSLinx Path

TIP You can also uploaddownload configurations from the Module button on the configuration toolrsquos toolbar

Download to the module

Upload from the module

92 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Save Configurations to Disk

To save configurations to disk from the file menu choose Save

The configuration saves as an rio file to the location you initially specified when you set the module properties in the add-on profile in the RSLogix 5000 project

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 93

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Archive Configurations

Archive Template Command

The Archive Templates command copies any templates used in the current file to the same location as the RIO file It copies any block transfer module templates used in the current configuration file into the directory where the configuration is stored

1 To archive configurations from the File menu choose Archive Templates

2 When the confirmation dialog box appears click OK

94 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Archive Template Check Command

The Archive Template Check command checks and confirms any block transfer module templates used in the current configuration file are stored in the directory where the configuration is stored

1 To use the Archive Template Check command from the File menu choose Archive Template Check

2 When the confirmation dialog box appears click OK

You must make sure you save your project if you want to keep a backup copy otherwise you get an error that the active project has not been saved or the BT Template File is not found

See Appendix C for additional information on templates

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 95

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Notes

96 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 5

Monitor Remote IO

Introduction Now that the module configuration is complete and downloaded to the 1756-RIO module you are ready to scan a Remote IO network

Remote IO scanning uses a 1756-RIO scanner in a local or remote chassis and multiple adapters on a Remote IO network The scanner enables communication between a ControlLogix controller and the remote IO devices The 1756-RIO scanner continually gathers and sends information to and from remote adapters on the Remote IO network and sends that information to the ControlLogix controller in the chassis

Remote IO monitoring uses a 1756-RIO module in adapter mode to lsquolistenrsquo to remote IO and communicate that IO back to the ControlLogix controller

Within the configuration tool there are four utilities to monitor IO

bull DiscMon monitors discrete input and output data

bull BtMon monitors block transfers

bull DiagMon monitors diagnostic counters

bull LogMon monitors the scanner log

In this chapter you will

bull use scan and monitor modes

bull monitor remote IO discrete inputs and outputs in scanner mode

bull monitor remote IO discrete inputs and outputs in adapter mode

bull monitor block transfers

bull export scanner configurations

bull use the diagnostic utilities in the configuration software to monitor save and clear diagnostics

Topic Page

Commission Summary 98

Scan Mode and Monitor Mode 99

Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs 101

Monitor Block Transfers 108

Export Scanner Configurations 115

Other Diagnostics 117

97Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 97

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Commission Summary The following list summarizes 1756-RIO scanning and monitoring functions on a Remote IO network

bull Monitor discrete inputs and outputs in scanner mode from the Monitor menu

bull Monitor discrete inputs and active inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu

bull Monitor remote IO in Monitor mode to lsquolistenrsquo to and then upgrade an existing older system to a ControlLogix system

bull Monitor block transfer reads and writes in scanner mode by right-clicking on the module in the IO tree and selecting Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

bull Export scanner configuration files in adapter mode using the Tools menu and clicking Export Scanner Configuration file File from the pull-down menu

bull Monitor an existing system by putting the module in scanner mode and loading an exported configuration file to scan the remote network

bull Use the Monitor menu to monitor diagnostics in scanner and adapter modes

bull Monitor normal operation and error messages on the network by using the Monitor menursquos Debug Log

bull Diagnose and correct fatal errors by selecting 1756-RIO Fatal Error from the Tools menu Capture fatal errors and save them in an error log for use by Technical Support

98 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Scan Mode and Monitor Mode

The 1756-RIO module can perform various scan functions depending on whether it is a scanner or an adapter

Scan Remote IO in Scanner Mode

There are three scan modes of the ControlLogix controller The following list explains each mode and what the 1756-RIO module does in each mode

bull Run mode

bull Program mode

bull Test mode

In run mode the 1756-RIO module scans remote racks reads discrete inputs does not enable outputs to run on and does not update block transfers

In program mode the 1756-RIO module scans remote racks reads discrete inputs but does not write discrete outputs or update block transfers

In test mode the 1756-RIO behaves the same as it does in program mode with the exception of the controller actively scanning the ladder logic

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 99

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Remote IO in Adapter Mode

The 1756-RIO module provides utilities to upgrade an existing remote IO application to a ControlLogix system with a minimum of downtime and startup time This function is referred to as Monitor mode

Used in Monitor mode the 1756-RIO adapter can be used to upgrade a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system by providing discrete inputs and outputs and Block Transfer read and write data to the controller You can replace the existing application or control program thatrsquos running on a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system with a new application that runs on a ControlLogix controller using the 1756-RIO module as the remote IO scanner

TIP The replacement system must be tested before the switchover It uses the same field wiring as the old system If unanticipated problems arise you can switch back to the old system in minutes

100 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 101

To use Monitor mode to upgrade your existing system to a ControlLogix system follow these steps

1 Connect the 1756-RIO module in adapterMonitor mode on the existing Remote IO network to monitor data and timing

2 Create the new application or control program in the RSLogix 5000 project It sees the exact same inputs (monitored inputs) as the existing application but writes to an internal array in the ControlLogix controller

3 Compare the outputs (monitored outputs) from the new application with the outputs from the existing system by lsquolisteningrsquo to the network

4 When you are satisfied that the new system accurately duplicates the function and timing of the existing system disconnect the Remote IO network from the old scanner and connect it to the 1756-RIO module in scanner mode

5 Switch the RSLogix 5000 project application (control program) to write outputs to the 1756-RIO module as a scanner instead of to the internal array

Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs

Use the Monitor Inputs and Monitor Outputs commands to display the discrete IO data on remote IO racks connected to the 1756-RIO module

If the RSLinx path to the 1756-RIO module has not been set an RSLinx RSWho window displays Use it to set the communication path to the module by navigating to the 1756-RIO module on the network and clicking OK

Monitor Discrete Inputs in Scanner ModeTo monitor discrete inputs in scanner mode follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu select Monitor Discrete Inputs

2 Right-click on a rack and select Monitor Discrete

3 Use the Monitor Discrete Inputs button on the toolbar

ATTENTION Be sure to switch the 1756-RIO module to scanner mode if it is not done

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

The DiscMon or discrete input monitor window displays

Each row corresponds to a rack Rack numbers are given in octal Each row shows eight words of discrete inputs for the rack number

Main Menu Rack

Toolbar

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the DiscMon utility

102 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 103

Data can be displayed in the following formats

Hexadecimal

You can display discrete IO data in hexadecimal (0000hellipFFFF) format from the View menu and choosing Hex or by clicking the Display Hex button on the toolbar

Signed Decimal

You can display discrete IO data in signed decimal (-32768hellip32767) format by choosing the View menu and choosing Signed from the pull-down menu or by clicking the Signed button on the toolbar

Format From menu From Toolbar

Hexadecimal ViewHex 0x button

Signed decimal ViewUnsigned 1 button

Unsigned decimal ViewSigned -1 button

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

104 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Unsigned Decimal

You can display discrete IO data in Unsigned Decimal (0hellip65535) format from the View menu and choosing Unsigned or by clicking the Unsigned button on the toolbar

Monitor Discrete Outputs in Scanner Mode

To monitor discrete outputs in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the main menu of the configuration tool from the Monitor pull-down menu select Monitor Discrete Outputs

2 Right-click on a rack and select Monitor Discrete Outputs

3 Use the Monitor Discrete Outputs button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Rack

Toolbar

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The Discrete Output Monitor window displays

Each row corresponds to a rack Rack numbers are given in octal and each row shows eight words of discrete outputs for the rack number

TIP The data formatting options hex signed and unsigned are the same for scanner and adapter modesrsquo monitored inputs and outputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 105

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Discrete Inputs in Adapter Mode

Monitored inputs are inputs on monitored racks To monitor discrete inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu choose Discrete Monitored Inputs Just as in scanner mode you can also get to the Monitored Discrete Input Data screen by right-clicking on a rack or clicking the Monitor Discrete Inputs button on the toolbar

106 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The Monitored Discrete Input Data window displays

Monitor Discrete Outputs in Adapter Mode

Monitored outputs are all outputs from the remote IO scanner To monitor discrete outputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu select Discrete Monitored Outputs or right-click on a rack or click the Monitor Discrete Outputs button on the toolbar

The Monitored Discrete Output Data window displays

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 107

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Discrete Active Inputs in Adapter Mode

Active inputs are inputs on active racks To monitor discrete active inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu choose Discrete Active Inputs or right-click on a rack or click the Monitor Active Inputs button on the toolbar

The Active Discrete Input Data window displays

Monitor Block Transfers Use the Block Transfer Monitor command to display the block transfers associated with a block transfer module along with diagnostics associated with the block transfers

108 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Monitor Block Transfers in Scanner Mode

To monitor a block transfer module right-click on the module in the IO tree and select Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

The 1756-RIO BTMon or block transfer module window displays

Some analog output modules have only an associated block transfer write Analog input modules have a block transfer write for configuring the module a block transfer read for data and a block transfer read for status

The upper portion of the screen is the block transfer read the lower portion is the block transfer write

The raw data can be displayed as hexadecimal signed or unsigned integer The default format for block transfer data is hexadecimal

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path to start the BTMon utility

Block Transfer Read

Block Transfer Write

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 109

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer reads

Scanner Mode Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

Counter Description

State Configactiveinactive

Type Module type from the module template

BTR Len Block transfer read length

Req Update Time Requested update time in the module configuration in ms

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer read in ms This is the average of the previous eight updates

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer read

Ignored Reqs Running count of update requests ignored by the block transfer module

Prot Errors Running count of protocol errors for this block transfer read If this counter is incrementing the module isnrsquot responding correctly

Request Count Count of the number of times on successive scans this block transfer was requested If this number is consistently greater than 1 increase the requested update time - the module cannot respond quickly enough at the current requested time The counter applies to the BTR and BTW for this module

110 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer writes

Scanner Mode Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

Counter Description

Cfg Len Length of the configuration data for this module

Data Len Data length

Req Update Time Requested update time in the module configuration in ms

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer write in ms This is the average of the previous eight updates

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer write

Ignored Reqs Running count of update requests ignored by the destination module for this block transfer write

Protocol Errs Running count of protocol errors for this block transfer write

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 111

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Block Transfers in Adapter Mode

To monitor a block transfer module right-click on the module in the IO tree and select Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

The BTMon or block transfer module window displays

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path to start the BTMon utility

Block Transfer Read

Block Transfer Write

112 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer reads

Adapter Mode Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

Counter Description

Type Module type

BTR Map Len Length of mapped BTR data in words

BTR Mon Len Length of monitored BTR data in words

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer read in ms

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer read

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 113

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer writes

Adapter Mode Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

Counter Description

BTW Map Len The length of the mapped BTW data in words

BTW Min Len The minimum BTW length in words

BTW Max Len The maximum BTW length in words

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer write in ms

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer write

114 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Export Scanner Configurations

In adapter mode the configuration tool can export a scanner configuration file built from the current adapter configuration which can be loaded into an RIO scanner The exported scanner configuration file is especially useful when converting an existing remote IO system to a ControlLogix system You can then choose whether the block transfer configuration data and update times come from the values the adapter has observed on the remote network or from the defaults from the module templates

The configuration file includes

bull a baud rate

bull monitored racks

bull block transfers on monitored racks

It does not contain active racks block transfers on active racks or mappings

To export a scanner configuration file follow these steps

1 From the Tools menu choose Export Scanner Configuration File

2 On the Export Scanner Configuration File dialog box select the FileName and BT Module Configuration Data and Update Times option for your configuration file

Make sure you use another file name so that you donrsquot overwrite the adapter configuration file

EXAMPLE The template for a module might have a default value for the channel data type The configuration seen on the network might have another value for the channel data type

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 115

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

3 Click OK

Monitor Mode

If you are using the 1756-RIO module in Monitor mode you can monitor the existing system to capture block transfer timing and configuration data then export a scanner configuration file that contains that data To use the exported configuration file follow these steps

1 Switch the 1756-RIO module back to scanner mode

2 Load the exported configuration file to scan the Remote IO network

Field Description

FileName Name the file and select the autobrowse button to search for the directory andor file where you want to save the file

The current rio file is for adapter mode When you export the scanner configuration file you are making a new rio file for scanner mode You do not want to overwrite the adapter rio file so it must be saved at this point

BT Module Configuration Data and Update Times

Capture from Online Monitor or Use Defaults from Templates

The configuration and timing data for block transfers can be based on the default configuration data from the block transfer module templates or on the configuration data and update times the adapter has observed on the network

This is a global selection and affects the data saved for all block transfer modules

116 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Other Diagnostics Use the Monitor Diagnostics Counters command to display the diagnostic counters that the 1756-RIO module maintains The 1756-RIO module maintains diagnostic counters that indicate the state of communication on an entire Remote IO network and counters related to each rack It also maintains an active rack list

The diagnostic counters consist of three groups

bull Active racks table

bull Global diagnostic counters

bull Rack diagnostic counters

Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Scanner Mode

To monitor the diagnostic counters follow these steps

From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters or click the Monitor Diagnostic Counters button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the DiagMon utility

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 117

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

The 1756-RIO DiagMon window displays showing the Active Racks Global Diag Counters and Rack Diag Counters

Active Racks Table

The Active Racks table shows which racks are present on the Remote IO network Columns represent rack numbers from 1hellip76 octal Rows represent starting IO groups If the bit for a rack and starting IO group is set there is a rack at that location The Active Racks table does not show rack size

A lsquo1rsquo indicates that a rack is present at the rack number and starting IO group indicated In the example above there is a rack present at rack 0 starting IO group 0

The lsquo1rsquo in the Active Rack table indicates a rack present at rack 0 starting IO group 0

118 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Global Diagnostic Counters

The global diagnostic counters provide information about the operation of the entire Remote IO network

The following table lists the global diagnostic countersrsquo descriptions

Scanner Mode Global Diagnostic Counters

Counter Description

Tx This counter increments each time the 1756-RIO module transmits a packet

RxGood This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a good packet

RxTout This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module sends a packet but does not receive a reply

RxBadCRC This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet with a bad Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Check cabling and termination on the Remote IO network

RxNoise This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module hears a carrier without receiving a packet Check cabling and termination on the Remote IO network

RxAbort This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives an opening flag then the packet ends without a closing flag

PrtclErr This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet that makes no sense in terms of the protocol

UpdAvg Average update time for all configured racks This is the average of the previous 64 updates

UpdMin Minimum update time for all configured racks

UpdMax Maximum update time for all configured racks

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 119

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Rack Diagnostic Counters

The rack diagnostic counters contain information about the operation of each partial rack The rows are racks from 1hellip76 octal There are four groups of counters per rack corresponding to the four possible starting IO groups for a rack

The following table lists the rack diagnostic countersrsquo descriptions

Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Adapter Mode

Follow this procedure to monitor diagnostic counters in adapter mode

From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters

The 1756-RIO-ADPT DiagMon window displays Notice that the Rack Status Table and the Global Diag Counters are the same in adapter mode as scanner mode diagnostics The BT Global Update however shows the diagnostics for the BTRs and BTWs in adapter mode

Scanner Mode Rack Diagnostic Counters

Counter Description

Rx This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet from this rack

Crc This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet with a bad CRC from this rack

Tout This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module sends a packet to this rack and does not receive a reply within the time-out period

Prtcl This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet from this rack that does not make sense in terms of the protocol

120 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The BT Global Update diagnostics table is organized by rack IO group (Grp) and slot (Slt) The first row (0) shows the BTRs first then the BTWs on rack 0 From left to right BTRs at IO group 0 slot 0 IO group 0 slot 1 IO group 1 slot 0 IO group 1 slot 1 and so on

A lower case lsquorrsquo or lsquowrsquo indicates that a block transfer has been observed at that location at some point in the past An upper case lsquoRrsquo or lsquoWrsquo indicates when a block transfer happens

Module Scanner Log

Scanner Mode

The scanner log displays messages from the firmware running on the 1756-RIO module showing its normal operation and error messages The Debug Log command monitors messages logged by the 1756-RIO module These messages can be used to diagnose problems and may be useful in tracking down errors and for Technical Support

Grp 0 Slt 0

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 121

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

To monitor the scanner log follow this procedure

1 Run the LogMon utility To launch LogMon from the Monitor menu choose Debug Log from the pull-down menu

2 Select OK once you select the 1756-RIO module on the network

A window displays confirming LogMon has started If there are no errors present the LogMon screen stays clear

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the LogMon utility

122 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The log displays module operations version and mode information Something like below is typical but your log will look different

3 To clear the scanner log from the Edit menu choose ClearLog or click the Clear Log button from the toolbar

4 To copy the contents of the log to the Windows clipboard for use in another application from the Edit menu choose Copy or click the Select All and Copy button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 123

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Adapter Mode

To launch LogMon in adapter mode follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu choose Debug Log

2 Set the RSLinx communication path when prompted and Select OK to start LogMon

Clear Diagnostics

To clear diagnostics follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters

Once you set the communication path via RSLinx software the DiagMon window displays

2 From the Actions menu choose Clear Diagnostics or click the Clear Diagnostics button on the toolbar

TIP These same instructions apply for scanner and adapter mode

124 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

3 To clear Block Transfer diagnostics while in BTMon from the Actions menu choose ClearDiagCounters or click the ClearDiagCounters button on the toolbar

Fatal Errors

Fatal errors occur when the firmware on the module encounters an unexpected condition There are three main causes for fatal errors

bull A bug in the 1756-RIO module firmware

bull A 1756-RIO module hardware failure

bull Certain types of ControlLogix backplane failures

The 1756-RIO module monitors its own operation for invalid conditions The module stops scanning turns all three status indicators red and displays a fatal error number similar to lsquoM60rsquo on the 4-character display and then stores a fatal error log that indicates the cause of the fatal error

ToolbarMain Menu

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 125

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Use the Fatal Error Capture command from the Tools menu to clear fatal errors on the 1756-RIO module and save the log file to disk for use by technical support

To clear the fatal error and capture the fatal error log for scanner and adapter modes follow these steps

1 Cycle power on the 1756-RIO module

The 4-character display should show lsquoFatalErrorCapture requiredrsquo

2 From the Tools menu choose 1756-RIO Fatal Error Capture

3 Use RSLinx software to set the communication path and select the 1756-RIO module on the network

A Fatal Error Capture warning window displays

4 Select Yes

5 Save the fatal error log to a file

IMPORTANT Clearing a fatal error also clears the configuration on the 1756-RIO module

IMPORTANT By choosing Yes communication to the module is disrupted AND the modulersquos configuration will be erased

126 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

This also clears the fatal error on the module When the Save In dialog box opens navigate to the location on the hard drive where you want to save the error log file and give it a filename

6 Contact Technical Support See the BackCover

7 Provide Technical Support with the fatal error log file to help them diagnose the cause of the problem

8 After clearing the fatal error you must download the configuration to the 1756-RIO module

See Download and Upload Configurations on page 91 for instructions on how to download configurations to the 1756-RIO module

ATTENTION You must clear the fatal error before you can use the module again and you shouldnrsquot use it again until you have determined what caused the error

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 127

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Notes

128 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix A

Scanner Mode IO Map

This section describes how the data gets mapped to the ControlLogix data for scanner mode

When you map any part of a rack to producedconsumed tag data the structure that gets mapped is for the entire rack number For example if rack 1 consists of IO groups 0 and 1 (a quarter rack) the entire structure for rack 1 is mapped when you map the rack Similarly if a rack is made up of several partial racks mapping any one of those partial racks maps the structure for the entire rack

Discrete Input Data

In scanner mode the discrete read structure for a rack consists of two status words and eight words of discrete input data

Discrete Read Structure-Input

Only bits 0hellip3 of the first word of status data are used They consist of error bits that are set if there is a communication error with a partial rack Bit 0 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 0 bit 1 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 2 and so on

The error bit is 1 if there is an error scanning the rack or if the rack is inhibited otherwise the bit is 0

Words 2hellip9 contain the discrete input data for the rack Words 2 and 3 contain the data for IO groups 0 and 1 (first 14 rack) words 3 and 4 contain the data for IO groups 2 and 3 (second 14 rack) and so on

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Status Codes and Error Codes Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

44817

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 129

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Discrete Input Data Offset - Read

Discrete Input Data Offset - Read

Offset 0Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1N

O E

RRO

R

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

ERR

OR

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

44814

130 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Discrete Output Data

In scanner mode the discrete write structure for a rack consists of two control words and eight words of discrete output data

Discrete Write Structure-Output

Bits 0hellip3 of the first word of control data are used to inhibit racks Set bit 0 to inhibit the scan of the rack starting at IO group 0 set bit 1 to inhibit the scan of the rack starting at IO group 2 and so on Inhibiting a rack stops all communication with that rack and all outputs revert to their programmed last state

Bits 4hellip7 of the first word of control data are used to reset racks Set bit 4 to reset the outputs of the rack starting at IO group 0 set bit 5 to reset the outputs of the rack starting at IO group 2 and so on When a reset command is given all communication with that rack continues however that rack behaves as if the controller is in Program mode All outputs revert to their Program mode state

Only the bit for the starting IO group needs to be set to inhibit or reset the rack For example if a rack is a full rack starting at IO group 0 only bit 0 needs to be set to inhibit the scan of the rack

Words 2hellip9 contain the discrete output data for the rack Words 2 and 3 contain the data for IO groups 0 and 1 (first 14 rack) words 3 and 4 contain the data for IO groups 2 and 3 (second 14 rack) and so on

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

2 Control Words Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

44818

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 131

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Discrete Output Data Offset-Write

Discrete Output Data Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (Control) 0 Inhibit rack that starts first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

1 Inhibit rack that starts second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

2 Inhibit rack that starts third quarter (IO group 4hellip5

3 Inhibit rack that starts fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

4 Reset rack that starts at first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

5 Reset rack that starts at second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

6 Reset rack that starts at third quarter (IO group 4hellip5)

7 Reset rack that starts at fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

8hellip15 Reserved

1 (Control) 0hellip15 Reserved (pad for 32-bit alignment)

2hellip9 (Output) 0hellip15 Discrete output data

Discrete Output Data Offset - Write

WriteOffset 0

Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9

Ouput Words

8 Words of Discrete Ouptut Data

Offset 1Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15In

hibi

t Rac

k1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Inhi

bit R

ack

2nd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 2

-3

Inhi

bit R

ack

3rd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 4

-5

Inhi

bit R

ack

4th

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 6

-7Re

set R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Rese

t Rac

k2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Rese

t Rac

k3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Rese

t Rac

k4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

44819

132 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Discrete IO Data Transfer

Discrete Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Status Codes and Error Codes Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

Read

Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Status Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1N

O E

RRO

R

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

ERR

OR

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

Discrete Write Structure - Ouput

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

2 Control Words Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

Write

Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9

Ouput Words

8 Words of Discrete Ouptut Data

Control Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Inhi

bit R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Inhi

bit R

ack

2nd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 2

-3

Inhi

bit R

ack

3rd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 4

-5

Inhi

bit R

ack

4th

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 6

-7Re

set R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Rese

t Rac

k2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Rese

t Rac

k3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Rese

t Rac

k4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

IO Rack

Scanner ModeDiscrete IO Data Transfer

44820

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 133

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Block Transfer InputIn scanner mode even if a module has only a block transfer write you should map the module to input and output data so that the control and status data gets mapped

Block Transfer Read Structure-Input

Offset 0 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer read executes successfully on the RIO network Based on configuration of the 1756-RIO module and its RPI it may be possible that the controller may see this value increment by more than 1 count per program scan

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTR error bit offset 0 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer read It clears the bit when the block transfer read enable bit is reset in the corresponding BT control write structure

When a block transfer read error occurs offset 0 bits 8hellip10 contain Error Codes

When you execute a block transfer read in manual mode the 1756-RIO module sets offset 0 bit 12 to indicate that the block transfer read executed successfully The bit is reset when the corresponding BTREN bit is reset in the BT write control file

Offset 1 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer write executes successfully on the RIO network Based on the configuration of the 1756-RIO module and its RPI it may be possible that the controller may see this value increment by more than 1 count per program scan

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTW error bit offset 1 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer write It clears the bit when the block transfer write enable bit is reset in the corresponding BT control write structure

When a block transfer write occurs offset 1 bits 8hellip10 contain an error code When you execute a block transfer write in manual mode the 1756-RIO module sets offset 1 bit 12 BTWDN to indicate that the block transfer write executed successfully The bit is reset when the corresponding BTWEN bit is reset in the BT write control file

Word offsets 2hellipn contain the read data returned by the block transfer module

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Returned Read Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

44821

134 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

BT Read Structure Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (BT Read) 0hellip7 BTR update counter (increments each time BTR executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTR error code

11 BTRERR block transfer read error

12 BTRDN block transfer read done (manual mode only)

13hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip7 BTW update counter (increments each time BTW executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTW error code

11 BTWERR block transfer write error

12 BTWDN block transfer write done (manual mode only)

13hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTR data (64 integers max)

BT ReadOffset Word 0

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Returned Read Data Offset Words 2hellipn

Read Data Returned by the Block Transfer

BT WriteOffset Word 1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

Read

Don

eM

anua

l Mod

e O

nly

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Writ

e D

one

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved

44815

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 135

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Output

BT Write Structure-Output

Offset 0 bits 0hellip5 contain the block transfer read length

Offset 0 bit 8 contains the block transfer read enable bit for manual mode block transfers

Offset 0 bit 9 is used in two ways

bull In manual mode this bit is the block-transfer-read-continuous bit If this bit is set and the enable bit is set the 1756-RIO module re-enables block transfer reads when they execute successfully

bull In automatic and semi-automatic modes this bit inhibits all block transfers to the IO module

Offset 1 bits 0hellip5 contain the block transfer write length

Offset 1 bit 8 contains the block transfer write enable bit for manual mode block transfers

Offset 1 bit 9 is the block-transfer-write-continuous bit If this bit is set and the enable bit is set the 1756-RIO module re-enables block transfer writes when they execute successfully

Word offsets 2hellipn contain the write data sent to the block transfer write module

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Write Data Container for BTW Module

1st 16-bit Word

BTW44822

136 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Block Transfer Control Write Structure

BT Write Structure Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 0hellip5 BTR length (1hellip63 word 0 means BT module decides)

6hellip7 Reserved

8 BTREN block transfer read enable (manual mode only)

9 BTRCONT (manual mode only)

BT Inhibit (automatic modes - inhibits config BTW data BTW and data BTR)

10hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip5 BTW length (1hellip63 word 0 means BT module decides)

6hellip7 Reserved

8 BTWEN block transfer write enable (manual mode only)

9 BTWCONT continuous mode (manual mode only)

10hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTW Data (64 integers max)

BT ReadOffset Word 0

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Write Data Containerfor BTW Module

Offset Words 2hellipn

Write Data Container

BT Write Offset Word 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BT Read Length

BT Write Length BT W

rite

Enab

led

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us M

ode

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved Res

Res BT R

ead

Ena

bled

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us R

ead

BT

Inhi

bit

44816

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 137

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Error Codes

Error Code Description

0 OK

1 BTRBTW request ignored by block transfer module

2 Block transfer state mismatch

3hellip6 Reserved not currently used

7 Disabled

138 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Scanner Mode Block Transfer IO

BT Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Returned Read Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Returned Read DataOffset 2hellipn

Read Data Returned by the Block Transfer

BT Write 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

Read

Don

eM

anua

l Mod

e O

nly

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Writ

e D

one

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved

Block Transfer Control Write Structure

BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Write Data Containerfor BTW Module

Offset 2hellipn

Write Data Container

BT Write 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BT Read Length

BT Write Length BT W

rite

Enab

led

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us M

ode

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved Res

Res BT R

ead

Ena

bled

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us R

ead

BT

Inhi

bit

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

BT Write Structure - Output

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Write Data Container for BTW Module

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

IO Rack

Scanner ModeBlock Transfer IO

44823

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 139

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Notes

140 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix B

Adapter Mode IO Map

This section describes the remote IO data that gets mapped to the ControlLogix data for adapter mode

The structures that get mapped for adapter mode are similar to those for scanner mode with the exception of the control bits In adapter mode you have no control over when racks or block transfers update

The IO data can be remote IO input or output data on monitored or active racks

Discrete Data Discrete Input Data

In adapter mode the discrete input structure for a rack consists of two status words followed by eight words of discrete input data When you map any part of a rack to producedconsumed tag data the structure that gets mapped is for the entire rack number

Discrete Input Monitored Racks

Inputs on monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Only bits 0hellip3 of the first word of status data are used They consist of error bits that are set if there is a communication error with a partial rack Bit 0 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 0 bit 1 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 2 and so on

The bit is set if there is an error scanning the rack and is 0 otherwise

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Only First 3

Bits Used

1st Status Word

2nd Status Word

Not Used

44838

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 141

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

142 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Discrete Input Data Monitored Racks

Discrete Input Data Monitored Racks

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (Status) 0 Communication error first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

1 Communication error second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

2 Communication error third quarter (IO group 4hellip5)

3 Communication error fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

4hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved (pad for 32-bit alignment)

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete input data

Offset 0Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Status Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

0=Status OK 1=Error

44839

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 143

Discrete Input Active Racks

There are no status bits on active racks Inputs on active racks are mapped to ControlLogix outputs

Discrete Input Data Offset Active Racks - Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input DataReserved Words

Not Used

Not Used

44850

Discrete Input Data Active Racks

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete input data

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

44851

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

In adapter mode the discrete output structure for a rack consists of two pad words and eight words of discrete output data Whenever you map a rack to ControlLogix inputs 10 words of data get mapped for remote IO inputs and 10 words get mapped for remote IO outputs

Discrete outputs on monitored and active racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Reserved WordsNot Used

44852

144 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2- 9

Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Offset 1Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

44853

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete output data

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 145

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Adapter Mode Discrete IO Data Transfer-Monitored Racks

Discrete Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

ReadStatus Words

ControlLogix Input Tags

Read

Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input (Monitored Racks)

Status Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

0 = Status OK 1=Error

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output (Monitored Racks)

Reserved0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

IO Rack

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

Discrete Output (Monitored Racks)

ControlLogix Input Tags

44842

146 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Adapter Mode Discrete IO Data Transfer-Active Racks

IO Rack

p

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Discrete Read Structure - Input Monitored Racks

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input DataReserved Words

Not Used

Not Used

Discrete OutputActive Racks Only

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2- 9

Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Offset 1Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Discrete Write Structure Monitored Racks - Output

Reserved WordsNot Used

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

ControlLogix Output Tags

ControlLogix Input Tags

44854

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 147

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Modules This section shows the structures that get mapped to ControlLogix producedconsumed input or output data when you map a block transfer module

Even if a module has only block transfer read or write data you should map the module to producedconsumed input and output data so that the control and status data gets mapped

On monitored racks block transfer read and write data maps to ControlLogix inputs

On active racks block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix output data Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix input data

Block Transfer Read Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Block transfer read data on monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Block transfer read data on active racks are mapped from ControlLogix outputs

Block Transfer Reads on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Description

0 Reserved always 0

1 Reserved always 0

2hellipn Up to 64 words of BTR data

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Reserved Block Transfer Read Data Up To 64 Words

1st 16-bit Word

44855

148 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Block Transfer Read Structure

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTR data (64 integers max)

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-nBTR Data

BTR Data (64 integers max)

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

44846

On monitored racks this is mapped to ControlLogix inputs On active racks this is mapped to ControlLogix outputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 149

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Write Data on Monitored or Active Racks

The data mapped for block transfer writes consists of two status words followed by up to 64 words of data on active or monitored racks Block transfer write data on active and monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Offset 0 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer read executes successfully

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTR error bit offset 0 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer read It clears the bit when the block transfer read enable bit occurs

When a block transfer read error occurs offset 0 bit 8hellip10 contain an error code

The error codes are as follows

Block Transfer Error Codes

Error Code Description

0 OK

1 Time-out

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Block Transfer Write Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

44843

44847

150 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Block Transfer Write Structure

Block Transfer Write Structure on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip7 BTR update counter (increments each time BTR executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTR error code

11 BTRERR block transfer read error

12hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip7 BTW update counter (increments each time BTW executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTW error code

11 BTWERR block transfer write error

12hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTW data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 0BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Offset Words 2-n

BTW Data

BTW Data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 1BT Write

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Reserved

Reserved

44844

Block transfer writes on active and monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 151

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Adapter Mode Block Transfer IO

Offset Word 0BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Offset Words 2-n

BTW Data

BTW Data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 1BT Write

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Reserved

Reserved

IO Rack

BT Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Block Transfer Write Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

BT Write Structure - Output

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Reserved Block Transfer Read Data Up To 64 Words

1st 16-bit Word

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-nBTR Data

BTR Data (64 integers max)

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Mapped as ControlLogix input data for active and monitored racks

Mapped as ControlLogix input data for monitored racksMapped as ControlLogix output data for active racks

152 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix C

Block Transfer Module Templates

Block transfer module templates have been created and installed by the add-on profile for these modules

Supported Modules

Not all modules are listed If your module is not in the list you can use the Generic BT_MODULE profile in the software or create your own template specific to your exact module or configuration This appendix covers the basics for creating your own module template

The properties of block transfer modules are defined in files in the subdirectory rsquoTemplatesrsquo of the directory where the 1756-RIO software is installed Template files have the extension BtModTpl The BtModTpl files can be opened with Microsoft Notepad

Template files are simple text files that define the properties of the block transfer module

IO Family Cat No

1746 SLC middot 1746-N14

middot 1746-N18

middot 1746-N04V

middot 1746-NT4

1771 PLC-5 middot 1771-DE middot 1771-NIV

middot 1771-IFE-16CH (in single-ended 16 Channel configuration)

middot 1771-NOC-noBTR

middot 1771-IFE-8CH (in differential 8 Channel configuration)

middot 1771-NOC

middot 1771-IL-Alarms middot 1771-NOV-noBTR

middot 1771-IL middot 1771-NOV

middot 1771-IR middot 1771-NR

middot 1771-IXE middot 1771-OFE-diag

middot 1771-NIV-Alarms middot 1771-OFE

1794 FLEX middot 1794-IE4XOE2 middot 1794-OE4

middot 1794-IE8

TIP The best way to create a template is to use an existing template as an example Use one that is similar to what you want to create copy it to a new file and modify it The following are examples of template records

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 153

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Block Transfer Template Records

Description

A template usually contains a description record which consists of the keyword Desc followed by an equal sign and up to 79 characters of text enclosed in quotes

The description text displays in the configuration dialog box for any modules created from the template

Note

A note record which consists of the keyword Note followed by an equal sign and then up to 79 characters of text enclosed in quotes conveys information that a user needs when creating a module from this template

The note text displays in the configuration dialog box for any modules created from the template

ATTENTION Anything after a semicolon on a line is treated as a comment and is ignored

EXAMPLE Desc=1771-IFE - 8 Channel Single Ended

Desc=1771-OFE - Binary Format No BTR

EXAMPLE Note=Always set mapped output data word 0hellip8880 hexadecimal in the ControlLogix

154 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

Block Transfer Lengths

A block transfer has three lengths associated with it

CfgLen

The configuration length rsquoCfgLenrsquo is the length of the additional configuration block transfer write data sent once to the block transfer module to initialize it

BtwLen

The block transfer write length rsquoBtwLenrsquo is the length of the block transfer write sent to the module during normal data update

BtrLen

The block transfer read length rsquoBtrLenrsquo is the length of the block transfer read received from the module during normal data update Default Configuration Data Values

The template usually contains default values for the configuration block transfer write

CfgData

Each value consists of the keyword rsquoCfgDatarsquo an offset enclosed in square brackets an equal sign and the data value

Offset Value

The offset is an offset into the configuration block transfer write and ranges from 0hellip(BtwLen+CfgLen-1)

Data Value

The data value can be expressed in decimal or hexadecimal (leading 0x as shown in the example above)

EXAMPLE CfgData[ 8]=0x0fff

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 155

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

The configuration program uses the default configuration data to select the initial values when you create a block transfer module from the template

Parameters

Parameters let you assign values to the configuration data different from the default values for a specific module created from a standard template

Parameters appear in the configuration dialog for any modules created from the template

Parameter definitions begin with the keyword rsquoParmDescrsquo and end with the keyword rsquoParmEndrsquo

Parameter definitions contain

bull a description to display in the module dialog

bull the location in the dialog box

bull the location in the configuration data

bull a data value

Description

Parameter definitions begin with the keyword rsquoParmDescrsquo which is followed by an equal sign and then up to 39 characters of text to be displayed in the dialog box

Location in Dialog Box

The screen location in terms of row (Row=0-63) and column (Col=0-2) where the parameter displays in the dialog box

Location in the Configuration Data

The location of the parameter in the configuration block transfer is defined in terms of offset data mask and bit shift

The offset is the offset into the configuration block transfer from 0hellip63 It is specified by the keyword rsquoOfsrsquo an equal sign and the offset value

EXAMPLE CfgData[ 4]=0x8000 0-3DataPol 4 6 8 10MinScaPol 5 7 9 11MaxScalPol 15BinFmt

CfgData[ 5] Min Scale ch 1

156 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

The shift is the number of bits The value you enter is shifted left from 0hellip15 It is specified by the keyword rsquoShiftrsquo an equal sign and the shift value

The mask selects bits in the value you enter It is specified by the keywordrsquoMaskrsquo an equal sign and the mask value usually in hexadecimal

The value you enter is logically ANDed with the mask shifted left by the shift value and ORed into the configuration word given by the offset

Data Value

Data values can be defined as a numerical value or from a selection list Numerical values are defined in terms of a format (BcdSgn BcdUns BinSgn or BinSgn) the corresponding data value mask and shift values and minimum and maximum values Selection lists can contain up to 256 selection values The configuration dialog for a module created from the template displays the names of the selection values

EXAMPLE Ofs=8 Mask=0x00ff Shift=2

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 157

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Parameter Examples

Example 1 Numeric Value

Min Scale

ParmDesc=Min Scale Ch 1 Col=0 Row=0 Ofs=5 Mask=Oxffff Shift=0

BinSgn MinVal=-4095 MaxVal=4095

ParmEnd

Example 2 Selection

Channel 1

ParmDesc=Range Select Ch 1Col=0 Row=2 Ofs=0 Mask=0x0003Shift=0

Select= 1 to 5V 4 to 20mA 0

Select= 0 to 5V 0 to 20mA 1

Select=-5 to 5V-20 to 20mA 2

Select=-10 to 10V 0 to 10V 3

ParmEnd

158 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

Aliases

Aliases define the names and descriptions exported from the configuration program and imported into the RSLogix 5000 project They begin with keyword rsquoAliasInprsquo or rsquoAliasOutrsquo an offset enclosed in square brackets a name consisting of up to 15 characters enclosed in quotes and a description consisting of up to 79 characters enclosed in quotes

EXAMPLE AliasInp[ 0]=_DAC_Ch1 Raw Data Channel 1

AliasOut[ 0]=_Ch1 Data - Channel 1

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 159

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Notes

160 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix D

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

This section covers problems that may occur with your 1756-RIO module The following areas are covered

bull 1756-RIO modulersquos alphanumeric display

bull RIO status indicator

bull CLX status indicator

bull OK status indicator

bull Debug log

bull Fatal errors

bull Updating the firmware

Alphanumeric Display The 4-character alphanumeric display shows lsquoRIO Scannerrsquo or lsquoRIO Adapterrsquo followed by the firmware version number and any banner text defined in the module configuration

The display shows the following messages at power-up

If the indicator on the 1756-RIO module does not cycle through these messages on powerup contact Technical Support

Message Description

Bnn Stages in the start-up processes nn is a hexadecimal number

Boot Next stage in power-up sequence

RIO Scanner v xxxxx Module firmware revision

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 161

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

Status Indicators The 1756-RIO module has three status indicators to indicate the state of internal operations The status indicators are labeled RIO CLX and OK

RIO Status Indicator ndash Remote Devices Status

The RIO indicator displays the status of the Remote IO network connection Status varies depending on the mode of the module

Scanner Mode

In order of priority highest first

Module Display and Indicators

Indicator Description

1 Module status display

2 RIO status indicator

3 CLX status indicator

4 OK status indicator

Indicator Status Description

RIO Red A frame-receive error has been received in the last second (CRC error abort or time-out) Indicator stays red for 1 second after the error occurs

One or more racks are in error

Flashing redoff

At least one rack being scanned (not inhibited) is in error One or more racks are inhibited

Yellow Idle no racks are configured

Flashing yellowoff

All configured racks are inhibited

Flashing greenoff

No racks being scanned (not inhibited) are in error but one or more racks are inhibited

Green Successful communication with all configured racks no inhibited racks

RIO CLX OK

44777ADAPTER MOD 1

2 3 4

162 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators Appendix D

Adapter Mode

In order of priority highest first

CLX Status Indicator ndash ControlBus Status

The CLX indicator displays the status of communication with the ControlLogix processor

Indicator Status Description

RIO Red A frame-receive error has been received in the last second (CRC error abort or time-out) Indicator stays red for 1 second after the error occurs

Flashing redoff

One or more racks are not being scanned

Flashing greenoff

Configuration mismatch on one or more racks

Green All racks are being scanned and there are no configuration mismatches

Indicator Status Description

CLX Green The module has successfully processed a request from the ControlBus backplane within the last five seconds All required connections are open

Flashing greenoff

Controlling Connection is open but not all required connections are open

Yellow Idle no requests received from the backplane in the last five seconds No connections empty configuration

Flashing yellowoff

Controlling Connection is not open

Red The module has returned a CIP error to a request from the backplane within the last second All required connections are open

Flashing redoff The module has returned a CIP error within the last second All required connections are not open

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 163

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

OK Status Indicator ndash Module Health

The Debug LogThe firmware on the 1756-RIO module maintains a log of informational and diagnostic messages that can be useful in determining the cause of configuration and network problems

To view the log select MonitorgtDebug Log in the scanner or adapter configuration program within the configuration tool

Fatal ErrorsFatal errors occur when the firmware on the module encounters an unexpected condition The module stops running turns all three status indicators red and displays the fatal error number on the 4-character display The module also records its state at the time the fatal error occurred in a log

To clear the fatal error and capture the fatal error log follow these steps

1 Cycle power on the module The 4-character display should show ldquoFaltalErrorCaputure requiredrdquo

2 From the Tools menu choose 1756-RIO Fatal Error Capture in the scanner or adapter configuration program

3 Store the fatal error log to a file

This also clears the fatal error on the module

Contact Technical Support and provide them with the fatal error log file to help diagnose the cause of the problem

Indicator Status Description

OK Green Indicates that module has passed all power-up diagnostics and is functioning normally

Red Indicates that module startup diagnostics failed or a major module fault such as watchdog time-out or jabber inhibit occurred

IMPORTANT If all three status indicators are solid red and the 4-character display shows Mxx (where xx is the error number) a fatal error has occurred See Fatal Errors Make a note of the error code numbers to give Tech Support if you must call for help

164 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators Appendix D

Watchdog and Jabber Inhibit

A watchdog timer is implemented in the modulersquos hardware If the firmware does not kick the watchdog within the time-out period the watchdog times out and generates a fatal error with error code D1 In scanner mode the module stops scanning In adapter mode all racks stop communication

A jabber inhibit timer is implemented in the modulersquos hardware If the network transmitter is on longer than 150 of the longest network frame time the jabber inhibit forces the transmitter off and generates a fatal error with error code D0

In scanner mode the module stops scanning In adapter mode the module stops communicating on the back plane and Remote IO network

Updating the Firmware

The module firmware updates using the scanner or adapter configuration program To update the firmware in the configuration tool from the Tools menu choose Set 1756-RIO ScannerAdapter Mode Setting the mode loads the latest firmware onto the module

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 165

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

Notes

166 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 167

Appendix E

Quick Start

ControlLogix System Quick Start

Use the following steps to quickly get the module running in a ControlLogix system Detailed information about each step is available in other sections of this manual or in the installation manual You can have only one scanner per RIO network Remove any other scanners on the RIO network before continuing The RIO module ships in scanner mode You can adjust the instructions to fit the mode that matches your needs

1 Install RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

2 Install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

3 Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the 1756-RIO modulersquos add-on profile found on the installation CD shipped with the module or download it from httpsupportrockwellautomationcomcontrolflashLogixProfilerasp

RSLinx software and RSLogix 5000 programming software must be installed before the add-on profile

See page 19

4 Create a project in RSLogix 5000 programming software

5 Add a 1756 controller to your project

See page 23

6 Add a 1756-RIO module to the project by right-clicking on the chassis in the Controller Organizer and selecting New Module

The Select Module dialog box appears

7 Expand the Communications heading and select the 1756-RIO module Click OK

See page 24

8 Select the General tab on the Module Properties dialog box to set the module properties

Appendix E Quick Start

168 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

9 Enter the module name and slot number

See page 24

10 Click the Change button in the Module Definition section Select your desired mode scanner or adapter

The module ships in scanner mode Note the number of inputoutput tags If this number is not the same after you map your data with the configuration tool you will have to return to this screen and change them to match your configuration You can specify independently the number of input and output tags within the range of 1hellip10 Each tag you create will create a block of 248 integers For example a value of 2 will create 2x248 or 498 integers

11 When done click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

See page 25

12 Select the Connection tab on the Module Properties dialog box

13 Set the Requested Packet Interval (RPI)

See page 27

14 Click on the Remote IO tab name the RIO file and click the OK button

15 Choose Yes on the Create dialog box

See page 31

This will close the Module Properties dialog box You will need to double-click on the 1756-RIO module in the controller organizer to re-open the Module Properties dialog box

16 Click on the Configure Remote IO Devices button on the Module Properties dialog box to launch the configuration tool

17 In the configuration tool if needed under the Tools menu select Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode command to match the RIO module functionality to match your application Scanner or Adapter

See pages 33

18 Configure the RIO module to match your application In scanner mode add the desired racks to scan and any block transfer modules In adapter mode configure the desired racks to be emulated or monitored and add any block transfer modules Map all entries either manually or by using the Automap command

See pages 51 and 76

Quick Start Appendix E

19 Download the configuration to the module From the configuration toolrsquos Configure menu choose Download Configuration Set the communication path when prompted

See page 91

20 Save the project

21 Go online in the RSLogix 5000 project and download the configuration to the controller

See page 30

See Chapters 2 and 3 for in-depth information on setting module modes and configuration

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 169

Appendix E Quick Start

Notes

170 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Index

Symbolsrio file 116

Numerics1756-RIO module 124-character display 13 12556RioCfgAdpt 19 6956RioCfgScan 19 33 40 57

Aabsolute addresses 84ActBTR 78ActInp 77active 67active inputs 98 108active rack 46 61 67 108

table 117adapter 11

configuration 115mode 11 15 62 86 87 98 124 165program 19

add-on profile 15 16 19 167alias prefix 85aliases 56 76 84 89analog 46 109

data 72archive

configurations 94template check command 95templates command 94

asynchronous 29auto 64

configuration 65configure 41 62map 62mapping 53

automatic 49automatic block transfers 50Avg Update Time 113 114

Bbackplane 66 125base tag 85baud rate 39 63 115block transfer 64 72 136

data 11 37input 134module 11 70 72module type 74

monitor command 108read 98 109read data 78read-and-write-update rates 50timing 116update 50 66write 78 109

blue 68blue hose 14BT

global update 120global update diagnostics table 121MODULE 72Module 98-module 48Module Parameterization 48Mon 109template file 95

BtMon 97

BT-MODULE 66BTR

Len 110len 75Length 73Map Len 113Mon Len 113

BTWLength 73Map Len 114Max Len 114Min Len 114

btw len 75

Cclear

all mappings 57 80block transfer module data mappings 82diagnostics 124Log 123rack map 58

CLX 14Clx Input 78Clx Input data 77Clx Output 78Clx Output data 77

communication path 62 91configuration

tool 29 54 83tree 67

configure 64adapter mode 61-82

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 171

Index

scanner mode 37-59connections 51control program 87controller organizer 16 167ControlLogix

controller 11controller inputs 78inputs 77 141outputs 77 87

counter 134Cyclic Redundancy Check 119

Ddata

blocks 54offset 54 77

debug log 98 121delete

partial rack 46rack 46 71

DiagMon 97 117 120diagnostic counters 120diagnostics 111 114DiscMon 97 102discrete 37 46

data 11input data 129inputs 99output data 131outputs 90 99 107read structure 129write structure 131

door label 13 14download 44 65 127DTL32DLL 20

Eelectronic keying 26empty configuration 64emulate 15 61 67ending IO group 68 70error bit 129 134export 51 56 76

aliases 84 86scanner configuration 97 115

Ffatal error log 125fatal errors 98 125

firmware 15 121 125 165

Ggeneric module type 67global diagnostic counters 117

Hhardware 125hexadecimal 103 109

IIO

data 76discrete inputs 97discrete outputs 98module 50 72

import 56inhibit 131input tags - output tags 26inputs 37integer 109internal array 87 101

Jjabber inhibit timer 165

Lladder logic 99LED Banner name 39 63lightning bolt 67 68link module configuration 83-95listen 97 101LogMon 97 122

Mmain menu 117manual 49

mode 50 134 136manually map 53map 62mapping configuration 51Max Update Time 113 114Min Update Time 113 114mode 31module

definition 17 168

172 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Index

profiles setup dialog box 21type 73

MonBTR 78MonBTW 78MonInp 77monitor 112

BT module 109diagnostics counters 117discrete inputs 101discrete outputs 104inputs 106mode 11 15 61 100outputs 101

monitored rack 46 61 67 72 115MonOut 77MPSetupexe program 20

Nnetwork

configuration 64traffic 66tree 43 69

Ooctal 102 105 118offset 55 134 136OK 14output table 52 57 76 79outputs 15 37

Ppacket 119partial rack 41 67 120 129PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC 15producedconsumed

data 11 61 67data connections 79input data 69tag 11 51 129

program mode 50 64 99 131protocol 119 120

Qquarter rack 68 129

Rrack

diagnostic counters 117 120

map discretes 53number 102type 70

red 68re-import 56re-map all command 56Remote

IO network 117 165remote

chassis 97IO 67 69IO inputs 61IO network 11 37 73 97IO outputs 61IO scanner 73 77 100IO scanner inputs 77network 16

requested pack interval 11 22resize 45 69 70resize partial rack 70RIO 14

output placeholders 86output placeholders base tag 86

root 69row 120RPI 11RSLinx

communication path 102 109 117 124Gateway 15Professional 15software 15 16 124 167

RSLogix 5000control program 84programming software 15 16 87 167project 22 24 67 76 89 101

RTB connection 13run mode 50 64 65 99

Sscanner 11

configuration file 115log 121mode 15 37 85 99 109 122 131

scanner mode IO map 129-139semi-automatic 49 50shadow 15signed 109signed decimal 103slot 72 121

number 25starting IO group 68 118

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 173

Index

status data 129status indicators 13

Ttemplate 46 72termination 119test mode 99throughput 29timing data 116toolbar 92 117 124tools menu 88tree 72 87

troubleshooting display and status indicators 161-165

Uunassigned IO addresses 76unsigned 109unsigned decimal 103 104update block transfers 99Update Count 113 114upgrade 101upload 92

174 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret AŞ Kar Plaza İş Merkezi E Blok Kat6 34752 İccedilerenkoumly İstanbul Tel +90 (216) 5698400

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 176Supersedes Publication 1756-UM534A-EN-P - April 2009 Copyright copy 2010 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupport you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make thebest use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupport

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation review the information that is contained in this manualYou can contact Customer Support for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Documentation Feedback

Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document complete this form publication RA-DU002 available at httpwwwrockwellautomationcomliterature

United States or Canada 14406463434

Outside United States or Canada

Use the Worldwide Locator at httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupportamericasphone_enhtml or contact your local Rockwell Automation representative

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • 1756-UM534B-EN-P ControlLogix Remote IO Communication Module User Manual
  • Summary of Changes
    • New and Updated Information
      • Table of Contents
      • Preface
        • Introduction
        • Who Should Use This Manual
        • Information Found in This Manual
        • Additional Resources
          • Chapter 1 - The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started
            • Introduction
            • 1756-RIO Module Components
            • 1756-RIO Module Requirements
            • The 1756-RIO Modes
            • Prepare the Module
            • Install the Software
            • Install the Add-on Profile
            • Create the RSLogix 5000 Project
              • Configure the Controller
              • Add the 1756-RIO Module
              • Enter the RPI
                • Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project
                • Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode
                  • Launch the 1756-RIO Configuration Tool
                      • Chapter 2 - Configure Scanner Mode
                        • Introduction
                        • Configure Scanner Summary
                        • Set the Baud Rate
                        • Autoconfigure Racks
                        • Manually Configure Racks
                          • Matching Configuration Tool Settings with Module Settings
                          • Resize a Rack
                          • Delete a Rack
                            • Configure Block Transfer Modules
                            • Map IO Data
                              • Automatic Mapping
                              • Manually Map Discrete (rack) Data
                              • Manually Map Block Transfer Data
                              • Re-Map Command
                              • Clear Mappings
                                  • Chapter 3 - Configure Adapter Mode
                                    • Introduction
                                    • Configure Adapter Summary
                                    • Set the Baud Rate
                                    • Autoconfigure Racks
                                      • Perform the AutoConfiguration
                                      • Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network
                                        • Manually Configure Racks
                                          • Resizing Racks
                                          • Delete Racks
                                            • Configure Block-transfer Modules
                                            • Map IO Data
                                              • Automatic Mapping
                                              • Manually Map Discrete Data
                                              • Re-Map Command
                                              • Clear Mappings
                                                  • Chapter 4 - Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project
                                                    • Introduction
                                                    • Commission Summary
                                                    • Aliases
                                                      • Export Aliases in Scanner Mode
                                                      • Export Aliases in Adapter Mode
                                                      • Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System
                                                        • Manage Configurations
                                                          • Download and Upload Configurations
                                                          • Save Configurations to Disk
                                                          • Archive Configurations
                                                              • Chapter 5 - Monitor Remote IO
                                                                • Introduction
                                                                • Commission Summary
                                                                • Scan Mode and Monitor Mode
                                                                  • Scan Remote IO in Scanner Mode
                                                                  • Monitor Remote IO in Adapter Mode
                                                                    • Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Inputs in Scanner Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Outputs in Scanner Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Inputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Outputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Active Inputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                        • Monitor Block Transfers
                                                                          • Monitor Block Transfers in Scanner Mode
                                                                          • Monitor Block Transfers in Adapter Mode
                                                                            • Export Scanner Configurations
                                                                              • Monitor Mode
                                                                                • Other Diagnostics
                                                                                  • Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Scanner Mode
                                                                                  • Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Adapter Mode
                                                                                  • Module Scanner Log
                                                                                  • Clear Diagnostics
                                                                                  • Fatal Errors
                                                                                      • App A - Scanner Mode IO Map
                                                                                        • Discrete Input Data
                                                                                        • Discrete Output Data
                                                                                        • Block Transfer Input
                                                                                        • Block Transfer Output
                                                                                          • App B - Adapter Mode IO Map
                                                                                            • Discrete Data
                                                                                              • Discrete Input Data
                                                                                              • Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                • Block Transfer Modules
                                                                                                  • Block Transfer Read Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                  • Block Transfer Write Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                      • App C - Block Transfer Module Templates
                                                                                                        • Block Transfer Template Records
                                                                                                        • Block Transfer Lengths
                                                                                                        • Parameters
                                                                                                        • Parameter Examples
                                                                                                        • Aliases
                                                                                                          • App D - Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators
                                                                                                            • Alphanumeric Display
                                                                                                            • Status Indicators
                                                                                                              • RIO Status Indicator ndash Remote Devices Status
                                                                                                              • CLX Status Indicator ndash ControlBus Status
                                                                                                              • OK Status Indicator ndash Module Health
                                                                                                              • The Debug Log
                                                                                                              • Fatal Errors
                                                                                                              • Watchdog and Jabber Inhibit
                                                                                                              • Updating the Firmware
                                                                                                                  • Quick Start
                                                                                                                    • ControlLogix System Quick Start
                                                                                                                      • Index
                                                                                                                        • Symbols
                                                                                                                        • Numerics
                                                                                                                        • A
                                                                                                                        • B
                                                                                                                        • C
                                                                                                                        • D
                                                                                                                        • E
                                                                                                                        • F
                                                                                                                        • G
                                                                                                                        • H
                                                                                                                        • I
                                                                                                                        • J
                                                                                                                        • L
                                                                                                                        • M
                                                                                                                        • N
                                                                                                                        • O
                                                                                                                        • P
                                                                                                                        • Q
                                                                                                                        • R
                                                                                                                        • S
                                                                                                                        • T
                                                                                                                        • U
                                                                                                                          • Back Cover
                                                                                                                            • Introduction_Catagory Types

                                                                                                                              Print Spec Sheet

                                                                                                                              ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles true AutoRotatePages All Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Dot Gain 20) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (US Web Coated 050SWOP051 v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket false DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 1 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo true PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo true PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo false PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Remove UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile () AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 300 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Average ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 200000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 300 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Average GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 200000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Average MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 150000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects false CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName () PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false Description ltlt CHS ltFEFF4f7f75288fd94e9b8bbe5b9a521b5efa7684002000500044004600206587686353ef901a8fc7684c976262535370673a548c002000700072006f006f00660065007200208fdb884c9ad88d2891cf62535370300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c676562535f00521b5efa768400200050004400460020658768633002gt CHT ltFEFF4f7f752890194e9b8a2d7f6e5efa7acb7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065874ef653ef5728684c9762537088686a5f548c002000700072006f006f00660065007200204e0a73725f979ad854c18cea7684521753706548679c300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c4f86958b555f5df25efa7acb76840020005000440046002065874ef63002gt DAN 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 DEU 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 ESP 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 FRA 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 ITA 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 JPN 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 KOR ltFEFFc7740020c124c815c7440020c0acc6a9d558c5ec0020b370c2a4d06cd0d10020d504b9b0d1300020bc0f0020ad50c815ae30c5d0c11c0020ace0d488c9c8b85c0020c778c1c4d560002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020bb38c11cb97c0020c791c131d569b2c8b2e4002e0020c774b807ac8c0020c791c131b41c00200050004400460020bb38c11cb2940020004100630072006f0062006100740020bc0f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020c774c0c1c5d0c11c0020c5f40020c2180020c788c2b5b2c8b2e4002egt NLD (Gebruik deze instellingen om Adobe PDF-documenten te maken voor kwaliteitsafdrukken op desktopprinters en proofers De gemaakte PDF-documenten kunnen worden geopend met Acrobat en Adobe Reader 50 en hoger) NOR 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 PTB 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 SUO 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 SVE ltFEFF0041006e007600e4006e00640020006400650020006800e4007200200069006e0073007400e4006c006c006e0069006e006700610072006e00610020006f006d002000640075002000760069006c006c00200073006b006100700061002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740020006600f600720020006b00760061006c00690074006500740073007500740073006b0072006900660074006500720020007000e5002000760061006e006c00690067006100200073006b0072006900760061007200650020006f006300680020006600f600720020006b006f007200720065006b007400750072002e002000200053006b006100700061006400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740020006b0061006e002000f600700070006e00610073002000690020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f00630068002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00630068002000730065006e006100720065002egt ENU (Use these settings to create Adobe PDF documents for quality printing on desktop printers and proofers Created PDF documents can be opened with Acrobat and Adobe Reader 50 and later) gtgt Namespace [ (Adobe) (Common) (10) ] OtherNamespaces [ ltlt AsReaderSpreads false CropImagesToFrames true ErrorControl WarnAndContinue FlattenerIgnoreSpreadOverrides false IncludeGuidesGrids false IncludeNonPrinting false IncludeSlug false Namespace [ (Adobe) (InDesign) (40) ] OmitPlacedBitmaps false OmitPlacedEPS false OmitPlacedPDF false SimulateOverprint Legacy gtgt ltlt AddBleedMarks false AddColorBars false AddCropMarks false AddPageInfo false AddRegMarks false ConvertColors NoConversion DestinationProfileName () DestinationProfileSelector NA Downsample16BitImages true FlattenerPreset ltlt PresetSelector MediumResolution gtgt FormElements false GenerateStructure true IncludeBookmarks false IncludeHyperlinks false IncludeInteractive false IncludeLayers false IncludeProfiles true MultimediaHandling UseObjectSettings Namespace [ (Adobe) (CreativeSuite) (20) ] PDFXOutputIntentProfileSelector NA PreserveEditing true UntaggedCMYKHandling LeaveUntagged UntaggedRGBHandling LeaveUntagged UseDocumentBleed false gtgt ]gtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2400 2400] PageSize [612000 792000]gtgt setpagedevice

                                                                                                                              JIT Printing Specifications RA-QR005F-EN-P - 8072009
                                                                                                                              Printing Specification YOUR DATA HERE Instructions NO
                                                                                                                              (required) Category D6 Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab 11rdquo x 17rdquo LOOSE -Loose Leaf YES Pre-sale Marketing TOP
                                                                                                                              (required) Finished Trim Size Width 85rdquo x 11rdquo 85rdquo x 11rdquo PERFECT - Perfect Bound A1 LEFT
                                                                                                                              (required) Publication Number 1756-UM534B-EN-P Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P 3rdquo x 5rdquo SADDLE - Saddle Stitch A2 RIGHT CORNER
                                                                                                                              Use Legacy Number YES or NO 18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound) A4 BOTTOM SIDE
                                                                                                                              Legacy Number if applicable Sample Legacy Number 0160-533 24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster STAPLED1 -1 position A3
                                                                                                                              Publication Title ControlLogix Remote IO Communication Module Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief 36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position A5
                                                                                                                              (required) Business Group Marketing Commercial As entered in DocMan 4rdquo x 6rdquo STAPLED2 - 2 positions A6
                                                                                                                              (required) Cost Center 19010 As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021 CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105 475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size) THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound) A7
                                                                                                                              BindingStitching PERFECT - Perfect Bound Review key on right Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise) 475rdquo x 775rdquo THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline) A8
                                                                                                                              (required) Page Count of Publication 172 Total page count including cover 55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size) Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline) A9
                                                                                                                              Paper Stock Color white White is assumed For color options contact your vendor 6rdquo x 4rdquo Post Sale Technical Communication
                                                                                                                              Number of Tabs Needed 5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley 7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std) B1
                                                                                                                              Stitching Location SIDE Blank Corner or Side 825rdquo x 10875rdquo B2
                                                                                                                              Drill Hole YESNO YES All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border 825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std) B3 None
                                                                                                                              Glue Location on Pad Glue location on pads 8375rdquo x 10875 B4 Half
                                                                                                                              Number of Pages per Pad Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max 9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder) B5 C
                                                                                                                              Ink Color Black One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm) Catalogs DbleParll
                                                                                                                              Used in Manufacturing No A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm) C1 Offset Z
                                                                                                                              Fold Sample
                                                                                                                              Comments C2 Short
                                                                                                                              Part Number NA JIT POD V
                                                                                                                              D1 Z
                                                                                                                              D2 Microfold
                                                                                                                              D3
                                                                                                                              D4
                                                                                                                              D5
                                                                                                                              D6
                                                                                                                              D7
                                                                                                                              D8
                                                                                                                              D9
                                                                                                                              This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
                                                                                                                              Publication Type and Print Category
                                                                                                                              Publication Type Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below) JIT Spec (See table below) Description Order Min Order Max Life Cycle Usage Release Option
                                                                                                                              AD NA - Puttman NA Advertisement Reprint Colour NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              AP A3 D2 Application Solution or Customer Success Story 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              AR NA NA ArticleEditorialByline NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              (press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
                                                                                                                              AT B3 B4 D5 Application techniques 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              BR A2 Primary A1 NA Brochures 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CA C2 Primary C1 NA Catalogue 1 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CG NA NA Catalogue Guide 1 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CL NA NA Collection 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CO A5 A6 A9 D5 Company Confidential Information NA NA NA Confidential
                                                                                                                              CP E-only E-only D5 Competitive Information 5 50 NA Confidential
                                                                                                                              DC E-only E-only Discount Schedules NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DI A1 A3 NA Direct Mail 5 100 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DM NA NA Product Demo 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DS B3 D5 Dimensions Sheet 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              DU B3 D5 Document Update 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              GR B2 D6 Getting Results 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              IN B3 Primary B2 D5 D6 Installation instructions 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              LM NA NA Launch Materials 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              PC B3 D5 Packaging Contents
                                                                                                                              PL E-only primary B3 E-only Price List 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              PM B2 D6 Programming Manual 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              PP A3 D1 Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              QR B2 primary B3 B5 D5 D6 Quick Reference 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              QS B2 primary B3 B5 D5 D6 Quick Start 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              RM B2 D5 D6 Reference Manual 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              RN B3 D5 Release Notes 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              SG B1 Primary B4 D5 D6 Selection Guide Colour 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              SG B2 D5 D6 Selection Guide BW 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              SP A1 A2 A3 A4 NA Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type 5 100 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              SR B2 B3 D5 D6 Specification Rating Sheet 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              TD B2 Primary B3 B4 B5 D5 D6 Technical Data 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              TG B2 B3 D6 Troubleshooting Guide 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              UM B2 Primary B4 D6 User Manual BW 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              WD B3 D5 Wiring Diagrams Dwgs 1 5 Post Internal
                                                                                                                              WP B3 Primary B5 D5 White Paper 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
                                                                                                                              Publication length Minimum Order Quantity
                                                                                                                              77 or more pages 1 (no shrink wrap required)
                                                                                                                              33 to 76 pages 25
                                                                                                                              3 to 32 pages 50
                                                                                                                              1 or 2 pages 100
                                                                                                                              Pre-sale Marketing All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              A1 4 color 170 gsm 2pp 100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A2 4 color 170 gsm folded 4pp 100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A3 4 color Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A4 2 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A5 2 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
                                                                                                                              A6 1 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
                                                                                                                              A7 4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide Category being deleted 10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              A8 4 color cover Category being deleted 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              2 color text
                                                                                                                              Selection Guide
                                                                                                                              A9 2 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              Selection Guide
                                                                                                                              Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
                                                                                                                              Post Sale Technical Communication
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              B1 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              2 color text 50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B2 1 color 160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond 90 Cover50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B3 1 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              B4 2 color 160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond 90 Cover50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B5 2 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              Catalogs
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              C1 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              4 color text 45 Coated Sheet
                                                                                                                              C2 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              2 color text 32-33 Coated Sheet
                                                                                                                              JIT POD All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              D1 4 color 170gsm white silk 80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
                                                                                                                              D2 4 color 120gsm white silk 80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
                                                                                                                              D3 4 color Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
                                                                                                                              D4 1 color 160gsm tab 90 index
                                                                                                                              D5 1 color 80gsm bond 20 bond self cover
                                                                                                                              D6 1 color Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              D7 2 color 160gsm tab 90 index
                                                                                                                              D8 2 color 80gsm bond 20 bond self cover
                                                                                                                              D9 2 color Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              D10 Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories

Summary of Changes

Notes

4 4Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Table of Contents

Preface Introduction 9Who Should Use This Manual 10Information Found in This Manual 10Additional Resources 10

Chapter 1The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Introduction 111756-RIO Module Components 131756-RIO Module Requirements 15The 1756-RIO Modes 15Prepare the Module 16Install the Software 19Install the Add-on Profile 19Create the RSLogix 5000 Project 22

Configure the Controller 23Add the 1756-RIO Module 24Enter the RPI 27

Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project 30Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode 30

Launch the 1756-RIO Configuration Tool 31

Chapter 2Configure Scanner Mode Introduction 37

Configure Scanner Summary 38Set the Baud Rate 39Autoconfigure Racks 40Manually Configure Racks 43

Matching Configuration Tool Settings with Module Settings 44Resize a Rack 45Delete a Rack 46

Configure Block Transfer Modules 46Map IO Data 51

Automatic Mapping 53Manually Map Discrete (rack) Data 53Manually Map Block Transfer Data 55Re-Map Command 56Clear Mappings 57

Chapter 3Configure Adapter Mode Introduction 61

Configure Adapter Summary 62Set the Baud Rate 63Autoconfigure Racks 64

Perform the AutoConfiguration 65

5Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 5

Table of Contents

Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network 67Manually Configure Racks 69

Resizing Racks 70Delete Racks 71

Configure Block-transfer Modules 72Map IO Data 76

Automatic Mapping 76Manually Map Discrete Data 77Re-Map Command 79Clear Mappings 80

Chapter 4Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Introduction 83Commission Summary 83Aliases 84

Export Aliases in Scanner Mode 85Export Aliases in Adapter Mode 86Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System 87

Manage Configurations 91Download and Upload Configurations 91Save Configurations to Disk 93Archive Configurations 94

Chapter 5Monitor Remote IO Introduction 97

Commission Summary 98Scan Mode and Monitor Mode 99

Scan Remote IO in Scanner Mode 99Monitor Remote IO in Adapter Mode 100

Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs 101Monitor Discrete Inputs in Scanner Mode 101Monitor Discrete Outputs in Scanner Mode 104Monitor Discrete Inputs in Adapter Mode 106Monitor Discrete Outputs in Adapter Mode 107Monitor Discrete Active Inputs in Adapter Mode 108

Monitor Block Transfers 108Monitor Block Transfers in Scanner Mode 109Monitor Block Transfers in Adapter Mode 112

Export Scanner Configurations 115Monitor Mode 116

Other Diagnostics 117Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Scanner Mode 117Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Adapter Mode 120Module Scanner Log 121

6 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Table of Contents

Clear Diagnostics 124Fatal Errors 125

Appendix AScanner Mode IO Map Discrete Input Data 129

Discrete Output Data 131Block Transfer Input 134Block Transfer Output 136

Appendix BAdapter Mode IO Map Discrete Data 141

Discrete Input Data 141Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks 144

Block Transfer Modules 148Block Transfer Read Data on Monitored or Active Racks 148Block Transfer Write Data on Monitored or Active Racks 150

Appendix CBlock Transfer Module Templates Block Transfer Template Records 154

Block Transfer Lengths 155Parameters 156Parameter Examples 158Aliases 159

Appendix DTroubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

Alphanumeric Display 161Status Indicators 162

RIO Status Indicator ndash Remote Devices Status 162CLX Status Indicator ndash ControlBus Status 163OK Status Indicator ndash Module Health 164The Debug Log 164Fatal Errors 164Watchdog and Jabber Inhibit 165Updating the Firmware 165

Appendix EQuick Start ControlLogix System Quick Start 167

Index

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 7

Table of Contents

Notes

8 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Preface

Introduction This manual describes how to configure and troubleshoot your Logix Remote IO (RIO) Communication Module

The 1756-RIO module

bull runs in a ControlLogix environment

bull allows upgrade from PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC systems to a ControlLogix system with a minimum of downtime and startup time

bull uses integer data

bull does not require MSG instructions All data is scheduled

bull offloads block transfer execution to reduce processing burden on the processor

This publication explains how and why you would use a 1756-RIO module The module is used in two modes scanner and adapter mode

In scanner mode the 1756-RIO module enables communication and data transfer between a ControlLogix controller and devices on a Remote IO network The module continuously scans adapters on the remote network The module transfers discrete and block transfer data

In adapter mode the module performs two functions simultaneously First it emulates one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner Second it monitors other remote IO racks on the same Remote IO network

It can be used to upgrade an existing PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system

The advantages of using the 1756-RIO module to upgrade your system include

bull allowing the user to leave the existing Remote IO network in place alleviating the time andor expense of replacing the IO and field wiring or the process of testing out field wiring

bull allowing the new application to be tested before you switch over so that it works just like the old one

bull allowing you to switch back to the old application in minutes should you run into problems

For installation information see the Remote IO (RIO) Module Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN610

9Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 9

Preface

Who Should Use This Manual

We assume you understand remote IO (RIO) modules and the host controller system (ControlLogix)

This manual is intended for individuals who use DHRIO PLC-5 PLC-3 SLC or ControlLogix systems such as

bull software engineers

bull control engineers

bull application engineers

bull instrumentation technicians

Information Found in This Manual

This manual is broken into five parts

bull General module information and features - Chapter 1 and Appendix D

bull Scanner mode functionality - Chapter 2 and Appendices A and C

bull Adapter mode functionality - Chapter 3 and Appendices B and C

bull Linking module configuration with an RSLogix 5000 project - Chapter 4 Monitoring remote IO - Chapter 5

Additional Resources These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

Remote IO (RIO) Module Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN610

Provides details on how to install the 1756-RIO module

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

10 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

11Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 11

Chapter 1

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Introduction This document is a userrsquos guide for the 1756-RIO module The module lets Rockwell Automation ControlLogix controllers communicate with remote IO over the backplane or over a remote network This chapter describes the ControlLogix 1756-RIO module and how it links a ControlLogix controller to the Universal Remote IO network

This chapter also describes the modulersquos physical features software requirements software and add-on profile installation instructions and RSLogix 5000 project setup

The 1756-RIO module

supports native RIO 16-bit words for data control and status bits

acts as a scanner on a Remote IO network

acts as an adapter that exchanges data on a Remote IO network

supports discrete data and block transfer data in either mode

supports up to 10 producedconsumed data connections (along the backplane between the ControlLogix controller and the 1756-RIO module) with 248 words of integer input and 248 words of integer output for each connection

uses producedconsumed connections using a 1756-RIO add-on profile in RSLogix 5000 programming software

supports requested packet intervals (RPIs) from 2hellip750 ms All connections use one set RPI

maps all discrete and block transfer data into producedconsumed connections

monitors existing IO in adapter mode (Monitor mode) It can report all existing inputs and outputs discrete and block transfer module data to the ControlLogix controller

Topic Page

1756-RIO Module Components 13

1756-RIO Module Requirements 15

Prepare the Module 16

Install the Software 19

Install the Add-on Profile 19

Create the RSLogix 5000 Project 22

Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode 30

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

12 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The following modules are supported by the 1756-RIO module

Supported Modules

See Appendix C for additional information

IO Family Cat No

1746 SLC 1746-N14

1746-N18

1746-N04V

1746-NT4

1771 PLC-5 1771-DE 1771-NIV

1771-IFE-16CH (in single-ended 16 Channel configuration)

1771-NOC-noBTR

1771-IFE-8CH (in differential 8 Channel configuration)

1771-NOC

1771-IL-Alarms 1771-NOV-noBTR

1771-IL 1771-NOV

1771-IR 1771-NR

1771-IXE 1771-OFE-diag

1771-NIV-Alarms 1771-OFE

1794 FLEX 1794-IE4XOE2 1794-OE4

1794-IE8

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

1756-RIO Module Components

The 1756-RIO module components include a 4-character display status indicators an RTB connection and an inside-door label

1756-RIOB Module

1756-RIOA Module

RIO CLX OK

1

2

44777

1

2

3

4

43161

Note that the 3-pin connector has been changed

1

2

RIO CLX OK

43161A44777A

1

2

3

4

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 13

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Item Description

1 4-character scrolling display

2 Three status indicators

RIO indicates the status of the network

CLX indicates the status of the connection to the controller

OK indicates the modulersquos own internal state

3 3-pin connector (blue hose) that connects to the remote devices

This is also known as the removable terminal block (RTB)

4 Inside-door label with error codes

14 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

1756-RIO Module Requirements

The requirements for the module to operate include the installation of

RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

the 1756-RIO module add-on profile from the CD provided with the module

the 1756-RIO module installed in a 1756-ControlLogix chassis

The 1756-RIO Modes The 1756-RIO module can be used in various capacities depending on the userrsquos needs First decide which mode you want the 1756-RIO module to use

In most cases the module is used in scanner mode to scan and control remote IO data on a network

In adapter mode the 1756-RIO module can perform two functions simultaneously First the module can emulate one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner (for example a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC) It can exchange data with the scanner as discrete data or via block transfers

Second the 1756-RIO module can act as a lsquoshadowrsquo referred to as Monitor mode to monitor racks on a remote network The module listens to the remote IO and provides all inputs and outputs from the existing scanner to the ControlLogix controller Users can then run their converted logic against those inputs generate temporary outputs and compare the existing outputs with outputs generated by the new logic

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 15

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Prepare the Module The following list summarizes the initial steps needed to prepare the 1756-RIO module before setting up the remote network These steps will be discussed in detail in this chapter

You can have only one scanner per RIO network Remove any other scanners on the RIO network before continuing The RIO module ships in scanner mode You can adjust the instructions to fit the mode that matches your needs

1 Install RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

2 Install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

3 Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the 1756-RIO modulersquos add-on profile found on the installation CD shipped with the module or download it from httpsupportrockwellautomationcomcontrolflashLogixProfilerasp

RSLinx software and RSLogix 5000 programming software must be installed before the add-on profile

See page 19

4 Create a project in RSLogix 5000 programming software

5 Add a 1756 controller to your project

See page 23

6 Add a 1756-RIO module to the project by right-clicking on the chassis in the Controller Organizer and selecting New Module

The Select Module dialog box appears

7 Expand the Communications heading and select the 1756-RIO module Click OK

See page 24

8 Select the General tab on the Module Properties dialog box to set the module properties

16 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

9 Enter the module name and slot number

See page 24

10 Click the Change button in the Module Definition section Select your desired mode scanner or adapter

The module ships in scanner mode Note the number of inputoutput tags If this number is not the same after you map your data with the configuration tool you will have to return to this screen and change them to match your configuration You can specify independently the number of input and output tags within the range of 1hellip10 Each tag you create will create a block of 248 integers For example a value of 2 will create 2x248 or 498 integers

11 When done click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

See page 25

12 Select the Connection tab on the Module Properties dialog box

13 Set the Requested Packet Interval (RPI)

See page 27

14 Click on the Remote IO tab name the RIO file and click the OK button

15 Choose Yes on the Create dialog box

See page 31

This will close the Module Properties dialog box You will need to double-click on the 1756-RIO module in the controller organizer to re-open the Module Properties dialog box

16 Click on the Configure Remote IO Devices button on the Module Properties dialog box to launch the configuration tool

17 In the configuration tool if needed under the Tools menu select Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode menu to match the RIO module functionality to match your application Scanner or Adapter

See pages 33

18 Configure the RIO module to match your application In scanner mode add the desired racks to scan and any block transfer modules In adapter mode configure the desired racks to be emulated or monitored and add any block transfer modules Map all entries either manually or by using the Automap command

See pages 51 and 76

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 17

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

19 Download the configuration to the module From the configuration toolrsquos Configure menu select Download Configuration Set the communication path when prompted

See page 91

20 Save the project

21 Go online in the RSLogix 5000 project and download the configuration to the controller

See page 30

See Chapters 2 and 3 for in-depth information on setting module modes and configuration

18 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Install the Software Begin by installing the RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation on your computer You must use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

Then install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the Add-on Profile Installing the add-on profile also installs the software configuration tool The add-on profile and the configuration tool (56RioCfg) are on the CD that ships with your module

Once loaded onto your computer the configuration tool is accessible within the RSLogix 5000 add-on profile The configuration tool contains two separate programs one for scanner mode 56RioCfgScan and one for adapter mode 56RioCfgAdpt The program that launches depends on which mode you select

With the configuration tool you can

bull change modes

bull set the baud rate

bull autoconfigure racks from an attached Remote IO network

bull manually add and configure racks

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map IO data to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed connections

bull save and load configuration files

bull download and upload configurations

bull archive projects

bull monitor diagnostics rack status discrete data and block transfers

IMPORTANT The 1756-RIO module requires RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later The add-on profile does not work with previous versions of RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 19

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

To install the add-on profile along with the configuration tool follow these steps

1 Make sure any instances of RSLogix 5000 programming software is shut down before beginning

2 Insert the CD that was shipped with your module into your computer

3 Open the folder 1756-RIO Configuration Tool Setup Run the MPSetupexe program

The RSLogix 5000 Module Profiles Setup Wizard launches

4 Follow the prompts to complete the installation Click Next Accept the License Agreement install the profile and begin

ATTENTION If you get a message about DTL32DLL when installing or running the programs on the configuration CD it indicates problems with the RSLinx software installation Confirm that you have the correct version of RSLinx software RSLinx Lite software cannot be used

20 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

5 On the Module Profiles Setup dialog box click Install to configure RSLogix 5000 Module Profiles

6 Click Next

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 21

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

7 Click Finish

Create the RSLogix 5000 Project

Once the add-on profile is installed you are ready to create the RSLogix 5000 project In this section you will

start a new project

configure the controller in the project

add the 1756-RIO module to the project

enter the requested pack interval (RPI)

22 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Configure the Controller

1 Launch RSLogix 5000 programming software if it is not opened

2 In the RSLogix 5000 programming software Controller Organizer from the File menu choose New

3 On the New Controller dialog box select a 1756 controller the Revision number Name Chassis Type and Slot number The 1756-RIO module can only be used in RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later

4 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 23

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Add the 1756-RIO Module

1 On the Controller Organizer right-click on the IO Configuration folder and select New Module from the pull-down menu

2 On the Select Module dialog box expand the Communications tab and select the 1756-RIO module

3 Click OK

The 1756-RIO Module Properties dialog box displays

IMPORTANT You must be offline to add the module to the IO configuration in the RSLogix 5000 project

24 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

On the Module Properties dialog box from the General tab you can assign the module name description slot number and module definition

The Module Definition dialog box displays

4 Click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

5 Click Yes to accept any changes

6 Click OK again on the bottom of the General tab

Item Description

Name Choose a name that easily identifies the module

Description The Description field is optional

Slot The Slot field must match the slot number of the 1756-RIO modulersquos location in the chassis

Module Definition-Change hellip button

Click on the Change hellip button to change the Series Revision Electronic Keying Mode (scanner or adapter) or Number of Input or Output Tags The Module Definition dialog box displays

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 25

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

26 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Module Definition Dialog Box

Item Description

Series Module series letter

Revision Firmware revision number

Electronic Keying Exact Match requires all keying attributes of the physical module and the module created in the software to match precisely to establish communication

Compatible Module the module determines whether to accept or reject communication Compatible Keying allows the physical module to accept the key of the module configured in the software provided that the configured module is one the physical module is capable of emulating This is the default setting

Disabled Keying indicates the keying attributes are not considered when attempting to communicate with a module Be extremely cautious when using this option if used incorrectly this option can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss

Mode - Scanner or Adapter

The module ships in scanner mode (The 4-character display on the front of the module also indicates which mode is set) If you want to change the mode setting you must first select the desired mode in the add-on profile on the Module Definition dialog box from the pull-down menu so that the correct configuration tool starts Then on the Remote IO tab you must click on the Configure Remote IO devices button (the configuration tool) and select the Tools menugtSet 1756-RIO ModuleScanner mode to download the correct firmware

Be aware that changing the module mode downloads firmware specific to the mode chosen This mode setting must match between the RSLogix 5000 programming software project and the configuration tool but keep in mind that the correct firmware must also be downloaded

Input Tags - Output Tags

Up to 10 input and output tags can be selected Each tag is 248 words The number of inputoutput tags entered in the add-on profilersquos Module Properties has to be equal or greater than the number of tags in the configuration tool

The number of tags in the configuration tool are determined by the mappings you create The more tags you have the more backplane traffic is generated Itrsquos best to keep the number of tags low which is what the automatic mapping command does by mapping the data and packing it into the lowest number of tags

For example a single rack with discrete data that has the inputsoutputs mapped to block 9 requires the inputoutput tags to be 10 So in the Module PropertiesgtGeneral tabgtModule DefinitiongtChange button select 10 for the number of input and output tags

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Enter the RPI

To set the RPI follow these steps

1 On the controller organizer double-click on the RIO module

2 On the Module Properties dialog box from the Connection tab set the RPI for the module

IMPORTANT If you are using the 1756-RIO module in a remote rack for example a rack connected to the controlling ControlLogix controller over ControlNet or EthernetIP it may be necessary to increase the RPI as the intermediate network may not have sufficient bandwidth to support faster updates (small RPIs) The likelihood of having bandwidth issues is increased as you increase the number of 248-word input and output tags

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 27

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

28 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Remote IO Update Time

The remote update time is the time it takes the Remote IO scanner to scan all of the adapters in its IO scan list

The scan rate is the approximate time it takes to scan a 16-slot logical chassis without block transfers The number and sizes of block transfers can significantly affect this time

So for example if you have eight adapters on your network and your baud rate is 2304 K your approximate remote IO update time would be 8 ( of adapters) 3 ms (scan rate) or 24 ms

RPI

The Requested Packet Interval (RPI) specifies the rate at which the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller exchange data to and from each other The allowable RPIrsquos range is from 2hellip750 ms with a default of 20 ms When the specified time frame elapses the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller produce data for each other All 1756-RIO input and output tags update with the same RPI

Select an RPI for your application For most applications a good rule of thumb would be to set the RPI equal to one half of the remote IO scan time

Baud Rate Scan Rate

2304 K 3 ms

1152 K 5 ms

576 K 8 ms

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Throughput

When using the 1756-RIO module your system throughput is based on the following key factors

Number and sizes of adapters

Number and sizes of block transfer modules

Overall remote IO update time

RPI

Any network cards involved

Controller scan time

The asynchronous nature of the RPI and the remote IO scan

Since the RIO scan is asynchronous to the RPI the worst case or maximum update time to get information from the 1756-RIO into the controller is the RPI plus two times the remote IO update rate

You can use the diagnostic functions of the 1756-RIO configuration toolrsquos utilities to measure the average minimum and maximum update times on the Remote IO network

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 29

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project

Follow these steps to set the communication path and download to the controller

1 On the main menu from the Communications menu select Who Active

2 Browse to the controller

3 Click the Set Project Path button

4 Click Download

Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode

Once the desired module mode is set in the RSLogix 5000 module properties you must select the mode in the configuration tool to download the correct firmware You must first launch the configuration tool and then verify the mode setting matches in the Module Properties and in the configuration tool The correct firmware must be downloaded for the module to run correctly

ATTENTION If your desired mode is scanner mode you do nothing at this point as the module ships in scanner mode

IMPORTANT The controller must be in Program Mode to continue with the firmware update

30 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 31

Launch the 1756-RIO Configuration Tool

Follow these steps to launch the configuration tool and to set the mode in the configuration tool

1 On the Module Properties dialog box click the Remote IO tab

2 On the Remote IO tab window in the RIO File (rio) field type a file name or use the Browse button

The file name can include a path If the file or directory does not exist it is created

3 Click OK

The following dialog box appears

The Configure Remote IO Devices button is not active

ATTENTION When you create a file the default location is the project directory If you enter a path or file that does not exist it is created The file is not created until you run the configuration tool You can use the browse button to select a location If you change the path you must click Apply before you can use the Configure Remote IO Devices button

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

4 Click Yes The Module Properties dialog box closes

5 On the controller organizer double-click on the 1756-RIO module to re-open the Module Properties dialog box Select the Remote IO tab

Notice that the Configure Remote IO Devices button is now active

6 Click the Configure Remote IO Devices button to launch the configuration tool

The 56RioCfgScan dialog box displays You are now in the configuration tool software for scanner mode You can change operating modes and configure a Remote IO network

The Configure Remote IO Devices button is now active

TIP If you want to change operating modes you should do this before configuring the modulersquos settings When you change the operating mode you are downloading the latest firmware to the module The firmware is specific to the mode you choose scanner or adapter

IMPORTANT Notice that because lsquoScannerrsquo mode was set in the RSLogix 5000 programming software on the General Tab of the RIO Module Properties dialog box the scanner program within the configuration tool (56RioCfgScan) starts and displays at the top of the profilersquos dialog box

32 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

7 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the Tools menu choose Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode

8 On the RSLinx Path Selection dialog box click the Autobrowse box to browse the path to the 1756-RIO module to set the communication path and click OK

The configuration tool then displays the current mode in the 56RioSetMode dialog box and lets you select the mode you want to use

The 56RioCfgScan program title displays at the top of the configuration toolrsquos dialog box indicating that scanner mode was chosen in the modulersquos properties in the RSLogix 5000 add-on profile and that you are running the scanner configuration toolrsquos firmware

IMPORTANT Remember specific firmware downloads depending on mode selection Also you are prompted to reset the communication path when changing from one mode to another

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 33

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

In the 56RioSetMode dialog box select the mode from the New Mode pull-down menu and click OK to download the new firmware

A status window displays showing the progress of the mode change

The 1756-RIO SetMode Confirmation dialog box displays the version of the firmware it is about to download Check carefully that this firmware version is correct

IMPORTANT Steps 9 and 10 change the configuration of the RIO module between adapter and scanner mode If your module is configured for the desired mode these steps are not necessary

IMPORTANT Changing the 1756-RIO module mode or updating firmware clears the remote IO configuration stored on the 1756-RIO module

34 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

9 Click OK to download the firmware

Once you click OK the words lsquoFirmware Updatersquo scroll across the front of the 1756-RIO modulersquos 4-character display indicating that the firmware change is taking place

The tool downloads the firmware and displays the progress of the download When the download is complete the tool displays the result of the download The 1756-RIO SetMode Completed Successfully dialog box appears

10 Click OK

The front of the 1756-RIO modulersquos character display should now indicate the new firmware mode

If the download fails the tool displays an error message

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 35

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

36 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

37Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 37

Chapter 2

Configure Scanner Mode

Introduction Once the 56RioCfg configuration tool launches you can configure a Remote IO network using the RIO module as a scanner or an adapter This chapter describes how to configure the module for use in scanner mode

In scanner mode the ControlLogix controller writes remote IO outputs and reads remote IO inputs The 1756-RIO module enables communication between the controller and devices on a Remote IO network The scanner continuously scans the adapters on the Remote IO network

Two types of data are transferred over the Remote IO network - discrete and block transfer data Discrete data transfers consist of the scanner sending output data and communication commands to the adapter which instruct the adapter about how to control its output The adapter responds by sending input data to the scanner

The remote IO block transfer module is a data transfer mechanism that lets you control the transfer of up to 64 words of data to or from a remote device The 1756-RIO module allows the user to offload block transfer execution from the controller The data appears in the data table of the ControlLogix controller without having to execute the logic in the controller to perform the block transfer A Block Transfer Read (BTR) receives data from a remote device A Block Transfer Write (BTW) sends data to a remote device

In this chapter you use the configuration tool to configure the module in scanner mode to prepare it for use on the Remote IO network You will

bull configure the racks automatically or manually

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map the remote IO modules to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data

Topic Page

Configure Scanner Summary 38

Set the Baud Rate 39

Autoconfigure Racks 40

Manually Configure Racks 43

Configure Block Transfer Modules 46

Map IO Data 51

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Configure Scanner Summary

The following list summarizes the steps to configure the 1756-RIO module in scanner mode

1 Set the baud rate

2 Autoconfigure online racks on the network (Make sure the controller is set to Program Mode)

3 Set the communication path

4 Manually add any additional racks that are not online

5 Manually add and configure block transfer modules

6 MapAutomap the data

1756

Con

trol

ler

Rem

ote

IO M

odul

e

Sc

anne

r Mod

e

1771

-ASB

Rem

ote

IO A

dapt

er

1771 IO IO IO

1747

-ASB

Rem

ote

IO A

dapt

er

1746 IO IO IO

1771 IO

1746 IO

Uni

vers

al R

emot

e IO

Net

wor

k

Scanner Mode

44803

38 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Set the Baud Rate After setting the operating mode for the 1756-RIO module you must set the baud rate

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the controller on the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties

The 1756-RIO Properties dialog box displays

2 Select the baud rate

3 You can also optionally enter an LED Banner name

This is a unique name you assign to identify the module This is useful when you have multiple RIO modules on your network The LED Banner displays on the 4-character display on the 1756-RIO module It can be from 0hellip15 characters long

4 Click OK

You must perform a download to reconfigure the module

Value Baud Rate Kbps

57 k - scanner mode default 576

115 k 1152

230 k 2304

TIP If you perform an autoconfiguration the 1756-RIO module automatically detects the baud rate by sending packets to an attached remote IO network

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 39

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

5 On the main menu from the Configure menu choose Download or click the Download Config to Module button on the toolbar

Autoconfigure Racks You can autoconfigure racks attached to the network or add additional racks manually The Autoconfigure command scans the Remote IO network to determine which racks are present

The module automatically detects the network baud rate and configures the racks on the attached Remote IO network

The 56RioCfgScan tool sends messages to all possible racks detects all possible baud rates and from the replies determines which racks are on the network

Main Menu

Toolbar

40 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 41

The icons on the 56RioCfgScan tool show the partial rack sizes and locations Racks are shown with starting and ending IO groups For example the following tree shows rack 0 consisting of 4 quarter racks

Block transfer modules must be added and configured manually

When the module is in scanner mode the 1756-RIO module performs the following actions during autoconfigure The module

bull detects the network baud rate by sending messages at each baud rate looking for responses

bull then sends messages to all possible racks on the network

bull builds a network configuration from the observed network responses

bull displays the network configuration

Partial Rack (14 rack)

Rack 0

IMPORTANT The controller with the connection to the 1756-RIO module must be in program mode when you perform an autoconfiguration The following error message displays if the controller is not in program mode

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

To perform an autoconfigure in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the main menu from the Configure menu select Autoconfigure or click the Autoconfigure button on the toolbar

Any configuration previously stored in the 1756-RIO module is overwritten by the data from the autoconfiguration You are given the option to save the previous configuration before it proceeds with the autoconfiguration

Autoconfiguration detects just the rack structure it cannot locate block transfer modules You have to manually add block transfer modules to the rack

TIP There is no specific rsquoautorsquo baud rate when the module is in scanner mode When using autoconfigure the 1756-RIO module tries all three baud rates and sets the baud rate based on the responses to the messages it sends You need to make sure that all devices on the network are set at the same baud rate

TIP After performing an Autoconfigure what displays by the 56RioCfgScan tool matches what is in the 1756-RIO module No download is necessary The Autoconfigure also automatically maps the discrete rack data to tags in the ControlLogix processor

Main Menu

Toolbar

42 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Manually Configure Racks To add a rack manually to the remote IO configuration follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the root of the IO tree which represents the remote IO scanner and select Add Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 On the AddResize Rack dialog box select the Rack number (in octal) the Start Group and the End Group

3 Click OK

Item Field Description Range

1 Rack 0hellip76 octal available

2 Start Grp (IO) 0246

A logical rack consists of eight IO groups numbered 0hellip7 The smallest unit allowed on a network is a quarter rack so the starting IO groups are 0246

3 End Grp (IO) 1357

Ending IO groups

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 43

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Matching Configuration Tool Settings with Module Settings

After manually adding a rack a download is necessary

To download to the module from the Configure menu select Download Configuration or from the toolbar click the Download Config to Module button

Manually adding racks also requires the discrete data to be mapped to tags in the ControlLogix controller before allowing a download The data can be mapped automatically or manually

See Map IO Data on page 51

Main Menu

Toolbar

44 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Resize a Rack

To resize a configured rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Resize Partial Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 Select Start Group and End Group

3 Click OK

If resizing the rack results in an overlap with an existing rack the resize fails and displays an error message

If resizing the rack results in deleting block transfer modules you are given the option of cancelling the resize or proceeding and deleting the block transfer modules

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 45

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Delete a Rack

To delete a rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Delete Rack(s)

2 To delete a partial rack expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the partial rack and choose Delete Partial Rack

Configure Block Transfer Modules

All block transfer modules represent some type of analog data Block transfer modules transfer a block (64 words maximum) of analog-type data at a rate configured by the user The 1756-RIO module lets the user offload block transfer execution from the controller to the 1756-RIO module

If a slot is occupied by a discrete IO module or is empty select lsquoDiscretersquo which is the default If a specific block transfer module occupies the slot select the part number of that block transfer module

Not all block transfer modules are supported directly by the 1756-RIO module If the module you are using does not appear in the list set the module type to BT-MODULE and set the lengths to the appropriate values In some cases there are multiple templates for a given block transfer module to show that the module can be used in significantly different ways

See Appendix D for additional information on block transfer templates

46 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

All block transfer data is mapped into one of the possible 10 producedconsumed connections on the controller Each producedconsumed connection allows 248 16-bit words in and out There are two words of overhead for each block transfer for controlstatus The 1756-RIO module can execute as many block transfers as the user configures up to the limits of available memory mapped to the ControlLogix controller

To configure a block transfer module follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box expand the IO tree to choose the location where you want to add the module

2 On the IO tree right-click the slot where you want to add the module and select Module Properties

IMPORTANT Block transfers do not need MSG instructions to execute

TIP In scanner mode block transfer modules can be configured manually also

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 47

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

3 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type pull-down select the type

4 Click OK

The IO Module Properties dialog box displays

5 Click Configure to display the BT Module Parameterization configuration dialog box to configure the module

This example shows the BT Module Parameterization dialog box for a 16-channel 1771-IFE module Each module is different

Use the dialog box to set parameters for a block transfer module These parameters are defined in the template file for the block transfer module and are typical quantities such as scaling parameters and alarms

Module Types

Type Description

Discrete A block transfer module does not exist at this location

BT-MODULE Any other block transfer module not listed by part number in the system

1746-xxxhellip1794-xxx Part number of block transfer (analog) modules with template files in the system that are compatible with the 1756-RIO module See Supported Modules on page 12 for the complete list

48 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

6 Enter the configuration data and click OK

7 On the IO Module Properties dialog box select how you want the block transfer to update

There are three update modes automatic semi-automatic and manual

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 49

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

8 On the IO Module Properties dialog box select the block transfer read-and-write-update rates from 0hellip16383 ms

A rate of 0 means the 1756-RIO module updates the block transfer as fast as the network and the block transfer module allows

Type Description

Automatic 1756-RIO module controls block transfer update

Automatic block transfers perform a single configuration block transfer write every time the controller transitions from Program to Run mode and then perform timed data block transfer read and write updates using the BTR and BTW data lengths and times from the configuration tool The length values and update times for automatic block transfers all come from the configuration tool

Automatic block transfers begin as soon as the controller is in run mode they do not have to be triggered

Errors in block transfer execution are indicated by non-zero values returned to the ControlLogix controller

In automatic mode the module configuration data values come from the configuration tool as default values or from user parameters The size of the configuration block transfer write is the data BTW length BtwLen plus the Config BTW Length CfgLen from the template The data block transfer write length is BtwLen from the template and this is the length mapped to ControlLogix output data

The size of the data block transfer read is set by the configuration tool

Semi-automatic 1756-RIO module controls block transfer update

Semi-automatic block transfers perform a single configuration block transfer write every time the controller transitions from Program to Run mode and then perform timed data block transfer read and write updates using the BTR and BTW data lengths and times from the configuration tool The length values and update times for semi-automatic block transfers all come from the configuration tool

Semi-automatic block transfers begin as soon as the controller is in run mode they do not have to be triggered

Any errors in BT execution are indicated by non-zero values in the ControlLogix controller

In Semi-automatic mode the module configuration data values come from ControlLogix output data The size of the configuration block transfer write is the data BTW length BtwLen plus the Config BTW Length CfgLen from the template and this is the length mapped to ControlLogix output data The data block transfer write length is BtwLen from the template

The size of the data block transfer read is set by the configuration tool

Manual The ControlLogix controller controls block transfer update

IO module configuration gathers data from the ControlLogix controller

To execute block transfers in manual mode

enter the BTR andor BTW length and BTW data in the control block for the module

set the BTREN andor BTWEN bits (BTRCONTBTWCONT) for continuous execution

check the BTRDNBTWDN bits that indicate BT execution is complete (BTR data is available at that time)

check the BTRERRBTWERR bits If set read the error code to determine the cause of the problem

Inhibit Automatic Block Transfers

To inhibit a running automatic or semi-automatic block transfer set bit 9 to offset 0 of the mapped output data for the module

50 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Map IO Data You must map the IO data to locations in the ControlLogix controller input and output data before you can scan the Remote IO network

Mapping connects locations in the ControlLogix input and output tags to locations on the Remote IO network (discrete data on racks and block transfer reads and writes)

Connections (producedconsumed) occur between the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller They are point-to-point links between two end points

Producedconsumed tag data is the information that gets passed back and forth over the line between the two end points

There are up to 10 blocks of producedconsumed tag data Discrete and block transfer tag data gets lsquopackedrsquo into the ControlLogix producedconsumed data When discrete and block transfer tag data are mapped or when the configuration tool lsquoauto mapsrsquo the data for you you are selecting which of those blocks the tag data is mapped to and the offset in the block where the tag data is found

See Scanner Mode IO Map on page 129

When mapping is complete you must export the aliases to the 1756-RIO module and import the configuration to the RSLogix 5000 project

See Aliases on page 84 for a complete discussion of exporting and importing aliases

IMPORTANT It is essential that the control program on the host controller matches the addresses in the mapping configuration on the 1756-RIO module otherwise the control program may inadvertently write to the incorrect IO locations If you change the data mappings on the 1756-RIO module make sure that the control program uses the correct addresses

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 51

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

ATTENTIONUnassigned or unmapped data (IO addresses) are shown as xxx in the IO tree

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Unmapped Data

Mapped Data

52 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Automatic Mapping

The Auto Map Any Unassigned command automatically maps any unassigned discrete or block transfer data to ControlLogix connections Discrete data is mapped before block transfer data The longest blocks of data are mapped first from the lowest addresses up Any previously-assigned addresses remain unchanged

On the 56RioCfg configuration tool dialog box from the Map menu choose Automap Any Unassigned to automatically map all the data

Any xxxs are replaced with an actual IO address

Manually Map Discrete (rack) Data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack and select Rack Map Discretes - Assign Manually

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 53

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

2 On the Map RackhellipManually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down menu select the ControlLogix block and Data Offset within the block for the Input Mapping and Output Mapping

Data Offset Field Range Choices

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

The configuration tool checks for overlaps with previously-mapped data and displays an error if it finds an overlap

Item Field Description

1 Clx Block There are up to 10 data blocks (0hellip9) available on the ControlLogix controller for inputs and outputs You select the block where the data is rsquopackedrsquo

2 Data Offset The data offset (0hellip247) is the area in the data block where the inputoutput data is foundYou select the data offset area within the block

12

54 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Manually Map Block Transfer Data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the expanded rack list right-click on the module and select BT Module Clx Map - Assign Manually

2 On the Map BT ModulehellipManually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down menu select the ControlLogix block and Data Offset within the block for the Input Mapping and Output Mapping

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

The configuration tool checks for overlaps with previously-mapped data and displays an error message if it finds an overlap

If there is insufficient space in the current block to map the data

bull the Data Offset field is blank

bull the OK button appears dimmed

Change the block number and select an offset

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 55

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Re-Map Command

Use the Re-Map All command to clear all previous mappings and automatically map all discrete and block transfer data to connections

From the Map menu select Re-Map All

See Aliases on page 84 for exporting and importing aliases

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

ATTENTION If you remap IO data you should export aliases and re-import them into the RSLogix 5000 project so the control program uses the new assignments

56 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Clear Mappings

Follow these steps to clear all mappings

1 To clear all assigned mappings on the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the Map menu choose Clear All Mappings

2 On the Clear ALL Mappings dialog box confirm that you want to clear all the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 57

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Clear Discrete Rack Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear mappings for discrete (rack) data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack and select Rack Map Discretes - Clear

2 On the Clear Rack Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT All of the preceding mapping and configuration examples currently reside only within the 56RioCfgScan software and must be downloaded to the 1756-RIO module

See page 30 for download steps

58 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Clear Block Transfer Module Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear the mappings for block transfer data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the expanded rack right-click on the block-transfer module and select BT Module Clx Map - Clear

2 On the Clear BT Module Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the BT Module mappings and click Yes

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 59

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Notes

60 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 3

Configure Adapter Mode

Introduction This chapter explains how and why to use the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode In adapter mode the 1756-RIO module can perform two functions simultaneously

First the module can emulate one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner (for example a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC controller) On Active racks the module writes remote IO inputs and reads remote IO outputs

Second it can monitor other remote IO racks On Monitored racks the 1756-RIO module can monitor existing IO also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo and can be used to upgrade a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system Monitor mode provides existing discrete inputs and outputs and Block Transfer reads and writes to the ControlLogix controller

See Scan Mode and Monitor Mode on page 99 for a complete description of using Monitor mode

The 1756-RIO module communicates with the ControlLogix controller using up to 10 input connections and 10 output connections via producedconsumed data Remote IO data maps into the connections by the configuration tool

In this chapter you use the configuration tool to configure the module in adapter mode to prepare it for use on the Remote IO network You will

bull configure the racks automatically or manually

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map the remote IO modules to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data

Topic Page

Configure Adapter Summary 62

Set the Baud Rate 63

Autoconfigure Racks 64

Manually Configure Racks 69

Configure Block-transfer Modules 72

Map IO Data 76

61Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 61

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Adapter Mode

Configure Adapter Summary

The following list summarizes the steps to configure the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

1 Set the baud rate

2 Autoconfigure online racks on the network (Make sure the controller is set to Program Mode)

3 Set the communication path

4 Manually add any additional racks that are not online

5 Manually add and configure block transfer modules

6 MapAutomap the data

RIO Scanner(reads inputs and writes outputs to scanned racks)PLC-3 PLC-5 SLC Etc

Cont

rolL

ogix

1756

-RIO

in

Ada

pter

Mon

itor M

ode

1771 IO Rack

1747 IO Rack

Rack 1

Rack 2

Rack 3

1771 IO Rack

Rack 4RIO Scanner(reads inputs and writes ouputs to scanned racks)PLC-3 PLC-5 SLC Etc

1771 IO Rack

1771 IO Rack

1747 IO Rack

Rack 1

1756

-RIO

In A

dapt

er

Mod

e

Cont

rolL

ogix

Rack 4

Rack 3

Rack 2

Two-way communication between the RIO scanner and the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

1756-RIO Module as an Active Rack 1756-RIO Module as a Monitored Rack

One-way communication between the Remote IO network and the ControlLogix controller The RIO scanner controls the IO and the ControlLogix controller via the 1756-RIO module in adapter monitors all IO data In monitor mode it monitors the IO and brings all input and output data into the ControLogix controller

44828 44829

Universal Remote IO Network

IMPORTANT Configuring the 1756-RIO module as an adapter enables the RIO module to emulate a 1771-ASB module This allows a path for peer-to-peer data to be exchanged between the scanner controller and the ControlLogix owner of the RIO module over the Remote IO network The adapter mode functionality does not allow the scanner controller to directly control any 1756-IO in the chassis with the RIO module

62 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Set the Baud Rate To set the baud rate in adapter mode follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the controller on the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties

The 1756-RIO Properties dialog box displays

2 On the 1756-RIO Module Properties dialog box select the baud rate

3 You can also enter an LED Banner name This is a unique name you assign to identify the module This is useful when you have multiple RIO modules on your network The LED Banner displays on the 4-character display on the 1756-RIO module It can be from 0hellip15 characters long

4 Click OK

The default baud rate is Auto (automatic baud rate detection)

Value Baud Rate Kbps

57 k 576

115 k 1152

230 k 2304

Auto - adapter mode default Auto

TIP If you perform an autoconfiguration the 1756-RIO module automatically detects the baud rate by monitoring an attached Remote IO network

TIP If you are only using Active racks set the baud rate to match the Remote IO network Donrsquot set it to Auto

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 63

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Autoconfigure Racks When the module is in adapter mode autoconfigure builds a configuration based on what it has heard on a running network This process differs from scanner mode because the 1756-RIO module does not scan these racks only monitors the information to and from these racks

The module automatically detects the network baud rate and configures the racks on an attached Remote IO network Autoconfiguration detects the rack structure and causes the 1756-RIO module to monitor the data to and from these racks Active and monitored racks are displayed

See Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network on page 67 for detailed information about active and monitored racks

Autoconfigure in adapter mode performs the following actions

bull Detects the network baud rate

bull Monitors messages to and from racks on the network

bull Builds a network configuration from the observed network traffic

bull Displays the network configuration

To autoconfigure in adapter mode you must

bull clear the old configuration

bull download a new empty configuration

bull set the baud rate to lsquoautorsquo or to the baud rate that matches the existing network

bull put the scanner in Run mode until all block transfers execute

bull put the scanner back in Program mode

bull perform the autoconfiguration

IMPORTANT The controller with the connection to the 1756-RIO module must be in program mode when you perform an autoconfiguration

ATTENTION Please note any configuration previously stored in the 1756-RIO module is overwritten by the data from the autoconfiguration You are given the option to save the previous configuration before it proceeds with the autoconfiguration

64 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Perform the AutoConfiguration

Follow these steps to perform autoconfiguration

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Configure menu choose Download Configuration or click the Download Configuration button on the toolbar

This clears the previous configuration and downloads an empty configuration to the 1756-RIO module

2 Set the baud rate to Auto On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the controller in the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties to enter the baud rate

3 To automatically add block transfers put the remote IO scanner module in Run mode (you set it to Program mode before you began the autoconfiguration) and wait until the block transfers execute Then put the scanner back in Program mode

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 65

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

4 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Configure menu choose Autoconfigure to build a configuration from observed network traffic or click the Autoconfigure button on the toolbar

The RSLinx Path Selection autobrowse dialog box displays

5 Navigate to the backplane and select the 1756-RIO adapter module and click OK

The 1756-RIO module builds a configuration based on what it has observed on the Remote IO network since the download The configuration includes racks block transfer modules and observed block transfer updates All block transfers are set to type BT-MODULE

Main Menu Toolbar

66 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network

You must distinguish between active and monitored racks and must manually enter active racks into the 1756-RIO modulersquos configuration and manually add any desired block transfers

On monitored racks the 1756-RIO module picks up the block transfers automatically but must have the specific module type set This insures that the aliases you create for import into the RSLogix 5000 project have names that better describe the data content Otherwise the generic module type BT-MODULE is set

If you want active racks add them manually now then download the modified configuration to the 1756-RIO module

In the configuration tree each rack line precedes an icon representing rack information The icons represent type and size The size color and position of the colored block indicates the location size and type of partial rack and whether the rack is active or monitored

Active Versus Monitored Racks

Type Description

Active The 1756-RIO module emulates one or more remote IO racks The ControlLogix controller sends the rack- produced data which is then sent as remote IO input data to the scanner on the Remote IO network The remote IO scanner sends output data for those emulated racks to the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode The RIO module then sends that data to the ControlLogix controller as consumed input data

Use lsquoActiversquo if you want to exchange data between a ControlLogix controller and a scanner on remote IO You can also configure one or more slots in the Active rack as block transfer modules to exchange larger amounts of data with the remote IO scanner Active racks are one or more racks that the 1756-RIO module is emulating to share information between the existing scanner and the ControlLogix controller

Any rack in the configuration tree that contains at least one portion of an Active rack displays with a lightning bolt and a red indication on the active portion of the rack The text lsquoActlnpOxData[xxx]rsquo also displays indicating that this data originated in the ControlLogix controller as output data that appears as input data to the remote IO scanner

Monitor The 1756-RIO module monitors remote IO inputs on an existing Remote IO network and passes data as producedconsumed data to the ControlLogix controller This is also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo Use lsquoMonitor modersquo if you have a supervisory ControlLogix system that needs to collect data from an existing control system with remote IO

Monitored racks are racks that physically exist on the Remote IO network and are to be monitored by the 1756-RIO module Any portion of a rack in the configuration tree that is configured as lsquoMonitorrsquo displays with a blue indication on the rack

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 67

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

68 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Racks are shown with starting and ending IO groups in the IO tree For example the following IO tree shows rack 0 as a quarter rack starting at IO group 0

The line color denotes active or monitored partial rack state

Starting and ending group number

Lightning bolt denotes an active partial rack in the rack

Rack 00 contains four monitored quarter racks so no lsquolightning boltrsquo

Rack Icon Information

Code Description

Lightning bolt Denotes at least some part of the rack is configured as active Rack 01 contains an active half rack Rack 03 contains three monitored quarter racks but also an Active quarter rack therefore the lightning bolt

Red Denotes that this portion of the rack is configured as active

Blue Denotes that this portion of the rack is configured as monitored

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Manually Configure Racks To add a rack manually to the remote IO configuration follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the root of the IO tree which represents the ControlLogix controller and choose Add Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 On the AddResize Rack dialog box choose the Rack number (in octal) the Start Group the End Group and Rack Mode (Monitor or Active)

3 Click OK

Type Description

Active Emulates one or more remote IO racks The ControlLogix controller sends the rack producedconsumed data as input data which is then sent as remote IO input data to the scanner on the Remote IO network The remote IO scanner sends output data for those emulated racks to the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode The RIO module then sends that data to the ControlLogix controller as producedconsumed input data

Use active if you want to exchange data between a ControlLogix controller and a scanner on remote IO

Monitor Monitors remote IO inputs and outputs on monitored remote IO racks and passes data as producedconsumed input data to the ControlLogix controller This is also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo Use Monitor mode if you have a supervisory ControlLogix system that needs to collect data from older control systems with remote IO

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 69

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Resizing Racks

To resize a configured rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Resize Partial Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays Field options differ depending on mode

2 On the AddResize dialog box select Start Group and End Group

You cannot change the Rack number or Rack type (Active or Monitored) The radio button is dimmed

3 Click OK

If resizing the rack results in an overlap with an existing rack the resize fails and displays an error message

If resizing the rack results in deleting block transfer modules you are given the option of cancelling the resize or proceeding and deleting the block transfer modules

70 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Delete Racks

To delete a rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Delete Rack(s)

2 To delete a partial rack expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the partial rack and choose Delete Partial Rack

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 71

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Configure Block-transfer Modules

All block transfer modules represent some type of analog data Block transfers send a block (64 words maximum) of data to or from an IO module in one scan

If a slot is occupied by a discrete IO module or is empty select lsquoDiscretersquo which is the default If a specific block transfer module occupies the slot select the part number of that block transfer module

Not all block transfer modules are supported directly by the 1756-RIO module If the module you are using does not appear in the list set the module type to BT-MODULE and set the lengths to the appropriate values In some cases there are multiple templates for a given block transfer module to show that the module can be used in significantly different ways

See Block Transfer Module Templates on page 153 for additional information on block transfer templates

Block transfers can be added to active or monitored racks

To configure a block transfer module follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan56RioCfgAdpt dialog box expand the IO tree to choose the location where you want to add the module

2 On the IO tree right-click the location where you want to add the module and select Module Properties

The dialog boxes change depending on mode active or monitored

TIP On active racks the only Module Type is BT-MODULE

72 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

3 On the IO Module Properties from the Module Type dialog box pull-down menu select the module type

You have various choices depending on the rack type

4 Click OK

Active Racks

1 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type menu select BT-MODULE (On active racks the only block transfer module type is BT-MODULE)

Module Type Selection

Mode Description

Active In Active mode select BT-MODULE and then adjust the BTR Length and BTW Length to match your ControlLogix application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

Monitor In Monitor mode select the type of module that is in that location on the Remote IO network from the pull-down menu If the specific module is not supported select BT-MODULE and adjust the sizes to match your ControlLogix application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 73

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

From the BTR Len and BTW Len pull-down menus select the desired lengths The BTR Length and BTW Length sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

2 Click OK

Monitored Racks

1 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type pull-down select the block transfer module type

74 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

2 From the BTR Len and BTW Len pull-downs select the desired lengths Select the block transfer Module Type from the pull-down menu that matches the module on remote IO If the desired module is not listed select BT-MODULE Adjust the BTR Length and BTW Length to match your application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

3 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 75

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Map IO Data You must map the IO data to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data blocks and offset locations before you can scan the Remote IO network After mapping is complete you must export the aliases to the 1756-RIO module and import them to the RSLogix 5000 project

See Aliases on page 84 for a detailed discussion of ExportingImporting Aliases

Unassigned IO addresses are shown as xxx in the IO tree

Automatic Mapping

The configuration tool maps all unassigned IO to producedconsumed inputs and outputs It leaves any previously assigned addresses unchanged

On the 56RioCfg configuration tool dialog box from the Map command on the main menu choose Automap Any Unassigned to automatically map the data

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0

Unmapped Data

Mapped Data

76 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 77

Manually Map Discrete Data

Manually Map Discrete(rack) Data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack and choose Rack Map Discretes - Assign Manually

2 On the Map Rackhellip Manually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down select the ControlLogix scheduled block and Data Offset within the block

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

TIP On monitored racks inputs and outputs get mapped to ControlLogix inputs so be careful when mapping them so that they donrsquot overlap

Item Field CLX Data Type Rack Type Description

1 MonOut ClxInput data MonitoredActive

Remote IO scanner outputs are mapped to ControlLogix controller inputs The 1756-RIO module monitors output data sent by the scanner to the monitoredactive rack It is reported in the ControlLogix controller as input data

2 MonInp ClxInput data Monitored Remote IO scanner inputs are mapped to ControlLogix controller inputs The 1756-RIO module monitors input data sent to the scanner by the monitored rack It is reported in the ControlLogix controller as input data

3 ActInp ClxOutput data Active Remote IO scanner inputs are mapped from the ControlLogix outputs The ControlLogix controller writes output tags to the 1756-RIO module which sends the data to the remote IO scanner as input data

123

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Manually Map Block-transfer Data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the expanded rack list right-click on the module and choose BT Module Clx Map - Assign Manually

2 On the Map BT Modulehellip Manually dialog box for the block transfer read and write data select the ControlLogix scheduled block and Data Offset within the block

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

Block-transfer Data Map Destinations for Monitored and Active Racks

Field CLX Data Type Rack Type Description

MonBTW ClxInput Monitored Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

MonBTR ClxInput Monitored Block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

ActBTR ClxOutput Active Block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix controller outputs (The ControlLogix controller writes the data and the 1756-RIO module sends the data to the remote IO scanner)

Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

78 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Re-Map Command

Use the Re-Map All command to clear all previous mappings and automatically map all discrete and block transfer data to producedconsumed data connections

From the Map menu choose Re-Map All

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 79

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Clear Mappings

Follow these steps to clear all mappings

1 To clear all assigned mappings on the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Map menu choose Clear All Mappings

2 On the Clear ALL Mappings dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

80 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Clear Discrete Rack Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear mappings for discrete(rack) data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack and choose Rack Map Discretes - Clear

2 On the Clear Rack Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT All of the preceding mapping and configuration examples currently reside only within the 56RioCfgAdpt software and must be downloaded to the 1756-RIO module

See Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project on page 30 for download steps

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 81

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Clear Block Transfer Module Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear the mappings for block transfer data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the expanded rack right-click on the block transfer module and choose BT Module Clx Map - Clear

2 On the Clear BT Module Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

82 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 4

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Introduction Now that the configuration mode selection and network preparation in the configuration tool are complete the next steps include downloading the configuration to the 1756-RIO module and exporting aliases to the RSLogix 5000 project This completes the preparation of the 1756-RIO module for operation on a Remote IO network

In this chapter you will

bull create aliases and export them to the RSLogix 5000 project

bull convert an older system to a ControlLogix system

bull download configurations to the module

bull upload configurations to the project

bull save configurations to disk

bull archive configuration templates

Commission Summary The following list summarizes the steps to save and export your configurations from the configuration tool to the module and import them to the RSLogix 5000 project so that you can begin scanning on a Remote IO network

1 Export aliases in scanner and adapter mode

2 Download configurations to the 1756-RIO module

3 Upload configurations to the RSLogix 5000 project

4 Save configurations to disk

5 Archive configurations

Topic Page

Commission Summary 83

Aliases 84

Manage Configurations 91

83Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 83

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Aliases Aliases are used to access data in the ControlLogix system They define the names and descriptions exported from the configuration program and imported into the RSLogix 5000 control program and should be used for adapter and scanner modes

Aliases are symbolic names that point to IO data The configuration tool creates these aliases for discrete and block transfer data based on the IO mappings It is important that you develop the control program in the RSLogix 5000 project with reference to aliases as opposed to absolute addresses Then if the mappings change the ControlLogix controller still operates you just create aliases for the new mappings by exporting them from the configuration tool and re-importing them into the control program which then points to the new data

Also itrsquos important to note that export options in the configuration tool differ depending on whether you have your 1756-RIO module set for scanner or adapter mode

In this section you will cover

bull exporting aliases in scanner mode

bull exporting aliases in adapter mode

bull using the Export Aliases command in the configuration tool to upgrade an existing system to a ControlLogix system

EXAMPLE For example letrsquos say yoursquore mapped rack 7 inputs to block 0 offset 8 so the data for rack 7 IO group 0 is at input address I0[10] Now you add a rack 6 and remap everything so that now the rack 7 input data maps to block 0 offset 20

The data for rack 0 IO group 0 now moves to I0[22]

If you had used absolute addresses in your control program you would have to re-address every instruction in the program By using aliases you can use the Export Aliases command from the configuration tool and import them into the RSLogix 5000 project which automatically points to the new data

IMPORTANT You must export the new aliases from the configuration tool and import them into the RSLogix 5000 project before you run the program otherwise you could read wrong inputs andor write wrong outputs

84 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Export Aliases in Scanner ModeTo export aliases in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

2 On the Export RSLogix 5000 Aliases dialog box enter the FileName location Alias Prefix and Base Tag

3 Click OK

See Scanner Mode IO Map on page 129 in Appendix C for more information

Field Description

FileName Use the browse button to change the file location

Alias Prefix Use to distinguish between aliases for different 1756-RIO modules If you have multiple 1756-RIO modules in the RSLogix 5000 project assign each module a unique Alias Prefix so that the tags for each one are unique

Base Tag Use the base tag to identify the 1756-RIO module location on the ControlLogix chassis

This example shows the 1756-RIO module location in slot 0 of the local chassis

Browse Button

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 85

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

86 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Export Aliases in Adapter Mode

To export aliases in adapter mode follow these steps

1 On the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

2 On the Export RSLogix 5000 Aliases dialog box enter the FileName location Alias Prefix Base Tag and RIO Output Placeholders

3 Click OKFor more information on the use of placeholders see Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System on page 87

Browse Button

Field Description

FileName Use the browse button lsquohelliprsquo to change the file location

Alias Prefix Use to distinguish between aliases for different 1756-RIO modules and to help identify groups of data items If you have multiple 1756-RIO modules in the RSLogix 5000 project assign each module a unique Alias Prefix so that the tags for each one are unique

Base Tag Use the base tag to identify the 1756-RIO module location in the ControlLogix chassis

RIO Output Placeholders Use this set of aliases when the 1756-RIO module is set to Monitor mode These output placeholders aliases point to a ControlLogix internal array If you are using Monitor mode you can write your new application to write to this placeholder array and compare the monitored outputs to the outputs written by the new control program If you donrsquot want the aliases leave the box unchecked

RIO Output Placeholders Base Tag

This tag must be created by the user in the ControlLogix control program and must be an integer array of 10 RioTempOut elements (0hellip9) each with 255 sub-elements (0hellip254) So RioTempOut would be RioTempOut[00] to RioTempOut[9254]

Include BTW Configuration Words

Check this box if you choose to include aliases for block transfer write configuration data

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System

To upgrade an existing system such as a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system you have to perform these steps

1 Monitor the network in adapter mode

2 Write the new control program in RSLogix 5000 programming software to write to the internal array

3 Compare the existing systemrsquos outputs with the ControlLogix outputs using the same live inputs

4 Once both systems write the same outputs and have the same timing switch over to the RSLogix 5000 control program for control

Now itrsquos writing the real outputs instead of the placeholder array using the 1756-RIO module to scan the network

You could use the same 1756-RIO module to monitor and scan the network You would have to download the scanner firmware after you compare the systems using the module in adapter mode to monitor the network Or you could use two 1756-RIO modules one as a scanner and one as an adapter on the Remote IO network

The following example breaks down the process It explains using the 1756-RIO module

bull as an adapter and its configuration in the configuration toolrsquos IO tree

bull with the configuration tool to create the aliases based on the IO configuration tree

bull configuration toolrsquos process of exporting aliases to convert an existing system to a ControlLogix system using the module in scanner mode

Create a Network Configuration and Export Aliases

Follow these steps to create a network configuration in the configuration tool and to create the aliases based on that configuration

1 Set the 1756-RIO module to adapter mode

See Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode on page 30

2 Create the network configuration in the configuration toolrsquos tree for the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 87

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

The following IO tree configuration comprises one monitored quarter rack and one active quarter rack

3 Export the alias file Once the network configuration is complete in the configuration tool from the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

The following graphic and tables show how the configuration tool creates aliases based on the IO configuration from the tree

1

2

3

Item Description

1 Rack 00 is a monitored quarter rack encompassing IO groups 0 and 1

2 Rack 1 is an active quarter rack encompassing IO groups 0 and 1

3 All input and output maps to connection 0 so I0 and O0

ATTENTION Monitored outputs include outputs to monitored racks and outputs to active racks

12

88 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

The table shows how the prefixes are used in creating alias names the descriptions that are created for the aliases and how the addresses are created from the base tags and data mappings

4 Write a ControlLogix control program in the RSLogix 5000 project to write outputs to the placeholder array then compare the outputs to the monitored outputs from the existing system

5 Change the 1756-RIO module to scanner mode or use an existing 1756-RIO scanner

See Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode on page 30

6 Export a scanner configuration and download it to the scanner

7 Create aliases with the scanner configuration tool using the same prefixes

8 Import the aliases into the RSLogix 5000 project

Item Description

1 Prefixes are left at their defaults

2 The Base Tag field represents the location of the 1756-RIO adapter in the rack In this case the adapter is in slot 0

Alias Name Description Address

RIO_R00_STS Rack-00 Status - Monitored Local0I0Data[0]

RIO_I000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Input - Monitored Local0I0Data[2]

RIO_I001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Input - Monitored Local0I0Data[3]

RIO_MON_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[12]

RIO_MON_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[13]

RIO_MON_O010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[22]

RIO_MON_O011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[23]

RIO_ACT_I010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Input - Active Local0O0Data[2]

RIO_ACT_I011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Input - Active Local0O0Data[3]

RIO_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 12]

RIO_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 13]

RIO_O010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 22]

RIO_O011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 23]

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 89

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

The following table shows the aliases created for a scanner in slot 0 in the ControlLogix chassis

Notice that the alias names for the discrete outputs in the Export Alias Creation table are the same as the alias names for the placeholders in the Alias Creation for a Scanner in the ControlLogix Chassis table but now point to IO outputs

Alias Creation for a Scanner in the ControlLogix Chassis

Alias Created Description Address

RIO_R00_STS Rack-00 Status Local0I0Data[0]

RIO_R00_CTL Rack-00 Control Local0O0Data[0]

RIO_I000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Input Local0I0Data[2]

RIO_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output Local0O0Data[2]

RIO_I001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Input Local0I0Data[3]

RIO_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output Local0O0Data[3]

EXAMPLE For example an application that used alias name RIO_0001 wrote to placeholder location RioTempOut[0 13] but would now write to the discrete outputs at Local0O0Data[3]

90 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Manage Configurations There are several ways to manage your modulersquos configurations This section covers

bull downloading configurations to the module

bull uploading configurations to the RSLogix 5000 project

bull saving and loading configurations to disk

bull archiving configurations

Managing configuration steps are the same for scanner and adapter modes

Download and Upload Configurations

To download a configuration to the 1756-RIO module follow these steps

1 On the Configure menu choose Download Configuration

You must set the communication path through RSLinx to tell the configuration tool where the 1756-RIO module is installed The RSLinx Path Selection dialog box now appears

2 Expand the backplane of the chassis where the 1756-RIO module is installed navigate to the module and select it

3 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 91

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

To upload a configuration from the 1756-RIO module to the project follow these steps

1 From the Configure menu choose Upload Configuration

2 Set the communication path when the RSLinx dialog box appears by navigating to the 1756-RIO module on the network and clicking OK

TIP You can also set the communication path by selecting the Communication menu and choosing Select RSLinx Path

TIP You can also uploaddownload configurations from the Module button on the configuration toolrsquos toolbar

Download to the module

Upload from the module

92 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Save Configurations to Disk

To save configurations to disk from the file menu choose Save

The configuration saves as an rio file to the location you initially specified when you set the module properties in the add-on profile in the RSLogix 5000 project

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 93

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Archive Configurations

Archive Template Command

The Archive Templates command copies any templates used in the current file to the same location as the RIO file It copies any block transfer module templates used in the current configuration file into the directory where the configuration is stored

1 To archive configurations from the File menu choose Archive Templates

2 When the confirmation dialog box appears click OK

94 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Archive Template Check Command

The Archive Template Check command checks and confirms any block transfer module templates used in the current configuration file are stored in the directory where the configuration is stored

1 To use the Archive Template Check command from the File menu choose Archive Template Check

2 When the confirmation dialog box appears click OK

You must make sure you save your project if you want to keep a backup copy otherwise you get an error that the active project has not been saved or the BT Template File is not found

See Appendix C for additional information on templates

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 95

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Notes

96 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 5

Monitor Remote IO

Introduction Now that the module configuration is complete and downloaded to the 1756-RIO module you are ready to scan a Remote IO network

Remote IO scanning uses a 1756-RIO scanner in a local or remote chassis and multiple adapters on a Remote IO network The scanner enables communication between a ControlLogix controller and the remote IO devices The 1756-RIO scanner continually gathers and sends information to and from remote adapters on the Remote IO network and sends that information to the ControlLogix controller in the chassis

Remote IO monitoring uses a 1756-RIO module in adapter mode to lsquolistenrsquo to remote IO and communicate that IO back to the ControlLogix controller

Within the configuration tool there are four utilities to monitor IO

bull DiscMon monitors discrete input and output data

bull BtMon monitors block transfers

bull DiagMon monitors diagnostic counters

bull LogMon monitors the scanner log

In this chapter you will

bull use scan and monitor modes

bull monitor remote IO discrete inputs and outputs in scanner mode

bull monitor remote IO discrete inputs and outputs in adapter mode

bull monitor block transfers

bull export scanner configurations

bull use the diagnostic utilities in the configuration software to monitor save and clear diagnostics

Topic Page

Commission Summary 98

Scan Mode and Monitor Mode 99

Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs 101

Monitor Block Transfers 108

Export Scanner Configurations 115

Other Diagnostics 117

97Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 97

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Commission Summary The following list summarizes 1756-RIO scanning and monitoring functions on a Remote IO network

bull Monitor discrete inputs and outputs in scanner mode from the Monitor menu

bull Monitor discrete inputs and active inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu

bull Monitor remote IO in Monitor mode to lsquolistenrsquo to and then upgrade an existing older system to a ControlLogix system

bull Monitor block transfer reads and writes in scanner mode by right-clicking on the module in the IO tree and selecting Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

bull Export scanner configuration files in adapter mode using the Tools menu and clicking Export Scanner Configuration file File from the pull-down menu

bull Monitor an existing system by putting the module in scanner mode and loading an exported configuration file to scan the remote network

bull Use the Monitor menu to monitor diagnostics in scanner and adapter modes

bull Monitor normal operation and error messages on the network by using the Monitor menursquos Debug Log

bull Diagnose and correct fatal errors by selecting 1756-RIO Fatal Error from the Tools menu Capture fatal errors and save them in an error log for use by Technical Support

98 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Scan Mode and Monitor Mode

The 1756-RIO module can perform various scan functions depending on whether it is a scanner or an adapter

Scan Remote IO in Scanner Mode

There are three scan modes of the ControlLogix controller The following list explains each mode and what the 1756-RIO module does in each mode

bull Run mode

bull Program mode

bull Test mode

In run mode the 1756-RIO module scans remote racks reads discrete inputs does not enable outputs to run on and does not update block transfers

In program mode the 1756-RIO module scans remote racks reads discrete inputs but does not write discrete outputs or update block transfers

In test mode the 1756-RIO behaves the same as it does in program mode with the exception of the controller actively scanning the ladder logic

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 99

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Remote IO in Adapter Mode

The 1756-RIO module provides utilities to upgrade an existing remote IO application to a ControlLogix system with a minimum of downtime and startup time This function is referred to as Monitor mode

Used in Monitor mode the 1756-RIO adapter can be used to upgrade a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system by providing discrete inputs and outputs and Block Transfer read and write data to the controller You can replace the existing application or control program thatrsquos running on a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system with a new application that runs on a ControlLogix controller using the 1756-RIO module as the remote IO scanner

TIP The replacement system must be tested before the switchover It uses the same field wiring as the old system If unanticipated problems arise you can switch back to the old system in minutes

100 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 101

To use Monitor mode to upgrade your existing system to a ControlLogix system follow these steps

1 Connect the 1756-RIO module in adapterMonitor mode on the existing Remote IO network to monitor data and timing

2 Create the new application or control program in the RSLogix 5000 project It sees the exact same inputs (monitored inputs) as the existing application but writes to an internal array in the ControlLogix controller

3 Compare the outputs (monitored outputs) from the new application with the outputs from the existing system by lsquolisteningrsquo to the network

4 When you are satisfied that the new system accurately duplicates the function and timing of the existing system disconnect the Remote IO network from the old scanner and connect it to the 1756-RIO module in scanner mode

5 Switch the RSLogix 5000 project application (control program) to write outputs to the 1756-RIO module as a scanner instead of to the internal array

Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs

Use the Monitor Inputs and Monitor Outputs commands to display the discrete IO data on remote IO racks connected to the 1756-RIO module

If the RSLinx path to the 1756-RIO module has not been set an RSLinx RSWho window displays Use it to set the communication path to the module by navigating to the 1756-RIO module on the network and clicking OK

Monitor Discrete Inputs in Scanner ModeTo monitor discrete inputs in scanner mode follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu select Monitor Discrete Inputs

2 Right-click on a rack and select Monitor Discrete

3 Use the Monitor Discrete Inputs button on the toolbar

ATTENTION Be sure to switch the 1756-RIO module to scanner mode if it is not done

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

The DiscMon or discrete input monitor window displays

Each row corresponds to a rack Rack numbers are given in octal Each row shows eight words of discrete inputs for the rack number

Main Menu Rack

Toolbar

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the DiscMon utility

102 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 103

Data can be displayed in the following formats

Hexadecimal

You can display discrete IO data in hexadecimal (0000hellipFFFF) format from the View menu and choosing Hex or by clicking the Display Hex button on the toolbar

Signed Decimal

You can display discrete IO data in signed decimal (-32768hellip32767) format by choosing the View menu and choosing Signed from the pull-down menu or by clicking the Signed button on the toolbar

Format From menu From Toolbar

Hexadecimal ViewHex 0x button

Signed decimal ViewUnsigned 1 button

Unsigned decimal ViewSigned -1 button

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

104 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Unsigned Decimal

You can display discrete IO data in Unsigned Decimal (0hellip65535) format from the View menu and choosing Unsigned or by clicking the Unsigned button on the toolbar

Monitor Discrete Outputs in Scanner Mode

To monitor discrete outputs in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the main menu of the configuration tool from the Monitor pull-down menu select Monitor Discrete Outputs

2 Right-click on a rack and select Monitor Discrete Outputs

3 Use the Monitor Discrete Outputs button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Rack

Toolbar

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The Discrete Output Monitor window displays

Each row corresponds to a rack Rack numbers are given in octal and each row shows eight words of discrete outputs for the rack number

TIP The data formatting options hex signed and unsigned are the same for scanner and adapter modesrsquo monitored inputs and outputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 105

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Discrete Inputs in Adapter Mode

Monitored inputs are inputs on monitored racks To monitor discrete inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu choose Discrete Monitored Inputs Just as in scanner mode you can also get to the Monitored Discrete Input Data screen by right-clicking on a rack or clicking the Monitor Discrete Inputs button on the toolbar

106 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The Monitored Discrete Input Data window displays

Monitor Discrete Outputs in Adapter Mode

Monitored outputs are all outputs from the remote IO scanner To monitor discrete outputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu select Discrete Monitored Outputs or right-click on a rack or click the Monitor Discrete Outputs button on the toolbar

The Monitored Discrete Output Data window displays

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 107

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Discrete Active Inputs in Adapter Mode

Active inputs are inputs on active racks To monitor discrete active inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu choose Discrete Active Inputs or right-click on a rack or click the Monitor Active Inputs button on the toolbar

The Active Discrete Input Data window displays

Monitor Block Transfers Use the Block Transfer Monitor command to display the block transfers associated with a block transfer module along with diagnostics associated with the block transfers

108 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Monitor Block Transfers in Scanner Mode

To monitor a block transfer module right-click on the module in the IO tree and select Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

The 1756-RIO BTMon or block transfer module window displays

Some analog output modules have only an associated block transfer write Analog input modules have a block transfer write for configuring the module a block transfer read for data and a block transfer read for status

The upper portion of the screen is the block transfer read the lower portion is the block transfer write

The raw data can be displayed as hexadecimal signed or unsigned integer The default format for block transfer data is hexadecimal

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path to start the BTMon utility

Block Transfer Read

Block Transfer Write

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 109

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer reads

Scanner Mode Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

Counter Description

State Configactiveinactive

Type Module type from the module template

BTR Len Block transfer read length

Req Update Time Requested update time in the module configuration in ms

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer read in ms This is the average of the previous eight updates

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer read

Ignored Reqs Running count of update requests ignored by the block transfer module

Prot Errors Running count of protocol errors for this block transfer read If this counter is incrementing the module isnrsquot responding correctly

Request Count Count of the number of times on successive scans this block transfer was requested If this number is consistently greater than 1 increase the requested update time - the module cannot respond quickly enough at the current requested time The counter applies to the BTR and BTW for this module

110 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer writes

Scanner Mode Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

Counter Description

Cfg Len Length of the configuration data for this module

Data Len Data length

Req Update Time Requested update time in the module configuration in ms

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer write in ms This is the average of the previous eight updates

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer write

Ignored Reqs Running count of update requests ignored by the destination module for this block transfer write

Protocol Errs Running count of protocol errors for this block transfer write

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 111

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Block Transfers in Adapter Mode

To monitor a block transfer module right-click on the module in the IO tree and select Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

The BTMon or block transfer module window displays

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path to start the BTMon utility

Block Transfer Read

Block Transfer Write

112 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer reads

Adapter Mode Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

Counter Description

Type Module type

BTR Map Len Length of mapped BTR data in words

BTR Mon Len Length of monitored BTR data in words

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer read in ms

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer read

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 113

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer writes

Adapter Mode Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

Counter Description

BTW Map Len The length of the mapped BTW data in words

BTW Min Len The minimum BTW length in words

BTW Max Len The maximum BTW length in words

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer write in ms

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer write

114 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Export Scanner Configurations

In adapter mode the configuration tool can export a scanner configuration file built from the current adapter configuration which can be loaded into an RIO scanner The exported scanner configuration file is especially useful when converting an existing remote IO system to a ControlLogix system You can then choose whether the block transfer configuration data and update times come from the values the adapter has observed on the remote network or from the defaults from the module templates

The configuration file includes

bull a baud rate

bull monitored racks

bull block transfers on monitored racks

It does not contain active racks block transfers on active racks or mappings

To export a scanner configuration file follow these steps

1 From the Tools menu choose Export Scanner Configuration File

2 On the Export Scanner Configuration File dialog box select the FileName and BT Module Configuration Data and Update Times option for your configuration file

Make sure you use another file name so that you donrsquot overwrite the adapter configuration file

EXAMPLE The template for a module might have a default value for the channel data type The configuration seen on the network might have another value for the channel data type

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 115

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

3 Click OK

Monitor Mode

If you are using the 1756-RIO module in Monitor mode you can monitor the existing system to capture block transfer timing and configuration data then export a scanner configuration file that contains that data To use the exported configuration file follow these steps

1 Switch the 1756-RIO module back to scanner mode

2 Load the exported configuration file to scan the Remote IO network

Field Description

FileName Name the file and select the autobrowse button to search for the directory andor file where you want to save the file

The current rio file is for adapter mode When you export the scanner configuration file you are making a new rio file for scanner mode You do not want to overwrite the adapter rio file so it must be saved at this point

BT Module Configuration Data and Update Times

Capture from Online Monitor or Use Defaults from Templates

The configuration and timing data for block transfers can be based on the default configuration data from the block transfer module templates or on the configuration data and update times the adapter has observed on the network

This is a global selection and affects the data saved for all block transfer modules

116 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Other Diagnostics Use the Monitor Diagnostics Counters command to display the diagnostic counters that the 1756-RIO module maintains The 1756-RIO module maintains diagnostic counters that indicate the state of communication on an entire Remote IO network and counters related to each rack It also maintains an active rack list

The diagnostic counters consist of three groups

bull Active racks table

bull Global diagnostic counters

bull Rack diagnostic counters

Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Scanner Mode

To monitor the diagnostic counters follow these steps

From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters or click the Monitor Diagnostic Counters button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the DiagMon utility

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 117

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

The 1756-RIO DiagMon window displays showing the Active Racks Global Diag Counters and Rack Diag Counters

Active Racks Table

The Active Racks table shows which racks are present on the Remote IO network Columns represent rack numbers from 1hellip76 octal Rows represent starting IO groups If the bit for a rack and starting IO group is set there is a rack at that location The Active Racks table does not show rack size

A lsquo1rsquo indicates that a rack is present at the rack number and starting IO group indicated In the example above there is a rack present at rack 0 starting IO group 0

The lsquo1rsquo in the Active Rack table indicates a rack present at rack 0 starting IO group 0

118 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Global Diagnostic Counters

The global diagnostic counters provide information about the operation of the entire Remote IO network

The following table lists the global diagnostic countersrsquo descriptions

Scanner Mode Global Diagnostic Counters

Counter Description

Tx This counter increments each time the 1756-RIO module transmits a packet

RxGood This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a good packet

RxTout This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module sends a packet but does not receive a reply

RxBadCRC This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet with a bad Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Check cabling and termination on the Remote IO network

RxNoise This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module hears a carrier without receiving a packet Check cabling and termination on the Remote IO network

RxAbort This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives an opening flag then the packet ends without a closing flag

PrtclErr This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet that makes no sense in terms of the protocol

UpdAvg Average update time for all configured racks This is the average of the previous 64 updates

UpdMin Minimum update time for all configured racks

UpdMax Maximum update time for all configured racks

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 119

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Rack Diagnostic Counters

The rack diagnostic counters contain information about the operation of each partial rack The rows are racks from 1hellip76 octal There are four groups of counters per rack corresponding to the four possible starting IO groups for a rack

The following table lists the rack diagnostic countersrsquo descriptions

Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Adapter Mode

Follow this procedure to monitor diagnostic counters in adapter mode

From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters

The 1756-RIO-ADPT DiagMon window displays Notice that the Rack Status Table and the Global Diag Counters are the same in adapter mode as scanner mode diagnostics The BT Global Update however shows the diagnostics for the BTRs and BTWs in adapter mode

Scanner Mode Rack Diagnostic Counters

Counter Description

Rx This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet from this rack

Crc This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet with a bad CRC from this rack

Tout This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module sends a packet to this rack and does not receive a reply within the time-out period

Prtcl This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet from this rack that does not make sense in terms of the protocol

120 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The BT Global Update diagnostics table is organized by rack IO group (Grp) and slot (Slt) The first row (0) shows the BTRs first then the BTWs on rack 0 From left to right BTRs at IO group 0 slot 0 IO group 0 slot 1 IO group 1 slot 0 IO group 1 slot 1 and so on

A lower case lsquorrsquo or lsquowrsquo indicates that a block transfer has been observed at that location at some point in the past An upper case lsquoRrsquo or lsquoWrsquo indicates when a block transfer happens

Module Scanner Log

Scanner Mode

The scanner log displays messages from the firmware running on the 1756-RIO module showing its normal operation and error messages The Debug Log command monitors messages logged by the 1756-RIO module These messages can be used to diagnose problems and may be useful in tracking down errors and for Technical Support

Grp 0 Slt 0

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 121

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

To monitor the scanner log follow this procedure

1 Run the LogMon utility To launch LogMon from the Monitor menu choose Debug Log from the pull-down menu

2 Select OK once you select the 1756-RIO module on the network

A window displays confirming LogMon has started If there are no errors present the LogMon screen stays clear

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the LogMon utility

122 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The log displays module operations version and mode information Something like below is typical but your log will look different

3 To clear the scanner log from the Edit menu choose ClearLog or click the Clear Log button from the toolbar

4 To copy the contents of the log to the Windows clipboard for use in another application from the Edit menu choose Copy or click the Select All and Copy button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 123

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Adapter Mode

To launch LogMon in adapter mode follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu choose Debug Log

2 Set the RSLinx communication path when prompted and Select OK to start LogMon

Clear Diagnostics

To clear diagnostics follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters

Once you set the communication path via RSLinx software the DiagMon window displays

2 From the Actions menu choose Clear Diagnostics or click the Clear Diagnostics button on the toolbar

TIP These same instructions apply for scanner and adapter mode

124 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

3 To clear Block Transfer diagnostics while in BTMon from the Actions menu choose ClearDiagCounters or click the ClearDiagCounters button on the toolbar

Fatal Errors

Fatal errors occur when the firmware on the module encounters an unexpected condition There are three main causes for fatal errors

bull A bug in the 1756-RIO module firmware

bull A 1756-RIO module hardware failure

bull Certain types of ControlLogix backplane failures

The 1756-RIO module monitors its own operation for invalid conditions The module stops scanning turns all three status indicators red and displays a fatal error number similar to lsquoM60rsquo on the 4-character display and then stores a fatal error log that indicates the cause of the fatal error

ToolbarMain Menu

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 125

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Use the Fatal Error Capture command from the Tools menu to clear fatal errors on the 1756-RIO module and save the log file to disk for use by technical support

To clear the fatal error and capture the fatal error log for scanner and adapter modes follow these steps

1 Cycle power on the 1756-RIO module

The 4-character display should show lsquoFatalErrorCapture requiredrsquo

2 From the Tools menu choose 1756-RIO Fatal Error Capture

3 Use RSLinx software to set the communication path and select the 1756-RIO module on the network

A Fatal Error Capture warning window displays

4 Select Yes

5 Save the fatal error log to a file

IMPORTANT Clearing a fatal error also clears the configuration on the 1756-RIO module

IMPORTANT By choosing Yes communication to the module is disrupted AND the modulersquos configuration will be erased

126 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

This also clears the fatal error on the module When the Save In dialog box opens navigate to the location on the hard drive where you want to save the error log file and give it a filename

6 Contact Technical Support See the BackCover

7 Provide Technical Support with the fatal error log file to help them diagnose the cause of the problem

8 After clearing the fatal error you must download the configuration to the 1756-RIO module

See Download and Upload Configurations on page 91 for instructions on how to download configurations to the 1756-RIO module

ATTENTION You must clear the fatal error before you can use the module again and you shouldnrsquot use it again until you have determined what caused the error

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 127

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Notes

128 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix A

Scanner Mode IO Map

This section describes how the data gets mapped to the ControlLogix data for scanner mode

When you map any part of a rack to producedconsumed tag data the structure that gets mapped is for the entire rack number For example if rack 1 consists of IO groups 0 and 1 (a quarter rack) the entire structure for rack 1 is mapped when you map the rack Similarly if a rack is made up of several partial racks mapping any one of those partial racks maps the structure for the entire rack

Discrete Input Data

In scanner mode the discrete read structure for a rack consists of two status words and eight words of discrete input data

Discrete Read Structure-Input

Only bits 0hellip3 of the first word of status data are used They consist of error bits that are set if there is a communication error with a partial rack Bit 0 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 0 bit 1 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 2 and so on

The error bit is 1 if there is an error scanning the rack or if the rack is inhibited otherwise the bit is 0

Words 2hellip9 contain the discrete input data for the rack Words 2 and 3 contain the data for IO groups 0 and 1 (first 14 rack) words 3 and 4 contain the data for IO groups 2 and 3 (second 14 rack) and so on

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Status Codes and Error Codes Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

44817

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 129

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Discrete Input Data Offset - Read

Discrete Input Data Offset - Read

Offset 0Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1N

O E

RRO

R

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

ERR

OR

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

44814

130 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Discrete Output Data

In scanner mode the discrete write structure for a rack consists of two control words and eight words of discrete output data

Discrete Write Structure-Output

Bits 0hellip3 of the first word of control data are used to inhibit racks Set bit 0 to inhibit the scan of the rack starting at IO group 0 set bit 1 to inhibit the scan of the rack starting at IO group 2 and so on Inhibiting a rack stops all communication with that rack and all outputs revert to their programmed last state

Bits 4hellip7 of the first word of control data are used to reset racks Set bit 4 to reset the outputs of the rack starting at IO group 0 set bit 5 to reset the outputs of the rack starting at IO group 2 and so on When a reset command is given all communication with that rack continues however that rack behaves as if the controller is in Program mode All outputs revert to their Program mode state

Only the bit for the starting IO group needs to be set to inhibit or reset the rack For example if a rack is a full rack starting at IO group 0 only bit 0 needs to be set to inhibit the scan of the rack

Words 2hellip9 contain the discrete output data for the rack Words 2 and 3 contain the data for IO groups 0 and 1 (first 14 rack) words 3 and 4 contain the data for IO groups 2 and 3 (second 14 rack) and so on

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

2 Control Words Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

44818

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 131

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Discrete Output Data Offset-Write

Discrete Output Data Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (Control) 0 Inhibit rack that starts first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

1 Inhibit rack that starts second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

2 Inhibit rack that starts third quarter (IO group 4hellip5

3 Inhibit rack that starts fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

4 Reset rack that starts at first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

5 Reset rack that starts at second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

6 Reset rack that starts at third quarter (IO group 4hellip5)

7 Reset rack that starts at fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

8hellip15 Reserved

1 (Control) 0hellip15 Reserved (pad for 32-bit alignment)

2hellip9 (Output) 0hellip15 Discrete output data

Discrete Output Data Offset - Write

WriteOffset 0

Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9

Ouput Words

8 Words of Discrete Ouptut Data

Offset 1Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15In

hibi

t Rac

k1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Inhi

bit R

ack

2nd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 2

-3

Inhi

bit R

ack

3rd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 4

-5

Inhi

bit R

ack

4th

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 6

-7Re

set R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Rese

t Rac

k2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Rese

t Rac

k3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Rese

t Rac

k4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

44819

132 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Discrete IO Data Transfer

Discrete Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Status Codes and Error Codes Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

Read

Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Status Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1N

O E

RRO

R

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

ERR

OR

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

Discrete Write Structure - Ouput

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

2 Control Words Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

Write

Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9

Ouput Words

8 Words of Discrete Ouptut Data

Control Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Inhi

bit R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Inhi

bit R

ack

2nd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 2

-3

Inhi

bit R

ack

3rd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 4

-5

Inhi

bit R

ack

4th

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 6

-7Re

set R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Rese

t Rac

k2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Rese

t Rac

k3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Rese

t Rac

k4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

IO Rack

Scanner ModeDiscrete IO Data Transfer

44820

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 133

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Block Transfer InputIn scanner mode even if a module has only a block transfer write you should map the module to input and output data so that the control and status data gets mapped

Block Transfer Read Structure-Input

Offset 0 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer read executes successfully on the RIO network Based on configuration of the 1756-RIO module and its RPI it may be possible that the controller may see this value increment by more than 1 count per program scan

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTR error bit offset 0 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer read It clears the bit when the block transfer read enable bit is reset in the corresponding BT control write structure

When a block transfer read error occurs offset 0 bits 8hellip10 contain Error Codes

When you execute a block transfer read in manual mode the 1756-RIO module sets offset 0 bit 12 to indicate that the block transfer read executed successfully The bit is reset when the corresponding BTREN bit is reset in the BT write control file

Offset 1 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer write executes successfully on the RIO network Based on the configuration of the 1756-RIO module and its RPI it may be possible that the controller may see this value increment by more than 1 count per program scan

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTW error bit offset 1 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer write It clears the bit when the block transfer write enable bit is reset in the corresponding BT control write structure

When a block transfer write occurs offset 1 bits 8hellip10 contain an error code When you execute a block transfer write in manual mode the 1756-RIO module sets offset 1 bit 12 BTWDN to indicate that the block transfer write executed successfully The bit is reset when the corresponding BTWEN bit is reset in the BT write control file

Word offsets 2hellipn contain the read data returned by the block transfer module

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Returned Read Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

44821

134 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

BT Read Structure Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (BT Read) 0hellip7 BTR update counter (increments each time BTR executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTR error code

11 BTRERR block transfer read error

12 BTRDN block transfer read done (manual mode only)

13hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip7 BTW update counter (increments each time BTW executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTW error code

11 BTWERR block transfer write error

12 BTWDN block transfer write done (manual mode only)

13hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTR data (64 integers max)

BT ReadOffset Word 0

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Returned Read Data Offset Words 2hellipn

Read Data Returned by the Block Transfer

BT WriteOffset Word 1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

Read

Don

eM

anua

l Mod

e O

nly

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Writ

e D

one

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved

44815

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 135

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Output

BT Write Structure-Output

Offset 0 bits 0hellip5 contain the block transfer read length

Offset 0 bit 8 contains the block transfer read enable bit for manual mode block transfers

Offset 0 bit 9 is used in two ways

bull In manual mode this bit is the block-transfer-read-continuous bit If this bit is set and the enable bit is set the 1756-RIO module re-enables block transfer reads when they execute successfully

bull In automatic and semi-automatic modes this bit inhibits all block transfers to the IO module

Offset 1 bits 0hellip5 contain the block transfer write length

Offset 1 bit 8 contains the block transfer write enable bit for manual mode block transfers

Offset 1 bit 9 is the block-transfer-write-continuous bit If this bit is set and the enable bit is set the 1756-RIO module re-enables block transfer writes when they execute successfully

Word offsets 2hellipn contain the write data sent to the block transfer write module

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Write Data Container for BTW Module

1st 16-bit Word

BTW44822

136 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Block Transfer Control Write Structure

BT Write Structure Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 0hellip5 BTR length (1hellip63 word 0 means BT module decides)

6hellip7 Reserved

8 BTREN block transfer read enable (manual mode only)

9 BTRCONT (manual mode only)

BT Inhibit (automatic modes - inhibits config BTW data BTW and data BTR)

10hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip5 BTW length (1hellip63 word 0 means BT module decides)

6hellip7 Reserved

8 BTWEN block transfer write enable (manual mode only)

9 BTWCONT continuous mode (manual mode only)

10hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTW Data (64 integers max)

BT ReadOffset Word 0

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Write Data Containerfor BTW Module

Offset Words 2hellipn

Write Data Container

BT Write Offset Word 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BT Read Length

BT Write Length BT W

rite

Enab

led

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us M

ode

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved Res

Res BT R

ead

Ena

bled

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us R

ead

BT

Inhi

bit

44816

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 137

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Error Codes

Error Code Description

0 OK

1 BTRBTW request ignored by block transfer module

2 Block transfer state mismatch

3hellip6 Reserved not currently used

7 Disabled

138 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Scanner Mode Block Transfer IO

BT Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Returned Read Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Returned Read DataOffset 2hellipn

Read Data Returned by the Block Transfer

BT Write 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

Read

Don

eM

anua

l Mod

e O

nly

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Writ

e D

one

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved

Block Transfer Control Write Structure

BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Write Data Containerfor BTW Module

Offset 2hellipn

Write Data Container

BT Write 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BT Read Length

BT Write Length BT W

rite

Enab

led

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us M

ode

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved Res

Res BT R

ead

Ena

bled

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us R

ead

BT

Inhi

bit

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

BT Write Structure - Output

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Write Data Container for BTW Module

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

IO Rack

Scanner ModeBlock Transfer IO

44823

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 139

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Notes

140 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix B

Adapter Mode IO Map

This section describes the remote IO data that gets mapped to the ControlLogix data for adapter mode

The structures that get mapped for adapter mode are similar to those for scanner mode with the exception of the control bits In adapter mode you have no control over when racks or block transfers update

The IO data can be remote IO input or output data on monitored or active racks

Discrete Data Discrete Input Data

In adapter mode the discrete input structure for a rack consists of two status words followed by eight words of discrete input data When you map any part of a rack to producedconsumed tag data the structure that gets mapped is for the entire rack number

Discrete Input Monitored Racks

Inputs on monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Only bits 0hellip3 of the first word of status data are used They consist of error bits that are set if there is a communication error with a partial rack Bit 0 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 0 bit 1 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 2 and so on

The bit is set if there is an error scanning the rack and is 0 otherwise

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Only First 3

Bits Used

1st Status Word

2nd Status Word

Not Used

44838

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 141

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

142 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Discrete Input Data Monitored Racks

Discrete Input Data Monitored Racks

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (Status) 0 Communication error first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

1 Communication error second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

2 Communication error third quarter (IO group 4hellip5)

3 Communication error fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

4hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved (pad for 32-bit alignment)

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete input data

Offset 0Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Status Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

0=Status OK 1=Error

44839

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 143

Discrete Input Active Racks

There are no status bits on active racks Inputs on active racks are mapped to ControlLogix outputs

Discrete Input Data Offset Active Racks - Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input DataReserved Words

Not Used

Not Used

44850

Discrete Input Data Active Racks

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete input data

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

44851

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

In adapter mode the discrete output structure for a rack consists of two pad words and eight words of discrete output data Whenever you map a rack to ControlLogix inputs 10 words of data get mapped for remote IO inputs and 10 words get mapped for remote IO outputs

Discrete outputs on monitored and active racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Reserved WordsNot Used

44852

144 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2- 9

Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Offset 1Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

44853

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete output data

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 145

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Adapter Mode Discrete IO Data Transfer-Monitored Racks

Discrete Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

ReadStatus Words

ControlLogix Input Tags

Read

Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input (Monitored Racks)

Status Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

0 = Status OK 1=Error

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output (Monitored Racks)

Reserved0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

IO Rack

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

Discrete Output (Monitored Racks)

ControlLogix Input Tags

44842

146 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Adapter Mode Discrete IO Data Transfer-Active Racks

IO Rack

p

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Discrete Read Structure - Input Monitored Racks

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input DataReserved Words

Not Used

Not Used

Discrete OutputActive Racks Only

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2- 9

Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Offset 1Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Discrete Write Structure Monitored Racks - Output

Reserved WordsNot Used

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

ControlLogix Output Tags

ControlLogix Input Tags

44854

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 147

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Modules This section shows the structures that get mapped to ControlLogix producedconsumed input or output data when you map a block transfer module

Even if a module has only block transfer read or write data you should map the module to producedconsumed input and output data so that the control and status data gets mapped

On monitored racks block transfer read and write data maps to ControlLogix inputs

On active racks block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix output data Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix input data

Block Transfer Read Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Block transfer read data on monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Block transfer read data on active racks are mapped from ControlLogix outputs

Block Transfer Reads on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Description

0 Reserved always 0

1 Reserved always 0

2hellipn Up to 64 words of BTR data

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Reserved Block Transfer Read Data Up To 64 Words

1st 16-bit Word

44855

148 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Block Transfer Read Structure

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTR data (64 integers max)

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-nBTR Data

BTR Data (64 integers max)

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

44846

On monitored racks this is mapped to ControlLogix inputs On active racks this is mapped to ControlLogix outputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 149

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Write Data on Monitored or Active Racks

The data mapped for block transfer writes consists of two status words followed by up to 64 words of data on active or monitored racks Block transfer write data on active and monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Offset 0 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer read executes successfully

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTR error bit offset 0 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer read It clears the bit when the block transfer read enable bit occurs

When a block transfer read error occurs offset 0 bit 8hellip10 contain an error code

The error codes are as follows

Block Transfer Error Codes

Error Code Description

0 OK

1 Time-out

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Block Transfer Write Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

44843

44847

150 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Block Transfer Write Structure

Block Transfer Write Structure on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip7 BTR update counter (increments each time BTR executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTR error code

11 BTRERR block transfer read error

12hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip7 BTW update counter (increments each time BTW executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTW error code

11 BTWERR block transfer write error

12hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTW data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 0BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Offset Words 2-n

BTW Data

BTW Data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 1BT Write

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Reserved

Reserved

44844

Block transfer writes on active and monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 151

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Adapter Mode Block Transfer IO

Offset Word 0BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Offset Words 2-n

BTW Data

BTW Data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 1BT Write

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Reserved

Reserved

IO Rack

BT Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Block Transfer Write Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

BT Write Structure - Output

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Reserved Block Transfer Read Data Up To 64 Words

1st 16-bit Word

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-nBTR Data

BTR Data (64 integers max)

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Mapped as ControlLogix input data for active and monitored racks

Mapped as ControlLogix input data for monitored racksMapped as ControlLogix output data for active racks

152 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix C

Block Transfer Module Templates

Block transfer module templates have been created and installed by the add-on profile for these modules

Supported Modules

Not all modules are listed If your module is not in the list you can use the Generic BT_MODULE profile in the software or create your own template specific to your exact module or configuration This appendix covers the basics for creating your own module template

The properties of block transfer modules are defined in files in the subdirectory rsquoTemplatesrsquo of the directory where the 1756-RIO software is installed Template files have the extension BtModTpl The BtModTpl files can be opened with Microsoft Notepad

Template files are simple text files that define the properties of the block transfer module

IO Family Cat No

1746 SLC middot 1746-N14

middot 1746-N18

middot 1746-N04V

middot 1746-NT4

1771 PLC-5 middot 1771-DE middot 1771-NIV

middot 1771-IFE-16CH (in single-ended 16 Channel configuration)

middot 1771-NOC-noBTR

middot 1771-IFE-8CH (in differential 8 Channel configuration)

middot 1771-NOC

middot 1771-IL-Alarms middot 1771-NOV-noBTR

middot 1771-IL middot 1771-NOV

middot 1771-IR middot 1771-NR

middot 1771-IXE middot 1771-OFE-diag

middot 1771-NIV-Alarms middot 1771-OFE

1794 FLEX middot 1794-IE4XOE2 middot 1794-OE4

middot 1794-IE8

TIP The best way to create a template is to use an existing template as an example Use one that is similar to what you want to create copy it to a new file and modify it The following are examples of template records

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 153

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Block Transfer Template Records

Description

A template usually contains a description record which consists of the keyword Desc followed by an equal sign and up to 79 characters of text enclosed in quotes

The description text displays in the configuration dialog box for any modules created from the template

Note

A note record which consists of the keyword Note followed by an equal sign and then up to 79 characters of text enclosed in quotes conveys information that a user needs when creating a module from this template

The note text displays in the configuration dialog box for any modules created from the template

ATTENTION Anything after a semicolon on a line is treated as a comment and is ignored

EXAMPLE Desc=1771-IFE - 8 Channel Single Ended

Desc=1771-OFE - Binary Format No BTR

EXAMPLE Note=Always set mapped output data word 0hellip8880 hexadecimal in the ControlLogix

154 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

Block Transfer Lengths

A block transfer has three lengths associated with it

CfgLen

The configuration length rsquoCfgLenrsquo is the length of the additional configuration block transfer write data sent once to the block transfer module to initialize it

BtwLen

The block transfer write length rsquoBtwLenrsquo is the length of the block transfer write sent to the module during normal data update

BtrLen

The block transfer read length rsquoBtrLenrsquo is the length of the block transfer read received from the module during normal data update Default Configuration Data Values

The template usually contains default values for the configuration block transfer write

CfgData

Each value consists of the keyword rsquoCfgDatarsquo an offset enclosed in square brackets an equal sign and the data value

Offset Value

The offset is an offset into the configuration block transfer write and ranges from 0hellip(BtwLen+CfgLen-1)

Data Value

The data value can be expressed in decimal or hexadecimal (leading 0x as shown in the example above)

EXAMPLE CfgData[ 8]=0x0fff

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 155

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

The configuration program uses the default configuration data to select the initial values when you create a block transfer module from the template

Parameters

Parameters let you assign values to the configuration data different from the default values for a specific module created from a standard template

Parameters appear in the configuration dialog for any modules created from the template

Parameter definitions begin with the keyword rsquoParmDescrsquo and end with the keyword rsquoParmEndrsquo

Parameter definitions contain

bull a description to display in the module dialog

bull the location in the dialog box

bull the location in the configuration data

bull a data value

Description

Parameter definitions begin with the keyword rsquoParmDescrsquo which is followed by an equal sign and then up to 39 characters of text to be displayed in the dialog box

Location in Dialog Box

The screen location in terms of row (Row=0-63) and column (Col=0-2) where the parameter displays in the dialog box

Location in the Configuration Data

The location of the parameter in the configuration block transfer is defined in terms of offset data mask and bit shift

The offset is the offset into the configuration block transfer from 0hellip63 It is specified by the keyword rsquoOfsrsquo an equal sign and the offset value

EXAMPLE CfgData[ 4]=0x8000 0-3DataPol 4 6 8 10MinScaPol 5 7 9 11MaxScalPol 15BinFmt

CfgData[ 5] Min Scale ch 1

156 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

The shift is the number of bits The value you enter is shifted left from 0hellip15 It is specified by the keyword rsquoShiftrsquo an equal sign and the shift value

The mask selects bits in the value you enter It is specified by the keywordrsquoMaskrsquo an equal sign and the mask value usually in hexadecimal

The value you enter is logically ANDed with the mask shifted left by the shift value and ORed into the configuration word given by the offset

Data Value

Data values can be defined as a numerical value or from a selection list Numerical values are defined in terms of a format (BcdSgn BcdUns BinSgn or BinSgn) the corresponding data value mask and shift values and minimum and maximum values Selection lists can contain up to 256 selection values The configuration dialog for a module created from the template displays the names of the selection values

EXAMPLE Ofs=8 Mask=0x00ff Shift=2

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 157

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Parameter Examples

Example 1 Numeric Value

Min Scale

ParmDesc=Min Scale Ch 1 Col=0 Row=0 Ofs=5 Mask=Oxffff Shift=0

BinSgn MinVal=-4095 MaxVal=4095

ParmEnd

Example 2 Selection

Channel 1

ParmDesc=Range Select Ch 1Col=0 Row=2 Ofs=0 Mask=0x0003Shift=0

Select= 1 to 5V 4 to 20mA 0

Select= 0 to 5V 0 to 20mA 1

Select=-5 to 5V-20 to 20mA 2

Select=-10 to 10V 0 to 10V 3

ParmEnd

158 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

Aliases

Aliases define the names and descriptions exported from the configuration program and imported into the RSLogix 5000 project They begin with keyword rsquoAliasInprsquo or rsquoAliasOutrsquo an offset enclosed in square brackets a name consisting of up to 15 characters enclosed in quotes and a description consisting of up to 79 characters enclosed in quotes

EXAMPLE AliasInp[ 0]=_DAC_Ch1 Raw Data Channel 1

AliasOut[ 0]=_Ch1 Data - Channel 1

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 159

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Notes

160 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix D

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

This section covers problems that may occur with your 1756-RIO module The following areas are covered

bull 1756-RIO modulersquos alphanumeric display

bull RIO status indicator

bull CLX status indicator

bull OK status indicator

bull Debug log

bull Fatal errors

bull Updating the firmware

Alphanumeric Display The 4-character alphanumeric display shows lsquoRIO Scannerrsquo or lsquoRIO Adapterrsquo followed by the firmware version number and any banner text defined in the module configuration

The display shows the following messages at power-up

If the indicator on the 1756-RIO module does not cycle through these messages on powerup contact Technical Support

Message Description

Bnn Stages in the start-up processes nn is a hexadecimal number

Boot Next stage in power-up sequence

RIO Scanner v xxxxx Module firmware revision

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 161

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

Status Indicators The 1756-RIO module has three status indicators to indicate the state of internal operations The status indicators are labeled RIO CLX and OK

RIO Status Indicator ndash Remote Devices Status

The RIO indicator displays the status of the Remote IO network connection Status varies depending on the mode of the module

Scanner Mode

In order of priority highest first

Module Display and Indicators

Indicator Description

1 Module status display

2 RIO status indicator

3 CLX status indicator

4 OK status indicator

Indicator Status Description

RIO Red A frame-receive error has been received in the last second (CRC error abort or time-out) Indicator stays red for 1 second after the error occurs

One or more racks are in error

Flashing redoff

At least one rack being scanned (not inhibited) is in error One or more racks are inhibited

Yellow Idle no racks are configured

Flashing yellowoff

All configured racks are inhibited

Flashing greenoff

No racks being scanned (not inhibited) are in error but one or more racks are inhibited

Green Successful communication with all configured racks no inhibited racks

RIO CLX OK

44777ADAPTER MOD 1

2 3 4

162 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators Appendix D

Adapter Mode

In order of priority highest first

CLX Status Indicator ndash ControlBus Status

The CLX indicator displays the status of communication with the ControlLogix processor

Indicator Status Description

RIO Red A frame-receive error has been received in the last second (CRC error abort or time-out) Indicator stays red for 1 second after the error occurs

Flashing redoff

One or more racks are not being scanned

Flashing greenoff

Configuration mismatch on one or more racks

Green All racks are being scanned and there are no configuration mismatches

Indicator Status Description

CLX Green The module has successfully processed a request from the ControlBus backplane within the last five seconds All required connections are open

Flashing greenoff

Controlling Connection is open but not all required connections are open

Yellow Idle no requests received from the backplane in the last five seconds No connections empty configuration

Flashing yellowoff

Controlling Connection is not open

Red The module has returned a CIP error to a request from the backplane within the last second All required connections are open

Flashing redoff The module has returned a CIP error within the last second All required connections are not open

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 163

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

OK Status Indicator ndash Module Health

The Debug LogThe firmware on the 1756-RIO module maintains a log of informational and diagnostic messages that can be useful in determining the cause of configuration and network problems

To view the log select MonitorgtDebug Log in the scanner or adapter configuration program within the configuration tool

Fatal ErrorsFatal errors occur when the firmware on the module encounters an unexpected condition The module stops running turns all three status indicators red and displays the fatal error number on the 4-character display The module also records its state at the time the fatal error occurred in a log

To clear the fatal error and capture the fatal error log follow these steps

1 Cycle power on the module The 4-character display should show ldquoFaltalErrorCaputure requiredrdquo

2 From the Tools menu choose 1756-RIO Fatal Error Capture in the scanner or adapter configuration program

3 Store the fatal error log to a file

This also clears the fatal error on the module

Contact Technical Support and provide them with the fatal error log file to help diagnose the cause of the problem

Indicator Status Description

OK Green Indicates that module has passed all power-up diagnostics and is functioning normally

Red Indicates that module startup diagnostics failed or a major module fault such as watchdog time-out or jabber inhibit occurred

IMPORTANT If all three status indicators are solid red and the 4-character display shows Mxx (where xx is the error number) a fatal error has occurred See Fatal Errors Make a note of the error code numbers to give Tech Support if you must call for help

164 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators Appendix D

Watchdog and Jabber Inhibit

A watchdog timer is implemented in the modulersquos hardware If the firmware does not kick the watchdog within the time-out period the watchdog times out and generates a fatal error with error code D1 In scanner mode the module stops scanning In adapter mode all racks stop communication

A jabber inhibit timer is implemented in the modulersquos hardware If the network transmitter is on longer than 150 of the longest network frame time the jabber inhibit forces the transmitter off and generates a fatal error with error code D0

In scanner mode the module stops scanning In adapter mode the module stops communicating on the back plane and Remote IO network

Updating the Firmware

The module firmware updates using the scanner or adapter configuration program To update the firmware in the configuration tool from the Tools menu choose Set 1756-RIO ScannerAdapter Mode Setting the mode loads the latest firmware onto the module

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 165

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

Notes

166 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 167

Appendix E

Quick Start

ControlLogix System Quick Start

Use the following steps to quickly get the module running in a ControlLogix system Detailed information about each step is available in other sections of this manual or in the installation manual You can have only one scanner per RIO network Remove any other scanners on the RIO network before continuing The RIO module ships in scanner mode You can adjust the instructions to fit the mode that matches your needs

1 Install RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

2 Install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

3 Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the 1756-RIO modulersquos add-on profile found on the installation CD shipped with the module or download it from httpsupportrockwellautomationcomcontrolflashLogixProfilerasp

RSLinx software and RSLogix 5000 programming software must be installed before the add-on profile

See page 19

4 Create a project in RSLogix 5000 programming software

5 Add a 1756 controller to your project

See page 23

6 Add a 1756-RIO module to the project by right-clicking on the chassis in the Controller Organizer and selecting New Module

The Select Module dialog box appears

7 Expand the Communications heading and select the 1756-RIO module Click OK

See page 24

8 Select the General tab on the Module Properties dialog box to set the module properties

Appendix E Quick Start

168 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

9 Enter the module name and slot number

See page 24

10 Click the Change button in the Module Definition section Select your desired mode scanner or adapter

The module ships in scanner mode Note the number of inputoutput tags If this number is not the same after you map your data with the configuration tool you will have to return to this screen and change them to match your configuration You can specify independently the number of input and output tags within the range of 1hellip10 Each tag you create will create a block of 248 integers For example a value of 2 will create 2x248 or 498 integers

11 When done click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

See page 25

12 Select the Connection tab on the Module Properties dialog box

13 Set the Requested Packet Interval (RPI)

See page 27

14 Click on the Remote IO tab name the RIO file and click the OK button

15 Choose Yes on the Create dialog box

See page 31

This will close the Module Properties dialog box You will need to double-click on the 1756-RIO module in the controller organizer to re-open the Module Properties dialog box

16 Click on the Configure Remote IO Devices button on the Module Properties dialog box to launch the configuration tool

17 In the configuration tool if needed under the Tools menu select Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode command to match the RIO module functionality to match your application Scanner or Adapter

See pages 33

18 Configure the RIO module to match your application In scanner mode add the desired racks to scan and any block transfer modules In adapter mode configure the desired racks to be emulated or monitored and add any block transfer modules Map all entries either manually or by using the Automap command

See pages 51 and 76

Quick Start Appendix E

19 Download the configuration to the module From the configuration toolrsquos Configure menu choose Download Configuration Set the communication path when prompted

See page 91

20 Save the project

21 Go online in the RSLogix 5000 project and download the configuration to the controller

See page 30

See Chapters 2 and 3 for in-depth information on setting module modes and configuration

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 169

Appendix E Quick Start

Notes

170 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Index

Symbolsrio file 116

Numerics1756-RIO module 124-character display 13 12556RioCfgAdpt 19 6956RioCfgScan 19 33 40 57

Aabsolute addresses 84ActBTR 78ActInp 77active 67active inputs 98 108active rack 46 61 67 108

table 117adapter 11

configuration 115mode 11 15 62 86 87 98 124 165program 19

add-on profile 15 16 19 167alias prefix 85aliases 56 76 84 89analog 46 109

data 72archive

configurations 94template check command 95templates command 94

asynchronous 29auto 64

configuration 65configure 41 62map 62mapping 53

automatic 49automatic block transfers 50Avg Update Time 113 114

Bbackplane 66 125base tag 85baud rate 39 63 115block transfer 64 72 136

data 11 37input 134module 11 70 72module type 74

monitor command 108read 98 109read data 78read-and-write-update rates 50timing 116update 50 66write 78 109

blue 68blue hose 14BT

global update 120global update diagnostics table 121MODULE 72Module 98-module 48Module Parameterization 48Mon 109template file 95

BtMon 97

BT-MODULE 66BTR

Len 110len 75Length 73Map Len 113Mon Len 113

BTWLength 73Map Len 114Max Len 114Min Len 114

btw len 75

Cclear

all mappings 57 80block transfer module data mappings 82diagnostics 124Log 123rack map 58

CLX 14Clx Input 78Clx Input data 77Clx Output 78Clx Output data 77

communication path 62 91configuration

tool 29 54 83tree 67

configure 64adapter mode 61-82

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 171

Index

scanner mode 37-59connections 51control program 87controller organizer 16 167ControlLogix

controller 11controller inputs 78inputs 77 141outputs 77 87

counter 134Cyclic Redundancy Check 119

Ddata

blocks 54offset 54 77

debug log 98 121delete

partial rack 46rack 46 71

DiagMon 97 117 120diagnostic counters 120diagnostics 111 114DiscMon 97 102discrete 37 46

data 11input data 129inputs 99output data 131outputs 90 99 107read structure 129write structure 131

door label 13 14download 44 65 127DTL32DLL 20

Eelectronic keying 26empty configuration 64emulate 15 61 67ending IO group 68 70error bit 129 134export 51 56 76

aliases 84 86scanner configuration 97 115

Ffatal error log 125fatal errors 98 125

firmware 15 121 125 165

Ggeneric module type 67global diagnostic counters 117

Hhardware 125hexadecimal 103 109

IIO

data 76discrete inputs 97discrete outputs 98module 50 72

import 56inhibit 131input tags - output tags 26inputs 37integer 109internal array 87 101

Jjabber inhibit timer 165

Lladder logic 99LED Banner name 39 63lightning bolt 67 68link module configuration 83-95listen 97 101LogMon 97 122

Mmain menu 117manual 49

mode 50 134 136manually map 53map 62mapping configuration 51Max Update Time 113 114Min Update Time 113 114mode 31module

definition 17 168

172 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Index

profiles setup dialog box 21type 73

MonBTR 78MonBTW 78MonInp 77monitor 112

BT module 109diagnostics counters 117discrete inputs 101discrete outputs 104inputs 106mode 11 15 61 100outputs 101

monitored rack 46 61 67 72 115MonOut 77MPSetupexe program 20

Nnetwork

configuration 64traffic 66tree 43 69

Ooctal 102 105 118offset 55 134 136OK 14output table 52 57 76 79outputs 15 37

Ppacket 119partial rack 41 67 120 129PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC 15producedconsumed

data 11 61 67data connections 79input data 69tag 11 51 129

program mode 50 64 99 131protocol 119 120

Qquarter rack 68 129

Rrack

diagnostic counters 117 120

map discretes 53number 102type 70

red 68re-import 56re-map all command 56Remote

IO network 117 165remote

chassis 97IO 67 69IO inputs 61IO network 11 37 73 97IO outputs 61IO scanner 73 77 100IO scanner inputs 77network 16

requested pack interval 11 22resize 45 69 70resize partial rack 70RIO 14

output placeholders 86output placeholders base tag 86

root 69row 120RPI 11RSLinx

communication path 102 109 117 124Gateway 15Professional 15software 15 16 124 167

RSLogix 5000control program 84programming software 15 16 87 167project 22 24 67 76 89 101

RTB connection 13run mode 50 64 65 99

Sscanner 11

configuration file 115log 121mode 15 37 85 99 109 122 131

scanner mode IO map 129-139semi-automatic 49 50shadow 15signed 109signed decimal 103slot 72 121

number 25starting IO group 68 118

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 173

Index

status data 129status indicators 13

Ttemplate 46 72termination 119test mode 99throughput 29timing data 116toolbar 92 117 124tools menu 88tree 72 87

troubleshooting display and status indicators 161-165

Uunassigned IO addresses 76unsigned 109unsigned decimal 103 104update block transfers 99Update Count 113 114upgrade 101upload 92

174 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret AŞ Kar Plaza İş Merkezi E Blok Kat6 34752 İccedilerenkoumly İstanbul Tel +90 (216) 5698400

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 176Supersedes Publication 1756-UM534A-EN-P - April 2009 Copyright copy 2010 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupport you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make thebest use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupport

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation review the information that is contained in this manualYou can contact Customer Support for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Documentation Feedback

Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document complete this form publication RA-DU002 available at httpwwwrockwellautomationcomliterature

United States or Canada 14406463434

Outside United States or Canada

Use the Worldwide Locator at httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupportamericasphone_enhtml or contact your local Rockwell Automation representative

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • 1756-UM534B-EN-P ControlLogix Remote IO Communication Module User Manual
  • Summary of Changes
    • New and Updated Information
      • Table of Contents
      • Preface
        • Introduction
        • Who Should Use This Manual
        • Information Found in This Manual
        • Additional Resources
          • Chapter 1 - The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started
            • Introduction
            • 1756-RIO Module Components
            • 1756-RIO Module Requirements
            • The 1756-RIO Modes
            • Prepare the Module
            • Install the Software
            • Install the Add-on Profile
            • Create the RSLogix 5000 Project
              • Configure the Controller
              • Add the 1756-RIO Module
              • Enter the RPI
                • Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project
                • Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode
                  • Launch the 1756-RIO Configuration Tool
                      • Chapter 2 - Configure Scanner Mode
                        • Introduction
                        • Configure Scanner Summary
                        • Set the Baud Rate
                        • Autoconfigure Racks
                        • Manually Configure Racks
                          • Matching Configuration Tool Settings with Module Settings
                          • Resize a Rack
                          • Delete a Rack
                            • Configure Block Transfer Modules
                            • Map IO Data
                              • Automatic Mapping
                              • Manually Map Discrete (rack) Data
                              • Manually Map Block Transfer Data
                              • Re-Map Command
                              • Clear Mappings
                                  • Chapter 3 - Configure Adapter Mode
                                    • Introduction
                                    • Configure Adapter Summary
                                    • Set the Baud Rate
                                    • Autoconfigure Racks
                                      • Perform the AutoConfiguration
                                      • Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network
                                        • Manually Configure Racks
                                          • Resizing Racks
                                          • Delete Racks
                                            • Configure Block-transfer Modules
                                            • Map IO Data
                                              • Automatic Mapping
                                              • Manually Map Discrete Data
                                              • Re-Map Command
                                              • Clear Mappings
                                                  • Chapter 4 - Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project
                                                    • Introduction
                                                    • Commission Summary
                                                    • Aliases
                                                      • Export Aliases in Scanner Mode
                                                      • Export Aliases in Adapter Mode
                                                      • Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System
                                                        • Manage Configurations
                                                          • Download and Upload Configurations
                                                          • Save Configurations to Disk
                                                          • Archive Configurations
                                                              • Chapter 5 - Monitor Remote IO
                                                                • Introduction
                                                                • Commission Summary
                                                                • Scan Mode and Monitor Mode
                                                                  • Scan Remote IO in Scanner Mode
                                                                  • Monitor Remote IO in Adapter Mode
                                                                    • Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Inputs in Scanner Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Outputs in Scanner Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Inputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Outputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Active Inputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                        • Monitor Block Transfers
                                                                          • Monitor Block Transfers in Scanner Mode
                                                                          • Monitor Block Transfers in Adapter Mode
                                                                            • Export Scanner Configurations
                                                                              • Monitor Mode
                                                                                • Other Diagnostics
                                                                                  • Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Scanner Mode
                                                                                  • Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Adapter Mode
                                                                                  • Module Scanner Log
                                                                                  • Clear Diagnostics
                                                                                  • Fatal Errors
                                                                                      • App A - Scanner Mode IO Map
                                                                                        • Discrete Input Data
                                                                                        • Discrete Output Data
                                                                                        • Block Transfer Input
                                                                                        • Block Transfer Output
                                                                                          • App B - Adapter Mode IO Map
                                                                                            • Discrete Data
                                                                                              • Discrete Input Data
                                                                                              • Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                • Block Transfer Modules
                                                                                                  • Block Transfer Read Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                  • Block Transfer Write Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                      • App C - Block Transfer Module Templates
                                                                                                        • Block Transfer Template Records
                                                                                                        • Block Transfer Lengths
                                                                                                        • Parameters
                                                                                                        • Parameter Examples
                                                                                                        • Aliases
                                                                                                          • App D - Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators
                                                                                                            • Alphanumeric Display
                                                                                                            • Status Indicators
                                                                                                              • RIO Status Indicator ndash Remote Devices Status
                                                                                                              • CLX Status Indicator ndash ControlBus Status
                                                                                                              • OK Status Indicator ndash Module Health
                                                                                                              • The Debug Log
                                                                                                              • Fatal Errors
                                                                                                              • Watchdog and Jabber Inhibit
                                                                                                              • Updating the Firmware
                                                                                                                  • Quick Start
                                                                                                                    • ControlLogix System Quick Start
                                                                                                                      • Index
                                                                                                                        • Symbols
                                                                                                                        • Numerics
                                                                                                                        • A
                                                                                                                        • B
                                                                                                                        • C
                                                                                                                        • D
                                                                                                                        • E
                                                                                                                        • F
                                                                                                                        • G
                                                                                                                        • H
                                                                                                                        • I
                                                                                                                        • J
                                                                                                                        • L
                                                                                                                        • M
                                                                                                                        • N
                                                                                                                        • O
                                                                                                                        • P
                                                                                                                        • Q
                                                                                                                        • R
                                                                                                                        • S
                                                                                                                        • T
                                                                                                                        • U
                                                                                                                          • Back Cover
                                                                                                                            • Introduction_Catagory Types

                                                                                                                              Print Spec Sheet

                                                                                                                              ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles true AutoRotatePages All Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Dot Gain 20) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (US Web Coated 050SWOP051 v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket false DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 1 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo true PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo true PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo false PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Remove UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile () AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 300 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Average ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 200000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 300 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Average GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 200000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Average MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 150000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects false CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName () PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false Description ltlt CHS ltFEFF4f7f75288fd94e9b8bbe5b9a521b5efa7684002000500044004600206587686353ef901a8fc7684c976262535370673a548c002000700072006f006f00660065007200208fdb884c9ad88d2891cf62535370300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c676562535f00521b5efa768400200050004400460020658768633002gt CHT ltFEFF4f7f752890194e9b8a2d7f6e5efa7acb7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065874ef653ef5728684c9762537088686a5f548c002000700072006f006f00660065007200204e0a73725f979ad854c18cea7684521753706548679c300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c4f86958b555f5df25efa7acb76840020005000440046002065874ef63002gt DAN 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 DEU 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 ESP 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 FRA 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 ITA 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 JPN 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 KOR ltFEFFc7740020c124c815c7440020c0acc6a9d558c5ec0020b370c2a4d06cd0d10020d504b9b0d1300020bc0f0020ad50c815ae30c5d0c11c0020ace0d488c9c8b85c0020c778c1c4d560002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020bb38c11cb97c0020c791c131d569b2c8b2e4002e0020c774b807ac8c0020c791c131b41c00200050004400460020bb38c11cb2940020004100630072006f0062006100740020bc0f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020c774c0c1c5d0c11c0020c5f40020c2180020c788c2b5b2c8b2e4002egt NLD (Gebruik deze instellingen om Adobe PDF-documenten te maken voor kwaliteitsafdrukken op desktopprinters en proofers De gemaakte PDF-documenten kunnen worden geopend met Acrobat en Adobe Reader 50 en hoger) NOR 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 PTB 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 SUO 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 SVE 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 ENU (Use these settings to create Adobe PDF documents for quality printing on desktop printers and proofers Created PDF documents can be opened with Acrobat and Adobe Reader 50 and later) gtgt Namespace [ (Adobe) (Common) (10) ] OtherNamespaces [ ltlt AsReaderSpreads false CropImagesToFrames true ErrorControl WarnAndContinue FlattenerIgnoreSpreadOverrides false IncludeGuidesGrids false IncludeNonPrinting false IncludeSlug false Namespace [ (Adobe) (InDesign) (40) ] OmitPlacedBitmaps false OmitPlacedEPS false OmitPlacedPDF false SimulateOverprint Legacy gtgt ltlt AddBleedMarks false AddColorBars false AddCropMarks false AddPageInfo false AddRegMarks false ConvertColors NoConversion DestinationProfileName () DestinationProfileSelector NA Downsample16BitImages true FlattenerPreset ltlt PresetSelector MediumResolution gtgt FormElements false GenerateStructure true IncludeBookmarks false IncludeHyperlinks false IncludeInteractive false IncludeLayers false IncludeProfiles true MultimediaHandling UseObjectSettings Namespace [ (Adobe) (CreativeSuite) (20) ] PDFXOutputIntentProfileSelector NA PreserveEditing true UntaggedCMYKHandling LeaveUntagged UntaggedRGBHandling LeaveUntagged UseDocumentBleed false gtgt ]gtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2400 2400] PageSize [612000 792000]gtgt setpagedevice

                                                                                                                              JIT Printing Specifications RA-QR005F-EN-P - 8072009
                                                                                                                              Printing Specification YOUR DATA HERE Instructions NO
                                                                                                                              (required) Category D6 Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab 11rdquo x 17rdquo LOOSE -Loose Leaf YES Pre-sale Marketing TOP
                                                                                                                              (required) Finished Trim Size Width 85rdquo x 11rdquo 85rdquo x 11rdquo PERFECT - Perfect Bound A1 LEFT
                                                                                                                              (required) Publication Number 1756-UM534B-EN-P Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P 3rdquo x 5rdquo SADDLE - Saddle Stitch A2 RIGHT CORNER
                                                                                                                              Use Legacy Number YES or NO 18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound) A4 BOTTOM SIDE
                                                                                                                              Legacy Number if applicable Sample Legacy Number 0160-533 24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster STAPLED1 -1 position A3
                                                                                                                              Publication Title ControlLogix Remote IO Communication Module Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief 36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position A5
                                                                                                                              (required) Business Group Marketing Commercial As entered in DocMan 4rdquo x 6rdquo STAPLED2 - 2 positions A6
                                                                                                                              (required) Cost Center 19010 As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021 CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105 475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size) THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound) A7
                                                                                                                              BindingStitching PERFECT - Perfect Bound Review key on right Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise) 475rdquo x 775rdquo THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline) A8
                                                                                                                              (required) Page Count of Publication 172 Total page count including cover 55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size) Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline) A9
                                                                                                                              Paper Stock Color white White is assumed For color options contact your vendor 6rdquo x 4rdquo Post Sale Technical Communication
                                                                                                                              Number of Tabs Needed 5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley 7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std) B1
                                                                                                                              Stitching Location SIDE Blank Corner or Side 825rdquo x 10875rdquo B2
                                                                                                                              Drill Hole YESNO YES All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border 825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std) B3 None
                                                                                                                              Glue Location on Pad Glue location on pads 8375rdquo x 10875 B4 Half
                                                                                                                              Number of Pages per Pad Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max 9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder) B5 C
                                                                                                                              Ink Color Black One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm) Catalogs DbleParll
                                                                                                                              Used in Manufacturing No A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm) C1 Offset Z
                                                                                                                              Fold Sample
                                                                                                                              Comments C2 Short
                                                                                                                              Part Number NA JIT POD V
                                                                                                                              D1 Z
                                                                                                                              D2 Microfold
                                                                                                                              D3
                                                                                                                              D4
                                                                                                                              D5
                                                                                                                              D6
                                                                                                                              D7
                                                                                                                              D8
                                                                                                                              D9
                                                                                                                              This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
                                                                                                                              Publication Type and Print Category
                                                                                                                              Publication Type Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below) JIT Spec (See table below) Description Order Min Order Max Life Cycle Usage Release Option
                                                                                                                              AD NA - Puttman NA Advertisement Reprint Colour NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              AP A3 D2 Application Solution or Customer Success Story 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              AR NA NA ArticleEditorialByline NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              (press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
                                                                                                                              AT B3 B4 D5 Application techniques 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              BR A2 Primary A1 NA Brochures 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CA C2 Primary C1 NA Catalogue 1 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CG NA NA Catalogue Guide 1 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CL NA NA Collection 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CO A5 A6 A9 D5 Company Confidential Information NA NA NA Confidential
                                                                                                                              CP E-only E-only D5 Competitive Information 5 50 NA Confidential
                                                                                                                              DC E-only E-only Discount Schedules NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DI A1 A3 NA Direct Mail 5 100 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DM NA NA Product Demo 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DS B3 D5 Dimensions Sheet 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              DU B3 D5 Document Update 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              GR B2 D6 Getting Results 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              IN B3 Primary B2 D5 D6 Installation instructions 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              LM NA NA Launch Materials 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              PC B3 D5 Packaging Contents
                                                                                                                              PL E-only primary B3 E-only Price List 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              PM B2 D6 Programming Manual 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              PP A3 D1 Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              QR B2 primary B3 B5 D5 D6 Quick Reference 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              QS B2 primary B3 B5 D5 D6 Quick Start 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              RM B2 D5 D6 Reference Manual 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              RN B3 D5 Release Notes 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              SG B1 Primary B4 D5 D6 Selection Guide Colour 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              SG B2 D5 D6 Selection Guide BW 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              SP A1 A2 A3 A4 NA Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type 5 100 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              SR B2 B3 D5 D6 Specification Rating Sheet 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              TD B2 Primary B3 B4 B5 D5 D6 Technical Data 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              TG B2 B3 D6 Troubleshooting Guide 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              UM B2 Primary B4 D6 User Manual BW 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              WD B3 D5 Wiring Diagrams Dwgs 1 5 Post Internal
                                                                                                                              WP B3 Primary B5 D5 White Paper 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
                                                                                                                              Publication length Minimum Order Quantity
                                                                                                                              77 or more pages 1 (no shrink wrap required)
                                                                                                                              33 to 76 pages 25
                                                                                                                              3 to 32 pages 50
                                                                                                                              1 or 2 pages 100
                                                                                                                              Pre-sale Marketing All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              A1 4 color 170 gsm 2pp 100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A2 4 color 170 gsm folded 4pp 100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A3 4 color Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A4 2 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A5 2 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
                                                                                                                              A6 1 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
                                                                                                                              A7 4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide Category being deleted 10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              A8 4 color cover Category being deleted 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              2 color text
                                                                                                                              Selection Guide
                                                                                                                              A9 2 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              Selection Guide
                                                                                                                              Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
                                                                                                                              Post Sale Technical Communication
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              B1 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              2 color text 50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B2 1 color 160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond 90 Cover50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B3 1 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              B4 2 color 160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond 90 Cover50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B5 2 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              Catalogs
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              C1 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              4 color text 45 Coated Sheet
                                                                                                                              C2 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              2 color text 32-33 Coated Sheet
                                                                                                                              JIT POD All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              D1 4 color 170gsm white silk 80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
                                                                                                                              D2 4 color 120gsm white silk 80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
                                                                                                                              D3 4 color Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
                                                                                                                              D4 1 color 160gsm tab 90 index
                                                                                                                              D5 1 color 80gsm bond 20 bond self cover
                                                                                                                              D6 1 color Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              D7 2 color 160gsm tab 90 index
                                                                                                                              D8 2 color 80gsm bond 20 bond self cover
                                                                                                                              D9 2 color Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              D10 Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories

Table of Contents

Preface Introduction 9Who Should Use This Manual 10Information Found in This Manual 10Additional Resources 10

Chapter 1The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Introduction 111756-RIO Module Components 131756-RIO Module Requirements 15The 1756-RIO Modes 15Prepare the Module 16Install the Software 19Install the Add-on Profile 19Create the RSLogix 5000 Project 22

Configure the Controller 23Add the 1756-RIO Module 24Enter the RPI 27

Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project 30Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode 30

Launch the 1756-RIO Configuration Tool 31

Chapter 2Configure Scanner Mode Introduction 37

Configure Scanner Summary 38Set the Baud Rate 39Autoconfigure Racks 40Manually Configure Racks 43

Matching Configuration Tool Settings with Module Settings 44Resize a Rack 45Delete a Rack 46

Configure Block Transfer Modules 46Map IO Data 51

Automatic Mapping 53Manually Map Discrete (rack) Data 53Manually Map Block Transfer Data 55Re-Map Command 56Clear Mappings 57

Chapter 3Configure Adapter Mode Introduction 61

Configure Adapter Summary 62Set the Baud Rate 63Autoconfigure Racks 64

Perform the AutoConfiguration 65

5Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 5

Table of Contents

Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network 67Manually Configure Racks 69

Resizing Racks 70Delete Racks 71

Configure Block-transfer Modules 72Map IO Data 76

Automatic Mapping 76Manually Map Discrete Data 77Re-Map Command 79Clear Mappings 80

Chapter 4Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Introduction 83Commission Summary 83Aliases 84

Export Aliases in Scanner Mode 85Export Aliases in Adapter Mode 86Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System 87

Manage Configurations 91Download and Upload Configurations 91Save Configurations to Disk 93Archive Configurations 94

Chapter 5Monitor Remote IO Introduction 97

Commission Summary 98Scan Mode and Monitor Mode 99

Scan Remote IO in Scanner Mode 99Monitor Remote IO in Adapter Mode 100

Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs 101Monitor Discrete Inputs in Scanner Mode 101Monitor Discrete Outputs in Scanner Mode 104Monitor Discrete Inputs in Adapter Mode 106Monitor Discrete Outputs in Adapter Mode 107Monitor Discrete Active Inputs in Adapter Mode 108

Monitor Block Transfers 108Monitor Block Transfers in Scanner Mode 109Monitor Block Transfers in Adapter Mode 112

Export Scanner Configurations 115Monitor Mode 116

Other Diagnostics 117Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Scanner Mode 117Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Adapter Mode 120Module Scanner Log 121

6 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Table of Contents

Clear Diagnostics 124Fatal Errors 125

Appendix AScanner Mode IO Map Discrete Input Data 129

Discrete Output Data 131Block Transfer Input 134Block Transfer Output 136

Appendix BAdapter Mode IO Map Discrete Data 141

Discrete Input Data 141Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks 144

Block Transfer Modules 148Block Transfer Read Data on Monitored or Active Racks 148Block Transfer Write Data on Monitored or Active Racks 150

Appendix CBlock Transfer Module Templates Block Transfer Template Records 154

Block Transfer Lengths 155Parameters 156Parameter Examples 158Aliases 159

Appendix DTroubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

Alphanumeric Display 161Status Indicators 162

RIO Status Indicator ndash Remote Devices Status 162CLX Status Indicator ndash ControlBus Status 163OK Status Indicator ndash Module Health 164The Debug Log 164Fatal Errors 164Watchdog and Jabber Inhibit 165Updating the Firmware 165

Appendix EQuick Start ControlLogix System Quick Start 167

Index

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 7

Table of Contents

Notes

8 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Preface

Introduction This manual describes how to configure and troubleshoot your Logix Remote IO (RIO) Communication Module

The 1756-RIO module

bull runs in a ControlLogix environment

bull allows upgrade from PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC systems to a ControlLogix system with a minimum of downtime and startup time

bull uses integer data

bull does not require MSG instructions All data is scheduled

bull offloads block transfer execution to reduce processing burden on the processor

This publication explains how and why you would use a 1756-RIO module The module is used in two modes scanner and adapter mode

In scanner mode the 1756-RIO module enables communication and data transfer between a ControlLogix controller and devices on a Remote IO network The module continuously scans adapters on the remote network The module transfers discrete and block transfer data

In adapter mode the module performs two functions simultaneously First it emulates one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner Second it monitors other remote IO racks on the same Remote IO network

It can be used to upgrade an existing PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system

The advantages of using the 1756-RIO module to upgrade your system include

bull allowing the user to leave the existing Remote IO network in place alleviating the time andor expense of replacing the IO and field wiring or the process of testing out field wiring

bull allowing the new application to be tested before you switch over so that it works just like the old one

bull allowing you to switch back to the old application in minutes should you run into problems

For installation information see the Remote IO (RIO) Module Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN610

9Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 9

Preface

Who Should Use This Manual

We assume you understand remote IO (RIO) modules and the host controller system (ControlLogix)

This manual is intended for individuals who use DHRIO PLC-5 PLC-3 SLC or ControlLogix systems such as

bull software engineers

bull control engineers

bull application engineers

bull instrumentation technicians

Information Found in This Manual

This manual is broken into five parts

bull General module information and features - Chapter 1 and Appendix D

bull Scanner mode functionality - Chapter 2 and Appendices A and C

bull Adapter mode functionality - Chapter 3 and Appendices B and C

bull Linking module configuration with an RSLogix 5000 project - Chapter 4 Monitoring remote IO - Chapter 5

Additional Resources These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

Remote IO (RIO) Module Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN610

Provides details on how to install the 1756-RIO module

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

10 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

11Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 11

Chapter 1

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Introduction This document is a userrsquos guide for the 1756-RIO module The module lets Rockwell Automation ControlLogix controllers communicate with remote IO over the backplane or over a remote network This chapter describes the ControlLogix 1756-RIO module and how it links a ControlLogix controller to the Universal Remote IO network

This chapter also describes the modulersquos physical features software requirements software and add-on profile installation instructions and RSLogix 5000 project setup

The 1756-RIO module

supports native RIO 16-bit words for data control and status bits

acts as a scanner on a Remote IO network

acts as an adapter that exchanges data on a Remote IO network

supports discrete data and block transfer data in either mode

supports up to 10 producedconsumed data connections (along the backplane between the ControlLogix controller and the 1756-RIO module) with 248 words of integer input and 248 words of integer output for each connection

uses producedconsumed connections using a 1756-RIO add-on profile in RSLogix 5000 programming software

supports requested packet intervals (RPIs) from 2hellip750 ms All connections use one set RPI

maps all discrete and block transfer data into producedconsumed connections

monitors existing IO in adapter mode (Monitor mode) It can report all existing inputs and outputs discrete and block transfer module data to the ControlLogix controller

Topic Page

1756-RIO Module Components 13

1756-RIO Module Requirements 15

Prepare the Module 16

Install the Software 19

Install the Add-on Profile 19

Create the RSLogix 5000 Project 22

Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode 30

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

12 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The following modules are supported by the 1756-RIO module

Supported Modules

See Appendix C for additional information

IO Family Cat No

1746 SLC 1746-N14

1746-N18

1746-N04V

1746-NT4

1771 PLC-5 1771-DE 1771-NIV

1771-IFE-16CH (in single-ended 16 Channel configuration)

1771-NOC-noBTR

1771-IFE-8CH (in differential 8 Channel configuration)

1771-NOC

1771-IL-Alarms 1771-NOV-noBTR

1771-IL 1771-NOV

1771-IR 1771-NR

1771-IXE 1771-OFE-diag

1771-NIV-Alarms 1771-OFE

1794 FLEX 1794-IE4XOE2 1794-OE4

1794-IE8

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

1756-RIO Module Components

The 1756-RIO module components include a 4-character display status indicators an RTB connection and an inside-door label

1756-RIOB Module

1756-RIOA Module

RIO CLX OK

1

2

44777

1

2

3

4

43161

Note that the 3-pin connector has been changed

1

2

RIO CLX OK

43161A44777A

1

2

3

4

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 13

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Item Description

1 4-character scrolling display

2 Three status indicators

RIO indicates the status of the network

CLX indicates the status of the connection to the controller

OK indicates the modulersquos own internal state

3 3-pin connector (blue hose) that connects to the remote devices

This is also known as the removable terminal block (RTB)

4 Inside-door label with error codes

14 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

1756-RIO Module Requirements

The requirements for the module to operate include the installation of

RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

the 1756-RIO module add-on profile from the CD provided with the module

the 1756-RIO module installed in a 1756-ControlLogix chassis

The 1756-RIO Modes The 1756-RIO module can be used in various capacities depending on the userrsquos needs First decide which mode you want the 1756-RIO module to use

In most cases the module is used in scanner mode to scan and control remote IO data on a network

In adapter mode the 1756-RIO module can perform two functions simultaneously First the module can emulate one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner (for example a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC) It can exchange data with the scanner as discrete data or via block transfers

Second the 1756-RIO module can act as a lsquoshadowrsquo referred to as Monitor mode to monitor racks on a remote network The module listens to the remote IO and provides all inputs and outputs from the existing scanner to the ControlLogix controller Users can then run their converted logic against those inputs generate temporary outputs and compare the existing outputs with outputs generated by the new logic

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 15

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Prepare the Module The following list summarizes the initial steps needed to prepare the 1756-RIO module before setting up the remote network These steps will be discussed in detail in this chapter

You can have only one scanner per RIO network Remove any other scanners on the RIO network before continuing The RIO module ships in scanner mode You can adjust the instructions to fit the mode that matches your needs

1 Install RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

2 Install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

3 Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the 1756-RIO modulersquos add-on profile found on the installation CD shipped with the module or download it from httpsupportrockwellautomationcomcontrolflashLogixProfilerasp

RSLinx software and RSLogix 5000 programming software must be installed before the add-on profile

See page 19

4 Create a project in RSLogix 5000 programming software

5 Add a 1756 controller to your project

See page 23

6 Add a 1756-RIO module to the project by right-clicking on the chassis in the Controller Organizer and selecting New Module

The Select Module dialog box appears

7 Expand the Communications heading and select the 1756-RIO module Click OK

See page 24

8 Select the General tab on the Module Properties dialog box to set the module properties

16 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

9 Enter the module name and slot number

See page 24

10 Click the Change button in the Module Definition section Select your desired mode scanner or adapter

The module ships in scanner mode Note the number of inputoutput tags If this number is not the same after you map your data with the configuration tool you will have to return to this screen and change them to match your configuration You can specify independently the number of input and output tags within the range of 1hellip10 Each tag you create will create a block of 248 integers For example a value of 2 will create 2x248 or 498 integers

11 When done click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

See page 25

12 Select the Connection tab on the Module Properties dialog box

13 Set the Requested Packet Interval (RPI)

See page 27

14 Click on the Remote IO tab name the RIO file and click the OK button

15 Choose Yes on the Create dialog box

See page 31

This will close the Module Properties dialog box You will need to double-click on the 1756-RIO module in the controller organizer to re-open the Module Properties dialog box

16 Click on the Configure Remote IO Devices button on the Module Properties dialog box to launch the configuration tool

17 In the configuration tool if needed under the Tools menu select Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode menu to match the RIO module functionality to match your application Scanner or Adapter

See pages 33

18 Configure the RIO module to match your application In scanner mode add the desired racks to scan and any block transfer modules In adapter mode configure the desired racks to be emulated or monitored and add any block transfer modules Map all entries either manually or by using the Automap command

See pages 51 and 76

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 17

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

19 Download the configuration to the module From the configuration toolrsquos Configure menu select Download Configuration Set the communication path when prompted

See page 91

20 Save the project

21 Go online in the RSLogix 5000 project and download the configuration to the controller

See page 30

See Chapters 2 and 3 for in-depth information on setting module modes and configuration

18 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Install the Software Begin by installing the RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation on your computer You must use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

Then install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the Add-on Profile Installing the add-on profile also installs the software configuration tool The add-on profile and the configuration tool (56RioCfg) are on the CD that ships with your module

Once loaded onto your computer the configuration tool is accessible within the RSLogix 5000 add-on profile The configuration tool contains two separate programs one for scanner mode 56RioCfgScan and one for adapter mode 56RioCfgAdpt The program that launches depends on which mode you select

With the configuration tool you can

bull change modes

bull set the baud rate

bull autoconfigure racks from an attached Remote IO network

bull manually add and configure racks

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map IO data to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed connections

bull save and load configuration files

bull download and upload configurations

bull archive projects

bull monitor diagnostics rack status discrete data and block transfers

IMPORTANT The 1756-RIO module requires RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later The add-on profile does not work with previous versions of RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 19

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

To install the add-on profile along with the configuration tool follow these steps

1 Make sure any instances of RSLogix 5000 programming software is shut down before beginning

2 Insert the CD that was shipped with your module into your computer

3 Open the folder 1756-RIO Configuration Tool Setup Run the MPSetupexe program

The RSLogix 5000 Module Profiles Setup Wizard launches

4 Follow the prompts to complete the installation Click Next Accept the License Agreement install the profile and begin

ATTENTION If you get a message about DTL32DLL when installing or running the programs on the configuration CD it indicates problems with the RSLinx software installation Confirm that you have the correct version of RSLinx software RSLinx Lite software cannot be used

20 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

5 On the Module Profiles Setup dialog box click Install to configure RSLogix 5000 Module Profiles

6 Click Next

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 21

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

7 Click Finish

Create the RSLogix 5000 Project

Once the add-on profile is installed you are ready to create the RSLogix 5000 project In this section you will

start a new project

configure the controller in the project

add the 1756-RIO module to the project

enter the requested pack interval (RPI)

22 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Configure the Controller

1 Launch RSLogix 5000 programming software if it is not opened

2 In the RSLogix 5000 programming software Controller Organizer from the File menu choose New

3 On the New Controller dialog box select a 1756 controller the Revision number Name Chassis Type and Slot number The 1756-RIO module can only be used in RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later

4 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 23

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Add the 1756-RIO Module

1 On the Controller Organizer right-click on the IO Configuration folder and select New Module from the pull-down menu

2 On the Select Module dialog box expand the Communications tab and select the 1756-RIO module

3 Click OK

The 1756-RIO Module Properties dialog box displays

IMPORTANT You must be offline to add the module to the IO configuration in the RSLogix 5000 project

24 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

On the Module Properties dialog box from the General tab you can assign the module name description slot number and module definition

The Module Definition dialog box displays

4 Click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

5 Click Yes to accept any changes

6 Click OK again on the bottom of the General tab

Item Description

Name Choose a name that easily identifies the module

Description The Description field is optional

Slot The Slot field must match the slot number of the 1756-RIO modulersquos location in the chassis

Module Definition-Change hellip button

Click on the Change hellip button to change the Series Revision Electronic Keying Mode (scanner or adapter) or Number of Input or Output Tags The Module Definition dialog box displays

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 25

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

26 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Module Definition Dialog Box

Item Description

Series Module series letter

Revision Firmware revision number

Electronic Keying Exact Match requires all keying attributes of the physical module and the module created in the software to match precisely to establish communication

Compatible Module the module determines whether to accept or reject communication Compatible Keying allows the physical module to accept the key of the module configured in the software provided that the configured module is one the physical module is capable of emulating This is the default setting

Disabled Keying indicates the keying attributes are not considered when attempting to communicate with a module Be extremely cautious when using this option if used incorrectly this option can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss

Mode - Scanner or Adapter

The module ships in scanner mode (The 4-character display on the front of the module also indicates which mode is set) If you want to change the mode setting you must first select the desired mode in the add-on profile on the Module Definition dialog box from the pull-down menu so that the correct configuration tool starts Then on the Remote IO tab you must click on the Configure Remote IO devices button (the configuration tool) and select the Tools menugtSet 1756-RIO ModuleScanner mode to download the correct firmware

Be aware that changing the module mode downloads firmware specific to the mode chosen This mode setting must match between the RSLogix 5000 programming software project and the configuration tool but keep in mind that the correct firmware must also be downloaded

Input Tags - Output Tags

Up to 10 input and output tags can be selected Each tag is 248 words The number of inputoutput tags entered in the add-on profilersquos Module Properties has to be equal or greater than the number of tags in the configuration tool

The number of tags in the configuration tool are determined by the mappings you create The more tags you have the more backplane traffic is generated Itrsquos best to keep the number of tags low which is what the automatic mapping command does by mapping the data and packing it into the lowest number of tags

For example a single rack with discrete data that has the inputsoutputs mapped to block 9 requires the inputoutput tags to be 10 So in the Module PropertiesgtGeneral tabgtModule DefinitiongtChange button select 10 for the number of input and output tags

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Enter the RPI

To set the RPI follow these steps

1 On the controller organizer double-click on the RIO module

2 On the Module Properties dialog box from the Connection tab set the RPI for the module

IMPORTANT If you are using the 1756-RIO module in a remote rack for example a rack connected to the controlling ControlLogix controller over ControlNet or EthernetIP it may be necessary to increase the RPI as the intermediate network may not have sufficient bandwidth to support faster updates (small RPIs) The likelihood of having bandwidth issues is increased as you increase the number of 248-word input and output tags

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 27

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

28 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Remote IO Update Time

The remote update time is the time it takes the Remote IO scanner to scan all of the adapters in its IO scan list

The scan rate is the approximate time it takes to scan a 16-slot logical chassis without block transfers The number and sizes of block transfers can significantly affect this time

So for example if you have eight adapters on your network and your baud rate is 2304 K your approximate remote IO update time would be 8 ( of adapters) 3 ms (scan rate) or 24 ms

RPI

The Requested Packet Interval (RPI) specifies the rate at which the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller exchange data to and from each other The allowable RPIrsquos range is from 2hellip750 ms with a default of 20 ms When the specified time frame elapses the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller produce data for each other All 1756-RIO input and output tags update with the same RPI

Select an RPI for your application For most applications a good rule of thumb would be to set the RPI equal to one half of the remote IO scan time

Baud Rate Scan Rate

2304 K 3 ms

1152 K 5 ms

576 K 8 ms

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Throughput

When using the 1756-RIO module your system throughput is based on the following key factors

Number and sizes of adapters

Number and sizes of block transfer modules

Overall remote IO update time

RPI

Any network cards involved

Controller scan time

The asynchronous nature of the RPI and the remote IO scan

Since the RIO scan is asynchronous to the RPI the worst case or maximum update time to get information from the 1756-RIO into the controller is the RPI plus two times the remote IO update rate

You can use the diagnostic functions of the 1756-RIO configuration toolrsquos utilities to measure the average minimum and maximum update times on the Remote IO network

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 29

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project

Follow these steps to set the communication path and download to the controller

1 On the main menu from the Communications menu select Who Active

2 Browse to the controller

3 Click the Set Project Path button

4 Click Download

Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode

Once the desired module mode is set in the RSLogix 5000 module properties you must select the mode in the configuration tool to download the correct firmware You must first launch the configuration tool and then verify the mode setting matches in the Module Properties and in the configuration tool The correct firmware must be downloaded for the module to run correctly

ATTENTION If your desired mode is scanner mode you do nothing at this point as the module ships in scanner mode

IMPORTANT The controller must be in Program Mode to continue with the firmware update

30 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 31

Launch the 1756-RIO Configuration Tool

Follow these steps to launch the configuration tool and to set the mode in the configuration tool

1 On the Module Properties dialog box click the Remote IO tab

2 On the Remote IO tab window in the RIO File (rio) field type a file name or use the Browse button

The file name can include a path If the file or directory does not exist it is created

3 Click OK

The following dialog box appears

The Configure Remote IO Devices button is not active

ATTENTION When you create a file the default location is the project directory If you enter a path or file that does not exist it is created The file is not created until you run the configuration tool You can use the browse button to select a location If you change the path you must click Apply before you can use the Configure Remote IO Devices button

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

4 Click Yes The Module Properties dialog box closes

5 On the controller organizer double-click on the 1756-RIO module to re-open the Module Properties dialog box Select the Remote IO tab

Notice that the Configure Remote IO Devices button is now active

6 Click the Configure Remote IO Devices button to launch the configuration tool

The 56RioCfgScan dialog box displays You are now in the configuration tool software for scanner mode You can change operating modes and configure a Remote IO network

The Configure Remote IO Devices button is now active

TIP If you want to change operating modes you should do this before configuring the modulersquos settings When you change the operating mode you are downloading the latest firmware to the module The firmware is specific to the mode you choose scanner or adapter

IMPORTANT Notice that because lsquoScannerrsquo mode was set in the RSLogix 5000 programming software on the General Tab of the RIO Module Properties dialog box the scanner program within the configuration tool (56RioCfgScan) starts and displays at the top of the profilersquos dialog box

32 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

7 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the Tools menu choose Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode

8 On the RSLinx Path Selection dialog box click the Autobrowse box to browse the path to the 1756-RIO module to set the communication path and click OK

The configuration tool then displays the current mode in the 56RioSetMode dialog box and lets you select the mode you want to use

The 56RioCfgScan program title displays at the top of the configuration toolrsquos dialog box indicating that scanner mode was chosen in the modulersquos properties in the RSLogix 5000 add-on profile and that you are running the scanner configuration toolrsquos firmware

IMPORTANT Remember specific firmware downloads depending on mode selection Also you are prompted to reset the communication path when changing from one mode to another

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 33

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

In the 56RioSetMode dialog box select the mode from the New Mode pull-down menu and click OK to download the new firmware

A status window displays showing the progress of the mode change

The 1756-RIO SetMode Confirmation dialog box displays the version of the firmware it is about to download Check carefully that this firmware version is correct

IMPORTANT Steps 9 and 10 change the configuration of the RIO module between adapter and scanner mode If your module is configured for the desired mode these steps are not necessary

IMPORTANT Changing the 1756-RIO module mode or updating firmware clears the remote IO configuration stored on the 1756-RIO module

34 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

9 Click OK to download the firmware

Once you click OK the words lsquoFirmware Updatersquo scroll across the front of the 1756-RIO modulersquos 4-character display indicating that the firmware change is taking place

The tool downloads the firmware and displays the progress of the download When the download is complete the tool displays the result of the download The 1756-RIO SetMode Completed Successfully dialog box appears

10 Click OK

The front of the 1756-RIO modulersquos character display should now indicate the new firmware mode

If the download fails the tool displays an error message

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 35

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

36 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

37Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 37

Chapter 2

Configure Scanner Mode

Introduction Once the 56RioCfg configuration tool launches you can configure a Remote IO network using the RIO module as a scanner or an adapter This chapter describes how to configure the module for use in scanner mode

In scanner mode the ControlLogix controller writes remote IO outputs and reads remote IO inputs The 1756-RIO module enables communication between the controller and devices on a Remote IO network The scanner continuously scans the adapters on the Remote IO network

Two types of data are transferred over the Remote IO network - discrete and block transfer data Discrete data transfers consist of the scanner sending output data and communication commands to the adapter which instruct the adapter about how to control its output The adapter responds by sending input data to the scanner

The remote IO block transfer module is a data transfer mechanism that lets you control the transfer of up to 64 words of data to or from a remote device The 1756-RIO module allows the user to offload block transfer execution from the controller The data appears in the data table of the ControlLogix controller without having to execute the logic in the controller to perform the block transfer A Block Transfer Read (BTR) receives data from a remote device A Block Transfer Write (BTW) sends data to a remote device

In this chapter you use the configuration tool to configure the module in scanner mode to prepare it for use on the Remote IO network You will

bull configure the racks automatically or manually

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map the remote IO modules to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data

Topic Page

Configure Scanner Summary 38

Set the Baud Rate 39

Autoconfigure Racks 40

Manually Configure Racks 43

Configure Block Transfer Modules 46

Map IO Data 51

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Configure Scanner Summary

The following list summarizes the steps to configure the 1756-RIO module in scanner mode

1 Set the baud rate

2 Autoconfigure online racks on the network (Make sure the controller is set to Program Mode)

3 Set the communication path

4 Manually add any additional racks that are not online

5 Manually add and configure block transfer modules

6 MapAutomap the data

1756

Con

trol

ler

Rem

ote

IO M

odul

e

Sc

anne

r Mod

e

1771

-ASB

Rem

ote

IO A

dapt

er

1771 IO IO IO

1747

-ASB

Rem

ote

IO A

dapt

er

1746 IO IO IO

1771 IO

1746 IO

Uni

vers

al R

emot

e IO

Net

wor

k

Scanner Mode

44803

38 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Set the Baud Rate After setting the operating mode for the 1756-RIO module you must set the baud rate

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the controller on the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties

The 1756-RIO Properties dialog box displays

2 Select the baud rate

3 You can also optionally enter an LED Banner name

This is a unique name you assign to identify the module This is useful when you have multiple RIO modules on your network The LED Banner displays on the 4-character display on the 1756-RIO module It can be from 0hellip15 characters long

4 Click OK

You must perform a download to reconfigure the module

Value Baud Rate Kbps

57 k - scanner mode default 576

115 k 1152

230 k 2304

TIP If you perform an autoconfiguration the 1756-RIO module automatically detects the baud rate by sending packets to an attached remote IO network

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 39

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

5 On the main menu from the Configure menu choose Download or click the Download Config to Module button on the toolbar

Autoconfigure Racks You can autoconfigure racks attached to the network or add additional racks manually The Autoconfigure command scans the Remote IO network to determine which racks are present

The module automatically detects the network baud rate and configures the racks on the attached Remote IO network

The 56RioCfgScan tool sends messages to all possible racks detects all possible baud rates and from the replies determines which racks are on the network

Main Menu

Toolbar

40 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 41

The icons on the 56RioCfgScan tool show the partial rack sizes and locations Racks are shown with starting and ending IO groups For example the following tree shows rack 0 consisting of 4 quarter racks

Block transfer modules must be added and configured manually

When the module is in scanner mode the 1756-RIO module performs the following actions during autoconfigure The module

bull detects the network baud rate by sending messages at each baud rate looking for responses

bull then sends messages to all possible racks on the network

bull builds a network configuration from the observed network responses

bull displays the network configuration

Partial Rack (14 rack)

Rack 0

IMPORTANT The controller with the connection to the 1756-RIO module must be in program mode when you perform an autoconfiguration The following error message displays if the controller is not in program mode

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

To perform an autoconfigure in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the main menu from the Configure menu select Autoconfigure or click the Autoconfigure button on the toolbar

Any configuration previously stored in the 1756-RIO module is overwritten by the data from the autoconfiguration You are given the option to save the previous configuration before it proceeds with the autoconfiguration

Autoconfiguration detects just the rack structure it cannot locate block transfer modules You have to manually add block transfer modules to the rack

TIP There is no specific rsquoautorsquo baud rate when the module is in scanner mode When using autoconfigure the 1756-RIO module tries all three baud rates and sets the baud rate based on the responses to the messages it sends You need to make sure that all devices on the network are set at the same baud rate

TIP After performing an Autoconfigure what displays by the 56RioCfgScan tool matches what is in the 1756-RIO module No download is necessary The Autoconfigure also automatically maps the discrete rack data to tags in the ControlLogix processor

Main Menu

Toolbar

42 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Manually Configure Racks To add a rack manually to the remote IO configuration follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the root of the IO tree which represents the remote IO scanner and select Add Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 On the AddResize Rack dialog box select the Rack number (in octal) the Start Group and the End Group

3 Click OK

Item Field Description Range

1 Rack 0hellip76 octal available

2 Start Grp (IO) 0246

A logical rack consists of eight IO groups numbered 0hellip7 The smallest unit allowed on a network is a quarter rack so the starting IO groups are 0246

3 End Grp (IO) 1357

Ending IO groups

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 43

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Matching Configuration Tool Settings with Module Settings

After manually adding a rack a download is necessary

To download to the module from the Configure menu select Download Configuration or from the toolbar click the Download Config to Module button

Manually adding racks also requires the discrete data to be mapped to tags in the ControlLogix controller before allowing a download The data can be mapped automatically or manually

See Map IO Data on page 51

Main Menu

Toolbar

44 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Resize a Rack

To resize a configured rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Resize Partial Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 Select Start Group and End Group

3 Click OK

If resizing the rack results in an overlap with an existing rack the resize fails and displays an error message

If resizing the rack results in deleting block transfer modules you are given the option of cancelling the resize or proceeding and deleting the block transfer modules

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 45

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Delete a Rack

To delete a rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Delete Rack(s)

2 To delete a partial rack expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the partial rack and choose Delete Partial Rack

Configure Block Transfer Modules

All block transfer modules represent some type of analog data Block transfer modules transfer a block (64 words maximum) of analog-type data at a rate configured by the user The 1756-RIO module lets the user offload block transfer execution from the controller to the 1756-RIO module

If a slot is occupied by a discrete IO module or is empty select lsquoDiscretersquo which is the default If a specific block transfer module occupies the slot select the part number of that block transfer module

Not all block transfer modules are supported directly by the 1756-RIO module If the module you are using does not appear in the list set the module type to BT-MODULE and set the lengths to the appropriate values In some cases there are multiple templates for a given block transfer module to show that the module can be used in significantly different ways

See Appendix D for additional information on block transfer templates

46 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

All block transfer data is mapped into one of the possible 10 producedconsumed connections on the controller Each producedconsumed connection allows 248 16-bit words in and out There are two words of overhead for each block transfer for controlstatus The 1756-RIO module can execute as many block transfers as the user configures up to the limits of available memory mapped to the ControlLogix controller

To configure a block transfer module follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box expand the IO tree to choose the location where you want to add the module

2 On the IO tree right-click the slot where you want to add the module and select Module Properties

IMPORTANT Block transfers do not need MSG instructions to execute

TIP In scanner mode block transfer modules can be configured manually also

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 47

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

3 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type pull-down select the type

4 Click OK

The IO Module Properties dialog box displays

5 Click Configure to display the BT Module Parameterization configuration dialog box to configure the module

This example shows the BT Module Parameterization dialog box for a 16-channel 1771-IFE module Each module is different

Use the dialog box to set parameters for a block transfer module These parameters are defined in the template file for the block transfer module and are typical quantities such as scaling parameters and alarms

Module Types

Type Description

Discrete A block transfer module does not exist at this location

BT-MODULE Any other block transfer module not listed by part number in the system

1746-xxxhellip1794-xxx Part number of block transfer (analog) modules with template files in the system that are compatible with the 1756-RIO module See Supported Modules on page 12 for the complete list

48 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

6 Enter the configuration data and click OK

7 On the IO Module Properties dialog box select how you want the block transfer to update

There are three update modes automatic semi-automatic and manual

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 49

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

8 On the IO Module Properties dialog box select the block transfer read-and-write-update rates from 0hellip16383 ms

A rate of 0 means the 1756-RIO module updates the block transfer as fast as the network and the block transfer module allows

Type Description

Automatic 1756-RIO module controls block transfer update

Automatic block transfers perform a single configuration block transfer write every time the controller transitions from Program to Run mode and then perform timed data block transfer read and write updates using the BTR and BTW data lengths and times from the configuration tool The length values and update times for automatic block transfers all come from the configuration tool

Automatic block transfers begin as soon as the controller is in run mode they do not have to be triggered

Errors in block transfer execution are indicated by non-zero values returned to the ControlLogix controller

In automatic mode the module configuration data values come from the configuration tool as default values or from user parameters The size of the configuration block transfer write is the data BTW length BtwLen plus the Config BTW Length CfgLen from the template The data block transfer write length is BtwLen from the template and this is the length mapped to ControlLogix output data

The size of the data block transfer read is set by the configuration tool

Semi-automatic 1756-RIO module controls block transfer update

Semi-automatic block transfers perform a single configuration block transfer write every time the controller transitions from Program to Run mode and then perform timed data block transfer read and write updates using the BTR and BTW data lengths and times from the configuration tool The length values and update times for semi-automatic block transfers all come from the configuration tool

Semi-automatic block transfers begin as soon as the controller is in run mode they do not have to be triggered

Any errors in BT execution are indicated by non-zero values in the ControlLogix controller

In Semi-automatic mode the module configuration data values come from ControlLogix output data The size of the configuration block transfer write is the data BTW length BtwLen plus the Config BTW Length CfgLen from the template and this is the length mapped to ControlLogix output data The data block transfer write length is BtwLen from the template

The size of the data block transfer read is set by the configuration tool

Manual The ControlLogix controller controls block transfer update

IO module configuration gathers data from the ControlLogix controller

To execute block transfers in manual mode

enter the BTR andor BTW length and BTW data in the control block for the module

set the BTREN andor BTWEN bits (BTRCONTBTWCONT) for continuous execution

check the BTRDNBTWDN bits that indicate BT execution is complete (BTR data is available at that time)

check the BTRERRBTWERR bits If set read the error code to determine the cause of the problem

Inhibit Automatic Block Transfers

To inhibit a running automatic or semi-automatic block transfer set bit 9 to offset 0 of the mapped output data for the module

50 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Map IO Data You must map the IO data to locations in the ControlLogix controller input and output data before you can scan the Remote IO network

Mapping connects locations in the ControlLogix input and output tags to locations on the Remote IO network (discrete data on racks and block transfer reads and writes)

Connections (producedconsumed) occur between the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller They are point-to-point links between two end points

Producedconsumed tag data is the information that gets passed back and forth over the line between the two end points

There are up to 10 blocks of producedconsumed tag data Discrete and block transfer tag data gets lsquopackedrsquo into the ControlLogix producedconsumed data When discrete and block transfer tag data are mapped or when the configuration tool lsquoauto mapsrsquo the data for you you are selecting which of those blocks the tag data is mapped to and the offset in the block where the tag data is found

See Scanner Mode IO Map on page 129

When mapping is complete you must export the aliases to the 1756-RIO module and import the configuration to the RSLogix 5000 project

See Aliases on page 84 for a complete discussion of exporting and importing aliases

IMPORTANT It is essential that the control program on the host controller matches the addresses in the mapping configuration on the 1756-RIO module otherwise the control program may inadvertently write to the incorrect IO locations If you change the data mappings on the 1756-RIO module make sure that the control program uses the correct addresses

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 51

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

ATTENTIONUnassigned or unmapped data (IO addresses) are shown as xxx in the IO tree

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Unmapped Data

Mapped Data

52 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Automatic Mapping

The Auto Map Any Unassigned command automatically maps any unassigned discrete or block transfer data to ControlLogix connections Discrete data is mapped before block transfer data The longest blocks of data are mapped first from the lowest addresses up Any previously-assigned addresses remain unchanged

On the 56RioCfg configuration tool dialog box from the Map menu choose Automap Any Unassigned to automatically map all the data

Any xxxs are replaced with an actual IO address

Manually Map Discrete (rack) Data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack and select Rack Map Discretes - Assign Manually

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 53

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

2 On the Map RackhellipManually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down menu select the ControlLogix block and Data Offset within the block for the Input Mapping and Output Mapping

Data Offset Field Range Choices

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

The configuration tool checks for overlaps with previously-mapped data and displays an error if it finds an overlap

Item Field Description

1 Clx Block There are up to 10 data blocks (0hellip9) available on the ControlLogix controller for inputs and outputs You select the block where the data is rsquopackedrsquo

2 Data Offset The data offset (0hellip247) is the area in the data block where the inputoutput data is foundYou select the data offset area within the block

12

54 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Manually Map Block Transfer Data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the expanded rack list right-click on the module and select BT Module Clx Map - Assign Manually

2 On the Map BT ModulehellipManually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down menu select the ControlLogix block and Data Offset within the block for the Input Mapping and Output Mapping

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

The configuration tool checks for overlaps with previously-mapped data and displays an error message if it finds an overlap

If there is insufficient space in the current block to map the data

bull the Data Offset field is blank

bull the OK button appears dimmed

Change the block number and select an offset

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 55

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Re-Map Command

Use the Re-Map All command to clear all previous mappings and automatically map all discrete and block transfer data to connections

From the Map menu select Re-Map All

See Aliases on page 84 for exporting and importing aliases

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

ATTENTION If you remap IO data you should export aliases and re-import them into the RSLogix 5000 project so the control program uses the new assignments

56 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Clear Mappings

Follow these steps to clear all mappings

1 To clear all assigned mappings on the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the Map menu choose Clear All Mappings

2 On the Clear ALL Mappings dialog box confirm that you want to clear all the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 57

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Clear Discrete Rack Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear mappings for discrete (rack) data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack and select Rack Map Discretes - Clear

2 On the Clear Rack Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT All of the preceding mapping and configuration examples currently reside only within the 56RioCfgScan software and must be downloaded to the 1756-RIO module

See page 30 for download steps

58 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Clear Block Transfer Module Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear the mappings for block transfer data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the expanded rack right-click on the block-transfer module and select BT Module Clx Map - Clear

2 On the Clear BT Module Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the BT Module mappings and click Yes

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 59

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Notes

60 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 3

Configure Adapter Mode

Introduction This chapter explains how and why to use the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode In adapter mode the 1756-RIO module can perform two functions simultaneously

First the module can emulate one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner (for example a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC controller) On Active racks the module writes remote IO inputs and reads remote IO outputs

Second it can monitor other remote IO racks On Monitored racks the 1756-RIO module can monitor existing IO also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo and can be used to upgrade a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system Monitor mode provides existing discrete inputs and outputs and Block Transfer reads and writes to the ControlLogix controller

See Scan Mode and Monitor Mode on page 99 for a complete description of using Monitor mode

The 1756-RIO module communicates with the ControlLogix controller using up to 10 input connections and 10 output connections via producedconsumed data Remote IO data maps into the connections by the configuration tool

In this chapter you use the configuration tool to configure the module in adapter mode to prepare it for use on the Remote IO network You will

bull configure the racks automatically or manually

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map the remote IO modules to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data

Topic Page

Configure Adapter Summary 62

Set the Baud Rate 63

Autoconfigure Racks 64

Manually Configure Racks 69

Configure Block-transfer Modules 72

Map IO Data 76

61Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 61

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Adapter Mode

Configure Adapter Summary

The following list summarizes the steps to configure the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

1 Set the baud rate

2 Autoconfigure online racks on the network (Make sure the controller is set to Program Mode)

3 Set the communication path

4 Manually add any additional racks that are not online

5 Manually add and configure block transfer modules

6 MapAutomap the data

RIO Scanner(reads inputs and writes outputs to scanned racks)PLC-3 PLC-5 SLC Etc

Cont

rolL

ogix

1756

-RIO

in

Ada

pter

Mon

itor M

ode

1771 IO Rack

1747 IO Rack

Rack 1

Rack 2

Rack 3

1771 IO Rack

Rack 4RIO Scanner(reads inputs and writes ouputs to scanned racks)PLC-3 PLC-5 SLC Etc

1771 IO Rack

1771 IO Rack

1747 IO Rack

Rack 1

1756

-RIO

In A

dapt

er

Mod

e

Cont

rolL

ogix

Rack 4

Rack 3

Rack 2

Two-way communication between the RIO scanner and the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

1756-RIO Module as an Active Rack 1756-RIO Module as a Monitored Rack

One-way communication between the Remote IO network and the ControlLogix controller The RIO scanner controls the IO and the ControlLogix controller via the 1756-RIO module in adapter monitors all IO data In monitor mode it monitors the IO and brings all input and output data into the ControLogix controller

44828 44829

Universal Remote IO Network

IMPORTANT Configuring the 1756-RIO module as an adapter enables the RIO module to emulate a 1771-ASB module This allows a path for peer-to-peer data to be exchanged between the scanner controller and the ControlLogix owner of the RIO module over the Remote IO network The adapter mode functionality does not allow the scanner controller to directly control any 1756-IO in the chassis with the RIO module

62 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Set the Baud Rate To set the baud rate in adapter mode follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the controller on the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties

The 1756-RIO Properties dialog box displays

2 On the 1756-RIO Module Properties dialog box select the baud rate

3 You can also enter an LED Banner name This is a unique name you assign to identify the module This is useful when you have multiple RIO modules on your network The LED Banner displays on the 4-character display on the 1756-RIO module It can be from 0hellip15 characters long

4 Click OK

The default baud rate is Auto (automatic baud rate detection)

Value Baud Rate Kbps

57 k 576

115 k 1152

230 k 2304

Auto - adapter mode default Auto

TIP If you perform an autoconfiguration the 1756-RIO module automatically detects the baud rate by monitoring an attached Remote IO network

TIP If you are only using Active racks set the baud rate to match the Remote IO network Donrsquot set it to Auto

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 63

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Autoconfigure Racks When the module is in adapter mode autoconfigure builds a configuration based on what it has heard on a running network This process differs from scanner mode because the 1756-RIO module does not scan these racks only monitors the information to and from these racks

The module automatically detects the network baud rate and configures the racks on an attached Remote IO network Autoconfiguration detects the rack structure and causes the 1756-RIO module to monitor the data to and from these racks Active and monitored racks are displayed

See Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network on page 67 for detailed information about active and monitored racks

Autoconfigure in adapter mode performs the following actions

bull Detects the network baud rate

bull Monitors messages to and from racks on the network

bull Builds a network configuration from the observed network traffic

bull Displays the network configuration

To autoconfigure in adapter mode you must

bull clear the old configuration

bull download a new empty configuration

bull set the baud rate to lsquoautorsquo or to the baud rate that matches the existing network

bull put the scanner in Run mode until all block transfers execute

bull put the scanner back in Program mode

bull perform the autoconfiguration

IMPORTANT The controller with the connection to the 1756-RIO module must be in program mode when you perform an autoconfiguration

ATTENTION Please note any configuration previously stored in the 1756-RIO module is overwritten by the data from the autoconfiguration You are given the option to save the previous configuration before it proceeds with the autoconfiguration

64 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Perform the AutoConfiguration

Follow these steps to perform autoconfiguration

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Configure menu choose Download Configuration or click the Download Configuration button on the toolbar

This clears the previous configuration and downloads an empty configuration to the 1756-RIO module

2 Set the baud rate to Auto On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the controller in the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties to enter the baud rate

3 To automatically add block transfers put the remote IO scanner module in Run mode (you set it to Program mode before you began the autoconfiguration) and wait until the block transfers execute Then put the scanner back in Program mode

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 65

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

4 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Configure menu choose Autoconfigure to build a configuration from observed network traffic or click the Autoconfigure button on the toolbar

The RSLinx Path Selection autobrowse dialog box displays

5 Navigate to the backplane and select the 1756-RIO adapter module and click OK

The 1756-RIO module builds a configuration based on what it has observed on the Remote IO network since the download The configuration includes racks block transfer modules and observed block transfer updates All block transfers are set to type BT-MODULE

Main Menu Toolbar

66 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network

You must distinguish between active and monitored racks and must manually enter active racks into the 1756-RIO modulersquos configuration and manually add any desired block transfers

On monitored racks the 1756-RIO module picks up the block transfers automatically but must have the specific module type set This insures that the aliases you create for import into the RSLogix 5000 project have names that better describe the data content Otherwise the generic module type BT-MODULE is set

If you want active racks add them manually now then download the modified configuration to the 1756-RIO module

In the configuration tree each rack line precedes an icon representing rack information The icons represent type and size The size color and position of the colored block indicates the location size and type of partial rack and whether the rack is active or monitored

Active Versus Monitored Racks

Type Description

Active The 1756-RIO module emulates one or more remote IO racks The ControlLogix controller sends the rack- produced data which is then sent as remote IO input data to the scanner on the Remote IO network The remote IO scanner sends output data for those emulated racks to the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode The RIO module then sends that data to the ControlLogix controller as consumed input data

Use lsquoActiversquo if you want to exchange data between a ControlLogix controller and a scanner on remote IO You can also configure one or more slots in the Active rack as block transfer modules to exchange larger amounts of data with the remote IO scanner Active racks are one or more racks that the 1756-RIO module is emulating to share information between the existing scanner and the ControlLogix controller

Any rack in the configuration tree that contains at least one portion of an Active rack displays with a lightning bolt and a red indication on the active portion of the rack The text lsquoActlnpOxData[xxx]rsquo also displays indicating that this data originated in the ControlLogix controller as output data that appears as input data to the remote IO scanner

Monitor The 1756-RIO module monitors remote IO inputs on an existing Remote IO network and passes data as producedconsumed data to the ControlLogix controller This is also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo Use lsquoMonitor modersquo if you have a supervisory ControlLogix system that needs to collect data from an existing control system with remote IO

Monitored racks are racks that physically exist on the Remote IO network and are to be monitored by the 1756-RIO module Any portion of a rack in the configuration tree that is configured as lsquoMonitorrsquo displays with a blue indication on the rack

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 67

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

68 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Racks are shown with starting and ending IO groups in the IO tree For example the following IO tree shows rack 0 as a quarter rack starting at IO group 0

The line color denotes active or monitored partial rack state

Starting and ending group number

Lightning bolt denotes an active partial rack in the rack

Rack 00 contains four monitored quarter racks so no lsquolightning boltrsquo

Rack Icon Information

Code Description

Lightning bolt Denotes at least some part of the rack is configured as active Rack 01 contains an active half rack Rack 03 contains three monitored quarter racks but also an Active quarter rack therefore the lightning bolt

Red Denotes that this portion of the rack is configured as active

Blue Denotes that this portion of the rack is configured as monitored

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Manually Configure Racks To add a rack manually to the remote IO configuration follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the root of the IO tree which represents the ControlLogix controller and choose Add Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 On the AddResize Rack dialog box choose the Rack number (in octal) the Start Group the End Group and Rack Mode (Monitor or Active)

3 Click OK

Type Description

Active Emulates one or more remote IO racks The ControlLogix controller sends the rack producedconsumed data as input data which is then sent as remote IO input data to the scanner on the Remote IO network The remote IO scanner sends output data for those emulated racks to the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode The RIO module then sends that data to the ControlLogix controller as producedconsumed input data

Use active if you want to exchange data between a ControlLogix controller and a scanner on remote IO

Monitor Monitors remote IO inputs and outputs on monitored remote IO racks and passes data as producedconsumed input data to the ControlLogix controller This is also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo Use Monitor mode if you have a supervisory ControlLogix system that needs to collect data from older control systems with remote IO

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 69

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Resizing Racks

To resize a configured rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Resize Partial Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays Field options differ depending on mode

2 On the AddResize dialog box select Start Group and End Group

You cannot change the Rack number or Rack type (Active or Monitored) The radio button is dimmed

3 Click OK

If resizing the rack results in an overlap with an existing rack the resize fails and displays an error message

If resizing the rack results in deleting block transfer modules you are given the option of cancelling the resize or proceeding and deleting the block transfer modules

70 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Delete Racks

To delete a rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Delete Rack(s)

2 To delete a partial rack expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the partial rack and choose Delete Partial Rack

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 71

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Configure Block-transfer Modules

All block transfer modules represent some type of analog data Block transfers send a block (64 words maximum) of data to or from an IO module in one scan

If a slot is occupied by a discrete IO module or is empty select lsquoDiscretersquo which is the default If a specific block transfer module occupies the slot select the part number of that block transfer module

Not all block transfer modules are supported directly by the 1756-RIO module If the module you are using does not appear in the list set the module type to BT-MODULE and set the lengths to the appropriate values In some cases there are multiple templates for a given block transfer module to show that the module can be used in significantly different ways

See Block Transfer Module Templates on page 153 for additional information on block transfer templates

Block transfers can be added to active or monitored racks

To configure a block transfer module follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan56RioCfgAdpt dialog box expand the IO tree to choose the location where you want to add the module

2 On the IO tree right-click the location where you want to add the module and select Module Properties

The dialog boxes change depending on mode active or monitored

TIP On active racks the only Module Type is BT-MODULE

72 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

3 On the IO Module Properties from the Module Type dialog box pull-down menu select the module type

You have various choices depending on the rack type

4 Click OK

Active Racks

1 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type menu select BT-MODULE (On active racks the only block transfer module type is BT-MODULE)

Module Type Selection

Mode Description

Active In Active mode select BT-MODULE and then adjust the BTR Length and BTW Length to match your ControlLogix application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

Monitor In Monitor mode select the type of module that is in that location on the Remote IO network from the pull-down menu If the specific module is not supported select BT-MODULE and adjust the sizes to match your ControlLogix application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 73

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

From the BTR Len and BTW Len pull-down menus select the desired lengths The BTR Length and BTW Length sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

2 Click OK

Monitored Racks

1 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type pull-down select the block transfer module type

74 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

2 From the BTR Len and BTW Len pull-downs select the desired lengths Select the block transfer Module Type from the pull-down menu that matches the module on remote IO If the desired module is not listed select BT-MODULE Adjust the BTR Length and BTW Length to match your application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

3 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 75

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Map IO Data You must map the IO data to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data blocks and offset locations before you can scan the Remote IO network After mapping is complete you must export the aliases to the 1756-RIO module and import them to the RSLogix 5000 project

See Aliases on page 84 for a detailed discussion of ExportingImporting Aliases

Unassigned IO addresses are shown as xxx in the IO tree

Automatic Mapping

The configuration tool maps all unassigned IO to producedconsumed inputs and outputs It leaves any previously assigned addresses unchanged

On the 56RioCfg configuration tool dialog box from the Map command on the main menu choose Automap Any Unassigned to automatically map the data

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0

Unmapped Data

Mapped Data

76 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 77

Manually Map Discrete Data

Manually Map Discrete(rack) Data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack and choose Rack Map Discretes - Assign Manually

2 On the Map Rackhellip Manually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down select the ControlLogix scheduled block and Data Offset within the block

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

TIP On monitored racks inputs and outputs get mapped to ControlLogix inputs so be careful when mapping them so that they donrsquot overlap

Item Field CLX Data Type Rack Type Description

1 MonOut ClxInput data MonitoredActive

Remote IO scanner outputs are mapped to ControlLogix controller inputs The 1756-RIO module monitors output data sent by the scanner to the monitoredactive rack It is reported in the ControlLogix controller as input data

2 MonInp ClxInput data Monitored Remote IO scanner inputs are mapped to ControlLogix controller inputs The 1756-RIO module monitors input data sent to the scanner by the monitored rack It is reported in the ControlLogix controller as input data

3 ActInp ClxOutput data Active Remote IO scanner inputs are mapped from the ControlLogix outputs The ControlLogix controller writes output tags to the 1756-RIO module which sends the data to the remote IO scanner as input data

123

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Manually Map Block-transfer Data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the expanded rack list right-click on the module and choose BT Module Clx Map - Assign Manually

2 On the Map BT Modulehellip Manually dialog box for the block transfer read and write data select the ControlLogix scheduled block and Data Offset within the block

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

Block-transfer Data Map Destinations for Monitored and Active Racks

Field CLX Data Type Rack Type Description

MonBTW ClxInput Monitored Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

MonBTR ClxInput Monitored Block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

ActBTR ClxOutput Active Block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix controller outputs (The ControlLogix controller writes the data and the 1756-RIO module sends the data to the remote IO scanner)

Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

78 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Re-Map Command

Use the Re-Map All command to clear all previous mappings and automatically map all discrete and block transfer data to producedconsumed data connections

From the Map menu choose Re-Map All

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 79

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Clear Mappings

Follow these steps to clear all mappings

1 To clear all assigned mappings on the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Map menu choose Clear All Mappings

2 On the Clear ALL Mappings dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

80 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Clear Discrete Rack Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear mappings for discrete(rack) data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack and choose Rack Map Discretes - Clear

2 On the Clear Rack Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT All of the preceding mapping and configuration examples currently reside only within the 56RioCfgAdpt software and must be downloaded to the 1756-RIO module

See Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project on page 30 for download steps

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 81

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Clear Block Transfer Module Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear the mappings for block transfer data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the expanded rack right-click on the block transfer module and choose BT Module Clx Map - Clear

2 On the Clear BT Module Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

82 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 4

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Introduction Now that the configuration mode selection and network preparation in the configuration tool are complete the next steps include downloading the configuration to the 1756-RIO module and exporting aliases to the RSLogix 5000 project This completes the preparation of the 1756-RIO module for operation on a Remote IO network

In this chapter you will

bull create aliases and export them to the RSLogix 5000 project

bull convert an older system to a ControlLogix system

bull download configurations to the module

bull upload configurations to the project

bull save configurations to disk

bull archive configuration templates

Commission Summary The following list summarizes the steps to save and export your configurations from the configuration tool to the module and import them to the RSLogix 5000 project so that you can begin scanning on a Remote IO network

1 Export aliases in scanner and adapter mode

2 Download configurations to the 1756-RIO module

3 Upload configurations to the RSLogix 5000 project

4 Save configurations to disk

5 Archive configurations

Topic Page

Commission Summary 83

Aliases 84

Manage Configurations 91

83Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 83

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Aliases Aliases are used to access data in the ControlLogix system They define the names and descriptions exported from the configuration program and imported into the RSLogix 5000 control program and should be used for adapter and scanner modes

Aliases are symbolic names that point to IO data The configuration tool creates these aliases for discrete and block transfer data based on the IO mappings It is important that you develop the control program in the RSLogix 5000 project with reference to aliases as opposed to absolute addresses Then if the mappings change the ControlLogix controller still operates you just create aliases for the new mappings by exporting them from the configuration tool and re-importing them into the control program which then points to the new data

Also itrsquos important to note that export options in the configuration tool differ depending on whether you have your 1756-RIO module set for scanner or adapter mode

In this section you will cover

bull exporting aliases in scanner mode

bull exporting aliases in adapter mode

bull using the Export Aliases command in the configuration tool to upgrade an existing system to a ControlLogix system

EXAMPLE For example letrsquos say yoursquore mapped rack 7 inputs to block 0 offset 8 so the data for rack 7 IO group 0 is at input address I0[10] Now you add a rack 6 and remap everything so that now the rack 7 input data maps to block 0 offset 20

The data for rack 0 IO group 0 now moves to I0[22]

If you had used absolute addresses in your control program you would have to re-address every instruction in the program By using aliases you can use the Export Aliases command from the configuration tool and import them into the RSLogix 5000 project which automatically points to the new data

IMPORTANT You must export the new aliases from the configuration tool and import them into the RSLogix 5000 project before you run the program otherwise you could read wrong inputs andor write wrong outputs

84 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Export Aliases in Scanner ModeTo export aliases in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

2 On the Export RSLogix 5000 Aliases dialog box enter the FileName location Alias Prefix and Base Tag

3 Click OK

See Scanner Mode IO Map on page 129 in Appendix C for more information

Field Description

FileName Use the browse button to change the file location

Alias Prefix Use to distinguish between aliases for different 1756-RIO modules If you have multiple 1756-RIO modules in the RSLogix 5000 project assign each module a unique Alias Prefix so that the tags for each one are unique

Base Tag Use the base tag to identify the 1756-RIO module location on the ControlLogix chassis

This example shows the 1756-RIO module location in slot 0 of the local chassis

Browse Button

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 85

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

86 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Export Aliases in Adapter Mode

To export aliases in adapter mode follow these steps

1 On the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

2 On the Export RSLogix 5000 Aliases dialog box enter the FileName location Alias Prefix Base Tag and RIO Output Placeholders

3 Click OKFor more information on the use of placeholders see Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System on page 87

Browse Button

Field Description

FileName Use the browse button lsquohelliprsquo to change the file location

Alias Prefix Use to distinguish between aliases for different 1756-RIO modules and to help identify groups of data items If you have multiple 1756-RIO modules in the RSLogix 5000 project assign each module a unique Alias Prefix so that the tags for each one are unique

Base Tag Use the base tag to identify the 1756-RIO module location in the ControlLogix chassis

RIO Output Placeholders Use this set of aliases when the 1756-RIO module is set to Monitor mode These output placeholders aliases point to a ControlLogix internal array If you are using Monitor mode you can write your new application to write to this placeholder array and compare the monitored outputs to the outputs written by the new control program If you donrsquot want the aliases leave the box unchecked

RIO Output Placeholders Base Tag

This tag must be created by the user in the ControlLogix control program and must be an integer array of 10 RioTempOut elements (0hellip9) each with 255 sub-elements (0hellip254) So RioTempOut would be RioTempOut[00] to RioTempOut[9254]

Include BTW Configuration Words

Check this box if you choose to include aliases for block transfer write configuration data

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System

To upgrade an existing system such as a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system you have to perform these steps

1 Monitor the network in adapter mode

2 Write the new control program in RSLogix 5000 programming software to write to the internal array

3 Compare the existing systemrsquos outputs with the ControlLogix outputs using the same live inputs

4 Once both systems write the same outputs and have the same timing switch over to the RSLogix 5000 control program for control

Now itrsquos writing the real outputs instead of the placeholder array using the 1756-RIO module to scan the network

You could use the same 1756-RIO module to monitor and scan the network You would have to download the scanner firmware after you compare the systems using the module in adapter mode to monitor the network Or you could use two 1756-RIO modules one as a scanner and one as an adapter on the Remote IO network

The following example breaks down the process It explains using the 1756-RIO module

bull as an adapter and its configuration in the configuration toolrsquos IO tree

bull with the configuration tool to create the aliases based on the IO configuration tree

bull configuration toolrsquos process of exporting aliases to convert an existing system to a ControlLogix system using the module in scanner mode

Create a Network Configuration and Export Aliases

Follow these steps to create a network configuration in the configuration tool and to create the aliases based on that configuration

1 Set the 1756-RIO module to adapter mode

See Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode on page 30

2 Create the network configuration in the configuration toolrsquos tree for the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 87

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

The following IO tree configuration comprises one monitored quarter rack and one active quarter rack

3 Export the alias file Once the network configuration is complete in the configuration tool from the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

The following graphic and tables show how the configuration tool creates aliases based on the IO configuration from the tree

1

2

3

Item Description

1 Rack 00 is a monitored quarter rack encompassing IO groups 0 and 1

2 Rack 1 is an active quarter rack encompassing IO groups 0 and 1

3 All input and output maps to connection 0 so I0 and O0

ATTENTION Monitored outputs include outputs to monitored racks and outputs to active racks

12

88 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

The table shows how the prefixes are used in creating alias names the descriptions that are created for the aliases and how the addresses are created from the base tags and data mappings

4 Write a ControlLogix control program in the RSLogix 5000 project to write outputs to the placeholder array then compare the outputs to the monitored outputs from the existing system

5 Change the 1756-RIO module to scanner mode or use an existing 1756-RIO scanner

See Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode on page 30

6 Export a scanner configuration and download it to the scanner

7 Create aliases with the scanner configuration tool using the same prefixes

8 Import the aliases into the RSLogix 5000 project

Item Description

1 Prefixes are left at their defaults

2 The Base Tag field represents the location of the 1756-RIO adapter in the rack In this case the adapter is in slot 0

Alias Name Description Address

RIO_R00_STS Rack-00 Status - Monitored Local0I0Data[0]

RIO_I000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Input - Monitored Local0I0Data[2]

RIO_I001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Input - Monitored Local0I0Data[3]

RIO_MON_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[12]

RIO_MON_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[13]

RIO_MON_O010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[22]

RIO_MON_O011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[23]

RIO_ACT_I010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Input - Active Local0O0Data[2]

RIO_ACT_I011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Input - Active Local0O0Data[3]

RIO_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 12]

RIO_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 13]

RIO_O010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 22]

RIO_O011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 23]

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 89

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

The following table shows the aliases created for a scanner in slot 0 in the ControlLogix chassis

Notice that the alias names for the discrete outputs in the Export Alias Creation table are the same as the alias names for the placeholders in the Alias Creation for a Scanner in the ControlLogix Chassis table but now point to IO outputs

Alias Creation for a Scanner in the ControlLogix Chassis

Alias Created Description Address

RIO_R00_STS Rack-00 Status Local0I0Data[0]

RIO_R00_CTL Rack-00 Control Local0O0Data[0]

RIO_I000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Input Local0I0Data[2]

RIO_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output Local0O0Data[2]

RIO_I001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Input Local0I0Data[3]

RIO_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output Local0O0Data[3]

EXAMPLE For example an application that used alias name RIO_0001 wrote to placeholder location RioTempOut[0 13] but would now write to the discrete outputs at Local0O0Data[3]

90 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Manage Configurations There are several ways to manage your modulersquos configurations This section covers

bull downloading configurations to the module

bull uploading configurations to the RSLogix 5000 project

bull saving and loading configurations to disk

bull archiving configurations

Managing configuration steps are the same for scanner and adapter modes

Download and Upload Configurations

To download a configuration to the 1756-RIO module follow these steps

1 On the Configure menu choose Download Configuration

You must set the communication path through RSLinx to tell the configuration tool where the 1756-RIO module is installed The RSLinx Path Selection dialog box now appears

2 Expand the backplane of the chassis where the 1756-RIO module is installed navigate to the module and select it

3 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 91

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

To upload a configuration from the 1756-RIO module to the project follow these steps

1 From the Configure menu choose Upload Configuration

2 Set the communication path when the RSLinx dialog box appears by navigating to the 1756-RIO module on the network and clicking OK

TIP You can also set the communication path by selecting the Communication menu and choosing Select RSLinx Path

TIP You can also uploaddownload configurations from the Module button on the configuration toolrsquos toolbar

Download to the module

Upload from the module

92 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Save Configurations to Disk

To save configurations to disk from the file menu choose Save

The configuration saves as an rio file to the location you initially specified when you set the module properties in the add-on profile in the RSLogix 5000 project

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 93

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Archive Configurations

Archive Template Command

The Archive Templates command copies any templates used in the current file to the same location as the RIO file It copies any block transfer module templates used in the current configuration file into the directory where the configuration is stored

1 To archive configurations from the File menu choose Archive Templates

2 When the confirmation dialog box appears click OK

94 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Archive Template Check Command

The Archive Template Check command checks and confirms any block transfer module templates used in the current configuration file are stored in the directory where the configuration is stored

1 To use the Archive Template Check command from the File menu choose Archive Template Check

2 When the confirmation dialog box appears click OK

You must make sure you save your project if you want to keep a backup copy otherwise you get an error that the active project has not been saved or the BT Template File is not found

See Appendix C for additional information on templates

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 95

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Notes

96 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 5

Monitor Remote IO

Introduction Now that the module configuration is complete and downloaded to the 1756-RIO module you are ready to scan a Remote IO network

Remote IO scanning uses a 1756-RIO scanner in a local or remote chassis and multiple adapters on a Remote IO network The scanner enables communication between a ControlLogix controller and the remote IO devices The 1756-RIO scanner continually gathers and sends information to and from remote adapters on the Remote IO network and sends that information to the ControlLogix controller in the chassis

Remote IO monitoring uses a 1756-RIO module in adapter mode to lsquolistenrsquo to remote IO and communicate that IO back to the ControlLogix controller

Within the configuration tool there are four utilities to monitor IO

bull DiscMon monitors discrete input and output data

bull BtMon monitors block transfers

bull DiagMon monitors diagnostic counters

bull LogMon monitors the scanner log

In this chapter you will

bull use scan and monitor modes

bull monitor remote IO discrete inputs and outputs in scanner mode

bull monitor remote IO discrete inputs and outputs in adapter mode

bull monitor block transfers

bull export scanner configurations

bull use the diagnostic utilities in the configuration software to monitor save and clear diagnostics

Topic Page

Commission Summary 98

Scan Mode and Monitor Mode 99

Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs 101

Monitor Block Transfers 108

Export Scanner Configurations 115

Other Diagnostics 117

97Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 97

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Commission Summary The following list summarizes 1756-RIO scanning and monitoring functions on a Remote IO network

bull Monitor discrete inputs and outputs in scanner mode from the Monitor menu

bull Monitor discrete inputs and active inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu

bull Monitor remote IO in Monitor mode to lsquolistenrsquo to and then upgrade an existing older system to a ControlLogix system

bull Monitor block transfer reads and writes in scanner mode by right-clicking on the module in the IO tree and selecting Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

bull Export scanner configuration files in adapter mode using the Tools menu and clicking Export Scanner Configuration file File from the pull-down menu

bull Monitor an existing system by putting the module in scanner mode and loading an exported configuration file to scan the remote network

bull Use the Monitor menu to monitor diagnostics in scanner and adapter modes

bull Monitor normal operation and error messages on the network by using the Monitor menursquos Debug Log

bull Diagnose and correct fatal errors by selecting 1756-RIO Fatal Error from the Tools menu Capture fatal errors and save them in an error log for use by Technical Support

98 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Scan Mode and Monitor Mode

The 1756-RIO module can perform various scan functions depending on whether it is a scanner or an adapter

Scan Remote IO in Scanner Mode

There are three scan modes of the ControlLogix controller The following list explains each mode and what the 1756-RIO module does in each mode

bull Run mode

bull Program mode

bull Test mode

In run mode the 1756-RIO module scans remote racks reads discrete inputs does not enable outputs to run on and does not update block transfers

In program mode the 1756-RIO module scans remote racks reads discrete inputs but does not write discrete outputs or update block transfers

In test mode the 1756-RIO behaves the same as it does in program mode with the exception of the controller actively scanning the ladder logic

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 99

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Remote IO in Adapter Mode

The 1756-RIO module provides utilities to upgrade an existing remote IO application to a ControlLogix system with a minimum of downtime and startup time This function is referred to as Monitor mode

Used in Monitor mode the 1756-RIO adapter can be used to upgrade a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system by providing discrete inputs and outputs and Block Transfer read and write data to the controller You can replace the existing application or control program thatrsquos running on a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system with a new application that runs on a ControlLogix controller using the 1756-RIO module as the remote IO scanner

TIP The replacement system must be tested before the switchover It uses the same field wiring as the old system If unanticipated problems arise you can switch back to the old system in minutes

100 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 101

To use Monitor mode to upgrade your existing system to a ControlLogix system follow these steps

1 Connect the 1756-RIO module in adapterMonitor mode on the existing Remote IO network to monitor data and timing

2 Create the new application or control program in the RSLogix 5000 project It sees the exact same inputs (monitored inputs) as the existing application but writes to an internal array in the ControlLogix controller

3 Compare the outputs (monitored outputs) from the new application with the outputs from the existing system by lsquolisteningrsquo to the network

4 When you are satisfied that the new system accurately duplicates the function and timing of the existing system disconnect the Remote IO network from the old scanner and connect it to the 1756-RIO module in scanner mode

5 Switch the RSLogix 5000 project application (control program) to write outputs to the 1756-RIO module as a scanner instead of to the internal array

Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs

Use the Monitor Inputs and Monitor Outputs commands to display the discrete IO data on remote IO racks connected to the 1756-RIO module

If the RSLinx path to the 1756-RIO module has not been set an RSLinx RSWho window displays Use it to set the communication path to the module by navigating to the 1756-RIO module on the network and clicking OK

Monitor Discrete Inputs in Scanner ModeTo monitor discrete inputs in scanner mode follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu select Monitor Discrete Inputs

2 Right-click on a rack and select Monitor Discrete

3 Use the Monitor Discrete Inputs button on the toolbar

ATTENTION Be sure to switch the 1756-RIO module to scanner mode if it is not done

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

The DiscMon or discrete input monitor window displays

Each row corresponds to a rack Rack numbers are given in octal Each row shows eight words of discrete inputs for the rack number

Main Menu Rack

Toolbar

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the DiscMon utility

102 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 103

Data can be displayed in the following formats

Hexadecimal

You can display discrete IO data in hexadecimal (0000hellipFFFF) format from the View menu and choosing Hex or by clicking the Display Hex button on the toolbar

Signed Decimal

You can display discrete IO data in signed decimal (-32768hellip32767) format by choosing the View menu and choosing Signed from the pull-down menu or by clicking the Signed button on the toolbar

Format From menu From Toolbar

Hexadecimal ViewHex 0x button

Signed decimal ViewUnsigned 1 button

Unsigned decimal ViewSigned -1 button

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

104 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Unsigned Decimal

You can display discrete IO data in Unsigned Decimal (0hellip65535) format from the View menu and choosing Unsigned or by clicking the Unsigned button on the toolbar

Monitor Discrete Outputs in Scanner Mode

To monitor discrete outputs in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the main menu of the configuration tool from the Monitor pull-down menu select Monitor Discrete Outputs

2 Right-click on a rack and select Monitor Discrete Outputs

3 Use the Monitor Discrete Outputs button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Rack

Toolbar

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The Discrete Output Monitor window displays

Each row corresponds to a rack Rack numbers are given in octal and each row shows eight words of discrete outputs for the rack number

TIP The data formatting options hex signed and unsigned are the same for scanner and adapter modesrsquo monitored inputs and outputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 105

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Discrete Inputs in Adapter Mode

Monitored inputs are inputs on monitored racks To monitor discrete inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu choose Discrete Monitored Inputs Just as in scanner mode you can also get to the Monitored Discrete Input Data screen by right-clicking on a rack or clicking the Monitor Discrete Inputs button on the toolbar

106 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The Monitored Discrete Input Data window displays

Monitor Discrete Outputs in Adapter Mode

Monitored outputs are all outputs from the remote IO scanner To monitor discrete outputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu select Discrete Monitored Outputs or right-click on a rack or click the Monitor Discrete Outputs button on the toolbar

The Monitored Discrete Output Data window displays

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 107

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Discrete Active Inputs in Adapter Mode

Active inputs are inputs on active racks To monitor discrete active inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu choose Discrete Active Inputs or right-click on a rack or click the Monitor Active Inputs button on the toolbar

The Active Discrete Input Data window displays

Monitor Block Transfers Use the Block Transfer Monitor command to display the block transfers associated with a block transfer module along with diagnostics associated with the block transfers

108 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Monitor Block Transfers in Scanner Mode

To monitor a block transfer module right-click on the module in the IO tree and select Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

The 1756-RIO BTMon or block transfer module window displays

Some analog output modules have only an associated block transfer write Analog input modules have a block transfer write for configuring the module a block transfer read for data and a block transfer read for status

The upper portion of the screen is the block transfer read the lower portion is the block transfer write

The raw data can be displayed as hexadecimal signed or unsigned integer The default format for block transfer data is hexadecimal

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path to start the BTMon utility

Block Transfer Read

Block Transfer Write

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 109

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer reads

Scanner Mode Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

Counter Description

State Configactiveinactive

Type Module type from the module template

BTR Len Block transfer read length

Req Update Time Requested update time in the module configuration in ms

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer read in ms This is the average of the previous eight updates

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer read

Ignored Reqs Running count of update requests ignored by the block transfer module

Prot Errors Running count of protocol errors for this block transfer read If this counter is incrementing the module isnrsquot responding correctly

Request Count Count of the number of times on successive scans this block transfer was requested If this number is consistently greater than 1 increase the requested update time - the module cannot respond quickly enough at the current requested time The counter applies to the BTR and BTW for this module

110 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer writes

Scanner Mode Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

Counter Description

Cfg Len Length of the configuration data for this module

Data Len Data length

Req Update Time Requested update time in the module configuration in ms

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer write in ms This is the average of the previous eight updates

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer write

Ignored Reqs Running count of update requests ignored by the destination module for this block transfer write

Protocol Errs Running count of protocol errors for this block transfer write

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 111

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Block Transfers in Adapter Mode

To monitor a block transfer module right-click on the module in the IO tree and select Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

The BTMon or block transfer module window displays

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path to start the BTMon utility

Block Transfer Read

Block Transfer Write

112 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer reads

Adapter Mode Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

Counter Description

Type Module type

BTR Map Len Length of mapped BTR data in words

BTR Mon Len Length of monitored BTR data in words

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer read in ms

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer read

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 113

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer writes

Adapter Mode Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

Counter Description

BTW Map Len The length of the mapped BTW data in words

BTW Min Len The minimum BTW length in words

BTW Max Len The maximum BTW length in words

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer write in ms

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer write

114 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Export Scanner Configurations

In adapter mode the configuration tool can export a scanner configuration file built from the current adapter configuration which can be loaded into an RIO scanner The exported scanner configuration file is especially useful when converting an existing remote IO system to a ControlLogix system You can then choose whether the block transfer configuration data and update times come from the values the adapter has observed on the remote network or from the defaults from the module templates

The configuration file includes

bull a baud rate

bull monitored racks

bull block transfers on monitored racks

It does not contain active racks block transfers on active racks or mappings

To export a scanner configuration file follow these steps

1 From the Tools menu choose Export Scanner Configuration File

2 On the Export Scanner Configuration File dialog box select the FileName and BT Module Configuration Data and Update Times option for your configuration file

Make sure you use another file name so that you donrsquot overwrite the adapter configuration file

EXAMPLE The template for a module might have a default value for the channel data type The configuration seen on the network might have another value for the channel data type

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 115

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

3 Click OK

Monitor Mode

If you are using the 1756-RIO module in Monitor mode you can monitor the existing system to capture block transfer timing and configuration data then export a scanner configuration file that contains that data To use the exported configuration file follow these steps

1 Switch the 1756-RIO module back to scanner mode

2 Load the exported configuration file to scan the Remote IO network

Field Description

FileName Name the file and select the autobrowse button to search for the directory andor file where you want to save the file

The current rio file is for adapter mode When you export the scanner configuration file you are making a new rio file for scanner mode You do not want to overwrite the adapter rio file so it must be saved at this point

BT Module Configuration Data and Update Times

Capture from Online Monitor or Use Defaults from Templates

The configuration and timing data for block transfers can be based on the default configuration data from the block transfer module templates or on the configuration data and update times the adapter has observed on the network

This is a global selection and affects the data saved for all block transfer modules

116 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Other Diagnostics Use the Monitor Diagnostics Counters command to display the diagnostic counters that the 1756-RIO module maintains The 1756-RIO module maintains diagnostic counters that indicate the state of communication on an entire Remote IO network and counters related to each rack It also maintains an active rack list

The diagnostic counters consist of three groups

bull Active racks table

bull Global diagnostic counters

bull Rack diagnostic counters

Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Scanner Mode

To monitor the diagnostic counters follow these steps

From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters or click the Monitor Diagnostic Counters button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the DiagMon utility

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 117

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

The 1756-RIO DiagMon window displays showing the Active Racks Global Diag Counters and Rack Diag Counters

Active Racks Table

The Active Racks table shows which racks are present on the Remote IO network Columns represent rack numbers from 1hellip76 octal Rows represent starting IO groups If the bit for a rack and starting IO group is set there is a rack at that location The Active Racks table does not show rack size

A lsquo1rsquo indicates that a rack is present at the rack number and starting IO group indicated In the example above there is a rack present at rack 0 starting IO group 0

The lsquo1rsquo in the Active Rack table indicates a rack present at rack 0 starting IO group 0

118 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Global Diagnostic Counters

The global diagnostic counters provide information about the operation of the entire Remote IO network

The following table lists the global diagnostic countersrsquo descriptions

Scanner Mode Global Diagnostic Counters

Counter Description

Tx This counter increments each time the 1756-RIO module transmits a packet

RxGood This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a good packet

RxTout This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module sends a packet but does not receive a reply

RxBadCRC This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet with a bad Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Check cabling and termination on the Remote IO network

RxNoise This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module hears a carrier without receiving a packet Check cabling and termination on the Remote IO network

RxAbort This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives an opening flag then the packet ends without a closing flag

PrtclErr This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet that makes no sense in terms of the protocol

UpdAvg Average update time for all configured racks This is the average of the previous 64 updates

UpdMin Minimum update time for all configured racks

UpdMax Maximum update time for all configured racks

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 119

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Rack Diagnostic Counters

The rack diagnostic counters contain information about the operation of each partial rack The rows are racks from 1hellip76 octal There are four groups of counters per rack corresponding to the four possible starting IO groups for a rack

The following table lists the rack diagnostic countersrsquo descriptions

Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Adapter Mode

Follow this procedure to monitor diagnostic counters in adapter mode

From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters

The 1756-RIO-ADPT DiagMon window displays Notice that the Rack Status Table and the Global Diag Counters are the same in adapter mode as scanner mode diagnostics The BT Global Update however shows the diagnostics for the BTRs and BTWs in adapter mode

Scanner Mode Rack Diagnostic Counters

Counter Description

Rx This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet from this rack

Crc This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet with a bad CRC from this rack

Tout This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module sends a packet to this rack and does not receive a reply within the time-out period

Prtcl This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet from this rack that does not make sense in terms of the protocol

120 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The BT Global Update diagnostics table is organized by rack IO group (Grp) and slot (Slt) The first row (0) shows the BTRs first then the BTWs on rack 0 From left to right BTRs at IO group 0 slot 0 IO group 0 slot 1 IO group 1 slot 0 IO group 1 slot 1 and so on

A lower case lsquorrsquo or lsquowrsquo indicates that a block transfer has been observed at that location at some point in the past An upper case lsquoRrsquo or lsquoWrsquo indicates when a block transfer happens

Module Scanner Log

Scanner Mode

The scanner log displays messages from the firmware running on the 1756-RIO module showing its normal operation and error messages The Debug Log command monitors messages logged by the 1756-RIO module These messages can be used to diagnose problems and may be useful in tracking down errors and for Technical Support

Grp 0 Slt 0

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 121

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

To monitor the scanner log follow this procedure

1 Run the LogMon utility To launch LogMon from the Monitor menu choose Debug Log from the pull-down menu

2 Select OK once you select the 1756-RIO module on the network

A window displays confirming LogMon has started If there are no errors present the LogMon screen stays clear

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the LogMon utility

122 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The log displays module operations version and mode information Something like below is typical but your log will look different

3 To clear the scanner log from the Edit menu choose ClearLog or click the Clear Log button from the toolbar

4 To copy the contents of the log to the Windows clipboard for use in another application from the Edit menu choose Copy or click the Select All and Copy button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 123

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Adapter Mode

To launch LogMon in adapter mode follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu choose Debug Log

2 Set the RSLinx communication path when prompted and Select OK to start LogMon

Clear Diagnostics

To clear diagnostics follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters

Once you set the communication path via RSLinx software the DiagMon window displays

2 From the Actions menu choose Clear Diagnostics or click the Clear Diagnostics button on the toolbar

TIP These same instructions apply for scanner and adapter mode

124 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

3 To clear Block Transfer diagnostics while in BTMon from the Actions menu choose ClearDiagCounters or click the ClearDiagCounters button on the toolbar

Fatal Errors

Fatal errors occur when the firmware on the module encounters an unexpected condition There are three main causes for fatal errors

bull A bug in the 1756-RIO module firmware

bull A 1756-RIO module hardware failure

bull Certain types of ControlLogix backplane failures

The 1756-RIO module monitors its own operation for invalid conditions The module stops scanning turns all three status indicators red and displays a fatal error number similar to lsquoM60rsquo on the 4-character display and then stores a fatal error log that indicates the cause of the fatal error

ToolbarMain Menu

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 125

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Use the Fatal Error Capture command from the Tools menu to clear fatal errors on the 1756-RIO module and save the log file to disk for use by technical support

To clear the fatal error and capture the fatal error log for scanner and adapter modes follow these steps

1 Cycle power on the 1756-RIO module

The 4-character display should show lsquoFatalErrorCapture requiredrsquo

2 From the Tools menu choose 1756-RIO Fatal Error Capture

3 Use RSLinx software to set the communication path and select the 1756-RIO module on the network

A Fatal Error Capture warning window displays

4 Select Yes

5 Save the fatal error log to a file

IMPORTANT Clearing a fatal error also clears the configuration on the 1756-RIO module

IMPORTANT By choosing Yes communication to the module is disrupted AND the modulersquos configuration will be erased

126 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

This also clears the fatal error on the module When the Save In dialog box opens navigate to the location on the hard drive where you want to save the error log file and give it a filename

6 Contact Technical Support See the BackCover

7 Provide Technical Support with the fatal error log file to help them diagnose the cause of the problem

8 After clearing the fatal error you must download the configuration to the 1756-RIO module

See Download and Upload Configurations on page 91 for instructions on how to download configurations to the 1756-RIO module

ATTENTION You must clear the fatal error before you can use the module again and you shouldnrsquot use it again until you have determined what caused the error

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 127

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Notes

128 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix A

Scanner Mode IO Map

This section describes how the data gets mapped to the ControlLogix data for scanner mode

When you map any part of a rack to producedconsumed tag data the structure that gets mapped is for the entire rack number For example if rack 1 consists of IO groups 0 and 1 (a quarter rack) the entire structure for rack 1 is mapped when you map the rack Similarly if a rack is made up of several partial racks mapping any one of those partial racks maps the structure for the entire rack

Discrete Input Data

In scanner mode the discrete read structure for a rack consists of two status words and eight words of discrete input data

Discrete Read Structure-Input

Only bits 0hellip3 of the first word of status data are used They consist of error bits that are set if there is a communication error with a partial rack Bit 0 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 0 bit 1 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 2 and so on

The error bit is 1 if there is an error scanning the rack or if the rack is inhibited otherwise the bit is 0

Words 2hellip9 contain the discrete input data for the rack Words 2 and 3 contain the data for IO groups 0 and 1 (first 14 rack) words 3 and 4 contain the data for IO groups 2 and 3 (second 14 rack) and so on

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Status Codes and Error Codes Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

44817

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 129

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Discrete Input Data Offset - Read

Discrete Input Data Offset - Read

Offset 0Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1N

O E

RRO

R

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

ERR

OR

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

44814

130 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Discrete Output Data

In scanner mode the discrete write structure for a rack consists of two control words and eight words of discrete output data

Discrete Write Structure-Output

Bits 0hellip3 of the first word of control data are used to inhibit racks Set bit 0 to inhibit the scan of the rack starting at IO group 0 set bit 1 to inhibit the scan of the rack starting at IO group 2 and so on Inhibiting a rack stops all communication with that rack and all outputs revert to their programmed last state

Bits 4hellip7 of the first word of control data are used to reset racks Set bit 4 to reset the outputs of the rack starting at IO group 0 set bit 5 to reset the outputs of the rack starting at IO group 2 and so on When a reset command is given all communication with that rack continues however that rack behaves as if the controller is in Program mode All outputs revert to their Program mode state

Only the bit for the starting IO group needs to be set to inhibit or reset the rack For example if a rack is a full rack starting at IO group 0 only bit 0 needs to be set to inhibit the scan of the rack

Words 2hellip9 contain the discrete output data for the rack Words 2 and 3 contain the data for IO groups 0 and 1 (first 14 rack) words 3 and 4 contain the data for IO groups 2 and 3 (second 14 rack) and so on

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

2 Control Words Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

44818

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 131

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Discrete Output Data Offset-Write

Discrete Output Data Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (Control) 0 Inhibit rack that starts first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

1 Inhibit rack that starts second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

2 Inhibit rack that starts third quarter (IO group 4hellip5

3 Inhibit rack that starts fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

4 Reset rack that starts at first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

5 Reset rack that starts at second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

6 Reset rack that starts at third quarter (IO group 4hellip5)

7 Reset rack that starts at fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

8hellip15 Reserved

1 (Control) 0hellip15 Reserved (pad for 32-bit alignment)

2hellip9 (Output) 0hellip15 Discrete output data

Discrete Output Data Offset - Write

WriteOffset 0

Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9

Ouput Words

8 Words of Discrete Ouptut Data

Offset 1Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15In

hibi

t Rac

k1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Inhi

bit R

ack

2nd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 2

-3

Inhi

bit R

ack

3rd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 4

-5

Inhi

bit R

ack

4th

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 6

-7Re

set R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Rese

t Rac

k2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Rese

t Rac

k3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Rese

t Rac

k4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

44819

132 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Discrete IO Data Transfer

Discrete Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Status Codes and Error Codes Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

Read

Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Status Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1N

O E

RRO

R

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

ERR

OR

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

Discrete Write Structure - Ouput

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

2 Control Words Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

Write

Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9

Ouput Words

8 Words of Discrete Ouptut Data

Control Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Inhi

bit R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Inhi

bit R

ack

2nd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 2

-3

Inhi

bit R

ack

3rd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 4

-5

Inhi

bit R

ack

4th

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 6

-7Re

set R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Rese

t Rac

k2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Rese

t Rac

k3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Rese

t Rac

k4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

IO Rack

Scanner ModeDiscrete IO Data Transfer

44820

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 133

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Block Transfer InputIn scanner mode even if a module has only a block transfer write you should map the module to input and output data so that the control and status data gets mapped

Block Transfer Read Structure-Input

Offset 0 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer read executes successfully on the RIO network Based on configuration of the 1756-RIO module and its RPI it may be possible that the controller may see this value increment by more than 1 count per program scan

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTR error bit offset 0 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer read It clears the bit when the block transfer read enable bit is reset in the corresponding BT control write structure

When a block transfer read error occurs offset 0 bits 8hellip10 contain Error Codes

When you execute a block transfer read in manual mode the 1756-RIO module sets offset 0 bit 12 to indicate that the block transfer read executed successfully The bit is reset when the corresponding BTREN bit is reset in the BT write control file

Offset 1 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer write executes successfully on the RIO network Based on the configuration of the 1756-RIO module and its RPI it may be possible that the controller may see this value increment by more than 1 count per program scan

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTW error bit offset 1 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer write It clears the bit when the block transfer write enable bit is reset in the corresponding BT control write structure

When a block transfer write occurs offset 1 bits 8hellip10 contain an error code When you execute a block transfer write in manual mode the 1756-RIO module sets offset 1 bit 12 BTWDN to indicate that the block transfer write executed successfully The bit is reset when the corresponding BTWEN bit is reset in the BT write control file

Word offsets 2hellipn contain the read data returned by the block transfer module

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Returned Read Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

44821

134 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

BT Read Structure Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (BT Read) 0hellip7 BTR update counter (increments each time BTR executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTR error code

11 BTRERR block transfer read error

12 BTRDN block transfer read done (manual mode only)

13hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip7 BTW update counter (increments each time BTW executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTW error code

11 BTWERR block transfer write error

12 BTWDN block transfer write done (manual mode only)

13hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTR data (64 integers max)

BT ReadOffset Word 0

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Returned Read Data Offset Words 2hellipn

Read Data Returned by the Block Transfer

BT WriteOffset Word 1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

Read

Don

eM

anua

l Mod

e O

nly

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Writ

e D

one

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved

44815

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 135

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Output

BT Write Structure-Output

Offset 0 bits 0hellip5 contain the block transfer read length

Offset 0 bit 8 contains the block transfer read enable bit for manual mode block transfers

Offset 0 bit 9 is used in two ways

bull In manual mode this bit is the block-transfer-read-continuous bit If this bit is set and the enable bit is set the 1756-RIO module re-enables block transfer reads when they execute successfully

bull In automatic and semi-automatic modes this bit inhibits all block transfers to the IO module

Offset 1 bits 0hellip5 contain the block transfer write length

Offset 1 bit 8 contains the block transfer write enable bit for manual mode block transfers

Offset 1 bit 9 is the block-transfer-write-continuous bit If this bit is set and the enable bit is set the 1756-RIO module re-enables block transfer writes when they execute successfully

Word offsets 2hellipn contain the write data sent to the block transfer write module

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Write Data Container for BTW Module

1st 16-bit Word

BTW44822

136 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Block Transfer Control Write Structure

BT Write Structure Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 0hellip5 BTR length (1hellip63 word 0 means BT module decides)

6hellip7 Reserved

8 BTREN block transfer read enable (manual mode only)

9 BTRCONT (manual mode only)

BT Inhibit (automatic modes - inhibits config BTW data BTW and data BTR)

10hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip5 BTW length (1hellip63 word 0 means BT module decides)

6hellip7 Reserved

8 BTWEN block transfer write enable (manual mode only)

9 BTWCONT continuous mode (manual mode only)

10hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTW Data (64 integers max)

BT ReadOffset Word 0

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Write Data Containerfor BTW Module

Offset Words 2hellipn

Write Data Container

BT Write Offset Word 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BT Read Length

BT Write Length BT W

rite

Enab

led

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us M

ode

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved Res

Res BT R

ead

Ena

bled

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us R

ead

BT

Inhi

bit

44816

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 137

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Error Codes

Error Code Description

0 OK

1 BTRBTW request ignored by block transfer module

2 Block transfer state mismatch

3hellip6 Reserved not currently used

7 Disabled

138 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Scanner Mode Block Transfer IO

BT Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Returned Read Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Returned Read DataOffset 2hellipn

Read Data Returned by the Block Transfer

BT Write 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

Read

Don

eM

anua

l Mod

e O

nly

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Writ

e D

one

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved

Block Transfer Control Write Structure

BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Write Data Containerfor BTW Module

Offset 2hellipn

Write Data Container

BT Write 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BT Read Length

BT Write Length BT W

rite

Enab

led

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us M

ode

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved Res

Res BT R

ead

Ena

bled

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us R

ead

BT

Inhi

bit

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

BT Write Structure - Output

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Write Data Container for BTW Module

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

IO Rack

Scanner ModeBlock Transfer IO

44823

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 139

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Notes

140 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix B

Adapter Mode IO Map

This section describes the remote IO data that gets mapped to the ControlLogix data for adapter mode

The structures that get mapped for adapter mode are similar to those for scanner mode with the exception of the control bits In adapter mode you have no control over when racks or block transfers update

The IO data can be remote IO input or output data on monitored or active racks

Discrete Data Discrete Input Data

In adapter mode the discrete input structure for a rack consists of two status words followed by eight words of discrete input data When you map any part of a rack to producedconsumed tag data the structure that gets mapped is for the entire rack number

Discrete Input Monitored Racks

Inputs on monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Only bits 0hellip3 of the first word of status data are used They consist of error bits that are set if there is a communication error with a partial rack Bit 0 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 0 bit 1 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 2 and so on

The bit is set if there is an error scanning the rack and is 0 otherwise

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Only First 3

Bits Used

1st Status Word

2nd Status Word

Not Used

44838

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 141

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

142 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Discrete Input Data Monitored Racks

Discrete Input Data Monitored Racks

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (Status) 0 Communication error first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

1 Communication error second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

2 Communication error third quarter (IO group 4hellip5)

3 Communication error fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

4hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved (pad for 32-bit alignment)

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete input data

Offset 0Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Status Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

0=Status OK 1=Error

44839

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 143

Discrete Input Active Racks

There are no status bits on active racks Inputs on active racks are mapped to ControlLogix outputs

Discrete Input Data Offset Active Racks - Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input DataReserved Words

Not Used

Not Used

44850

Discrete Input Data Active Racks

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete input data

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

44851

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

In adapter mode the discrete output structure for a rack consists of two pad words and eight words of discrete output data Whenever you map a rack to ControlLogix inputs 10 words of data get mapped for remote IO inputs and 10 words get mapped for remote IO outputs

Discrete outputs on monitored and active racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Reserved WordsNot Used

44852

144 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2- 9

Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Offset 1Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

44853

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete output data

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 145

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Adapter Mode Discrete IO Data Transfer-Monitored Racks

Discrete Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

ReadStatus Words

ControlLogix Input Tags

Read

Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input (Monitored Racks)

Status Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

0 = Status OK 1=Error

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output (Monitored Racks)

Reserved0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

IO Rack

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

Discrete Output (Monitored Racks)

ControlLogix Input Tags

44842

146 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Adapter Mode Discrete IO Data Transfer-Active Racks

IO Rack

p

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Discrete Read Structure - Input Monitored Racks

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input DataReserved Words

Not Used

Not Used

Discrete OutputActive Racks Only

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2- 9

Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Offset 1Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Discrete Write Structure Monitored Racks - Output

Reserved WordsNot Used

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

ControlLogix Output Tags

ControlLogix Input Tags

44854

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 147

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Modules This section shows the structures that get mapped to ControlLogix producedconsumed input or output data when you map a block transfer module

Even if a module has only block transfer read or write data you should map the module to producedconsumed input and output data so that the control and status data gets mapped

On monitored racks block transfer read and write data maps to ControlLogix inputs

On active racks block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix output data Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix input data

Block Transfer Read Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Block transfer read data on monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Block transfer read data on active racks are mapped from ControlLogix outputs

Block Transfer Reads on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Description

0 Reserved always 0

1 Reserved always 0

2hellipn Up to 64 words of BTR data

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Reserved Block Transfer Read Data Up To 64 Words

1st 16-bit Word

44855

148 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Block Transfer Read Structure

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTR data (64 integers max)

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-nBTR Data

BTR Data (64 integers max)

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

44846

On monitored racks this is mapped to ControlLogix inputs On active racks this is mapped to ControlLogix outputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 149

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Write Data on Monitored or Active Racks

The data mapped for block transfer writes consists of two status words followed by up to 64 words of data on active or monitored racks Block transfer write data on active and monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Offset 0 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer read executes successfully

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTR error bit offset 0 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer read It clears the bit when the block transfer read enable bit occurs

When a block transfer read error occurs offset 0 bit 8hellip10 contain an error code

The error codes are as follows

Block Transfer Error Codes

Error Code Description

0 OK

1 Time-out

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Block Transfer Write Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

44843

44847

150 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Block Transfer Write Structure

Block Transfer Write Structure on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip7 BTR update counter (increments each time BTR executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTR error code

11 BTRERR block transfer read error

12hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip7 BTW update counter (increments each time BTW executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTW error code

11 BTWERR block transfer write error

12hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTW data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 0BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Offset Words 2-n

BTW Data

BTW Data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 1BT Write

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Reserved

Reserved

44844

Block transfer writes on active and monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 151

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Adapter Mode Block Transfer IO

Offset Word 0BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Offset Words 2-n

BTW Data

BTW Data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 1BT Write

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Reserved

Reserved

IO Rack

BT Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Block Transfer Write Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

BT Write Structure - Output

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Reserved Block Transfer Read Data Up To 64 Words

1st 16-bit Word

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-nBTR Data

BTR Data (64 integers max)

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Mapped as ControlLogix input data for active and monitored racks

Mapped as ControlLogix input data for monitored racksMapped as ControlLogix output data for active racks

152 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix C

Block Transfer Module Templates

Block transfer module templates have been created and installed by the add-on profile for these modules

Supported Modules

Not all modules are listed If your module is not in the list you can use the Generic BT_MODULE profile in the software or create your own template specific to your exact module or configuration This appendix covers the basics for creating your own module template

The properties of block transfer modules are defined in files in the subdirectory rsquoTemplatesrsquo of the directory where the 1756-RIO software is installed Template files have the extension BtModTpl The BtModTpl files can be opened with Microsoft Notepad

Template files are simple text files that define the properties of the block transfer module

IO Family Cat No

1746 SLC middot 1746-N14

middot 1746-N18

middot 1746-N04V

middot 1746-NT4

1771 PLC-5 middot 1771-DE middot 1771-NIV

middot 1771-IFE-16CH (in single-ended 16 Channel configuration)

middot 1771-NOC-noBTR

middot 1771-IFE-8CH (in differential 8 Channel configuration)

middot 1771-NOC

middot 1771-IL-Alarms middot 1771-NOV-noBTR

middot 1771-IL middot 1771-NOV

middot 1771-IR middot 1771-NR

middot 1771-IXE middot 1771-OFE-diag

middot 1771-NIV-Alarms middot 1771-OFE

1794 FLEX middot 1794-IE4XOE2 middot 1794-OE4

middot 1794-IE8

TIP The best way to create a template is to use an existing template as an example Use one that is similar to what you want to create copy it to a new file and modify it The following are examples of template records

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 153

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Block Transfer Template Records

Description

A template usually contains a description record which consists of the keyword Desc followed by an equal sign and up to 79 characters of text enclosed in quotes

The description text displays in the configuration dialog box for any modules created from the template

Note

A note record which consists of the keyword Note followed by an equal sign and then up to 79 characters of text enclosed in quotes conveys information that a user needs when creating a module from this template

The note text displays in the configuration dialog box for any modules created from the template

ATTENTION Anything after a semicolon on a line is treated as a comment and is ignored

EXAMPLE Desc=1771-IFE - 8 Channel Single Ended

Desc=1771-OFE - Binary Format No BTR

EXAMPLE Note=Always set mapped output data word 0hellip8880 hexadecimal in the ControlLogix

154 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

Block Transfer Lengths

A block transfer has three lengths associated with it

CfgLen

The configuration length rsquoCfgLenrsquo is the length of the additional configuration block transfer write data sent once to the block transfer module to initialize it

BtwLen

The block transfer write length rsquoBtwLenrsquo is the length of the block transfer write sent to the module during normal data update

BtrLen

The block transfer read length rsquoBtrLenrsquo is the length of the block transfer read received from the module during normal data update Default Configuration Data Values

The template usually contains default values for the configuration block transfer write

CfgData

Each value consists of the keyword rsquoCfgDatarsquo an offset enclosed in square brackets an equal sign and the data value

Offset Value

The offset is an offset into the configuration block transfer write and ranges from 0hellip(BtwLen+CfgLen-1)

Data Value

The data value can be expressed in decimal or hexadecimal (leading 0x as shown in the example above)

EXAMPLE CfgData[ 8]=0x0fff

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 155

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

The configuration program uses the default configuration data to select the initial values when you create a block transfer module from the template

Parameters

Parameters let you assign values to the configuration data different from the default values for a specific module created from a standard template

Parameters appear in the configuration dialog for any modules created from the template

Parameter definitions begin with the keyword rsquoParmDescrsquo and end with the keyword rsquoParmEndrsquo

Parameter definitions contain

bull a description to display in the module dialog

bull the location in the dialog box

bull the location in the configuration data

bull a data value

Description

Parameter definitions begin with the keyword rsquoParmDescrsquo which is followed by an equal sign and then up to 39 characters of text to be displayed in the dialog box

Location in Dialog Box

The screen location in terms of row (Row=0-63) and column (Col=0-2) where the parameter displays in the dialog box

Location in the Configuration Data

The location of the parameter in the configuration block transfer is defined in terms of offset data mask and bit shift

The offset is the offset into the configuration block transfer from 0hellip63 It is specified by the keyword rsquoOfsrsquo an equal sign and the offset value

EXAMPLE CfgData[ 4]=0x8000 0-3DataPol 4 6 8 10MinScaPol 5 7 9 11MaxScalPol 15BinFmt

CfgData[ 5] Min Scale ch 1

156 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

The shift is the number of bits The value you enter is shifted left from 0hellip15 It is specified by the keyword rsquoShiftrsquo an equal sign and the shift value

The mask selects bits in the value you enter It is specified by the keywordrsquoMaskrsquo an equal sign and the mask value usually in hexadecimal

The value you enter is logically ANDed with the mask shifted left by the shift value and ORed into the configuration word given by the offset

Data Value

Data values can be defined as a numerical value or from a selection list Numerical values are defined in terms of a format (BcdSgn BcdUns BinSgn or BinSgn) the corresponding data value mask and shift values and minimum and maximum values Selection lists can contain up to 256 selection values The configuration dialog for a module created from the template displays the names of the selection values

EXAMPLE Ofs=8 Mask=0x00ff Shift=2

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 157

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Parameter Examples

Example 1 Numeric Value

Min Scale

ParmDesc=Min Scale Ch 1 Col=0 Row=0 Ofs=5 Mask=Oxffff Shift=0

BinSgn MinVal=-4095 MaxVal=4095

ParmEnd

Example 2 Selection

Channel 1

ParmDesc=Range Select Ch 1Col=0 Row=2 Ofs=0 Mask=0x0003Shift=0

Select= 1 to 5V 4 to 20mA 0

Select= 0 to 5V 0 to 20mA 1

Select=-5 to 5V-20 to 20mA 2

Select=-10 to 10V 0 to 10V 3

ParmEnd

158 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

Aliases

Aliases define the names and descriptions exported from the configuration program and imported into the RSLogix 5000 project They begin with keyword rsquoAliasInprsquo or rsquoAliasOutrsquo an offset enclosed in square brackets a name consisting of up to 15 characters enclosed in quotes and a description consisting of up to 79 characters enclosed in quotes

EXAMPLE AliasInp[ 0]=_DAC_Ch1 Raw Data Channel 1

AliasOut[ 0]=_Ch1 Data - Channel 1

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 159

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Notes

160 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix D

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

This section covers problems that may occur with your 1756-RIO module The following areas are covered

bull 1756-RIO modulersquos alphanumeric display

bull RIO status indicator

bull CLX status indicator

bull OK status indicator

bull Debug log

bull Fatal errors

bull Updating the firmware

Alphanumeric Display The 4-character alphanumeric display shows lsquoRIO Scannerrsquo or lsquoRIO Adapterrsquo followed by the firmware version number and any banner text defined in the module configuration

The display shows the following messages at power-up

If the indicator on the 1756-RIO module does not cycle through these messages on powerup contact Technical Support

Message Description

Bnn Stages in the start-up processes nn is a hexadecimal number

Boot Next stage in power-up sequence

RIO Scanner v xxxxx Module firmware revision

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 161

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

Status Indicators The 1756-RIO module has three status indicators to indicate the state of internal operations The status indicators are labeled RIO CLX and OK

RIO Status Indicator ndash Remote Devices Status

The RIO indicator displays the status of the Remote IO network connection Status varies depending on the mode of the module

Scanner Mode

In order of priority highest first

Module Display and Indicators

Indicator Description

1 Module status display

2 RIO status indicator

3 CLX status indicator

4 OK status indicator

Indicator Status Description

RIO Red A frame-receive error has been received in the last second (CRC error abort or time-out) Indicator stays red for 1 second after the error occurs

One or more racks are in error

Flashing redoff

At least one rack being scanned (not inhibited) is in error One or more racks are inhibited

Yellow Idle no racks are configured

Flashing yellowoff

All configured racks are inhibited

Flashing greenoff

No racks being scanned (not inhibited) are in error but one or more racks are inhibited

Green Successful communication with all configured racks no inhibited racks

RIO CLX OK

44777ADAPTER MOD 1

2 3 4

162 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators Appendix D

Adapter Mode

In order of priority highest first

CLX Status Indicator ndash ControlBus Status

The CLX indicator displays the status of communication with the ControlLogix processor

Indicator Status Description

RIO Red A frame-receive error has been received in the last second (CRC error abort or time-out) Indicator stays red for 1 second after the error occurs

Flashing redoff

One or more racks are not being scanned

Flashing greenoff

Configuration mismatch on one or more racks

Green All racks are being scanned and there are no configuration mismatches

Indicator Status Description

CLX Green The module has successfully processed a request from the ControlBus backplane within the last five seconds All required connections are open

Flashing greenoff

Controlling Connection is open but not all required connections are open

Yellow Idle no requests received from the backplane in the last five seconds No connections empty configuration

Flashing yellowoff

Controlling Connection is not open

Red The module has returned a CIP error to a request from the backplane within the last second All required connections are open

Flashing redoff The module has returned a CIP error within the last second All required connections are not open

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 163

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

OK Status Indicator ndash Module Health

The Debug LogThe firmware on the 1756-RIO module maintains a log of informational and diagnostic messages that can be useful in determining the cause of configuration and network problems

To view the log select MonitorgtDebug Log in the scanner or adapter configuration program within the configuration tool

Fatal ErrorsFatal errors occur when the firmware on the module encounters an unexpected condition The module stops running turns all three status indicators red and displays the fatal error number on the 4-character display The module also records its state at the time the fatal error occurred in a log

To clear the fatal error and capture the fatal error log follow these steps

1 Cycle power on the module The 4-character display should show ldquoFaltalErrorCaputure requiredrdquo

2 From the Tools menu choose 1756-RIO Fatal Error Capture in the scanner or adapter configuration program

3 Store the fatal error log to a file

This also clears the fatal error on the module

Contact Technical Support and provide them with the fatal error log file to help diagnose the cause of the problem

Indicator Status Description

OK Green Indicates that module has passed all power-up diagnostics and is functioning normally

Red Indicates that module startup diagnostics failed or a major module fault such as watchdog time-out or jabber inhibit occurred

IMPORTANT If all three status indicators are solid red and the 4-character display shows Mxx (where xx is the error number) a fatal error has occurred See Fatal Errors Make a note of the error code numbers to give Tech Support if you must call for help

164 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators Appendix D

Watchdog and Jabber Inhibit

A watchdog timer is implemented in the modulersquos hardware If the firmware does not kick the watchdog within the time-out period the watchdog times out and generates a fatal error with error code D1 In scanner mode the module stops scanning In adapter mode all racks stop communication

A jabber inhibit timer is implemented in the modulersquos hardware If the network transmitter is on longer than 150 of the longest network frame time the jabber inhibit forces the transmitter off and generates a fatal error with error code D0

In scanner mode the module stops scanning In adapter mode the module stops communicating on the back plane and Remote IO network

Updating the Firmware

The module firmware updates using the scanner or adapter configuration program To update the firmware in the configuration tool from the Tools menu choose Set 1756-RIO ScannerAdapter Mode Setting the mode loads the latest firmware onto the module

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 165

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

Notes

166 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 167

Appendix E

Quick Start

ControlLogix System Quick Start

Use the following steps to quickly get the module running in a ControlLogix system Detailed information about each step is available in other sections of this manual or in the installation manual You can have only one scanner per RIO network Remove any other scanners on the RIO network before continuing The RIO module ships in scanner mode You can adjust the instructions to fit the mode that matches your needs

1 Install RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

2 Install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

3 Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the 1756-RIO modulersquos add-on profile found on the installation CD shipped with the module or download it from httpsupportrockwellautomationcomcontrolflashLogixProfilerasp

RSLinx software and RSLogix 5000 programming software must be installed before the add-on profile

See page 19

4 Create a project in RSLogix 5000 programming software

5 Add a 1756 controller to your project

See page 23

6 Add a 1756-RIO module to the project by right-clicking on the chassis in the Controller Organizer and selecting New Module

The Select Module dialog box appears

7 Expand the Communications heading and select the 1756-RIO module Click OK

See page 24

8 Select the General tab on the Module Properties dialog box to set the module properties

Appendix E Quick Start

168 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

9 Enter the module name and slot number

See page 24

10 Click the Change button in the Module Definition section Select your desired mode scanner or adapter

The module ships in scanner mode Note the number of inputoutput tags If this number is not the same after you map your data with the configuration tool you will have to return to this screen and change them to match your configuration You can specify independently the number of input and output tags within the range of 1hellip10 Each tag you create will create a block of 248 integers For example a value of 2 will create 2x248 or 498 integers

11 When done click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

See page 25

12 Select the Connection tab on the Module Properties dialog box

13 Set the Requested Packet Interval (RPI)

See page 27

14 Click on the Remote IO tab name the RIO file and click the OK button

15 Choose Yes on the Create dialog box

See page 31

This will close the Module Properties dialog box You will need to double-click on the 1756-RIO module in the controller organizer to re-open the Module Properties dialog box

16 Click on the Configure Remote IO Devices button on the Module Properties dialog box to launch the configuration tool

17 In the configuration tool if needed under the Tools menu select Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode command to match the RIO module functionality to match your application Scanner or Adapter

See pages 33

18 Configure the RIO module to match your application In scanner mode add the desired racks to scan and any block transfer modules In adapter mode configure the desired racks to be emulated or monitored and add any block transfer modules Map all entries either manually or by using the Automap command

See pages 51 and 76

Quick Start Appendix E

19 Download the configuration to the module From the configuration toolrsquos Configure menu choose Download Configuration Set the communication path when prompted

See page 91

20 Save the project

21 Go online in the RSLogix 5000 project and download the configuration to the controller

See page 30

See Chapters 2 and 3 for in-depth information on setting module modes and configuration

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 169

Appendix E Quick Start

Notes

170 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Index

Symbolsrio file 116

Numerics1756-RIO module 124-character display 13 12556RioCfgAdpt 19 6956RioCfgScan 19 33 40 57

Aabsolute addresses 84ActBTR 78ActInp 77active 67active inputs 98 108active rack 46 61 67 108

table 117adapter 11

configuration 115mode 11 15 62 86 87 98 124 165program 19

add-on profile 15 16 19 167alias prefix 85aliases 56 76 84 89analog 46 109

data 72archive

configurations 94template check command 95templates command 94

asynchronous 29auto 64

configuration 65configure 41 62map 62mapping 53

automatic 49automatic block transfers 50Avg Update Time 113 114

Bbackplane 66 125base tag 85baud rate 39 63 115block transfer 64 72 136

data 11 37input 134module 11 70 72module type 74

monitor command 108read 98 109read data 78read-and-write-update rates 50timing 116update 50 66write 78 109

blue 68blue hose 14BT

global update 120global update diagnostics table 121MODULE 72Module 98-module 48Module Parameterization 48Mon 109template file 95

BtMon 97

BT-MODULE 66BTR

Len 110len 75Length 73Map Len 113Mon Len 113

BTWLength 73Map Len 114Max Len 114Min Len 114

btw len 75

Cclear

all mappings 57 80block transfer module data mappings 82diagnostics 124Log 123rack map 58

CLX 14Clx Input 78Clx Input data 77Clx Output 78Clx Output data 77

communication path 62 91configuration

tool 29 54 83tree 67

configure 64adapter mode 61-82

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 171

Index

scanner mode 37-59connections 51control program 87controller organizer 16 167ControlLogix

controller 11controller inputs 78inputs 77 141outputs 77 87

counter 134Cyclic Redundancy Check 119

Ddata

blocks 54offset 54 77

debug log 98 121delete

partial rack 46rack 46 71

DiagMon 97 117 120diagnostic counters 120diagnostics 111 114DiscMon 97 102discrete 37 46

data 11input data 129inputs 99output data 131outputs 90 99 107read structure 129write structure 131

door label 13 14download 44 65 127DTL32DLL 20

Eelectronic keying 26empty configuration 64emulate 15 61 67ending IO group 68 70error bit 129 134export 51 56 76

aliases 84 86scanner configuration 97 115

Ffatal error log 125fatal errors 98 125

firmware 15 121 125 165

Ggeneric module type 67global diagnostic counters 117

Hhardware 125hexadecimal 103 109

IIO

data 76discrete inputs 97discrete outputs 98module 50 72

import 56inhibit 131input tags - output tags 26inputs 37integer 109internal array 87 101

Jjabber inhibit timer 165

Lladder logic 99LED Banner name 39 63lightning bolt 67 68link module configuration 83-95listen 97 101LogMon 97 122

Mmain menu 117manual 49

mode 50 134 136manually map 53map 62mapping configuration 51Max Update Time 113 114Min Update Time 113 114mode 31module

definition 17 168

172 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Index

profiles setup dialog box 21type 73

MonBTR 78MonBTW 78MonInp 77monitor 112

BT module 109diagnostics counters 117discrete inputs 101discrete outputs 104inputs 106mode 11 15 61 100outputs 101

monitored rack 46 61 67 72 115MonOut 77MPSetupexe program 20

Nnetwork

configuration 64traffic 66tree 43 69

Ooctal 102 105 118offset 55 134 136OK 14output table 52 57 76 79outputs 15 37

Ppacket 119partial rack 41 67 120 129PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC 15producedconsumed

data 11 61 67data connections 79input data 69tag 11 51 129

program mode 50 64 99 131protocol 119 120

Qquarter rack 68 129

Rrack

diagnostic counters 117 120

map discretes 53number 102type 70

red 68re-import 56re-map all command 56Remote

IO network 117 165remote

chassis 97IO 67 69IO inputs 61IO network 11 37 73 97IO outputs 61IO scanner 73 77 100IO scanner inputs 77network 16

requested pack interval 11 22resize 45 69 70resize partial rack 70RIO 14

output placeholders 86output placeholders base tag 86

root 69row 120RPI 11RSLinx

communication path 102 109 117 124Gateway 15Professional 15software 15 16 124 167

RSLogix 5000control program 84programming software 15 16 87 167project 22 24 67 76 89 101

RTB connection 13run mode 50 64 65 99

Sscanner 11

configuration file 115log 121mode 15 37 85 99 109 122 131

scanner mode IO map 129-139semi-automatic 49 50shadow 15signed 109signed decimal 103slot 72 121

number 25starting IO group 68 118

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 173

Index

status data 129status indicators 13

Ttemplate 46 72termination 119test mode 99throughput 29timing data 116toolbar 92 117 124tools menu 88tree 72 87

troubleshooting display and status indicators 161-165

Uunassigned IO addresses 76unsigned 109unsigned decimal 103 104update block transfers 99Update Count 113 114upgrade 101upload 92

174 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret AŞ Kar Plaza İş Merkezi E Blok Kat6 34752 İccedilerenkoumly İstanbul Tel +90 (216) 5698400

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 176Supersedes Publication 1756-UM534A-EN-P - April 2009 Copyright copy 2010 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupport you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make thebest use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupport

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation review the information that is contained in this manualYou can contact Customer Support for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Documentation Feedback

Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document complete this form publication RA-DU002 available at httpwwwrockwellautomationcomliterature

United States or Canada 14406463434

Outside United States or Canada

Use the Worldwide Locator at httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupportamericasphone_enhtml or contact your local Rockwell Automation representative

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • 1756-UM534B-EN-P ControlLogix Remote IO Communication Module User Manual
  • Summary of Changes
    • New and Updated Information
      • Table of Contents
      • Preface
        • Introduction
        • Who Should Use This Manual
        • Information Found in This Manual
        • Additional Resources
          • Chapter 1 - The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started
            • Introduction
            • 1756-RIO Module Components
            • 1756-RIO Module Requirements
            • The 1756-RIO Modes
            • Prepare the Module
            • Install the Software
            • Install the Add-on Profile
            • Create the RSLogix 5000 Project
              • Configure the Controller
              • Add the 1756-RIO Module
              • Enter the RPI
                • Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project
                • Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode
                  • Launch the 1756-RIO Configuration Tool
                      • Chapter 2 - Configure Scanner Mode
                        • Introduction
                        • Configure Scanner Summary
                        • Set the Baud Rate
                        • Autoconfigure Racks
                        • Manually Configure Racks
                          • Matching Configuration Tool Settings with Module Settings
                          • Resize a Rack
                          • Delete a Rack
                            • Configure Block Transfer Modules
                            • Map IO Data
                              • Automatic Mapping
                              • Manually Map Discrete (rack) Data
                              • Manually Map Block Transfer Data
                              • Re-Map Command
                              • Clear Mappings
                                  • Chapter 3 - Configure Adapter Mode
                                    • Introduction
                                    • Configure Adapter Summary
                                    • Set the Baud Rate
                                    • Autoconfigure Racks
                                      • Perform the AutoConfiguration
                                      • Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network
                                        • Manually Configure Racks
                                          • Resizing Racks
                                          • Delete Racks
                                            • Configure Block-transfer Modules
                                            • Map IO Data
                                              • Automatic Mapping
                                              • Manually Map Discrete Data
                                              • Re-Map Command
                                              • Clear Mappings
                                                  • Chapter 4 - Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project
                                                    • Introduction
                                                    • Commission Summary
                                                    • Aliases
                                                      • Export Aliases in Scanner Mode
                                                      • Export Aliases in Adapter Mode
                                                      • Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System
                                                        • Manage Configurations
                                                          • Download and Upload Configurations
                                                          • Save Configurations to Disk
                                                          • Archive Configurations
                                                              • Chapter 5 - Monitor Remote IO
                                                                • Introduction
                                                                • Commission Summary
                                                                • Scan Mode and Monitor Mode
                                                                  • Scan Remote IO in Scanner Mode
                                                                  • Monitor Remote IO in Adapter Mode
                                                                    • Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Inputs in Scanner Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Outputs in Scanner Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Inputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Outputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Active Inputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                        • Monitor Block Transfers
                                                                          • Monitor Block Transfers in Scanner Mode
                                                                          • Monitor Block Transfers in Adapter Mode
                                                                            • Export Scanner Configurations
                                                                              • Monitor Mode
                                                                                • Other Diagnostics
                                                                                  • Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Scanner Mode
                                                                                  • Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Adapter Mode
                                                                                  • Module Scanner Log
                                                                                  • Clear Diagnostics
                                                                                  • Fatal Errors
                                                                                      • App A - Scanner Mode IO Map
                                                                                        • Discrete Input Data
                                                                                        • Discrete Output Data
                                                                                        • Block Transfer Input
                                                                                        • Block Transfer Output
                                                                                          • App B - Adapter Mode IO Map
                                                                                            • Discrete Data
                                                                                              • Discrete Input Data
                                                                                              • Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                • Block Transfer Modules
                                                                                                  • Block Transfer Read Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                  • Block Transfer Write Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                      • App C - Block Transfer Module Templates
                                                                                                        • Block Transfer Template Records
                                                                                                        • Block Transfer Lengths
                                                                                                        • Parameters
                                                                                                        • Parameter Examples
                                                                                                        • Aliases
                                                                                                          • App D - Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators
                                                                                                            • Alphanumeric Display
                                                                                                            • Status Indicators
                                                                                                              • RIO Status Indicator ndash Remote Devices Status
                                                                                                              • CLX Status Indicator ndash ControlBus Status
                                                                                                              • OK Status Indicator ndash Module Health
                                                                                                              • The Debug Log
                                                                                                              • Fatal Errors
                                                                                                              • Watchdog and Jabber Inhibit
                                                                                                              • Updating the Firmware
                                                                                                                  • Quick Start
                                                                                                                    • ControlLogix System Quick Start
                                                                                                                      • Index
                                                                                                                        • Symbols
                                                                                                                        • Numerics
                                                                                                                        • A
                                                                                                                        • B
                                                                                                                        • C
                                                                                                                        • D
                                                                                                                        • E
                                                                                                                        • F
                                                                                                                        • G
                                                                                                                        • H
                                                                                                                        • I
                                                                                                                        • J
                                                                                                                        • L
                                                                                                                        • M
                                                                                                                        • N
                                                                                                                        • O
                                                                                                                        • P
                                                                                                                        • Q
                                                                                                                        • R
                                                                                                                        • S
                                                                                                                        • T
                                                                                                                        • U
                                                                                                                          • Back Cover
                                                                                                                            • Introduction_Catagory Types

                                                                                                                              Print Spec Sheet

                                                                                                                              ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles true AutoRotatePages All Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Dot Gain 20) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (US Web Coated 050SWOP051 v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket false DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 1 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo true PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo true PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo false PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Remove UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile () AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 300 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Average ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 200000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 300 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Average GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 200000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Average MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 150000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects false CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName () PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false Description ltlt CHS ltFEFF4f7f75288fd94e9b8bbe5b9a521b5efa7684002000500044004600206587686353ef901a8fc7684c976262535370673a548c002000700072006f006f00660065007200208fdb884c9ad88d2891cf62535370300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c676562535f00521b5efa768400200050004400460020658768633002gt CHT ltFEFF4f7f752890194e9b8a2d7f6e5efa7acb7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065874ef653ef5728684c9762537088686a5f548c002000700072006f006f00660065007200204e0a73725f979ad854c18cea7684521753706548679c300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c4f86958b555f5df25efa7acb76840020005000440046002065874ef63002gt DAN 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 DEU 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 ESP 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 FRA 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 ITA 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 JPN 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 KOR ltFEFFc7740020c124c815c7440020c0acc6a9d558c5ec0020b370c2a4d06cd0d10020d504b9b0d1300020bc0f0020ad50c815ae30c5d0c11c0020ace0d488c9c8b85c0020c778c1c4d560002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020bb38c11cb97c0020c791c131d569b2c8b2e4002e0020c774b807ac8c0020c791c131b41c00200050004400460020bb38c11cb2940020004100630072006f0062006100740020bc0f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020c774c0c1c5d0c11c0020c5f40020c2180020c788c2b5b2c8b2e4002egt NLD (Gebruik deze instellingen om Adobe PDF-documenten te maken voor kwaliteitsafdrukken op desktopprinters en proofers De gemaakte PDF-documenten kunnen worden geopend met Acrobat en Adobe Reader 50 en hoger) NOR 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 PTB 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 SUO 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 SVE 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 ENU (Use these settings to create Adobe PDF documents for quality printing on desktop printers and proofers Created PDF documents can be opened with Acrobat and Adobe Reader 50 and later) gtgt Namespace [ (Adobe) (Common) (10) ] OtherNamespaces [ ltlt AsReaderSpreads false CropImagesToFrames true ErrorControl WarnAndContinue FlattenerIgnoreSpreadOverrides false IncludeGuidesGrids false IncludeNonPrinting false IncludeSlug false Namespace [ (Adobe) (InDesign) (40) ] OmitPlacedBitmaps false OmitPlacedEPS false OmitPlacedPDF false SimulateOverprint Legacy gtgt ltlt AddBleedMarks false AddColorBars false AddCropMarks false AddPageInfo false AddRegMarks false ConvertColors NoConversion DestinationProfileName () DestinationProfileSelector NA Downsample16BitImages true FlattenerPreset ltlt PresetSelector MediumResolution gtgt FormElements false GenerateStructure true IncludeBookmarks false IncludeHyperlinks false IncludeInteractive false IncludeLayers false IncludeProfiles true MultimediaHandling UseObjectSettings Namespace [ (Adobe) (CreativeSuite) (20) ] PDFXOutputIntentProfileSelector NA PreserveEditing true UntaggedCMYKHandling LeaveUntagged UntaggedRGBHandling LeaveUntagged UseDocumentBleed false gtgt ]gtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2400 2400] PageSize [612000 792000]gtgt setpagedevice

                                                                                                                              JIT Printing Specifications RA-QR005F-EN-P - 8072009
                                                                                                                              Printing Specification YOUR DATA HERE Instructions NO
                                                                                                                              (required) Category D6 Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab 11rdquo x 17rdquo LOOSE -Loose Leaf YES Pre-sale Marketing TOP
                                                                                                                              (required) Finished Trim Size Width 85rdquo x 11rdquo 85rdquo x 11rdquo PERFECT - Perfect Bound A1 LEFT
                                                                                                                              (required) Publication Number 1756-UM534B-EN-P Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P 3rdquo x 5rdquo SADDLE - Saddle Stitch A2 RIGHT CORNER
                                                                                                                              Use Legacy Number YES or NO 18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound) A4 BOTTOM SIDE
                                                                                                                              Legacy Number if applicable Sample Legacy Number 0160-533 24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster STAPLED1 -1 position A3
                                                                                                                              Publication Title ControlLogix Remote IO Communication Module Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief 36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position A5
                                                                                                                              (required) Business Group Marketing Commercial As entered in DocMan 4rdquo x 6rdquo STAPLED2 - 2 positions A6
                                                                                                                              (required) Cost Center 19010 As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021 CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105 475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size) THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound) A7
                                                                                                                              BindingStitching PERFECT - Perfect Bound Review key on right Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise) 475rdquo x 775rdquo THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline) A8
                                                                                                                              (required) Page Count of Publication 172 Total page count including cover 55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size) Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline) A9
                                                                                                                              Paper Stock Color white White is assumed For color options contact your vendor 6rdquo x 4rdquo Post Sale Technical Communication
                                                                                                                              Number of Tabs Needed 5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley 7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std) B1
                                                                                                                              Stitching Location SIDE Blank Corner or Side 825rdquo x 10875rdquo B2
                                                                                                                              Drill Hole YESNO YES All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border 825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std) B3 None
                                                                                                                              Glue Location on Pad Glue location on pads 8375rdquo x 10875 B4 Half
                                                                                                                              Number of Pages per Pad Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max 9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder) B5 C
                                                                                                                              Ink Color Black One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm) Catalogs DbleParll
                                                                                                                              Used in Manufacturing No A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm) C1 Offset Z
                                                                                                                              Fold Sample
                                                                                                                              Comments C2 Short
                                                                                                                              Part Number NA JIT POD V
                                                                                                                              D1 Z
                                                                                                                              D2 Microfold
                                                                                                                              D3
                                                                                                                              D4
                                                                                                                              D5
                                                                                                                              D6
                                                                                                                              D7
                                                                                                                              D8
                                                                                                                              D9
                                                                                                                              This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
                                                                                                                              Publication Type and Print Category
                                                                                                                              Publication Type Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below) JIT Spec (See table below) Description Order Min Order Max Life Cycle Usage Release Option
                                                                                                                              AD NA - Puttman NA Advertisement Reprint Colour NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              AP A3 D2 Application Solution or Customer Success Story 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              AR NA NA ArticleEditorialByline NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              (press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
                                                                                                                              AT B3 B4 D5 Application techniques 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              BR A2 Primary A1 NA Brochures 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CA C2 Primary C1 NA Catalogue 1 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CG NA NA Catalogue Guide 1 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CL NA NA Collection 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CO A5 A6 A9 D5 Company Confidential Information NA NA NA Confidential
                                                                                                                              CP E-only E-only D5 Competitive Information 5 50 NA Confidential
                                                                                                                              DC E-only E-only Discount Schedules NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DI A1 A3 NA Direct Mail 5 100 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DM NA NA Product Demo 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DS B3 D5 Dimensions Sheet 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              DU B3 D5 Document Update 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              GR B2 D6 Getting Results 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              IN B3 Primary B2 D5 D6 Installation instructions 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              LM NA NA Launch Materials 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              PC B3 D5 Packaging Contents
                                                                                                                              PL E-only primary B3 E-only Price List 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              PM B2 D6 Programming Manual 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              PP A3 D1 Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              QR B2 primary B3 B5 D5 D6 Quick Reference 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              QS B2 primary B3 B5 D5 D6 Quick Start 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              RM B2 D5 D6 Reference Manual 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              RN B3 D5 Release Notes 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              SG B1 Primary B4 D5 D6 Selection Guide Colour 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              SG B2 D5 D6 Selection Guide BW 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              SP A1 A2 A3 A4 NA Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type 5 100 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              SR B2 B3 D5 D6 Specification Rating Sheet 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              TD B2 Primary B3 B4 B5 D5 D6 Technical Data 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              TG B2 B3 D6 Troubleshooting Guide 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              UM B2 Primary B4 D6 User Manual BW 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              WD B3 D5 Wiring Diagrams Dwgs 1 5 Post Internal
                                                                                                                              WP B3 Primary B5 D5 White Paper 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
                                                                                                                              Publication length Minimum Order Quantity
                                                                                                                              77 or more pages 1 (no shrink wrap required)
                                                                                                                              33 to 76 pages 25
                                                                                                                              3 to 32 pages 50
                                                                                                                              1 or 2 pages 100
                                                                                                                              Pre-sale Marketing All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              A1 4 color 170 gsm 2pp 100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A2 4 color 170 gsm folded 4pp 100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A3 4 color Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A4 2 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A5 2 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
                                                                                                                              A6 1 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
                                                                                                                              A7 4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide Category being deleted 10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              A8 4 color cover Category being deleted 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              2 color text
                                                                                                                              Selection Guide
                                                                                                                              A9 2 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              Selection Guide
                                                                                                                              Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
                                                                                                                              Post Sale Technical Communication
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              B1 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              2 color text 50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B2 1 color 160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond 90 Cover50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B3 1 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              B4 2 color 160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond 90 Cover50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B5 2 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              Catalogs
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              C1 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              4 color text 45 Coated Sheet
                                                                                                                              C2 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              2 color text 32-33 Coated Sheet
                                                                                                                              JIT POD All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              D1 4 color 170gsm white silk 80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
                                                                                                                              D2 4 color 120gsm white silk 80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
                                                                                                                              D3 4 color Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
                                                                                                                              D4 1 color 160gsm tab 90 index
                                                                                                                              D5 1 color 80gsm bond 20 bond self cover
                                                                                                                              D6 1 color Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              D7 2 color 160gsm tab 90 index
                                                                                                                              D8 2 color 80gsm bond 20 bond self cover
                                                                                                                              D9 2 color Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              D10 Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories

Table of Contents

Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network 67Manually Configure Racks 69

Resizing Racks 70Delete Racks 71

Configure Block-transfer Modules 72Map IO Data 76

Automatic Mapping 76Manually Map Discrete Data 77Re-Map Command 79Clear Mappings 80

Chapter 4Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Introduction 83Commission Summary 83Aliases 84

Export Aliases in Scanner Mode 85Export Aliases in Adapter Mode 86Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System 87

Manage Configurations 91Download and Upload Configurations 91Save Configurations to Disk 93Archive Configurations 94

Chapter 5Monitor Remote IO Introduction 97

Commission Summary 98Scan Mode and Monitor Mode 99

Scan Remote IO in Scanner Mode 99Monitor Remote IO in Adapter Mode 100

Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs 101Monitor Discrete Inputs in Scanner Mode 101Monitor Discrete Outputs in Scanner Mode 104Monitor Discrete Inputs in Adapter Mode 106Monitor Discrete Outputs in Adapter Mode 107Monitor Discrete Active Inputs in Adapter Mode 108

Monitor Block Transfers 108Monitor Block Transfers in Scanner Mode 109Monitor Block Transfers in Adapter Mode 112

Export Scanner Configurations 115Monitor Mode 116

Other Diagnostics 117Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Scanner Mode 117Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Adapter Mode 120Module Scanner Log 121

6 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Table of Contents

Clear Diagnostics 124Fatal Errors 125

Appendix AScanner Mode IO Map Discrete Input Data 129

Discrete Output Data 131Block Transfer Input 134Block Transfer Output 136

Appendix BAdapter Mode IO Map Discrete Data 141

Discrete Input Data 141Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks 144

Block Transfer Modules 148Block Transfer Read Data on Monitored or Active Racks 148Block Transfer Write Data on Monitored or Active Racks 150

Appendix CBlock Transfer Module Templates Block Transfer Template Records 154

Block Transfer Lengths 155Parameters 156Parameter Examples 158Aliases 159

Appendix DTroubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

Alphanumeric Display 161Status Indicators 162

RIO Status Indicator ndash Remote Devices Status 162CLX Status Indicator ndash ControlBus Status 163OK Status Indicator ndash Module Health 164The Debug Log 164Fatal Errors 164Watchdog and Jabber Inhibit 165Updating the Firmware 165

Appendix EQuick Start ControlLogix System Quick Start 167

Index

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 7

Table of Contents

Notes

8 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Preface

Introduction This manual describes how to configure and troubleshoot your Logix Remote IO (RIO) Communication Module

The 1756-RIO module

bull runs in a ControlLogix environment

bull allows upgrade from PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC systems to a ControlLogix system with a minimum of downtime and startup time

bull uses integer data

bull does not require MSG instructions All data is scheduled

bull offloads block transfer execution to reduce processing burden on the processor

This publication explains how and why you would use a 1756-RIO module The module is used in two modes scanner and adapter mode

In scanner mode the 1756-RIO module enables communication and data transfer between a ControlLogix controller and devices on a Remote IO network The module continuously scans adapters on the remote network The module transfers discrete and block transfer data

In adapter mode the module performs two functions simultaneously First it emulates one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner Second it monitors other remote IO racks on the same Remote IO network

It can be used to upgrade an existing PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system

The advantages of using the 1756-RIO module to upgrade your system include

bull allowing the user to leave the existing Remote IO network in place alleviating the time andor expense of replacing the IO and field wiring or the process of testing out field wiring

bull allowing the new application to be tested before you switch over so that it works just like the old one

bull allowing you to switch back to the old application in minutes should you run into problems

For installation information see the Remote IO (RIO) Module Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN610

9Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 9

Preface

Who Should Use This Manual

We assume you understand remote IO (RIO) modules and the host controller system (ControlLogix)

This manual is intended for individuals who use DHRIO PLC-5 PLC-3 SLC or ControlLogix systems such as

bull software engineers

bull control engineers

bull application engineers

bull instrumentation technicians

Information Found in This Manual

This manual is broken into five parts

bull General module information and features - Chapter 1 and Appendix D

bull Scanner mode functionality - Chapter 2 and Appendices A and C

bull Adapter mode functionality - Chapter 3 and Appendices B and C

bull Linking module configuration with an RSLogix 5000 project - Chapter 4 Monitoring remote IO - Chapter 5

Additional Resources These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

Remote IO (RIO) Module Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN610

Provides details on how to install the 1756-RIO module

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

10 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

11Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 11

Chapter 1

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Introduction This document is a userrsquos guide for the 1756-RIO module The module lets Rockwell Automation ControlLogix controllers communicate with remote IO over the backplane or over a remote network This chapter describes the ControlLogix 1756-RIO module and how it links a ControlLogix controller to the Universal Remote IO network

This chapter also describes the modulersquos physical features software requirements software and add-on profile installation instructions and RSLogix 5000 project setup

The 1756-RIO module

supports native RIO 16-bit words for data control and status bits

acts as a scanner on a Remote IO network

acts as an adapter that exchanges data on a Remote IO network

supports discrete data and block transfer data in either mode

supports up to 10 producedconsumed data connections (along the backplane between the ControlLogix controller and the 1756-RIO module) with 248 words of integer input and 248 words of integer output for each connection

uses producedconsumed connections using a 1756-RIO add-on profile in RSLogix 5000 programming software

supports requested packet intervals (RPIs) from 2hellip750 ms All connections use one set RPI

maps all discrete and block transfer data into producedconsumed connections

monitors existing IO in adapter mode (Monitor mode) It can report all existing inputs and outputs discrete and block transfer module data to the ControlLogix controller

Topic Page

1756-RIO Module Components 13

1756-RIO Module Requirements 15

Prepare the Module 16

Install the Software 19

Install the Add-on Profile 19

Create the RSLogix 5000 Project 22

Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode 30

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

12 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The following modules are supported by the 1756-RIO module

Supported Modules

See Appendix C for additional information

IO Family Cat No

1746 SLC 1746-N14

1746-N18

1746-N04V

1746-NT4

1771 PLC-5 1771-DE 1771-NIV

1771-IFE-16CH (in single-ended 16 Channel configuration)

1771-NOC-noBTR

1771-IFE-8CH (in differential 8 Channel configuration)

1771-NOC

1771-IL-Alarms 1771-NOV-noBTR

1771-IL 1771-NOV

1771-IR 1771-NR

1771-IXE 1771-OFE-diag

1771-NIV-Alarms 1771-OFE

1794 FLEX 1794-IE4XOE2 1794-OE4

1794-IE8

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

1756-RIO Module Components

The 1756-RIO module components include a 4-character display status indicators an RTB connection and an inside-door label

1756-RIOB Module

1756-RIOA Module

RIO CLX OK

1

2

44777

1

2

3

4

43161

Note that the 3-pin connector has been changed

1

2

RIO CLX OK

43161A44777A

1

2

3

4

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 13

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Item Description

1 4-character scrolling display

2 Three status indicators

RIO indicates the status of the network

CLX indicates the status of the connection to the controller

OK indicates the modulersquos own internal state

3 3-pin connector (blue hose) that connects to the remote devices

This is also known as the removable terminal block (RTB)

4 Inside-door label with error codes

14 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

1756-RIO Module Requirements

The requirements for the module to operate include the installation of

RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

the 1756-RIO module add-on profile from the CD provided with the module

the 1756-RIO module installed in a 1756-ControlLogix chassis

The 1756-RIO Modes The 1756-RIO module can be used in various capacities depending on the userrsquos needs First decide which mode you want the 1756-RIO module to use

In most cases the module is used in scanner mode to scan and control remote IO data on a network

In adapter mode the 1756-RIO module can perform two functions simultaneously First the module can emulate one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner (for example a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC) It can exchange data with the scanner as discrete data or via block transfers

Second the 1756-RIO module can act as a lsquoshadowrsquo referred to as Monitor mode to monitor racks on a remote network The module listens to the remote IO and provides all inputs and outputs from the existing scanner to the ControlLogix controller Users can then run their converted logic against those inputs generate temporary outputs and compare the existing outputs with outputs generated by the new logic

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 15

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Prepare the Module The following list summarizes the initial steps needed to prepare the 1756-RIO module before setting up the remote network These steps will be discussed in detail in this chapter

You can have only one scanner per RIO network Remove any other scanners on the RIO network before continuing The RIO module ships in scanner mode You can adjust the instructions to fit the mode that matches your needs

1 Install RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

2 Install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

3 Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the 1756-RIO modulersquos add-on profile found on the installation CD shipped with the module or download it from httpsupportrockwellautomationcomcontrolflashLogixProfilerasp

RSLinx software and RSLogix 5000 programming software must be installed before the add-on profile

See page 19

4 Create a project in RSLogix 5000 programming software

5 Add a 1756 controller to your project

See page 23

6 Add a 1756-RIO module to the project by right-clicking on the chassis in the Controller Organizer and selecting New Module

The Select Module dialog box appears

7 Expand the Communications heading and select the 1756-RIO module Click OK

See page 24

8 Select the General tab on the Module Properties dialog box to set the module properties

16 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

9 Enter the module name and slot number

See page 24

10 Click the Change button in the Module Definition section Select your desired mode scanner or adapter

The module ships in scanner mode Note the number of inputoutput tags If this number is not the same after you map your data with the configuration tool you will have to return to this screen and change them to match your configuration You can specify independently the number of input and output tags within the range of 1hellip10 Each tag you create will create a block of 248 integers For example a value of 2 will create 2x248 or 498 integers

11 When done click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

See page 25

12 Select the Connection tab on the Module Properties dialog box

13 Set the Requested Packet Interval (RPI)

See page 27

14 Click on the Remote IO tab name the RIO file and click the OK button

15 Choose Yes on the Create dialog box

See page 31

This will close the Module Properties dialog box You will need to double-click on the 1756-RIO module in the controller organizer to re-open the Module Properties dialog box

16 Click on the Configure Remote IO Devices button on the Module Properties dialog box to launch the configuration tool

17 In the configuration tool if needed under the Tools menu select Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode menu to match the RIO module functionality to match your application Scanner or Adapter

See pages 33

18 Configure the RIO module to match your application In scanner mode add the desired racks to scan and any block transfer modules In adapter mode configure the desired racks to be emulated or monitored and add any block transfer modules Map all entries either manually or by using the Automap command

See pages 51 and 76

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 17

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

19 Download the configuration to the module From the configuration toolrsquos Configure menu select Download Configuration Set the communication path when prompted

See page 91

20 Save the project

21 Go online in the RSLogix 5000 project and download the configuration to the controller

See page 30

See Chapters 2 and 3 for in-depth information on setting module modes and configuration

18 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Install the Software Begin by installing the RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation on your computer You must use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

Then install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the Add-on Profile Installing the add-on profile also installs the software configuration tool The add-on profile and the configuration tool (56RioCfg) are on the CD that ships with your module

Once loaded onto your computer the configuration tool is accessible within the RSLogix 5000 add-on profile The configuration tool contains two separate programs one for scanner mode 56RioCfgScan and one for adapter mode 56RioCfgAdpt The program that launches depends on which mode you select

With the configuration tool you can

bull change modes

bull set the baud rate

bull autoconfigure racks from an attached Remote IO network

bull manually add and configure racks

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map IO data to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed connections

bull save and load configuration files

bull download and upload configurations

bull archive projects

bull monitor diagnostics rack status discrete data and block transfers

IMPORTANT The 1756-RIO module requires RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later The add-on profile does not work with previous versions of RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 19

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

To install the add-on profile along with the configuration tool follow these steps

1 Make sure any instances of RSLogix 5000 programming software is shut down before beginning

2 Insert the CD that was shipped with your module into your computer

3 Open the folder 1756-RIO Configuration Tool Setup Run the MPSetupexe program

The RSLogix 5000 Module Profiles Setup Wizard launches

4 Follow the prompts to complete the installation Click Next Accept the License Agreement install the profile and begin

ATTENTION If you get a message about DTL32DLL when installing or running the programs on the configuration CD it indicates problems with the RSLinx software installation Confirm that you have the correct version of RSLinx software RSLinx Lite software cannot be used

20 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

5 On the Module Profiles Setup dialog box click Install to configure RSLogix 5000 Module Profiles

6 Click Next

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 21

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

7 Click Finish

Create the RSLogix 5000 Project

Once the add-on profile is installed you are ready to create the RSLogix 5000 project In this section you will

start a new project

configure the controller in the project

add the 1756-RIO module to the project

enter the requested pack interval (RPI)

22 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Configure the Controller

1 Launch RSLogix 5000 programming software if it is not opened

2 In the RSLogix 5000 programming software Controller Organizer from the File menu choose New

3 On the New Controller dialog box select a 1756 controller the Revision number Name Chassis Type and Slot number The 1756-RIO module can only be used in RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later

4 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 23

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Add the 1756-RIO Module

1 On the Controller Organizer right-click on the IO Configuration folder and select New Module from the pull-down menu

2 On the Select Module dialog box expand the Communications tab and select the 1756-RIO module

3 Click OK

The 1756-RIO Module Properties dialog box displays

IMPORTANT You must be offline to add the module to the IO configuration in the RSLogix 5000 project

24 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

On the Module Properties dialog box from the General tab you can assign the module name description slot number and module definition

The Module Definition dialog box displays

4 Click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

5 Click Yes to accept any changes

6 Click OK again on the bottom of the General tab

Item Description

Name Choose a name that easily identifies the module

Description The Description field is optional

Slot The Slot field must match the slot number of the 1756-RIO modulersquos location in the chassis

Module Definition-Change hellip button

Click on the Change hellip button to change the Series Revision Electronic Keying Mode (scanner or adapter) or Number of Input or Output Tags The Module Definition dialog box displays

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 25

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

26 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Module Definition Dialog Box

Item Description

Series Module series letter

Revision Firmware revision number

Electronic Keying Exact Match requires all keying attributes of the physical module and the module created in the software to match precisely to establish communication

Compatible Module the module determines whether to accept or reject communication Compatible Keying allows the physical module to accept the key of the module configured in the software provided that the configured module is one the physical module is capable of emulating This is the default setting

Disabled Keying indicates the keying attributes are not considered when attempting to communicate with a module Be extremely cautious when using this option if used incorrectly this option can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss

Mode - Scanner or Adapter

The module ships in scanner mode (The 4-character display on the front of the module also indicates which mode is set) If you want to change the mode setting you must first select the desired mode in the add-on profile on the Module Definition dialog box from the pull-down menu so that the correct configuration tool starts Then on the Remote IO tab you must click on the Configure Remote IO devices button (the configuration tool) and select the Tools menugtSet 1756-RIO ModuleScanner mode to download the correct firmware

Be aware that changing the module mode downloads firmware specific to the mode chosen This mode setting must match between the RSLogix 5000 programming software project and the configuration tool but keep in mind that the correct firmware must also be downloaded

Input Tags - Output Tags

Up to 10 input and output tags can be selected Each tag is 248 words The number of inputoutput tags entered in the add-on profilersquos Module Properties has to be equal or greater than the number of tags in the configuration tool

The number of tags in the configuration tool are determined by the mappings you create The more tags you have the more backplane traffic is generated Itrsquos best to keep the number of tags low which is what the automatic mapping command does by mapping the data and packing it into the lowest number of tags

For example a single rack with discrete data that has the inputsoutputs mapped to block 9 requires the inputoutput tags to be 10 So in the Module PropertiesgtGeneral tabgtModule DefinitiongtChange button select 10 for the number of input and output tags

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Enter the RPI

To set the RPI follow these steps

1 On the controller organizer double-click on the RIO module

2 On the Module Properties dialog box from the Connection tab set the RPI for the module

IMPORTANT If you are using the 1756-RIO module in a remote rack for example a rack connected to the controlling ControlLogix controller over ControlNet or EthernetIP it may be necessary to increase the RPI as the intermediate network may not have sufficient bandwidth to support faster updates (small RPIs) The likelihood of having bandwidth issues is increased as you increase the number of 248-word input and output tags

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 27

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

28 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Remote IO Update Time

The remote update time is the time it takes the Remote IO scanner to scan all of the adapters in its IO scan list

The scan rate is the approximate time it takes to scan a 16-slot logical chassis without block transfers The number and sizes of block transfers can significantly affect this time

So for example if you have eight adapters on your network and your baud rate is 2304 K your approximate remote IO update time would be 8 ( of adapters) 3 ms (scan rate) or 24 ms

RPI

The Requested Packet Interval (RPI) specifies the rate at which the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller exchange data to and from each other The allowable RPIrsquos range is from 2hellip750 ms with a default of 20 ms When the specified time frame elapses the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller produce data for each other All 1756-RIO input and output tags update with the same RPI

Select an RPI for your application For most applications a good rule of thumb would be to set the RPI equal to one half of the remote IO scan time

Baud Rate Scan Rate

2304 K 3 ms

1152 K 5 ms

576 K 8 ms

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Throughput

When using the 1756-RIO module your system throughput is based on the following key factors

Number and sizes of adapters

Number and sizes of block transfer modules

Overall remote IO update time

RPI

Any network cards involved

Controller scan time

The asynchronous nature of the RPI and the remote IO scan

Since the RIO scan is asynchronous to the RPI the worst case or maximum update time to get information from the 1756-RIO into the controller is the RPI plus two times the remote IO update rate

You can use the diagnostic functions of the 1756-RIO configuration toolrsquos utilities to measure the average minimum and maximum update times on the Remote IO network

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 29

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project

Follow these steps to set the communication path and download to the controller

1 On the main menu from the Communications menu select Who Active

2 Browse to the controller

3 Click the Set Project Path button

4 Click Download

Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode

Once the desired module mode is set in the RSLogix 5000 module properties you must select the mode in the configuration tool to download the correct firmware You must first launch the configuration tool and then verify the mode setting matches in the Module Properties and in the configuration tool The correct firmware must be downloaded for the module to run correctly

ATTENTION If your desired mode is scanner mode you do nothing at this point as the module ships in scanner mode

IMPORTANT The controller must be in Program Mode to continue with the firmware update

30 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 31

Launch the 1756-RIO Configuration Tool

Follow these steps to launch the configuration tool and to set the mode in the configuration tool

1 On the Module Properties dialog box click the Remote IO tab

2 On the Remote IO tab window in the RIO File (rio) field type a file name or use the Browse button

The file name can include a path If the file or directory does not exist it is created

3 Click OK

The following dialog box appears

The Configure Remote IO Devices button is not active

ATTENTION When you create a file the default location is the project directory If you enter a path or file that does not exist it is created The file is not created until you run the configuration tool You can use the browse button to select a location If you change the path you must click Apply before you can use the Configure Remote IO Devices button

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

4 Click Yes The Module Properties dialog box closes

5 On the controller organizer double-click on the 1756-RIO module to re-open the Module Properties dialog box Select the Remote IO tab

Notice that the Configure Remote IO Devices button is now active

6 Click the Configure Remote IO Devices button to launch the configuration tool

The 56RioCfgScan dialog box displays You are now in the configuration tool software for scanner mode You can change operating modes and configure a Remote IO network

The Configure Remote IO Devices button is now active

TIP If you want to change operating modes you should do this before configuring the modulersquos settings When you change the operating mode you are downloading the latest firmware to the module The firmware is specific to the mode you choose scanner or adapter

IMPORTANT Notice that because lsquoScannerrsquo mode was set in the RSLogix 5000 programming software on the General Tab of the RIO Module Properties dialog box the scanner program within the configuration tool (56RioCfgScan) starts and displays at the top of the profilersquos dialog box

32 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

7 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the Tools menu choose Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode

8 On the RSLinx Path Selection dialog box click the Autobrowse box to browse the path to the 1756-RIO module to set the communication path and click OK

The configuration tool then displays the current mode in the 56RioSetMode dialog box and lets you select the mode you want to use

The 56RioCfgScan program title displays at the top of the configuration toolrsquos dialog box indicating that scanner mode was chosen in the modulersquos properties in the RSLogix 5000 add-on profile and that you are running the scanner configuration toolrsquos firmware

IMPORTANT Remember specific firmware downloads depending on mode selection Also you are prompted to reset the communication path when changing from one mode to another

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 33

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

In the 56RioSetMode dialog box select the mode from the New Mode pull-down menu and click OK to download the new firmware

A status window displays showing the progress of the mode change

The 1756-RIO SetMode Confirmation dialog box displays the version of the firmware it is about to download Check carefully that this firmware version is correct

IMPORTANT Steps 9 and 10 change the configuration of the RIO module between adapter and scanner mode If your module is configured for the desired mode these steps are not necessary

IMPORTANT Changing the 1756-RIO module mode or updating firmware clears the remote IO configuration stored on the 1756-RIO module

34 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

9 Click OK to download the firmware

Once you click OK the words lsquoFirmware Updatersquo scroll across the front of the 1756-RIO modulersquos 4-character display indicating that the firmware change is taking place

The tool downloads the firmware and displays the progress of the download When the download is complete the tool displays the result of the download The 1756-RIO SetMode Completed Successfully dialog box appears

10 Click OK

The front of the 1756-RIO modulersquos character display should now indicate the new firmware mode

If the download fails the tool displays an error message

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 35

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

36 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

37Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 37

Chapter 2

Configure Scanner Mode

Introduction Once the 56RioCfg configuration tool launches you can configure a Remote IO network using the RIO module as a scanner or an adapter This chapter describes how to configure the module for use in scanner mode

In scanner mode the ControlLogix controller writes remote IO outputs and reads remote IO inputs The 1756-RIO module enables communication between the controller and devices on a Remote IO network The scanner continuously scans the adapters on the Remote IO network

Two types of data are transferred over the Remote IO network - discrete and block transfer data Discrete data transfers consist of the scanner sending output data and communication commands to the adapter which instruct the adapter about how to control its output The adapter responds by sending input data to the scanner

The remote IO block transfer module is a data transfer mechanism that lets you control the transfer of up to 64 words of data to or from a remote device The 1756-RIO module allows the user to offload block transfer execution from the controller The data appears in the data table of the ControlLogix controller without having to execute the logic in the controller to perform the block transfer A Block Transfer Read (BTR) receives data from a remote device A Block Transfer Write (BTW) sends data to a remote device

In this chapter you use the configuration tool to configure the module in scanner mode to prepare it for use on the Remote IO network You will

bull configure the racks automatically or manually

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map the remote IO modules to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data

Topic Page

Configure Scanner Summary 38

Set the Baud Rate 39

Autoconfigure Racks 40

Manually Configure Racks 43

Configure Block Transfer Modules 46

Map IO Data 51

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Configure Scanner Summary

The following list summarizes the steps to configure the 1756-RIO module in scanner mode

1 Set the baud rate

2 Autoconfigure online racks on the network (Make sure the controller is set to Program Mode)

3 Set the communication path

4 Manually add any additional racks that are not online

5 Manually add and configure block transfer modules

6 MapAutomap the data

1756

Con

trol

ler

Rem

ote

IO M

odul

e

Sc

anne

r Mod

e

1771

-ASB

Rem

ote

IO A

dapt

er

1771 IO IO IO

1747

-ASB

Rem

ote

IO A

dapt

er

1746 IO IO IO

1771 IO

1746 IO

Uni

vers

al R

emot

e IO

Net

wor

k

Scanner Mode

44803

38 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Set the Baud Rate After setting the operating mode for the 1756-RIO module you must set the baud rate

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the controller on the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties

The 1756-RIO Properties dialog box displays

2 Select the baud rate

3 You can also optionally enter an LED Banner name

This is a unique name you assign to identify the module This is useful when you have multiple RIO modules on your network The LED Banner displays on the 4-character display on the 1756-RIO module It can be from 0hellip15 characters long

4 Click OK

You must perform a download to reconfigure the module

Value Baud Rate Kbps

57 k - scanner mode default 576

115 k 1152

230 k 2304

TIP If you perform an autoconfiguration the 1756-RIO module automatically detects the baud rate by sending packets to an attached remote IO network

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 39

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

5 On the main menu from the Configure menu choose Download or click the Download Config to Module button on the toolbar

Autoconfigure Racks You can autoconfigure racks attached to the network or add additional racks manually The Autoconfigure command scans the Remote IO network to determine which racks are present

The module automatically detects the network baud rate and configures the racks on the attached Remote IO network

The 56RioCfgScan tool sends messages to all possible racks detects all possible baud rates and from the replies determines which racks are on the network

Main Menu

Toolbar

40 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 41

The icons on the 56RioCfgScan tool show the partial rack sizes and locations Racks are shown with starting and ending IO groups For example the following tree shows rack 0 consisting of 4 quarter racks

Block transfer modules must be added and configured manually

When the module is in scanner mode the 1756-RIO module performs the following actions during autoconfigure The module

bull detects the network baud rate by sending messages at each baud rate looking for responses

bull then sends messages to all possible racks on the network

bull builds a network configuration from the observed network responses

bull displays the network configuration

Partial Rack (14 rack)

Rack 0

IMPORTANT The controller with the connection to the 1756-RIO module must be in program mode when you perform an autoconfiguration The following error message displays if the controller is not in program mode

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

To perform an autoconfigure in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the main menu from the Configure menu select Autoconfigure or click the Autoconfigure button on the toolbar

Any configuration previously stored in the 1756-RIO module is overwritten by the data from the autoconfiguration You are given the option to save the previous configuration before it proceeds with the autoconfiguration

Autoconfiguration detects just the rack structure it cannot locate block transfer modules You have to manually add block transfer modules to the rack

TIP There is no specific rsquoautorsquo baud rate when the module is in scanner mode When using autoconfigure the 1756-RIO module tries all three baud rates and sets the baud rate based on the responses to the messages it sends You need to make sure that all devices on the network are set at the same baud rate

TIP After performing an Autoconfigure what displays by the 56RioCfgScan tool matches what is in the 1756-RIO module No download is necessary The Autoconfigure also automatically maps the discrete rack data to tags in the ControlLogix processor

Main Menu

Toolbar

42 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Manually Configure Racks To add a rack manually to the remote IO configuration follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the root of the IO tree which represents the remote IO scanner and select Add Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 On the AddResize Rack dialog box select the Rack number (in octal) the Start Group and the End Group

3 Click OK

Item Field Description Range

1 Rack 0hellip76 octal available

2 Start Grp (IO) 0246

A logical rack consists of eight IO groups numbered 0hellip7 The smallest unit allowed on a network is a quarter rack so the starting IO groups are 0246

3 End Grp (IO) 1357

Ending IO groups

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 43

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Matching Configuration Tool Settings with Module Settings

After manually adding a rack a download is necessary

To download to the module from the Configure menu select Download Configuration or from the toolbar click the Download Config to Module button

Manually adding racks also requires the discrete data to be mapped to tags in the ControlLogix controller before allowing a download The data can be mapped automatically or manually

See Map IO Data on page 51

Main Menu

Toolbar

44 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Resize a Rack

To resize a configured rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Resize Partial Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 Select Start Group and End Group

3 Click OK

If resizing the rack results in an overlap with an existing rack the resize fails and displays an error message

If resizing the rack results in deleting block transfer modules you are given the option of cancelling the resize or proceeding and deleting the block transfer modules

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 45

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Delete a Rack

To delete a rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Delete Rack(s)

2 To delete a partial rack expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the partial rack and choose Delete Partial Rack

Configure Block Transfer Modules

All block transfer modules represent some type of analog data Block transfer modules transfer a block (64 words maximum) of analog-type data at a rate configured by the user The 1756-RIO module lets the user offload block transfer execution from the controller to the 1756-RIO module

If a slot is occupied by a discrete IO module or is empty select lsquoDiscretersquo which is the default If a specific block transfer module occupies the slot select the part number of that block transfer module

Not all block transfer modules are supported directly by the 1756-RIO module If the module you are using does not appear in the list set the module type to BT-MODULE and set the lengths to the appropriate values In some cases there are multiple templates for a given block transfer module to show that the module can be used in significantly different ways

See Appendix D for additional information on block transfer templates

46 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

All block transfer data is mapped into one of the possible 10 producedconsumed connections on the controller Each producedconsumed connection allows 248 16-bit words in and out There are two words of overhead for each block transfer for controlstatus The 1756-RIO module can execute as many block transfers as the user configures up to the limits of available memory mapped to the ControlLogix controller

To configure a block transfer module follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box expand the IO tree to choose the location where you want to add the module

2 On the IO tree right-click the slot where you want to add the module and select Module Properties

IMPORTANT Block transfers do not need MSG instructions to execute

TIP In scanner mode block transfer modules can be configured manually also

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 47

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

3 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type pull-down select the type

4 Click OK

The IO Module Properties dialog box displays

5 Click Configure to display the BT Module Parameterization configuration dialog box to configure the module

This example shows the BT Module Parameterization dialog box for a 16-channel 1771-IFE module Each module is different

Use the dialog box to set parameters for a block transfer module These parameters are defined in the template file for the block transfer module and are typical quantities such as scaling parameters and alarms

Module Types

Type Description

Discrete A block transfer module does not exist at this location

BT-MODULE Any other block transfer module not listed by part number in the system

1746-xxxhellip1794-xxx Part number of block transfer (analog) modules with template files in the system that are compatible with the 1756-RIO module See Supported Modules on page 12 for the complete list

48 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

6 Enter the configuration data and click OK

7 On the IO Module Properties dialog box select how you want the block transfer to update

There are three update modes automatic semi-automatic and manual

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 49

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

8 On the IO Module Properties dialog box select the block transfer read-and-write-update rates from 0hellip16383 ms

A rate of 0 means the 1756-RIO module updates the block transfer as fast as the network and the block transfer module allows

Type Description

Automatic 1756-RIO module controls block transfer update

Automatic block transfers perform a single configuration block transfer write every time the controller transitions from Program to Run mode and then perform timed data block transfer read and write updates using the BTR and BTW data lengths and times from the configuration tool The length values and update times for automatic block transfers all come from the configuration tool

Automatic block transfers begin as soon as the controller is in run mode they do not have to be triggered

Errors in block transfer execution are indicated by non-zero values returned to the ControlLogix controller

In automatic mode the module configuration data values come from the configuration tool as default values or from user parameters The size of the configuration block transfer write is the data BTW length BtwLen plus the Config BTW Length CfgLen from the template The data block transfer write length is BtwLen from the template and this is the length mapped to ControlLogix output data

The size of the data block transfer read is set by the configuration tool

Semi-automatic 1756-RIO module controls block transfer update

Semi-automatic block transfers perform a single configuration block transfer write every time the controller transitions from Program to Run mode and then perform timed data block transfer read and write updates using the BTR and BTW data lengths and times from the configuration tool The length values and update times for semi-automatic block transfers all come from the configuration tool

Semi-automatic block transfers begin as soon as the controller is in run mode they do not have to be triggered

Any errors in BT execution are indicated by non-zero values in the ControlLogix controller

In Semi-automatic mode the module configuration data values come from ControlLogix output data The size of the configuration block transfer write is the data BTW length BtwLen plus the Config BTW Length CfgLen from the template and this is the length mapped to ControlLogix output data The data block transfer write length is BtwLen from the template

The size of the data block transfer read is set by the configuration tool

Manual The ControlLogix controller controls block transfer update

IO module configuration gathers data from the ControlLogix controller

To execute block transfers in manual mode

enter the BTR andor BTW length and BTW data in the control block for the module

set the BTREN andor BTWEN bits (BTRCONTBTWCONT) for continuous execution

check the BTRDNBTWDN bits that indicate BT execution is complete (BTR data is available at that time)

check the BTRERRBTWERR bits If set read the error code to determine the cause of the problem

Inhibit Automatic Block Transfers

To inhibit a running automatic or semi-automatic block transfer set bit 9 to offset 0 of the mapped output data for the module

50 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Map IO Data You must map the IO data to locations in the ControlLogix controller input and output data before you can scan the Remote IO network

Mapping connects locations in the ControlLogix input and output tags to locations on the Remote IO network (discrete data on racks and block transfer reads and writes)

Connections (producedconsumed) occur between the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller They are point-to-point links between two end points

Producedconsumed tag data is the information that gets passed back and forth over the line between the two end points

There are up to 10 blocks of producedconsumed tag data Discrete and block transfer tag data gets lsquopackedrsquo into the ControlLogix producedconsumed data When discrete and block transfer tag data are mapped or when the configuration tool lsquoauto mapsrsquo the data for you you are selecting which of those blocks the tag data is mapped to and the offset in the block where the tag data is found

See Scanner Mode IO Map on page 129

When mapping is complete you must export the aliases to the 1756-RIO module and import the configuration to the RSLogix 5000 project

See Aliases on page 84 for a complete discussion of exporting and importing aliases

IMPORTANT It is essential that the control program on the host controller matches the addresses in the mapping configuration on the 1756-RIO module otherwise the control program may inadvertently write to the incorrect IO locations If you change the data mappings on the 1756-RIO module make sure that the control program uses the correct addresses

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 51

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

ATTENTIONUnassigned or unmapped data (IO addresses) are shown as xxx in the IO tree

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Unmapped Data

Mapped Data

52 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Automatic Mapping

The Auto Map Any Unassigned command automatically maps any unassigned discrete or block transfer data to ControlLogix connections Discrete data is mapped before block transfer data The longest blocks of data are mapped first from the lowest addresses up Any previously-assigned addresses remain unchanged

On the 56RioCfg configuration tool dialog box from the Map menu choose Automap Any Unassigned to automatically map all the data

Any xxxs are replaced with an actual IO address

Manually Map Discrete (rack) Data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack and select Rack Map Discretes - Assign Manually

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 53

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

2 On the Map RackhellipManually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down menu select the ControlLogix block and Data Offset within the block for the Input Mapping and Output Mapping

Data Offset Field Range Choices

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

The configuration tool checks for overlaps with previously-mapped data and displays an error if it finds an overlap

Item Field Description

1 Clx Block There are up to 10 data blocks (0hellip9) available on the ControlLogix controller for inputs and outputs You select the block where the data is rsquopackedrsquo

2 Data Offset The data offset (0hellip247) is the area in the data block where the inputoutput data is foundYou select the data offset area within the block

12

54 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Manually Map Block Transfer Data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the expanded rack list right-click on the module and select BT Module Clx Map - Assign Manually

2 On the Map BT ModulehellipManually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down menu select the ControlLogix block and Data Offset within the block for the Input Mapping and Output Mapping

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

The configuration tool checks for overlaps with previously-mapped data and displays an error message if it finds an overlap

If there is insufficient space in the current block to map the data

bull the Data Offset field is blank

bull the OK button appears dimmed

Change the block number and select an offset

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 55

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Re-Map Command

Use the Re-Map All command to clear all previous mappings and automatically map all discrete and block transfer data to connections

From the Map menu select Re-Map All

See Aliases on page 84 for exporting and importing aliases

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

ATTENTION If you remap IO data you should export aliases and re-import them into the RSLogix 5000 project so the control program uses the new assignments

56 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Clear Mappings

Follow these steps to clear all mappings

1 To clear all assigned mappings on the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the Map menu choose Clear All Mappings

2 On the Clear ALL Mappings dialog box confirm that you want to clear all the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 57

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Clear Discrete Rack Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear mappings for discrete (rack) data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack and select Rack Map Discretes - Clear

2 On the Clear Rack Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT All of the preceding mapping and configuration examples currently reside only within the 56RioCfgScan software and must be downloaded to the 1756-RIO module

See page 30 for download steps

58 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Clear Block Transfer Module Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear the mappings for block transfer data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the expanded rack right-click on the block-transfer module and select BT Module Clx Map - Clear

2 On the Clear BT Module Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the BT Module mappings and click Yes

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 59

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Notes

60 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 3

Configure Adapter Mode

Introduction This chapter explains how and why to use the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode In adapter mode the 1756-RIO module can perform two functions simultaneously

First the module can emulate one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner (for example a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC controller) On Active racks the module writes remote IO inputs and reads remote IO outputs

Second it can monitor other remote IO racks On Monitored racks the 1756-RIO module can monitor existing IO also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo and can be used to upgrade a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system Monitor mode provides existing discrete inputs and outputs and Block Transfer reads and writes to the ControlLogix controller

See Scan Mode and Monitor Mode on page 99 for a complete description of using Monitor mode

The 1756-RIO module communicates with the ControlLogix controller using up to 10 input connections and 10 output connections via producedconsumed data Remote IO data maps into the connections by the configuration tool

In this chapter you use the configuration tool to configure the module in adapter mode to prepare it for use on the Remote IO network You will

bull configure the racks automatically or manually

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map the remote IO modules to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data

Topic Page

Configure Adapter Summary 62

Set the Baud Rate 63

Autoconfigure Racks 64

Manually Configure Racks 69

Configure Block-transfer Modules 72

Map IO Data 76

61Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 61

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Adapter Mode

Configure Adapter Summary

The following list summarizes the steps to configure the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

1 Set the baud rate

2 Autoconfigure online racks on the network (Make sure the controller is set to Program Mode)

3 Set the communication path

4 Manually add any additional racks that are not online

5 Manually add and configure block transfer modules

6 MapAutomap the data

RIO Scanner(reads inputs and writes outputs to scanned racks)PLC-3 PLC-5 SLC Etc

Cont

rolL

ogix

1756

-RIO

in

Ada

pter

Mon

itor M

ode

1771 IO Rack

1747 IO Rack

Rack 1

Rack 2

Rack 3

1771 IO Rack

Rack 4RIO Scanner(reads inputs and writes ouputs to scanned racks)PLC-3 PLC-5 SLC Etc

1771 IO Rack

1771 IO Rack

1747 IO Rack

Rack 1

1756

-RIO

In A

dapt

er

Mod

e

Cont

rolL

ogix

Rack 4

Rack 3

Rack 2

Two-way communication between the RIO scanner and the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

1756-RIO Module as an Active Rack 1756-RIO Module as a Monitored Rack

One-way communication between the Remote IO network and the ControlLogix controller The RIO scanner controls the IO and the ControlLogix controller via the 1756-RIO module in adapter monitors all IO data In monitor mode it monitors the IO and brings all input and output data into the ControLogix controller

44828 44829

Universal Remote IO Network

IMPORTANT Configuring the 1756-RIO module as an adapter enables the RIO module to emulate a 1771-ASB module This allows a path for peer-to-peer data to be exchanged between the scanner controller and the ControlLogix owner of the RIO module over the Remote IO network The adapter mode functionality does not allow the scanner controller to directly control any 1756-IO in the chassis with the RIO module

62 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Set the Baud Rate To set the baud rate in adapter mode follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the controller on the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties

The 1756-RIO Properties dialog box displays

2 On the 1756-RIO Module Properties dialog box select the baud rate

3 You can also enter an LED Banner name This is a unique name you assign to identify the module This is useful when you have multiple RIO modules on your network The LED Banner displays on the 4-character display on the 1756-RIO module It can be from 0hellip15 characters long

4 Click OK

The default baud rate is Auto (automatic baud rate detection)

Value Baud Rate Kbps

57 k 576

115 k 1152

230 k 2304

Auto - adapter mode default Auto

TIP If you perform an autoconfiguration the 1756-RIO module automatically detects the baud rate by monitoring an attached Remote IO network

TIP If you are only using Active racks set the baud rate to match the Remote IO network Donrsquot set it to Auto

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 63

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Autoconfigure Racks When the module is in adapter mode autoconfigure builds a configuration based on what it has heard on a running network This process differs from scanner mode because the 1756-RIO module does not scan these racks only monitors the information to and from these racks

The module automatically detects the network baud rate and configures the racks on an attached Remote IO network Autoconfiguration detects the rack structure and causes the 1756-RIO module to monitor the data to and from these racks Active and monitored racks are displayed

See Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network on page 67 for detailed information about active and monitored racks

Autoconfigure in adapter mode performs the following actions

bull Detects the network baud rate

bull Monitors messages to and from racks on the network

bull Builds a network configuration from the observed network traffic

bull Displays the network configuration

To autoconfigure in adapter mode you must

bull clear the old configuration

bull download a new empty configuration

bull set the baud rate to lsquoautorsquo or to the baud rate that matches the existing network

bull put the scanner in Run mode until all block transfers execute

bull put the scanner back in Program mode

bull perform the autoconfiguration

IMPORTANT The controller with the connection to the 1756-RIO module must be in program mode when you perform an autoconfiguration

ATTENTION Please note any configuration previously stored in the 1756-RIO module is overwritten by the data from the autoconfiguration You are given the option to save the previous configuration before it proceeds with the autoconfiguration

64 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Perform the AutoConfiguration

Follow these steps to perform autoconfiguration

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Configure menu choose Download Configuration or click the Download Configuration button on the toolbar

This clears the previous configuration and downloads an empty configuration to the 1756-RIO module

2 Set the baud rate to Auto On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the controller in the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties to enter the baud rate

3 To automatically add block transfers put the remote IO scanner module in Run mode (you set it to Program mode before you began the autoconfiguration) and wait until the block transfers execute Then put the scanner back in Program mode

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 65

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

4 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Configure menu choose Autoconfigure to build a configuration from observed network traffic or click the Autoconfigure button on the toolbar

The RSLinx Path Selection autobrowse dialog box displays

5 Navigate to the backplane and select the 1756-RIO adapter module and click OK

The 1756-RIO module builds a configuration based on what it has observed on the Remote IO network since the download The configuration includes racks block transfer modules and observed block transfer updates All block transfers are set to type BT-MODULE

Main Menu Toolbar

66 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network

You must distinguish between active and monitored racks and must manually enter active racks into the 1756-RIO modulersquos configuration and manually add any desired block transfers

On monitored racks the 1756-RIO module picks up the block transfers automatically but must have the specific module type set This insures that the aliases you create for import into the RSLogix 5000 project have names that better describe the data content Otherwise the generic module type BT-MODULE is set

If you want active racks add them manually now then download the modified configuration to the 1756-RIO module

In the configuration tree each rack line precedes an icon representing rack information The icons represent type and size The size color and position of the colored block indicates the location size and type of partial rack and whether the rack is active or monitored

Active Versus Monitored Racks

Type Description

Active The 1756-RIO module emulates one or more remote IO racks The ControlLogix controller sends the rack- produced data which is then sent as remote IO input data to the scanner on the Remote IO network The remote IO scanner sends output data for those emulated racks to the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode The RIO module then sends that data to the ControlLogix controller as consumed input data

Use lsquoActiversquo if you want to exchange data between a ControlLogix controller and a scanner on remote IO You can also configure one or more slots in the Active rack as block transfer modules to exchange larger amounts of data with the remote IO scanner Active racks are one or more racks that the 1756-RIO module is emulating to share information between the existing scanner and the ControlLogix controller

Any rack in the configuration tree that contains at least one portion of an Active rack displays with a lightning bolt and a red indication on the active portion of the rack The text lsquoActlnpOxData[xxx]rsquo also displays indicating that this data originated in the ControlLogix controller as output data that appears as input data to the remote IO scanner

Monitor The 1756-RIO module monitors remote IO inputs on an existing Remote IO network and passes data as producedconsumed data to the ControlLogix controller This is also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo Use lsquoMonitor modersquo if you have a supervisory ControlLogix system that needs to collect data from an existing control system with remote IO

Monitored racks are racks that physically exist on the Remote IO network and are to be monitored by the 1756-RIO module Any portion of a rack in the configuration tree that is configured as lsquoMonitorrsquo displays with a blue indication on the rack

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 67

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

68 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Racks are shown with starting and ending IO groups in the IO tree For example the following IO tree shows rack 0 as a quarter rack starting at IO group 0

The line color denotes active or monitored partial rack state

Starting and ending group number

Lightning bolt denotes an active partial rack in the rack

Rack 00 contains four monitored quarter racks so no lsquolightning boltrsquo

Rack Icon Information

Code Description

Lightning bolt Denotes at least some part of the rack is configured as active Rack 01 contains an active half rack Rack 03 contains three monitored quarter racks but also an Active quarter rack therefore the lightning bolt

Red Denotes that this portion of the rack is configured as active

Blue Denotes that this portion of the rack is configured as monitored

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Manually Configure Racks To add a rack manually to the remote IO configuration follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the root of the IO tree which represents the ControlLogix controller and choose Add Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 On the AddResize Rack dialog box choose the Rack number (in octal) the Start Group the End Group and Rack Mode (Monitor or Active)

3 Click OK

Type Description

Active Emulates one or more remote IO racks The ControlLogix controller sends the rack producedconsumed data as input data which is then sent as remote IO input data to the scanner on the Remote IO network The remote IO scanner sends output data for those emulated racks to the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode The RIO module then sends that data to the ControlLogix controller as producedconsumed input data

Use active if you want to exchange data between a ControlLogix controller and a scanner on remote IO

Monitor Monitors remote IO inputs and outputs on monitored remote IO racks and passes data as producedconsumed input data to the ControlLogix controller This is also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo Use Monitor mode if you have a supervisory ControlLogix system that needs to collect data from older control systems with remote IO

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 69

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Resizing Racks

To resize a configured rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Resize Partial Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays Field options differ depending on mode

2 On the AddResize dialog box select Start Group and End Group

You cannot change the Rack number or Rack type (Active or Monitored) The radio button is dimmed

3 Click OK

If resizing the rack results in an overlap with an existing rack the resize fails and displays an error message

If resizing the rack results in deleting block transfer modules you are given the option of cancelling the resize or proceeding and deleting the block transfer modules

70 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Delete Racks

To delete a rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Delete Rack(s)

2 To delete a partial rack expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the partial rack and choose Delete Partial Rack

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 71

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Configure Block-transfer Modules

All block transfer modules represent some type of analog data Block transfers send a block (64 words maximum) of data to or from an IO module in one scan

If a slot is occupied by a discrete IO module or is empty select lsquoDiscretersquo which is the default If a specific block transfer module occupies the slot select the part number of that block transfer module

Not all block transfer modules are supported directly by the 1756-RIO module If the module you are using does not appear in the list set the module type to BT-MODULE and set the lengths to the appropriate values In some cases there are multiple templates for a given block transfer module to show that the module can be used in significantly different ways

See Block Transfer Module Templates on page 153 for additional information on block transfer templates

Block transfers can be added to active or monitored racks

To configure a block transfer module follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan56RioCfgAdpt dialog box expand the IO tree to choose the location where you want to add the module

2 On the IO tree right-click the location where you want to add the module and select Module Properties

The dialog boxes change depending on mode active or monitored

TIP On active racks the only Module Type is BT-MODULE

72 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

3 On the IO Module Properties from the Module Type dialog box pull-down menu select the module type

You have various choices depending on the rack type

4 Click OK

Active Racks

1 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type menu select BT-MODULE (On active racks the only block transfer module type is BT-MODULE)

Module Type Selection

Mode Description

Active In Active mode select BT-MODULE and then adjust the BTR Length and BTW Length to match your ControlLogix application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

Monitor In Monitor mode select the type of module that is in that location on the Remote IO network from the pull-down menu If the specific module is not supported select BT-MODULE and adjust the sizes to match your ControlLogix application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 73

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

From the BTR Len and BTW Len pull-down menus select the desired lengths The BTR Length and BTW Length sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

2 Click OK

Monitored Racks

1 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type pull-down select the block transfer module type

74 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

2 From the BTR Len and BTW Len pull-downs select the desired lengths Select the block transfer Module Type from the pull-down menu that matches the module on remote IO If the desired module is not listed select BT-MODULE Adjust the BTR Length and BTW Length to match your application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

3 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 75

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Map IO Data You must map the IO data to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data blocks and offset locations before you can scan the Remote IO network After mapping is complete you must export the aliases to the 1756-RIO module and import them to the RSLogix 5000 project

See Aliases on page 84 for a detailed discussion of ExportingImporting Aliases

Unassigned IO addresses are shown as xxx in the IO tree

Automatic Mapping

The configuration tool maps all unassigned IO to producedconsumed inputs and outputs It leaves any previously assigned addresses unchanged

On the 56RioCfg configuration tool dialog box from the Map command on the main menu choose Automap Any Unassigned to automatically map the data

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0

Unmapped Data

Mapped Data

76 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 77

Manually Map Discrete Data

Manually Map Discrete(rack) Data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack and choose Rack Map Discretes - Assign Manually

2 On the Map Rackhellip Manually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down select the ControlLogix scheduled block and Data Offset within the block

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

TIP On monitored racks inputs and outputs get mapped to ControlLogix inputs so be careful when mapping them so that they donrsquot overlap

Item Field CLX Data Type Rack Type Description

1 MonOut ClxInput data MonitoredActive

Remote IO scanner outputs are mapped to ControlLogix controller inputs The 1756-RIO module monitors output data sent by the scanner to the monitoredactive rack It is reported in the ControlLogix controller as input data

2 MonInp ClxInput data Monitored Remote IO scanner inputs are mapped to ControlLogix controller inputs The 1756-RIO module monitors input data sent to the scanner by the monitored rack It is reported in the ControlLogix controller as input data

3 ActInp ClxOutput data Active Remote IO scanner inputs are mapped from the ControlLogix outputs The ControlLogix controller writes output tags to the 1756-RIO module which sends the data to the remote IO scanner as input data

123

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Manually Map Block-transfer Data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the expanded rack list right-click on the module and choose BT Module Clx Map - Assign Manually

2 On the Map BT Modulehellip Manually dialog box for the block transfer read and write data select the ControlLogix scheduled block and Data Offset within the block

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

Block-transfer Data Map Destinations for Monitored and Active Racks

Field CLX Data Type Rack Type Description

MonBTW ClxInput Monitored Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

MonBTR ClxInput Monitored Block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

ActBTR ClxOutput Active Block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix controller outputs (The ControlLogix controller writes the data and the 1756-RIO module sends the data to the remote IO scanner)

Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

78 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Re-Map Command

Use the Re-Map All command to clear all previous mappings and automatically map all discrete and block transfer data to producedconsumed data connections

From the Map menu choose Re-Map All

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 79

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Clear Mappings

Follow these steps to clear all mappings

1 To clear all assigned mappings on the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Map menu choose Clear All Mappings

2 On the Clear ALL Mappings dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

80 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Clear Discrete Rack Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear mappings for discrete(rack) data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack and choose Rack Map Discretes - Clear

2 On the Clear Rack Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT All of the preceding mapping and configuration examples currently reside only within the 56RioCfgAdpt software and must be downloaded to the 1756-RIO module

See Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project on page 30 for download steps

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 81

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Clear Block Transfer Module Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear the mappings for block transfer data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the expanded rack right-click on the block transfer module and choose BT Module Clx Map - Clear

2 On the Clear BT Module Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

82 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 4

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Introduction Now that the configuration mode selection and network preparation in the configuration tool are complete the next steps include downloading the configuration to the 1756-RIO module and exporting aliases to the RSLogix 5000 project This completes the preparation of the 1756-RIO module for operation on a Remote IO network

In this chapter you will

bull create aliases and export them to the RSLogix 5000 project

bull convert an older system to a ControlLogix system

bull download configurations to the module

bull upload configurations to the project

bull save configurations to disk

bull archive configuration templates

Commission Summary The following list summarizes the steps to save and export your configurations from the configuration tool to the module and import them to the RSLogix 5000 project so that you can begin scanning on a Remote IO network

1 Export aliases in scanner and adapter mode

2 Download configurations to the 1756-RIO module

3 Upload configurations to the RSLogix 5000 project

4 Save configurations to disk

5 Archive configurations

Topic Page

Commission Summary 83

Aliases 84

Manage Configurations 91

83Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 83

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Aliases Aliases are used to access data in the ControlLogix system They define the names and descriptions exported from the configuration program and imported into the RSLogix 5000 control program and should be used for adapter and scanner modes

Aliases are symbolic names that point to IO data The configuration tool creates these aliases for discrete and block transfer data based on the IO mappings It is important that you develop the control program in the RSLogix 5000 project with reference to aliases as opposed to absolute addresses Then if the mappings change the ControlLogix controller still operates you just create aliases for the new mappings by exporting them from the configuration tool and re-importing them into the control program which then points to the new data

Also itrsquos important to note that export options in the configuration tool differ depending on whether you have your 1756-RIO module set for scanner or adapter mode

In this section you will cover

bull exporting aliases in scanner mode

bull exporting aliases in adapter mode

bull using the Export Aliases command in the configuration tool to upgrade an existing system to a ControlLogix system

EXAMPLE For example letrsquos say yoursquore mapped rack 7 inputs to block 0 offset 8 so the data for rack 7 IO group 0 is at input address I0[10] Now you add a rack 6 and remap everything so that now the rack 7 input data maps to block 0 offset 20

The data for rack 0 IO group 0 now moves to I0[22]

If you had used absolute addresses in your control program you would have to re-address every instruction in the program By using aliases you can use the Export Aliases command from the configuration tool and import them into the RSLogix 5000 project which automatically points to the new data

IMPORTANT You must export the new aliases from the configuration tool and import them into the RSLogix 5000 project before you run the program otherwise you could read wrong inputs andor write wrong outputs

84 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Export Aliases in Scanner ModeTo export aliases in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

2 On the Export RSLogix 5000 Aliases dialog box enter the FileName location Alias Prefix and Base Tag

3 Click OK

See Scanner Mode IO Map on page 129 in Appendix C for more information

Field Description

FileName Use the browse button to change the file location

Alias Prefix Use to distinguish between aliases for different 1756-RIO modules If you have multiple 1756-RIO modules in the RSLogix 5000 project assign each module a unique Alias Prefix so that the tags for each one are unique

Base Tag Use the base tag to identify the 1756-RIO module location on the ControlLogix chassis

This example shows the 1756-RIO module location in slot 0 of the local chassis

Browse Button

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 85

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

86 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Export Aliases in Adapter Mode

To export aliases in adapter mode follow these steps

1 On the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

2 On the Export RSLogix 5000 Aliases dialog box enter the FileName location Alias Prefix Base Tag and RIO Output Placeholders

3 Click OKFor more information on the use of placeholders see Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System on page 87

Browse Button

Field Description

FileName Use the browse button lsquohelliprsquo to change the file location

Alias Prefix Use to distinguish between aliases for different 1756-RIO modules and to help identify groups of data items If you have multiple 1756-RIO modules in the RSLogix 5000 project assign each module a unique Alias Prefix so that the tags for each one are unique

Base Tag Use the base tag to identify the 1756-RIO module location in the ControlLogix chassis

RIO Output Placeholders Use this set of aliases when the 1756-RIO module is set to Monitor mode These output placeholders aliases point to a ControlLogix internal array If you are using Monitor mode you can write your new application to write to this placeholder array and compare the monitored outputs to the outputs written by the new control program If you donrsquot want the aliases leave the box unchecked

RIO Output Placeholders Base Tag

This tag must be created by the user in the ControlLogix control program and must be an integer array of 10 RioTempOut elements (0hellip9) each with 255 sub-elements (0hellip254) So RioTempOut would be RioTempOut[00] to RioTempOut[9254]

Include BTW Configuration Words

Check this box if you choose to include aliases for block transfer write configuration data

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System

To upgrade an existing system such as a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system you have to perform these steps

1 Monitor the network in adapter mode

2 Write the new control program in RSLogix 5000 programming software to write to the internal array

3 Compare the existing systemrsquos outputs with the ControlLogix outputs using the same live inputs

4 Once both systems write the same outputs and have the same timing switch over to the RSLogix 5000 control program for control

Now itrsquos writing the real outputs instead of the placeholder array using the 1756-RIO module to scan the network

You could use the same 1756-RIO module to monitor and scan the network You would have to download the scanner firmware after you compare the systems using the module in adapter mode to monitor the network Or you could use two 1756-RIO modules one as a scanner and one as an adapter on the Remote IO network

The following example breaks down the process It explains using the 1756-RIO module

bull as an adapter and its configuration in the configuration toolrsquos IO tree

bull with the configuration tool to create the aliases based on the IO configuration tree

bull configuration toolrsquos process of exporting aliases to convert an existing system to a ControlLogix system using the module in scanner mode

Create a Network Configuration and Export Aliases

Follow these steps to create a network configuration in the configuration tool and to create the aliases based on that configuration

1 Set the 1756-RIO module to adapter mode

See Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode on page 30

2 Create the network configuration in the configuration toolrsquos tree for the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 87

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

The following IO tree configuration comprises one monitored quarter rack and one active quarter rack

3 Export the alias file Once the network configuration is complete in the configuration tool from the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

The following graphic and tables show how the configuration tool creates aliases based on the IO configuration from the tree

1

2

3

Item Description

1 Rack 00 is a monitored quarter rack encompassing IO groups 0 and 1

2 Rack 1 is an active quarter rack encompassing IO groups 0 and 1

3 All input and output maps to connection 0 so I0 and O0

ATTENTION Monitored outputs include outputs to monitored racks and outputs to active racks

12

88 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

The table shows how the prefixes are used in creating alias names the descriptions that are created for the aliases and how the addresses are created from the base tags and data mappings

4 Write a ControlLogix control program in the RSLogix 5000 project to write outputs to the placeholder array then compare the outputs to the monitored outputs from the existing system

5 Change the 1756-RIO module to scanner mode or use an existing 1756-RIO scanner

See Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode on page 30

6 Export a scanner configuration and download it to the scanner

7 Create aliases with the scanner configuration tool using the same prefixes

8 Import the aliases into the RSLogix 5000 project

Item Description

1 Prefixes are left at their defaults

2 The Base Tag field represents the location of the 1756-RIO adapter in the rack In this case the adapter is in slot 0

Alias Name Description Address

RIO_R00_STS Rack-00 Status - Monitored Local0I0Data[0]

RIO_I000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Input - Monitored Local0I0Data[2]

RIO_I001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Input - Monitored Local0I0Data[3]

RIO_MON_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[12]

RIO_MON_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[13]

RIO_MON_O010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[22]

RIO_MON_O011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[23]

RIO_ACT_I010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Input - Active Local0O0Data[2]

RIO_ACT_I011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Input - Active Local0O0Data[3]

RIO_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 12]

RIO_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 13]

RIO_O010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 22]

RIO_O011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 23]

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 89

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

The following table shows the aliases created for a scanner in slot 0 in the ControlLogix chassis

Notice that the alias names for the discrete outputs in the Export Alias Creation table are the same as the alias names for the placeholders in the Alias Creation for a Scanner in the ControlLogix Chassis table but now point to IO outputs

Alias Creation for a Scanner in the ControlLogix Chassis

Alias Created Description Address

RIO_R00_STS Rack-00 Status Local0I0Data[0]

RIO_R00_CTL Rack-00 Control Local0O0Data[0]

RIO_I000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Input Local0I0Data[2]

RIO_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output Local0O0Data[2]

RIO_I001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Input Local0I0Data[3]

RIO_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output Local0O0Data[3]

EXAMPLE For example an application that used alias name RIO_0001 wrote to placeholder location RioTempOut[0 13] but would now write to the discrete outputs at Local0O0Data[3]

90 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Manage Configurations There are several ways to manage your modulersquos configurations This section covers

bull downloading configurations to the module

bull uploading configurations to the RSLogix 5000 project

bull saving and loading configurations to disk

bull archiving configurations

Managing configuration steps are the same for scanner and adapter modes

Download and Upload Configurations

To download a configuration to the 1756-RIO module follow these steps

1 On the Configure menu choose Download Configuration

You must set the communication path through RSLinx to tell the configuration tool where the 1756-RIO module is installed The RSLinx Path Selection dialog box now appears

2 Expand the backplane of the chassis where the 1756-RIO module is installed navigate to the module and select it

3 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 91

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

To upload a configuration from the 1756-RIO module to the project follow these steps

1 From the Configure menu choose Upload Configuration

2 Set the communication path when the RSLinx dialog box appears by navigating to the 1756-RIO module on the network and clicking OK

TIP You can also set the communication path by selecting the Communication menu and choosing Select RSLinx Path

TIP You can also uploaddownload configurations from the Module button on the configuration toolrsquos toolbar

Download to the module

Upload from the module

92 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Save Configurations to Disk

To save configurations to disk from the file menu choose Save

The configuration saves as an rio file to the location you initially specified when you set the module properties in the add-on profile in the RSLogix 5000 project

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 93

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Archive Configurations

Archive Template Command

The Archive Templates command copies any templates used in the current file to the same location as the RIO file It copies any block transfer module templates used in the current configuration file into the directory where the configuration is stored

1 To archive configurations from the File menu choose Archive Templates

2 When the confirmation dialog box appears click OK

94 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Archive Template Check Command

The Archive Template Check command checks and confirms any block transfer module templates used in the current configuration file are stored in the directory where the configuration is stored

1 To use the Archive Template Check command from the File menu choose Archive Template Check

2 When the confirmation dialog box appears click OK

You must make sure you save your project if you want to keep a backup copy otherwise you get an error that the active project has not been saved or the BT Template File is not found

See Appendix C for additional information on templates

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 95

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Notes

96 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 5

Monitor Remote IO

Introduction Now that the module configuration is complete and downloaded to the 1756-RIO module you are ready to scan a Remote IO network

Remote IO scanning uses a 1756-RIO scanner in a local or remote chassis and multiple adapters on a Remote IO network The scanner enables communication between a ControlLogix controller and the remote IO devices The 1756-RIO scanner continually gathers and sends information to and from remote adapters on the Remote IO network and sends that information to the ControlLogix controller in the chassis

Remote IO monitoring uses a 1756-RIO module in adapter mode to lsquolistenrsquo to remote IO and communicate that IO back to the ControlLogix controller

Within the configuration tool there are four utilities to monitor IO

bull DiscMon monitors discrete input and output data

bull BtMon monitors block transfers

bull DiagMon monitors diagnostic counters

bull LogMon monitors the scanner log

In this chapter you will

bull use scan and monitor modes

bull monitor remote IO discrete inputs and outputs in scanner mode

bull monitor remote IO discrete inputs and outputs in adapter mode

bull monitor block transfers

bull export scanner configurations

bull use the diagnostic utilities in the configuration software to monitor save and clear diagnostics

Topic Page

Commission Summary 98

Scan Mode and Monitor Mode 99

Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs 101

Monitor Block Transfers 108

Export Scanner Configurations 115

Other Diagnostics 117

97Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 97

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Commission Summary The following list summarizes 1756-RIO scanning and monitoring functions on a Remote IO network

bull Monitor discrete inputs and outputs in scanner mode from the Monitor menu

bull Monitor discrete inputs and active inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu

bull Monitor remote IO in Monitor mode to lsquolistenrsquo to and then upgrade an existing older system to a ControlLogix system

bull Monitor block transfer reads and writes in scanner mode by right-clicking on the module in the IO tree and selecting Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

bull Export scanner configuration files in adapter mode using the Tools menu and clicking Export Scanner Configuration file File from the pull-down menu

bull Monitor an existing system by putting the module in scanner mode and loading an exported configuration file to scan the remote network

bull Use the Monitor menu to monitor diagnostics in scanner and adapter modes

bull Monitor normal operation and error messages on the network by using the Monitor menursquos Debug Log

bull Diagnose and correct fatal errors by selecting 1756-RIO Fatal Error from the Tools menu Capture fatal errors and save them in an error log for use by Technical Support

98 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Scan Mode and Monitor Mode

The 1756-RIO module can perform various scan functions depending on whether it is a scanner or an adapter

Scan Remote IO in Scanner Mode

There are three scan modes of the ControlLogix controller The following list explains each mode and what the 1756-RIO module does in each mode

bull Run mode

bull Program mode

bull Test mode

In run mode the 1756-RIO module scans remote racks reads discrete inputs does not enable outputs to run on and does not update block transfers

In program mode the 1756-RIO module scans remote racks reads discrete inputs but does not write discrete outputs or update block transfers

In test mode the 1756-RIO behaves the same as it does in program mode with the exception of the controller actively scanning the ladder logic

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 99

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Remote IO in Adapter Mode

The 1756-RIO module provides utilities to upgrade an existing remote IO application to a ControlLogix system with a minimum of downtime and startup time This function is referred to as Monitor mode

Used in Monitor mode the 1756-RIO adapter can be used to upgrade a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system by providing discrete inputs and outputs and Block Transfer read and write data to the controller You can replace the existing application or control program thatrsquos running on a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system with a new application that runs on a ControlLogix controller using the 1756-RIO module as the remote IO scanner

TIP The replacement system must be tested before the switchover It uses the same field wiring as the old system If unanticipated problems arise you can switch back to the old system in minutes

100 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 101

To use Monitor mode to upgrade your existing system to a ControlLogix system follow these steps

1 Connect the 1756-RIO module in adapterMonitor mode on the existing Remote IO network to monitor data and timing

2 Create the new application or control program in the RSLogix 5000 project It sees the exact same inputs (monitored inputs) as the existing application but writes to an internal array in the ControlLogix controller

3 Compare the outputs (monitored outputs) from the new application with the outputs from the existing system by lsquolisteningrsquo to the network

4 When you are satisfied that the new system accurately duplicates the function and timing of the existing system disconnect the Remote IO network from the old scanner and connect it to the 1756-RIO module in scanner mode

5 Switch the RSLogix 5000 project application (control program) to write outputs to the 1756-RIO module as a scanner instead of to the internal array

Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs

Use the Monitor Inputs and Monitor Outputs commands to display the discrete IO data on remote IO racks connected to the 1756-RIO module

If the RSLinx path to the 1756-RIO module has not been set an RSLinx RSWho window displays Use it to set the communication path to the module by navigating to the 1756-RIO module on the network and clicking OK

Monitor Discrete Inputs in Scanner ModeTo monitor discrete inputs in scanner mode follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu select Monitor Discrete Inputs

2 Right-click on a rack and select Monitor Discrete

3 Use the Monitor Discrete Inputs button on the toolbar

ATTENTION Be sure to switch the 1756-RIO module to scanner mode if it is not done

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

The DiscMon or discrete input monitor window displays

Each row corresponds to a rack Rack numbers are given in octal Each row shows eight words of discrete inputs for the rack number

Main Menu Rack

Toolbar

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the DiscMon utility

102 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 103

Data can be displayed in the following formats

Hexadecimal

You can display discrete IO data in hexadecimal (0000hellipFFFF) format from the View menu and choosing Hex or by clicking the Display Hex button on the toolbar

Signed Decimal

You can display discrete IO data in signed decimal (-32768hellip32767) format by choosing the View menu and choosing Signed from the pull-down menu or by clicking the Signed button on the toolbar

Format From menu From Toolbar

Hexadecimal ViewHex 0x button

Signed decimal ViewUnsigned 1 button

Unsigned decimal ViewSigned -1 button

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

104 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Unsigned Decimal

You can display discrete IO data in Unsigned Decimal (0hellip65535) format from the View menu and choosing Unsigned or by clicking the Unsigned button on the toolbar

Monitor Discrete Outputs in Scanner Mode

To monitor discrete outputs in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the main menu of the configuration tool from the Monitor pull-down menu select Monitor Discrete Outputs

2 Right-click on a rack and select Monitor Discrete Outputs

3 Use the Monitor Discrete Outputs button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Rack

Toolbar

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The Discrete Output Monitor window displays

Each row corresponds to a rack Rack numbers are given in octal and each row shows eight words of discrete outputs for the rack number

TIP The data formatting options hex signed and unsigned are the same for scanner and adapter modesrsquo monitored inputs and outputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 105

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Discrete Inputs in Adapter Mode

Monitored inputs are inputs on monitored racks To monitor discrete inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu choose Discrete Monitored Inputs Just as in scanner mode you can also get to the Monitored Discrete Input Data screen by right-clicking on a rack or clicking the Monitor Discrete Inputs button on the toolbar

106 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The Monitored Discrete Input Data window displays

Monitor Discrete Outputs in Adapter Mode

Monitored outputs are all outputs from the remote IO scanner To monitor discrete outputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu select Discrete Monitored Outputs or right-click on a rack or click the Monitor Discrete Outputs button on the toolbar

The Monitored Discrete Output Data window displays

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 107

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Discrete Active Inputs in Adapter Mode

Active inputs are inputs on active racks To monitor discrete active inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu choose Discrete Active Inputs or right-click on a rack or click the Monitor Active Inputs button on the toolbar

The Active Discrete Input Data window displays

Monitor Block Transfers Use the Block Transfer Monitor command to display the block transfers associated with a block transfer module along with diagnostics associated with the block transfers

108 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Monitor Block Transfers in Scanner Mode

To monitor a block transfer module right-click on the module in the IO tree and select Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

The 1756-RIO BTMon or block transfer module window displays

Some analog output modules have only an associated block transfer write Analog input modules have a block transfer write for configuring the module a block transfer read for data and a block transfer read for status

The upper portion of the screen is the block transfer read the lower portion is the block transfer write

The raw data can be displayed as hexadecimal signed or unsigned integer The default format for block transfer data is hexadecimal

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path to start the BTMon utility

Block Transfer Read

Block Transfer Write

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 109

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer reads

Scanner Mode Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

Counter Description

State Configactiveinactive

Type Module type from the module template

BTR Len Block transfer read length

Req Update Time Requested update time in the module configuration in ms

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer read in ms This is the average of the previous eight updates

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer read

Ignored Reqs Running count of update requests ignored by the block transfer module

Prot Errors Running count of protocol errors for this block transfer read If this counter is incrementing the module isnrsquot responding correctly

Request Count Count of the number of times on successive scans this block transfer was requested If this number is consistently greater than 1 increase the requested update time - the module cannot respond quickly enough at the current requested time The counter applies to the BTR and BTW for this module

110 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer writes

Scanner Mode Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

Counter Description

Cfg Len Length of the configuration data for this module

Data Len Data length

Req Update Time Requested update time in the module configuration in ms

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer write in ms This is the average of the previous eight updates

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer write

Ignored Reqs Running count of update requests ignored by the destination module for this block transfer write

Protocol Errs Running count of protocol errors for this block transfer write

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 111

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Block Transfers in Adapter Mode

To monitor a block transfer module right-click on the module in the IO tree and select Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

The BTMon or block transfer module window displays

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path to start the BTMon utility

Block Transfer Read

Block Transfer Write

112 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer reads

Adapter Mode Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

Counter Description

Type Module type

BTR Map Len Length of mapped BTR data in words

BTR Mon Len Length of monitored BTR data in words

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer read in ms

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer read

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 113

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer writes

Adapter Mode Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

Counter Description

BTW Map Len The length of the mapped BTW data in words

BTW Min Len The minimum BTW length in words

BTW Max Len The maximum BTW length in words

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer write in ms

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer write

114 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Export Scanner Configurations

In adapter mode the configuration tool can export a scanner configuration file built from the current adapter configuration which can be loaded into an RIO scanner The exported scanner configuration file is especially useful when converting an existing remote IO system to a ControlLogix system You can then choose whether the block transfer configuration data and update times come from the values the adapter has observed on the remote network or from the defaults from the module templates

The configuration file includes

bull a baud rate

bull monitored racks

bull block transfers on monitored racks

It does not contain active racks block transfers on active racks or mappings

To export a scanner configuration file follow these steps

1 From the Tools menu choose Export Scanner Configuration File

2 On the Export Scanner Configuration File dialog box select the FileName and BT Module Configuration Data and Update Times option for your configuration file

Make sure you use another file name so that you donrsquot overwrite the adapter configuration file

EXAMPLE The template for a module might have a default value for the channel data type The configuration seen on the network might have another value for the channel data type

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 115

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

3 Click OK

Monitor Mode

If you are using the 1756-RIO module in Monitor mode you can monitor the existing system to capture block transfer timing and configuration data then export a scanner configuration file that contains that data To use the exported configuration file follow these steps

1 Switch the 1756-RIO module back to scanner mode

2 Load the exported configuration file to scan the Remote IO network

Field Description

FileName Name the file and select the autobrowse button to search for the directory andor file where you want to save the file

The current rio file is for adapter mode When you export the scanner configuration file you are making a new rio file for scanner mode You do not want to overwrite the adapter rio file so it must be saved at this point

BT Module Configuration Data and Update Times

Capture from Online Monitor or Use Defaults from Templates

The configuration and timing data for block transfers can be based on the default configuration data from the block transfer module templates or on the configuration data and update times the adapter has observed on the network

This is a global selection and affects the data saved for all block transfer modules

116 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Other Diagnostics Use the Monitor Diagnostics Counters command to display the diagnostic counters that the 1756-RIO module maintains The 1756-RIO module maintains diagnostic counters that indicate the state of communication on an entire Remote IO network and counters related to each rack It also maintains an active rack list

The diagnostic counters consist of three groups

bull Active racks table

bull Global diagnostic counters

bull Rack diagnostic counters

Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Scanner Mode

To monitor the diagnostic counters follow these steps

From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters or click the Monitor Diagnostic Counters button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the DiagMon utility

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 117

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

The 1756-RIO DiagMon window displays showing the Active Racks Global Diag Counters and Rack Diag Counters

Active Racks Table

The Active Racks table shows which racks are present on the Remote IO network Columns represent rack numbers from 1hellip76 octal Rows represent starting IO groups If the bit for a rack and starting IO group is set there is a rack at that location The Active Racks table does not show rack size

A lsquo1rsquo indicates that a rack is present at the rack number and starting IO group indicated In the example above there is a rack present at rack 0 starting IO group 0

The lsquo1rsquo in the Active Rack table indicates a rack present at rack 0 starting IO group 0

118 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Global Diagnostic Counters

The global diagnostic counters provide information about the operation of the entire Remote IO network

The following table lists the global diagnostic countersrsquo descriptions

Scanner Mode Global Diagnostic Counters

Counter Description

Tx This counter increments each time the 1756-RIO module transmits a packet

RxGood This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a good packet

RxTout This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module sends a packet but does not receive a reply

RxBadCRC This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet with a bad Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Check cabling and termination on the Remote IO network

RxNoise This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module hears a carrier without receiving a packet Check cabling and termination on the Remote IO network

RxAbort This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives an opening flag then the packet ends without a closing flag

PrtclErr This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet that makes no sense in terms of the protocol

UpdAvg Average update time for all configured racks This is the average of the previous 64 updates

UpdMin Minimum update time for all configured racks

UpdMax Maximum update time for all configured racks

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 119

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Rack Diagnostic Counters

The rack diagnostic counters contain information about the operation of each partial rack The rows are racks from 1hellip76 octal There are four groups of counters per rack corresponding to the four possible starting IO groups for a rack

The following table lists the rack diagnostic countersrsquo descriptions

Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Adapter Mode

Follow this procedure to monitor diagnostic counters in adapter mode

From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters

The 1756-RIO-ADPT DiagMon window displays Notice that the Rack Status Table and the Global Diag Counters are the same in adapter mode as scanner mode diagnostics The BT Global Update however shows the diagnostics for the BTRs and BTWs in adapter mode

Scanner Mode Rack Diagnostic Counters

Counter Description

Rx This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet from this rack

Crc This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet with a bad CRC from this rack

Tout This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module sends a packet to this rack and does not receive a reply within the time-out period

Prtcl This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet from this rack that does not make sense in terms of the protocol

120 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The BT Global Update diagnostics table is organized by rack IO group (Grp) and slot (Slt) The first row (0) shows the BTRs first then the BTWs on rack 0 From left to right BTRs at IO group 0 slot 0 IO group 0 slot 1 IO group 1 slot 0 IO group 1 slot 1 and so on

A lower case lsquorrsquo or lsquowrsquo indicates that a block transfer has been observed at that location at some point in the past An upper case lsquoRrsquo or lsquoWrsquo indicates when a block transfer happens

Module Scanner Log

Scanner Mode

The scanner log displays messages from the firmware running on the 1756-RIO module showing its normal operation and error messages The Debug Log command monitors messages logged by the 1756-RIO module These messages can be used to diagnose problems and may be useful in tracking down errors and for Technical Support

Grp 0 Slt 0

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 121

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

To monitor the scanner log follow this procedure

1 Run the LogMon utility To launch LogMon from the Monitor menu choose Debug Log from the pull-down menu

2 Select OK once you select the 1756-RIO module on the network

A window displays confirming LogMon has started If there are no errors present the LogMon screen stays clear

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the LogMon utility

122 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The log displays module operations version and mode information Something like below is typical but your log will look different

3 To clear the scanner log from the Edit menu choose ClearLog or click the Clear Log button from the toolbar

4 To copy the contents of the log to the Windows clipboard for use in another application from the Edit menu choose Copy or click the Select All and Copy button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 123

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Adapter Mode

To launch LogMon in adapter mode follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu choose Debug Log

2 Set the RSLinx communication path when prompted and Select OK to start LogMon

Clear Diagnostics

To clear diagnostics follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters

Once you set the communication path via RSLinx software the DiagMon window displays

2 From the Actions menu choose Clear Diagnostics or click the Clear Diagnostics button on the toolbar

TIP These same instructions apply for scanner and adapter mode

124 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

3 To clear Block Transfer diagnostics while in BTMon from the Actions menu choose ClearDiagCounters or click the ClearDiagCounters button on the toolbar

Fatal Errors

Fatal errors occur when the firmware on the module encounters an unexpected condition There are three main causes for fatal errors

bull A bug in the 1756-RIO module firmware

bull A 1756-RIO module hardware failure

bull Certain types of ControlLogix backplane failures

The 1756-RIO module monitors its own operation for invalid conditions The module stops scanning turns all three status indicators red and displays a fatal error number similar to lsquoM60rsquo on the 4-character display and then stores a fatal error log that indicates the cause of the fatal error

ToolbarMain Menu

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 125

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Use the Fatal Error Capture command from the Tools menu to clear fatal errors on the 1756-RIO module and save the log file to disk for use by technical support

To clear the fatal error and capture the fatal error log for scanner and adapter modes follow these steps

1 Cycle power on the 1756-RIO module

The 4-character display should show lsquoFatalErrorCapture requiredrsquo

2 From the Tools menu choose 1756-RIO Fatal Error Capture

3 Use RSLinx software to set the communication path and select the 1756-RIO module on the network

A Fatal Error Capture warning window displays

4 Select Yes

5 Save the fatal error log to a file

IMPORTANT Clearing a fatal error also clears the configuration on the 1756-RIO module

IMPORTANT By choosing Yes communication to the module is disrupted AND the modulersquos configuration will be erased

126 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

This also clears the fatal error on the module When the Save In dialog box opens navigate to the location on the hard drive where you want to save the error log file and give it a filename

6 Contact Technical Support See the BackCover

7 Provide Technical Support with the fatal error log file to help them diagnose the cause of the problem

8 After clearing the fatal error you must download the configuration to the 1756-RIO module

See Download and Upload Configurations on page 91 for instructions on how to download configurations to the 1756-RIO module

ATTENTION You must clear the fatal error before you can use the module again and you shouldnrsquot use it again until you have determined what caused the error

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 127

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Notes

128 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix A

Scanner Mode IO Map

This section describes how the data gets mapped to the ControlLogix data for scanner mode

When you map any part of a rack to producedconsumed tag data the structure that gets mapped is for the entire rack number For example if rack 1 consists of IO groups 0 and 1 (a quarter rack) the entire structure for rack 1 is mapped when you map the rack Similarly if a rack is made up of several partial racks mapping any one of those partial racks maps the structure for the entire rack

Discrete Input Data

In scanner mode the discrete read structure for a rack consists of two status words and eight words of discrete input data

Discrete Read Structure-Input

Only bits 0hellip3 of the first word of status data are used They consist of error bits that are set if there is a communication error with a partial rack Bit 0 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 0 bit 1 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 2 and so on

The error bit is 1 if there is an error scanning the rack or if the rack is inhibited otherwise the bit is 0

Words 2hellip9 contain the discrete input data for the rack Words 2 and 3 contain the data for IO groups 0 and 1 (first 14 rack) words 3 and 4 contain the data for IO groups 2 and 3 (second 14 rack) and so on

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Status Codes and Error Codes Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

44817

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 129

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Discrete Input Data Offset - Read

Discrete Input Data Offset - Read

Offset 0Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1N

O E

RRO

R

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

ERR

OR

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

44814

130 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Discrete Output Data

In scanner mode the discrete write structure for a rack consists of two control words and eight words of discrete output data

Discrete Write Structure-Output

Bits 0hellip3 of the first word of control data are used to inhibit racks Set bit 0 to inhibit the scan of the rack starting at IO group 0 set bit 1 to inhibit the scan of the rack starting at IO group 2 and so on Inhibiting a rack stops all communication with that rack and all outputs revert to their programmed last state

Bits 4hellip7 of the first word of control data are used to reset racks Set bit 4 to reset the outputs of the rack starting at IO group 0 set bit 5 to reset the outputs of the rack starting at IO group 2 and so on When a reset command is given all communication with that rack continues however that rack behaves as if the controller is in Program mode All outputs revert to their Program mode state

Only the bit for the starting IO group needs to be set to inhibit or reset the rack For example if a rack is a full rack starting at IO group 0 only bit 0 needs to be set to inhibit the scan of the rack

Words 2hellip9 contain the discrete output data for the rack Words 2 and 3 contain the data for IO groups 0 and 1 (first 14 rack) words 3 and 4 contain the data for IO groups 2 and 3 (second 14 rack) and so on

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

2 Control Words Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

44818

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 131

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Discrete Output Data Offset-Write

Discrete Output Data Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (Control) 0 Inhibit rack that starts first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

1 Inhibit rack that starts second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

2 Inhibit rack that starts third quarter (IO group 4hellip5

3 Inhibit rack that starts fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

4 Reset rack that starts at first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

5 Reset rack that starts at second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

6 Reset rack that starts at third quarter (IO group 4hellip5)

7 Reset rack that starts at fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

8hellip15 Reserved

1 (Control) 0hellip15 Reserved (pad for 32-bit alignment)

2hellip9 (Output) 0hellip15 Discrete output data

Discrete Output Data Offset - Write

WriteOffset 0

Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9

Ouput Words

8 Words of Discrete Ouptut Data

Offset 1Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15In

hibi

t Rac

k1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Inhi

bit R

ack

2nd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 2

-3

Inhi

bit R

ack

3rd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 4

-5

Inhi

bit R

ack

4th

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 6

-7Re

set R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Rese

t Rac

k2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Rese

t Rac

k3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Rese

t Rac

k4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

44819

132 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Discrete IO Data Transfer

Discrete Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Status Codes and Error Codes Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

Read

Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Status Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1N

O E

RRO

R

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

ERR

OR

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

Discrete Write Structure - Ouput

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

2 Control Words Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

Write

Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9

Ouput Words

8 Words of Discrete Ouptut Data

Control Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Inhi

bit R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Inhi

bit R

ack

2nd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 2

-3

Inhi

bit R

ack

3rd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 4

-5

Inhi

bit R

ack

4th

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 6

-7Re

set R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Rese

t Rac

k2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Rese

t Rac

k3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Rese

t Rac

k4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

IO Rack

Scanner ModeDiscrete IO Data Transfer

44820

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 133

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Block Transfer InputIn scanner mode even if a module has only a block transfer write you should map the module to input and output data so that the control and status data gets mapped

Block Transfer Read Structure-Input

Offset 0 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer read executes successfully on the RIO network Based on configuration of the 1756-RIO module and its RPI it may be possible that the controller may see this value increment by more than 1 count per program scan

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTR error bit offset 0 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer read It clears the bit when the block transfer read enable bit is reset in the corresponding BT control write structure

When a block transfer read error occurs offset 0 bits 8hellip10 contain Error Codes

When you execute a block transfer read in manual mode the 1756-RIO module sets offset 0 bit 12 to indicate that the block transfer read executed successfully The bit is reset when the corresponding BTREN bit is reset in the BT write control file

Offset 1 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer write executes successfully on the RIO network Based on the configuration of the 1756-RIO module and its RPI it may be possible that the controller may see this value increment by more than 1 count per program scan

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTW error bit offset 1 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer write It clears the bit when the block transfer write enable bit is reset in the corresponding BT control write structure

When a block transfer write occurs offset 1 bits 8hellip10 contain an error code When you execute a block transfer write in manual mode the 1756-RIO module sets offset 1 bit 12 BTWDN to indicate that the block transfer write executed successfully The bit is reset when the corresponding BTWEN bit is reset in the BT write control file

Word offsets 2hellipn contain the read data returned by the block transfer module

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Returned Read Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

44821

134 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

BT Read Structure Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (BT Read) 0hellip7 BTR update counter (increments each time BTR executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTR error code

11 BTRERR block transfer read error

12 BTRDN block transfer read done (manual mode only)

13hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip7 BTW update counter (increments each time BTW executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTW error code

11 BTWERR block transfer write error

12 BTWDN block transfer write done (manual mode only)

13hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTR data (64 integers max)

BT ReadOffset Word 0

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Returned Read Data Offset Words 2hellipn

Read Data Returned by the Block Transfer

BT WriteOffset Word 1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

Read

Don

eM

anua

l Mod

e O

nly

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Writ

e D

one

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved

44815

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 135

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Output

BT Write Structure-Output

Offset 0 bits 0hellip5 contain the block transfer read length

Offset 0 bit 8 contains the block transfer read enable bit for manual mode block transfers

Offset 0 bit 9 is used in two ways

bull In manual mode this bit is the block-transfer-read-continuous bit If this bit is set and the enable bit is set the 1756-RIO module re-enables block transfer reads when they execute successfully

bull In automatic and semi-automatic modes this bit inhibits all block transfers to the IO module

Offset 1 bits 0hellip5 contain the block transfer write length

Offset 1 bit 8 contains the block transfer write enable bit for manual mode block transfers

Offset 1 bit 9 is the block-transfer-write-continuous bit If this bit is set and the enable bit is set the 1756-RIO module re-enables block transfer writes when they execute successfully

Word offsets 2hellipn contain the write data sent to the block transfer write module

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Write Data Container for BTW Module

1st 16-bit Word

BTW44822

136 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Block Transfer Control Write Structure

BT Write Structure Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 0hellip5 BTR length (1hellip63 word 0 means BT module decides)

6hellip7 Reserved

8 BTREN block transfer read enable (manual mode only)

9 BTRCONT (manual mode only)

BT Inhibit (automatic modes - inhibits config BTW data BTW and data BTR)

10hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip5 BTW length (1hellip63 word 0 means BT module decides)

6hellip7 Reserved

8 BTWEN block transfer write enable (manual mode only)

9 BTWCONT continuous mode (manual mode only)

10hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTW Data (64 integers max)

BT ReadOffset Word 0

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Write Data Containerfor BTW Module

Offset Words 2hellipn

Write Data Container

BT Write Offset Word 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BT Read Length

BT Write Length BT W

rite

Enab

led

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us M

ode

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved Res

Res BT R

ead

Ena

bled

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us R

ead

BT

Inhi

bit

44816

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 137

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Error Codes

Error Code Description

0 OK

1 BTRBTW request ignored by block transfer module

2 Block transfer state mismatch

3hellip6 Reserved not currently used

7 Disabled

138 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Scanner Mode Block Transfer IO

BT Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Returned Read Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Returned Read DataOffset 2hellipn

Read Data Returned by the Block Transfer

BT Write 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

Read

Don

eM

anua

l Mod

e O

nly

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Writ

e D

one

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved

Block Transfer Control Write Structure

BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Write Data Containerfor BTW Module

Offset 2hellipn

Write Data Container

BT Write 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BT Read Length

BT Write Length BT W

rite

Enab

led

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us M

ode

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved Res

Res BT R

ead

Ena

bled

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us R

ead

BT

Inhi

bit

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

BT Write Structure - Output

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Write Data Container for BTW Module

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

IO Rack

Scanner ModeBlock Transfer IO

44823

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 139

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Notes

140 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix B

Adapter Mode IO Map

This section describes the remote IO data that gets mapped to the ControlLogix data for adapter mode

The structures that get mapped for adapter mode are similar to those for scanner mode with the exception of the control bits In adapter mode you have no control over when racks or block transfers update

The IO data can be remote IO input or output data on monitored or active racks

Discrete Data Discrete Input Data

In adapter mode the discrete input structure for a rack consists of two status words followed by eight words of discrete input data When you map any part of a rack to producedconsumed tag data the structure that gets mapped is for the entire rack number

Discrete Input Monitored Racks

Inputs on monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Only bits 0hellip3 of the first word of status data are used They consist of error bits that are set if there is a communication error with a partial rack Bit 0 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 0 bit 1 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 2 and so on

The bit is set if there is an error scanning the rack and is 0 otherwise

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Only First 3

Bits Used

1st Status Word

2nd Status Word

Not Used

44838

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 141

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

142 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Discrete Input Data Monitored Racks

Discrete Input Data Monitored Racks

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (Status) 0 Communication error first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

1 Communication error second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

2 Communication error third quarter (IO group 4hellip5)

3 Communication error fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

4hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved (pad for 32-bit alignment)

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete input data

Offset 0Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Status Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

0=Status OK 1=Error

44839

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 143

Discrete Input Active Racks

There are no status bits on active racks Inputs on active racks are mapped to ControlLogix outputs

Discrete Input Data Offset Active Racks - Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input DataReserved Words

Not Used

Not Used

44850

Discrete Input Data Active Racks

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete input data

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

44851

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

In adapter mode the discrete output structure for a rack consists of two pad words and eight words of discrete output data Whenever you map a rack to ControlLogix inputs 10 words of data get mapped for remote IO inputs and 10 words get mapped for remote IO outputs

Discrete outputs on monitored and active racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Reserved WordsNot Used

44852

144 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2- 9

Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Offset 1Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

44853

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete output data

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 145

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Adapter Mode Discrete IO Data Transfer-Monitored Racks

Discrete Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

ReadStatus Words

ControlLogix Input Tags

Read

Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input (Monitored Racks)

Status Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

0 = Status OK 1=Error

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output (Monitored Racks)

Reserved0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

IO Rack

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

Discrete Output (Monitored Racks)

ControlLogix Input Tags

44842

146 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Adapter Mode Discrete IO Data Transfer-Active Racks

IO Rack

p

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Discrete Read Structure - Input Monitored Racks

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input DataReserved Words

Not Used

Not Used

Discrete OutputActive Racks Only

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2- 9

Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Offset 1Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Discrete Write Structure Monitored Racks - Output

Reserved WordsNot Used

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

ControlLogix Output Tags

ControlLogix Input Tags

44854

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 147

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Modules This section shows the structures that get mapped to ControlLogix producedconsumed input or output data when you map a block transfer module

Even if a module has only block transfer read or write data you should map the module to producedconsumed input and output data so that the control and status data gets mapped

On monitored racks block transfer read and write data maps to ControlLogix inputs

On active racks block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix output data Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix input data

Block Transfer Read Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Block transfer read data on monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Block transfer read data on active racks are mapped from ControlLogix outputs

Block Transfer Reads on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Description

0 Reserved always 0

1 Reserved always 0

2hellipn Up to 64 words of BTR data

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Reserved Block Transfer Read Data Up To 64 Words

1st 16-bit Word

44855

148 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Block Transfer Read Structure

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTR data (64 integers max)

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-nBTR Data

BTR Data (64 integers max)

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

44846

On monitored racks this is mapped to ControlLogix inputs On active racks this is mapped to ControlLogix outputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 149

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Write Data on Monitored or Active Racks

The data mapped for block transfer writes consists of two status words followed by up to 64 words of data on active or monitored racks Block transfer write data on active and monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Offset 0 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer read executes successfully

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTR error bit offset 0 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer read It clears the bit when the block transfer read enable bit occurs

When a block transfer read error occurs offset 0 bit 8hellip10 contain an error code

The error codes are as follows

Block Transfer Error Codes

Error Code Description

0 OK

1 Time-out

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Block Transfer Write Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

44843

44847

150 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Block Transfer Write Structure

Block Transfer Write Structure on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip7 BTR update counter (increments each time BTR executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTR error code

11 BTRERR block transfer read error

12hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip7 BTW update counter (increments each time BTW executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTW error code

11 BTWERR block transfer write error

12hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTW data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 0BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Offset Words 2-n

BTW Data

BTW Data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 1BT Write

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Reserved

Reserved

44844

Block transfer writes on active and monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 151

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Adapter Mode Block Transfer IO

Offset Word 0BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Offset Words 2-n

BTW Data

BTW Data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 1BT Write

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Reserved

Reserved

IO Rack

BT Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Block Transfer Write Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

BT Write Structure - Output

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Reserved Block Transfer Read Data Up To 64 Words

1st 16-bit Word

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-nBTR Data

BTR Data (64 integers max)

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Mapped as ControlLogix input data for active and monitored racks

Mapped as ControlLogix input data for monitored racksMapped as ControlLogix output data for active racks

152 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix C

Block Transfer Module Templates

Block transfer module templates have been created and installed by the add-on profile for these modules

Supported Modules

Not all modules are listed If your module is not in the list you can use the Generic BT_MODULE profile in the software or create your own template specific to your exact module or configuration This appendix covers the basics for creating your own module template

The properties of block transfer modules are defined in files in the subdirectory rsquoTemplatesrsquo of the directory where the 1756-RIO software is installed Template files have the extension BtModTpl The BtModTpl files can be opened with Microsoft Notepad

Template files are simple text files that define the properties of the block transfer module

IO Family Cat No

1746 SLC middot 1746-N14

middot 1746-N18

middot 1746-N04V

middot 1746-NT4

1771 PLC-5 middot 1771-DE middot 1771-NIV

middot 1771-IFE-16CH (in single-ended 16 Channel configuration)

middot 1771-NOC-noBTR

middot 1771-IFE-8CH (in differential 8 Channel configuration)

middot 1771-NOC

middot 1771-IL-Alarms middot 1771-NOV-noBTR

middot 1771-IL middot 1771-NOV

middot 1771-IR middot 1771-NR

middot 1771-IXE middot 1771-OFE-diag

middot 1771-NIV-Alarms middot 1771-OFE

1794 FLEX middot 1794-IE4XOE2 middot 1794-OE4

middot 1794-IE8

TIP The best way to create a template is to use an existing template as an example Use one that is similar to what you want to create copy it to a new file and modify it The following are examples of template records

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 153

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Block Transfer Template Records

Description

A template usually contains a description record which consists of the keyword Desc followed by an equal sign and up to 79 characters of text enclosed in quotes

The description text displays in the configuration dialog box for any modules created from the template

Note

A note record which consists of the keyword Note followed by an equal sign and then up to 79 characters of text enclosed in quotes conveys information that a user needs when creating a module from this template

The note text displays in the configuration dialog box for any modules created from the template

ATTENTION Anything after a semicolon on a line is treated as a comment and is ignored

EXAMPLE Desc=1771-IFE - 8 Channel Single Ended

Desc=1771-OFE - Binary Format No BTR

EXAMPLE Note=Always set mapped output data word 0hellip8880 hexadecimal in the ControlLogix

154 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

Block Transfer Lengths

A block transfer has three lengths associated with it

CfgLen

The configuration length rsquoCfgLenrsquo is the length of the additional configuration block transfer write data sent once to the block transfer module to initialize it

BtwLen

The block transfer write length rsquoBtwLenrsquo is the length of the block transfer write sent to the module during normal data update

BtrLen

The block transfer read length rsquoBtrLenrsquo is the length of the block transfer read received from the module during normal data update Default Configuration Data Values

The template usually contains default values for the configuration block transfer write

CfgData

Each value consists of the keyword rsquoCfgDatarsquo an offset enclosed in square brackets an equal sign and the data value

Offset Value

The offset is an offset into the configuration block transfer write and ranges from 0hellip(BtwLen+CfgLen-1)

Data Value

The data value can be expressed in decimal or hexadecimal (leading 0x as shown in the example above)

EXAMPLE CfgData[ 8]=0x0fff

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 155

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

The configuration program uses the default configuration data to select the initial values when you create a block transfer module from the template

Parameters

Parameters let you assign values to the configuration data different from the default values for a specific module created from a standard template

Parameters appear in the configuration dialog for any modules created from the template

Parameter definitions begin with the keyword rsquoParmDescrsquo and end with the keyword rsquoParmEndrsquo

Parameter definitions contain

bull a description to display in the module dialog

bull the location in the dialog box

bull the location in the configuration data

bull a data value

Description

Parameter definitions begin with the keyword rsquoParmDescrsquo which is followed by an equal sign and then up to 39 characters of text to be displayed in the dialog box

Location in Dialog Box

The screen location in terms of row (Row=0-63) and column (Col=0-2) where the parameter displays in the dialog box

Location in the Configuration Data

The location of the parameter in the configuration block transfer is defined in terms of offset data mask and bit shift

The offset is the offset into the configuration block transfer from 0hellip63 It is specified by the keyword rsquoOfsrsquo an equal sign and the offset value

EXAMPLE CfgData[ 4]=0x8000 0-3DataPol 4 6 8 10MinScaPol 5 7 9 11MaxScalPol 15BinFmt

CfgData[ 5] Min Scale ch 1

156 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

The shift is the number of bits The value you enter is shifted left from 0hellip15 It is specified by the keyword rsquoShiftrsquo an equal sign and the shift value

The mask selects bits in the value you enter It is specified by the keywordrsquoMaskrsquo an equal sign and the mask value usually in hexadecimal

The value you enter is logically ANDed with the mask shifted left by the shift value and ORed into the configuration word given by the offset

Data Value

Data values can be defined as a numerical value or from a selection list Numerical values are defined in terms of a format (BcdSgn BcdUns BinSgn or BinSgn) the corresponding data value mask and shift values and minimum and maximum values Selection lists can contain up to 256 selection values The configuration dialog for a module created from the template displays the names of the selection values

EXAMPLE Ofs=8 Mask=0x00ff Shift=2

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 157

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Parameter Examples

Example 1 Numeric Value

Min Scale

ParmDesc=Min Scale Ch 1 Col=0 Row=0 Ofs=5 Mask=Oxffff Shift=0

BinSgn MinVal=-4095 MaxVal=4095

ParmEnd

Example 2 Selection

Channel 1

ParmDesc=Range Select Ch 1Col=0 Row=2 Ofs=0 Mask=0x0003Shift=0

Select= 1 to 5V 4 to 20mA 0

Select= 0 to 5V 0 to 20mA 1

Select=-5 to 5V-20 to 20mA 2

Select=-10 to 10V 0 to 10V 3

ParmEnd

158 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

Aliases

Aliases define the names and descriptions exported from the configuration program and imported into the RSLogix 5000 project They begin with keyword rsquoAliasInprsquo or rsquoAliasOutrsquo an offset enclosed in square brackets a name consisting of up to 15 characters enclosed in quotes and a description consisting of up to 79 characters enclosed in quotes

EXAMPLE AliasInp[ 0]=_DAC_Ch1 Raw Data Channel 1

AliasOut[ 0]=_Ch1 Data - Channel 1

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 159

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Notes

160 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix D

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

This section covers problems that may occur with your 1756-RIO module The following areas are covered

bull 1756-RIO modulersquos alphanumeric display

bull RIO status indicator

bull CLX status indicator

bull OK status indicator

bull Debug log

bull Fatal errors

bull Updating the firmware

Alphanumeric Display The 4-character alphanumeric display shows lsquoRIO Scannerrsquo or lsquoRIO Adapterrsquo followed by the firmware version number and any banner text defined in the module configuration

The display shows the following messages at power-up

If the indicator on the 1756-RIO module does not cycle through these messages on powerup contact Technical Support

Message Description

Bnn Stages in the start-up processes nn is a hexadecimal number

Boot Next stage in power-up sequence

RIO Scanner v xxxxx Module firmware revision

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 161

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

Status Indicators The 1756-RIO module has three status indicators to indicate the state of internal operations The status indicators are labeled RIO CLX and OK

RIO Status Indicator ndash Remote Devices Status

The RIO indicator displays the status of the Remote IO network connection Status varies depending on the mode of the module

Scanner Mode

In order of priority highest first

Module Display and Indicators

Indicator Description

1 Module status display

2 RIO status indicator

3 CLX status indicator

4 OK status indicator

Indicator Status Description

RIO Red A frame-receive error has been received in the last second (CRC error abort or time-out) Indicator stays red for 1 second after the error occurs

One or more racks are in error

Flashing redoff

At least one rack being scanned (not inhibited) is in error One or more racks are inhibited

Yellow Idle no racks are configured

Flashing yellowoff

All configured racks are inhibited

Flashing greenoff

No racks being scanned (not inhibited) are in error but one or more racks are inhibited

Green Successful communication with all configured racks no inhibited racks

RIO CLX OK

44777ADAPTER MOD 1

2 3 4

162 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators Appendix D

Adapter Mode

In order of priority highest first

CLX Status Indicator ndash ControlBus Status

The CLX indicator displays the status of communication with the ControlLogix processor

Indicator Status Description

RIO Red A frame-receive error has been received in the last second (CRC error abort or time-out) Indicator stays red for 1 second after the error occurs

Flashing redoff

One or more racks are not being scanned

Flashing greenoff

Configuration mismatch on one or more racks

Green All racks are being scanned and there are no configuration mismatches

Indicator Status Description

CLX Green The module has successfully processed a request from the ControlBus backplane within the last five seconds All required connections are open

Flashing greenoff

Controlling Connection is open but not all required connections are open

Yellow Idle no requests received from the backplane in the last five seconds No connections empty configuration

Flashing yellowoff

Controlling Connection is not open

Red The module has returned a CIP error to a request from the backplane within the last second All required connections are open

Flashing redoff The module has returned a CIP error within the last second All required connections are not open

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 163

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

OK Status Indicator ndash Module Health

The Debug LogThe firmware on the 1756-RIO module maintains a log of informational and diagnostic messages that can be useful in determining the cause of configuration and network problems

To view the log select MonitorgtDebug Log in the scanner or adapter configuration program within the configuration tool

Fatal ErrorsFatal errors occur when the firmware on the module encounters an unexpected condition The module stops running turns all three status indicators red and displays the fatal error number on the 4-character display The module also records its state at the time the fatal error occurred in a log

To clear the fatal error and capture the fatal error log follow these steps

1 Cycle power on the module The 4-character display should show ldquoFaltalErrorCaputure requiredrdquo

2 From the Tools menu choose 1756-RIO Fatal Error Capture in the scanner or adapter configuration program

3 Store the fatal error log to a file

This also clears the fatal error on the module

Contact Technical Support and provide them with the fatal error log file to help diagnose the cause of the problem

Indicator Status Description

OK Green Indicates that module has passed all power-up diagnostics and is functioning normally

Red Indicates that module startup diagnostics failed or a major module fault such as watchdog time-out or jabber inhibit occurred

IMPORTANT If all three status indicators are solid red and the 4-character display shows Mxx (where xx is the error number) a fatal error has occurred See Fatal Errors Make a note of the error code numbers to give Tech Support if you must call for help

164 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators Appendix D

Watchdog and Jabber Inhibit

A watchdog timer is implemented in the modulersquos hardware If the firmware does not kick the watchdog within the time-out period the watchdog times out and generates a fatal error with error code D1 In scanner mode the module stops scanning In adapter mode all racks stop communication

A jabber inhibit timer is implemented in the modulersquos hardware If the network transmitter is on longer than 150 of the longest network frame time the jabber inhibit forces the transmitter off and generates a fatal error with error code D0

In scanner mode the module stops scanning In adapter mode the module stops communicating on the back plane and Remote IO network

Updating the Firmware

The module firmware updates using the scanner or adapter configuration program To update the firmware in the configuration tool from the Tools menu choose Set 1756-RIO ScannerAdapter Mode Setting the mode loads the latest firmware onto the module

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 165

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

Notes

166 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 167

Appendix E

Quick Start

ControlLogix System Quick Start

Use the following steps to quickly get the module running in a ControlLogix system Detailed information about each step is available in other sections of this manual or in the installation manual You can have only one scanner per RIO network Remove any other scanners on the RIO network before continuing The RIO module ships in scanner mode You can adjust the instructions to fit the mode that matches your needs

1 Install RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

2 Install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

3 Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the 1756-RIO modulersquos add-on profile found on the installation CD shipped with the module or download it from httpsupportrockwellautomationcomcontrolflashLogixProfilerasp

RSLinx software and RSLogix 5000 programming software must be installed before the add-on profile

See page 19

4 Create a project in RSLogix 5000 programming software

5 Add a 1756 controller to your project

See page 23

6 Add a 1756-RIO module to the project by right-clicking on the chassis in the Controller Organizer and selecting New Module

The Select Module dialog box appears

7 Expand the Communications heading and select the 1756-RIO module Click OK

See page 24

8 Select the General tab on the Module Properties dialog box to set the module properties

Appendix E Quick Start

168 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

9 Enter the module name and slot number

See page 24

10 Click the Change button in the Module Definition section Select your desired mode scanner or adapter

The module ships in scanner mode Note the number of inputoutput tags If this number is not the same after you map your data with the configuration tool you will have to return to this screen and change them to match your configuration You can specify independently the number of input and output tags within the range of 1hellip10 Each tag you create will create a block of 248 integers For example a value of 2 will create 2x248 or 498 integers

11 When done click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

See page 25

12 Select the Connection tab on the Module Properties dialog box

13 Set the Requested Packet Interval (RPI)

See page 27

14 Click on the Remote IO tab name the RIO file and click the OK button

15 Choose Yes on the Create dialog box

See page 31

This will close the Module Properties dialog box You will need to double-click on the 1756-RIO module in the controller organizer to re-open the Module Properties dialog box

16 Click on the Configure Remote IO Devices button on the Module Properties dialog box to launch the configuration tool

17 In the configuration tool if needed under the Tools menu select Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode command to match the RIO module functionality to match your application Scanner or Adapter

See pages 33

18 Configure the RIO module to match your application In scanner mode add the desired racks to scan and any block transfer modules In adapter mode configure the desired racks to be emulated or monitored and add any block transfer modules Map all entries either manually or by using the Automap command

See pages 51 and 76

Quick Start Appendix E

19 Download the configuration to the module From the configuration toolrsquos Configure menu choose Download Configuration Set the communication path when prompted

See page 91

20 Save the project

21 Go online in the RSLogix 5000 project and download the configuration to the controller

See page 30

See Chapters 2 and 3 for in-depth information on setting module modes and configuration

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 169

Appendix E Quick Start

Notes

170 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Index

Symbolsrio file 116

Numerics1756-RIO module 124-character display 13 12556RioCfgAdpt 19 6956RioCfgScan 19 33 40 57

Aabsolute addresses 84ActBTR 78ActInp 77active 67active inputs 98 108active rack 46 61 67 108

table 117adapter 11

configuration 115mode 11 15 62 86 87 98 124 165program 19

add-on profile 15 16 19 167alias prefix 85aliases 56 76 84 89analog 46 109

data 72archive

configurations 94template check command 95templates command 94

asynchronous 29auto 64

configuration 65configure 41 62map 62mapping 53

automatic 49automatic block transfers 50Avg Update Time 113 114

Bbackplane 66 125base tag 85baud rate 39 63 115block transfer 64 72 136

data 11 37input 134module 11 70 72module type 74

monitor command 108read 98 109read data 78read-and-write-update rates 50timing 116update 50 66write 78 109

blue 68blue hose 14BT

global update 120global update diagnostics table 121MODULE 72Module 98-module 48Module Parameterization 48Mon 109template file 95

BtMon 97

BT-MODULE 66BTR

Len 110len 75Length 73Map Len 113Mon Len 113

BTWLength 73Map Len 114Max Len 114Min Len 114

btw len 75

Cclear

all mappings 57 80block transfer module data mappings 82diagnostics 124Log 123rack map 58

CLX 14Clx Input 78Clx Input data 77Clx Output 78Clx Output data 77

communication path 62 91configuration

tool 29 54 83tree 67

configure 64adapter mode 61-82

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 171

Index

scanner mode 37-59connections 51control program 87controller organizer 16 167ControlLogix

controller 11controller inputs 78inputs 77 141outputs 77 87

counter 134Cyclic Redundancy Check 119

Ddata

blocks 54offset 54 77

debug log 98 121delete

partial rack 46rack 46 71

DiagMon 97 117 120diagnostic counters 120diagnostics 111 114DiscMon 97 102discrete 37 46

data 11input data 129inputs 99output data 131outputs 90 99 107read structure 129write structure 131

door label 13 14download 44 65 127DTL32DLL 20

Eelectronic keying 26empty configuration 64emulate 15 61 67ending IO group 68 70error bit 129 134export 51 56 76

aliases 84 86scanner configuration 97 115

Ffatal error log 125fatal errors 98 125

firmware 15 121 125 165

Ggeneric module type 67global diagnostic counters 117

Hhardware 125hexadecimal 103 109

IIO

data 76discrete inputs 97discrete outputs 98module 50 72

import 56inhibit 131input tags - output tags 26inputs 37integer 109internal array 87 101

Jjabber inhibit timer 165

Lladder logic 99LED Banner name 39 63lightning bolt 67 68link module configuration 83-95listen 97 101LogMon 97 122

Mmain menu 117manual 49

mode 50 134 136manually map 53map 62mapping configuration 51Max Update Time 113 114Min Update Time 113 114mode 31module

definition 17 168

172 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Index

profiles setup dialog box 21type 73

MonBTR 78MonBTW 78MonInp 77monitor 112

BT module 109diagnostics counters 117discrete inputs 101discrete outputs 104inputs 106mode 11 15 61 100outputs 101

monitored rack 46 61 67 72 115MonOut 77MPSetupexe program 20

Nnetwork

configuration 64traffic 66tree 43 69

Ooctal 102 105 118offset 55 134 136OK 14output table 52 57 76 79outputs 15 37

Ppacket 119partial rack 41 67 120 129PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC 15producedconsumed

data 11 61 67data connections 79input data 69tag 11 51 129

program mode 50 64 99 131protocol 119 120

Qquarter rack 68 129

Rrack

diagnostic counters 117 120

map discretes 53number 102type 70

red 68re-import 56re-map all command 56Remote

IO network 117 165remote

chassis 97IO 67 69IO inputs 61IO network 11 37 73 97IO outputs 61IO scanner 73 77 100IO scanner inputs 77network 16

requested pack interval 11 22resize 45 69 70resize partial rack 70RIO 14

output placeholders 86output placeholders base tag 86

root 69row 120RPI 11RSLinx

communication path 102 109 117 124Gateway 15Professional 15software 15 16 124 167

RSLogix 5000control program 84programming software 15 16 87 167project 22 24 67 76 89 101

RTB connection 13run mode 50 64 65 99

Sscanner 11

configuration file 115log 121mode 15 37 85 99 109 122 131

scanner mode IO map 129-139semi-automatic 49 50shadow 15signed 109signed decimal 103slot 72 121

number 25starting IO group 68 118

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 173

Index

status data 129status indicators 13

Ttemplate 46 72termination 119test mode 99throughput 29timing data 116toolbar 92 117 124tools menu 88tree 72 87

troubleshooting display and status indicators 161-165

Uunassigned IO addresses 76unsigned 109unsigned decimal 103 104update block transfers 99Update Count 113 114upgrade 101upload 92

174 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret AŞ Kar Plaza İş Merkezi E Blok Kat6 34752 İccedilerenkoumly İstanbul Tel +90 (216) 5698400

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 176Supersedes Publication 1756-UM534A-EN-P - April 2009 Copyright copy 2010 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupport you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make thebest use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupport

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation review the information that is contained in this manualYou can contact Customer Support for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Documentation Feedback

Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document complete this form publication RA-DU002 available at httpwwwrockwellautomationcomliterature

United States or Canada 14406463434

Outside United States or Canada

Use the Worldwide Locator at httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupportamericasphone_enhtml or contact your local Rockwell Automation representative

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • 1756-UM534B-EN-P ControlLogix Remote IO Communication Module User Manual
  • Summary of Changes
    • New and Updated Information
      • Table of Contents
      • Preface
        • Introduction
        • Who Should Use This Manual
        • Information Found in This Manual
        • Additional Resources
          • Chapter 1 - The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started
            • Introduction
            • 1756-RIO Module Components
            • 1756-RIO Module Requirements
            • The 1756-RIO Modes
            • Prepare the Module
            • Install the Software
            • Install the Add-on Profile
            • Create the RSLogix 5000 Project
              • Configure the Controller
              • Add the 1756-RIO Module
              • Enter the RPI
                • Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project
                • Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode
                  • Launch the 1756-RIO Configuration Tool
                      • Chapter 2 - Configure Scanner Mode
                        • Introduction
                        • Configure Scanner Summary
                        • Set the Baud Rate
                        • Autoconfigure Racks
                        • Manually Configure Racks
                          • Matching Configuration Tool Settings with Module Settings
                          • Resize a Rack
                          • Delete a Rack
                            • Configure Block Transfer Modules
                            • Map IO Data
                              • Automatic Mapping
                              • Manually Map Discrete (rack) Data
                              • Manually Map Block Transfer Data
                              • Re-Map Command
                              • Clear Mappings
                                  • Chapter 3 - Configure Adapter Mode
                                    • Introduction
                                    • Configure Adapter Summary
                                    • Set the Baud Rate
                                    • Autoconfigure Racks
                                      • Perform the AutoConfiguration
                                      • Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network
                                        • Manually Configure Racks
                                          • Resizing Racks
                                          • Delete Racks
                                            • Configure Block-transfer Modules
                                            • Map IO Data
                                              • Automatic Mapping
                                              • Manually Map Discrete Data
                                              • Re-Map Command
                                              • Clear Mappings
                                                  • Chapter 4 - Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project
                                                    • Introduction
                                                    • Commission Summary
                                                    • Aliases
                                                      • Export Aliases in Scanner Mode
                                                      • Export Aliases in Adapter Mode
                                                      • Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System
                                                        • Manage Configurations
                                                          • Download and Upload Configurations
                                                          • Save Configurations to Disk
                                                          • Archive Configurations
                                                              • Chapter 5 - Monitor Remote IO
                                                                • Introduction
                                                                • Commission Summary
                                                                • Scan Mode and Monitor Mode
                                                                  • Scan Remote IO in Scanner Mode
                                                                  • Monitor Remote IO in Adapter Mode
                                                                    • Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Inputs in Scanner Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Outputs in Scanner Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Inputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Outputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Active Inputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                        • Monitor Block Transfers
                                                                          • Monitor Block Transfers in Scanner Mode
                                                                          • Monitor Block Transfers in Adapter Mode
                                                                            • Export Scanner Configurations
                                                                              • Monitor Mode
                                                                                • Other Diagnostics
                                                                                  • Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Scanner Mode
                                                                                  • Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Adapter Mode
                                                                                  • Module Scanner Log
                                                                                  • Clear Diagnostics
                                                                                  • Fatal Errors
                                                                                      • App A - Scanner Mode IO Map
                                                                                        • Discrete Input Data
                                                                                        • Discrete Output Data
                                                                                        • Block Transfer Input
                                                                                        • Block Transfer Output
                                                                                          • App B - Adapter Mode IO Map
                                                                                            • Discrete Data
                                                                                              • Discrete Input Data
                                                                                              • Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                • Block Transfer Modules
                                                                                                  • Block Transfer Read Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                  • Block Transfer Write Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                      • App C - Block Transfer Module Templates
                                                                                                        • Block Transfer Template Records
                                                                                                        • Block Transfer Lengths
                                                                                                        • Parameters
                                                                                                        • Parameter Examples
                                                                                                        • Aliases
                                                                                                          • App D - Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators
                                                                                                            • Alphanumeric Display
                                                                                                            • Status Indicators
                                                                                                              • RIO Status Indicator ndash Remote Devices Status
                                                                                                              • CLX Status Indicator ndash ControlBus Status
                                                                                                              • OK Status Indicator ndash Module Health
                                                                                                              • The Debug Log
                                                                                                              • Fatal Errors
                                                                                                              • Watchdog and Jabber Inhibit
                                                                                                              • Updating the Firmware
                                                                                                                  • Quick Start
                                                                                                                    • ControlLogix System Quick Start
                                                                                                                      • Index
                                                                                                                        • Symbols
                                                                                                                        • Numerics
                                                                                                                        • A
                                                                                                                        • B
                                                                                                                        • C
                                                                                                                        • D
                                                                                                                        • E
                                                                                                                        • F
                                                                                                                        • G
                                                                                                                        • H
                                                                                                                        • I
                                                                                                                        • J
                                                                                                                        • L
                                                                                                                        • M
                                                                                                                        • N
                                                                                                                        • O
                                                                                                                        • P
                                                                                                                        • Q
                                                                                                                        • R
                                                                                                                        • S
                                                                                                                        • T
                                                                                                                        • U
                                                                                                                          • Back Cover
                                                                                                                            • Introduction_Catagory Types

                                                                                                                              Print Spec Sheet

                                                                                                                              ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles true AutoRotatePages All Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Dot Gain 20) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (US Web Coated 050SWOP051 v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket false DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 1 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo true PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo true PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo false PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Remove UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile () AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 300 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Average ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 200000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 300 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Average GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 200000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Average MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 150000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects false CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName () PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false Description ltlt CHS ltFEFF4f7f75288fd94e9b8bbe5b9a521b5efa7684002000500044004600206587686353ef901a8fc7684c976262535370673a548c002000700072006f006f00660065007200208fdb884c9ad88d2891cf62535370300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c676562535f00521b5efa768400200050004400460020658768633002gt CHT ltFEFF4f7f752890194e9b8a2d7f6e5efa7acb7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065874ef653ef5728684c9762537088686a5f548c002000700072006f006f00660065007200204e0a73725f979ad854c18cea7684521753706548679c300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c4f86958b555f5df25efa7acb76840020005000440046002065874ef63002gt DAN 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 DEU ltFEFF00560065007200770065006e00640065006e0020005300690065002000640069006500730065002000450069006e007300740065006c006c0075006e00670065006e0020007a0075006d002000450072007300740065006c006c0065006e00200076006f006e002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e00740065006e002c00200076006f006e002000640065006e0065006e002000530069006500200068006f00630068007700650072007400690067006500200044007200750063006b006500200061007500660020004400650073006b0074006f0070002d0044007200750063006b00650072006e00200075006e0064002000500072006f006f0066002d00470065007200e400740065006e002000650072007a0065007500670065006e0020006d00f60063006800740065006e002e002000450072007300740065006c006c007400650020005000440046002d0044006f006b0075006d0065006e007400650020006b00f6006e006e0065006e0020006d006900740020004100630072006f00620061007400200075006e0064002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f0064006500720020006800f600680065007200200067006500f600660066006e00650074002000770065007200640065006e002egt ESP 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 FRA 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 ITA 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 JPN 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 KOR ltFEFFc7740020c124c815c7440020c0acc6a9d558c5ec0020b370c2a4d06cd0d10020d504b9b0d1300020bc0f0020ad50c815ae30c5d0c11c0020ace0d488c9c8b85c0020c778c1c4d560002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020bb38c11cb97c0020c791c131d569b2c8b2e4002e0020c774b807ac8c0020c791c131b41c00200050004400460020bb38c11cb2940020004100630072006f0062006100740020bc0f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020c774c0c1c5d0c11c0020c5f40020c2180020c788c2b5b2c8b2e4002egt NLD (Gebruik deze instellingen om Adobe PDF-documenten te maken voor kwaliteitsafdrukken op desktopprinters en proofers De gemaakte PDF-documenten kunnen worden geopend met Acrobat en Adobe Reader 50 en hoger) NOR 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 PTB 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 SUO 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 SVE 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 ENU (Use these settings to create Adobe PDF documents for quality printing on desktop printers and proofers Created PDF documents can be opened with Acrobat and Adobe Reader 50 and later) gtgt Namespace [ (Adobe) (Common) (10) ] OtherNamespaces [ ltlt AsReaderSpreads false CropImagesToFrames true ErrorControl WarnAndContinue FlattenerIgnoreSpreadOverrides false IncludeGuidesGrids false IncludeNonPrinting false IncludeSlug false Namespace [ (Adobe) (InDesign) (40) ] OmitPlacedBitmaps false OmitPlacedEPS false OmitPlacedPDF false SimulateOverprint Legacy gtgt ltlt AddBleedMarks false AddColorBars false AddCropMarks false AddPageInfo false AddRegMarks false ConvertColors NoConversion DestinationProfileName () DestinationProfileSelector NA Downsample16BitImages true FlattenerPreset ltlt PresetSelector MediumResolution gtgt FormElements false GenerateStructure true IncludeBookmarks false IncludeHyperlinks false IncludeInteractive false IncludeLayers false IncludeProfiles true MultimediaHandling UseObjectSettings Namespace [ (Adobe) (CreativeSuite) (20) ] PDFXOutputIntentProfileSelector NA PreserveEditing true UntaggedCMYKHandling LeaveUntagged UntaggedRGBHandling LeaveUntagged UseDocumentBleed false gtgt ]gtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2400 2400] PageSize [612000 792000]gtgt setpagedevice

                                                                                                                              JIT Printing Specifications RA-QR005F-EN-P - 8072009
                                                                                                                              Printing Specification YOUR DATA HERE Instructions NO
                                                                                                                              (required) Category D6 Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab 11rdquo x 17rdquo LOOSE -Loose Leaf YES Pre-sale Marketing TOP
                                                                                                                              (required) Finished Trim Size Width 85rdquo x 11rdquo 85rdquo x 11rdquo PERFECT - Perfect Bound A1 LEFT
                                                                                                                              (required) Publication Number 1756-UM534B-EN-P Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P 3rdquo x 5rdquo SADDLE - Saddle Stitch A2 RIGHT CORNER
                                                                                                                              Use Legacy Number YES or NO 18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound) A4 BOTTOM SIDE
                                                                                                                              Legacy Number if applicable Sample Legacy Number 0160-533 24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster STAPLED1 -1 position A3
                                                                                                                              Publication Title ControlLogix Remote IO Communication Module Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief 36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position A5
                                                                                                                              (required) Business Group Marketing Commercial As entered in DocMan 4rdquo x 6rdquo STAPLED2 - 2 positions A6
                                                                                                                              (required) Cost Center 19010 As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021 CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105 475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size) THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound) A7
                                                                                                                              BindingStitching PERFECT - Perfect Bound Review key on right Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise) 475rdquo x 775rdquo THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline) A8
                                                                                                                              (required) Page Count of Publication 172 Total page count including cover 55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size) Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline) A9
                                                                                                                              Paper Stock Color white White is assumed For color options contact your vendor 6rdquo x 4rdquo Post Sale Technical Communication
                                                                                                                              Number of Tabs Needed 5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley 7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std) B1
                                                                                                                              Stitching Location SIDE Blank Corner or Side 825rdquo x 10875rdquo B2
                                                                                                                              Drill Hole YESNO YES All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border 825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std) B3 None
                                                                                                                              Glue Location on Pad Glue location on pads 8375rdquo x 10875 B4 Half
                                                                                                                              Number of Pages per Pad Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max 9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder) B5 C
                                                                                                                              Ink Color Black One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm) Catalogs DbleParll
                                                                                                                              Used in Manufacturing No A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm) C1 Offset Z
                                                                                                                              Fold Sample
                                                                                                                              Comments C2 Short
                                                                                                                              Part Number NA JIT POD V
                                                                                                                              D1 Z
                                                                                                                              D2 Microfold
                                                                                                                              D3
                                                                                                                              D4
                                                                                                                              D5
                                                                                                                              D6
                                                                                                                              D7
                                                                                                                              D8
                                                                                                                              D9
                                                                                                                              This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
                                                                                                                              Publication Type and Print Category
                                                                                                                              Publication Type Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below) JIT Spec (See table below) Description Order Min Order Max Life Cycle Usage Release Option
                                                                                                                              AD NA - Puttman NA Advertisement Reprint Colour NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              AP A3 D2 Application Solution or Customer Success Story 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              AR NA NA ArticleEditorialByline NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              (press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
                                                                                                                              AT B3 B4 D5 Application techniques 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              BR A2 Primary A1 NA Brochures 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CA C2 Primary C1 NA Catalogue 1 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CG NA NA Catalogue Guide 1 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CL NA NA Collection 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CO A5 A6 A9 D5 Company Confidential Information NA NA NA Confidential
                                                                                                                              CP E-only E-only D5 Competitive Information 5 50 NA Confidential
                                                                                                                              DC E-only E-only Discount Schedules NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DI A1 A3 NA Direct Mail 5 100 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DM NA NA Product Demo 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DS B3 D5 Dimensions Sheet 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              DU B3 D5 Document Update 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              GR B2 D6 Getting Results 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              IN B3 Primary B2 D5 D6 Installation instructions 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              LM NA NA Launch Materials 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              PC B3 D5 Packaging Contents
                                                                                                                              PL E-only primary B3 E-only Price List 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              PM B2 D6 Programming Manual 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              PP A3 D1 Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              QR B2 primary B3 B5 D5 D6 Quick Reference 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              QS B2 primary B3 B5 D5 D6 Quick Start 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              RM B2 D5 D6 Reference Manual 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              RN B3 D5 Release Notes 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              SG B1 Primary B4 D5 D6 Selection Guide Colour 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              SG B2 D5 D6 Selection Guide BW 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              SP A1 A2 A3 A4 NA Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type 5 100 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              SR B2 B3 D5 D6 Specification Rating Sheet 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              TD B2 Primary B3 B4 B5 D5 D6 Technical Data 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              TG B2 B3 D6 Troubleshooting Guide 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              UM B2 Primary B4 D6 User Manual BW 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              WD B3 D5 Wiring Diagrams Dwgs 1 5 Post Internal
                                                                                                                              WP B3 Primary B5 D5 White Paper 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
                                                                                                                              Publication length Minimum Order Quantity
                                                                                                                              77 or more pages 1 (no shrink wrap required)
                                                                                                                              33 to 76 pages 25
                                                                                                                              3 to 32 pages 50
                                                                                                                              1 or 2 pages 100
                                                                                                                              Pre-sale Marketing All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              A1 4 color 170 gsm 2pp 100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A2 4 color 170 gsm folded 4pp 100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A3 4 color Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A4 2 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A5 2 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
                                                                                                                              A6 1 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
                                                                                                                              A7 4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide Category being deleted 10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              A8 4 color cover Category being deleted 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              2 color text
                                                                                                                              Selection Guide
                                                                                                                              A9 2 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              Selection Guide
                                                                                                                              Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
                                                                                                                              Post Sale Technical Communication
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              B1 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              2 color text 50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B2 1 color 160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond 90 Cover50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B3 1 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              B4 2 color 160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond 90 Cover50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B5 2 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              Catalogs
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              C1 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              4 color text 45 Coated Sheet
                                                                                                                              C2 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              2 color text 32-33 Coated Sheet
                                                                                                                              JIT POD All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              D1 4 color 170gsm white silk 80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
                                                                                                                              D2 4 color 120gsm white silk 80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
                                                                                                                              D3 4 color Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
                                                                                                                              D4 1 color 160gsm tab 90 index
                                                                                                                              D5 1 color 80gsm bond 20 bond self cover
                                                                                                                              D6 1 color Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              D7 2 color 160gsm tab 90 index
                                                                                                                              D8 2 color 80gsm bond 20 bond self cover
                                                                                                                              D9 2 color Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              D10 Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories

Table of Contents

Clear Diagnostics 124Fatal Errors 125

Appendix AScanner Mode IO Map Discrete Input Data 129

Discrete Output Data 131Block Transfer Input 134Block Transfer Output 136

Appendix BAdapter Mode IO Map Discrete Data 141

Discrete Input Data 141Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks 144

Block Transfer Modules 148Block Transfer Read Data on Monitored or Active Racks 148Block Transfer Write Data on Monitored or Active Racks 150

Appendix CBlock Transfer Module Templates Block Transfer Template Records 154

Block Transfer Lengths 155Parameters 156Parameter Examples 158Aliases 159

Appendix DTroubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

Alphanumeric Display 161Status Indicators 162

RIO Status Indicator ndash Remote Devices Status 162CLX Status Indicator ndash ControlBus Status 163OK Status Indicator ndash Module Health 164The Debug Log 164Fatal Errors 164Watchdog and Jabber Inhibit 165Updating the Firmware 165

Appendix EQuick Start ControlLogix System Quick Start 167

Index

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 7

Table of Contents

Notes

8 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Preface

Introduction This manual describes how to configure and troubleshoot your Logix Remote IO (RIO) Communication Module

The 1756-RIO module

bull runs in a ControlLogix environment

bull allows upgrade from PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC systems to a ControlLogix system with a minimum of downtime and startup time

bull uses integer data

bull does not require MSG instructions All data is scheduled

bull offloads block transfer execution to reduce processing burden on the processor

This publication explains how and why you would use a 1756-RIO module The module is used in two modes scanner and adapter mode

In scanner mode the 1756-RIO module enables communication and data transfer between a ControlLogix controller and devices on a Remote IO network The module continuously scans adapters on the remote network The module transfers discrete and block transfer data

In adapter mode the module performs two functions simultaneously First it emulates one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner Second it monitors other remote IO racks on the same Remote IO network

It can be used to upgrade an existing PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system

The advantages of using the 1756-RIO module to upgrade your system include

bull allowing the user to leave the existing Remote IO network in place alleviating the time andor expense of replacing the IO and field wiring or the process of testing out field wiring

bull allowing the new application to be tested before you switch over so that it works just like the old one

bull allowing you to switch back to the old application in minutes should you run into problems

For installation information see the Remote IO (RIO) Module Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN610

9Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 9

Preface

Who Should Use This Manual

We assume you understand remote IO (RIO) modules and the host controller system (ControlLogix)

This manual is intended for individuals who use DHRIO PLC-5 PLC-3 SLC or ControlLogix systems such as

bull software engineers

bull control engineers

bull application engineers

bull instrumentation technicians

Information Found in This Manual

This manual is broken into five parts

bull General module information and features - Chapter 1 and Appendix D

bull Scanner mode functionality - Chapter 2 and Appendices A and C

bull Adapter mode functionality - Chapter 3 and Appendices B and C

bull Linking module configuration with an RSLogix 5000 project - Chapter 4 Monitoring remote IO - Chapter 5

Additional Resources These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

Remote IO (RIO) Module Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN610

Provides details on how to install the 1756-RIO module

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

10 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

11Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 11

Chapter 1

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Introduction This document is a userrsquos guide for the 1756-RIO module The module lets Rockwell Automation ControlLogix controllers communicate with remote IO over the backplane or over a remote network This chapter describes the ControlLogix 1756-RIO module and how it links a ControlLogix controller to the Universal Remote IO network

This chapter also describes the modulersquos physical features software requirements software and add-on profile installation instructions and RSLogix 5000 project setup

The 1756-RIO module

supports native RIO 16-bit words for data control and status bits

acts as a scanner on a Remote IO network

acts as an adapter that exchanges data on a Remote IO network

supports discrete data and block transfer data in either mode

supports up to 10 producedconsumed data connections (along the backplane between the ControlLogix controller and the 1756-RIO module) with 248 words of integer input and 248 words of integer output for each connection

uses producedconsumed connections using a 1756-RIO add-on profile in RSLogix 5000 programming software

supports requested packet intervals (RPIs) from 2hellip750 ms All connections use one set RPI

maps all discrete and block transfer data into producedconsumed connections

monitors existing IO in adapter mode (Monitor mode) It can report all existing inputs and outputs discrete and block transfer module data to the ControlLogix controller

Topic Page

1756-RIO Module Components 13

1756-RIO Module Requirements 15

Prepare the Module 16

Install the Software 19

Install the Add-on Profile 19

Create the RSLogix 5000 Project 22

Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode 30

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

12 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The following modules are supported by the 1756-RIO module

Supported Modules

See Appendix C for additional information

IO Family Cat No

1746 SLC 1746-N14

1746-N18

1746-N04V

1746-NT4

1771 PLC-5 1771-DE 1771-NIV

1771-IFE-16CH (in single-ended 16 Channel configuration)

1771-NOC-noBTR

1771-IFE-8CH (in differential 8 Channel configuration)

1771-NOC

1771-IL-Alarms 1771-NOV-noBTR

1771-IL 1771-NOV

1771-IR 1771-NR

1771-IXE 1771-OFE-diag

1771-NIV-Alarms 1771-OFE

1794 FLEX 1794-IE4XOE2 1794-OE4

1794-IE8

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

1756-RIO Module Components

The 1756-RIO module components include a 4-character display status indicators an RTB connection and an inside-door label

1756-RIOB Module

1756-RIOA Module

RIO CLX OK

1

2

44777

1

2

3

4

43161

Note that the 3-pin connector has been changed

1

2

RIO CLX OK

43161A44777A

1

2

3

4

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 13

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Item Description

1 4-character scrolling display

2 Three status indicators

RIO indicates the status of the network

CLX indicates the status of the connection to the controller

OK indicates the modulersquos own internal state

3 3-pin connector (blue hose) that connects to the remote devices

This is also known as the removable terminal block (RTB)

4 Inside-door label with error codes

14 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

1756-RIO Module Requirements

The requirements for the module to operate include the installation of

RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

the 1756-RIO module add-on profile from the CD provided with the module

the 1756-RIO module installed in a 1756-ControlLogix chassis

The 1756-RIO Modes The 1756-RIO module can be used in various capacities depending on the userrsquos needs First decide which mode you want the 1756-RIO module to use

In most cases the module is used in scanner mode to scan and control remote IO data on a network

In adapter mode the 1756-RIO module can perform two functions simultaneously First the module can emulate one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner (for example a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC) It can exchange data with the scanner as discrete data or via block transfers

Second the 1756-RIO module can act as a lsquoshadowrsquo referred to as Monitor mode to monitor racks on a remote network The module listens to the remote IO and provides all inputs and outputs from the existing scanner to the ControlLogix controller Users can then run their converted logic against those inputs generate temporary outputs and compare the existing outputs with outputs generated by the new logic

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 15

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Prepare the Module The following list summarizes the initial steps needed to prepare the 1756-RIO module before setting up the remote network These steps will be discussed in detail in this chapter

You can have only one scanner per RIO network Remove any other scanners on the RIO network before continuing The RIO module ships in scanner mode You can adjust the instructions to fit the mode that matches your needs

1 Install RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

2 Install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

3 Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the 1756-RIO modulersquos add-on profile found on the installation CD shipped with the module or download it from httpsupportrockwellautomationcomcontrolflashLogixProfilerasp

RSLinx software and RSLogix 5000 programming software must be installed before the add-on profile

See page 19

4 Create a project in RSLogix 5000 programming software

5 Add a 1756 controller to your project

See page 23

6 Add a 1756-RIO module to the project by right-clicking on the chassis in the Controller Organizer and selecting New Module

The Select Module dialog box appears

7 Expand the Communications heading and select the 1756-RIO module Click OK

See page 24

8 Select the General tab on the Module Properties dialog box to set the module properties

16 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

9 Enter the module name and slot number

See page 24

10 Click the Change button in the Module Definition section Select your desired mode scanner or adapter

The module ships in scanner mode Note the number of inputoutput tags If this number is not the same after you map your data with the configuration tool you will have to return to this screen and change them to match your configuration You can specify independently the number of input and output tags within the range of 1hellip10 Each tag you create will create a block of 248 integers For example a value of 2 will create 2x248 or 498 integers

11 When done click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

See page 25

12 Select the Connection tab on the Module Properties dialog box

13 Set the Requested Packet Interval (RPI)

See page 27

14 Click on the Remote IO tab name the RIO file and click the OK button

15 Choose Yes on the Create dialog box

See page 31

This will close the Module Properties dialog box You will need to double-click on the 1756-RIO module in the controller organizer to re-open the Module Properties dialog box

16 Click on the Configure Remote IO Devices button on the Module Properties dialog box to launch the configuration tool

17 In the configuration tool if needed under the Tools menu select Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode menu to match the RIO module functionality to match your application Scanner or Adapter

See pages 33

18 Configure the RIO module to match your application In scanner mode add the desired racks to scan and any block transfer modules In adapter mode configure the desired racks to be emulated or monitored and add any block transfer modules Map all entries either manually or by using the Automap command

See pages 51 and 76

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 17

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

19 Download the configuration to the module From the configuration toolrsquos Configure menu select Download Configuration Set the communication path when prompted

See page 91

20 Save the project

21 Go online in the RSLogix 5000 project and download the configuration to the controller

See page 30

See Chapters 2 and 3 for in-depth information on setting module modes and configuration

18 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Install the Software Begin by installing the RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation on your computer You must use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

Then install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the Add-on Profile Installing the add-on profile also installs the software configuration tool The add-on profile and the configuration tool (56RioCfg) are on the CD that ships with your module

Once loaded onto your computer the configuration tool is accessible within the RSLogix 5000 add-on profile The configuration tool contains two separate programs one for scanner mode 56RioCfgScan and one for adapter mode 56RioCfgAdpt The program that launches depends on which mode you select

With the configuration tool you can

bull change modes

bull set the baud rate

bull autoconfigure racks from an attached Remote IO network

bull manually add and configure racks

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map IO data to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed connections

bull save and load configuration files

bull download and upload configurations

bull archive projects

bull monitor diagnostics rack status discrete data and block transfers

IMPORTANT The 1756-RIO module requires RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later The add-on profile does not work with previous versions of RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 19

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

To install the add-on profile along with the configuration tool follow these steps

1 Make sure any instances of RSLogix 5000 programming software is shut down before beginning

2 Insert the CD that was shipped with your module into your computer

3 Open the folder 1756-RIO Configuration Tool Setup Run the MPSetupexe program

The RSLogix 5000 Module Profiles Setup Wizard launches

4 Follow the prompts to complete the installation Click Next Accept the License Agreement install the profile and begin

ATTENTION If you get a message about DTL32DLL when installing or running the programs on the configuration CD it indicates problems with the RSLinx software installation Confirm that you have the correct version of RSLinx software RSLinx Lite software cannot be used

20 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

5 On the Module Profiles Setup dialog box click Install to configure RSLogix 5000 Module Profiles

6 Click Next

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 21

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

7 Click Finish

Create the RSLogix 5000 Project

Once the add-on profile is installed you are ready to create the RSLogix 5000 project In this section you will

start a new project

configure the controller in the project

add the 1756-RIO module to the project

enter the requested pack interval (RPI)

22 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Configure the Controller

1 Launch RSLogix 5000 programming software if it is not opened

2 In the RSLogix 5000 programming software Controller Organizer from the File menu choose New

3 On the New Controller dialog box select a 1756 controller the Revision number Name Chassis Type and Slot number The 1756-RIO module can only be used in RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later

4 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 23

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Add the 1756-RIO Module

1 On the Controller Organizer right-click on the IO Configuration folder and select New Module from the pull-down menu

2 On the Select Module dialog box expand the Communications tab and select the 1756-RIO module

3 Click OK

The 1756-RIO Module Properties dialog box displays

IMPORTANT You must be offline to add the module to the IO configuration in the RSLogix 5000 project

24 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

On the Module Properties dialog box from the General tab you can assign the module name description slot number and module definition

The Module Definition dialog box displays

4 Click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

5 Click Yes to accept any changes

6 Click OK again on the bottom of the General tab

Item Description

Name Choose a name that easily identifies the module

Description The Description field is optional

Slot The Slot field must match the slot number of the 1756-RIO modulersquos location in the chassis

Module Definition-Change hellip button

Click on the Change hellip button to change the Series Revision Electronic Keying Mode (scanner or adapter) or Number of Input or Output Tags The Module Definition dialog box displays

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 25

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

26 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Module Definition Dialog Box

Item Description

Series Module series letter

Revision Firmware revision number

Electronic Keying Exact Match requires all keying attributes of the physical module and the module created in the software to match precisely to establish communication

Compatible Module the module determines whether to accept or reject communication Compatible Keying allows the physical module to accept the key of the module configured in the software provided that the configured module is one the physical module is capable of emulating This is the default setting

Disabled Keying indicates the keying attributes are not considered when attempting to communicate with a module Be extremely cautious when using this option if used incorrectly this option can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss

Mode - Scanner or Adapter

The module ships in scanner mode (The 4-character display on the front of the module also indicates which mode is set) If you want to change the mode setting you must first select the desired mode in the add-on profile on the Module Definition dialog box from the pull-down menu so that the correct configuration tool starts Then on the Remote IO tab you must click on the Configure Remote IO devices button (the configuration tool) and select the Tools menugtSet 1756-RIO ModuleScanner mode to download the correct firmware

Be aware that changing the module mode downloads firmware specific to the mode chosen This mode setting must match between the RSLogix 5000 programming software project and the configuration tool but keep in mind that the correct firmware must also be downloaded

Input Tags - Output Tags

Up to 10 input and output tags can be selected Each tag is 248 words The number of inputoutput tags entered in the add-on profilersquos Module Properties has to be equal or greater than the number of tags in the configuration tool

The number of tags in the configuration tool are determined by the mappings you create The more tags you have the more backplane traffic is generated Itrsquos best to keep the number of tags low which is what the automatic mapping command does by mapping the data and packing it into the lowest number of tags

For example a single rack with discrete data that has the inputsoutputs mapped to block 9 requires the inputoutput tags to be 10 So in the Module PropertiesgtGeneral tabgtModule DefinitiongtChange button select 10 for the number of input and output tags

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Enter the RPI

To set the RPI follow these steps

1 On the controller organizer double-click on the RIO module

2 On the Module Properties dialog box from the Connection tab set the RPI for the module

IMPORTANT If you are using the 1756-RIO module in a remote rack for example a rack connected to the controlling ControlLogix controller over ControlNet or EthernetIP it may be necessary to increase the RPI as the intermediate network may not have sufficient bandwidth to support faster updates (small RPIs) The likelihood of having bandwidth issues is increased as you increase the number of 248-word input and output tags

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 27

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

28 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Remote IO Update Time

The remote update time is the time it takes the Remote IO scanner to scan all of the adapters in its IO scan list

The scan rate is the approximate time it takes to scan a 16-slot logical chassis without block transfers The number and sizes of block transfers can significantly affect this time

So for example if you have eight adapters on your network and your baud rate is 2304 K your approximate remote IO update time would be 8 ( of adapters) 3 ms (scan rate) or 24 ms

RPI

The Requested Packet Interval (RPI) specifies the rate at which the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller exchange data to and from each other The allowable RPIrsquos range is from 2hellip750 ms with a default of 20 ms When the specified time frame elapses the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller produce data for each other All 1756-RIO input and output tags update with the same RPI

Select an RPI for your application For most applications a good rule of thumb would be to set the RPI equal to one half of the remote IO scan time

Baud Rate Scan Rate

2304 K 3 ms

1152 K 5 ms

576 K 8 ms

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Throughput

When using the 1756-RIO module your system throughput is based on the following key factors

Number and sizes of adapters

Number and sizes of block transfer modules

Overall remote IO update time

RPI

Any network cards involved

Controller scan time

The asynchronous nature of the RPI and the remote IO scan

Since the RIO scan is asynchronous to the RPI the worst case or maximum update time to get information from the 1756-RIO into the controller is the RPI plus two times the remote IO update rate

You can use the diagnostic functions of the 1756-RIO configuration toolrsquos utilities to measure the average minimum and maximum update times on the Remote IO network

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 29

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project

Follow these steps to set the communication path and download to the controller

1 On the main menu from the Communications menu select Who Active

2 Browse to the controller

3 Click the Set Project Path button

4 Click Download

Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode

Once the desired module mode is set in the RSLogix 5000 module properties you must select the mode in the configuration tool to download the correct firmware You must first launch the configuration tool and then verify the mode setting matches in the Module Properties and in the configuration tool The correct firmware must be downloaded for the module to run correctly

ATTENTION If your desired mode is scanner mode you do nothing at this point as the module ships in scanner mode

IMPORTANT The controller must be in Program Mode to continue with the firmware update

30 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 31

Launch the 1756-RIO Configuration Tool

Follow these steps to launch the configuration tool and to set the mode in the configuration tool

1 On the Module Properties dialog box click the Remote IO tab

2 On the Remote IO tab window in the RIO File (rio) field type a file name or use the Browse button

The file name can include a path If the file or directory does not exist it is created

3 Click OK

The following dialog box appears

The Configure Remote IO Devices button is not active

ATTENTION When you create a file the default location is the project directory If you enter a path or file that does not exist it is created The file is not created until you run the configuration tool You can use the browse button to select a location If you change the path you must click Apply before you can use the Configure Remote IO Devices button

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

4 Click Yes The Module Properties dialog box closes

5 On the controller organizer double-click on the 1756-RIO module to re-open the Module Properties dialog box Select the Remote IO tab

Notice that the Configure Remote IO Devices button is now active

6 Click the Configure Remote IO Devices button to launch the configuration tool

The 56RioCfgScan dialog box displays You are now in the configuration tool software for scanner mode You can change operating modes and configure a Remote IO network

The Configure Remote IO Devices button is now active

TIP If you want to change operating modes you should do this before configuring the modulersquos settings When you change the operating mode you are downloading the latest firmware to the module The firmware is specific to the mode you choose scanner or adapter

IMPORTANT Notice that because lsquoScannerrsquo mode was set in the RSLogix 5000 programming software on the General Tab of the RIO Module Properties dialog box the scanner program within the configuration tool (56RioCfgScan) starts and displays at the top of the profilersquos dialog box

32 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

7 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the Tools menu choose Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode

8 On the RSLinx Path Selection dialog box click the Autobrowse box to browse the path to the 1756-RIO module to set the communication path and click OK

The configuration tool then displays the current mode in the 56RioSetMode dialog box and lets you select the mode you want to use

The 56RioCfgScan program title displays at the top of the configuration toolrsquos dialog box indicating that scanner mode was chosen in the modulersquos properties in the RSLogix 5000 add-on profile and that you are running the scanner configuration toolrsquos firmware

IMPORTANT Remember specific firmware downloads depending on mode selection Also you are prompted to reset the communication path when changing from one mode to another

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 33

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

In the 56RioSetMode dialog box select the mode from the New Mode pull-down menu and click OK to download the new firmware

A status window displays showing the progress of the mode change

The 1756-RIO SetMode Confirmation dialog box displays the version of the firmware it is about to download Check carefully that this firmware version is correct

IMPORTANT Steps 9 and 10 change the configuration of the RIO module between adapter and scanner mode If your module is configured for the desired mode these steps are not necessary

IMPORTANT Changing the 1756-RIO module mode or updating firmware clears the remote IO configuration stored on the 1756-RIO module

34 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

9 Click OK to download the firmware

Once you click OK the words lsquoFirmware Updatersquo scroll across the front of the 1756-RIO modulersquos 4-character display indicating that the firmware change is taking place

The tool downloads the firmware and displays the progress of the download When the download is complete the tool displays the result of the download The 1756-RIO SetMode Completed Successfully dialog box appears

10 Click OK

The front of the 1756-RIO modulersquos character display should now indicate the new firmware mode

If the download fails the tool displays an error message

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 35

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

36 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

37Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 37

Chapter 2

Configure Scanner Mode

Introduction Once the 56RioCfg configuration tool launches you can configure a Remote IO network using the RIO module as a scanner or an adapter This chapter describes how to configure the module for use in scanner mode

In scanner mode the ControlLogix controller writes remote IO outputs and reads remote IO inputs The 1756-RIO module enables communication between the controller and devices on a Remote IO network The scanner continuously scans the adapters on the Remote IO network

Two types of data are transferred over the Remote IO network - discrete and block transfer data Discrete data transfers consist of the scanner sending output data and communication commands to the adapter which instruct the adapter about how to control its output The adapter responds by sending input data to the scanner

The remote IO block transfer module is a data transfer mechanism that lets you control the transfer of up to 64 words of data to or from a remote device The 1756-RIO module allows the user to offload block transfer execution from the controller The data appears in the data table of the ControlLogix controller without having to execute the logic in the controller to perform the block transfer A Block Transfer Read (BTR) receives data from a remote device A Block Transfer Write (BTW) sends data to a remote device

In this chapter you use the configuration tool to configure the module in scanner mode to prepare it for use on the Remote IO network You will

bull configure the racks automatically or manually

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map the remote IO modules to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data

Topic Page

Configure Scanner Summary 38

Set the Baud Rate 39

Autoconfigure Racks 40

Manually Configure Racks 43

Configure Block Transfer Modules 46

Map IO Data 51

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Configure Scanner Summary

The following list summarizes the steps to configure the 1756-RIO module in scanner mode

1 Set the baud rate

2 Autoconfigure online racks on the network (Make sure the controller is set to Program Mode)

3 Set the communication path

4 Manually add any additional racks that are not online

5 Manually add and configure block transfer modules

6 MapAutomap the data

1756

Con

trol

ler

Rem

ote

IO M

odul

e

Sc

anne

r Mod

e

1771

-ASB

Rem

ote

IO A

dapt

er

1771 IO IO IO

1747

-ASB

Rem

ote

IO A

dapt

er

1746 IO IO IO

1771 IO

1746 IO

Uni

vers

al R

emot

e IO

Net

wor

k

Scanner Mode

44803

38 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Set the Baud Rate After setting the operating mode for the 1756-RIO module you must set the baud rate

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the controller on the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties

The 1756-RIO Properties dialog box displays

2 Select the baud rate

3 You can also optionally enter an LED Banner name

This is a unique name you assign to identify the module This is useful when you have multiple RIO modules on your network The LED Banner displays on the 4-character display on the 1756-RIO module It can be from 0hellip15 characters long

4 Click OK

You must perform a download to reconfigure the module

Value Baud Rate Kbps

57 k - scanner mode default 576

115 k 1152

230 k 2304

TIP If you perform an autoconfiguration the 1756-RIO module automatically detects the baud rate by sending packets to an attached remote IO network

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 39

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

5 On the main menu from the Configure menu choose Download or click the Download Config to Module button on the toolbar

Autoconfigure Racks You can autoconfigure racks attached to the network or add additional racks manually The Autoconfigure command scans the Remote IO network to determine which racks are present

The module automatically detects the network baud rate and configures the racks on the attached Remote IO network

The 56RioCfgScan tool sends messages to all possible racks detects all possible baud rates and from the replies determines which racks are on the network

Main Menu

Toolbar

40 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 41

The icons on the 56RioCfgScan tool show the partial rack sizes and locations Racks are shown with starting and ending IO groups For example the following tree shows rack 0 consisting of 4 quarter racks

Block transfer modules must be added and configured manually

When the module is in scanner mode the 1756-RIO module performs the following actions during autoconfigure The module

bull detects the network baud rate by sending messages at each baud rate looking for responses

bull then sends messages to all possible racks on the network

bull builds a network configuration from the observed network responses

bull displays the network configuration

Partial Rack (14 rack)

Rack 0

IMPORTANT The controller with the connection to the 1756-RIO module must be in program mode when you perform an autoconfiguration The following error message displays if the controller is not in program mode

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

To perform an autoconfigure in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the main menu from the Configure menu select Autoconfigure or click the Autoconfigure button on the toolbar

Any configuration previously stored in the 1756-RIO module is overwritten by the data from the autoconfiguration You are given the option to save the previous configuration before it proceeds with the autoconfiguration

Autoconfiguration detects just the rack structure it cannot locate block transfer modules You have to manually add block transfer modules to the rack

TIP There is no specific rsquoautorsquo baud rate when the module is in scanner mode When using autoconfigure the 1756-RIO module tries all three baud rates and sets the baud rate based on the responses to the messages it sends You need to make sure that all devices on the network are set at the same baud rate

TIP After performing an Autoconfigure what displays by the 56RioCfgScan tool matches what is in the 1756-RIO module No download is necessary The Autoconfigure also automatically maps the discrete rack data to tags in the ControlLogix processor

Main Menu

Toolbar

42 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Manually Configure Racks To add a rack manually to the remote IO configuration follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the root of the IO tree which represents the remote IO scanner and select Add Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 On the AddResize Rack dialog box select the Rack number (in octal) the Start Group and the End Group

3 Click OK

Item Field Description Range

1 Rack 0hellip76 octal available

2 Start Grp (IO) 0246

A logical rack consists of eight IO groups numbered 0hellip7 The smallest unit allowed on a network is a quarter rack so the starting IO groups are 0246

3 End Grp (IO) 1357

Ending IO groups

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 43

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Matching Configuration Tool Settings with Module Settings

After manually adding a rack a download is necessary

To download to the module from the Configure menu select Download Configuration or from the toolbar click the Download Config to Module button

Manually adding racks also requires the discrete data to be mapped to tags in the ControlLogix controller before allowing a download The data can be mapped automatically or manually

See Map IO Data on page 51

Main Menu

Toolbar

44 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Resize a Rack

To resize a configured rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Resize Partial Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 Select Start Group and End Group

3 Click OK

If resizing the rack results in an overlap with an existing rack the resize fails and displays an error message

If resizing the rack results in deleting block transfer modules you are given the option of cancelling the resize or proceeding and deleting the block transfer modules

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 45

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Delete a Rack

To delete a rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Delete Rack(s)

2 To delete a partial rack expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the partial rack and choose Delete Partial Rack

Configure Block Transfer Modules

All block transfer modules represent some type of analog data Block transfer modules transfer a block (64 words maximum) of analog-type data at a rate configured by the user The 1756-RIO module lets the user offload block transfer execution from the controller to the 1756-RIO module

If a slot is occupied by a discrete IO module or is empty select lsquoDiscretersquo which is the default If a specific block transfer module occupies the slot select the part number of that block transfer module

Not all block transfer modules are supported directly by the 1756-RIO module If the module you are using does not appear in the list set the module type to BT-MODULE and set the lengths to the appropriate values In some cases there are multiple templates for a given block transfer module to show that the module can be used in significantly different ways

See Appendix D for additional information on block transfer templates

46 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

All block transfer data is mapped into one of the possible 10 producedconsumed connections on the controller Each producedconsumed connection allows 248 16-bit words in and out There are two words of overhead for each block transfer for controlstatus The 1756-RIO module can execute as many block transfers as the user configures up to the limits of available memory mapped to the ControlLogix controller

To configure a block transfer module follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box expand the IO tree to choose the location where you want to add the module

2 On the IO tree right-click the slot where you want to add the module and select Module Properties

IMPORTANT Block transfers do not need MSG instructions to execute

TIP In scanner mode block transfer modules can be configured manually also

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 47

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

3 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type pull-down select the type

4 Click OK

The IO Module Properties dialog box displays

5 Click Configure to display the BT Module Parameterization configuration dialog box to configure the module

This example shows the BT Module Parameterization dialog box for a 16-channel 1771-IFE module Each module is different

Use the dialog box to set parameters for a block transfer module These parameters are defined in the template file for the block transfer module and are typical quantities such as scaling parameters and alarms

Module Types

Type Description

Discrete A block transfer module does not exist at this location

BT-MODULE Any other block transfer module not listed by part number in the system

1746-xxxhellip1794-xxx Part number of block transfer (analog) modules with template files in the system that are compatible with the 1756-RIO module See Supported Modules on page 12 for the complete list

48 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

6 Enter the configuration data and click OK

7 On the IO Module Properties dialog box select how you want the block transfer to update

There are three update modes automatic semi-automatic and manual

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 49

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

8 On the IO Module Properties dialog box select the block transfer read-and-write-update rates from 0hellip16383 ms

A rate of 0 means the 1756-RIO module updates the block transfer as fast as the network and the block transfer module allows

Type Description

Automatic 1756-RIO module controls block transfer update

Automatic block transfers perform a single configuration block transfer write every time the controller transitions from Program to Run mode and then perform timed data block transfer read and write updates using the BTR and BTW data lengths and times from the configuration tool The length values and update times for automatic block transfers all come from the configuration tool

Automatic block transfers begin as soon as the controller is in run mode they do not have to be triggered

Errors in block transfer execution are indicated by non-zero values returned to the ControlLogix controller

In automatic mode the module configuration data values come from the configuration tool as default values or from user parameters The size of the configuration block transfer write is the data BTW length BtwLen plus the Config BTW Length CfgLen from the template The data block transfer write length is BtwLen from the template and this is the length mapped to ControlLogix output data

The size of the data block transfer read is set by the configuration tool

Semi-automatic 1756-RIO module controls block transfer update

Semi-automatic block transfers perform a single configuration block transfer write every time the controller transitions from Program to Run mode and then perform timed data block transfer read and write updates using the BTR and BTW data lengths and times from the configuration tool The length values and update times for semi-automatic block transfers all come from the configuration tool

Semi-automatic block transfers begin as soon as the controller is in run mode they do not have to be triggered

Any errors in BT execution are indicated by non-zero values in the ControlLogix controller

In Semi-automatic mode the module configuration data values come from ControlLogix output data The size of the configuration block transfer write is the data BTW length BtwLen plus the Config BTW Length CfgLen from the template and this is the length mapped to ControlLogix output data The data block transfer write length is BtwLen from the template

The size of the data block transfer read is set by the configuration tool

Manual The ControlLogix controller controls block transfer update

IO module configuration gathers data from the ControlLogix controller

To execute block transfers in manual mode

enter the BTR andor BTW length and BTW data in the control block for the module

set the BTREN andor BTWEN bits (BTRCONTBTWCONT) for continuous execution

check the BTRDNBTWDN bits that indicate BT execution is complete (BTR data is available at that time)

check the BTRERRBTWERR bits If set read the error code to determine the cause of the problem

Inhibit Automatic Block Transfers

To inhibit a running automatic or semi-automatic block transfer set bit 9 to offset 0 of the mapped output data for the module

50 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Map IO Data You must map the IO data to locations in the ControlLogix controller input and output data before you can scan the Remote IO network

Mapping connects locations in the ControlLogix input and output tags to locations on the Remote IO network (discrete data on racks and block transfer reads and writes)

Connections (producedconsumed) occur between the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller They are point-to-point links between two end points

Producedconsumed tag data is the information that gets passed back and forth over the line between the two end points

There are up to 10 blocks of producedconsumed tag data Discrete and block transfer tag data gets lsquopackedrsquo into the ControlLogix producedconsumed data When discrete and block transfer tag data are mapped or when the configuration tool lsquoauto mapsrsquo the data for you you are selecting which of those blocks the tag data is mapped to and the offset in the block where the tag data is found

See Scanner Mode IO Map on page 129

When mapping is complete you must export the aliases to the 1756-RIO module and import the configuration to the RSLogix 5000 project

See Aliases on page 84 for a complete discussion of exporting and importing aliases

IMPORTANT It is essential that the control program on the host controller matches the addresses in the mapping configuration on the 1756-RIO module otherwise the control program may inadvertently write to the incorrect IO locations If you change the data mappings on the 1756-RIO module make sure that the control program uses the correct addresses

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 51

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

ATTENTIONUnassigned or unmapped data (IO addresses) are shown as xxx in the IO tree

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Unmapped Data

Mapped Data

52 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Automatic Mapping

The Auto Map Any Unassigned command automatically maps any unassigned discrete or block transfer data to ControlLogix connections Discrete data is mapped before block transfer data The longest blocks of data are mapped first from the lowest addresses up Any previously-assigned addresses remain unchanged

On the 56RioCfg configuration tool dialog box from the Map menu choose Automap Any Unassigned to automatically map all the data

Any xxxs are replaced with an actual IO address

Manually Map Discrete (rack) Data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack and select Rack Map Discretes - Assign Manually

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 53

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

2 On the Map RackhellipManually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down menu select the ControlLogix block and Data Offset within the block for the Input Mapping and Output Mapping

Data Offset Field Range Choices

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

The configuration tool checks for overlaps with previously-mapped data and displays an error if it finds an overlap

Item Field Description

1 Clx Block There are up to 10 data blocks (0hellip9) available on the ControlLogix controller for inputs and outputs You select the block where the data is rsquopackedrsquo

2 Data Offset The data offset (0hellip247) is the area in the data block where the inputoutput data is foundYou select the data offset area within the block

12

54 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Manually Map Block Transfer Data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the expanded rack list right-click on the module and select BT Module Clx Map - Assign Manually

2 On the Map BT ModulehellipManually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down menu select the ControlLogix block and Data Offset within the block for the Input Mapping and Output Mapping

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

The configuration tool checks for overlaps with previously-mapped data and displays an error message if it finds an overlap

If there is insufficient space in the current block to map the data

bull the Data Offset field is blank

bull the OK button appears dimmed

Change the block number and select an offset

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 55

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Re-Map Command

Use the Re-Map All command to clear all previous mappings and automatically map all discrete and block transfer data to connections

From the Map menu select Re-Map All

See Aliases on page 84 for exporting and importing aliases

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

ATTENTION If you remap IO data you should export aliases and re-import them into the RSLogix 5000 project so the control program uses the new assignments

56 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Clear Mappings

Follow these steps to clear all mappings

1 To clear all assigned mappings on the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the Map menu choose Clear All Mappings

2 On the Clear ALL Mappings dialog box confirm that you want to clear all the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 57

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Clear Discrete Rack Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear mappings for discrete (rack) data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack and select Rack Map Discretes - Clear

2 On the Clear Rack Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT All of the preceding mapping and configuration examples currently reside only within the 56RioCfgScan software and must be downloaded to the 1756-RIO module

See page 30 for download steps

58 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Clear Block Transfer Module Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear the mappings for block transfer data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the expanded rack right-click on the block-transfer module and select BT Module Clx Map - Clear

2 On the Clear BT Module Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the BT Module mappings and click Yes

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 59

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Notes

60 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 3

Configure Adapter Mode

Introduction This chapter explains how and why to use the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode In adapter mode the 1756-RIO module can perform two functions simultaneously

First the module can emulate one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner (for example a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC controller) On Active racks the module writes remote IO inputs and reads remote IO outputs

Second it can monitor other remote IO racks On Monitored racks the 1756-RIO module can monitor existing IO also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo and can be used to upgrade a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system Monitor mode provides existing discrete inputs and outputs and Block Transfer reads and writes to the ControlLogix controller

See Scan Mode and Monitor Mode on page 99 for a complete description of using Monitor mode

The 1756-RIO module communicates with the ControlLogix controller using up to 10 input connections and 10 output connections via producedconsumed data Remote IO data maps into the connections by the configuration tool

In this chapter you use the configuration tool to configure the module in adapter mode to prepare it for use on the Remote IO network You will

bull configure the racks automatically or manually

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map the remote IO modules to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data

Topic Page

Configure Adapter Summary 62

Set the Baud Rate 63

Autoconfigure Racks 64

Manually Configure Racks 69

Configure Block-transfer Modules 72

Map IO Data 76

61Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 61

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Adapter Mode

Configure Adapter Summary

The following list summarizes the steps to configure the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

1 Set the baud rate

2 Autoconfigure online racks on the network (Make sure the controller is set to Program Mode)

3 Set the communication path

4 Manually add any additional racks that are not online

5 Manually add and configure block transfer modules

6 MapAutomap the data

RIO Scanner(reads inputs and writes outputs to scanned racks)PLC-3 PLC-5 SLC Etc

Cont

rolL

ogix

1756

-RIO

in

Ada

pter

Mon

itor M

ode

1771 IO Rack

1747 IO Rack

Rack 1

Rack 2

Rack 3

1771 IO Rack

Rack 4RIO Scanner(reads inputs and writes ouputs to scanned racks)PLC-3 PLC-5 SLC Etc

1771 IO Rack

1771 IO Rack

1747 IO Rack

Rack 1

1756

-RIO

In A

dapt

er

Mod

e

Cont

rolL

ogix

Rack 4

Rack 3

Rack 2

Two-way communication between the RIO scanner and the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

1756-RIO Module as an Active Rack 1756-RIO Module as a Monitored Rack

One-way communication between the Remote IO network and the ControlLogix controller The RIO scanner controls the IO and the ControlLogix controller via the 1756-RIO module in adapter monitors all IO data In monitor mode it monitors the IO and brings all input and output data into the ControLogix controller

44828 44829

Universal Remote IO Network

IMPORTANT Configuring the 1756-RIO module as an adapter enables the RIO module to emulate a 1771-ASB module This allows a path for peer-to-peer data to be exchanged between the scanner controller and the ControlLogix owner of the RIO module over the Remote IO network The adapter mode functionality does not allow the scanner controller to directly control any 1756-IO in the chassis with the RIO module

62 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Set the Baud Rate To set the baud rate in adapter mode follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the controller on the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties

The 1756-RIO Properties dialog box displays

2 On the 1756-RIO Module Properties dialog box select the baud rate

3 You can also enter an LED Banner name This is a unique name you assign to identify the module This is useful when you have multiple RIO modules on your network The LED Banner displays on the 4-character display on the 1756-RIO module It can be from 0hellip15 characters long

4 Click OK

The default baud rate is Auto (automatic baud rate detection)

Value Baud Rate Kbps

57 k 576

115 k 1152

230 k 2304

Auto - adapter mode default Auto

TIP If you perform an autoconfiguration the 1756-RIO module automatically detects the baud rate by monitoring an attached Remote IO network

TIP If you are only using Active racks set the baud rate to match the Remote IO network Donrsquot set it to Auto

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 63

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Autoconfigure Racks When the module is in adapter mode autoconfigure builds a configuration based on what it has heard on a running network This process differs from scanner mode because the 1756-RIO module does not scan these racks only monitors the information to and from these racks

The module automatically detects the network baud rate and configures the racks on an attached Remote IO network Autoconfiguration detects the rack structure and causes the 1756-RIO module to monitor the data to and from these racks Active and monitored racks are displayed

See Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network on page 67 for detailed information about active and monitored racks

Autoconfigure in adapter mode performs the following actions

bull Detects the network baud rate

bull Monitors messages to and from racks on the network

bull Builds a network configuration from the observed network traffic

bull Displays the network configuration

To autoconfigure in adapter mode you must

bull clear the old configuration

bull download a new empty configuration

bull set the baud rate to lsquoautorsquo or to the baud rate that matches the existing network

bull put the scanner in Run mode until all block transfers execute

bull put the scanner back in Program mode

bull perform the autoconfiguration

IMPORTANT The controller with the connection to the 1756-RIO module must be in program mode when you perform an autoconfiguration

ATTENTION Please note any configuration previously stored in the 1756-RIO module is overwritten by the data from the autoconfiguration You are given the option to save the previous configuration before it proceeds with the autoconfiguration

64 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Perform the AutoConfiguration

Follow these steps to perform autoconfiguration

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Configure menu choose Download Configuration or click the Download Configuration button on the toolbar

This clears the previous configuration and downloads an empty configuration to the 1756-RIO module

2 Set the baud rate to Auto On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the controller in the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties to enter the baud rate

3 To automatically add block transfers put the remote IO scanner module in Run mode (you set it to Program mode before you began the autoconfiguration) and wait until the block transfers execute Then put the scanner back in Program mode

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 65

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

4 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Configure menu choose Autoconfigure to build a configuration from observed network traffic or click the Autoconfigure button on the toolbar

The RSLinx Path Selection autobrowse dialog box displays

5 Navigate to the backplane and select the 1756-RIO adapter module and click OK

The 1756-RIO module builds a configuration based on what it has observed on the Remote IO network since the download The configuration includes racks block transfer modules and observed block transfer updates All block transfers are set to type BT-MODULE

Main Menu Toolbar

66 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network

You must distinguish between active and monitored racks and must manually enter active racks into the 1756-RIO modulersquos configuration and manually add any desired block transfers

On monitored racks the 1756-RIO module picks up the block transfers automatically but must have the specific module type set This insures that the aliases you create for import into the RSLogix 5000 project have names that better describe the data content Otherwise the generic module type BT-MODULE is set

If you want active racks add them manually now then download the modified configuration to the 1756-RIO module

In the configuration tree each rack line precedes an icon representing rack information The icons represent type and size The size color and position of the colored block indicates the location size and type of partial rack and whether the rack is active or monitored

Active Versus Monitored Racks

Type Description

Active The 1756-RIO module emulates one or more remote IO racks The ControlLogix controller sends the rack- produced data which is then sent as remote IO input data to the scanner on the Remote IO network The remote IO scanner sends output data for those emulated racks to the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode The RIO module then sends that data to the ControlLogix controller as consumed input data

Use lsquoActiversquo if you want to exchange data between a ControlLogix controller and a scanner on remote IO You can also configure one or more slots in the Active rack as block transfer modules to exchange larger amounts of data with the remote IO scanner Active racks are one or more racks that the 1756-RIO module is emulating to share information between the existing scanner and the ControlLogix controller

Any rack in the configuration tree that contains at least one portion of an Active rack displays with a lightning bolt and a red indication on the active portion of the rack The text lsquoActlnpOxData[xxx]rsquo also displays indicating that this data originated in the ControlLogix controller as output data that appears as input data to the remote IO scanner

Monitor The 1756-RIO module monitors remote IO inputs on an existing Remote IO network and passes data as producedconsumed data to the ControlLogix controller This is also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo Use lsquoMonitor modersquo if you have a supervisory ControlLogix system that needs to collect data from an existing control system with remote IO

Monitored racks are racks that physically exist on the Remote IO network and are to be monitored by the 1756-RIO module Any portion of a rack in the configuration tree that is configured as lsquoMonitorrsquo displays with a blue indication on the rack

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 67

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

68 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Racks are shown with starting and ending IO groups in the IO tree For example the following IO tree shows rack 0 as a quarter rack starting at IO group 0

The line color denotes active or monitored partial rack state

Starting and ending group number

Lightning bolt denotes an active partial rack in the rack

Rack 00 contains four monitored quarter racks so no lsquolightning boltrsquo

Rack Icon Information

Code Description

Lightning bolt Denotes at least some part of the rack is configured as active Rack 01 contains an active half rack Rack 03 contains three monitored quarter racks but also an Active quarter rack therefore the lightning bolt

Red Denotes that this portion of the rack is configured as active

Blue Denotes that this portion of the rack is configured as monitored

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Manually Configure Racks To add a rack manually to the remote IO configuration follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the root of the IO tree which represents the ControlLogix controller and choose Add Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 On the AddResize Rack dialog box choose the Rack number (in octal) the Start Group the End Group and Rack Mode (Monitor or Active)

3 Click OK

Type Description

Active Emulates one or more remote IO racks The ControlLogix controller sends the rack producedconsumed data as input data which is then sent as remote IO input data to the scanner on the Remote IO network The remote IO scanner sends output data for those emulated racks to the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode The RIO module then sends that data to the ControlLogix controller as producedconsumed input data

Use active if you want to exchange data between a ControlLogix controller and a scanner on remote IO

Monitor Monitors remote IO inputs and outputs on monitored remote IO racks and passes data as producedconsumed input data to the ControlLogix controller This is also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo Use Monitor mode if you have a supervisory ControlLogix system that needs to collect data from older control systems with remote IO

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 69

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Resizing Racks

To resize a configured rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Resize Partial Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays Field options differ depending on mode

2 On the AddResize dialog box select Start Group and End Group

You cannot change the Rack number or Rack type (Active or Monitored) The radio button is dimmed

3 Click OK

If resizing the rack results in an overlap with an existing rack the resize fails and displays an error message

If resizing the rack results in deleting block transfer modules you are given the option of cancelling the resize or proceeding and deleting the block transfer modules

70 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Delete Racks

To delete a rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Delete Rack(s)

2 To delete a partial rack expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the partial rack and choose Delete Partial Rack

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 71

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Configure Block-transfer Modules

All block transfer modules represent some type of analog data Block transfers send a block (64 words maximum) of data to or from an IO module in one scan

If a slot is occupied by a discrete IO module or is empty select lsquoDiscretersquo which is the default If a specific block transfer module occupies the slot select the part number of that block transfer module

Not all block transfer modules are supported directly by the 1756-RIO module If the module you are using does not appear in the list set the module type to BT-MODULE and set the lengths to the appropriate values In some cases there are multiple templates for a given block transfer module to show that the module can be used in significantly different ways

See Block Transfer Module Templates on page 153 for additional information on block transfer templates

Block transfers can be added to active or monitored racks

To configure a block transfer module follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan56RioCfgAdpt dialog box expand the IO tree to choose the location where you want to add the module

2 On the IO tree right-click the location where you want to add the module and select Module Properties

The dialog boxes change depending on mode active or monitored

TIP On active racks the only Module Type is BT-MODULE

72 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

3 On the IO Module Properties from the Module Type dialog box pull-down menu select the module type

You have various choices depending on the rack type

4 Click OK

Active Racks

1 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type menu select BT-MODULE (On active racks the only block transfer module type is BT-MODULE)

Module Type Selection

Mode Description

Active In Active mode select BT-MODULE and then adjust the BTR Length and BTW Length to match your ControlLogix application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

Monitor In Monitor mode select the type of module that is in that location on the Remote IO network from the pull-down menu If the specific module is not supported select BT-MODULE and adjust the sizes to match your ControlLogix application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 73

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

From the BTR Len and BTW Len pull-down menus select the desired lengths The BTR Length and BTW Length sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

2 Click OK

Monitored Racks

1 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type pull-down select the block transfer module type

74 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

2 From the BTR Len and BTW Len pull-downs select the desired lengths Select the block transfer Module Type from the pull-down menu that matches the module on remote IO If the desired module is not listed select BT-MODULE Adjust the BTR Length and BTW Length to match your application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

3 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 75

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Map IO Data You must map the IO data to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data blocks and offset locations before you can scan the Remote IO network After mapping is complete you must export the aliases to the 1756-RIO module and import them to the RSLogix 5000 project

See Aliases on page 84 for a detailed discussion of ExportingImporting Aliases

Unassigned IO addresses are shown as xxx in the IO tree

Automatic Mapping

The configuration tool maps all unassigned IO to producedconsumed inputs and outputs It leaves any previously assigned addresses unchanged

On the 56RioCfg configuration tool dialog box from the Map command on the main menu choose Automap Any Unassigned to automatically map the data

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0

Unmapped Data

Mapped Data

76 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 77

Manually Map Discrete Data

Manually Map Discrete(rack) Data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack and choose Rack Map Discretes - Assign Manually

2 On the Map Rackhellip Manually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down select the ControlLogix scheduled block and Data Offset within the block

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

TIP On monitored racks inputs and outputs get mapped to ControlLogix inputs so be careful when mapping them so that they donrsquot overlap

Item Field CLX Data Type Rack Type Description

1 MonOut ClxInput data MonitoredActive

Remote IO scanner outputs are mapped to ControlLogix controller inputs The 1756-RIO module monitors output data sent by the scanner to the monitoredactive rack It is reported in the ControlLogix controller as input data

2 MonInp ClxInput data Monitored Remote IO scanner inputs are mapped to ControlLogix controller inputs The 1756-RIO module monitors input data sent to the scanner by the monitored rack It is reported in the ControlLogix controller as input data

3 ActInp ClxOutput data Active Remote IO scanner inputs are mapped from the ControlLogix outputs The ControlLogix controller writes output tags to the 1756-RIO module which sends the data to the remote IO scanner as input data

123

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Manually Map Block-transfer Data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the expanded rack list right-click on the module and choose BT Module Clx Map - Assign Manually

2 On the Map BT Modulehellip Manually dialog box for the block transfer read and write data select the ControlLogix scheduled block and Data Offset within the block

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

Block-transfer Data Map Destinations for Monitored and Active Racks

Field CLX Data Type Rack Type Description

MonBTW ClxInput Monitored Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

MonBTR ClxInput Monitored Block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

ActBTR ClxOutput Active Block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix controller outputs (The ControlLogix controller writes the data and the 1756-RIO module sends the data to the remote IO scanner)

Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

78 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Re-Map Command

Use the Re-Map All command to clear all previous mappings and automatically map all discrete and block transfer data to producedconsumed data connections

From the Map menu choose Re-Map All

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 79

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Clear Mappings

Follow these steps to clear all mappings

1 To clear all assigned mappings on the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Map menu choose Clear All Mappings

2 On the Clear ALL Mappings dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

80 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Clear Discrete Rack Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear mappings for discrete(rack) data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack and choose Rack Map Discretes - Clear

2 On the Clear Rack Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT All of the preceding mapping and configuration examples currently reside only within the 56RioCfgAdpt software and must be downloaded to the 1756-RIO module

See Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project on page 30 for download steps

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 81

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Clear Block Transfer Module Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear the mappings for block transfer data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the expanded rack right-click on the block transfer module and choose BT Module Clx Map - Clear

2 On the Clear BT Module Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

82 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 4

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Introduction Now that the configuration mode selection and network preparation in the configuration tool are complete the next steps include downloading the configuration to the 1756-RIO module and exporting aliases to the RSLogix 5000 project This completes the preparation of the 1756-RIO module for operation on a Remote IO network

In this chapter you will

bull create aliases and export them to the RSLogix 5000 project

bull convert an older system to a ControlLogix system

bull download configurations to the module

bull upload configurations to the project

bull save configurations to disk

bull archive configuration templates

Commission Summary The following list summarizes the steps to save and export your configurations from the configuration tool to the module and import them to the RSLogix 5000 project so that you can begin scanning on a Remote IO network

1 Export aliases in scanner and adapter mode

2 Download configurations to the 1756-RIO module

3 Upload configurations to the RSLogix 5000 project

4 Save configurations to disk

5 Archive configurations

Topic Page

Commission Summary 83

Aliases 84

Manage Configurations 91

83Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 83

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Aliases Aliases are used to access data in the ControlLogix system They define the names and descriptions exported from the configuration program and imported into the RSLogix 5000 control program and should be used for adapter and scanner modes

Aliases are symbolic names that point to IO data The configuration tool creates these aliases for discrete and block transfer data based on the IO mappings It is important that you develop the control program in the RSLogix 5000 project with reference to aliases as opposed to absolute addresses Then if the mappings change the ControlLogix controller still operates you just create aliases for the new mappings by exporting them from the configuration tool and re-importing them into the control program which then points to the new data

Also itrsquos important to note that export options in the configuration tool differ depending on whether you have your 1756-RIO module set for scanner or adapter mode

In this section you will cover

bull exporting aliases in scanner mode

bull exporting aliases in adapter mode

bull using the Export Aliases command in the configuration tool to upgrade an existing system to a ControlLogix system

EXAMPLE For example letrsquos say yoursquore mapped rack 7 inputs to block 0 offset 8 so the data for rack 7 IO group 0 is at input address I0[10] Now you add a rack 6 and remap everything so that now the rack 7 input data maps to block 0 offset 20

The data for rack 0 IO group 0 now moves to I0[22]

If you had used absolute addresses in your control program you would have to re-address every instruction in the program By using aliases you can use the Export Aliases command from the configuration tool and import them into the RSLogix 5000 project which automatically points to the new data

IMPORTANT You must export the new aliases from the configuration tool and import them into the RSLogix 5000 project before you run the program otherwise you could read wrong inputs andor write wrong outputs

84 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Export Aliases in Scanner ModeTo export aliases in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

2 On the Export RSLogix 5000 Aliases dialog box enter the FileName location Alias Prefix and Base Tag

3 Click OK

See Scanner Mode IO Map on page 129 in Appendix C for more information

Field Description

FileName Use the browse button to change the file location

Alias Prefix Use to distinguish between aliases for different 1756-RIO modules If you have multiple 1756-RIO modules in the RSLogix 5000 project assign each module a unique Alias Prefix so that the tags for each one are unique

Base Tag Use the base tag to identify the 1756-RIO module location on the ControlLogix chassis

This example shows the 1756-RIO module location in slot 0 of the local chassis

Browse Button

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 85

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

86 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Export Aliases in Adapter Mode

To export aliases in adapter mode follow these steps

1 On the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

2 On the Export RSLogix 5000 Aliases dialog box enter the FileName location Alias Prefix Base Tag and RIO Output Placeholders

3 Click OKFor more information on the use of placeholders see Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System on page 87

Browse Button

Field Description

FileName Use the browse button lsquohelliprsquo to change the file location

Alias Prefix Use to distinguish between aliases for different 1756-RIO modules and to help identify groups of data items If you have multiple 1756-RIO modules in the RSLogix 5000 project assign each module a unique Alias Prefix so that the tags for each one are unique

Base Tag Use the base tag to identify the 1756-RIO module location in the ControlLogix chassis

RIO Output Placeholders Use this set of aliases when the 1756-RIO module is set to Monitor mode These output placeholders aliases point to a ControlLogix internal array If you are using Monitor mode you can write your new application to write to this placeholder array and compare the monitored outputs to the outputs written by the new control program If you donrsquot want the aliases leave the box unchecked

RIO Output Placeholders Base Tag

This tag must be created by the user in the ControlLogix control program and must be an integer array of 10 RioTempOut elements (0hellip9) each with 255 sub-elements (0hellip254) So RioTempOut would be RioTempOut[00] to RioTempOut[9254]

Include BTW Configuration Words

Check this box if you choose to include aliases for block transfer write configuration data

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System

To upgrade an existing system such as a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system you have to perform these steps

1 Monitor the network in adapter mode

2 Write the new control program in RSLogix 5000 programming software to write to the internal array

3 Compare the existing systemrsquos outputs with the ControlLogix outputs using the same live inputs

4 Once both systems write the same outputs and have the same timing switch over to the RSLogix 5000 control program for control

Now itrsquos writing the real outputs instead of the placeholder array using the 1756-RIO module to scan the network

You could use the same 1756-RIO module to monitor and scan the network You would have to download the scanner firmware after you compare the systems using the module in adapter mode to monitor the network Or you could use two 1756-RIO modules one as a scanner and one as an adapter on the Remote IO network

The following example breaks down the process It explains using the 1756-RIO module

bull as an adapter and its configuration in the configuration toolrsquos IO tree

bull with the configuration tool to create the aliases based on the IO configuration tree

bull configuration toolrsquos process of exporting aliases to convert an existing system to a ControlLogix system using the module in scanner mode

Create a Network Configuration and Export Aliases

Follow these steps to create a network configuration in the configuration tool and to create the aliases based on that configuration

1 Set the 1756-RIO module to adapter mode

See Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode on page 30

2 Create the network configuration in the configuration toolrsquos tree for the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 87

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

The following IO tree configuration comprises one monitored quarter rack and one active quarter rack

3 Export the alias file Once the network configuration is complete in the configuration tool from the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

The following graphic and tables show how the configuration tool creates aliases based on the IO configuration from the tree

1

2

3

Item Description

1 Rack 00 is a monitored quarter rack encompassing IO groups 0 and 1

2 Rack 1 is an active quarter rack encompassing IO groups 0 and 1

3 All input and output maps to connection 0 so I0 and O0

ATTENTION Monitored outputs include outputs to monitored racks and outputs to active racks

12

88 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

The table shows how the prefixes are used in creating alias names the descriptions that are created for the aliases and how the addresses are created from the base tags and data mappings

4 Write a ControlLogix control program in the RSLogix 5000 project to write outputs to the placeholder array then compare the outputs to the monitored outputs from the existing system

5 Change the 1756-RIO module to scanner mode or use an existing 1756-RIO scanner

See Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode on page 30

6 Export a scanner configuration and download it to the scanner

7 Create aliases with the scanner configuration tool using the same prefixes

8 Import the aliases into the RSLogix 5000 project

Item Description

1 Prefixes are left at their defaults

2 The Base Tag field represents the location of the 1756-RIO adapter in the rack In this case the adapter is in slot 0

Alias Name Description Address

RIO_R00_STS Rack-00 Status - Monitored Local0I0Data[0]

RIO_I000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Input - Monitored Local0I0Data[2]

RIO_I001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Input - Monitored Local0I0Data[3]

RIO_MON_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[12]

RIO_MON_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[13]

RIO_MON_O010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[22]

RIO_MON_O011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[23]

RIO_ACT_I010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Input - Active Local0O0Data[2]

RIO_ACT_I011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Input - Active Local0O0Data[3]

RIO_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 12]

RIO_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 13]

RIO_O010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 22]

RIO_O011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 23]

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 89

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

The following table shows the aliases created for a scanner in slot 0 in the ControlLogix chassis

Notice that the alias names for the discrete outputs in the Export Alias Creation table are the same as the alias names for the placeholders in the Alias Creation for a Scanner in the ControlLogix Chassis table but now point to IO outputs

Alias Creation for a Scanner in the ControlLogix Chassis

Alias Created Description Address

RIO_R00_STS Rack-00 Status Local0I0Data[0]

RIO_R00_CTL Rack-00 Control Local0O0Data[0]

RIO_I000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Input Local0I0Data[2]

RIO_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output Local0O0Data[2]

RIO_I001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Input Local0I0Data[3]

RIO_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output Local0O0Data[3]

EXAMPLE For example an application that used alias name RIO_0001 wrote to placeholder location RioTempOut[0 13] but would now write to the discrete outputs at Local0O0Data[3]

90 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Manage Configurations There are several ways to manage your modulersquos configurations This section covers

bull downloading configurations to the module

bull uploading configurations to the RSLogix 5000 project

bull saving and loading configurations to disk

bull archiving configurations

Managing configuration steps are the same for scanner and adapter modes

Download and Upload Configurations

To download a configuration to the 1756-RIO module follow these steps

1 On the Configure menu choose Download Configuration

You must set the communication path through RSLinx to tell the configuration tool where the 1756-RIO module is installed The RSLinx Path Selection dialog box now appears

2 Expand the backplane of the chassis where the 1756-RIO module is installed navigate to the module and select it

3 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 91

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

To upload a configuration from the 1756-RIO module to the project follow these steps

1 From the Configure menu choose Upload Configuration

2 Set the communication path when the RSLinx dialog box appears by navigating to the 1756-RIO module on the network and clicking OK

TIP You can also set the communication path by selecting the Communication menu and choosing Select RSLinx Path

TIP You can also uploaddownload configurations from the Module button on the configuration toolrsquos toolbar

Download to the module

Upload from the module

92 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Save Configurations to Disk

To save configurations to disk from the file menu choose Save

The configuration saves as an rio file to the location you initially specified when you set the module properties in the add-on profile in the RSLogix 5000 project

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 93

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Archive Configurations

Archive Template Command

The Archive Templates command copies any templates used in the current file to the same location as the RIO file It copies any block transfer module templates used in the current configuration file into the directory where the configuration is stored

1 To archive configurations from the File menu choose Archive Templates

2 When the confirmation dialog box appears click OK

94 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Archive Template Check Command

The Archive Template Check command checks and confirms any block transfer module templates used in the current configuration file are stored in the directory where the configuration is stored

1 To use the Archive Template Check command from the File menu choose Archive Template Check

2 When the confirmation dialog box appears click OK

You must make sure you save your project if you want to keep a backup copy otherwise you get an error that the active project has not been saved or the BT Template File is not found

See Appendix C for additional information on templates

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 95

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Notes

96 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 5

Monitor Remote IO

Introduction Now that the module configuration is complete and downloaded to the 1756-RIO module you are ready to scan a Remote IO network

Remote IO scanning uses a 1756-RIO scanner in a local or remote chassis and multiple adapters on a Remote IO network The scanner enables communication between a ControlLogix controller and the remote IO devices The 1756-RIO scanner continually gathers and sends information to and from remote adapters on the Remote IO network and sends that information to the ControlLogix controller in the chassis

Remote IO monitoring uses a 1756-RIO module in adapter mode to lsquolistenrsquo to remote IO and communicate that IO back to the ControlLogix controller

Within the configuration tool there are four utilities to monitor IO

bull DiscMon monitors discrete input and output data

bull BtMon monitors block transfers

bull DiagMon monitors diagnostic counters

bull LogMon monitors the scanner log

In this chapter you will

bull use scan and monitor modes

bull monitor remote IO discrete inputs and outputs in scanner mode

bull monitor remote IO discrete inputs and outputs in adapter mode

bull monitor block transfers

bull export scanner configurations

bull use the diagnostic utilities in the configuration software to monitor save and clear diagnostics

Topic Page

Commission Summary 98

Scan Mode and Monitor Mode 99

Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs 101

Monitor Block Transfers 108

Export Scanner Configurations 115

Other Diagnostics 117

97Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 97

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Commission Summary The following list summarizes 1756-RIO scanning and monitoring functions on a Remote IO network

bull Monitor discrete inputs and outputs in scanner mode from the Monitor menu

bull Monitor discrete inputs and active inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu

bull Monitor remote IO in Monitor mode to lsquolistenrsquo to and then upgrade an existing older system to a ControlLogix system

bull Monitor block transfer reads and writes in scanner mode by right-clicking on the module in the IO tree and selecting Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

bull Export scanner configuration files in adapter mode using the Tools menu and clicking Export Scanner Configuration file File from the pull-down menu

bull Monitor an existing system by putting the module in scanner mode and loading an exported configuration file to scan the remote network

bull Use the Monitor menu to monitor diagnostics in scanner and adapter modes

bull Monitor normal operation and error messages on the network by using the Monitor menursquos Debug Log

bull Diagnose and correct fatal errors by selecting 1756-RIO Fatal Error from the Tools menu Capture fatal errors and save them in an error log for use by Technical Support

98 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Scan Mode and Monitor Mode

The 1756-RIO module can perform various scan functions depending on whether it is a scanner or an adapter

Scan Remote IO in Scanner Mode

There are three scan modes of the ControlLogix controller The following list explains each mode and what the 1756-RIO module does in each mode

bull Run mode

bull Program mode

bull Test mode

In run mode the 1756-RIO module scans remote racks reads discrete inputs does not enable outputs to run on and does not update block transfers

In program mode the 1756-RIO module scans remote racks reads discrete inputs but does not write discrete outputs or update block transfers

In test mode the 1756-RIO behaves the same as it does in program mode with the exception of the controller actively scanning the ladder logic

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 99

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Remote IO in Adapter Mode

The 1756-RIO module provides utilities to upgrade an existing remote IO application to a ControlLogix system with a minimum of downtime and startup time This function is referred to as Monitor mode

Used in Monitor mode the 1756-RIO adapter can be used to upgrade a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system by providing discrete inputs and outputs and Block Transfer read and write data to the controller You can replace the existing application or control program thatrsquos running on a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system with a new application that runs on a ControlLogix controller using the 1756-RIO module as the remote IO scanner

TIP The replacement system must be tested before the switchover It uses the same field wiring as the old system If unanticipated problems arise you can switch back to the old system in minutes

100 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 101

To use Monitor mode to upgrade your existing system to a ControlLogix system follow these steps

1 Connect the 1756-RIO module in adapterMonitor mode on the existing Remote IO network to monitor data and timing

2 Create the new application or control program in the RSLogix 5000 project It sees the exact same inputs (monitored inputs) as the existing application but writes to an internal array in the ControlLogix controller

3 Compare the outputs (monitored outputs) from the new application with the outputs from the existing system by lsquolisteningrsquo to the network

4 When you are satisfied that the new system accurately duplicates the function and timing of the existing system disconnect the Remote IO network from the old scanner and connect it to the 1756-RIO module in scanner mode

5 Switch the RSLogix 5000 project application (control program) to write outputs to the 1756-RIO module as a scanner instead of to the internal array

Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs

Use the Monitor Inputs and Monitor Outputs commands to display the discrete IO data on remote IO racks connected to the 1756-RIO module

If the RSLinx path to the 1756-RIO module has not been set an RSLinx RSWho window displays Use it to set the communication path to the module by navigating to the 1756-RIO module on the network and clicking OK

Monitor Discrete Inputs in Scanner ModeTo monitor discrete inputs in scanner mode follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu select Monitor Discrete Inputs

2 Right-click on a rack and select Monitor Discrete

3 Use the Monitor Discrete Inputs button on the toolbar

ATTENTION Be sure to switch the 1756-RIO module to scanner mode if it is not done

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

The DiscMon or discrete input monitor window displays

Each row corresponds to a rack Rack numbers are given in octal Each row shows eight words of discrete inputs for the rack number

Main Menu Rack

Toolbar

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the DiscMon utility

102 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 103

Data can be displayed in the following formats

Hexadecimal

You can display discrete IO data in hexadecimal (0000hellipFFFF) format from the View menu and choosing Hex or by clicking the Display Hex button on the toolbar

Signed Decimal

You can display discrete IO data in signed decimal (-32768hellip32767) format by choosing the View menu and choosing Signed from the pull-down menu or by clicking the Signed button on the toolbar

Format From menu From Toolbar

Hexadecimal ViewHex 0x button

Signed decimal ViewUnsigned 1 button

Unsigned decimal ViewSigned -1 button

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

104 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Unsigned Decimal

You can display discrete IO data in Unsigned Decimal (0hellip65535) format from the View menu and choosing Unsigned or by clicking the Unsigned button on the toolbar

Monitor Discrete Outputs in Scanner Mode

To monitor discrete outputs in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the main menu of the configuration tool from the Monitor pull-down menu select Monitor Discrete Outputs

2 Right-click on a rack and select Monitor Discrete Outputs

3 Use the Monitor Discrete Outputs button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Rack

Toolbar

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The Discrete Output Monitor window displays

Each row corresponds to a rack Rack numbers are given in octal and each row shows eight words of discrete outputs for the rack number

TIP The data formatting options hex signed and unsigned are the same for scanner and adapter modesrsquo monitored inputs and outputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 105

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Discrete Inputs in Adapter Mode

Monitored inputs are inputs on monitored racks To monitor discrete inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu choose Discrete Monitored Inputs Just as in scanner mode you can also get to the Monitored Discrete Input Data screen by right-clicking on a rack or clicking the Monitor Discrete Inputs button on the toolbar

106 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The Monitored Discrete Input Data window displays

Monitor Discrete Outputs in Adapter Mode

Monitored outputs are all outputs from the remote IO scanner To monitor discrete outputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu select Discrete Monitored Outputs or right-click on a rack or click the Monitor Discrete Outputs button on the toolbar

The Monitored Discrete Output Data window displays

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 107

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Discrete Active Inputs in Adapter Mode

Active inputs are inputs on active racks To monitor discrete active inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu choose Discrete Active Inputs or right-click on a rack or click the Monitor Active Inputs button on the toolbar

The Active Discrete Input Data window displays

Monitor Block Transfers Use the Block Transfer Monitor command to display the block transfers associated with a block transfer module along with diagnostics associated with the block transfers

108 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Monitor Block Transfers in Scanner Mode

To monitor a block transfer module right-click on the module in the IO tree and select Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

The 1756-RIO BTMon or block transfer module window displays

Some analog output modules have only an associated block transfer write Analog input modules have a block transfer write for configuring the module a block transfer read for data and a block transfer read for status

The upper portion of the screen is the block transfer read the lower portion is the block transfer write

The raw data can be displayed as hexadecimal signed or unsigned integer The default format for block transfer data is hexadecimal

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path to start the BTMon utility

Block Transfer Read

Block Transfer Write

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 109

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer reads

Scanner Mode Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

Counter Description

State Configactiveinactive

Type Module type from the module template

BTR Len Block transfer read length

Req Update Time Requested update time in the module configuration in ms

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer read in ms This is the average of the previous eight updates

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer read

Ignored Reqs Running count of update requests ignored by the block transfer module

Prot Errors Running count of protocol errors for this block transfer read If this counter is incrementing the module isnrsquot responding correctly

Request Count Count of the number of times on successive scans this block transfer was requested If this number is consistently greater than 1 increase the requested update time - the module cannot respond quickly enough at the current requested time The counter applies to the BTR and BTW for this module

110 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer writes

Scanner Mode Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

Counter Description

Cfg Len Length of the configuration data for this module

Data Len Data length

Req Update Time Requested update time in the module configuration in ms

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer write in ms This is the average of the previous eight updates

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer write

Ignored Reqs Running count of update requests ignored by the destination module for this block transfer write

Protocol Errs Running count of protocol errors for this block transfer write

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 111

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Block Transfers in Adapter Mode

To monitor a block transfer module right-click on the module in the IO tree and select Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

The BTMon or block transfer module window displays

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path to start the BTMon utility

Block Transfer Read

Block Transfer Write

112 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer reads

Adapter Mode Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

Counter Description

Type Module type

BTR Map Len Length of mapped BTR data in words

BTR Mon Len Length of monitored BTR data in words

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer read in ms

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer read

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 113

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer writes

Adapter Mode Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

Counter Description

BTW Map Len The length of the mapped BTW data in words

BTW Min Len The minimum BTW length in words

BTW Max Len The maximum BTW length in words

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer write in ms

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer write

114 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Export Scanner Configurations

In adapter mode the configuration tool can export a scanner configuration file built from the current adapter configuration which can be loaded into an RIO scanner The exported scanner configuration file is especially useful when converting an existing remote IO system to a ControlLogix system You can then choose whether the block transfer configuration data and update times come from the values the adapter has observed on the remote network or from the defaults from the module templates

The configuration file includes

bull a baud rate

bull monitored racks

bull block transfers on monitored racks

It does not contain active racks block transfers on active racks or mappings

To export a scanner configuration file follow these steps

1 From the Tools menu choose Export Scanner Configuration File

2 On the Export Scanner Configuration File dialog box select the FileName and BT Module Configuration Data and Update Times option for your configuration file

Make sure you use another file name so that you donrsquot overwrite the adapter configuration file

EXAMPLE The template for a module might have a default value for the channel data type The configuration seen on the network might have another value for the channel data type

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 115

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

3 Click OK

Monitor Mode

If you are using the 1756-RIO module in Monitor mode you can monitor the existing system to capture block transfer timing and configuration data then export a scanner configuration file that contains that data To use the exported configuration file follow these steps

1 Switch the 1756-RIO module back to scanner mode

2 Load the exported configuration file to scan the Remote IO network

Field Description

FileName Name the file and select the autobrowse button to search for the directory andor file where you want to save the file

The current rio file is for adapter mode When you export the scanner configuration file you are making a new rio file for scanner mode You do not want to overwrite the adapter rio file so it must be saved at this point

BT Module Configuration Data and Update Times

Capture from Online Monitor or Use Defaults from Templates

The configuration and timing data for block transfers can be based on the default configuration data from the block transfer module templates or on the configuration data and update times the adapter has observed on the network

This is a global selection and affects the data saved for all block transfer modules

116 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Other Diagnostics Use the Monitor Diagnostics Counters command to display the diagnostic counters that the 1756-RIO module maintains The 1756-RIO module maintains diagnostic counters that indicate the state of communication on an entire Remote IO network and counters related to each rack It also maintains an active rack list

The diagnostic counters consist of three groups

bull Active racks table

bull Global diagnostic counters

bull Rack diagnostic counters

Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Scanner Mode

To monitor the diagnostic counters follow these steps

From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters or click the Monitor Diagnostic Counters button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the DiagMon utility

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 117

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

The 1756-RIO DiagMon window displays showing the Active Racks Global Diag Counters and Rack Diag Counters

Active Racks Table

The Active Racks table shows which racks are present on the Remote IO network Columns represent rack numbers from 1hellip76 octal Rows represent starting IO groups If the bit for a rack and starting IO group is set there is a rack at that location The Active Racks table does not show rack size

A lsquo1rsquo indicates that a rack is present at the rack number and starting IO group indicated In the example above there is a rack present at rack 0 starting IO group 0

The lsquo1rsquo in the Active Rack table indicates a rack present at rack 0 starting IO group 0

118 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Global Diagnostic Counters

The global diagnostic counters provide information about the operation of the entire Remote IO network

The following table lists the global diagnostic countersrsquo descriptions

Scanner Mode Global Diagnostic Counters

Counter Description

Tx This counter increments each time the 1756-RIO module transmits a packet

RxGood This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a good packet

RxTout This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module sends a packet but does not receive a reply

RxBadCRC This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet with a bad Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Check cabling and termination on the Remote IO network

RxNoise This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module hears a carrier without receiving a packet Check cabling and termination on the Remote IO network

RxAbort This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives an opening flag then the packet ends without a closing flag

PrtclErr This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet that makes no sense in terms of the protocol

UpdAvg Average update time for all configured racks This is the average of the previous 64 updates

UpdMin Minimum update time for all configured racks

UpdMax Maximum update time for all configured racks

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 119

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Rack Diagnostic Counters

The rack diagnostic counters contain information about the operation of each partial rack The rows are racks from 1hellip76 octal There are four groups of counters per rack corresponding to the four possible starting IO groups for a rack

The following table lists the rack diagnostic countersrsquo descriptions

Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Adapter Mode

Follow this procedure to monitor diagnostic counters in adapter mode

From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters

The 1756-RIO-ADPT DiagMon window displays Notice that the Rack Status Table and the Global Diag Counters are the same in adapter mode as scanner mode diagnostics The BT Global Update however shows the diagnostics for the BTRs and BTWs in adapter mode

Scanner Mode Rack Diagnostic Counters

Counter Description

Rx This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet from this rack

Crc This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet with a bad CRC from this rack

Tout This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module sends a packet to this rack and does not receive a reply within the time-out period

Prtcl This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet from this rack that does not make sense in terms of the protocol

120 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The BT Global Update diagnostics table is organized by rack IO group (Grp) and slot (Slt) The first row (0) shows the BTRs first then the BTWs on rack 0 From left to right BTRs at IO group 0 slot 0 IO group 0 slot 1 IO group 1 slot 0 IO group 1 slot 1 and so on

A lower case lsquorrsquo or lsquowrsquo indicates that a block transfer has been observed at that location at some point in the past An upper case lsquoRrsquo or lsquoWrsquo indicates when a block transfer happens

Module Scanner Log

Scanner Mode

The scanner log displays messages from the firmware running on the 1756-RIO module showing its normal operation and error messages The Debug Log command monitors messages logged by the 1756-RIO module These messages can be used to diagnose problems and may be useful in tracking down errors and for Technical Support

Grp 0 Slt 0

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 121

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

To monitor the scanner log follow this procedure

1 Run the LogMon utility To launch LogMon from the Monitor menu choose Debug Log from the pull-down menu

2 Select OK once you select the 1756-RIO module on the network

A window displays confirming LogMon has started If there are no errors present the LogMon screen stays clear

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the LogMon utility

122 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The log displays module operations version and mode information Something like below is typical but your log will look different

3 To clear the scanner log from the Edit menu choose ClearLog or click the Clear Log button from the toolbar

4 To copy the contents of the log to the Windows clipboard for use in another application from the Edit menu choose Copy or click the Select All and Copy button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 123

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Adapter Mode

To launch LogMon in adapter mode follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu choose Debug Log

2 Set the RSLinx communication path when prompted and Select OK to start LogMon

Clear Diagnostics

To clear diagnostics follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters

Once you set the communication path via RSLinx software the DiagMon window displays

2 From the Actions menu choose Clear Diagnostics or click the Clear Diagnostics button on the toolbar

TIP These same instructions apply for scanner and adapter mode

124 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

3 To clear Block Transfer diagnostics while in BTMon from the Actions menu choose ClearDiagCounters or click the ClearDiagCounters button on the toolbar

Fatal Errors

Fatal errors occur when the firmware on the module encounters an unexpected condition There are three main causes for fatal errors

bull A bug in the 1756-RIO module firmware

bull A 1756-RIO module hardware failure

bull Certain types of ControlLogix backplane failures

The 1756-RIO module monitors its own operation for invalid conditions The module stops scanning turns all three status indicators red and displays a fatal error number similar to lsquoM60rsquo on the 4-character display and then stores a fatal error log that indicates the cause of the fatal error

ToolbarMain Menu

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 125

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Use the Fatal Error Capture command from the Tools menu to clear fatal errors on the 1756-RIO module and save the log file to disk for use by technical support

To clear the fatal error and capture the fatal error log for scanner and adapter modes follow these steps

1 Cycle power on the 1756-RIO module

The 4-character display should show lsquoFatalErrorCapture requiredrsquo

2 From the Tools menu choose 1756-RIO Fatal Error Capture

3 Use RSLinx software to set the communication path and select the 1756-RIO module on the network

A Fatal Error Capture warning window displays

4 Select Yes

5 Save the fatal error log to a file

IMPORTANT Clearing a fatal error also clears the configuration on the 1756-RIO module

IMPORTANT By choosing Yes communication to the module is disrupted AND the modulersquos configuration will be erased

126 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

This also clears the fatal error on the module When the Save In dialog box opens navigate to the location on the hard drive where you want to save the error log file and give it a filename

6 Contact Technical Support See the BackCover

7 Provide Technical Support with the fatal error log file to help them diagnose the cause of the problem

8 After clearing the fatal error you must download the configuration to the 1756-RIO module

See Download and Upload Configurations on page 91 for instructions on how to download configurations to the 1756-RIO module

ATTENTION You must clear the fatal error before you can use the module again and you shouldnrsquot use it again until you have determined what caused the error

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 127

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Notes

128 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix A

Scanner Mode IO Map

This section describes how the data gets mapped to the ControlLogix data for scanner mode

When you map any part of a rack to producedconsumed tag data the structure that gets mapped is for the entire rack number For example if rack 1 consists of IO groups 0 and 1 (a quarter rack) the entire structure for rack 1 is mapped when you map the rack Similarly if a rack is made up of several partial racks mapping any one of those partial racks maps the structure for the entire rack

Discrete Input Data

In scanner mode the discrete read structure for a rack consists of two status words and eight words of discrete input data

Discrete Read Structure-Input

Only bits 0hellip3 of the first word of status data are used They consist of error bits that are set if there is a communication error with a partial rack Bit 0 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 0 bit 1 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 2 and so on

The error bit is 1 if there is an error scanning the rack or if the rack is inhibited otherwise the bit is 0

Words 2hellip9 contain the discrete input data for the rack Words 2 and 3 contain the data for IO groups 0 and 1 (first 14 rack) words 3 and 4 contain the data for IO groups 2 and 3 (second 14 rack) and so on

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Status Codes and Error Codes Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

44817

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 129

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Discrete Input Data Offset - Read

Discrete Input Data Offset - Read

Offset 0Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1N

O E

RRO

R

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

ERR

OR

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

44814

130 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Discrete Output Data

In scanner mode the discrete write structure for a rack consists of two control words and eight words of discrete output data

Discrete Write Structure-Output

Bits 0hellip3 of the first word of control data are used to inhibit racks Set bit 0 to inhibit the scan of the rack starting at IO group 0 set bit 1 to inhibit the scan of the rack starting at IO group 2 and so on Inhibiting a rack stops all communication with that rack and all outputs revert to their programmed last state

Bits 4hellip7 of the first word of control data are used to reset racks Set bit 4 to reset the outputs of the rack starting at IO group 0 set bit 5 to reset the outputs of the rack starting at IO group 2 and so on When a reset command is given all communication with that rack continues however that rack behaves as if the controller is in Program mode All outputs revert to their Program mode state

Only the bit for the starting IO group needs to be set to inhibit or reset the rack For example if a rack is a full rack starting at IO group 0 only bit 0 needs to be set to inhibit the scan of the rack

Words 2hellip9 contain the discrete output data for the rack Words 2 and 3 contain the data for IO groups 0 and 1 (first 14 rack) words 3 and 4 contain the data for IO groups 2 and 3 (second 14 rack) and so on

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

2 Control Words Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

44818

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 131

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Discrete Output Data Offset-Write

Discrete Output Data Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (Control) 0 Inhibit rack that starts first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

1 Inhibit rack that starts second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

2 Inhibit rack that starts third quarter (IO group 4hellip5

3 Inhibit rack that starts fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

4 Reset rack that starts at first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

5 Reset rack that starts at second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

6 Reset rack that starts at third quarter (IO group 4hellip5)

7 Reset rack that starts at fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

8hellip15 Reserved

1 (Control) 0hellip15 Reserved (pad for 32-bit alignment)

2hellip9 (Output) 0hellip15 Discrete output data

Discrete Output Data Offset - Write

WriteOffset 0

Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9

Ouput Words

8 Words of Discrete Ouptut Data

Offset 1Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15In

hibi

t Rac

k1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Inhi

bit R

ack

2nd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 2

-3

Inhi

bit R

ack

3rd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 4

-5

Inhi

bit R

ack

4th

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 6

-7Re

set R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Rese

t Rac

k2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Rese

t Rac

k3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Rese

t Rac

k4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

44819

132 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Discrete IO Data Transfer

Discrete Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Status Codes and Error Codes Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

Read

Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Status Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1N

O E

RRO

R

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

ERR

OR

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

Discrete Write Structure - Ouput

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

2 Control Words Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

Write

Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9

Ouput Words

8 Words of Discrete Ouptut Data

Control Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Inhi

bit R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Inhi

bit R

ack

2nd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 2

-3

Inhi

bit R

ack

3rd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 4

-5

Inhi

bit R

ack

4th

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 6

-7Re

set R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Rese

t Rac

k2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Rese

t Rac

k3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Rese

t Rac

k4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

IO Rack

Scanner ModeDiscrete IO Data Transfer

44820

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 133

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Block Transfer InputIn scanner mode even if a module has only a block transfer write you should map the module to input and output data so that the control and status data gets mapped

Block Transfer Read Structure-Input

Offset 0 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer read executes successfully on the RIO network Based on configuration of the 1756-RIO module and its RPI it may be possible that the controller may see this value increment by more than 1 count per program scan

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTR error bit offset 0 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer read It clears the bit when the block transfer read enable bit is reset in the corresponding BT control write structure

When a block transfer read error occurs offset 0 bits 8hellip10 contain Error Codes

When you execute a block transfer read in manual mode the 1756-RIO module sets offset 0 bit 12 to indicate that the block transfer read executed successfully The bit is reset when the corresponding BTREN bit is reset in the BT write control file

Offset 1 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer write executes successfully on the RIO network Based on the configuration of the 1756-RIO module and its RPI it may be possible that the controller may see this value increment by more than 1 count per program scan

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTW error bit offset 1 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer write It clears the bit when the block transfer write enable bit is reset in the corresponding BT control write structure

When a block transfer write occurs offset 1 bits 8hellip10 contain an error code When you execute a block transfer write in manual mode the 1756-RIO module sets offset 1 bit 12 BTWDN to indicate that the block transfer write executed successfully The bit is reset when the corresponding BTWEN bit is reset in the BT write control file

Word offsets 2hellipn contain the read data returned by the block transfer module

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Returned Read Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

44821

134 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

BT Read Structure Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (BT Read) 0hellip7 BTR update counter (increments each time BTR executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTR error code

11 BTRERR block transfer read error

12 BTRDN block transfer read done (manual mode only)

13hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip7 BTW update counter (increments each time BTW executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTW error code

11 BTWERR block transfer write error

12 BTWDN block transfer write done (manual mode only)

13hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTR data (64 integers max)

BT ReadOffset Word 0

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Returned Read Data Offset Words 2hellipn

Read Data Returned by the Block Transfer

BT WriteOffset Word 1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

Read

Don

eM

anua

l Mod

e O

nly

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Writ

e D

one

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved

44815

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 135

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Output

BT Write Structure-Output

Offset 0 bits 0hellip5 contain the block transfer read length

Offset 0 bit 8 contains the block transfer read enable bit for manual mode block transfers

Offset 0 bit 9 is used in two ways

bull In manual mode this bit is the block-transfer-read-continuous bit If this bit is set and the enable bit is set the 1756-RIO module re-enables block transfer reads when they execute successfully

bull In automatic and semi-automatic modes this bit inhibits all block transfers to the IO module

Offset 1 bits 0hellip5 contain the block transfer write length

Offset 1 bit 8 contains the block transfer write enable bit for manual mode block transfers

Offset 1 bit 9 is the block-transfer-write-continuous bit If this bit is set and the enable bit is set the 1756-RIO module re-enables block transfer writes when they execute successfully

Word offsets 2hellipn contain the write data sent to the block transfer write module

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Write Data Container for BTW Module

1st 16-bit Word

BTW44822

136 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Block Transfer Control Write Structure

BT Write Structure Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 0hellip5 BTR length (1hellip63 word 0 means BT module decides)

6hellip7 Reserved

8 BTREN block transfer read enable (manual mode only)

9 BTRCONT (manual mode only)

BT Inhibit (automatic modes - inhibits config BTW data BTW and data BTR)

10hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip5 BTW length (1hellip63 word 0 means BT module decides)

6hellip7 Reserved

8 BTWEN block transfer write enable (manual mode only)

9 BTWCONT continuous mode (manual mode only)

10hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTW Data (64 integers max)

BT ReadOffset Word 0

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Write Data Containerfor BTW Module

Offset Words 2hellipn

Write Data Container

BT Write Offset Word 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BT Read Length

BT Write Length BT W

rite

Enab

led

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us M

ode

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved Res

Res BT R

ead

Ena

bled

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us R

ead

BT

Inhi

bit

44816

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 137

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Error Codes

Error Code Description

0 OK

1 BTRBTW request ignored by block transfer module

2 Block transfer state mismatch

3hellip6 Reserved not currently used

7 Disabled

138 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Scanner Mode Block Transfer IO

BT Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Returned Read Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Returned Read DataOffset 2hellipn

Read Data Returned by the Block Transfer

BT Write 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

Read

Don

eM

anua

l Mod

e O

nly

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Writ

e D

one

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved

Block Transfer Control Write Structure

BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Write Data Containerfor BTW Module

Offset 2hellipn

Write Data Container

BT Write 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BT Read Length

BT Write Length BT W

rite

Enab

led

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us M

ode

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved Res

Res BT R

ead

Ena

bled

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us R

ead

BT

Inhi

bit

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

BT Write Structure - Output

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Write Data Container for BTW Module

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

IO Rack

Scanner ModeBlock Transfer IO

44823

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 139

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Notes

140 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix B

Adapter Mode IO Map

This section describes the remote IO data that gets mapped to the ControlLogix data for adapter mode

The structures that get mapped for adapter mode are similar to those for scanner mode with the exception of the control bits In adapter mode you have no control over when racks or block transfers update

The IO data can be remote IO input or output data on monitored or active racks

Discrete Data Discrete Input Data

In adapter mode the discrete input structure for a rack consists of two status words followed by eight words of discrete input data When you map any part of a rack to producedconsumed tag data the structure that gets mapped is for the entire rack number

Discrete Input Monitored Racks

Inputs on monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Only bits 0hellip3 of the first word of status data are used They consist of error bits that are set if there is a communication error with a partial rack Bit 0 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 0 bit 1 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 2 and so on

The bit is set if there is an error scanning the rack and is 0 otherwise

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Only First 3

Bits Used

1st Status Word

2nd Status Word

Not Used

44838

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 141

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

142 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Discrete Input Data Monitored Racks

Discrete Input Data Monitored Racks

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (Status) 0 Communication error first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

1 Communication error second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

2 Communication error third quarter (IO group 4hellip5)

3 Communication error fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

4hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved (pad for 32-bit alignment)

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete input data

Offset 0Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Status Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

0=Status OK 1=Error

44839

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 143

Discrete Input Active Racks

There are no status bits on active racks Inputs on active racks are mapped to ControlLogix outputs

Discrete Input Data Offset Active Racks - Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input DataReserved Words

Not Used

Not Used

44850

Discrete Input Data Active Racks

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete input data

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

44851

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

In adapter mode the discrete output structure for a rack consists of two pad words and eight words of discrete output data Whenever you map a rack to ControlLogix inputs 10 words of data get mapped for remote IO inputs and 10 words get mapped for remote IO outputs

Discrete outputs on monitored and active racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Reserved WordsNot Used

44852

144 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2- 9

Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Offset 1Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

44853

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete output data

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 145

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Adapter Mode Discrete IO Data Transfer-Monitored Racks

Discrete Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

ReadStatus Words

ControlLogix Input Tags

Read

Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input (Monitored Racks)

Status Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

0 = Status OK 1=Error

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output (Monitored Racks)

Reserved0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

IO Rack

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

Discrete Output (Monitored Racks)

ControlLogix Input Tags

44842

146 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Adapter Mode Discrete IO Data Transfer-Active Racks

IO Rack

p

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Discrete Read Structure - Input Monitored Racks

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input DataReserved Words

Not Used

Not Used

Discrete OutputActive Racks Only

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2- 9

Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Offset 1Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Discrete Write Structure Monitored Racks - Output

Reserved WordsNot Used

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

ControlLogix Output Tags

ControlLogix Input Tags

44854

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 147

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Modules This section shows the structures that get mapped to ControlLogix producedconsumed input or output data when you map a block transfer module

Even if a module has only block transfer read or write data you should map the module to producedconsumed input and output data so that the control and status data gets mapped

On monitored racks block transfer read and write data maps to ControlLogix inputs

On active racks block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix output data Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix input data

Block Transfer Read Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Block transfer read data on monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Block transfer read data on active racks are mapped from ControlLogix outputs

Block Transfer Reads on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Description

0 Reserved always 0

1 Reserved always 0

2hellipn Up to 64 words of BTR data

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Reserved Block Transfer Read Data Up To 64 Words

1st 16-bit Word

44855

148 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Block Transfer Read Structure

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTR data (64 integers max)

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-nBTR Data

BTR Data (64 integers max)

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

44846

On monitored racks this is mapped to ControlLogix inputs On active racks this is mapped to ControlLogix outputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 149

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Write Data on Monitored or Active Racks

The data mapped for block transfer writes consists of two status words followed by up to 64 words of data on active or monitored racks Block transfer write data on active and monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Offset 0 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer read executes successfully

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTR error bit offset 0 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer read It clears the bit when the block transfer read enable bit occurs

When a block transfer read error occurs offset 0 bit 8hellip10 contain an error code

The error codes are as follows

Block Transfer Error Codes

Error Code Description

0 OK

1 Time-out

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Block Transfer Write Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

44843

44847

150 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Block Transfer Write Structure

Block Transfer Write Structure on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip7 BTR update counter (increments each time BTR executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTR error code

11 BTRERR block transfer read error

12hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip7 BTW update counter (increments each time BTW executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTW error code

11 BTWERR block transfer write error

12hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTW data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 0BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Offset Words 2-n

BTW Data

BTW Data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 1BT Write

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Reserved

Reserved

44844

Block transfer writes on active and monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 151

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Adapter Mode Block Transfer IO

Offset Word 0BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Offset Words 2-n

BTW Data

BTW Data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 1BT Write

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Reserved

Reserved

IO Rack

BT Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Block Transfer Write Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

BT Write Structure - Output

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Reserved Block Transfer Read Data Up To 64 Words

1st 16-bit Word

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-nBTR Data

BTR Data (64 integers max)

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Mapped as ControlLogix input data for active and monitored racks

Mapped as ControlLogix input data for monitored racksMapped as ControlLogix output data for active racks

152 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix C

Block Transfer Module Templates

Block transfer module templates have been created and installed by the add-on profile for these modules

Supported Modules

Not all modules are listed If your module is not in the list you can use the Generic BT_MODULE profile in the software or create your own template specific to your exact module or configuration This appendix covers the basics for creating your own module template

The properties of block transfer modules are defined in files in the subdirectory rsquoTemplatesrsquo of the directory where the 1756-RIO software is installed Template files have the extension BtModTpl The BtModTpl files can be opened with Microsoft Notepad

Template files are simple text files that define the properties of the block transfer module

IO Family Cat No

1746 SLC middot 1746-N14

middot 1746-N18

middot 1746-N04V

middot 1746-NT4

1771 PLC-5 middot 1771-DE middot 1771-NIV

middot 1771-IFE-16CH (in single-ended 16 Channel configuration)

middot 1771-NOC-noBTR

middot 1771-IFE-8CH (in differential 8 Channel configuration)

middot 1771-NOC

middot 1771-IL-Alarms middot 1771-NOV-noBTR

middot 1771-IL middot 1771-NOV

middot 1771-IR middot 1771-NR

middot 1771-IXE middot 1771-OFE-diag

middot 1771-NIV-Alarms middot 1771-OFE

1794 FLEX middot 1794-IE4XOE2 middot 1794-OE4

middot 1794-IE8

TIP The best way to create a template is to use an existing template as an example Use one that is similar to what you want to create copy it to a new file and modify it The following are examples of template records

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 153

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Block Transfer Template Records

Description

A template usually contains a description record which consists of the keyword Desc followed by an equal sign and up to 79 characters of text enclosed in quotes

The description text displays in the configuration dialog box for any modules created from the template

Note

A note record which consists of the keyword Note followed by an equal sign and then up to 79 characters of text enclosed in quotes conveys information that a user needs when creating a module from this template

The note text displays in the configuration dialog box for any modules created from the template

ATTENTION Anything after a semicolon on a line is treated as a comment and is ignored

EXAMPLE Desc=1771-IFE - 8 Channel Single Ended

Desc=1771-OFE - Binary Format No BTR

EXAMPLE Note=Always set mapped output data word 0hellip8880 hexadecimal in the ControlLogix

154 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

Block Transfer Lengths

A block transfer has three lengths associated with it

CfgLen

The configuration length rsquoCfgLenrsquo is the length of the additional configuration block transfer write data sent once to the block transfer module to initialize it

BtwLen

The block transfer write length rsquoBtwLenrsquo is the length of the block transfer write sent to the module during normal data update

BtrLen

The block transfer read length rsquoBtrLenrsquo is the length of the block transfer read received from the module during normal data update Default Configuration Data Values

The template usually contains default values for the configuration block transfer write

CfgData

Each value consists of the keyword rsquoCfgDatarsquo an offset enclosed in square brackets an equal sign and the data value

Offset Value

The offset is an offset into the configuration block transfer write and ranges from 0hellip(BtwLen+CfgLen-1)

Data Value

The data value can be expressed in decimal or hexadecimal (leading 0x as shown in the example above)

EXAMPLE CfgData[ 8]=0x0fff

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 155

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

The configuration program uses the default configuration data to select the initial values when you create a block transfer module from the template

Parameters

Parameters let you assign values to the configuration data different from the default values for a specific module created from a standard template

Parameters appear in the configuration dialog for any modules created from the template

Parameter definitions begin with the keyword rsquoParmDescrsquo and end with the keyword rsquoParmEndrsquo

Parameter definitions contain

bull a description to display in the module dialog

bull the location in the dialog box

bull the location in the configuration data

bull a data value

Description

Parameter definitions begin with the keyword rsquoParmDescrsquo which is followed by an equal sign and then up to 39 characters of text to be displayed in the dialog box

Location in Dialog Box

The screen location in terms of row (Row=0-63) and column (Col=0-2) where the parameter displays in the dialog box

Location in the Configuration Data

The location of the parameter in the configuration block transfer is defined in terms of offset data mask and bit shift

The offset is the offset into the configuration block transfer from 0hellip63 It is specified by the keyword rsquoOfsrsquo an equal sign and the offset value

EXAMPLE CfgData[ 4]=0x8000 0-3DataPol 4 6 8 10MinScaPol 5 7 9 11MaxScalPol 15BinFmt

CfgData[ 5] Min Scale ch 1

156 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

The shift is the number of bits The value you enter is shifted left from 0hellip15 It is specified by the keyword rsquoShiftrsquo an equal sign and the shift value

The mask selects bits in the value you enter It is specified by the keywordrsquoMaskrsquo an equal sign and the mask value usually in hexadecimal

The value you enter is logically ANDed with the mask shifted left by the shift value and ORed into the configuration word given by the offset

Data Value

Data values can be defined as a numerical value or from a selection list Numerical values are defined in terms of a format (BcdSgn BcdUns BinSgn or BinSgn) the corresponding data value mask and shift values and minimum and maximum values Selection lists can contain up to 256 selection values The configuration dialog for a module created from the template displays the names of the selection values

EXAMPLE Ofs=8 Mask=0x00ff Shift=2

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 157

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Parameter Examples

Example 1 Numeric Value

Min Scale

ParmDesc=Min Scale Ch 1 Col=0 Row=0 Ofs=5 Mask=Oxffff Shift=0

BinSgn MinVal=-4095 MaxVal=4095

ParmEnd

Example 2 Selection

Channel 1

ParmDesc=Range Select Ch 1Col=0 Row=2 Ofs=0 Mask=0x0003Shift=0

Select= 1 to 5V 4 to 20mA 0

Select= 0 to 5V 0 to 20mA 1

Select=-5 to 5V-20 to 20mA 2

Select=-10 to 10V 0 to 10V 3

ParmEnd

158 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

Aliases

Aliases define the names and descriptions exported from the configuration program and imported into the RSLogix 5000 project They begin with keyword rsquoAliasInprsquo or rsquoAliasOutrsquo an offset enclosed in square brackets a name consisting of up to 15 characters enclosed in quotes and a description consisting of up to 79 characters enclosed in quotes

EXAMPLE AliasInp[ 0]=_DAC_Ch1 Raw Data Channel 1

AliasOut[ 0]=_Ch1 Data - Channel 1

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 159

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Notes

160 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix D

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

This section covers problems that may occur with your 1756-RIO module The following areas are covered

bull 1756-RIO modulersquos alphanumeric display

bull RIO status indicator

bull CLX status indicator

bull OK status indicator

bull Debug log

bull Fatal errors

bull Updating the firmware

Alphanumeric Display The 4-character alphanumeric display shows lsquoRIO Scannerrsquo or lsquoRIO Adapterrsquo followed by the firmware version number and any banner text defined in the module configuration

The display shows the following messages at power-up

If the indicator on the 1756-RIO module does not cycle through these messages on powerup contact Technical Support

Message Description

Bnn Stages in the start-up processes nn is a hexadecimal number

Boot Next stage in power-up sequence

RIO Scanner v xxxxx Module firmware revision

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 161

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

Status Indicators The 1756-RIO module has three status indicators to indicate the state of internal operations The status indicators are labeled RIO CLX and OK

RIO Status Indicator ndash Remote Devices Status

The RIO indicator displays the status of the Remote IO network connection Status varies depending on the mode of the module

Scanner Mode

In order of priority highest first

Module Display and Indicators

Indicator Description

1 Module status display

2 RIO status indicator

3 CLX status indicator

4 OK status indicator

Indicator Status Description

RIO Red A frame-receive error has been received in the last second (CRC error abort or time-out) Indicator stays red for 1 second after the error occurs

One or more racks are in error

Flashing redoff

At least one rack being scanned (not inhibited) is in error One or more racks are inhibited

Yellow Idle no racks are configured

Flashing yellowoff

All configured racks are inhibited

Flashing greenoff

No racks being scanned (not inhibited) are in error but one or more racks are inhibited

Green Successful communication with all configured racks no inhibited racks

RIO CLX OK

44777ADAPTER MOD 1

2 3 4

162 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators Appendix D

Adapter Mode

In order of priority highest first

CLX Status Indicator ndash ControlBus Status

The CLX indicator displays the status of communication with the ControlLogix processor

Indicator Status Description

RIO Red A frame-receive error has been received in the last second (CRC error abort or time-out) Indicator stays red for 1 second after the error occurs

Flashing redoff

One or more racks are not being scanned

Flashing greenoff

Configuration mismatch on one or more racks

Green All racks are being scanned and there are no configuration mismatches

Indicator Status Description

CLX Green The module has successfully processed a request from the ControlBus backplane within the last five seconds All required connections are open

Flashing greenoff

Controlling Connection is open but not all required connections are open

Yellow Idle no requests received from the backplane in the last five seconds No connections empty configuration

Flashing yellowoff

Controlling Connection is not open

Red The module has returned a CIP error to a request from the backplane within the last second All required connections are open

Flashing redoff The module has returned a CIP error within the last second All required connections are not open

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 163

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

OK Status Indicator ndash Module Health

The Debug LogThe firmware on the 1756-RIO module maintains a log of informational and diagnostic messages that can be useful in determining the cause of configuration and network problems

To view the log select MonitorgtDebug Log in the scanner or adapter configuration program within the configuration tool

Fatal ErrorsFatal errors occur when the firmware on the module encounters an unexpected condition The module stops running turns all three status indicators red and displays the fatal error number on the 4-character display The module also records its state at the time the fatal error occurred in a log

To clear the fatal error and capture the fatal error log follow these steps

1 Cycle power on the module The 4-character display should show ldquoFaltalErrorCaputure requiredrdquo

2 From the Tools menu choose 1756-RIO Fatal Error Capture in the scanner or adapter configuration program

3 Store the fatal error log to a file

This also clears the fatal error on the module

Contact Technical Support and provide them with the fatal error log file to help diagnose the cause of the problem

Indicator Status Description

OK Green Indicates that module has passed all power-up diagnostics and is functioning normally

Red Indicates that module startup diagnostics failed or a major module fault such as watchdog time-out or jabber inhibit occurred

IMPORTANT If all three status indicators are solid red and the 4-character display shows Mxx (where xx is the error number) a fatal error has occurred See Fatal Errors Make a note of the error code numbers to give Tech Support if you must call for help

164 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators Appendix D

Watchdog and Jabber Inhibit

A watchdog timer is implemented in the modulersquos hardware If the firmware does not kick the watchdog within the time-out period the watchdog times out and generates a fatal error with error code D1 In scanner mode the module stops scanning In adapter mode all racks stop communication

A jabber inhibit timer is implemented in the modulersquos hardware If the network transmitter is on longer than 150 of the longest network frame time the jabber inhibit forces the transmitter off and generates a fatal error with error code D0

In scanner mode the module stops scanning In adapter mode the module stops communicating on the back plane and Remote IO network

Updating the Firmware

The module firmware updates using the scanner or adapter configuration program To update the firmware in the configuration tool from the Tools menu choose Set 1756-RIO ScannerAdapter Mode Setting the mode loads the latest firmware onto the module

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 165

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

Notes

166 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 167

Appendix E

Quick Start

ControlLogix System Quick Start

Use the following steps to quickly get the module running in a ControlLogix system Detailed information about each step is available in other sections of this manual or in the installation manual You can have only one scanner per RIO network Remove any other scanners on the RIO network before continuing The RIO module ships in scanner mode You can adjust the instructions to fit the mode that matches your needs

1 Install RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

2 Install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

3 Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the 1756-RIO modulersquos add-on profile found on the installation CD shipped with the module or download it from httpsupportrockwellautomationcomcontrolflashLogixProfilerasp

RSLinx software and RSLogix 5000 programming software must be installed before the add-on profile

See page 19

4 Create a project in RSLogix 5000 programming software

5 Add a 1756 controller to your project

See page 23

6 Add a 1756-RIO module to the project by right-clicking on the chassis in the Controller Organizer and selecting New Module

The Select Module dialog box appears

7 Expand the Communications heading and select the 1756-RIO module Click OK

See page 24

8 Select the General tab on the Module Properties dialog box to set the module properties

Appendix E Quick Start

168 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

9 Enter the module name and slot number

See page 24

10 Click the Change button in the Module Definition section Select your desired mode scanner or adapter

The module ships in scanner mode Note the number of inputoutput tags If this number is not the same after you map your data with the configuration tool you will have to return to this screen and change them to match your configuration You can specify independently the number of input and output tags within the range of 1hellip10 Each tag you create will create a block of 248 integers For example a value of 2 will create 2x248 or 498 integers

11 When done click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

See page 25

12 Select the Connection tab on the Module Properties dialog box

13 Set the Requested Packet Interval (RPI)

See page 27

14 Click on the Remote IO tab name the RIO file and click the OK button

15 Choose Yes on the Create dialog box

See page 31

This will close the Module Properties dialog box You will need to double-click on the 1756-RIO module in the controller organizer to re-open the Module Properties dialog box

16 Click on the Configure Remote IO Devices button on the Module Properties dialog box to launch the configuration tool

17 In the configuration tool if needed under the Tools menu select Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode command to match the RIO module functionality to match your application Scanner or Adapter

See pages 33

18 Configure the RIO module to match your application In scanner mode add the desired racks to scan and any block transfer modules In adapter mode configure the desired racks to be emulated or monitored and add any block transfer modules Map all entries either manually or by using the Automap command

See pages 51 and 76

Quick Start Appendix E

19 Download the configuration to the module From the configuration toolrsquos Configure menu choose Download Configuration Set the communication path when prompted

See page 91

20 Save the project

21 Go online in the RSLogix 5000 project and download the configuration to the controller

See page 30

See Chapters 2 and 3 for in-depth information on setting module modes and configuration

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 169

Appendix E Quick Start

Notes

170 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Index

Symbolsrio file 116

Numerics1756-RIO module 124-character display 13 12556RioCfgAdpt 19 6956RioCfgScan 19 33 40 57

Aabsolute addresses 84ActBTR 78ActInp 77active 67active inputs 98 108active rack 46 61 67 108

table 117adapter 11

configuration 115mode 11 15 62 86 87 98 124 165program 19

add-on profile 15 16 19 167alias prefix 85aliases 56 76 84 89analog 46 109

data 72archive

configurations 94template check command 95templates command 94

asynchronous 29auto 64

configuration 65configure 41 62map 62mapping 53

automatic 49automatic block transfers 50Avg Update Time 113 114

Bbackplane 66 125base tag 85baud rate 39 63 115block transfer 64 72 136

data 11 37input 134module 11 70 72module type 74

monitor command 108read 98 109read data 78read-and-write-update rates 50timing 116update 50 66write 78 109

blue 68blue hose 14BT

global update 120global update diagnostics table 121MODULE 72Module 98-module 48Module Parameterization 48Mon 109template file 95

BtMon 97

BT-MODULE 66BTR

Len 110len 75Length 73Map Len 113Mon Len 113

BTWLength 73Map Len 114Max Len 114Min Len 114

btw len 75

Cclear

all mappings 57 80block transfer module data mappings 82diagnostics 124Log 123rack map 58

CLX 14Clx Input 78Clx Input data 77Clx Output 78Clx Output data 77

communication path 62 91configuration

tool 29 54 83tree 67

configure 64adapter mode 61-82

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 171

Index

scanner mode 37-59connections 51control program 87controller organizer 16 167ControlLogix

controller 11controller inputs 78inputs 77 141outputs 77 87

counter 134Cyclic Redundancy Check 119

Ddata

blocks 54offset 54 77

debug log 98 121delete

partial rack 46rack 46 71

DiagMon 97 117 120diagnostic counters 120diagnostics 111 114DiscMon 97 102discrete 37 46

data 11input data 129inputs 99output data 131outputs 90 99 107read structure 129write structure 131

door label 13 14download 44 65 127DTL32DLL 20

Eelectronic keying 26empty configuration 64emulate 15 61 67ending IO group 68 70error bit 129 134export 51 56 76

aliases 84 86scanner configuration 97 115

Ffatal error log 125fatal errors 98 125

firmware 15 121 125 165

Ggeneric module type 67global diagnostic counters 117

Hhardware 125hexadecimal 103 109

IIO

data 76discrete inputs 97discrete outputs 98module 50 72

import 56inhibit 131input tags - output tags 26inputs 37integer 109internal array 87 101

Jjabber inhibit timer 165

Lladder logic 99LED Banner name 39 63lightning bolt 67 68link module configuration 83-95listen 97 101LogMon 97 122

Mmain menu 117manual 49

mode 50 134 136manually map 53map 62mapping configuration 51Max Update Time 113 114Min Update Time 113 114mode 31module

definition 17 168

172 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Index

profiles setup dialog box 21type 73

MonBTR 78MonBTW 78MonInp 77monitor 112

BT module 109diagnostics counters 117discrete inputs 101discrete outputs 104inputs 106mode 11 15 61 100outputs 101

monitored rack 46 61 67 72 115MonOut 77MPSetupexe program 20

Nnetwork

configuration 64traffic 66tree 43 69

Ooctal 102 105 118offset 55 134 136OK 14output table 52 57 76 79outputs 15 37

Ppacket 119partial rack 41 67 120 129PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC 15producedconsumed

data 11 61 67data connections 79input data 69tag 11 51 129

program mode 50 64 99 131protocol 119 120

Qquarter rack 68 129

Rrack

diagnostic counters 117 120

map discretes 53number 102type 70

red 68re-import 56re-map all command 56Remote

IO network 117 165remote

chassis 97IO 67 69IO inputs 61IO network 11 37 73 97IO outputs 61IO scanner 73 77 100IO scanner inputs 77network 16

requested pack interval 11 22resize 45 69 70resize partial rack 70RIO 14

output placeholders 86output placeholders base tag 86

root 69row 120RPI 11RSLinx

communication path 102 109 117 124Gateway 15Professional 15software 15 16 124 167

RSLogix 5000control program 84programming software 15 16 87 167project 22 24 67 76 89 101

RTB connection 13run mode 50 64 65 99

Sscanner 11

configuration file 115log 121mode 15 37 85 99 109 122 131

scanner mode IO map 129-139semi-automatic 49 50shadow 15signed 109signed decimal 103slot 72 121

number 25starting IO group 68 118

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 173

Index

status data 129status indicators 13

Ttemplate 46 72termination 119test mode 99throughput 29timing data 116toolbar 92 117 124tools menu 88tree 72 87

troubleshooting display and status indicators 161-165

Uunassigned IO addresses 76unsigned 109unsigned decimal 103 104update block transfers 99Update Count 113 114upgrade 101upload 92

174 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret AŞ Kar Plaza İş Merkezi E Blok Kat6 34752 İccedilerenkoumly İstanbul Tel +90 (216) 5698400

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 176Supersedes Publication 1756-UM534A-EN-P - April 2009 Copyright copy 2010 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupport you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make thebest use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupport

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation review the information that is contained in this manualYou can contact Customer Support for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Documentation Feedback

Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document complete this form publication RA-DU002 available at httpwwwrockwellautomationcomliterature

United States or Canada 14406463434

Outside United States or Canada

Use the Worldwide Locator at httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupportamericasphone_enhtml or contact your local Rockwell Automation representative

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • 1756-UM534B-EN-P ControlLogix Remote IO Communication Module User Manual
  • Summary of Changes
    • New and Updated Information
      • Table of Contents
      • Preface
        • Introduction
        • Who Should Use This Manual
        • Information Found in This Manual
        • Additional Resources
          • Chapter 1 - The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started
            • Introduction
            • 1756-RIO Module Components
            • 1756-RIO Module Requirements
            • The 1756-RIO Modes
            • Prepare the Module
            • Install the Software
            • Install the Add-on Profile
            • Create the RSLogix 5000 Project
              • Configure the Controller
              • Add the 1756-RIO Module
              • Enter the RPI
                • Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project
                • Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode
                  • Launch the 1756-RIO Configuration Tool
                      • Chapter 2 - Configure Scanner Mode
                        • Introduction
                        • Configure Scanner Summary
                        • Set the Baud Rate
                        • Autoconfigure Racks
                        • Manually Configure Racks
                          • Matching Configuration Tool Settings with Module Settings
                          • Resize a Rack
                          • Delete a Rack
                            • Configure Block Transfer Modules
                            • Map IO Data
                              • Automatic Mapping
                              • Manually Map Discrete (rack) Data
                              • Manually Map Block Transfer Data
                              • Re-Map Command
                              • Clear Mappings
                                  • Chapter 3 - Configure Adapter Mode
                                    • Introduction
                                    • Configure Adapter Summary
                                    • Set the Baud Rate
                                    • Autoconfigure Racks
                                      • Perform the AutoConfiguration
                                      • Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network
                                        • Manually Configure Racks
                                          • Resizing Racks
                                          • Delete Racks
                                            • Configure Block-transfer Modules
                                            • Map IO Data
                                              • Automatic Mapping
                                              • Manually Map Discrete Data
                                              • Re-Map Command
                                              • Clear Mappings
                                                  • Chapter 4 - Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project
                                                    • Introduction
                                                    • Commission Summary
                                                    • Aliases
                                                      • Export Aliases in Scanner Mode
                                                      • Export Aliases in Adapter Mode
                                                      • Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System
                                                        • Manage Configurations
                                                          • Download and Upload Configurations
                                                          • Save Configurations to Disk
                                                          • Archive Configurations
                                                              • Chapter 5 - Monitor Remote IO
                                                                • Introduction
                                                                • Commission Summary
                                                                • Scan Mode and Monitor Mode
                                                                  • Scan Remote IO in Scanner Mode
                                                                  • Monitor Remote IO in Adapter Mode
                                                                    • Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Inputs in Scanner Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Outputs in Scanner Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Inputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Outputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Active Inputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                        • Monitor Block Transfers
                                                                          • Monitor Block Transfers in Scanner Mode
                                                                          • Monitor Block Transfers in Adapter Mode
                                                                            • Export Scanner Configurations
                                                                              • Monitor Mode
                                                                                • Other Diagnostics
                                                                                  • Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Scanner Mode
                                                                                  • Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Adapter Mode
                                                                                  • Module Scanner Log
                                                                                  • Clear Diagnostics
                                                                                  • Fatal Errors
                                                                                      • App A - Scanner Mode IO Map
                                                                                        • Discrete Input Data
                                                                                        • Discrete Output Data
                                                                                        • Block Transfer Input
                                                                                        • Block Transfer Output
                                                                                          • App B - Adapter Mode IO Map
                                                                                            • Discrete Data
                                                                                              • Discrete Input Data
                                                                                              • Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                • Block Transfer Modules
                                                                                                  • Block Transfer Read Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                  • Block Transfer Write Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                      • App C - Block Transfer Module Templates
                                                                                                        • Block Transfer Template Records
                                                                                                        • Block Transfer Lengths
                                                                                                        • Parameters
                                                                                                        • Parameter Examples
                                                                                                        • Aliases
                                                                                                          • App D - Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators
                                                                                                            • Alphanumeric Display
                                                                                                            • Status Indicators
                                                                                                              • RIO Status Indicator ndash Remote Devices Status
                                                                                                              • CLX Status Indicator ndash ControlBus Status
                                                                                                              • OK Status Indicator ndash Module Health
                                                                                                              • The Debug Log
                                                                                                              • Fatal Errors
                                                                                                              • Watchdog and Jabber Inhibit
                                                                                                              • Updating the Firmware
                                                                                                                  • Quick Start
                                                                                                                    • ControlLogix System Quick Start
                                                                                                                      • Index
                                                                                                                        • Symbols
                                                                                                                        • Numerics
                                                                                                                        • A
                                                                                                                        • B
                                                                                                                        • C
                                                                                                                        • D
                                                                                                                        • E
                                                                                                                        • F
                                                                                                                        • G
                                                                                                                        • H
                                                                                                                        • I
                                                                                                                        • J
                                                                                                                        • L
                                                                                                                        • M
                                                                                                                        • N
                                                                                                                        • O
                                                                                                                        • P
                                                                                                                        • Q
                                                                                                                        • R
                                                                                                                        • S
                                                                                                                        • T
                                                                                                                        • U
                                                                                                                          • Back Cover
                                                                                                                            • Introduction_Catagory Types

                                                                                                                              Print Spec Sheet

                                                                                                                              ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles true AutoRotatePages All Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Dot Gain 20) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (US Web Coated 050SWOP051 v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket false DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 1 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo true PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo true PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo false PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Remove UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile () AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 300 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Average ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 200000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 300 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Average GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 200000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Average MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 150000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects false CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName () PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false Description ltlt CHS ltFEFF4f7f75288fd94e9b8bbe5b9a521b5efa7684002000500044004600206587686353ef901a8fc7684c976262535370673a548c002000700072006f006f00660065007200208fdb884c9ad88d2891cf62535370300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c676562535f00521b5efa768400200050004400460020658768633002gt CHT ltFEFF4f7f752890194e9b8a2d7f6e5efa7acb7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065874ef653ef5728684c9762537088686a5f548c002000700072006f006f00660065007200204e0a73725f979ad854c18cea7684521753706548679c300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c4f86958b555f5df25efa7acb76840020005000440046002065874ef63002gt DAN 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 DEU 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 ESP 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 FRA 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 ITA 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 JPN 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 KOR ltFEFFc7740020c124c815c7440020c0acc6a9d558c5ec0020b370c2a4d06cd0d10020d504b9b0d1300020bc0f0020ad50c815ae30c5d0c11c0020ace0d488c9c8b85c0020c778c1c4d560002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020bb38c11cb97c0020c791c131d569b2c8b2e4002e0020c774b807ac8c0020c791c131b41c00200050004400460020bb38c11cb2940020004100630072006f0062006100740020bc0f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020c774c0c1c5d0c11c0020c5f40020c2180020c788c2b5b2c8b2e4002egt NLD (Gebruik deze instellingen om Adobe PDF-documenten te maken voor kwaliteitsafdrukken op desktopprinters en proofers De gemaakte PDF-documenten kunnen worden geopend met Acrobat en Adobe Reader 50 en hoger) NOR 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 PTB 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 SUO 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 SVE ltFEFF0041006e007600e4006e00640020006400650020006800e4007200200069006e0073007400e4006c006c006e0069006e006700610072006e00610020006f006d002000640075002000760069006c006c00200073006b006100700061002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740020006600f600720020006b00760061006c00690074006500740073007500740073006b0072006900660074006500720020007000e5002000760061006e006c00690067006100200073006b0072006900760061007200650020006f006300680020006600f600720020006b006f007200720065006b007400750072002e002000200053006b006100700061006400650020005000440046002d0064006f006b0075006d0065006e00740020006b0061006e002000f600700070006e00610073002000690020004100630072006f0062006100740020006f00630068002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020006f00630068002000730065006e006100720065002egt ENU (Use these settings to create Adobe PDF documents for quality printing on desktop printers and proofers Created PDF documents can be opened with Acrobat and Adobe Reader 50 and later) gtgt Namespace [ (Adobe) (Common) (10) ] OtherNamespaces [ ltlt AsReaderSpreads false CropImagesToFrames true ErrorControl WarnAndContinue FlattenerIgnoreSpreadOverrides false IncludeGuidesGrids false IncludeNonPrinting false IncludeSlug false Namespace [ (Adobe) (InDesign) (40) ] OmitPlacedBitmaps false OmitPlacedEPS false OmitPlacedPDF false SimulateOverprint Legacy gtgt ltlt AddBleedMarks false AddColorBars false AddCropMarks false AddPageInfo false AddRegMarks false ConvertColors NoConversion DestinationProfileName () DestinationProfileSelector NA Downsample16BitImages true FlattenerPreset ltlt PresetSelector MediumResolution gtgt FormElements false GenerateStructure true IncludeBookmarks false IncludeHyperlinks false IncludeInteractive false IncludeLayers false IncludeProfiles true MultimediaHandling UseObjectSettings Namespace [ (Adobe) (CreativeSuite) (20) ] PDFXOutputIntentProfileSelector NA PreserveEditing true UntaggedCMYKHandling LeaveUntagged UntaggedRGBHandling LeaveUntagged UseDocumentBleed false gtgt ]gtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2400 2400] PageSize [612000 792000]gtgt setpagedevice

                                                                                                                              JIT Printing Specifications RA-QR005F-EN-P - 8072009
                                                                                                                              Printing Specification YOUR DATA HERE Instructions NO
                                                                                                                              (required) Category D6 Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab 11rdquo x 17rdquo LOOSE -Loose Leaf YES Pre-sale Marketing TOP
                                                                                                                              (required) Finished Trim Size Width 85rdquo x 11rdquo 85rdquo x 11rdquo PERFECT - Perfect Bound A1 LEFT
                                                                                                                              (required) Publication Number 1756-UM534B-EN-P Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P 3rdquo x 5rdquo SADDLE - Saddle Stitch A2 RIGHT CORNER
                                                                                                                              Use Legacy Number YES or NO 18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound) A4 BOTTOM SIDE
                                                                                                                              Legacy Number if applicable Sample Legacy Number 0160-533 24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster STAPLED1 -1 position A3
                                                                                                                              Publication Title ControlLogix Remote IO Communication Module Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief 36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position A5
                                                                                                                              (required) Business Group Marketing Commercial As entered in DocMan 4rdquo x 6rdquo STAPLED2 - 2 positions A6
                                                                                                                              (required) Cost Center 19010 As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021 CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105 475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size) THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound) A7
                                                                                                                              BindingStitching PERFECT - Perfect Bound Review key on right Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise) 475rdquo x 775rdquo THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline) A8
                                                                                                                              (required) Page Count of Publication 172 Total page count including cover 55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size) Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline) A9
                                                                                                                              Paper Stock Color white White is assumed For color options contact your vendor 6rdquo x 4rdquo Post Sale Technical Communication
                                                                                                                              Number of Tabs Needed 5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley 7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std) B1
                                                                                                                              Stitching Location SIDE Blank Corner or Side 825rdquo x 10875rdquo B2
                                                                                                                              Drill Hole YESNO YES All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border 825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std) B3 None
                                                                                                                              Glue Location on Pad Glue location on pads 8375rdquo x 10875 B4 Half
                                                                                                                              Number of Pages per Pad Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max 9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder) B5 C
                                                                                                                              Ink Color Black One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm) Catalogs DbleParll
                                                                                                                              Used in Manufacturing No A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm) C1 Offset Z
                                                                                                                              Fold Sample
                                                                                                                              Comments C2 Short
                                                                                                                              Part Number NA JIT POD V
                                                                                                                              D1 Z
                                                                                                                              D2 Microfold
                                                                                                                              D3
                                                                                                                              D4
                                                                                                                              D5
                                                                                                                              D6
                                                                                                                              D7
                                                                                                                              D8
                                                                                                                              D9
                                                                                                                              This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
                                                                                                                              Publication Type and Print Category
                                                                                                                              Publication Type Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below) JIT Spec (See table below) Description Order Min Order Max Life Cycle Usage Release Option
                                                                                                                              AD NA - Puttman NA Advertisement Reprint Colour NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              AP A3 D2 Application Solution or Customer Success Story 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              AR NA NA ArticleEditorialByline NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              (press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
                                                                                                                              AT B3 B4 D5 Application techniques 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              BR A2 Primary A1 NA Brochures 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CA C2 Primary C1 NA Catalogue 1 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CG NA NA Catalogue Guide 1 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CL NA NA Collection 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CO A5 A6 A9 D5 Company Confidential Information NA NA NA Confidential
                                                                                                                              CP E-only E-only D5 Competitive Information 5 50 NA Confidential
                                                                                                                              DC E-only E-only Discount Schedules NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DI A1 A3 NA Direct Mail 5 100 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DM NA NA Product Demo 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DS B3 D5 Dimensions Sheet 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              DU B3 D5 Document Update 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              GR B2 D6 Getting Results 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              IN B3 Primary B2 D5 D6 Installation instructions 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              LM NA NA Launch Materials 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              PC B3 D5 Packaging Contents
                                                                                                                              PL E-only primary B3 E-only Price List 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              PM B2 D6 Programming Manual 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              PP A3 D1 Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              QR B2 primary B3 B5 D5 D6 Quick Reference 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              QS B2 primary B3 B5 D5 D6 Quick Start 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              RM B2 D5 D6 Reference Manual 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              RN B3 D5 Release Notes 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              SG B1 Primary B4 D5 D6 Selection Guide Colour 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              SG B2 D5 D6 Selection Guide BW 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              SP A1 A2 A3 A4 NA Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type 5 100 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              SR B2 B3 D5 D6 Specification Rating Sheet 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              TD B2 Primary B3 B4 B5 D5 D6 Technical Data 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              TG B2 B3 D6 Troubleshooting Guide 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              UM B2 Primary B4 D6 User Manual BW 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              WD B3 D5 Wiring Diagrams Dwgs 1 5 Post Internal
                                                                                                                              WP B3 Primary B5 D5 White Paper 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
                                                                                                                              Publication length Minimum Order Quantity
                                                                                                                              77 or more pages 1 (no shrink wrap required)
                                                                                                                              33 to 76 pages 25
                                                                                                                              3 to 32 pages 50
                                                                                                                              1 or 2 pages 100
                                                                                                                              Pre-sale Marketing All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              A1 4 color 170 gsm 2pp 100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A2 4 color 170 gsm folded 4pp 100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A3 4 color Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A4 2 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A5 2 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
                                                                                                                              A6 1 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
                                                                                                                              A7 4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide Category being deleted 10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              A8 4 color cover Category being deleted 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              2 color text
                                                                                                                              Selection Guide
                                                                                                                              A9 2 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              Selection Guide
                                                                                                                              Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
                                                                                                                              Post Sale Technical Communication
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              B1 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              2 color text 50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B2 1 color 160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond 90 Cover50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B3 1 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              B4 2 color 160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond 90 Cover50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B5 2 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              Catalogs
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              C1 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              4 color text 45 Coated Sheet
                                                                                                                              C2 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              2 color text 32-33 Coated Sheet
                                                                                                                              JIT POD All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              D1 4 color 170gsm white silk 80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
                                                                                                                              D2 4 color 120gsm white silk 80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
                                                                                                                              D3 4 color Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
                                                                                                                              D4 1 color 160gsm tab 90 index
                                                                                                                              D5 1 color 80gsm bond 20 bond self cover
                                                                                                                              D6 1 color Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              D7 2 color 160gsm tab 90 index
                                                                                                                              D8 2 color 80gsm bond 20 bond self cover
                                                                                                                              D9 2 color Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              D10 Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories

Table of Contents

Notes

8 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Preface

Introduction This manual describes how to configure and troubleshoot your Logix Remote IO (RIO) Communication Module

The 1756-RIO module

bull runs in a ControlLogix environment

bull allows upgrade from PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC systems to a ControlLogix system with a minimum of downtime and startup time

bull uses integer data

bull does not require MSG instructions All data is scheduled

bull offloads block transfer execution to reduce processing burden on the processor

This publication explains how and why you would use a 1756-RIO module The module is used in two modes scanner and adapter mode

In scanner mode the 1756-RIO module enables communication and data transfer between a ControlLogix controller and devices on a Remote IO network The module continuously scans adapters on the remote network The module transfers discrete and block transfer data

In adapter mode the module performs two functions simultaneously First it emulates one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner Second it monitors other remote IO racks on the same Remote IO network

It can be used to upgrade an existing PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system

The advantages of using the 1756-RIO module to upgrade your system include

bull allowing the user to leave the existing Remote IO network in place alleviating the time andor expense of replacing the IO and field wiring or the process of testing out field wiring

bull allowing the new application to be tested before you switch over so that it works just like the old one

bull allowing you to switch back to the old application in minutes should you run into problems

For installation information see the Remote IO (RIO) Module Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN610

9Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 9

Preface

Who Should Use This Manual

We assume you understand remote IO (RIO) modules and the host controller system (ControlLogix)

This manual is intended for individuals who use DHRIO PLC-5 PLC-3 SLC or ControlLogix systems such as

bull software engineers

bull control engineers

bull application engineers

bull instrumentation technicians

Information Found in This Manual

This manual is broken into five parts

bull General module information and features - Chapter 1 and Appendix D

bull Scanner mode functionality - Chapter 2 and Appendices A and C

bull Adapter mode functionality - Chapter 3 and Appendices B and C

bull Linking module configuration with an RSLogix 5000 project - Chapter 4 Monitoring remote IO - Chapter 5

Additional Resources These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

Remote IO (RIO) Module Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN610

Provides details on how to install the 1756-RIO module

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

10 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

11Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 11

Chapter 1

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Introduction This document is a userrsquos guide for the 1756-RIO module The module lets Rockwell Automation ControlLogix controllers communicate with remote IO over the backplane or over a remote network This chapter describes the ControlLogix 1756-RIO module and how it links a ControlLogix controller to the Universal Remote IO network

This chapter also describes the modulersquos physical features software requirements software and add-on profile installation instructions and RSLogix 5000 project setup

The 1756-RIO module

supports native RIO 16-bit words for data control and status bits

acts as a scanner on a Remote IO network

acts as an adapter that exchanges data on a Remote IO network

supports discrete data and block transfer data in either mode

supports up to 10 producedconsumed data connections (along the backplane between the ControlLogix controller and the 1756-RIO module) with 248 words of integer input and 248 words of integer output for each connection

uses producedconsumed connections using a 1756-RIO add-on profile in RSLogix 5000 programming software

supports requested packet intervals (RPIs) from 2hellip750 ms All connections use one set RPI

maps all discrete and block transfer data into producedconsumed connections

monitors existing IO in adapter mode (Monitor mode) It can report all existing inputs and outputs discrete and block transfer module data to the ControlLogix controller

Topic Page

1756-RIO Module Components 13

1756-RIO Module Requirements 15

Prepare the Module 16

Install the Software 19

Install the Add-on Profile 19

Create the RSLogix 5000 Project 22

Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode 30

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

12 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The following modules are supported by the 1756-RIO module

Supported Modules

See Appendix C for additional information

IO Family Cat No

1746 SLC 1746-N14

1746-N18

1746-N04V

1746-NT4

1771 PLC-5 1771-DE 1771-NIV

1771-IFE-16CH (in single-ended 16 Channel configuration)

1771-NOC-noBTR

1771-IFE-8CH (in differential 8 Channel configuration)

1771-NOC

1771-IL-Alarms 1771-NOV-noBTR

1771-IL 1771-NOV

1771-IR 1771-NR

1771-IXE 1771-OFE-diag

1771-NIV-Alarms 1771-OFE

1794 FLEX 1794-IE4XOE2 1794-OE4

1794-IE8

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

1756-RIO Module Components

The 1756-RIO module components include a 4-character display status indicators an RTB connection and an inside-door label

1756-RIOB Module

1756-RIOA Module

RIO CLX OK

1

2

44777

1

2

3

4

43161

Note that the 3-pin connector has been changed

1

2

RIO CLX OK

43161A44777A

1

2

3

4

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 13

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Item Description

1 4-character scrolling display

2 Three status indicators

RIO indicates the status of the network

CLX indicates the status of the connection to the controller

OK indicates the modulersquos own internal state

3 3-pin connector (blue hose) that connects to the remote devices

This is also known as the removable terminal block (RTB)

4 Inside-door label with error codes

14 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

1756-RIO Module Requirements

The requirements for the module to operate include the installation of

RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

the 1756-RIO module add-on profile from the CD provided with the module

the 1756-RIO module installed in a 1756-ControlLogix chassis

The 1756-RIO Modes The 1756-RIO module can be used in various capacities depending on the userrsquos needs First decide which mode you want the 1756-RIO module to use

In most cases the module is used in scanner mode to scan and control remote IO data on a network

In adapter mode the 1756-RIO module can perform two functions simultaneously First the module can emulate one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner (for example a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC) It can exchange data with the scanner as discrete data or via block transfers

Second the 1756-RIO module can act as a lsquoshadowrsquo referred to as Monitor mode to monitor racks on a remote network The module listens to the remote IO and provides all inputs and outputs from the existing scanner to the ControlLogix controller Users can then run their converted logic against those inputs generate temporary outputs and compare the existing outputs with outputs generated by the new logic

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 15

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Prepare the Module The following list summarizes the initial steps needed to prepare the 1756-RIO module before setting up the remote network These steps will be discussed in detail in this chapter

You can have only one scanner per RIO network Remove any other scanners on the RIO network before continuing The RIO module ships in scanner mode You can adjust the instructions to fit the mode that matches your needs

1 Install RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

2 Install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

3 Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the 1756-RIO modulersquos add-on profile found on the installation CD shipped with the module or download it from httpsupportrockwellautomationcomcontrolflashLogixProfilerasp

RSLinx software and RSLogix 5000 programming software must be installed before the add-on profile

See page 19

4 Create a project in RSLogix 5000 programming software

5 Add a 1756 controller to your project

See page 23

6 Add a 1756-RIO module to the project by right-clicking on the chassis in the Controller Organizer and selecting New Module

The Select Module dialog box appears

7 Expand the Communications heading and select the 1756-RIO module Click OK

See page 24

8 Select the General tab on the Module Properties dialog box to set the module properties

16 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

9 Enter the module name and slot number

See page 24

10 Click the Change button in the Module Definition section Select your desired mode scanner or adapter

The module ships in scanner mode Note the number of inputoutput tags If this number is not the same after you map your data with the configuration tool you will have to return to this screen and change them to match your configuration You can specify independently the number of input and output tags within the range of 1hellip10 Each tag you create will create a block of 248 integers For example a value of 2 will create 2x248 or 498 integers

11 When done click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

See page 25

12 Select the Connection tab on the Module Properties dialog box

13 Set the Requested Packet Interval (RPI)

See page 27

14 Click on the Remote IO tab name the RIO file and click the OK button

15 Choose Yes on the Create dialog box

See page 31

This will close the Module Properties dialog box You will need to double-click on the 1756-RIO module in the controller organizer to re-open the Module Properties dialog box

16 Click on the Configure Remote IO Devices button on the Module Properties dialog box to launch the configuration tool

17 In the configuration tool if needed under the Tools menu select Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode menu to match the RIO module functionality to match your application Scanner or Adapter

See pages 33

18 Configure the RIO module to match your application In scanner mode add the desired racks to scan and any block transfer modules In adapter mode configure the desired racks to be emulated or monitored and add any block transfer modules Map all entries either manually or by using the Automap command

See pages 51 and 76

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 17

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

19 Download the configuration to the module From the configuration toolrsquos Configure menu select Download Configuration Set the communication path when prompted

See page 91

20 Save the project

21 Go online in the RSLogix 5000 project and download the configuration to the controller

See page 30

See Chapters 2 and 3 for in-depth information on setting module modes and configuration

18 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Install the Software Begin by installing the RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation on your computer You must use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

Then install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the Add-on Profile Installing the add-on profile also installs the software configuration tool The add-on profile and the configuration tool (56RioCfg) are on the CD that ships with your module

Once loaded onto your computer the configuration tool is accessible within the RSLogix 5000 add-on profile The configuration tool contains two separate programs one for scanner mode 56RioCfgScan and one for adapter mode 56RioCfgAdpt The program that launches depends on which mode you select

With the configuration tool you can

bull change modes

bull set the baud rate

bull autoconfigure racks from an attached Remote IO network

bull manually add and configure racks

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map IO data to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed connections

bull save and load configuration files

bull download and upload configurations

bull archive projects

bull monitor diagnostics rack status discrete data and block transfers

IMPORTANT The 1756-RIO module requires RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later The add-on profile does not work with previous versions of RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 19

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

To install the add-on profile along with the configuration tool follow these steps

1 Make sure any instances of RSLogix 5000 programming software is shut down before beginning

2 Insert the CD that was shipped with your module into your computer

3 Open the folder 1756-RIO Configuration Tool Setup Run the MPSetupexe program

The RSLogix 5000 Module Profiles Setup Wizard launches

4 Follow the prompts to complete the installation Click Next Accept the License Agreement install the profile and begin

ATTENTION If you get a message about DTL32DLL when installing or running the programs on the configuration CD it indicates problems with the RSLinx software installation Confirm that you have the correct version of RSLinx software RSLinx Lite software cannot be used

20 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

5 On the Module Profiles Setup dialog box click Install to configure RSLogix 5000 Module Profiles

6 Click Next

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 21

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

7 Click Finish

Create the RSLogix 5000 Project

Once the add-on profile is installed you are ready to create the RSLogix 5000 project In this section you will

start a new project

configure the controller in the project

add the 1756-RIO module to the project

enter the requested pack interval (RPI)

22 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Configure the Controller

1 Launch RSLogix 5000 programming software if it is not opened

2 In the RSLogix 5000 programming software Controller Organizer from the File menu choose New

3 On the New Controller dialog box select a 1756 controller the Revision number Name Chassis Type and Slot number The 1756-RIO module can only be used in RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later

4 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 23

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Add the 1756-RIO Module

1 On the Controller Organizer right-click on the IO Configuration folder and select New Module from the pull-down menu

2 On the Select Module dialog box expand the Communications tab and select the 1756-RIO module

3 Click OK

The 1756-RIO Module Properties dialog box displays

IMPORTANT You must be offline to add the module to the IO configuration in the RSLogix 5000 project

24 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

On the Module Properties dialog box from the General tab you can assign the module name description slot number and module definition

The Module Definition dialog box displays

4 Click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

5 Click Yes to accept any changes

6 Click OK again on the bottom of the General tab

Item Description

Name Choose a name that easily identifies the module

Description The Description field is optional

Slot The Slot field must match the slot number of the 1756-RIO modulersquos location in the chassis

Module Definition-Change hellip button

Click on the Change hellip button to change the Series Revision Electronic Keying Mode (scanner or adapter) or Number of Input or Output Tags The Module Definition dialog box displays

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 25

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

26 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Module Definition Dialog Box

Item Description

Series Module series letter

Revision Firmware revision number

Electronic Keying Exact Match requires all keying attributes of the physical module and the module created in the software to match precisely to establish communication

Compatible Module the module determines whether to accept or reject communication Compatible Keying allows the physical module to accept the key of the module configured in the software provided that the configured module is one the physical module is capable of emulating This is the default setting

Disabled Keying indicates the keying attributes are not considered when attempting to communicate with a module Be extremely cautious when using this option if used incorrectly this option can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss

Mode - Scanner or Adapter

The module ships in scanner mode (The 4-character display on the front of the module also indicates which mode is set) If you want to change the mode setting you must first select the desired mode in the add-on profile on the Module Definition dialog box from the pull-down menu so that the correct configuration tool starts Then on the Remote IO tab you must click on the Configure Remote IO devices button (the configuration tool) and select the Tools menugtSet 1756-RIO ModuleScanner mode to download the correct firmware

Be aware that changing the module mode downloads firmware specific to the mode chosen This mode setting must match between the RSLogix 5000 programming software project and the configuration tool but keep in mind that the correct firmware must also be downloaded

Input Tags - Output Tags

Up to 10 input and output tags can be selected Each tag is 248 words The number of inputoutput tags entered in the add-on profilersquos Module Properties has to be equal or greater than the number of tags in the configuration tool

The number of tags in the configuration tool are determined by the mappings you create The more tags you have the more backplane traffic is generated Itrsquos best to keep the number of tags low which is what the automatic mapping command does by mapping the data and packing it into the lowest number of tags

For example a single rack with discrete data that has the inputsoutputs mapped to block 9 requires the inputoutput tags to be 10 So in the Module PropertiesgtGeneral tabgtModule DefinitiongtChange button select 10 for the number of input and output tags

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Enter the RPI

To set the RPI follow these steps

1 On the controller organizer double-click on the RIO module

2 On the Module Properties dialog box from the Connection tab set the RPI for the module

IMPORTANT If you are using the 1756-RIO module in a remote rack for example a rack connected to the controlling ControlLogix controller over ControlNet or EthernetIP it may be necessary to increase the RPI as the intermediate network may not have sufficient bandwidth to support faster updates (small RPIs) The likelihood of having bandwidth issues is increased as you increase the number of 248-word input and output tags

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 27

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

28 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Remote IO Update Time

The remote update time is the time it takes the Remote IO scanner to scan all of the adapters in its IO scan list

The scan rate is the approximate time it takes to scan a 16-slot logical chassis without block transfers The number and sizes of block transfers can significantly affect this time

So for example if you have eight adapters on your network and your baud rate is 2304 K your approximate remote IO update time would be 8 ( of adapters) 3 ms (scan rate) or 24 ms

RPI

The Requested Packet Interval (RPI) specifies the rate at which the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller exchange data to and from each other The allowable RPIrsquos range is from 2hellip750 ms with a default of 20 ms When the specified time frame elapses the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller produce data for each other All 1756-RIO input and output tags update with the same RPI

Select an RPI for your application For most applications a good rule of thumb would be to set the RPI equal to one half of the remote IO scan time

Baud Rate Scan Rate

2304 K 3 ms

1152 K 5 ms

576 K 8 ms

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Throughput

When using the 1756-RIO module your system throughput is based on the following key factors

Number and sizes of adapters

Number and sizes of block transfer modules

Overall remote IO update time

RPI

Any network cards involved

Controller scan time

The asynchronous nature of the RPI and the remote IO scan

Since the RIO scan is asynchronous to the RPI the worst case or maximum update time to get information from the 1756-RIO into the controller is the RPI plus two times the remote IO update rate

You can use the diagnostic functions of the 1756-RIO configuration toolrsquos utilities to measure the average minimum and maximum update times on the Remote IO network

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 29

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project

Follow these steps to set the communication path and download to the controller

1 On the main menu from the Communications menu select Who Active

2 Browse to the controller

3 Click the Set Project Path button

4 Click Download

Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode

Once the desired module mode is set in the RSLogix 5000 module properties you must select the mode in the configuration tool to download the correct firmware You must first launch the configuration tool and then verify the mode setting matches in the Module Properties and in the configuration tool The correct firmware must be downloaded for the module to run correctly

ATTENTION If your desired mode is scanner mode you do nothing at this point as the module ships in scanner mode

IMPORTANT The controller must be in Program Mode to continue with the firmware update

30 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 31

Launch the 1756-RIO Configuration Tool

Follow these steps to launch the configuration tool and to set the mode in the configuration tool

1 On the Module Properties dialog box click the Remote IO tab

2 On the Remote IO tab window in the RIO File (rio) field type a file name or use the Browse button

The file name can include a path If the file or directory does not exist it is created

3 Click OK

The following dialog box appears

The Configure Remote IO Devices button is not active

ATTENTION When you create a file the default location is the project directory If you enter a path or file that does not exist it is created The file is not created until you run the configuration tool You can use the browse button to select a location If you change the path you must click Apply before you can use the Configure Remote IO Devices button

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

4 Click Yes The Module Properties dialog box closes

5 On the controller organizer double-click on the 1756-RIO module to re-open the Module Properties dialog box Select the Remote IO tab

Notice that the Configure Remote IO Devices button is now active

6 Click the Configure Remote IO Devices button to launch the configuration tool

The 56RioCfgScan dialog box displays You are now in the configuration tool software for scanner mode You can change operating modes and configure a Remote IO network

The Configure Remote IO Devices button is now active

TIP If you want to change operating modes you should do this before configuring the modulersquos settings When you change the operating mode you are downloading the latest firmware to the module The firmware is specific to the mode you choose scanner or adapter

IMPORTANT Notice that because lsquoScannerrsquo mode was set in the RSLogix 5000 programming software on the General Tab of the RIO Module Properties dialog box the scanner program within the configuration tool (56RioCfgScan) starts and displays at the top of the profilersquos dialog box

32 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

7 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the Tools menu choose Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode

8 On the RSLinx Path Selection dialog box click the Autobrowse box to browse the path to the 1756-RIO module to set the communication path and click OK

The configuration tool then displays the current mode in the 56RioSetMode dialog box and lets you select the mode you want to use

The 56RioCfgScan program title displays at the top of the configuration toolrsquos dialog box indicating that scanner mode was chosen in the modulersquos properties in the RSLogix 5000 add-on profile and that you are running the scanner configuration toolrsquos firmware

IMPORTANT Remember specific firmware downloads depending on mode selection Also you are prompted to reset the communication path when changing from one mode to another

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 33

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

In the 56RioSetMode dialog box select the mode from the New Mode pull-down menu and click OK to download the new firmware

A status window displays showing the progress of the mode change

The 1756-RIO SetMode Confirmation dialog box displays the version of the firmware it is about to download Check carefully that this firmware version is correct

IMPORTANT Steps 9 and 10 change the configuration of the RIO module between adapter and scanner mode If your module is configured for the desired mode these steps are not necessary

IMPORTANT Changing the 1756-RIO module mode or updating firmware clears the remote IO configuration stored on the 1756-RIO module

34 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

9 Click OK to download the firmware

Once you click OK the words lsquoFirmware Updatersquo scroll across the front of the 1756-RIO modulersquos 4-character display indicating that the firmware change is taking place

The tool downloads the firmware and displays the progress of the download When the download is complete the tool displays the result of the download The 1756-RIO SetMode Completed Successfully dialog box appears

10 Click OK

The front of the 1756-RIO modulersquos character display should now indicate the new firmware mode

If the download fails the tool displays an error message

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 35

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

36 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

37Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 37

Chapter 2

Configure Scanner Mode

Introduction Once the 56RioCfg configuration tool launches you can configure a Remote IO network using the RIO module as a scanner or an adapter This chapter describes how to configure the module for use in scanner mode

In scanner mode the ControlLogix controller writes remote IO outputs and reads remote IO inputs The 1756-RIO module enables communication between the controller and devices on a Remote IO network The scanner continuously scans the adapters on the Remote IO network

Two types of data are transferred over the Remote IO network - discrete and block transfer data Discrete data transfers consist of the scanner sending output data and communication commands to the adapter which instruct the adapter about how to control its output The adapter responds by sending input data to the scanner

The remote IO block transfer module is a data transfer mechanism that lets you control the transfer of up to 64 words of data to or from a remote device The 1756-RIO module allows the user to offload block transfer execution from the controller The data appears in the data table of the ControlLogix controller without having to execute the logic in the controller to perform the block transfer A Block Transfer Read (BTR) receives data from a remote device A Block Transfer Write (BTW) sends data to a remote device

In this chapter you use the configuration tool to configure the module in scanner mode to prepare it for use on the Remote IO network You will

bull configure the racks automatically or manually

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map the remote IO modules to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data

Topic Page

Configure Scanner Summary 38

Set the Baud Rate 39

Autoconfigure Racks 40

Manually Configure Racks 43

Configure Block Transfer Modules 46

Map IO Data 51

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Configure Scanner Summary

The following list summarizes the steps to configure the 1756-RIO module in scanner mode

1 Set the baud rate

2 Autoconfigure online racks on the network (Make sure the controller is set to Program Mode)

3 Set the communication path

4 Manually add any additional racks that are not online

5 Manually add and configure block transfer modules

6 MapAutomap the data

1756

Con

trol

ler

Rem

ote

IO M

odul

e

Sc

anne

r Mod

e

1771

-ASB

Rem

ote

IO A

dapt

er

1771 IO IO IO

1747

-ASB

Rem

ote

IO A

dapt

er

1746 IO IO IO

1771 IO

1746 IO

Uni

vers

al R

emot

e IO

Net

wor

k

Scanner Mode

44803

38 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Set the Baud Rate After setting the operating mode for the 1756-RIO module you must set the baud rate

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the controller on the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties

The 1756-RIO Properties dialog box displays

2 Select the baud rate

3 You can also optionally enter an LED Banner name

This is a unique name you assign to identify the module This is useful when you have multiple RIO modules on your network The LED Banner displays on the 4-character display on the 1756-RIO module It can be from 0hellip15 characters long

4 Click OK

You must perform a download to reconfigure the module

Value Baud Rate Kbps

57 k - scanner mode default 576

115 k 1152

230 k 2304

TIP If you perform an autoconfiguration the 1756-RIO module automatically detects the baud rate by sending packets to an attached remote IO network

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 39

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

5 On the main menu from the Configure menu choose Download or click the Download Config to Module button on the toolbar

Autoconfigure Racks You can autoconfigure racks attached to the network or add additional racks manually The Autoconfigure command scans the Remote IO network to determine which racks are present

The module automatically detects the network baud rate and configures the racks on the attached Remote IO network

The 56RioCfgScan tool sends messages to all possible racks detects all possible baud rates and from the replies determines which racks are on the network

Main Menu

Toolbar

40 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 41

The icons on the 56RioCfgScan tool show the partial rack sizes and locations Racks are shown with starting and ending IO groups For example the following tree shows rack 0 consisting of 4 quarter racks

Block transfer modules must be added and configured manually

When the module is in scanner mode the 1756-RIO module performs the following actions during autoconfigure The module

bull detects the network baud rate by sending messages at each baud rate looking for responses

bull then sends messages to all possible racks on the network

bull builds a network configuration from the observed network responses

bull displays the network configuration

Partial Rack (14 rack)

Rack 0

IMPORTANT The controller with the connection to the 1756-RIO module must be in program mode when you perform an autoconfiguration The following error message displays if the controller is not in program mode

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

To perform an autoconfigure in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the main menu from the Configure menu select Autoconfigure or click the Autoconfigure button on the toolbar

Any configuration previously stored in the 1756-RIO module is overwritten by the data from the autoconfiguration You are given the option to save the previous configuration before it proceeds with the autoconfiguration

Autoconfiguration detects just the rack structure it cannot locate block transfer modules You have to manually add block transfer modules to the rack

TIP There is no specific rsquoautorsquo baud rate when the module is in scanner mode When using autoconfigure the 1756-RIO module tries all three baud rates and sets the baud rate based on the responses to the messages it sends You need to make sure that all devices on the network are set at the same baud rate

TIP After performing an Autoconfigure what displays by the 56RioCfgScan tool matches what is in the 1756-RIO module No download is necessary The Autoconfigure also automatically maps the discrete rack data to tags in the ControlLogix processor

Main Menu

Toolbar

42 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Manually Configure Racks To add a rack manually to the remote IO configuration follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the root of the IO tree which represents the remote IO scanner and select Add Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 On the AddResize Rack dialog box select the Rack number (in octal) the Start Group and the End Group

3 Click OK

Item Field Description Range

1 Rack 0hellip76 octal available

2 Start Grp (IO) 0246

A logical rack consists of eight IO groups numbered 0hellip7 The smallest unit allowed on a network is a quarter rack so the starting IO groups are 0246

3 End Grp (IO) 1357

Ending IO groups

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 43

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Matching Configuration Tool Settings with Module Settings

After manually adding a rack a download is necessary

To download to the module from the Configure menu select Download Configuration or from the toolbar click the Download Config to Module button

Manually adding racks also requires the discrete data to be mapped to tags in the ControlLogix controller before allowing a download The data can be mapped automatically or manually

See Map IO Data on page 51

Main Menu

Toolbar

44 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Resize a Rack

To resize a configured rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Resize Partial Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 Select Start Group and End Group

3 Click OK

If resizing the rack results in an overlap with an existing rack the resize fails and displays an error message

If resizing the rack results in deleting block transfer modules you are given the option of cancelling the resize or proceeding and deleting the block transfer modules

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 45

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Delete a Rack

To delete a rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Delete Rack(s)

2 To delete a partial rack expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the partial rack and choose Delete Partial Rack

Configure Block Transfer Modules

All block transfer modules represent some type of analog data Block transfer modules transfer a block (64 words maximum) of analog-type data at a rate configured by the user The 1756-RIO module lets the user offload block transfer execution from the controller to the 1756-RIO module

If a slot is occupied by a discrete IO module or is empty select lsquoDiscretersquo which is the default If a specific block transfer module occupies the slot select the part number of that block transfer module

Not all block transfer modules are supported directly by the 1756-RIO module If the module you are using does not appear in the list set the module type to BT-MODULE and set the lengths to the appropriate values In some cases there are multiple templates for a given block transfer module to show that the module can be used in significantly different ways

See Appendix D for additional information on block transfer templates

46 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

All block transfer data is mapped into one of the possible 10 producedconsumed connections on the controller Each producedconsumed connection allows 248 16-bit words in and out There are two words of overhead for each block transfer for controlstatus The 1756-RIO module can execute as many block transfers as the user configures up to the limits of available memory mapped to the ControlLogix controller

To configure a block transfer module follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box expand the IO tree to choose the location where you want to add the module

2 On the IO tree right-click the slot where you want to add the module and select Module Properties

IMPORTANT Block transfers do not need MSG instructions to execute

TIP In scanner mode block transfer modules can be configured manually also

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 47

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

3 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type pull-down select the type

4 Click OK

The IO Module Properties dialog box displays

5 Click Configure to display the BT Module Parameterization configuration dialog box to configure the module

This example shows the BT Module Parameterization dialog box for a 16-channel 1771-IFE module Each module is different

Use the dialog box to set parameters for a block transfer module These parameters are defined in the template file for the block transfer module and are typical quantities such as scaling parameters and alarms

Module Types

Type Description

Discrete A block transfer module does not exist at this location

BT-MODULE Any other block transfer module not listed by part number in the system

1746-xxxhellip1794-xxx Part number of block transfer (analog) modules with template files in the system that are compatible with the 1756-RIO module See Supported Modules on page 12 for the complete list

48 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

6 Enter the configuration data and click OK

7 On the IO Module Properties dialog box select how you want the block transfer to update

There are three update modes automatic semi-automatic and manual

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 49

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

8 On the IO Module Properties dialog box select the block transfer read-and-write-update rates from 0hellip16383 ms

A rate of 0 means the 1756-RIO module updates the block transfer as fast as the network and the block transfer module allows

Type Description

Automatic 1756-RIO module controls block transfer update

Automatic block transfers perform a single configuration block transfer write every time the controller transitions from Program to Run mode and then perform timed data block transfer read and write updates using the BTR and BTW data lengths and times from the configuration tool The length values and update times for automatic block transfers all come from the configuration tool

Automatic block transfers begin as soon as the controller is in run mode they do not have to be triggered

Errors in block transfer execution are indicated by non-zero values returned to the ControlLogix controller

In automatic mode the module configuration data values come from the configuration tool as default values or from user parameters The size of the configuration block transfer write is the data BTW length BtwLen plus the Config BTW Length CfgLen from the template The data block transfer write length is BtwLen from the template and this is the length mapped to ControlLogix output data

The size of the data block transfer read is set by the configuration tool

Semi-automatic 1756-RIO module controls block transfer update

Semi-automatic block transfers perform a single configuration block transfer write every time the controller transitions from Program to Run mode and then perform timed data block transfer read and write updates using the BTR and BTW data lengths and times from the configuration tool The length values and update times for semi-automatic block transfers all come from the configuration tool

Semi-automatic block transfers begin as soon as the controller is in run mode they do not have to be triggered

Any errors in BT execution are indicated by non-zero values in the ControlLogix controller

In Semi-automatic mode the module configuration data values come from ControlLogix output data The size of the configuration block transfer write is the data BTW length BtwLen plus the Config BTW Length CfgLen from the template and this is the length mapped to ControlLogix output data The data block transfer write length is BtwLen from the template

The size of the data block transfer read is set by the configuration tool

Manual The ControlLogix controller controls block transfer update

IO module configuration gathers data from the ControlLogix controller

To execute block transfers in manual mode

enter the BTR andor BTW length and BTW data in the control block for the module

set the BTREN andor BTWEN bits (BTRCONTBTWCONT) for continuous execution

check the BTRDNBTWDN bits that indicate BT execution is complete (BTR data is available at that time)

check the BTRERRBTWERR bits If set read the error code to determine the cause of the problem

Inhibit Automatic Block Transfers

To inhibit a running automatic or semi-automatic block transfer set bit 9 to offset 0 of the mapped output data for the module

50 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Map IO Data You must map the IO data to locations in the ControlLogix controller input and output data before you can scan the Remote IO network

Mapping connects locations in the ControlLogix input and output tags to locations on the Remote IO network (discrete data on racks and block transfer reads and writes)

Connections (producedconsumed) occur between the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller They are point-to-point links between two end points

Producedconsumed tag data is the information that gets passed back and forth over the line between the two end points

There are up to 10 blocks of producedconsumed tag data Discrete and block transfer tag data gets lsquopackedrsquo into the ControlLogix producedconsumed data When discrete and block transfer tag data are mapped or when the configuration tool lsquoauto mapsrsquo the data for you you are selecting which of those blocks the tag data is mapped to and the offset in the block where the tag data is found

See Scanner Mode IO Map on page 129

When mapping is complete you must export the aliases to the 1756-RIO module and import the configuration to the RSLogix 5000 project

See Aliases on page 84 for a complete discussion of exporting and importing aliases

IMPORTANT It is essential that the control program on the host controller matches the addresses in the mapping configuration on the 1756-RIO module otherwise the control program may inadvertently write to the incorrect IO locations If you change the data mappings on the 1756-RIO module make sure that the control program uses the correct addresses

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 51

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

ATTENTIONUnassigned or unmapped data (IO addresses) are shown as xxx in the IO tree

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Unmapped Data

Mapped Data

52 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Automatic Mapping

The Auto Map Any Unassigned command automatically maps any unassigned discrete or block transfer data to ControlLogix connections Discrete data is mapped before block transfer data The longest blocks of data are mapped first from the lowest addresses up Any previously-assigned addresses remain unchanged

On the 56RioCfg configuration tool dialog box from the Map menu choose Automap Any Unassigned to automatically map all the data

Any xxxs are replaced with an actual IO address

Manually Map Discrete (rack) Data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack and select Rack Map Discretes - Assign Manually

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 53

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

2 On the Map RackhellipManually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down menu select the ControlLogix block and Data Offset within the block for the Input Mapping and Output Mapping

Data Offset Field Range Choices

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

The configuration tool checks for overlaps with previously-mapped data and displays an error if it finds an overlap

Item Field Description

1 Clx Block There are up to 10 data blocks (0hellip9) available on the ControlLogix controller for inputs and outputs You select the block where the data is rsquopackedrsquo

2 Data Offset The data offset (0hellip247) is the area in the data block where the inputoutput data is foundYou select the data offset area within the block

12

54 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Manually Map Block Transfer Data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the expanded rack list right-click on the module and select BT Module Clx Map - Assign Manually

2 On the Map BT ModulehellipManually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down menu select the ControlLogix block and Data Offset within the block for the Input Mapping and Output Mapping

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

The configuration tool checks for overlaps with previously-mapped data and displays an error message if it finds an overlap

If there is insufficient space in the current block to map the data

bull the Data Offset field is blank

bull the OK button appears dimmed

Change the block number and select an offset

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 55

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Re-Map Command

Use the Re-Map All command to clear all previous mappings and automatically map all discrete and block transfer data to connections

From the Map menu select Re-Map All

See Aliases on page 84 for exporting and importing aliases

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

ATTENTION If you remap IO data you should export aliases and re-import them into the RSLogix 5000 project so the control program uses the new assignments

56 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Clear Mappings

Follow these steps to clear all mappings

1 To clear all assigned mappings on the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the Map menu choose Clear All Mappings

2 On the Clear ALL Mappings dialog box confirm that you want to clear all the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 57

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Clear Discrete Rack Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear mappings for discrete (rack) data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack and select Rack Map Discretes - Clear

2 On the Clear Rack Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT All of the preceding mapping and configuration examples currently reside only within the 56RioCfgScan software and must be downloaded to the 1756-RIO module

See page 30 for download steps

58 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Clear Block Transfer Module Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear the mappings for block transfer data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the expanded rack right-click on the block-transfer module and select BT Module Clx Map - Clear

2 On the Clear BT Module Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the BT Module mappings and click Yes

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 59

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Notes

60 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 3

Configure Adapter Mode

Introduction This chapter explains how and why to use the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode In adapter mode the 1756-RIO module can perform two functions simultaneously

First the module can emulate one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner (for example a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC controller) On Active racks the module writes remote IO inputs and reads remote IO outputs

Second it can monitor other remote IO racks On Monitored racks the 1756-RIO module can monitor existing IO also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo and can be used to upgrade a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system Monitor mode provides existing discrete inputs and outputs and Block Transfer reads and writes to the ControlLogix controller

See Scan Mode and Monitor Mode on page 99 for a complete description of using Monitor mode

The 1756-RIO module communicates with the ControlLogix controller using up to 10 input connections and 10 output connections via producedconsumed data Remote IO data maps into the connections by the configuration tool

In this chapter you use the configuration tool to configure the module in adapter mode to prepare it for use on the Remote IO network You will

bull configure the racks automatically or manually

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map the remote IO modules to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data

Topic Page

Configure Adapter Summary 62

Set the Baud Rate 63

Autoconfigure Racks 64

Manually Configure Racks 69

Configure Block-transfer Modules 72

Map IO Data 76

61Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 61

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Adapter Mode

Configure Adapter Summary

The following list summarizes the steps to configure the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

1 Set the baud rate

2 Autoconfigure online racks on the network (Make sure the controller is set to Program Mode)

3 Set the communication path

4 Manually add any additional racks that are not online

5 Manually add and configure block transfer modules

6 MapAutomap the data

RIO Scanner(reads inputs and writes outputs to scanned racks)PLC-3 PLC-5 SLC Etc

Cont

rolL

ogix

1756

-RIO

in

Ada

pter

Mon

itor M

ode

1771 IO Rack

1747 IO Rack

Rack 1

Rack 2

Rack 3

1771 IO Rack

Rack 4RIO Scanner(reads inputs and writes ouputs to scanned racks)PLC-3 PLC-5 SLC Etc

1771 IO Rack

1771 IO Rack

1747 IO Rack

Rack 1

1756

-RIO

In A

dapt

er

Mod

e

Cont

rolL

ogix

Rack 4

Rack 3

Rack 2

Two-way communication between the RIO scanner and the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

1756-RIO Module as an Active Rack 1756-RIO Module as a Monitored Rack

One-way communication between the Remote IO network and the ControlLogix controller The RIO scanner controls the IO and the ControlLogix controller via the 1756-RIO module in adapter monitors all IO data In monitor mode it monitors the IO and brings all input and output data into the ControLogix controller

44828 44829

Universal Remote IO Network

IMPORTANT Configuring the 1756-RIO module as an adapter enables the RIO module to emulate a 1771-ASB module This allows a path for peer-to-peer data to be exchanged between the scanner controller and the ControlLogix owner of the RIO module over the Remote IO network The adapter mode functionality does not allow the scanner controller to directly control any 1756-IO in the chassis with the RIO module

62 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Set the Baud Rate To set the baud rate in adapter mode follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the controller on the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties

The 1756-RIO Properties dialog box displays

2 On the 1756-RIO Module Properties dialog box select the baud rate

3 You can also enter an LED Banner name This is a unique name you assign to identify the module This is useful when you have multiple RIO modules on your network The LED Banner displays on the 4-character display on the 1756-RIO module It can be from 0hellip15 characters long

4 Click OK

The default baud rate is Auto (automatic baud rate detection)

Value Baud Rate Kbps

57 k 576

115 k 1152

230 k 2304

Auto - adapter mode default Auto

TIP If you perform an autoconfiguration the 1756-RIO module automatically detects the baud rate by monitoring an attached Remote IO network

TIP If you are only using Active racks set the baud rate to match the Remote IO network Donrsquot set it to Auto

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 63

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Autoconfigure Racks When the module is in adapter mode autoconfigure builds a configuration based on what it has heard on a running network This process differs from scanner mode because the 1756-RIO module does not scan these racks only monitors the information to and from these racks

The module automatically detects the network baud rate and configures the racks on an attached Remote IO network Autoconfiguration detects the rack structure and causes the 1756-RIO module to monitor the data to and from these racks Active and monitored racks are displayed

See Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network on page 67 for detailed information about active and monitored racks

Autoconfigure in adapter mode performs the following actions

bull Detects the network baud rate

bull Monitors messages to and from racks on the network

bull Builds a network configuration from the observed network traffic

bull Displays the network configuration

To autoconfigure in adapter mode you must

bull clear the old configuration

bull download a new empty configuration

bull set the baud rate to lsquoautorsquo or to the baud rate that matches the existing network

bull put the scanner in Run mode until all block transfers execute

bull put the scanner back in Program mode

bull perform the autoconfiguration

IMPORTANT The controller with the connection to the 1756-RIO module must be in program mode when you perform an autoconfiguration

ATTENTION Please note any configuration previously stored in the 1756-RIO module is overwritten by the data from the autoconfiguration You are given the option to save the previous configuration before it proceeds with the autoconfiguration

64 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Perform the AutoConfiguration

Follow these steps to perform autoconfiguration

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Configure menu choose Download Configuration or click the Download Configuration button on the toolbar

This clears the previous configuration and downloads an empty configuration to the 1756-RIO module

2 Set the baud rate to Auto On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the controller in the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties to enter the baud rate

3 To automatically add block transfers put the remote IO scanner module in Run mode (you set it to Program mode before you began the autoconfiguration) and wait until the block transfers execute Then put the scanner back in Program mode

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 65

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

4 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Configure menu choose Autoconfigure to build a configuration from observed network traffic or click the Autoconfigure button on the toolbar

The RSLinx Path Selection autobrowse dialog box displays

5 Navigate to the backplane and select the 1756-RIO adapter module and click OK

The 1756-RIO module builds a configuration based on what it has observed on the Remote IO network since the download The configuration includes racks block transfer modules and observed block transfer updates All block transfers are set to type BT-MODULE

Main Menu Toolbar

66 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network

You must distinguish between active and monitored racks and must manually enter active racks into the 1756-RIO modulersquos configuration and manually add any desired block transfers

On monitored racks the 1756-RIO module picks up the block transfers automatically but must have the specific module type set This insures that the aliases you create for import into the RSLogix 5000 project have names that better describe the data content Otherwise the generic module type BT-MODULE is set

If you want active racks add them manually now then download the modified configuration to the 1756-RIO module

In the configuration tree each rack line precedes an icon representing rack information The icons represent type and size The size color and position of the colored block indicates the location size and type of partial rack and whether the rack is active or monitored

Active Versus Monitored Racks

Type Description

Active The 1756-RIO module emulates one or more remote IO racks The ControlLogix controller sends the rack- produced data which is then sent as remote IO input data to the scanner on the Remote IO network The remote IO scanner sends output data for those emulated racks to the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode The RIO module then sends that data to the ControlLogix controller as consumed input data

Use lsquoActiversquo if you want to exchange data between a ControlLogix controller and a scanner on remote IO You can also configure one or more slots in the Active rack as block transfer modules to exchange larger amounts of data with the remote IO scanner Active racks are one or more racks that the 1756-RIO module is emulating to share information between the existing scanner and the ControlLogix controller

Any rack in the configuration tree that contains at least one portion of an Active rack displays with a lightning bolt and a red indication on the active portion of the rack The text lsquoActlnpOxData[xxx]rsquo also displays indicating that this data originated in the ControlLogix controller as output data that appears as input data to the remote IO scanner

Monitor The 1756-RIO module monitors remote IO inputs on an existing Remote IO network and passes data as producedconsumed data to the ControlLogix controller This is also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo Use lsquoMonitor modersquo if you have a supervisory ControlLogix system that needs to collect data from an existing control system with remote IO

Monitored racks are racks that physically exist on the Remote IO network and are to be monitored by the 1756-RIO module Any portion of a rack in the configuration tree that is configured as lsquoMonitorrsquo displays with a blue indication on the rack

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 67

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

68 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Racks are shown with starting and ending IO groups in the IO tree For example the following IO tree shows rack 0 as a quarter rack starting at IO group 0

The line color denotes active or monitored partial rack state

Starting and ending group number

Lightning bolt denotes an active partial rack in the rack

Rack 00 contains four monitored quarter racks so no lsquolightning boltrsquo

Rack Icon Information

Code Description

Lightning bolt Denotes at least some part of the rack is configured as active Rack 01 contains an active half rack Rack 03 contains three monitored quarter racks but also an Active quarter rack therefore the lightning bolt

Red Denotes that this portion of the rack is configured as active

Blue Denotes that this portion of the rack is configured as monitored

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Manually Configure Racks To add a rack manually to the remote IO configuration follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the root of the IO tree which represents the ControlLogix controller and choose Add Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 On the AddResize Rack dialog box choose the Rack number (in octal) the Start Group the End Group and Rack Mode (Monitor or Active)

3 Click OK

Type Description

Active Emulates one or more remote IO racks The ControlLogix controller sends the rack producedconsumed data as input data which is then sent as remote IO input data to the scanner on the Remote IO network The remote IO scanner sends output data for those emulated racks to the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode The RIO module then sends that data to the ControlLogix controller as producedconsumed input data

Use active if you want to exchange data between a ControlLogix controller and a scanner on remote IO

Monitor Monitors remote IO inputs and outputs on monitored remote IO racks and passes data as producedconsumed input data to the ControlLogix controller This is also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo Use Monitor mode if you have a supervisory ControlLogix system that needs to collect data from older control systems with remote IO

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 69

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Resizing Racks

To resize a configured rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Resize Partial Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays Field options differ depending on mode

2 On the AddResize dialog box select Start Group and End Group

You cannot change the Rack number or Rack type (Active or Monitored) The radio button is dimmed

3 Click OK

If resizing the rack results in an overlap with an existing rack the resize fails and displays an error message

If resizing the rack results in deleting block transfer modules you are given the option of cancelling the resize or proceeding and deleting the block transfer modules

70 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Delete Racks

To delete a rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Delete Rack(s)

2 To delete a partial rack expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the partial rack and choose Delete Partial Rack

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 71

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Configure Block-transfer Modules

All block transfer modules represent some type of analog data Block transfers send a block (64 words maximum) of data to or from an IO module in one scan

If a slot is occupied by a discrete IO module or is empty select lsquoDiscretersquo which is the default If a specific block transfer module occupies the slot select the part number of that block transfer module

Not all block transfer modules are supported directly by the 1756-RIO module If the module you are using does not appear in the list set the module type to BT-MODULE and set the lengths to the appropriate values In some cases there are multiple templates for a given block transfer module to show that the module can be used in significantly different ways

See Block Transfer Module Templates on page 153 for additional information on block transfer templates

Block transfers can be added to active or monitored racks

To configure a block transfer module follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan56RioCfgAdpt dialog box expand the IO tree to choose the location where you want to add the module

2 On the IO tree right-click the location where you want to add the module and select Module Properties

The dialog boxes change depending on mode active or monitored

TIP On active racks the only Module Type is BT-MODULE

72 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

3 On the IO Module Properties from the Module Type dialog box pull-down menu select the module type

You have various choices depending on the rack type

4 Click OK

Active Racks

1 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type menu select BT-MODULE (On active racks the only block transfer module type is BT-MODULE)

Module Type Selection

Mode Description

Active In Active mode select BT-MODULE and then adjust the BTR Length and BTW Length to match your ControlLogix application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

Monitor In Monitor mode select the type of module that is in that location on the Remote IO network from the pull-down menu If the specific module is not supported select BT-MODULE and adjust the sizes to match your ControlLogix application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 73

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

From the BTR Len and BTW Len pull-down menus select the desired lengths The BTR Length and BTW Length sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

2 Click OK

Monitored Racks

1 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type pull-down select the block transfer module type

74 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

2 From the BTR Len and BTW Len pull-downs select the desired lengths Select the block transfer Module Type from the pull-down menu that matches the module on remote IO If the desired module is not listed select BT-MODULE Adjust the BTR Length and BTW Length to match your application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

3 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 75

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Map IO Data You must map the IO data to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data blocks and offset locations before you can scan the Remote IO network After mapping is complete you must export the aliases to the 1756-RIO module and import them to the RSLogix 5000 project

See Aliases on page 84 for a detailed discussion of ExportingImporting Aliases

Unassigned IO addresses are shown as xxx in the IO tree

Automatic Mapping

The configuration tool maps all unassigned IO to producedconsumed inputs and outputs It leaves any previously assigned addresses unchanged

On the 56RioCfg configuration tool dialog box from the Map command on the main menu choose Automap Any Unassigned to automatically map the data

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0

Unmapped Data

Mapped Data

76 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 77

Manually Map Discrete Data

Manually Map Discrete(rack) Data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack and choose Rack Map Discretes - Assign Manually

2 On the Map Rackhellip Manually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down select the ControlLogix scheduled block and Data Offset within the block

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

TIP On monitored racks inputs and outputs get mapped to ControlLogix inputs so be careful when mapping them so that they donrsquot overlap

Item Field CLX Data Type Rack Type Description

1 MonOut ClxInput data MonitoredActive

Remote IO scanner outputs are mapped to ControlLogix controller inputs The 1756-RIO module monitors output data sent by the scanner to the monitoredactive rack It is reported in the ControlLogix controller as input data

2 MonInp ClxInput data Monitored Remote IO scanner inputs are mapped to ControlLogix controller inputs The 1756-RIO module monitors input data sent to the scanner by the monitored rack It is reported in the ControlLogix controller as input data

3 ActInp ClxOutput data Active Remote IO scanner inputs are mapped from the ControlLogix outputs The ControlLogix controller writes output tags to the 1756-RIO module which sends the data to the remote IO scanner as input data

123

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Manually Map Block-transfer Data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the expanded rack list right-click on the module and choose BT Module Clx Map - Assign Manually

2 On the Map BT Modulehellip Manually dialog box for the block transfer read and write data select the ControlLogix scheduled block and Data Offset within the block

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

Block-transfer Data Map Destinations for Monitored and Active Racks

Field CLX Data Type Rack Type Description

MonBTW ClxInput Monitored Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

MonBTR ClxInput Monitored Block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

ActBTR ClxOutput Active Block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix controller outputs (The ControlLogix controller writes the data and the 1756-RIO module sends the data to the remote IO scanner)

Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

78 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Re-Map Command

Use the Re-Map All command to clear all previous mappings and automatically map all discrete and block transfer data to producedconsumed data connections

From the Map menu choose Re-Map All

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 79

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Clear Mappings

Follow these steps to clear all mappings

1 To clear all assigned mappings on the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Map menu choose Clear All Mappings

2 On the Clear ALL Mappings dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

80 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Clear Discrete Rack Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear mappings for discrete(rack) data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack and choose Rack Map Discretes - Clear

2 On the Clear Rack Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT All of the preceding mapping and configuration examples currently reside only within the 56RioCfgAdpt software and must be downloaded to the 1756-RIO module

See Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project on page 30 for download steps

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 81

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Clear Block Transfer Module Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear the mappings for block transfer data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the expanded rack right-click on the block transfer module and choose BT Module Clx Map - Clear

2 On the Clear BT Module Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

82 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 4

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Introduction Now that the configuration mode selection and network preparation in the configuration tool are complete the next steps include downloading the configuration to the 1756-RIO module and exporting aliases to the RSLogix 5000 project This completes the preparation of the 1756-RIO module for operation on a Remote IO network

In this chapter you will

bull create aliases and export them to the RSLogix 5000 project

bull convert an older system to a ControlLogix system

bull download configurations to the module

bull upload configurations to the project

bull save configurations to disk

bull archive configuration templates

Commission Summary The following list summarizes the steps to save and export your configurations from the configuration tool to the module and import them to the RSLogix 5000 project so that you can begin scanning on a Remote IO network

1 Export aliases in scanner and adapter mode

2 Download configurations to the 1756-RIO module

3 Upload configurations to the RSLogix 5000 project

4 Save configurations to disk

5 Archive configurations

Topic Page

Commission Summary 83

Aliases 84

Manage Configurations 91

83Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 83

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Aliases Aliases are used to access data in the ControlLogix system They define the names and descriptions exported from the configuration program and imported into the RSLogix 5000 control program and should be used for adapter and scanner modes

Aliases are symbolic names that point to IO data The configuration tool creates these aliases for discrete and block transfer data based on the IO mappings It is important that you develop the control program in the RSLogix 5000 project with reference to aliases as opposed to absolute addresses Then if the mappings change the ControlLogix controller still operates you just create aliases for the new mappings by exporting them from the configuration tool and re-importing them into the control program which then points to the new data

Also itrsquos important to note that export options in the configuration tool differ depending on whether you have your 1756-RIO module set for scanner or adapter mode

In this section you will cover

bull exporting aliases in scanner mode

bull exporting aliases in adapter mode

bull using the Export Aliases command in the configuration tool to upgrade an existing system to a ControlLogix system

EXAMPLE For example letrsquos say yoursquore mapped rack 7 inputs to block 0 offset 8 so the data for rack 7 IO group 0 is at input address I0[10] Now you add a rack 6 and remap everything so that now the rack 7 input data maps to block 0 offset 20

The data for rack 0 IO group 0 now moves to I0[22]

If you had used absolute addresses in your control program you would have to re-address every instruction in the program By using aliases you can use the Export Aliases command from the configuration tool and import them into the RSLogix 5000 project which automatically points to the new data

IMPORTANT You must export the new aliases from the configuration tool and import them into the RSLogix 5000 project before you run the program otherwise you could read wrong inputs andor write wrong outputs

84 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Export Aliases in Scanner ModeTo export aliases in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

2 On the Export RSLogix 5000 Aliases dialog box enter the FileName location Alias Prefix and Base Tag

3 Click OK

See Scanner Mode IO Map on page 129 in Appendix C for more information

Field Description

FileName Use the browse button to change the file location

Alias Prefix Use to distinguish between aliases for different 1756-RIO modules If you have multiple 1756-RIO modules in the RSLogix 5000 project assign each module a unique Alias Prefix so that the tags for each one are unique

Base Tag Use the base tag to identify the 1756-RIO module location on the ControlLogix chassis

This example shows the 1756-RIO module location in slot 0 of the local chassis

Browse Button

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 85

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

86 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Export Aliases in Adapter Mode

To export aliases in adapter mode follow these steps

1 On the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

2 On the Export RSLogix 5000 Aliases dialog box enter the FileName location Alias Prefix Base Tag and RIO Output Placeholders

3 Click OKFor more information on the use of placeholders see Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System on page 87

Browse Button

Field Description

FileName Use the browse button lsquohelliprsquo to change the file location

Alias Prefix Use to distinguish between aliases for different 1756-RIO modules and to help identify groups of data items If you have multiple 1756-RIO modules in the RSLogix 5000 project assign each module a unique Alias Prefix so that the tags for each one are unique

Base Tag Use the base tag to identify the 1756-RIO module location in the ControlLogix chassis

RIO Output Placeholders Use this set of aliases when the 1756-RIO module is set to Monitor mode These output placeholders aliases point to a ControlLogix internal array If you are using Monitor mode you can write your new application to write to this placeholder array and compare the monitored outputs to the outputs written by the new control program If you donrsquot want the aliases leave the box unchecked

RIO Output Placeholders Base Tag

This tag must be created by the user in the ControlLogix control program and must be an integer array of 10 RioTempOut elements (0hellip9) each with 255 sub-elements (0hellip254) So RioTempOut would be RioTempOut[00] to RioTempOut[9254]

Include BTW Configuration Words

Check this box if you choose to include aliases for block transfer write configuration data

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System

To upgrade an existing system such as a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system you have to perform these steps

1 Monitor the network in adapter mode

2 Write the new control program in RSLogix 5000 programming software to write to the internal array

3 Compare the existing systemrsquos outputs with the ControlLogix outputs using the same live inputs

4 Once both systems write the same outputs and have the same timing switch over to the RSLogix 5000 control program for control

Now itrsquos writing the real outputs instead of the placeholder array using the 1756-RIO module to scan the network

You could use the same 1756-RIO module to monitor and scan the network You would have to download the scanner firmware after you compare the systems using the module in adapter mode to monitor the network Or you could use two 1756-RIO modules one as a scanner and one as an adapter on the Remote IO network

The following example breaks down the process It explains using the 1756-RIO module

bull as an adapter and its configuration in the configuration toolrsquos IO tree

bull with the configuration tool to create the aliases based on the IO configuration tree

bull configuration toolrsquos process of exporting aliases to convert an existing system to a ControlLogix system using the module in scanner mode

Create a Network Configuration and Export Aliases

Follow these steps to create a network configuration in the configuration tool and to create the aliases based on that configuration

1 Set the 1756-RIO module to adapter mode

See Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode on page 30

2 Create the network configuration in the configuration toolrsquos tree for the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 87

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

The following IO tree configuration comprises one monitored quarter rack and one active quarter rack

3 Export the alias file Once the network configuration is complete in the configuration tool from the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

The following graphic and tables show how the configuration tool creates aliases based on the IO configuration from the tree

1

2

3

Item Description

1 Rack 00 is a monitored quarter rack encompassing IO groups 0 and 1

2 Rack 1 is an active quarter rack encompassing IO groups 0 and 1

3 All input and output maps to connection 0 so I0 and O0

ATTENTION Monitored outputs include outputs to monitored racks and outputs to active racks

12

88 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

The table shows how the prefixes are used in creating alias names the descriptions that are created for the aliases and how the addresses are created from the base tags and data mappings

4 Write a ControlLogix control program in the RSLogix 5000 project to write outputs to the placeholder array then compare the outputs to the monitored outputs from the existing system

5 Change the 1756-RIO module to scanner mode or use an existing 1756-RIO scanner

See Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode on page 30

6 Export a scanner configuration and download it to the scanner

7 Create aliases with the scanner configuration tool using the same prefixes

8 Import the aliases into the RSLogix 5000 project

Item Description

1 Prefixes are left at their defaults

2 The Base Tag field represents the location of the 1756-RIO adapter in the rack In this case the adapter is in slot 0

Alias Name Description Address

RIO_R00_STS Rack-00 Status - Monitored Local0I0Data[0]

RIO_I000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Input - Monitored Local0I0Data[2]

RIO_I001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Input - Monitored Local0I0Data[3]

RIO_MON_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[12]

RIO_MON_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[13]

RIO_MON_O010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[22]

RIO_MON_O011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[23]

RIO_ACT_I010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Input - Active Local0O0Data[2]

RIO_ACT_I011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Input - Active Local0O0Data[3]

RIO_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 12]

RIO_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 13]

RIO_O010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 22]

RIO_O011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 23]

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 89

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

The following table shows the aliases created for a scanner in slot 0 in the ControlLogix chassis

Notice that the alias names for the discrete outputs in the Export Alias Creation table are the same as the alias names for the placeholders in the Alias Creation for a Scanner in the ControlLogix Chassis table but now point to IO outputs

Alias Creation for a Scanner in the ControlLogix Chassis

Alias Created Description Address

RIO_R00_STS Rack-00 Status Local0I0Data[0]

RIO_R00_CTL Rack-00 Control Local0O0Data[0]

RIO_I000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Input Local0I0Data[2]

RIO_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output Local0O0Data[2]

RIO_I001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Input Local0I0Data[3]

RIO_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output Local0O0Data[3]

EXAMPLE For example an application that used alias name RIO_0001 wrote to placeholder location RioTempOut[0 13] but would now write to the discrete outputs at Local0O0Data[3]

90 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Manage Configurations There are several ways to manage your modulersquos configurations This section covers

bull downloading configurations to the module

bull uploading configurations to the RSLogix 5000 project

bull saving and loading configurations to disk

bull archiving configurations

Managing configuration steps are the same for scanner and adapter modes

Download and Upload Configurations

To download a configuration to the 1756-RIO module follow these steps

1 On the Configure menu choose Download Configuration

You must set the communication path through RSLinx to tell the configuration tool where the 1756-RIO module is installed The RSLinx Path Selection dialog box now appears

2 Expand the backplane of the chassis where the 1756-RIO module is installed navigate to the module and select it

3 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 91

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

To upload a configuration from the 1756-RIO module to the project follow these steps

1 From the Configure menu choose Upload Configuration

2 Set the communication path when the RSLinx dialog box appears by navigating to the 1756-RIO module on the network and clicking OK

TIP You can also set the communication path by selecting the Communication menu and choosing Select RSLinx Path

TIP You can also uploaddownload configurations from the Module button on the configuration toolrsquos toolbar

Download to the module

Upload from the module

92 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Save Configurations to Disk

To save configurations to disk from the file menu choose Save

The configuration saves as an rio file to the location you initially specified when you set the module properties in the add-on profile in the RSLogix 5000 project

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 93

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Archive Configurations

Archive Template Command

The Archive Templates command copies any templates used in the current file to the same location as the RIO file It copies any block transfer module templates used in the current configuration file into the directory where the configuration is stored

1 To archive configurations from the File menu choose Archive Templates

2 When the confirmation dialog box appears click OK

94 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Archive Template Check Command

The Archive Template Check command checks and confirms any block transfer module templates used in the current configuration file are stored in the directory where the configuration is stored

1 To use the Archive Template Check command from the File menu choose Archive Template Check

2 When the confirmation dialog box appears click OK

You must make sure you save your project if you want to keep a backup copy otherwise you get an error that the active project has not been saved or the BT Template File is not found

See Appendix C for additional information on templates

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 95

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Notes

96 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 5

Monitor Remote IO

Introduction Now that the module configuration is complete and downloaded to the 1756-RIO module you are ready to scan a Remote IO network

Remote IO scanning uses a 1756-RIO scanner in a local or remote chassis and multiple adapters on a Remote IO network The scanner enables communication between a ControlLogix controller and the remote IO devices The 1756-RIO scanner continually gathers and sends information to and from remote adapters on the Remote IO network and sends that information to the ControlLogix controller in the chassis

Remote IO monitoring uses a 1756-RIO module in adapter mode to lsquolistenrsquo to remote IO and communicate that IO back to the ControlLogix controller

Within the configuration tool there are four utilities to monitor IO

bull DiscMon monitors discrete input and output data

bull BtMon monitors block transfers

bull DiagMon monitors diagnostic counters

bull LogMon monitors the scanner log

In this chapter you will

bull use scan and monitor modes

bull monitor remote IO discrete inputs and outputs in scanner mode

bull monitor remote IO discrete inputs and outputs in adapter mode

bull monitor block transfers

bull export scanner configurations

bull use the diagnostic utilities in the configuration software to monitor save and clear diagnostics

Topic Page

Commission Summary 98

Scan Mode and Monitor Mode 99

Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs 101

Monitor Block Transfers 108

Export Scanner Configurations 115

Other Diagnostics 117

97Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 97

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Commission Summary The following list summarizes 1756-RIO scanning and monitoring functions on a Remote IO network

bull Monitor discrete inputs and outputs in scanner mode from the Monitor menu

bull Monitor discrete inputs and active inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu

bull Monitor remote IO in Monitor mode to lsquolistenrsquo to and then upgrade an existing older system to a ControlLogix system

bull Monitor block transfer reads and writes in scanner mode by right-clicking on the module in the IO tree and selecting Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

bull Export scanner configuration files in adapter mode using the Tools menu and clicking Export Scanner Configuration file File from the pull-down menu

bull Monitor an existing system by putting the module in scanner mode and loading an exported configuration file to scan the remote network

bull Use the Monitor menu to monitor diagnostics in scanner and adapter modes

bull Monitor normal operation and error messages on the network by using the Monitor menursquos Debug Log

bull Diagnose and correct fatal errors by selecting 1756-RIO Fatal Error from the Tools menu Capture fatal errors and save them in an error log for use by Technical Support

98 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Scan Mode and Monitor Mode

The 1756-RIO module can perform various scan functions depending on whether it is a scanner or an adapter

Scan Remote IO in Scanner Mode

There are three scan modes of the ControlLogix controller The following list explains each mode and what the 1756-RIO module does in each mode

bull Run mode

bull Program mode

bull Test mode

In run mode the 1756-RIO module scans remote racks reads discrete inputs does not enable outputs to run on and does not update block transfers

In program mode the 1756-RIO module scans remote racks reads discrete inputs but does not write discrete outputs or update block transfers

In test mode the 1756-RIO behaves the same as it does in program mode with the exception of the controller actively scanning the ladder logic

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 99

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Remote IO in Adapter Mode

The 1756-RIO module provides utilities to upgrade an existing remote IO application to a ControlLogix system with a minimum of downtime and startup time This function is referred to as Monitor mode

Used in Monitor mode the 1756-RIO adapter can be used to upgrade a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system by providing discrete inputs and outputs and Block Transfer read and write data to the controller You can replace the existing application or control program thatrsquos running on a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system with a new application that runs on a ControlLogix controller using the 1756-RIO module as the remote IO scanner

TIP The replacement system must be tested before the switchover It uses the same field wiring as the old system If unanticipated problems arise you can switch back to the old system in minutes

100 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 101

To use Monitor mode to upgrade your existing system to a ControlLogix system follow these steps

1 Connect the 1756-RIO module in adapterMonitor mode on the existing Remote IO network to monitor data and timing

2 Create the new application or control program in the RSLogix 5000 project It sees the exact same inputs (monitored inputs) as the existing application but writes to an internal array in the ControlLogix controller

3 Compare the outputs (monitored outputs) from the new application with the outputs from the existing system by lsquolisteningrsquo to the network

4 When you are satisfied that the new system accurately duplicates the function and timing of the existing system disconnect the Remote IO network from the old scanner and connect it to the 1756-RIO module in scanner mode

5 Switch the RSLogix 5000 project application (control program) to write outputs to the 1756-RIO module as a scanner instead of to the internal array

Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs

Use the Monitor Inputs and Monitor Outputs commands to display the discrete IO data on remote IO racks connected to the 1756-RIO module

If the RSLinx path to the 1756-RIO module has not been set an RSLinx RSWho window displays Use it to set the communication path to the module by navigating to the 1756-RIO module on the network and clicking OK

Monitor Discrete Inputs in Scanner ModeTo monitor discrete inputs in scanner mode follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu select Monitor Discrete Inputs

2 Right-click on a rack and select Monitor Discrete

3 Use the Monitor Discrete Inputs button on the toolbar

ATTENTION Be sure to switch the 1756-RIO module to scanner mode if it is not done

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

The DiscMon or discrete input monitor window displays

Each row corresponds to a rack Rack numbers are given in octal Each row shows eight words of discrete inputs for the rack number

Main Menu Rack

Toolbar

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the DiscMon utility

102 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 103

Data can be displayed in the following formats

Hexadecimal

You can display discrete IO data in hexadecimal (0000hellipFFFF) format from the View menu and choosing Hex or by clicking the Display Hex button on the toolbar

Signed Decimal

You can display discrete IO data in signed decimal (-32768hellip32767) format by choosing the View menu and choosing Signed from the pull-down menu or by clicking the Signed button on the toolbar

Format From menu From Toolbar

Hexadecimal ViewHex 0x button

Signed decimal ViewUnsigned 1 button

Unsigned decimal ViewSigned -1 button

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

104 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Unsigned Decimal

You can display discrete IO data in Unsigned Decimal (0hellip65535) format from the View menu and choosing Unsigned or by clicking the Unsigned button on the toolbar

Monitor Discrete Outputs in Scanner Mode

To monitor discrete outputs in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the main menu of the configuration tool from the Monitor pull-down menu select Monitor Discrete Outputs

2 Right-click on a rack and select Monitor Discrete Outputs

3 Use the Monitor Discrete Outputs button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Rack

Toolbar

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The Discrete Output Monitor window displays

Each row corresponds to a rack Rack numbers are given in octal and each row shows eight words of discrete outputs for the rack number

TIP The data formatting options hex signed and unsigned are the same for scanner and adapter modesrsquo monitored inputs and outputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 105

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Discrete Inputs in Adapter Mode

Monitored inputs are inputs on monitored racks To monitor discrete inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu choose Discrete Monitored Inputs Just as in scanner mode you can also get to the Monitored Discrete Input Data screen by right-clicking on a rack or clicking the Monitor Discrete Inputs button on the toolbar

106 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The Monitored Discrete Input Data window displays

Monitor Discrete Outputs in Adapter Mode

Monitored outputs are all outputs from the remote IO scanner To monitor discrete outputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu select Discrete Monitored Outputs or right-click on a rack or click the Monitor Discrete Outputs button on the toolbar

The Monitored Discrete Output Data window displays

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 107

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Discrete Active Inputs in Adapter Mode

Active inputs are inputs on active racks To monitor discrete active inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu choose Discrete Active Inputs or right-click on a rack or click the Monitor Active Inputs button on the toolbar

The Active Discrete Input Data window displays

Monitor Block Transfers Use the Block Transfer Monitor command to display the block transfers associated with a block transfer module along with diagnostics associated with the block transfers

108 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Monitor Block Transfers in Scanner Mode

To monitor a block transfer module right-click on the module in the IO tree and select Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

The 1756-RIO BTMon or block transfer module window displays

Some analog output modules have only an associated block transfer write Analog input modules have a block transfer write for configuring the module a block transfer read for data and a block transfer read for status

The upper portion of the screen is the block transfer read the lower portion is the block transfer write

The raw data can be displayed as hexadecimal signed or unsigned integer The default format for block transfer data is hexadecimal

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path to start the BTMon utility

Block Transfer Read

Block Transfer Write

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 109

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer reads

Scanner Mode Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

Counter Description

State Configactiveinactive

Type Module type from the module template

BTR Len Block transfer read length

Req Update Time Requested update time in the module configuration in ms

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer read in ms This is the average of the previous eight updates

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer read

Ignored Reqs Running count of update requests ignored by the block transfer module

Prot Errors Running count of protocol errors for this block transfer read If this counter is incrementing the module isnrsquot responding correctly

Request Count Count of the number of times on successive scans this block transfer was requested If this number is consistently greater than 1 increase the requested update time - the module cannot respond quickly enough at the current requested time The counter applies to the BTR and BTW for this module

110 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer writes

Scanner Mode Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

Counter Description

Cfg Len Length of the configuration data for this module

Data Len Data length

Req Update Time Requested update time in the module configuration in ms

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer write in ms This is the average of the previous eight updates

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer write

Ignored Reqs Running count of update requests ignored by the destination module for this block transfer write

Protocol Errs Running count of protocol errors for this block transfer write

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 111

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Block Transfers in Adapter Mode

To monitor a block transfer module right-click on the module in the IO tree and select Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

The BTMon or block transfer module window displays

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path to start the BTMon utility

Block Transfer Read

Block Transfer Write

112 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer reads

Adapter Mode Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

Counter Description

Type Module type

BTR Map Len Length of mapped BTR data in words

BTR Mon Len Length of monitored BTR data in words

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer read in ms

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer read

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 113

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer writes

Adapter Mode Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

Counter Description

BTW Map Len The length of the mapped BTW data in words

BTW Min Len The minimum BTW length in words

BTW Max Len The maximum BTW length in words

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer write in ms

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer write

114 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Export Scanner Configurations

In adapter mode the configuration tool can export a scanner configuration file built from the current adapter configuration which can be loaded into an RIO scanner The exported scanner configuration file is especially useful when converting an existing remote IO system to a ControlLogix system You can then choose whether the block transfer configuration data and update times come from the values the adapter has observed on the remote network or from the defaults from the module templates

The configuration file includes

bull a baud rate

bull monitored racks

bull block transfers on monitored racks

It does not contain active racks block transfers on active racks or mappings

To export a scanner configuration file follow these steps

1 From the Tools menu choose Export Scanner Configuration File

2 On the Export Scanner Configuration File dialog box select the FileName and BT Module Configuration Data and Update Times option for your configuration file

Make sure you use another file name so that you donrsquot overwrite the adapter configuration file

EXAMPLE The template for a module might have a default value for the channel data type The configuration seen on the network might have another value for the channel data type

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 115

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

3 Click OK

Monitor Mode

If you are using the 1756-RIO module in Monitor mode you can monitor the existing system to capture block transfer timing and configuration data then export a scanner configuration file that contains that data To use the exported configuration file follow these steps

1 Switch the 1756-RIO module back to scanner mode

2 Load the exported configuration file to scan the Remote IO network

Field Description

FileName Name the file and select the autobrowse button to search for the directory andor file where you want to save the file

The current rio file is for adapter mode When you export the scanner configuration file you are making a new rio file for scanner mode You do not want to overwrite the adapter rio file so it must be saved at this point

BT Module Configuration Data and Update Times

Capture from Online Monitor or Use Defaults from Templates

The configuration and timing data for block transfers can be based on the default configuration data from the block transfer module templates or on the configuration data and update times the adapter has observed on the network

This is a global selection and affects the data saved for all block transfer modules

116 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Other Diagnostics Use the Monitor Diagnostics Counters command to display the diagnostic counters that the 1756-RIO module maintains The 1756-RIO module maintains diagnostic counters that indicate the state of communication on an entire Remote IO network and counters related to each rack It also maintains an active rack list

The diagnostic counters consist of three groups

bull Active racks table

bull Global diagnostic counters

bull Rack diagnostic counters

Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Scanner Mode

To monitor the diagnostic counters follow these steps

From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters or click the Monitor Diagnostic Counters button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the DiagMon utility

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 117

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

The 1756-RIO DiagMon window displays showing the Active Racks Global Diag Counters and Rack Diag Counters

Active Racks Table

The Active Racks table shows which racks are present on the Remote IO network Columns represent rack numbers from 1hellip76 octal Rows represent starting IO groups If the bit for a rack and starting IO group is set there is a rack at that location The Active Racks table does not show rack size

A lsquo1rsquo indicates that a rack is present at the rack number and starting IO group indicated In the example above there is a rack present at rack 0 starting IO group 0

The lsquo1rsquo in the Active Rack table indicates a rack present at rack 0 starting IO group 0

118 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Global Diagnostic Counters

The global diagnostic counters provide information about the operation of the entire Remote IO network

The following table lists the global diagnostic countersrsquo descriptions

Scanner Mode Global Diagnostic Counters

Counter Description

Tx This counter increments each time the 1756-RIO module transmits a packet

RxGood This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a good packet

RxTout This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module sends a packet but does not receive a reply

RxBadCRC This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet with a bad Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Check cabling and termination on the Remote IO network

RxNoise This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module hears a carrier without receiving a packet Check cabling and termination on the Remote IO network

RxAbort This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives an opening flag then the packet ends without a closing flag

PrtclErr This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet that makes no sense in terms of the protocol

UpdAvg Average update time for all configured racks This is the average of the previous 64 updates

UpdMin Minimum update time for all configured racks

UpdMax Maximum update time for all configured racks

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 119

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Rack Diagnostic Counters

The rack diagnostic counters contain information about the operation of each partial rack The rows are racks from 1hellip76 octal There are four groups of counters per rack corresponding to the four possible starting IO groups for a rack

The following table lists the rack diagnostic countersrsquo descriptions

Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Adapter Mode

Follow this procedure to monitor diagnostic counters in adapter mode

From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters

The 1756-RIO-ADPT DiagMon window displays Notice that the Rack Status Table and the Global Diag Counters are the same in adapter mode as scanner mode diagnostics The BT Global Update however shows the diagnostics for the BTRs and BTWs in adapter mode

Scanner Mode Rack Diagnostic Counters

Counter Description

Rx This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet from this rack

Crc This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet with a bad CRC from this rack

Tout This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module sends a packet to this rack and does not receive a reply within the time-out period

Prtcl This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet from this rack that does not make sense in terms of the protocol

120 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The BT Global Update diagnostics table is organized by rack IO group (Grp) and slot (Slt) The first row (0) shows the BTRs first then the BTWs on rack 0 From left to right BTRs at IO group 0 slot 0 IO group 0 slot 1 IO group 1 slot 0 IO group 1 slot 1 and so on

A lower case lsquorrsquo or lsquowrsquo indicates that a block transfer has been observed at that location at some point in the past An upper case lsquoRrsquo or lsquoWrsquo indicates when a block transfer happens

Module Scanner Log

Scanner Mode

The scanner log displays messages from the firmware running on the 1756-RIO module showing its normal operation and error messages The Debug Log command monitors messages logged by the 1756-RIO module These messages can be used to diagnose problems and may be useful in tracking down errors and for Technical Support

Grp 0 Slt 0

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 121

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

To monitor the scanner log follow this procedure

1 Run the LogMon utility To launch LogMon from the Monitor menu choose Debug Log from the pull-down menu

2 Select OK once you select the 1756-RIO module on the network

A window displays confirming LogMon has started If there are no errors present the LogMon screen stays clear

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the LogMon utility

122 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The log displays module operations version and mode information Something like below is typical but your log will look different

3 To clear the scanner log from the Edit menu choose ClearLog or click the Clear Log button from the toolbar

4 To copy the contents of the log to the Windows clipboard for use in another application from the Edit menu choose Copy or click the Select All and Copy button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 123

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Adapter Mode

To launch LogMon in adapter mode follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu choose Debug Log

2 Set the RSLinx communication path when prompted and Select OK to start LogMon

Clear Diagnostics

To clear diagnostics follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters

Once you set the communication path via RSLinx software the DiagMon window displays

2 From the Actions menu choose Clear Diagnostics or click the Clear Diagnostics button on the toolbar

TIP These same instructions apply for scanner and adapter mode

124 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

3 To clear Block Transfer diagnostics while in BTMon from the Actions menu choose ClearDiagCounters or click the ClearDiagCounters button on the toolbar

Fatal Errors

Fatal errors occur when the firmware on the module encounters an unexpected condition There are three main causes for fatal errors

bull A bug in the 1756-RIO module firmware

bull A 1756-RIO module hardware failure

bull Certain types of ControlLogix backplane failures

The 1756-RIO module monitors its own operation for invalid conditions The module stops scanning turns all three status indicators red and displays a fatal error number similar to lsquoM60rsquo on the 4-character display and then stores a fatal error log that indicates the cause of the fatal error

ToolbarMain Menu

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 125

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Use the Fatal Error Capture command from the Tools menu to clear fatal errors on the 1756-RIO module and save the log file to disk for use by technical support

To clear the fatal error and capture the fatal error log for scanner and adapter modes follow these steps

1 Cycle power on the 1756-RIO module

The 4-character display should show lsquoFatalErrorCapture requiredrsquo

2 From the Tools menu choose 1756-RIO Fatal Error Capture

3 Use RSLinx software to set the communication path and select the 1756-RIO module on the network

A Fatal Error Capture warning window displays

4 Select Yes

5 Save the fatal error log to a file

IMPORTANT Clearing a fatal error also clears the configuration on the 1756-RIO module

IMPORTANT By choosing Yes communication to the module is disrupted AND the modulersquos configuration will be erased

126 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

This also clears the fatal error on the module When the Save In dialog box opens navigate to the location on the hard drive where you want to save the error log file and give it a filename

6 Contact Technical Support See the BackCover

7 Provide Technical Support with the fatal error log file to help them diagnose the cause of the problem

8 After clearing the fatal error you must download the configuration to the 1756-RIO module

See Download and Upload Configurations on page 91 for instructions on how to download configurations to the 1756-RIO module

ATTENTION You must clear the fatal error before you can use the module again and you shouldnrsquot use it again until you have determined what caused the error

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 127

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Notes

128 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix A

Scanner Mode IO Map

This section describes how the data gets mapped to the ControlLogix data for scanner mode

When you map any part of a rack to producedconsumed tag data the structure that gets mapped is for the entire rack number For example if rack 1 consists of IO groups 0 and 1 (a quarter rack) the entire structure for rack 1 is mapped when you map the rack Similarly if a rack is made up of several partial racks mapping any one of those partial racks maps the structure for the entire rack

Discrete Input Data

In scanner mode the discrete read structure for a rack consists of two status words and eight words of discrete input data

Discrete Read Structure-Input

Only bits 0hellip3 of the first word of status data are used They consist of error bits that are set if there is a communication error with a partial rack Bit 0 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 0 bit 1 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 2 and so on

The error bit is 1 if there is an error scanning the rack or if the rack is inhibited otherwise the bit is 0

Words 2hellip9 contain the discrete input data for the rack Words 2 and 3 contain the data for IO groups 0 and 1 (first 14 rack) words 3 and 4 contain the data for IO groups 2 and 3 (second 14 rack) and so on

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Status Codes and Error Codes Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

44817

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 129

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Discrete Input Data Offset - Read

Discrete Input Data Offset - Read

Offset 0Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1N

O E

RRO

R

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

ERR

OR

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

44814

130 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Discrete Output Data

In scanner mode the discrete write structure for a rack consists of two control words and eight words of discrete output data

Discrete Write Structure-Output

Bits 0hellip3 of the first word of control data are used to inhibit racks Set bit 0 to inhibit the scan of the rack starting at IO group 0 set bit 1 to inhibit the scan of the rack starting at IO group 2 and so on Inhibiting a rack stops all communication with that rack and all outputs revert to their programmed last state

Bits 4hellip7 of the first word of control data are used to reset racks Set bit 4 to reset the outputs of the rack starting at IO group 0 set bit 5 to reset the outputs of the rack starting at IO group 2 and so on When a reset command is given all communication with that rack continues however that rack behaves as if the controller is in Program mode All outputs revert to their Program mode state

Only the bit for the starting IO group needs to be set to inhibit or reset the rack For example if a rack is a full rack starting at IO group 0 only bit 0 needs to be set to inhibit the scan of the rack

Words 2hellip9 contain the discrete output data for the rack Words 2 and 3 contain the data for IO groups 0 and 1 (first 14 rack) words 3 and 4 contain the data for IO groups 2 and 3 (second 14 rack) and so on

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

2 Control Words Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

44818

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 131

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Discrete Output Data Offset-Write

Discrete Output Data Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (Control) 0 Inhibit rack that starts first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

1 Inhibit rack that starts second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

2 Inhibit rack that starts third quarter (IO group 4hellip5

3 Inhibit rack that starts fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

4 Reset rack that starts at first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

5 Reset rack that starts at second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

6 Reset rack that starts at third quarter (IO group 4hellip5)

7 Reset rack that starts at fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

8hellip15 Reserved

1 (Control) 0hellip15 Reserved (pad for 32-bit alignment)

2hellip9 (Output) 0hellip15 Discrete output data

Discrete Output Data Offset - Write

WriteOffset 0

Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9

Ouput Words

8 Words of Discrete Ouptut Data

Offset 1Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15In

hibi

t Rac

k1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Inhi

bit R

ack

2nd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 2

-3

Inhi

bit R

ack

3rd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 4

-5

Inhi

bit R

ack

4th

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 6

-7Re

set R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Rese

t Rac

k2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Rese

t Rac

k3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Rese

t Rac

k4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

44819

132 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Discrete IO Data Transfer

Discrete Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Status Codes and Error Codes Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

Read

Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Status Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1N

O E

RRO

R

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

ERR

OR

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

Discrete Write Structure - Ouput

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

2 Control Words Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

Write

Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9

Ouput Words

8 Words of Discrete Ouptut Data

Control Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Inhi

bit R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Inhi

bit R

ack

2nd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 2

-3

Inhi

bit R

ack

3rd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 4

-5

Inhi

bit R

ack

4th

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 6

-7Re

set R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Rese

t Rac

k2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Rese

t Rac

k3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Rese

t Rac

k4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

IO Rack

Scanner ModeDiscrete IO Data Transfer

44820

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 133

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Block Transfer InputIn scanner mode even if a module has only a block transfer write you should map the module to input and output data so that the control and status data gets mapped

Block Transfer Read Structure-Input

Offset 0 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer read executes successfully on the RIO network Based on configuration of the 1756-RIO module and its RPI it may be possible that the controller may see this value increment by more than 1 count per program scan

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTR error bit offset 0 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer read It clears the bit when the block transfer read enable bit is reset in the corresponding BT control write structure

When a block transfer read error occurs offset 0 bits 8hellip10 contain Error Codes

When you execute a block transfer read in manual mode the 1756-RIO module sets offset 0 bit 12 to indicate that the block transfer read executed successfully The bit is reset when the corresponding BTREN bit is reset in the BT write control file

Offset 1 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer write executes successfully on the RIO network Based on the configuration of the 1756-RIO module and its RPI it may be possible that the controller may see this value increment by more than 1 count per program scan

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTW error bit offset 1 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer write It clears the bit when the block transfer write enable bit is reset in the corresponding BT control write structure

When a block transfer write occurs offset 1 bits 8hellip10 contain an error code When you execute a block transfer write in manual mode the 1756-RIO module sets offset 1 bit 12 BTWDN to indicate that the block transfer write executed successfully The bit is reset when the corresponding BTWEN bit is reset in the BT write control file

Word offsets 2hellipn contain the read data returned by the block transfer module

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Returned Read Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

44821

134 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

BT Read Structure Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (BT Read) 0hellip7 BTR update counter (increments each time BTR executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTR error code

11 BTRERR block transfer read error

12 BTRDN block transfer read done (manual mode only)

13hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip7 BTW update counter (increments each time BTW executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTW error code

11 BTWERR block transfer write error

12 BTWDN block transfer write done (manual mode only)

13hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTR data (64 integers max)

BT ReadOffset Word 0

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Returned Read Data Offset Words 2hellipn

Read Data Returned by the Block Transfer

BT WriteOffset Word 1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

Read

Don

eM

anua

l Mod

e O

nly

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Writ

e D

one

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved

44815

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 135

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Output

BT Write Structure-Output

Offset 0 bits 0hellip5 contain the block transfer read length

Offset 0 bit 8 contains the block transfer read enable bit for manual mode block transfers

Offset 0 bit 9 is used in two ways

bull In manual mode this bit is the block-transfer-read-continuous bit If this bit is set and the enable bit is set the 1756-RIO module re-enables block transfer reads when they execute successfully

bull In automatic and semi-automatic modes this bit inhibits all block transfers to the IO module

Offset 1 bits 0hellip5 contain the block transfer write length

Offset 1 bit 8 contains the block transfer write enable bit for manual mode block transfers

Offset 1 bit 9 is the block-transfer-write-continuous bit If this bit is set and the enable bit is set the 1756-RIO module re-enables block transfer writes when they execute successfully

Word offsets 2hellipn contain the write data sent to the block transfer write module

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Write Data Container for BTW Module

1st 16-bit Word

BTW44822

136 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Block Transfer Control Write Structure

BT Write Structure Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 0hellip5 BTR length (1hellip63 word 0 means BT module decides)

6hellip7 Reserved

8 BTREN block transfer read enable (manual mode only)

9 BTRCONT (manual mode only)

BT Inhibit (automatic modes - inhibits config BTW data BTW and data BTR)

10hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip5 BTW length (1hellip63 word 0 means BT module decides)

6hellip7 Reserved

8 BTWEN block transfer write enable (manual mode only)

9 BTWCONT continuous mode (manual mode only)

10hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTW Data (64 integers max)

BT ReadOffset Word 0

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Write Data Containerfor BTW Module

Offset Words 2hellipn

Write Data Container

BT Write Offset Word 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BT Read Length

BT Write Length BT W

rite

Enab

led

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us M

ode

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved Res

Res BT R

ead

Ena

bled

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us R

ead

BT

Inhi

bit

44816

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 137

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Error Codes

Error Code Description

0 OK

1 BTRBTW request ignored by block transfer module

2 Block transfer state mismatch

3hellip6 Reserved not currently used

7 Disabled

138 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Scanner Mode Block Transfer IO

BT Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Returned Read Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Returned Read DataOffset 2hellipn

Read Data Returned by the Block Transfer

BT Write 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

Read

Don

eM

anua

l Mod

e O

nly

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Writ

e D

one

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved

Block Transfer Control Write Structure

BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Write Data Containerfor BTW Module

Offset 2hellipn

Write Data Container

BT Write 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BT Read Length

BT Write Length BT W

rite

Enab

led

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us M

ode

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved Res

Res BT R

ead

Ena

bled

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us R

ead

BT

Inhi

bit

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

BT Write Structure - Output

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Write Data Container for BTW Module

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

IO Rack

Scanner ModeBlock Transfer IO

44823

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 139

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Notes

140 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix B

Adapter Mode IO Map

This section describes the remote IO data that gets mapped to the ControlLogix data for adapter mode

The structures that get mapped for adapter mode are similar to those for scanner mode with the exception of the control bits In adapter mode you have no control over when racks or block transfers update

The IO data can be remote IO input or output data on monitored or active racks

Discrete Data Discrete Input Data

In adapter mode the discrete input structure for a rack consists of two status words followed by eight words of discrete input data When you map any part of a rack to producedconsumed tag data the structure that gets mapped is for the entire rack number

Discrete Input Monitored Racks

Inputs on monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Only bits 0hellip3 of the first word of status data are used They consist of error bits that are set if there is a communication error with a partial rack Bit 0 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 0 bit 1 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 2 and so on

The bit is set if there is an error scanning the rack and is 0 otherwise

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Only First 3

Bits Used

1st Status Word

2nd Status Word

Not Used

44838

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 141

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

142 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Discrete Input Data Monitored Racks

Discrete Input Data Monitored Racks

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (Status) 0 Communication error first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

1 Communication error second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

2 Communication error third quarter (IO group 4hellip5)

3 Communication error fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

4hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved (pad for 32-bit alignment)

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete input data

Offset 0Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Status Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

0=Status OK 1=Error

44839

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 143

Discrete Input Active Racks

There are no status bits on active racks Inputs on active racks are mapped to ControlLogix outputs

Discrete Input Data Offset Active Racks - Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input DataReserved Words

Not Used

Not Used

44850

Discrete Input Data Active Racks

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete input data

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

44851

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

In adapter mode the discrete output structure for a rack consists of two pad words and eight words of discrete output data Whenever you map a rack to ControlLogix inputs 10 words of data get mapped for remote IO inputs and 10 words get mapped for remote IO outputs

Discrete outputs on monitored and active racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Reserved WordsNot Used

44852

144 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2- 9

Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Offset 1Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

44853

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete output data

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 145

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Adapter Mode Discrete IO Data Transfer-Monitored Racks

Discrete Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

ReadStatus Words

ControlLogix Input Tags

Read

Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input (Monitored Racks)

Status Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

0 = Status OK 1=Error

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output (Monitored Racks)

Reserved0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

IO Rack

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

Discrete Output (Monitored Racks)

ControlLogix Input Tags

44842

146 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Adapter Mode Discrete IO Data Transfer-Active Racks

IO Rack

p

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Discrete Read Structure - Input Monitored Racks

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input DataReserved Words

Not Used

Not Used

Discrete OutputActive Racks Only

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2- 9

Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Offset 1Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Discrete Write Structure Monitored Racks - Output

Reserved WordsNot Used

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

ControlLogix Output Tags

ControlLogix Input Tags

44854

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 147

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Modules This section shows the structures that get mapped to ControlLogix producedconsumed input or output data when you map a block transfer module

Even if a module has only block transfer read or write data you should map the module to producedconsumed input and output data so that the control and status data gets mapped

On monitored racks block transfer read and write data maps to ControlLogix inputs

On active racks block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix output data Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix input data

Block Transfer Read Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Block transfer read data on monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Block transfer read data on active racks are mapped from ControlLogix outputs

Block Transfer Reads on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Description

0 Reserved always 0

1 Reserved always 0

2hellipn Up to 64 words of BTR data

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Reserved Block Transfer Read Data Up To 64 Words

1st 16-bit Word

44855

148 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Block Transfer Read Structure

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTR data (64 integers max)

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-nBTR Data

BTR Data (64 integers max)

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

44846

On monitored racks this is mapped to ControlLogix inputs On active racks this is mapped to ControlLogix outputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 149

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Write Data on Monitored or Active Racks

The data mapped for block transfer writes consists of two status words followed by up to 64 words of data on active or monitored racks Block transfer write data on active and monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Offset 0 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer read executes successfully

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTR error bit offset 0 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer read It clears the bit when the block transfer read enable bit occurs

When a block transfer read error occurs offset 0 bit 8hellip10 contain an error code

The error codes are as follows

Block Transfer Error Codes

Error Code Description

0 OK

1 Time-out

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Block Transfer Write Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

44843

44847

150 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Block Transfer Write Structure

Block Transfer Write Structure on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip7 BTR update counter (increments each time BTR executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTR error code

11 BTRERR block transfer read error

12hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip7 BTW update counter (increments each time BTW executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTW error code

11 BTWERR block transfer write error

12hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTW data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 0BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Offset Words 2-n

BTW Data

BTW Data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 1BT Write

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Reserved

Reserved

44844

Block transfer writes on active and monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 151

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Adapter Mode Block Transfer IO

Offset Word 0BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Offset Words 2-n

BTW Data

BTW Data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 1BT Write

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Reserved

Reserved

IO Rack

BT Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Block Transfer Write Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

BT Write Structure - Output

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Reserved Block Transfer Read Data Up To 64 Words

1st 16-bit Word

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-nBTR Data

BTR Data (64 integers max)

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Mapped as ControlLogix input data for active and monitored racks

Mapped as ControlLogix input data for monitored racksMapped as ControlLogix output data for active racks

152 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix C

Block Transfer Module Templates

Block transfer module templates have been created and installed by the add-on profile for these modules

Supported Modules

Not all modules are listed If your module is not in the list you can use the Generic BT_MODULE profile in the software or create your own template specific to your exact module or configuration This appendix covers the basics for creating your own module template

The properties of block transfer modules are defined in files in the subdirectory rsquoTemplatesrsquo of the directory where the 1756-RIO software is installed Template files have the extension BtModTpl The BtModTpl files can be opened with Microsoft Notepad

Template files are simple text files that define the properties of the block transfer module

IO Family Cat No

1746 SLC middot 1746-N14

middot 1746-N18

middot 1746-N04V

middot 1746-NT4

1771 PLC-5 middot 1771-DE middot 1771-NIV

middot 1771-IFE-16CH (in single-ended 16 Channel configuration)

middot 1771-NOC-noBTR

middot 1771-IFE-8CH (in differential 8 Channel configuration)

middot 1771-NOC

middot 1771-IL-Alarms middot 1771-NOV-noBTR

middot 1771-IL middot 1771-NOV

middot 1771-IR middot 1771-NR

middot 1771-IXE middot 1771-OFE-diag

middot 1771-NIV-Alarms middot 1771-OFE

1794 FLEX middot 1794-IE4XOE2 middot 1794-OE4

middot 1794-IE8

TIP The best way to create a template is to use an existing template as an example Use one that is similar to what you want to create copy it to a new file and modify it The following are examples of template records

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 153

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Block Transfer Template Records

Description

A template usually contains a description record which consists of the keyword Desc followed by an equal sign and up to 79 characters of text enclosed in quotes

The description text displays in the configuration dialog box for any modules created from the template

Note

A note record which consists of the keyword Note followed by an equal sign and then up to 79 characters of text enclosed in quotes conveys information that a user needs when creating a module from this template

The note text displays in the configuration dialog box for any modules created from the template

ATTENTION Anything after a semicolon on a line is treated as a comment and is ignored

EXAMPLE Desc=1771-IFE - 8 Channel Single Ended

Desc=1771-OFE - Binary Format No BTR

EXAMPLE Note=Always set mapped output data word 0hellip8880 hexadecimal in the ControlLogix

154 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

Block Transfer Lengths

A block transfer has three lengths associated with it

CfgLen

The configuration length rsquoCfgLenrsquo is the length of the additional configuration block transfer write data sent once to the block transfer module to initialize it

BtwLen

The block transfer write length rsquoBtwLenrsquo is the length of the block transfer write sent to the module during normal data update

BtrLen

The block transfer read length rsquoBtrLenrsquo is the length of the block transfer read received from the module during normal data update Default Configuration Data Values

The template usually contains default values for the configuration block transfer write

CfgData

Each value consists of the keyword rsquoCfgDatarsquo an offset enclosed in square brackets an equal sign and the data value

Offset Value

The offset is an offset into the configuration block transfer write and ranges from 0hellip(BtwLen+CfgLen-1)

Data Value

The data value can be expressed in decimal or hexadecimal (leading 0x as shown in the example above)

EXAMPLE CfgData[ 8]=0x0fff

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 155

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

The configuration program uses the default configuration data to select the initial values when you create a block transfer module from the template

Parameters

Parameters let you assign values to the configuration data different from the default values for a specific module created from a standard template

Parameters appear in the configuration dialog for any modules created from the template

Parameter definitions begin with the keyword rsquoParmDescrsquo and end with the keyword rsquoParmEndrsquo

Parameter definitions contain

bull a description to display in the module dialog

bull the location in the dialog box

bull the location in the configuration data

bull a data value

Description

Parameter definitions begin with the keyword rsquoParmDescrsquo which is followed by an equal sign and then up to 39 characters of text to be displayed in the dialog box

Location in Dialog Box

The screen location in terms of row (Row=0-63) and column (Col=0-2) where the parameter displays in the dialog box

Location in the Configuration Data

The location of the parameter in the configuration block transfer is defined in terms of offset data mask and bit shift

The offset is the offset into the configuration block transfer from 0hellip63 It is specified by the keyword rsquoOfsrsquo an equal sign and the offset value

EXAMPLE CfgData[ 4]=0x8000 0-3DataPol 4 6 8 10MinScaPol 5 7 9 11MaxScalPol 15BinFmt

CfgData[ 5] Min Scale ch 1

156 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

The shift is the number of bits The value you enter is shifted left from 0hellip15 It is specified by the keyword rsquoShiftrsquo an equal sign and the shift value

The mask selects bits in the value you enter It is specified by the keywordrsquoMaskrsquo an equal sign and the mask value usually in hexadecimal

The value you enter is logically ANDed with the mask shifted left by the shift value and ORed into the configuration word given by the offset

Data Value

Data values can be defined as a numerical value or from a selection list Numerical values are defined in terms of a format (BcdSgn BcdUns BinSgn or BinSgn) the corresponding data value mask and shift values and minimum and maximum values Selection lists can contain up to 256 selection values The configuration dialog for a module created from the template displays the names of the selection values

EXAMPLE Ofs=8 Mask=0x00ff Shift=2

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 157

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Parameter Examples

Example 1 Numeric Value

Min Scale

ParmDesc=Min Scale Ch 1 Col=0 Row=0 Ofs=5 Mask=Oxffff Shift=0

BinSgn MinVal=-4095 MaxVal=4095

ParmEnd

Example 2 Selection

Channel 1

ParmDesc=Range Select Ch 1Col=0 Row=2 Ofs=0 Mask=0x0003Shift=0

Select= 1 to 5V 4 to 20mA 0

Select= 0 to 5V 0 to 20mA 1

Select=-5 to 5V-20 to 20mA 2

Select=-10 to 10V 0 to 10V 3

ParmEnd

158 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

Aliases

Aliases define the names and descriptions exported from the configuration program and imported into the RSLogix 5000 project They begin with keyword rsquoAliasInprsquo or rsquoAliasOutrsquo an offset enclosed in square brackets a name consisting of up to 15 characters enclosed in quotes and a description consisting of up to 79 characters enclosed in quotes

EXAMPLE AliasInp[ 0]=_DAC_Ch1 Raw Data Channel 1

AliasOut[ 0]=_Ch1 Data - Channel 1

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 159

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Notes

160 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix D

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

This section covers problems that may occur with your 1756-RIO module The following areas are covered

bull 1756-RIO modulersquos alphanumeric display

bull RIO status indicator

bull CLX status indicator

bull OK status indicator

bull Debug log

bull Fatal errors

bull Updating the firmware

Alphanumeric Display The 4-character alphanumeric display shows lsquoRIO Scannerrsquo or lsquoRIO Adapterrsquo followed by the firmware version number and any banner text defined in the module configuration

The display shows the following messages at power-up

If the indicator on the 1756-RIO module does not cycle through these messages on powerup contact Technical Support

Message Description

Bnn Stages in the start-up processes nn is a hexadecimal number

Boot Next stage in power-up sequence

RIO Scanner v xxxxx Module firmware revision

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 161

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

Status Indicators The 1756-RIO module has three status indicators to indicate the state of internal operations The status indicators are labeled RIO CLX and OK

RIO Status Indicator ndash Remote Devices Status

The RIO indicator displays the status of the Remote IO network connection Status varies depending on the mode of the module

Scanner Mode

In order of priority highest first

Module Display and Indicators

Indicator Description

1 Module status display

2 RIO status indicator

3 CLX status indicator

4 OK status indicator

Indicator Status Description

RIO Red A frame-receive error has been received in the last second (CRC error abort or time-out) Indicator stays red for 1 second after the error occurs

One or more racks are in error

Flashing redoff

At least one rack being scanned (not inhibited) is in error One or more racks are inhibited

Yellow Idle no racks are configured

Flashing yellowoff

All configured racks are inhibited

Flashing greenoff

No racks being scanned (not inhibited) are in error but one or more racks are inhibited

Green Successful communication with all configured racks no inhibited racks

RIO CLX OK

44777ADAPTER MOD 1

2 3 4

162 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators Appendix D

Adapter Mode

In order of priority highest first

CLX Status Indicator ndash ControlBus Status

The CLX indicator displays the status of communication with the ControlLogix processor

Indicator Status Description

RIO Red A frame-receive error has been received in the last second (CRC error abort or time-out) Indicator stays red for 1 second after the error occurs

Flashing redoff

One or more racks are not being scanned

Flashing greenoff

Configuration mismatch on one or more racks

Green All racks are being scanned and there are no configuration mismatches

Indicator Status Description

CLX Green The module has successfully processed a request from the ControlBus backplane within the last five seconds All required connections are open

Flashing greenoff

Controlling Connection is open but not all required connections are open

Yellow Idle no requests received from the backplane in the last five seconds No connections empty configuration

Flashing yellowoff

Controlling Connection is not open

Red The module has returned a CIP error to a request from the backplane within the last second All required connections are open

Flashing redoff The module has returned a CIP error within the last second All required connections are not open

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 163

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

OK Status Indicator ndash Module Health

The Debug LogThe firmware on the 1756-RIO module maintains a log of informational and diagnostic messages that can be useful in determining the cause of configuration and network problems

To view the log select MonitorgtDebug Log in the scanner or adapter configuration program within the configuration tool

Fatal ErrorsFatal errors occur when the firmware on the module encounters an unexpected condition The module stops running turns all three status indicators red and displays the fatal error number on the 4-character display The module also records its state at the time the fatal error occurred in a log

To clear the fatal error and capture the fatal error log follow these steps

1 Cycle power on the module The 4-character display should show ldquoFaltalErrorCaputure requiredrdquo

2 From the Tools menu choose 1756-RIO Fatal Error Capture in the scanner or adapter configuration program

3 Store the fatal error log to a file

This also clears the fatal error on the module

Contact Technical Support and provide them with the fatal error log file to help diagnose the cause of the problem

Indicator Status Description

OK Green Indicates that module has passed all power-up diagnostics and is functioning normally

Red Indicates that module startup diagnostics failed or a major module fault such as watchdog time-out or jabber inhibit occurred

IMPORTANT If all three status indicators are solid red and the 4-character display shows Mxx (where xx is the error number) a fatal error has occurred See Fatal Errors Make a note of the error code numbers to give Tech Support if you must call for help

164 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators Appendix D

Watchdog and Jabber Inhibit

A watchdog timer is implemented in the modulersquos hardware If the firmware does not kick the watchdog within the time-out period the watchdog times out and generates a fatal error with error code D1 In scanner mode the module stops scanning In adapter mode all racks stop communication

A jabber inhibit timer is implemented in the modulersquos hardware If the network transmitter is on longer than 150 of the longest network frame time the jabber inhibit forces the transmitter off and generates a fatal error with error code D0

In scanner mode the module stops scanning In adapter mode the module stops communicating on the back plane and Remote IO network

Updating the Firmware

The module firmware updates using the scanner or adapter configuration program To update the firmware in the configuration tool from the Tools menu choose Set 1756-RIO ScannerAdapter Mode Setting the mode loads the latest firmware onto the module

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 165

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

Notes

166 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 167

Appendix E

Quick Start

ControlLogix System Quick Start

Use the following steps to quickly get the module running in a ControlLogix system Detailed information about each step is available in other sections of this manual or in the installation manual You can have only one scanner per RIO network Remove any other scanners on the RIO network before continuing The RIO module ships in scanner mode You can adjust the instructions to fit the mode that matches your needs

1 Install RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

2 Install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

3 Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the 1756-RIO modulersquos add-on profile found on the installation CD shipped with the module or download it from httpsupportrockwellautomationcomcontrolflashLogixProfilerasp

RSLinx software and RSLogix 5000 programming software must be installed before the add-on profile

See page 19

4 Create a project in RSLogix 5000 programming software

5 Add a 1756 controller to your project

See page 23

6 Add a 1756-RIO module to the project by right-clicking on the chassis in the Controller Organizer and selecting New Module

The Select Module dialog box appears

7 Expand the Communications heading and select the 1756-RIO module Click OK

See page 24

8 Select the General tab on the Module Properties dialog box to set the module properties

Appendix E Quick Start

168 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

9 Enter the module name and slot number

See page 24

10 Click the Change button in the Module Definition section Select your desired mode scanner or adapter

The module ships in scanner mode Note the number of inputoutput tags If this number is not the same after you map your data with the configuration tool you will have to return to this screen and change them to match your configuration You can specify independently the number of input and output tags within the range of 1hellip10 Each tag you create will create a block of 248 integers For example a value of 2 will create 2x248 or 498 integers

11 When done click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

See page 25

12 Select the Connection tab on the Module Properties dialog box

13 Set the Requested Packet Interval (RPI)

See page 27

14 Click on the Remote IO tab name the RIO file and click the OK button

15 Choose Yes on the Create dialog box

See page 31

This will close the Module Properties dialog box You will need to double-click on the 1756-RIO module in the controller organizer to re-open the Module Properties dialog box

16 Click on the Configure Remote IO Devices button on the Module Properties dialog box to launch the configuration tool

17 In the configuration tool if needed under the Tools menu select Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode command to match the RIO module functionality to match your application Scanner or Adapter

See pages 33

18 Configure the RIO module to match your application In scanner mode add the desired racks to scan and any block transfer modules In adapter mode configure the desired racks to be emulated or monitored and add any block transfer modules Map all entries either manually or by using the Automap command

See pages 51 and 76

Quick Start Appendix E

19 Download the configuration to the module From the configuration toolrsquos Configure menu choose Download Configuration Set the communication path when prompted

See page 91

20 Save the project

21 Go online in the RSLogix 5000 project and download the configuration to the controller

See page 30

See Chapters 2 and 3 for in-depth information on setting module modes and configuration

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 169

Appendix E Quick Start

Notes

170 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Index

Symbolsrio file 116

Numerics1756-RIO module 124-character display 13 12556RioCfgAdpt 19 6956RioCfgScan 19 33 40 57

Aabsolute addresses 84ActBTR 78ActInp 77active 67active inputs 98 108active rack 46 61 67 108

table 117adapter 11

configuration 115mode 11 15 62 86 87 98 124 165program 19

add-on profile 15 16 19 167alias prefix 85aliases 56 76 84 89analog 46 109

data 72archive

configurations 94template check command 95templates command 94

asynchronous 29auto 64

configuration 65configure 41 62map 62mapping 53

automatic 49automatic block transfers 50Avg Update Time 113 114

Bbackplane 66 125base tag 85baud rate 39 63 115block transfer 64 72 136

data 11 37input 134module 11 70 72module type 74

monitor command 108read 98 109read data 78read-and-write-update rates 50timing 116update 50 66write 78 109

blue 68blue hose 14BT

global update 120global update diagnostics table 121MODULE 72Module 98-module 48Module Parameterization 48Mon 109template file 95

BtMon 97

BT-MODULE 66BTR

Len 110len 75Length 73Map Len 113Mon Len 113

BTWLength 73Map Len 114Max Len 114Min Len 114

btw len 75

Cclear

all mappings 57 80block transfer module data mappings 82diagnostics 124Log 123rack map 58

CLX 14Clx Input 78Clx Input data 77Clx Output 78Clx Output data 77

communication path 62 91configuration

tool 29 54 83tree 67

configure 64adapter mode 61-82

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 171

Index

scanner mode 37-59connections 51control program 87controller organizer 16 167ControlLogix

controller 11controller inputs 78inputs 77 141outputs 77 87

counter 134Cyclic Redundancy Check 119

Ddata

blocks 54offset 54 77

debug log 98 121delete

partial rack 46rack 46 71

DiagMon 97 117 120diagnostic counters 120diagnostics 111 114DiscMon 97 102discrete 37 46

data 11input data 129inputs 99output data 131outputs 90 99 107read structure 129write structure 131

door label 13 14download 44 65 127DTL32DLL 20

Eelectronic keying 26empty configuration 64emulate 15 61 67ending IO group 68 70error bit 129 134export 51 56 76

aliases 84 86scanner configuration 97 115

Ffatal error log 125fatal errors 98 125

firmware 15 121 125 165

Ggeneric module type 67global diagnostic counters 117

Hhardware 125hexadecimal 103 109

IIO

data 76discrete inputs 97discrete outputs 98module 50 72

import 56inhibit 131input tags - output tags 26inputs 37integer 109internal array 87 101

Jjabber inhibit timer 165

Lladder logic 99LED Banner name 39 63lightning bolt 67 68link module configuration 83-95listen 97 101LogMon 97 122

Mmain menu 117manual 49

mode 50 134 136manually map 53map 62mapping configuration 51Max Update Time 113 114Min Update Time 113 114mode 31module

definition 17 168

172 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Index

profiles setup dialog box 21type 73

MonBTR 78MonBTW 78MonInp 77monitor 112

BT module 109diagnostics counters 117discrete inputs 101discrete outputs 104inputs 106mode 11 15 61 100outputs 101

monitored rack 46 61 67 72 115MonOut 77MPSetupexe program 20

Nnetwork

configuration 64traffic 66tree 43 69

Ooctal 102 105 118offset 55 134 136OK 14output table 52 57 76 79outputs 15 37

Ppacket 119partial rack 41 67 120 129PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC 15producedconsumed

data 11 61 67data connections 79input data 69tag 11 51 129

program mode 50 64 99 131protocol 119 120

Qquarter rack 68 129

Rrack

diagnostic counters 117 120

map discretes 53number 102type 70

red 68re-import 56re-map all command 56Remote

IO network 117 165remote

chassis 97IO 67 69IO inputs 61IO network 11 37 73 97IO outputs 61IO scanner 73 77 100IO scanner inputs 77network 16

requested pack interval 11 22resize 45 69 70resize partial rack 70RIO 14

output placeholders 86output placeholders base tag 86

root 69row 120RPI 11RSLinx

communication path 102 109 117 124Gateway 15Professional 15software 15 16 124 167

RSLogix 5000control program 84programming software 15 16 87 167project 22 24 67 76 89 101

RTB connection 13run mode 50 64 65 99

Sscanner 11

configuration file 115log 121mode 15 37 85 99 109 122 131

scanner mode IO map 129-139semi-automatic 49 50shadow 15signed 109signed decimal 103slot 72 121

number 25starting IO group 68 118

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 173

Index

status data 129status indicators 13

Ttemplate 46 72termination 119test mode 99throughput 29timing data 116toolbar 92 117 124tools menu 88tree 72 87

troubleshooting display and status indicators 161-165

Uunassigned IO addresses 76unsigned 109unsigned decimal 103 104update block transfers 99Update Count 113 114upgrade 101upload 92

174 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret AŞ Kar Plaza İş Merkezi E Blok Kat6 34752 İccedilerenkoumly İstanbul Tel +90 (216) 5698400

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 176Supersedes Publication 1756-UM534A-EN-P - April 2009 Copyright copy 2010 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupport you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make thebest use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupport

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation review the information that is contained in this manualYou can contact Customer Support for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Documentation Feedback

Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document complete this form publication RA-DU002 available at httpwwwrockwellautomationcomliterature

United States or Canada 14406463434

Outside United States or Canada

Use the Worldwide Locator at httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupportamericasphone_enhtml or contact your local Rockwell Automation representative

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • 1756-UM534B-EN-P ControlLogix Remote IO Communication Module User Manual
  • Summary of Changes
    • New and Updated Information
      • Table of Contents
      • Preface
        • Introduction
        • Who Should Use This Manual
        • Information Found in This Manual
        • Additional Resources
          • Chapter 1 - The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started
            • Introduction
            • 1756-RIO Module Components
            • 1756-RIO Module Requirements
            • The 1756-RIO Modes
            • Prepare the Module
            • Install the Software
            • Install the Add-on Profile
            • Create the RSLogix 5000 Project
              • Configure the Controller
              • Add the 1756-RIO Module
              • Enter the RPI
                • Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project
                • Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode
                  • Launch the 1756-RIO Configuration Tool
                      • Chapter 2 - Configure Scanner Mode
                        • Introduction
                        • Configure Scanner Summary
                        • Set the Baud Rate
                        • Autoconfigure Racks
                        • Manually Configure Racks
                          • Matching Configuration Tool Settings with Module Settings
                          • Resize a Rack
                          • Delete a Rack
                            • Configure Block Transfer Modules
                            • Map IO Data
                              • Automatic Mapping
                              • Manually Map Discrete (rack) Data
                              • Manually Map Block Transfer Data
                              • Re-Map Command
                              • Clear Mappings
                                  • Chapter 3 - Configure Adapter Mode
                                    • Introduction
                                    • Configure Adapter Summary
                                    • Set the Baud Rate
                                    • Autoconfigure Racks
                                      • Perform the AutoConfiguration
                                      • Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network
                                        • Manually Configure Racks
                                          • Resizing Racks
                                          • Delete Racks
                                            • Configure Block-transfer Modules
                                            • Map IO Data
                                              • Automatic Mapping
                                              • Manually Map Discrete Data
                                              • Re-Map Command
                                              • Clear Mappings
                                                  • Chapter 4 - Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project
                                                    • Introduction
                                                    • Commission Summary
                                                    • Aliases
                                                      • Export Aliases in Scanner Mode
                                                      • Export Aliases in Adapter Mode
                                                      • Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System
                                                        • Manage Configurations
                                                          • Download and Upload Configurations
                                                          • Save Configurations to Disk
                                                          • Archive Configurations
                                                              • Chapter 5 - Monitor Remote IO
                                                                • Introduction
                                                                • Commission Summary
                                                                • Scan Mode and Monitor Mode
                                                                  • Scan Remote IO in Scanner Mode
                                                                  • Monitor Remote IO in Adapter Mode
                                                                    • Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Inputs in Scanner Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Outputs in Scanner Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Inputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Outputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Active Inputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                        • Monitor Block Transfers
                                                                          • Monitor Block Transfers in Scanner Mode
                                                                          • Monitor Block Transfers in Adapter Mode
                                                                            • Export Scanner Configurations
                                                                              • Monitor Mode
                                                                                • Other Diagnostics
                                                                                  • Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Scanner Mode
                                                                                  • Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Adapter Mode
                                                                                  • Module Scanner Log
                                                                                  • Clear Diagnostics
                                                                                  • Fatal Errors
                                                                                      • App A - Scanner Mode IO Map
                                                                                        • Discrete Input Data
                                                                                        • Discrete Output Data
                                                                                        • Block Transfer Input
                                                                                        • Block Transfer Output
                                                                                          • App B - Adapter Mode IO Map
                                                                                            • Discrete Data
                                                                                              • Discrete Input Data
                                                                                              • Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                • Block Transfer Modules
                                                                                                  • Block Transfer Read Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                  • Block Transfer Write Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                      • App C - Block Transfer Module Templates
                                                                                                        • Block Transfer Template Records
                                                                                                        • Block Transfer Lengths
                                                                                                        • Parameters
                                                                                                        • Parameter Examples
                                                                                                        • Aliases
                                                                                                          • App D - Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators
                                                                                                            • Alphanumeric Display
                                                                                                            • Status Indicators
                                                                                                              • RIO Status Indicator ndash Remote Devices Status
                                                                                                              • CLX Status Indicator ndash ControlBus Status
                                                                                                              • OK Status Indicator ndash Module Health
                                                                                                              • The Debug Log
                                                                                                              • Fatal Errors
                                                                                                              • Watchdog and Jabber Inhibit
                                                                                                              • Updating the Firmware
                                                                                                                  • Quick Start
                                                                                                                    • ControlLogix System Quick Start
                                                                                                                      • Index
                                                                                                                        • Symbols
                                                                                                                        • Numerics
                                                                                                                        • A
                                                                                                                        • B
                                                                                                                        • C
                                                                                                                        • D
                                                                                                                        • E
                                                                                                                        • F
                                                                                                                        • G
                                                                                                                        • H
                                                                                                                        • I
                                                                                                                        • J
                                                                                                                        • L
                                                                                                                        • M
                                                                                                                        • N
                                                                                                                        • O
                                                                                                                        • P
                                                                                                                        • Q
                                                                                                                        • R
                                                                                                                        • S
                                                                                                                        • T
                                                                                                                        • U
                                                                                                                          • Back Cover
                                                                                                                            • Introduction_Catagory Types

                                                                                                                              Print Spec Sheet

                                                                                                                              ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles true AutoRotatePages All Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Dot Gain 20) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (US Web Coated 050SWOP051 v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket false DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 1 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo true PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo true PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo false PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Remove UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile () AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 300 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Average ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 200000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 300 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Average GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 200000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Average MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 150000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects false CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName () PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false Description ltlt CHS ltFEFF4f7f75288fd94e9b8bbe5b9a521b5efa7684002000500044004600206587686353ef901a8fc7684c976262535370673a548c002000700072006f006f00660065007200208fdb884c9ad88d2891cf62535370300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c676562535f00521b5efa768400200050004400460020658768633002gt CHT ltFEFF4f7f752890194e9b8a2d7f6e5efa7acb7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065874ef653ef5728684c9762537088686a5f548c002000700072006f006f00660065007200204e0a73725f979ad854c18cea7684521753706548679c300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c4f86958b555f5df25efa7acb76840020005000440046002065874ef63002gt DAN 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 DEU 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 ESP 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 FRA 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 ITA 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 JPN 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 KOR ltFEFFc7740020c124c815c7440020c0acc6a9d558c5ec0020b370c2a4d06cd0d10020d504b9b0d1300020bc0f0020ad50c815ae30c5d0c11c0020ace0d488c9c8b85c0020c778c1c4d560002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020bb38c11cb97c0020c791c131d569b2c8b2e4002e0020c774b807ac8c0020c791c131b41c00200050004400460020bb38c11cb2940020004100630072006f0062006100740020bc0f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020c774c0c1c5d0c11c0020c5f40020c2180020c788c2b5b2c8b2e4002egt NLD (Gebruik deze instellingen om Adobe PDF-documenten te maken voor kwaliteitsafdrukken op desktopprinters en proofers De gemaakte PDF-documenten kunnen worden geopend met Acrobat en Adobe Reader 50 en hoger) NOR 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 PTB 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 SUO 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 SVE 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 ENU (Use these settings to create Adobe PDF documents for quality printing on desktop printers and proofers Created PDF documents can be opened with Acrobat and Adobe Reader 50 and later) gtgt Namespace [ (Adobe) (Common) (10) ] OtherNamespaces [ ltlt AsReaderSpreads false CropImagesToFrames true ErrorControl WarnAndContinue FlattenerIgnoreSpreadOverrides false IncludeGuidesGrids false IncludeNonPrinting false IncludeSlug false Namespace [ (Adobe) (InDesign) (40) ] OmitPlacedBitmaps false OmitPlacedEPS false OmitPlacedPDF false SimulateOverprint Legacy gtgt ltlt AddBleedMarks false AddColorBars false AddCropMarks false AddPageInfo false AddRegMarks false ConvertColors NoConversion DestinationProfileName () DestinationProfileSelector NA Downsample16BitImages true FlattenerPreset ltlt PresetSelector MediumResolution gtgt FormElements false GenerateStructure true IncludeBookmarks false IncludeHyperlinks false IncludeInteractive false IncludeLayers false IncludeProfiles true MultimediaHandling UseObjectSettings Namespace [ (Adobe) (CreativeSuite) (20) ] PDFXOutputIntentProfileSelector NA PreserveEditing true UntaggedCMYKHandling LeaveUntagged UntaggedRGBHandling LeaveUntagged UseDocumentBleed false gtgt ]gtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2400 2400] PageSize [612000 792000]gtgt setpagedevice

                                                                                                                              JIT Printing Specifications RA-QR005F-EN-P - 8072009
                                                                                                                              Printing Specification YOUR DATA HERE Instructions NO
                                                                                                                              (required) Category D6 Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab 11rdquo x 17rdquo LOOSE -Loose Leaf YES Pre-sale Marketing TOP
                                                                                                                              (required) Finished Trim Size Width 85rdquo x 11rdquo 85rdquo x 11rdquo PERFECT - Perfect Bound A1 LEFT
                                                                                                                              (required) Publication Number 1756-UM534B-EN-P Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P 3rdquo x 5rdquo SADDLE - Saddle Stitch A2 RIGHT CORNER
                                                                                                                              Use Legacy Number YES or NO 18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound) A4 BOTTOM SIDE
                                                                                                                              Legacy Number if applicable Sample Legacy Number 0160-533 24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster STAPLED1 -1 position A3
                                                                                                                              Publication Title ControlLogix Remote IO Communication Module Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief 36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position A5
                                                                                                                              (required) Business Group Marketing Commercial As entered in DocMan 4rdquo x 6rdquo STAPLED2 - 2 positions A6
                                                                                                                              (required) Cost Center 19010 As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021 CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105 475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size) THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound) A7
                                                                                                                              BindingStitching PERFECT - Perfect Bound Review key on right Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise) 475rdquo x 775rdquo THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline) A8
                                                                                                                              (required) Page Count of Publication 172 Total page count including cover 55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size) Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline) A9
                                                                                                                              Paper Stock Color white White is assumed For color options contact your vendor 6rdquo x 4rdquo Post Sale Technical Communication
                                                                                                                              Number of Tabs Needed 5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley 7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std) B1
                                                                                                                              Stitching Location SIDE Blank Corner or Side 825rdquo x 10875rdquo B2
                                                                                                                              Drill Hole YESNO YES All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border 825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std) B3 None
                                                                                                                              Glue Location on Pad Glue location on pads 8375rdquo x 10875 B4 Half
                                                                                                                              Number of Pages per Pad Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max 9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder) B5 C
                                                                                                                              Ink Color Black One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm) Catalogs DbleParll
                                                                                                                              Used in Manufacturing No A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm) C1 Offset Z
                                                                                                                              Fold Sample
                                                                                                                              Comments C2 Short
                                                                                                                              Part Number NA JIT POD V
                                                                                                                              D1 Z
                                                                                                                              D2 Microfold
                                                                                                                              D3
                                                                                                                              D4
                                                                                                                              D5
                                                                                                                              D6
                                                                                                                              D7
                                                                                                                              D8
                                                                                                                              D9
                                                                                                                              This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
                                                                                                                              Publication Type and Print Category
                                                                                                                              Publication Type Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below) JIT Spec (See table below) Description Order Min Order Max Life Cycle Usage Release Option
                                                                                                                              AD NA - Puttman NA Advertisement Reprint Colour NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              AP A3 D2 Application Solution or Customer Success Story 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              AR NA NA ArticleEditorialByline NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              (press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
                                                                                                                              AT B3 B4 D5 Application techniques 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              BR A2 Primary A1 NA Brochures 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CA C2 Primary C1 NA Catalogue 1 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CG NA NA Catalogue Guide 1 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CL NA NA Collection 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CO A5 A6 A9 D5 Company Confidential Information NA NA NA Confidential
                                                                                                                              CP E-only E-only D5 Competitive Information 5 50 NA Confidential
                                                                                                                              DC E-only E-only Discount Schedules NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DI A1 A3 NA Direct Mail 5 100 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DM NA NA Product Demo 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DS B3 D5 Dimensions Sheet 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              DU B3 D5 Document Update 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              GR B2 D6 Getting Results 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              IN B3 Primary B2 D5 D6 Installation instructions 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              LM NA NA Launch Materials 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              PC B3 D5 Packaging Contents
                                                                                                                              PL E-only primary B3 E-only Price List 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              PM B2 D6 Programming Manual 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              PP A3 D1 Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              QR B2 primary B3 B5 D5 D6 Quick Reference 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              QS B2 primary B3 B5 D5 D6 Quick Start 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              RM B2 D5 D6 Reference Manual 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              RN B3 D5 Release Notes 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              SG B1 Primary B4 D5 D6 Selection Guide Colour 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              SG B2 D5 D6 Selection Guide BW 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              SP A1 A2 A3 A4 NA Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type 5 100 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              SR B2 B3 D5 D6 Specification Rating Sheet 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              TD B2 Primary B3 B4 B5 D5 D6 Technical Data 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              TG B2 B3 D6 Troubleshooting Guide 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              UM B2 Primary B4 D6 User Manual BW 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              WD B3 D5 Wiring Diagrams Dwgs 1 5 Post Internal
                                                                                                                              WP B3 Primary B5 D5 White Paper 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
                                                                                                                              Publication length Minimum Order Quantity
                                                                                                                              77 or more pages 1 (no shrink wrap required)
                                                                                                                              33 to 76 pages 25
                                                                                                                              3 to 32 pages 50
                                                                                                                              1 or 2 pages 100
                                                                                                                              Pre-sale Marketing All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              A1 4 color 170 gsm 2pp 100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A2 4 color 170 gsm folded 4pp 100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A3 4 color Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A4 2 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A5 2 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
                                                                                                                              A6 1 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
                                                                                                                              A7 4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide Category being deleted 10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              A8 4 color cover Category being deleted 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              2 color text
                                                                                                                              Selection Guide
                                                                                                                              A9 2 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              Selection Guide
                                                                                                                              Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
                                                                                                                              Post Sale Technical Communication
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              B1 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              2 color text 50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B2 1 color 160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond 90 Cover50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B3 1 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              B4 2 color 160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond 90 Cover50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B5 2 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              Catalogs
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              C1 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              4 color text 45 Coated Sheet
                                                                                                                              C2 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              2 color text 32-33 Coated Sheet
                                                                                                                              JIT POD All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              D1 4 color 170gsm white silk 80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
                                                                                                                              D2 4 color 120gsm white silk 80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
                                                                                                                              D3 4 color Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
                                                                                                                              D4 1 color 160gsm tab 90 index
                                                                                                                              D5 1 color 80gsm bond 20 bond self cover
                                                                                                                              D6 1 color Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              D7 2 color 160gsm tab 90 index
                                                                                                                              D8 2 color 80gsm bond 20 bond self cover
                                                                                                                              D9 2 color Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              D10 Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories

Preface

Introduction This manual describes how to configure and troubleshoot your Logix Remote IO (RIO) Communication Module

The 1756-RIO module

bull runs in a ControlLogix environment

bull allows upgrade from PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC systems to a ControlLogix system with a minimum of downtime and startup time

bull uses integer data

bull does not require MSG instructions All data is scheduled

bull offloads block transfer execution to reduce processing burden on the processor

This publication explains how and why you would use a 1756-RIO module The module is used in two modes scanner and adapter mode

In scanner mode the 1756-RIO module enables communication and data transfer between a ControlLogix controller and devices on a Remote IO network The module continuously scans adapters on the remote network The module transfers discrete and block transfer data

In adapter mode the module performs two functions simultaneously First it emulates one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner Second it monitors other remote IO racks on the same Remote IO network

It can be used to upgrade an existing PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system

The advantages of using the 1756-RIO module to upgrade your system include

bull allowing the user to leave the existing Remote IO network in place alleviating the time andor expense of replacing the IO and field wiring or the process of testing out field wiring

bull allowing the new application to be tested before you switch over so that it works just like the old one

bull allowing you to switch back to the old application in minutes should you run into problems

For installation information see the Remote IO (RIO) Module Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN610

9Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 9

Preface

Who Should Use This Manual

We assume you understand remote IO (RIO) modules and the host controller system (ControlLogix)

This manual is intended for individuals who use DHRIO PLC-5 PLC-3 SLC or ControlLogix systems such as

bull software engineers

bull control engineers

bull application engineers

bull instrumentation technicians

Information Found in This Manual

This manual is broken into five parts

bull General module information and features - Chapter 1 and Appendix D

bull Scanner mode functionality - Chapter 2 and Appendices A and C

bull Adapter mode functionality - Chapter 3 and Appendices B and C

bull Linking module configuration with an RSLogix 5000 project - Chapter 4 Monitoring remote IO - Chapter 5

Additional Resources These documents contain additional information concerning related Rockwell Automation products

You can view or download publications at httpliteraturerockwellautomationcom To order paper copies of technical documentation contact your local Rockwell Automation distributor or sales representative

Resource Description

Remote IO (RIO) Module Installation Instructions publication 1756-IN610

Provides details on how to install the 1756-RIO module

Industrial Automation Wiring and Grounding Guidelines publication 1770-41

Provides general guidelines for installing a Rockwell Automation industrial system

Product Certifications website httpabcom

Provides declarations of conformity certificates and other certification details

10 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

11Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 11

Chapter 1

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Introduction This document is a userrsquos guide for the 1756-RIO module The module lets Rockwell Automation ControlLogix controllers communicate with remote IO over the backplane or over a remote network This chapter describes the ControlLogix 1756-RIO module and how it links a ControlLogix controller to the Universal Remote IO network

This chapter also describes the modulersquos physical features software requirements software and add-on profile installation instructions and RSLogix 5000 project setup

The 1756-RIO module

supports native RIO 16-bit words for data control and status bits

acts as a scanner on a Remote IO network

acts as an adapter that exchanges data on a Remote IO network

supports discrete data and block transfer data in either mode

supports up to 10 producedconsumed data connections (along the backplane between the ControlLogix controller and the 1756-RIO module) with 248 words of integer input and 248 words of integer output for each connection

uses producedconsumed connections using a 1756-RIO add-on profile in RSLogix 5000 programming software

supports requested packet intervals (RPIs) from 2hellip750 ms All connections use one set RPI

maps all discrete and block transfer data into producedconsumed connections

monitors existing IO in adapter mode (Monitor mode) It can report all existing inputs and outputs discrete and block transfer module data to the ControlLogix controller

Topic Page

1756-RIO Module Components 13

1756-RIO Module Requirements 15

Prepare the Module 16

Install the Software 19

Install the Add-on Profile 19

Create the RSLogix 5000 Project 22

Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode 30

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

12 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The following modules are supported by the 1756-RIO module

Supported Modules

See Appendix C for additional information

IO Family Cat No

1746 SLC 1746-N14

1746-N18

1746-N04V

1746-NT4

1771 PLC-5 1771-DE 1771-NIV

1771-IFE-16CH (in single-ended 16 Channel configuration)

1771-NOC-noBTR

1771-IFE-8CH (in differential 8 Channel configuration)

1771-NOC

1771-IL-Alarms 1771-NOV-noBTR

1771-IL 1771-NOV

1771-IR 1771-NR

1771-IXE 1771-OFE-diag

1771-NIV-Alarms 1771-OFE

1794 FLEX 1794-IE4XOE2 1794-OE4

1794-IE8

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

1756-RIO Module Components

The 1756-RIO module components include a 4-character display status indicators an RTB connection and an inside-door label

1756-RIOB Module

1756-RIOA Module

RIO CLX OK

1

2

44777

1

2

3

4

43161

Note that the 3-pin connector has been changed

1

2

RIO CLX OK

43161A44777A

1

2

3

4

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 13

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Item Description

1 4-character scrolling display

2 Three status indicators

RIO indicates the status of the network

CLX indicates the status of the connection to the controller

OK indicates the modulersquos own internal state

3 3-pin connector (blue hose) that connects to the remote devices

This is also known as the removable terminal block (RTB)

4 Inside-door label with error codes

14 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

1756-RIO Module Requirements

The requirements for the module to operate include the installation of

RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

the 1756-RIO module add-on profile from the CD provided with the module

the 1756-RIO module installed in a 1756-ControlLogix chassis

The 1756-RIO Modes The 1756-RIO module can be used in various capacities depending on the userrsquos needs First decide which mode you want the 1756-RIO module to use

In most cases the module is used in scanner mode to scan and control remote IO data on a network

In adapter mode the 1756-RIO module can perform two functions simultaneously First the module can emulate one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner (for example a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC) It can exchange data with the scanner as discrete data or via block transfers

Second the 1756-RIO module can act as a lsquoshadowrsquo referred to as Monitor mode to monitor racks on a remote network The module listens to the remote IO and provides all inputs and outputs from the existing scanner to the ControlLogix controller Users can then run their converted logic against those inputs generate temporary outputs and compare the existing outputs with outputs generated by the new logic

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 15

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Prepare the Module The following list summarizes the initial steps needed to prepare the 1756-RIO module before setting up the remote network These steps will be discussed in detail in this chapter

You can have only one scanner per RIO network Remove any other scanners on the RIO network before continuing The RIO module ships in scanner mode You can adjust the instructions to fit the mode that matches your needs

1 Install RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

2 Install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

3 Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the 1756-RIO modulersquos add-on profile found on the installation CD shipped with the module or download it from httpsupportrockwellautomationcomcontrolflashLogixProfilerasp

RSLinx software and RSLogix 5000 programming software must be installed before the add-on profile

See page 19

4 Create a project in RSLogix 5000 programming software

5 Add a 1756 controller to your project

See page 23

6 Add a 1756-RIO module to the project by right-clicking on the chassis in the Controller Organizer and selecting New Module

The Select Module dialog box appears

7 Expand the Communications heading and select the 1756-RIO module Click OK

See page 24

8 Select the General tab on the Module Properties dialog box to set the module properties

16 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

9 Enter the module name and slot number

See page 24

10 Click the Change button in the Module Definition section Select your desired mode scanner or adapter

The module ships in scanner mode Note the number of inputoutput tags If this number is not the same after you map your data with the configuration tool you will have to return to this screen and change them to match your configuration You can specify independently the number of input and output tags within the range of 1hellip10 Each tag you create will create a block of 248 integers For example a value of 2 will create 2x248 or 498 integers

11 When done click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

See page 25

12 Select the Connection tab on the Module Properties dialog box

13 Set the Requested Packet Interval (RPI)

See page 27

14 Click on the Remote IO tab name the RIO file and click the OK button

15 Choose Yes on the Create dialog box

See page 31

This will close the Module Properties dialog box You will need to double-click on the 1756-RIO module in the controller organizer to re-open the Module Properties dialog box

16 Click on the Configure Remote IO Devices button on the Module Properties dialog box to launch the configuration tool

17 In the configuration tool if needed under the Tools menu select Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode menu to match the RIO module functionality to match your application Scanner or Adapter

See pages 33

18 Configure the RIO module to match your application In scanner mode add the desired racks to scan and any block transfer modules In adapter mode configure the desired racks to be emulated or monitored and add any block transfer modules Map all entries either manually or by using the Automap command

See pages 51 and 76

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 17

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

19 Download the configuration to the module From the configuration toolrsquos Configure menu select Download Configuration Set the communication path when prompted

See page 91

20 Save the project

21 Go online in the RSLogix 5000 project and download the configuration to the controller

See page 30

See Chapters 2 and 3 for in-depth information on setting module modes and configuration

18 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Install the Software Begin by installing the RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation on your computer You must use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

Then install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the Add-on Profile Installing the add-on profile also installs the software configuration tool The add-on profile and the configuration tool (56RioCfg) are on the CD that ships with your module

Once loaded onto your computer the configuration tool is accessible within the RSLogix 5000 add-on profile The configuration tool contains two separate programs one for scanner mode 56RioCfgScan and one for adapter mode 56RioCfgAdpt The program that launches depends on which mode you select

With the configuration tool you can

bull change modes

bull set the baud rate

bull autoconfigure racks from an attached Remote IO network

bull manually add and configure racks

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map IO data to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed connections

bull save and load configuration files

bull download and upload configurations

bull archive projects

bull monitor diagnostics rack status discrete data and block transfers

IMPORTANT The 1756-RIO module requires RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later The add-on profile does not work with previous versions of RSLogix 5000 programming software

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 19

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

To install the add-on profile along with the configuration tool follow these steps

1 Make sure any instances of RSLogix 5000 programming software is shut down before beginning

2 Insert the CD that was shipped with your module into your computer

3 Open the folder 1756-RIO Configuration Tool Setup Run the MPSetupexe program

The RSLogix 5000 Module Profiles Setup Wizard launches

4 Follow the prompts to complete the installation Click Next Accept the License Agreement install the profile and begin

ATTENTION If you get a message about DTL32DLL when installing or running the programs on the configuration CD it indicates problems with the RSLinx software installation Confirm that you have the correct version of RSLinx software RSLinx Lite software cannot be used

20 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

5 On the Module Profiles Setup dialog box click Install to configure RSLogix 5000 Module Profiles

6 Click Next

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 21

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

7 Click Finish

Create the RSLogix 5000 Project

Once the add-on profile is installed you are ready to create the RSLogix 5000 project In this section you will

start a new project

configure the controller in the project

add the 1756-RIO module to the project

enter the requested pack interval (RPI)

22 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Configure the Controller

1 Launch RSLogix 5000 programming software if it is not opened

2 In the RSLogix 5000 programming software Controller Organizer from the File menu choose New

3 On the New Controller dialog box select a 1756 controller the Revision number Name Chassis Type and Slot number The 1756-RIO module can only be used in RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later

4 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 23

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Add the 1756-RIO Module

1 On the Controller Organizer right-click on the IO Configuration folder and select New Module from the pull-down menu

2 On the Select Module dialog box expand the Communications tab and select the 1756-RIO module

3 Click OK

The 1756-RIO Module Properties dialog box displays

IMPORTANT You must be offline to add the module to the IO configuration in the RSLogix 5000 project

24 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

On the Module Properties dialog box from the General tab you can assign the module name description slot number and module definition

The Module Definition dialog box displays

4 Click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

5 Click Yes to accept any changes

6 Click OK again on the bottom of the General tab

Item Description

Name Choose a name that easily identifies the module

Description The Description field is optional

Slot The Slot field must match the slot number of the 1756-RIO modulersquos location in the chassis

Module Definition-Change hellip button

Click on the Change hellip button to change the Series Revision Electronic Keying Mode (scanner or adapter) or Number of Input or Output Tags The Module Definition dialog box displays

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 25

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

26 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Module Definition Dialog Box

Item Description

Series Module series letter

Revision Firmware revision number

Electronic Keying Exact Match requires all keying attributes of the physical module and the module created in the software to match precisely to establish communication

Compatible Module the module determines whether to accept or reject communication Compatible Keying allows the physical module to accept the key of the module configured in the software provided that the configured module is one the physical module is capable of emulating This is the default setting

Disabled Keying indicates the keying attributes are not considered when attempting to communicate with a module Be extremely cautious when using this option if used incorrectly this option can lead to personal injury or death property damage or economic loss

Mode - Scanner or Adapter

The module ships in scanner mode (The 4-character display on the front of the module also indicates which mode is set) If you want to change the mode setting you must first select the desired mode in the add-on profile on the Module Definition dialog box from the pull-down menu so that the correct configuration tool starts Then on the Remote IO tab you must click on the Configure Remote IO devices button (the configuration tool) and select the Tools menugtSet 1756-RIO ModuleScanner mode to download the correct firmware

Be aware that changing the module mode downloads firmware specific to the mode chosen This mode setting must match between the RSLogix 5000 programming software project and the configuration tool but keep in mind that the correct firmware must also be downloaded

Input Tags - Output Tags

Up to 10 input and output tags can be selected Each tag is 248 words The number of inputoutput tags entered in the add-on profilersquos Module Properties has to be equal or greater than the number of tags in the configuration tool

The number of tags in the configuration tool are determined by the mappings you create The more tags you have the more backplane traffic is generated Itrsquos best to keep the number of tags low which is what the automatic mapping command does by mapping the data and packing it into the lowest number of tags

For example a single rack with discrete data that has the inputsoutputs mapped to block 9 requires the inputoutput tags to be 10 So in the Module PropertiesgtGeneral tabgtModule DefinitiongtChange button select 10 for the number of input and output tags

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Enter the RPI

To set the RPI follow these steps

1 On the controller organizer double-click on the RIO module

2 On the Module Properties dialog box from the Connection tab set the RPI for the module

IMPORTANT If you are using the 1756-RIO module in a remote rack for example a rack connected to the controlling ControlLogix controller over ControlNet or EthernetIP it may be necessary to increase the RPI as the intermediate network may not have sufficient bandwidth to support faster updates (small RPIs) The likelihood of having bandwidth issues is increased as you increase the number of 248-word input and output tags

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 27

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

28 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Remote IO Update Time

The remote update time is the time it takes the Remote IO scanner to scan all of the adapters in its IO scan list

The scan rate is the approximate time it takes to scan a 16-slot logical chassis without block transfers The number and sizes of block transfers can significantly affect this time

So for example if you have eight adapters on your network and your baud rate is 2304 K your approximate remote IO update time would be 8 ( of adapters) 3 ms (scan rate) or 24 ms

RPI

The Requested Packet Interval (RPI) specifies the rate at which the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller exchange data to and from each other The allowable RPIrsquos range is from 2hellip750 ms with a default of 20 ms When the specified time frame elapses the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller produce data for each other All 1756-RIO input and output tags update with the same RPI

Select an RPI for your application For most applications a good rule of thumb would be to set the RPI equal to one half of the remote IO scan time

Baud Rate Scan Rate

2304 K 3 ms

1152 K 5 ms

576 K 8 ms

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Throughput

When using the 1756-RIO module your system throughput is based on the following key factors

Number and sizes of adapters

Number and sizes of block transfer modules

Overall remote IO update time

RPI

Any network cards involved

Controller scan time

The asynchronous nature of the RPI and the remote IO scan

Since the RIO scan is asynchronous to the RPI the worst case or maximum update time to get information from the 1756-RIO into the controller is the RPI plus two times the remote IO update rate

You can use the diagnostic functions of the 1756-RIO configuration toolrsquos utilities to measure the average minimum and maximum update times on the Remote IO network

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 29

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project

Follow these steps to set the communication path and download to the controller

1 On the main menu from the Communications menu select Who Active

2 Browse to the controller

3 Click the Set Project Path button

4 Click Download

Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode

Once the desired module mode is set in the RSLogix 5000 module properties you must select the mode in the configuration tool to download the correct firmware You must first launch the configuration tool and then verify the mode setting matches in the Module Properties and in the configuration tool The correct firmware must be downloaded for the module to run correctly

ATTENTION If your desired mode is scanner mode you do nothing at this point as the module ships in scanner mode

IMPORTANT The controller must be in Program Mode to continue with the firmware update

30 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 31

Launch the 1756-RIO Configuration Tool

Follow these steps to launch the configuration tool and to set the mode in the configuration tool

1 On the Module Properties dialog box click the Remote IO tab

2 On the Remote IO tab window in the RIO File (rio) field type a file name or use the Browse button

The file name can include a path If the file or directory does not exist it is created

3 Click OK

The following dialog box appears

The Configure Remote IO Devices button is not active

ATTENTION When you create a file the default location is the project directory If you enter a path or file that does not exist it is created The file is not created until you run the configuration tool You can use the browse button to select a location If you change the path you must click Apply before you can use the Configure Remote IO Devices button

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

4 Click Yes The Module Properties dialog box closes

5 On the controller organizer double-click on the 1756-RIO module to re-open the Module Properties dialog box Select the Remote IO tab

Notice that the Configure Remote IO Devices button is now active

6 Click the Configure Remote IO Devices button to launch the configuration tool

The 56RioCfgScan dialog box displays You are now in the configuration tool software for scanner mode You can change operating modes and configure a Remote IO network

The Configure Remote IO Devices button is now active

TIP If you want to change operating modes you should do this before configuring the modulersquos settings When you change the operating mode you are downloading the latest firmware to the module The firmware is specific to the mode you choose scanner or adapter

IMPORTANT Notice that because lsquoScannerrsquo mode was set in the RSLogix 5000 programming software on the General Tab of the RIO Module Properties dialog box the scanner program within the configuration tool (56RioCfgScan) starts and displays at the top of the profilersquos dialog box

32 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

7 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the Tools menu choose Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode

8 On the RSLinx Path Selection dialog box click the Autobrowse box to browse the path to the 1756-RIO module to set the communication path and click OK

The configuration tool then displays the current mode in the 56RioSetMode dialog box and lets you select the mode you want to use

The 56RioCfgScan program title displays at the top of the configuration toolrsquos dialog box indicating that scanner mode was chosen in the modulersquos properties in the RSLogix 5000 add-on profile and that you are running the scanner configuration toolrsquos firmware

IMPORTANT Remember specific firmware downloads depending on mode selection Also you are prompted to reset the communication path when changing from one mode to another

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 33

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

In the 56RioSetMode dialog box select the mode from the New Mode pull-down menu and click OK to download the new firmware

A status window displays showing the progress of the mode change

The 1756-RIO SetMode Confirmation dialog box displays the version of the firmware it is about to download Check carefully that this firmware version is correct

IMPORTANT Steps 9 and 10 change the configuration of the RIO module between adapter and scanner mode If your module is configured for the desired mode these steps are not necessary

IMPORTANT Changing the 1756-RIO module mode or updating firmware clears the remote IO configuration stored on the 1756-RIO module

34 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started Chapter 1

9 Click OK to download the firmware

Once you click OK the words lsquoFirmware Updatersquo scroll across the front of the 1756-RIO modulersquos 4-character display indicating that the firmware change is taking place

The tool downloads the firmware and displays the progress of the download When the download is complete the tool displays the result of the download The 1756-RIO SetMode Completed Successfully dialog box appears

10 Click OK

The front of the 1756-RIO modulersquos character display should now indicate the new firmware mode

If the download fails the tool displays an error message

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 35

Chapter 1 The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started

36 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

37Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 37

Chapter 2

Configure Scanner Mode

Introduction Once the 56RioCfg configuration tool launches you can configure a Remote IO network using the RIO module as a scanner or an adapter This chapter describes how to configure the module for use in scanner mode

In scanner mode the ControlLogix controller writes remote IO outputs and reads remote IO inputs The 1756-RIO module enables communication between the controller and devices on a Remote IO network The scanner continuously scans the adapters on the Remote IO network

Two types of data are transferred over the Remote IO network - discrete and block transfer data Discrete data transfers consist of the scanner sending output data and communication commands to the adapter which instruct the adapter about how to control its output The adapter responds by sending input data to the scanner

The remote IO block transfer module is a data transfer mechanism that lets you control the transfer of up to 64 words of data to or from a remote device The 1756-RIO module allows the user to offload block transfer execution from the controller The data appears in the data table of the ControlLogix controller without having to execute the logic in the controller to perform the block transfer A Block Transfer Read (BTR) receives data from a remote device A Block Transfer Write (BTW) sends data to a remote device

In this chapter you use the configuration tool to configure the module in scanner mode to prepare it for use on the Remote IO network You will

bull configure the racks automatically or manually

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map the remote IO modules to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data

Topic Page

Configure Scanner Summary 38

Set the Baud Rate 39

Autoconfigure Racks 40

Manually Configure Racks 43

Configure Block Transfer Modules 46

Map IO Data 51

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Configure Scanner Summary

The following list summarizes the steps to configure the 1756-RIO module in scanner mode

1 Set the baud rate

2 Autoconfigure online racks on the network (Make sure the controller is set to Program Mode)

3 Set the communication path

4 Manually add any additional racks that are not online

5 Manually add and configure block transfer modules

6 MapAutomap the data

1756

Con

trol

ler

Rem

ote

IO M

odul

e

Sc

anne

r Mod

e

1771

-ASB

Rem

ote

IO A

dapt

er

1771 IO IO IO

1747

-ASB

Rem

ote

IO A

dapt

er

1746 IO IO IO

1771 IO

1746 IO

Uni

vers

al R

emot

e IO

Net

wor

k

Scanner Mode

44803

38 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Set the Baud Rate After setting the operating mode for the 1756-RIO module you must set the baud rate

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the controller on the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties

The 1756-RIO Properties dialog box displays

2 Select the baud rate

3 You can also optionally enter an LED Banner name

This is a unique name you assign to identify the module This is useful when you have multiple RIO modules on your network The LED Banner displays on the 4-character display on the 1756-RIO module It can be from 0hellip15 characters long

4 Click OK

You must perform a download to reconfigure the module

Value Baud Rate Kbps

57 k - scanner mode default 576

115 k 1152

230 k 2304

TIP If you perform an autoconfiguration the 1756-RIO module automatically detects the baud rate by sending packets to an attached remote IO network

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 39

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

5 On the main menu from the Configure menu choose Download or click the Download Config to Module button on the toolbar

Autoconfigure Racks You can autoconfigure racks attached to the network or add additional racks manually The Autoconfigure command scans the Remote IO network to determine which racks are present

The module automatically detects the network baud rate and configures the racks on the attached Remote IO network

The 56RioCfgScan tool sends messages to all possible racks detects all possible baud rates and from the replies determines which racks are on the network

Main Menu

Toolbar

40 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 41

The icons on the 56RioCfgScan tool show the partial rack sizes and locations Racks are shown with starting and ending IO groups For example the following tree shows rack 0 consisting of 4 quarter racks

Block transfer modules must be added and configured manually

When the module is in scanner mode the 1756-RIO module performs the following actions during autoconfigure The module

bull detects the network baud rate by sending messages at each baud rate looking for responses

bull then sends messages to all possible racks on the network

bull builds a network configuration from the observed network responses

bull displays the network configuration

Partial Rack (14 rack)

Rack 0

IMPORTANT The controller with the connection to the 1756-RIO module must be in program mode when you perform an autoconfiguration The following error message displays if the controller is not in program mode

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

To perform an autoconfigure in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the main menu from the Configure menu select Autoconfigure or click the Autoconfigure button on the toolbar

Any configuration previously stored in the 1756-RIO module is overwritten by the data from the autoconfiguration You are given the option to save the previous configuration before it proceeds with the autoconfiguration

Autoconfiguration detects just the rack structure it cannot locate block transfer modules You have to manually add block transfer modules to the rack

TIP There is no specific rsquoautorsquo baud rate when the module is in scanner mode When using autoconfigure the 1756-RIO module tries all three baud rates and sets the baud rate based on the responses to the messages it sends You need to make sure that all devices on the network are set at the same baud rate

TIP After performing an Autoconfigure what displays by the 56RioCfgScan tool matches what is in the 1756-RIO module No download is necessary The Autoconfigure also automatically maps the discrete rack data to tags in the ControlLogix processor

Main Menu

Toolbar

42 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Manually Configure Racks To add a rack manually to the remote IO configuration follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the root of the IO tree which represents the remote IO scanner and select Add Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 On the AddResize Rack dialog box select the Rack number (in octal) the Start Group and the End Group

3 Click OK

Item Field Description Range

1 Rack 0hellip76 octal available

2 Start Grp (IO) 0246

A logical rack consists of eight IO groups numbered 0hellip7 The smallest unit allowed on a network is a quarter rack so the starting IO groups are 0246

3 End Grp (IO) 1357

Ending IO groups

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 43

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Matching Configuration Tool Settings with Module Settings

After manually adding a rack a download is necessary

To download to the module from the Configure menu select Download Configuration or from the toolbar click the Download Config to Module button

Manually adding racks also requires the discrete data to be mapped to tags in the ControlLogix controller before allowing a download The data can be mapped automatically or manually

See Map IO Data on page 51

Main Menu

Toolbar

44 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Resize a Rack

To resize a configured rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Resize Partial Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 Select Start Group and End Group

3 Click OK

If resizing the rack results in an overlap with an existing rack the resize fails and displays an error message

If resizing the rack results in deleting block transfer modules you are given the option of cancelling the resize or proceeding and deleting the block transfer modules

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 45

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Delete a Rack

To delete a rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Delete Rack(s)

2 To delete a partial rack expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the partial rack and choose Delete Partial Rack

Configure Block Transfer Modules

All block transfer modules represent some type of analog data Block transfer modules transfer a block (64 words maximum) of analog-type data at a rate configured by the user The 1756-RIO module lets the user offload block transfer execution from the controller to the 1756-RIO module

If a slot is occupied by a discrete IO module or is empty select lsquoDiscretersquo which is the default If a specific block transfer module occupies the slot select the part number of that block transfer module

Not all block transfer modules are supported directly by the 1756-RIO module If the module you are using does not appear in the list set the module type to BT-MODULE and set the lengths to the appropriate values In some cases there are multiple templates for a given block transfer module to show that the module can be used in significantly different ways

See Appendix D for additional information on block transfer templates

46 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

All block transfer data is mapped into one of the possible 10 producedconsumed connections on the controller Each producedconsumed connection allows 248 16-bit words in and out There are two words of overhead for each block transfer for controlstatus The 1756-RIO module can execute as many block transfers as the user configures up to the limits of available memory mapped to the ControlLogix controller

To configure a block transfer module follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box expand the IO tree to choose the location where you want to add the module

2 On the IO tree right-click the slot where you want to add the module and select Module Properties

IMPORTANT Block transfers do not need MSG instructions to execute

TIP In scanner mode block transfer modules can be configured manually also

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 47

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

3 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type pull-down select the type

4 Click OK

The IO Module Properties dialog box displays

5 Click Configure to display the BT Module Parameterization configuration dialog box to configure the module

This example shows the BT Module Parameterization dialog box for a 16-channel 1771-IFE module Each module is different

Use the dialog box to set parameters for a block transfer module These parameters are defined in the template file for the block transfer module and are typical quantities such as scaling parameters and alarms

Module Types

Type Description

Discrete A block transfer module does not exist at this location

BT-MODULE Any other block transfer module not listed by part number in the system

1746-xxxhellip1794-xxx Part number of block transfer (analog) modules with template files in the system that are compatible with the 1756-RIO module See Supported Modules on page 12 for the complete list

48 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

6 Enter the configuration data and click OK

7 On the IO Module Properties dialog box select how you want the block transfer to update

There are three update modes automatic semi-automatic and manual

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 49

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

8 On the IO Module Properties dialog box select the block transfer read-and-write-update rates from 0hellip16383 ms

A rate of 0 means the 1756-RIO module updates the block transfer as fast as the network and the block transfer module allows

Type Description

Automatic 1756-RIO module controls block transfer update

Automatic block transfers perform a single configuration block transfer write every time the controller transitions from Program to Run mode and then perform timed data block transfer read and write updates using the BTR and BTW data lengths and times from the configuration tool The length values and update times for automatic block transfers all come from the configuration tool

Automatic block transfers begin as soon as the controller is in run mode they do not have to be triggered

Errors in block transfer execution are indicated by non-zero values returned to the ControlLogix controller

In automatic mode the module configuration data values come from the configuration tool as default values or from user parameters The size of the configuration block transfer write is the data BTW length BtwLen plus the Config BTW Length CfgLen from the template The data block transfer write length is BtwLen from the template and this is the length mapped to ControlLogix output data

The size of the data block transfer read is set by the configuration tool

Semi-automatic 1756-RIO module controls block transfer update

Semi-automatic block transfers perform a single configuration block transfer write every time the controller transitions from Program to Run mode and then perform timed data block transfer read and write updates using the BTR and BTW data lengths and times from the configuration tool The length values and update times for semi-automatic block transfers all come from the configuration tool

Semi-automatic block transfers begin as soon as the controller is in run mode they do not have to be triggered

Any errors in BT execution are indicated by non-zero values in the ControlLogix controller

In Semi-automatic mode the module configuration data values come from ControlLogix output data The size of the configuration block transfer write is the data BTW length BtwLen plus the Config BTW Length CfgLen from the template and this is the length mapped to ControlLogix output data The data block transfer write length is BtwLen from the template

The size of the data block transfer read is set by the configuration tool

Manual The ControlLogix controller controls block transfer update

IO module configuration gathers data from the ControlLogix controller

To execute block transfers in manual mode

enter the BTR andor BTW length and BTW data in the control block for the module

set the BTREN andor BTWEN bits (BTRCONTBTWCONT) for continuous execution

check the BTRDNBTWDN bits that indicate BT execution is complete (BTR data is available at that time)

check the BTRERRBTWERR bits If set read the error code to determine the cause of the problem

Inhibit Automatic Block Transfers

To inhibit a running automatic or semi-automatic block transfer set bit 9 to offset 0 of the mapped output data for the module

50 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Map IO Data You must map the IO data to locations in the ControlLogix controller input and output data before you can scan the Remote IO network

Mapping connects locations in the ControlLogix input and output tags to locations on the Remote IO network (discrete data on racks and block transfer reads and writes)

Connections (producedconsumed) occur between the 1756-RIO module and the ControlLogix controller They are point-to-point links between two end points

Producedconsumed tag data is the information that gets passed back and forth over the line between the two end points

There are up to 10 blocks of producedconsumed tag data Discrete and block transfer tag data gets lsquopackedrsquo into the ControlLogix producedconsumed data When discrete and block transfer tag data are mapped or when the configuration tool lsquoauto mapsrsquo the data for you you are selecting which of those blocks the tag data is mapped to and the offset in the block where the tag data is found

See Scanner Mode IO Map on page 129

When mapping is complete you must export the aliases to the 1756-RIO module and import the configuration to the RSLogix 5000 project

See Aliases on page 84 for a complete discussion of exporting and importing aliases

IMPORTANT It is essential that the control program on the host controller matches the addresses in the mapping configuration on the 1756-RIO module otherwise the control program may inadvertently write to the incorrect IO locations If you change the data mappings on the 1756-RIO module make sure that the control program uses the correct addresses

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 51

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

ATTENTIONUnassigned or unmapped data (IO addresses) are shown as xxx in the IO tree

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Unmapped Data

Mapped Data

52 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Automatic Mapping

The Auto Map Any Unassigned command automatically maps any unassigned discrete or block transfer data to ControlLogix connections Discrete data is mapped before block transfer data The longest blocks of data are mapped first from the lowest addresses up Any previously-assigned addresses remain unchanged

On the 56RioCfg configuration tool dialog box from the Map menu choose Automap Any Unassigned to automatically map all the data

Any xxxs are replaced with an actual IO address

Manually Map Discrete (rack) Data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack and select Rack Map Discretes - Assign Manually

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 53

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

2 On the Map RackhellipManually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down menu select the ControlLogix block and Data Offset within the block for the Input Mapping and Output Mapping

Data Offset Field Range Choices

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

The configuration tool checks for overlaps with previously-mapped data and displays an error if it finds an overlap

Item Field Description

1 Clx Block There are up to 10 data blocks (0hellip9) available on the ControlLogix controller for inputs and outputs You select the block where the data is rsquopackedrsquo

2 Data Offset The data offset (0hellip247) is the area in the data block where the inputoutput data is foundYou select the data offset area within the block

12

54 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Manually Map Block Transfer Data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the expanded rack list right-click on the module and select BT Module Clx Map - Assign Manually

2 On the Map BT ModulehellipManually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down menu select the ControlLogix block and Data Offset within the block for the Input Mapping and Output Mapping

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

The configuration tool checks for overlaps with previously-mapped data and displays an error message if it finds an overlap

If there is insufficient space in the current block to map the data

bull the Data Offset field is blank

bull the OK button appears dimmed

Change the block number and select an offset

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 55

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Re-Map Command

Use the Re-Map All command to clear all previous mappings and automatically map all discrete and block transfer data to connections

From the Map menu select Re-Map All

See Aliases on page 84 for exporting and importing aliases

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

ATTENTION If you remap IO data you should export aliases and re-import them into the RSLogix 5000 project so the control program uses the new assignments

56 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Clear Mappings

Follow these steps to clear all mappings

1 To clear all assigned mappings on the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the Map menu choose Clear All Mappings

2 On the Clear ALL Mappings dialog box confirm that you want to clear all the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 57

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Clear Discrete Rack Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear mappings for discrete (rack) data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box right-click on the rack and select Rack Map Discretes - Clear

2 On the Clear Rack Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT All of the preceding mapping and configuration examples currently reside only within the 56RioCfgScan software and must be downloaded to the 1756-RIO module

See page 30 for download steps

58 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Scanner Mode Chapter 2

Clear Block Transfer Module Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear the mappings for block transfer data

1 On the 56RioCfgScan dialog box from the expanded rack right-click on the block-transfer module and select BT Module Clx Map - Clear

2 On the Clear BT Module Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the BT Module mappings and click Yes

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 59

Chapter 2 Configure Scanner Mode

Notes

60 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 3

Configure Adapter Mode

Introduction This chapter explains how and why to use the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode In adapter mode the 1756-RIO module can perform two functions simultaneously

First the module can emulate one or more racks of IO to a scanner exchanging data with that scanner (for example a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC controller) On Active racks the module writes remote IO inputs and reads remote IO outputs

Second it can monitor other remote IO racks On Monitored racks the 1756-RIO module can monitor existing IO also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo and can be used to upgrade a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system Monitor mode provides existing discrete inputs and outputs and Block Transfer reads and writes to the ControlLogix controller

See Scan Mode and Monitor Mode on page 99 for a complete description of using Monitor mode

The 1756-RIO module communicates with the ControlLogix controller using up to 10 input connections and 10 output connections via producedconsumed data Remote IO data maps into the connections by the configuration tool

In this chapter you use the configuration tool to configure the module in adapter mode to prepare it for use on the Remote IO network You will

bull configure the racks automatically or manually

bull add and configure block transfer modules

bull map the remote IO modules to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data

Topic Page

Configure Adapter Summary 62

Set the Baud Rate 63

Autoconfigure Racks 64

Manually Configure Racks 69

Configure Block-transfer Modules 72

Map IO Data 76

61Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 61

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Adapter Mode

Configure Adapter Summary

The following list summarizes the steps to configure the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

1 Set the baud rate

2 Autoconfigure online racks on the network (Make sure the controller is set to Program Mode)

3 Set the communication path

4 Manually add any additional racks that are not online

5 Manually add and configure block transfer modules

6 MapAutomap the data

RIO Scanner(reads inputs and writes outputs to scanned racks)PLC-3 PLC-5 SLC Etc

Cont

rolL

ogix

1756

-RIO

in

Ada

pter

Mon

itor M

ode

1771 IO Rack

1747 IO Rack

Rack 1

Rack 2

Rack 3

1771 IO Rack

Rack 4RIO Scanner(reads inputs and writes ouputs to scanned racks)PLC-3 PLC-5 SLC Etc

1771 IO Rack

1771 IO Rack

1747 IO Rack

Rack 1

1756

-RIO

In A

dapt

er

Mod

e

Cont

rolL

ogix

Rack 4

Rack 3

Rack 2

Two-way communication between the RIO scanner and the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

1756-RIO Module as an Active Rack 1756-RIO Module as a Monitored Rack

One-way communication between the Remote IO network and the ControlLogix controller The RIO scanner controls the IO and the ControlLogix controller via the 1756-RIO module in adapter monitors all IO data In monitor mode it monitors the IO and brings all input and output data into the ControLogix controller

44828 44829

Universal Remote IO Network

IMPORTANT Configuring the 1756-RIO module as an adapter enables the RIO module to emulate a 1771-ASB module This allows a path for peer-to-peer data to be exchanged between the scanner controller and the ControlLogix owner of the RIO module over the Remote IO network The adapter mode functionality does not allow the scanner controller to directly control any 1756-IO in the chassis with the RIO module

62 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Set the Baud Rate To set the baud rate in adapter mode follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the controller on the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties

The 1756-RIO Properties dialog box displays

2 On the 1756-RIO Module Properties dialog box select the baud rate

3 You can also enter an LED Banner name This is a unique name you assign to identify the module This is useful when you have multiple RIO modules on your network The LED Banner displays on the 4-character display on the 1756-RIO module It can be from 0hellip15 characters long

4 Click OK

The default baud rate is Auto (automatic baud rate detection)

Value Baud Rate Kbps

57 k 576

115 k 1152

230 k 2304

Auto - adapter mode default Auto

TIP If you perform an autoconfiguration the 1756-RIO module automatically detects the baud rate by monitoring an attached Remote IO network

TIP If you are only using Active racks set the baud rate to match the Remote IO network Donrsquot set it to Auto

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 63

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Autoconfigure Racks When the module is in adapter mode autoconfigure builds a configuration based on what it has heard on a running network This process differs from scanner mode because the 1756-RIO module does not scan these racks only monitors the information to and from these racks

The module automatically detects the network baud rate and configures the racks on an attached Remote IO network Autoconfiguration detects the rack structure and causes the 1756-RIO module to monitor the data to and from these racks Active and monitored racks are displayed

See Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network on page 67 for detailed information about active and monitored racks

Autoconfigure in adapter mode performs the following actions

bull Detects the network baud rate

bull Monitors messages to and from racks on the network

bull Builds a network configuration from the observed network traffic

bull Displays the network configuration

To autoconfigure in adapter mode you must

bull clear the old configuration

bull download a new empty configuration

bull set the baud rate to lsquoautorsquo or to the baud rate that matches the existing network

bull put the scanner in Run mode until all block transfers execute

bull put the scanner back in Program mode

bull perform the autoconfiguration

IMPORTANT The controller with the connection to the 1756-RIO module must be in program mode when you perform an autoconfiguration

ATTENTION Please note any configuration previously stored in the 1756-RIO module is overwritten by the data from the autoconfiguration You are given the option to save the previous configuration before it proceeds with the autoconfiguration

64 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Perform the AutoConfiguration

Follow these steps to perform autoconfiguration

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Configure menu choose Download Configuration or click the Download Configuration button on the toolbar

This clears the previous configuration and downloads an empty configuration to the 1756-RIO module

2 Set the baud rate to Auto On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the controller in the IO tree and from the pull-down menu select 1756-RIO Properties to enter the baud rate

3 To automatically add block transfers put the remote IO scanner module in Run mode (you set it to Program mode before you began the autoconfiguration) and wait until the block transfers execute Then put the scanner back in Program mode

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 65

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

4 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Configure menu choose Autoconfigure to build a configuration from observed network traffic or click the Autoconfigure button on the toolbar

The RSLinx Path Selection autobrowse dialog box displays

5 Navigate to the backplane and select the 1756-RIO adapter module and click OK

The 1756-RIO module builds a configuration based on what it has observed on the Remote IO network since the download The configuration includes racks block transfer modules and observed block transfer updates All block transfers are set to type BT-MODULE

Main Menu Toolbar

66 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network

You must distinguish between active and monitored racks and must manually enter active racks into the 1756-RIO modulersquos configuration and manually add any desired block transfers

On monitored racks the 1756-RIO module picks up the block transfers automatically but must have the specific module type set This insures that the aliases you create for import into the RSLogix 5000 project have names that better describe the data content Otherwise the generic module type BT-MODULE is set

If you want active racks add them manually now then download the modified configuration to the 1756-RIO module

In the configuration tree each rack line precedes an icon representing rack information The icons represent type and size The size color and position of the colored block indicates the location size and type of partial rack and whether the rack is active or monitored

Active Versus Monitored Racks

Type Description

Active The 1756-RIO module emulates one or more remote IO racks The ControlLogix controller sends the rack- produced data which is then sent as remote IO input data to the scanner on the Remote IO network The remote IO scanner sends output data for those emulated racks to the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode The RIO module then sends that data to the ControlLogix controller as consumed input data

Use lsquoActiversquo if you want to exchange data between a ControlLogix controller and a scanner on remote IO You can also configure one or more slots in the Active rack as block transfer modules to exchange larger amounts of data with the remote IO scanner Active racks are one or more racks that the 1756-RIO module is emulating to share information between the existing scanner and the ControlLogix controller

Any rack in the configuration tree that contains at least one portion of an Active rack displays with a lightning bolt and a red indication on the active portion of the rack The text lsquoActlnpOxData[xxx]rsquo also displays indicating that this data originated in the ControlLogix controller as output data that appears as input data to the remote IO scanner

Monitor The 1756-RIO module monitors remote IO inputs on an existing Remote IO network and passes data as producedconsumed data to the ControlLogix controller This is also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo Use lsquoMonitor modersquo if you have a supervisory ControlLogix system that needs to collect data from an existing control system with remote IO

Monitored racks are racks that physically exist on the Remote IO network and are to be monitored by the 1756-RIO module Any portion of a rack in the configuration tree that is configured as lsquoMonitorrsquo displays with a blue indication on the rack

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 67

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

68 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Racks are shown with starting and ending IO groups in the IO tree For example the following IO tree shows rack 0 as a quarter rack starting at IO group 0

The line color denotes active or monitored partial rack state

Starting and ending group number

Lightning bolt denotes an active partial rack in the rack

Rack 00 contains four monitored quarter racks so no lsquolightning boltrsquo

Rack Icon Information

Code Description

Lightning bolt Denotes at least some part of the rack is configured as active Rack 01 contains an active half rack Rack 03 contains three monitored quarter racks but also an Active quarter rack therefore the lightning bolt

Red Denotes that this portion of the rack is configured as active

Blue Denotes that this portion of the rack is configured as monitored

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Manually Configure Racks To add a rack manually to the remote IO configuration follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the root of the IO tree which represents the ControlLogix controller and choose Add Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays

2 On the AddResize Rack dialog box choose the Rack number (in octal) the Start Group the End Group and Rack Mode (Monitor or Active)

3 Click OK

Type Description

Active Emulates one or more remote IO racks The ControlLogix controller sends the rack producedconsumed data as input data which is then sent as remote IO input data to the scanner on the Remote IO network The remote IO scanner sends output data for those emulated racks to the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode The RIO module then sends that data to the ControlLogix controller as producedconsumed input data

Use active if you want to exchange data between a ControlLogix controller and a scanner on remote IO

Monitor Monitors remote IO inputs and outputs on monitored remote IO racks and passes data as producedconsumed input data to the ControlLogix controller This is also known as lsquoMonitor modersquo Use Monitor mode if you have a supervisory ControlLogix system that needs to collect data from older control systems with remote IO

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 69

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Resizing Racks

To resize a configured rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Resize Partial Rack from the pull-down menu

The AddResize Rack dialog box displays Field options differ depending on mode

2 On the AddResize dialog box select Start Group and End Group

You cannot change the Rack number or Rack type (Active or Monitored) The radio button is dimmed

3 Click OK

If resizing the rack results in an overlap with an existing rack the resize fails and displays an error message

If resizing the rack results in deleting block transfer modules you are given the option of cancelling the resize or proceeding and deleting the block transfer modules

70 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Delete Racks

To delete a rack follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the rack in the IO tree and choose Delete Rack(s)

2 To delete a partial rack expand the rack in the IO tree right-click on the partial rack and choose Delete Partial Rack

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 71

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Configure Block-transfer Modules

All block transfer modules represent some type of analog data Block transfers send a block (64 words maximum) of data to or from an IO module in one scan

If a slot is occupied by a discrete IO module or is empty select lsquoDiscretersquo which is the default If a specific block transfer module occupies the slot select the part number of that block transfer module

Not all block transfer modules are supported directly by the 1756-RIO module If the module you are using does not appear in the list set the module type to BT-MODULE and set the lengths to the appropriate values In some cases there are multiple templates for a given block transfer module to show that the module can be used in significantly different ways

See Block Transfer Module Templates on page 153 for additional information on block transfer templates

Block transfers can be added to active or monitored racks

To configure a block transfer module follow these steps

1 On the 56RioCfgScan56RioCfgAdpt dialog box expand the IO tree to choose the location where you want to add the module

2 On the IO tree right-click the location where you want to add the module and select Module Properties

The dialog boxes change depending on mode active or monitored

TIP On active racks the only Module Type is BT-MODULE

72 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

3 On the IO Module Properties from the Module Type dialog box pull-down menu select the module type

You have various choices depending on the rack type

4 Click OK

Active Racks

1 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type menu select BT-MODULE (On active racks the only block transfer module type is BT-MODULE)

Module Type Selection

Mode Description

Active In Active mode select BT-MODULE and then adjust the BTR Length and BTW Length to match your ControlLogix application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

Monitor In Monitor mode select the type of module that is in that location on the Remote IO network from the pull-down menu If the specific module is not supported select BT-MODULE and adjust the sizes to match your ControlLogix application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 73

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

From the BTR Len and BTW Len pull-down menus select the desired lengths The BTR Length and BTW Length sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

2 Click OK

Monitored Racks

1 On the IO Module Properties dialog box from the Module Type pull-down select the block transfer module type

74 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

2 From the BTR Len and BTW Len pull-downs select the desired lengths Select the block transfer Module Type from the pull-down menu that matches the module on remote IO If the desired module is not listed select BT-MODULE Adjust the BTR Length and BTW Length to match your application These sizes are determined by the remote IO scanner and must match the remote IO scannerrsquos configuration

3 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 75

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Map IO Data You must map the IO data to the ControlLogix controller producedconsumed data blocks and offset locations before you can scan the Remote IO network After mapping is complete you must export the aliases to the 1756-RIO module and import them to the RSLogix 5000 project

See Aliases on page 84 for a detailed discussion of ExportingImporting Aliases

Unassigned IO addresses are shown as xxx in the IO tree

Automatic Mapping

The configuration tool maps all unassigned IO to producedconsumed inputs and outputs It leaves any previously assigned addresses unchanged

On the 56RioCfg configuration tool dialog box from the Map command on the main menu choose Automap Any Unassigned to automatically map the data

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0

Unmapped Data

Mapped Data

76 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 77

Manually Map Discrete Data

Manually Map Discrete(rack) Data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack and choose Rack Map Discretes - Assign Manually

2 On the Map Rackhellip Manually dialog box from the CLX Block pull-down select the ControlLogix scheduled block and Data Offset within the block

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

TIP On monitored racks inputs and outputs get mapped to ControlLogix inputs so be careful when mapping them so that they donrsquot overlap

Item Field CLX Data Type Rack Type Description

1 MonOut ClxInput data MonitoredActive

Remote IO scanner outputs are mapped to ControlLogix controller inputs The 1756-RIO module monitors output data sent by the scanner to the monitoredactive rack It is reported in the ControlLogix controller as input data

2 MonInp ClxInput data Monitored Remote IO scanner inputs are mapped to ControlLogix controller inputs The 1756-RIO module monitors input data sent to the scanner by the monitored rack It is reported in the ControlLogix controller as input data

3 ActInp ClxOutput data Active Remote IO scanner inputs are mapped from the ControlLogix outputs The ControlLogix controller writes output tags to the 1756-RIO module which sends the data to the remote IO scanner as input data

123

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Manually Map Block-transfer Data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the expanded rack list right-click on the module and choose BT Module Clx Map - Assign Manually

2 On the Map BT Modulehellip Manually dialog box for the block transfer read and write data select the ControlLogix scheduled block and Data Offset within the block

3 Click OK to accept the mapping

Block-transfer Data Map Destinations for Monitored and Active Racks

Field CLX Data Type Rack Type Description

MonBTW ClxInput Monitored Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

MonBTR ClxInput Monitored Block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

ActBTR ClxOutput Active Block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix controller outputs (The ControlLogix controller writes the data and the 1756-RIO module sends the data to the remote IO scanner)

Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix controller inputs

78 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Re-Map Command

Use the Re-Map All command to clear all previous mappings and automatically map all discrete and block transfer data to producedconsumed data connections

From the Map menu choose Re-Map All

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 79

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Clear Mappings

Follow these steps to clear all mappings

1 To clear all assigned mappings on the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the Map menu choose Clear All Mappings

2 On the Clear ALL Mappings dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT If you change mappings make sure you clear the output table in the ControlLogix controller to prevent inadvertently writing to an incorrect IO location If you leave a value behind in the output table it now points to something else on the Remote IO network To clear the output table set the outputs to 0 You must also re-import the aliases

80 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Configure Adapter Mode Chapter 3

Clear Discrete Rack Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear mappings for discrete(rack) data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box right-click on the rack and choose Rack Map Discretes - Clear

2 On the Clear Rack Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

IMPORTANT All of the preceding mapping and configuration examples currently reside only within the 56RioCfgAdpt software and must be downloaded to the 1756-RIO module

See Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project on page 30 for download steps

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 81

Chapter 3 Configure Adapter Mode

Clear Block Transfer Module Data Mappings

Follow these steps to clear the mappings for block transfer data

1 On the 56RioCfgAdpt dialog box from the expanded rack right-click on the block transfer module and choose BT Module Clx Map - Clear

2 On the Clear BT Module Map dialog box confirm that you want to clear the existing mappings and click Yes

82 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 4

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Introduction Now that the configuration mode selection and network preparation in the configuration tool are complete the next steps include downloading the configuration to the 1756-RIO module and exporting aliases to the RSLogix 5000 project This completes the preparation of the 1756-RIO module for operation on a Remote IO network

In this chapter you will

bull create aliases and export them to the RSLogix 5000 project

bull convert an older system to a ControlLogix system

bull download configurations to the module

bull upload configurations to the project

bull save configurations to disk

bull archive configuration templates

Commission Summary The following list summarizes the steps to save and export your configurations from the configuration tool to the module and import them to the RSLogix 5000 project so that you can begin scanning on a Remote IO network

1 Export aliases in scanner and adapter mode

2 Download configurations to the 1756-RIO module

3 Upload configurations to the RSLogix 5000 project

4 Save configurations to disk

5 Archive configurations

Topic Page

Commission Summary 83

Aliases 84

Manage Configurations 91

83Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 83

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Aliases Aliases are used to access data in the ControlLogix system They define the names and descriptions exported from the configuration program and imported into the RSLogix 5000 control program and should be used for adapter and scanner modes

Aliases are symbolic names that point to IO data The configuration tool creates these aliases for discrete and block transfer data based on the IO mappings It is important that you develop the control program in the RSLogix 5000 project with reference to aliases as opposed to absolute addresses Then if the mappings change the ControlLogix controller still operates you just create aliases for the new mappings by exporting them from the configuration tool and re-importing them into the control program which then points to the new data

Also itrsquos important to note that export options in the configuration tool differ depending on whether you have your 1756-RIO module set for scanner or adapter mode

In this section you will cover

bull exporting aliases in scanner mode

bull exporting aliases in adapter mode

bull using the Export Aliases command in the configuration tool to upgrade an existing system to a ControlLogix system

EXAMPLE For example letrsquos say yoursquore mapped rack 7 inputs to block 0 offset 8 so the data for rack 7 IO group 0 is at input address I0[10] Now you add a rack 6 and remap everything so that now the rack 7 input data maps to block 0 offset 20

The data for rack 0 IO group 0 now moves to I0[22]

If you had used absolute addresses in your control program you would have to re-address every instruction in the program By using aliases you can use the Export Aliases command from the configuration tool and import them into the RSLogix 5000 project which automatically points to the new data

IMPORTANT You must export the new aliases from the configuration tool and import them into the RSLogix 5000 project before you run the program otherwise you could read wrong inputs andor write wrong outputs

84 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Export Aliases in Scanner ModeTo export aliases in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

2 On the Export RSLogix 5000 Aliases dialog box enter the FileName location Alias Prefix and Base Tag

3 Click OK

See Scanner Mode IO Map on page 129 in Appendix C for more information

Field Description

FileName Use the browse button to change the file location

Alias Prefix Use to distinguish between aliases for different 1756-RIO modules If you have multiple 1756-RIO modules in the RSLogix 5000 project assign each module a unique Alias Prefix so that the tags for each one are unique

Base Tag Use the base tag to identify the 1756-RIO module location on the ControlLogix chassis

This example shows the 1756-RIO module location in slot 0 of the local chassis

Browse Button

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 85

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

86 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Export Aliases in Adapter Mode

To export aliases in adapter mode follow these steps

1 On the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

2 On the Export RSLogix 5000 Aliases dialog box enter the FileName location Alias Prefix Base Tag and RIO Output Placeholders

3 Click OKFor more information on the use of placeholders see Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System on page 87

Browse Button

Field Description

FileName Use the browse button lsquohelliprsquo to change the file location

Alias Prefix Use to distinguish between aliases for different 1756-RIO modules and to help identify groups of data items If you have multiple 1756-RIO modules in the RSLogix 5000 project assign each module a unique Alias Prefix so that the tags for each one are unique

Base Tag Use the base tag to identify the 1756-RIO module location in the ControlLogix chassis

RIO Output Placeholders Use this set of aliases when the 1756-RIO module is set to Monitor mode These output placeholders aliases point to a ControlLogix internal array If you are using Monitor mode you can write your new application to write to this placeholder array and compare the monitored outputs to the outputs written by the new control program If you donrsquot want the aliases leave the box unchecked

RIO Output Placeholders Base Tag

This tag must be created by the user in the ControlLogix control program and must be an integer array of 10 RioTempOut elements (0hellip9) each with 255 sub-elements (0hellip254) So RioTempOut would be RioTempOut[00] to RioTempOut[9254]

Include BTW Configuration Words

Check this box if you choose to include aliases for block transfer write configuration data

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System

To upgrade an existing system such as a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system you have to perform these steps

1 Monitor the network in adapter mode

2 Write the new control program in RSLogix 5000 programming software to write to the internal array

3 Compare the existing systemrsquos outputs with the ControlLogix outputs using the same live inputs

4 Once both systems write the same outputs and have the same timing switch over to the RSLogix 5000 control program for control

Now itrsquos writing the real outputs instead of the placeholder array using the 1756-RIO module to scan the network

You could use the same 1756-RIO module to monitor and scan the network You would have to download the scanner firmware after you compare the systems using the module in adapter mode to monitor the network Or you could use two 1756-RIO modules one as a scanner and one as an adapter on the Remote IO network

The following example breaks down the process It explains using the 1756-RIO module

bull as an adapter and its configuration in the configuration toolrsquos IO tree

bull with the configuration tool to create the aliases based on the IO configuration tree

bull configuration toolrsquos process of exporting aliases to convert an existing system to a ControlLogix system using the module in scanner mode

Create a Network Configuration and Export Aliases

Follow these steps to create a network configuration in the configuration tool and to create the aliases based on that configuration

1 Set the 1756-RIO module to adapter mode

See Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode on page 30

2 Create the network configuration in the configuration toolrsquos tree for the 1756-RIO module in adapter mode

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 87

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

The following IO tree configuration comprises one monitored quarter rack and one active quarter rack

3 Export the alias file Once the network configuration is complete in the configuration tool from the Tools menu choose Export Alias File

The following graphic and tables show how the configuration tool creates aliases based on the IO configuration from the tree

1

2

3

Item Description

1 Rack 00 is a monitored quarter rack encompassing IO groups 0 and 1

2 Rack 1 is an active quarter rack encompassing IO groups 0 and 1

3 All input and output maps to connection 0 so I0 and O0

ATTENTION Monitored outputs include outputs to monitored racks and outputs to active racks

12

88 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

The table shows how the prefixes are used in creating alias names the descriptions that are created for the aliases and how the addresses are created from the base tags and data mappings

4 Write a ControlLogix control program in the RSLogix 5000 project to write outputs to the placeholder array then compare the outputs to the monitored outputs from the existing system

5 Change the 1756-RIO module to scanner mode or use an existing 1756-RIO scanner

See Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode on page 30

6 Export a scanner configuration and download it to the scanner

7 Create aliases with the scanner configuration tool using the same prefixes

8 Import the aliases into the RSLogix 5000 project

Item Description

1 Prefixes are left at their defaults

2 The Base Tag field represents the location of the 1756-RIO adapter in the rack In this case the adapter is in slot 0

Alias Name Description Address

RIO_R00_STS Rack-00 Status - Monitored Local0I0Data[0]

RIO_I000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Input - Monitored Local0I0Data[2]

RIO_I001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Input - Monitored Local0I0Data[3]

RIO_MON_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[12]

RIO_MON_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[13]

RIO_MON_O010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[22]

RIO_MON_O011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Monitored Local0I0Data[23]

RIO_ACT_I010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Input - Active Local0O0Data[2]

RIO_ACT_I011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Input - Active Local0O0Data[3]

RIO_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 12]

RIO_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 13]

RIO_O010 Rack-01 Grp-0 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 22]

RIO_O011 Rack-01 Grp-1 Discrete Output - Place Holder RioTempOut[0 23]

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 89

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

The following table shows the aliases created for a scanner in slot 0 in the ControlLogix chassis

Notice that the alias names for the discrete outputs in the Export Alias Creation table are the same as the alias names for the placeholders in the Alias Creation for a Scanner in the ControlLogix Chassis table but now point to IO outputs

Alias Creation for a Scanner in the ControlLogix Chassis

Alias Created Description Address

RIO_R00_STS Rack-00 Status Local0I0Data[0]

RIO_R00_CTL Rack-00 Control Local0O0Data[0]

RIO_I000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Input Local0I0Data[2]

RIO_O000 Rack-00 Grp-0 Discrete Output Local0O0Data[2]

RIO_I001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Input Local0I0Data[3]

RIO_O001 Rack-00 Grp-1 Discrete Output Local0O0Data[3]

EXAMPLE For example an application that used alias name RIO_0001 wrote to placeholder location RioTempOut[0 13] but would now write to the discrete outputs at Local0O0Data[3]

90 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Manage Configurations There are several ways to manage your modulersquos configurations This section covers

bull downloading configurations to the module

bull uploading configurations to the RSLogix 5000 project

bull saving and loading configurations to disk

bull archiving configurations

Managing configuration steps are the same for scanner and adapter modes

Download and Upload Configurations

To download a configuration to the 1756-RIO module follow these steps

1 On the Configure menu choose Download Configuration

You must set the communication path through RSLinx to tell the configuration tool where the 1756-RIO module is installed The RSLinx Path Selection dialog box now appears

2 Expand the backplane of the chassis where the 1756-RIO module is installed navigate to the module and select it

3 Click OK

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 91

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

To upload a configuration from the 1756-RIO module to the project follow these steps

1 From the Configure menu choose Upload Configuration

2 Set the communication path when the RSLinx dialog box appears by navigating to the 1756-RIO module on the network and clicking OK

TIP You can also set the communication path by selecting the Communication menu and choosing Select RSLinx Path

TIP You can also uploaddownload configurations from the Module button on the configuration toolrsquos toolbar

Download to the module

Upload from the module

92 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Save Configurations to Disk

To save configurations to disk from the file menu choose Save

The configuration saves as an rio file to the location you initially specified when you set the module properties in the add-on profile in the RSLogix 5000 project

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 93

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Archive Configurations

Archive Template Command

The Archive Templates command copies any templates used in the current file to the same location as the RIO file It copies any block transfer module templates used in the current configuration file into the directory where the configuration is stored

1 To archive configurations from the File menu choose Archive Templates

2 When the confirmation dialog box appears click OK

94 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project Chapter 4

Archive Template Check Command

The Archive Template Check command checks and confirms any block transfer module templates used in the current configuration file are stored in the directory where the configuration is stored

1 To use the Archive Template Check command from the File menu choose Archive Template Check

2 When the confirmation dialog box appears click OK

You must make sure you save your project if you want to keep a backup copy otherwise you get an error that the active project has not been saved or the BT Template File is not found

See Appendix C for additional information on templates

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 95

Chapter 4 Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project

Notes

96 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Chapter 5

Monitor Remote IO

Introduction Now that the module configuration is complete and downloaded to the 1756-RIO module you are ready to scan a Remote IO network

Remote IO scanning uses a 1756-RIO scanner in a local or remote chassis and multiple adapters on a Remote IO network The scanner enables communication between a ControlLogix controller and the remote IO devices The 1756-RIO scanner continually gathers and sends information to and from remote adapters on the Remote IO network and sends that information to the ControlLogix controller in the chassis

Remote IO monitoring uses a 1756-RIO module in adapter mode to lsquolistenrsquo to remote IO and communicate that IO back to the ControlLogix controller

Within the configuration tool there are four utilities to monitor IO

bull DiscMon monitors discrete input and output data

bull BtMon monitors block transfers

bull DiagMon monitors diagnostic counters

bull LogMon monitors the scanner log

In this chapter you will

bull use scan and monitor modes

bull monitor remote IO discrete inputs and outputs in scanner mode

bull monitor remote IO discrete inputs and outputs in adapter mode

bull monitor block transfers

bull export scanner configurations

bull use the diagnostic utilities in the configuration software to monitor save and clear diagnostics

Topic Page

Commission Summary 98

Scan Mode and Monitor Mode 99

Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs 101

Monitor Block Transfers 108

Export Scanner Configurations 115

Other Diagnostics 117

97Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 97

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Commission Summary The following list summarizes 1756-RIO scanning and monitoring functions on a Remote IO network

bull Monitor discrete inputs and outputs in scanner mode from the Monitor menu

bull Monitor discrete inputs and active inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu

bull Monitor remote IO in Monitor mode to lsquolistenrsquo to and then upgrade an existing older system to a ControlLogix system

bull Monitor block transfer reads and writes in scanner mode by right-clicking on the module in the IO tree and selecting Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

bull Export scanner configuration files in adapter mode using the Tools menu and clicking Export Scanner Configuration file File from the pull-down menu

bull Monitor an existing system by putting the module in scanner mode and loading an exported configuration file to scan the remote network

bull Use the Monitor menu to monitor diagnostics in scanner and adapter modes

bull Monitor normal operation and error messages on the network by using the Monitor menursquos Debug Log

bull Diagnose and correct fatal errors by selecting 1756-RIO Fatal Error from the Tools menu Capture fatal errors and save them in an error log for use by Technical Support

98 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Scan Mode and Monitor Mode

The 1756-RIO module can perform various scan functions depending on whether it is a scanner or an adapter

Scan Remote IO in Scanner Mode

There are three scan modes of the ControlLogix controller The following list explains each mode and what the 1756-RIO module does in each mode

bull Run mode

bull Program mode

bull Test mode

In run mode the 1756-RIO module scans remote racks reads discrete inputs does not enable outputs to run on and does not update block transfers

In program mode the 1756-RIO module scans remote racks reads discrete inputs but does not write discrete outputs or update block transfers

In test mode the 1756-RIO behaves the same as it does in program mode with the exception of the controller actively scanning the ladder logic

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 99

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Remote IO in Adapter Mode

The 1756-RIO module provides utilities to upgrade an existing remote IO application to a ControlLogix system with a minimum of downtime and startup time This function is referred to as Monitor mode

Used in Monitor mode the 1756-RIO adapter can be used to upgrade a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system to a ControlLogix system by providing discrete inputs and outputs and Block Transfer read and write data to the controller You can replace the existing application or control program thatrsquos running on a PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC system with a new application that runs on a ControlLogix controller using the 1756-RIO module as the remote IO scanner

TIP The replacement system must be tested before the switchover It uses the same field wiring as the old system If unanticipated problems arise you can switch back to the old system in minutes

100 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 101

To use Monitor mode to upgrade your existing system to a ControlLogix system follow these steps

1 Connect the 1756-RIO module in adapterMonitor mode on the existing Remote IO network to monitor data and timing

2 Create the new application or control program in the RSLogix 5000 project It sees the exact same inputs (monitored inputs) as the existing application but writes to an internal array in the ControlLogix controller

3 Compare the outputs (monitored outputs) from the new application with the outputs from the existing system by lsquolisteningrsquo to the network

4 When you are satisfied that the new system accurately duplicates the function and timing of the existing system disconnect the Remote IO network from the old scanner and connect it to the 1756-RIO module in scanner mode

5 Switch the RSLogix 5000 project application (control program) to write outputs to the 1756-RIO module as a scanner instead of to the internal array

Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs

Use the Monitor Inputs and Monitor Outputs commands to display the discrete IO data on remote IO racks connected to the 1756-RIO module

If the RSLinx path to the 1756-RIO module has not been set an RSLinx RSWho window displays Use it to set the communication path to the module by navigating to the 1756-RIO module on the network and clicking OK

Monitor Discrete Inputs in Scanner ModeTo monitor discrete inputs in scanner mode follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu select Monitor Discrete Inputs

2 Right-click on a rack and select Monitor Discrete

3 Use the Monitor Discrete Inputs button on the toolbar

ATTENTION Be sure to switch the 1756-RIO module to scanner mode if it is not done

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

The DiscMon or discrete input monitor window displays

Each row corresponds to a rack Rack numbers are given in octal Each row shows eight words of discrete inputs for the rack number

Main Menu Rack

Toolbar

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the DiscMon utility

102 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 103

Data can be displayed in the following formats

Hexadecimal

You can display discrete IO data in hexadecimal (0000hellipFFFF) format from the View menu and choosing Hex or by clicking the Display Hex button on the toolbar

Signed Decimal

You can display discrete IO data in signed decimal (-32768hellip32767) format by choosing the View menu and choosing Signed from the pull-down menu or by clicking the Signed button on the toolbar

Format From menu From Toolbar

Hexadecimal ViewHex 0x button

Signed decimal ViewUnsigned 1 button

Unsigned decimal ViewSigned -1 button

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

104 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Unsigned Decimal

You can display discrete IO data in Unsigned Decimal (0hellip65535) format from the View menu and choosing Unsigned or by clicking the Unsigned button on the toolbar

Monitor Discrete Outputs in Scanner Mode

To monitor discrete outputs in scanner mode follow these steps

1 On the main menu of the configuration tool from the Monitor pull-down menu select Monitor Discrete Outputs

2 Right-click on a rack and select Monitor Discrete Outputs

3 Use the Monitor Discrete Outputs button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Rack

Toolbar

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The Discrete Output Monitor window displays

Each row corresponds to a rack Rack numbers are given in octal and each row shows eight words of discrete outputs for the rack number

TIP The data formatting options hex signed and unsigned are the same for scanner and adapter modesrsquo monitored inputs and outputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 105

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Discrete Inputs in Adapter Mode

Monitored inputs are inputs on monitored racks To monitor discrete inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu choose Discrete Monitored Inputs Just as in scanner mode you can also get to the Monitored Discrete Input Data screen by right-clicking on a rack or clicking the Monitor Discrete Inputs button on the toolbar

106 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The Monitored Discrete Input Data window displays

Monitor Discrete Outputs in Adapter Mode

Monitored outputs are all outputs from the remote IO scanner To monitor discrete outputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu select Discrete Monitored Outputs or right-click on a rack or click the Monitor Discrete Outputs button on the toolbar

The Monitored Discrete Output Data window displays

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 107

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Discrete Active Inputs in Adapter Mode

Active inputs are inputs on active racks To monitor discrete active inputs in adapter mode from the Monitor menu choose Discrete Active Inputs or right-click on a rack or click the Monitor Active Inputs button on the toolbar

The Active Discrete Input Data window displays

Monitor Block Transfers Use the Block Transfer Monitor command to display the block transfers associated with a block transfer module along with diagnostics associated with the block transfers

108 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Monitor Block Transfers in Scanner Mode

To monitor a block transfer module right-click on the module in the IO tree and select Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

The 1756-RIO BTMon or block transfer module window displays

Some analog output modules have only an associated block transfer write Analog input modules have a block transfer write for configuring the module a block transfer read for data and a block transfer read for status

The upper portion of the screen is the block transfer read the lower portion is the block transfer write

The raw data can be displayed as hexadecimal signed or unsigned integer The default format for block transfer data is hexadecimal

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path to start the BTMon utility

Block Transfer Read

Block Transfer Write

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 109

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer reads

Scanner Mode Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

Counter Description

State Configactiveinactive

Type Module type from the module template

BTR Len Block transfer read length

Req Update Time Requested update time in the module configuration in ms

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer read in ms This is the average of the previous eight updates

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer read

Ignored Reqs Running count of update requests ignored by the block transfer module

Prot Errors Running count of protocol errors for this block transfer read If this counter is incrementing the module isnrsquot responding correctly

Request Count Count of the number of times on successive scans this block transfer was requested If this number is consistently greater than 1 increase the requested update time - the module cannot respond quickly enough at the current requested time The counter applies to the BTR and BTW for this module

110 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer writes

Scanner Mode Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

Counter Description

Cfg Len Length of the configuration data for this module

Data Len Data length

Req Update Time Requested update time in the module configuration in ms

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer write in ms This is the average of the previous eight updates

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer write

Ignored Reqs Running count of update requests ignored by the destination module for this block transfer write

Protocol Errs Running count of protocol errors for this block transfer write

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 111

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Monitor Block Transfers in Adapter Mode

To monitor a block transfer module right-click on the module in the IO tree and select Monitor BT Module from the pull-down menu

The BTMon or block transfer module window displays

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path to start the BTMon utility

Block Transfer Read

Block Transfer Write

112 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer reads

Adapter Mode Block Transfer Read Diagnostics

Counter Description

Type Module type

BTR Map Len Length of mapped BTR data in words

BTR Mon Len Length of monitored BTR data in words

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer read in ms

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer read in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer read

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 113

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

The following table lists the diagnostics for block transfer writes

Adapter Mode Block Transfer Write Diagnostics

Counter Description

BTW Map Len The length of the mapped BTW data in words

BTW Min Len The minimum BTW length in words

BTW Max Len The maximum BTW length in words

Avg Update Time Average update time for this block transfer write in ms

Min Update Time Minimum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Max Update Time Maximum update time for this block transfer write in ms

Update Count Running count of updates for this block transfer write

114 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Export Scanner Configurations

In adapter mode the configuration tool can export a scanner configuration file built from the current adapter configuration which can be loaded into an RIO scanner The exported scanner configuration file is especially useful when converting an existing remote IO system to a ControlLogix system You can then choose whether the block transfer configuration data and update times come from the values the adapter has observed on the remote network or from the defaults from the module templates

The configuration file includes

bull a baud rate

bull monitored racks

bull block transfers on monitored racks

It does not contain active racks block transfers on active racks or mappings

To export a scanner configuration file follow these steps

1 From the Tools menu choose Export Scanner Configuration File

2 On the Export Scanner Configuration File dialog box select the FileName and BT Module Configuration Data and Update Times option for your configuration file

Make sure you use another file name so that you donrsquot overwrite the adapter configuration file

EXAMPLE The template for a module might have a default value for the channel data type The configuration seen on the network might have another value for the channel data type

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 115

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

3 Click OK

Monitor Mode

If you are using the 1756-RIO module in Monitor mode you can monitor the existing system to capture block transfer timing and configuration data then export a scanner configuration file that contains that data To use the exported configuration file follow these steps

1 Switch the 1756-RIO module back to scanner mode

2 Load the exported configuration file to scan the Remote IO network

Field Description

FileName Name the file and select the autobrowse button to search for the directory andor file where you want to save the file

The current rio file is for adapter mode When you export the scanner configuration file you are making a new rio file for scanner mode You do not want to overwrite the adapter rio file so it must be saved at this point

BT Module Configuration Data and Update Times

Capture from Online Monitor or Use Defaults from Templates

The configuration and timing data for block transfers can be based on the default configuration data from the block transfer module templates or on the configuration data and update times the adapter has observed on the network

This is a global selection and affects the data saved for all block transfer modules

116 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Other Diagnostics Use the Monitor Diagnostics Counters command to display the diagnostic counters that the 1756-RIO module maintains The 1756-RIO module maintains diagnostic counters that indicate the state of communication on an entire Remote IO network and counters related to each rack It also maintains an active rack list

The diagnostic counters consist of three groups

bull Active racks table

bull Global diagnostic counters

bull Rack diagnostic counters

Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Scanner Mode

To monitor the diagnostic counters follow these steps

From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters or click the Monitor Diagnostic Counters button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the DiagMon utility

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 117

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

The 1756-RIO DiagMon window displays showing the Active Racks Global Diag Counters and Rack Diag Counters

Active Racks Table

The Active Racks table shows which racks are present on the Remote IO network Columns represent rack numbers from 1hellip76 octal Rows represent starting IO groups If the bit for a rack and starting IO group is set there is a rack at that location The Active Racks table does not show rack size

A lsquo1rsquo indicates that a rack is present at the rack number and starting IO group indicated In the example above there is a rack present at rack 0 starting IO group 0

The lsquo1rsquo in the Active Rack table indicates a rack present at rack 0 starting IO group 0

118 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

Global Diagnostic Counters

The global diagnostic counters provide information about the operation of the entire Remote IO network

The following table lists the global diagnostic countersrsquo descriptions

Scanner Mode Global Diagnostic Counters

Counter Description

Tx This counter increments each time the 1756-RIO module transmits a packet

RxGood This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a good packet

RxTout This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module sends a packet but does not receive a reply

RxBadCRC This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet with a bad Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) Check cabling and termination on the Remote IO network

RxNoise This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module hears a carrier without receiving a packet Check cabling and termination on the Remote IO network

RxAbort This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives an opening flag then the packet ends without a closing flag

PrtclErr This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet that makes no sense in terms of the protocol

UpdAvg Average update time for all configured racks This is the average of the previous 64 updates

UpdMin Minimum update time for all configured racks

UpdMax Maximum update time for all configured racks

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 119

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Rack Diagnostic Counters

The rack diagnostic counters contain information about the operation of each partial rack The rows are racks from 1hellip76 octal There are four groups of counters per rack corresponding to the four possible starting IO groups for a rack

The following table lists the rack diagnostic countersrsquo descriptions

Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Adapter Mode

Follow this procedure to monitor diagnostic counters in adapter mode

From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters

The 1756-RIO-ADPT DiagMon window displays Notice that the Rack Status Table and the Global Diag Counters are the same in adapter mode as scanner mode diagnostics The BT Global Update however shows the diagnostics for the BTRs and BTWs in adapter mode

Scanner Mode Rack Diagnostic Counters

Counter Description

Rx This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet from this rack

Crc This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet with a bad CRC from this rack

Tout This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module sends a packet to this rack and does not receive a reply within the time-out period

Prtcl This counter increments when the 1756-RIO module receives a packet from this rack that does not make sense in terms of the protocol

120 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The BT Global Update diagnostics table is organized by rack IO group (Grp) and slot (Slt) The first row (0) shows the BTRs first then the BTWs on rack 0 From left to right BTRs at IO group 0 slot 0 IO group 0 slot 1 IO group 1 slot 0 IO group 1 slot 1 and so on

A lower case lsquorrsquo or lsquowrsquo indicates that a block transfer has been observed at that location at some point in the past An upper case lsquoRrsquo or lsquoWrsquo indicates when a block transfer happens

Module Scanner Log

Scanner Mode

The scanner log displays messages from the firmware running on the 1756-RIO module showing its normal operation and error messages The Debug Log command monitors messages logged by the 1756-RIO module These messages can be used to diagnose problems and may be useful in tracking down errors and for Technical Support

Grp 0 Slt 0

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 121

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

To monitor the scanner log follow this procedure

1 Run the LogMon utility To launch LogMon from the Monitor menu choose Debug Log from the pull-down menu

2 Select OK once you select the 1756-RIO module on the network

A window displays confirming LogMon has started If there are no errors present the LogMon screen stays clear

ATTENTION You must set the RSLinx communication path for the module to start the LogMon utility

122 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

The log displays module operations version and mode information Something like below is typical but your log will look different

3 To clear the scanner log from the Edit menu choose ClearLog or click the Clear Log button from the toolbar

4 To copy the contents of the log to the Windows clipboard for use in another application from the Edit menu choose Copy or click the Select All and Copy button on the toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 123

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Adapter Mode

To launch LogMon in adapter mode follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu choose Debug Log

2 Set the RSLinx communication path when prompted and Select OK to start LogMon

Clear Diagnostics

To clear diagnostics follow these steps

1 From the Monitor menu choose Diagnostic Counters

Once you set the communication path via RSLinx software the DiagMon window displays

2 From the Actions menu choose Clear Diagnostics or click the Clear Diagnostics button on the toolbar

TIP These same instructions apply for scanner and adapter mode

124 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

3 To clear Block Transfer diagnostics while in BTMon from the Actions menu choose ClearDiagCounters or click the ClearDiagCounters button on the toolbar

Fatal Errors

Fatal errors occur when the firmware on the module encounters an unexpected condition There are three main causes for fatal errors

bull A bug in the 1756-RIO module firmware

bull A 1756-RIO module hardware failure

bull Certain types of ControlLogix backplane failures

The 1756-RIO module monitors its own operation for invalid conditions The module stops scanning turns all three status indicators red and displays a fatal error number similar to lsquoM60rsquo on the 4-character display and then stores a fatal error log that indicates the cause of the fatal error

ToolbarMain Menu

Main Menu Toolbar

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 125

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Use the Fatal Error Capture command from the Tools menu to clear fatal errors on the 1756-RIO module and save the log file to disk for use by technical support

To clear the fatal error and capture the fatal error log for scanner and adapter modes follow these steps

1 Cycle power on the 1756-RIO module

The 4-character display should show lsquoFatalErrorCapture requiredrsquo

2 From the Tools menu choose 1756-RIO Fatal Error Capture

3 Use RSLinx software to set the communication path and select the 1756-RIO module on the network

A Fatal Error Capture warning window displays

4 Select Yes

5 Save the fatal error log to a file

IMPORTANT Clearing a fatal error also clears the configuration on the 1756-RIO module

IMPORTANT By choosing Yes communication to the module is disrupted AND the modulersquos configuration will be erased

126 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Monitor Remote IO Chapter 5

This also clears the fatal error on the module When the Save In dialog box opens navigate to the location on the hard drive where you want to save the error log file and give it a filename

6 Contact Technical Support See the BackCover

7 Provide Technical Support with the fatal error log file to help them diagnose the cause of the problem

8 After clearing the fatal error you must download the configuration to the 1756-RIO module

See Download and Upload Configurations on page 91 for instructions on how to download configurations to the 1756-RIO module

ATTENTION You must clear the fatal error before you can use the module again and you shouldnrsquot use it again until you have determined what caused the error

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 127

Chapter 5 Monitor Remote IO

Notes

128 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix A

Scanner Mode IO Map

This section describes how the data gets mapped to the ControlLogix data for scanner mode

When you map any part of a rack to producedconsumed tag data the structure that gets mapped is for the entire rack number For example if rack 1 consists of IO groups 0 and 1 (a quarter rack) the entire structure for rack 1 is mapped when you map the rack Similarly if a rack is made up of several partial racks mapping any one of those partial racks maps the structure for the entire rack

Discrete Input Data

In scanner mode the discrete read structure for a rack consists of two status words and eight words of discrete input data

Discrete Read Structure-Input

Only bits 0hellip3 of the first word of status data are used They consist of error bits that are set if there is a communication error with a partial rack Bit 0 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 0 bit 1 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 2 and so on

The error bit is 1 if there is an error scanning the rack or if the rack is inhibited otherwise the bit is 0

Words 2hellip9 contain the discrete input data for the rack Words 2 and 3 contain the data for IO groups 0 and 1 (first 14 rack) words 3 and 4 contain the data for IO groups 2 and 3 (second 14 rack) and so on

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Status Codes and Error Codes Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

44817

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 129

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Discrete Input Data Offset - Read

Discrete Input Data Offset - Read

Offset 0Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1N

O E

RRO

R

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

ERR

OR

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

44814

130 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Discrete Output Data

In scanner mode the discrete write structure for a rack consists of two control words and eight words of discrete output data

Discrete Write Structure-Output

Bits 0hellip3 of the first word of control data are used to inhibit racks Set bit 0 to inhibit the scan of the rack starting at IO group 0 set bit 1 to inhibit the scan of the rack starting at IO group 2 and so on Inhibiting a rack stops all communication with that rack and all outputs revert to their programmed last state

Bits 4hellip7 of the first word of control data are used to reset racks Set bit 4 to reset the outputs of the rack starting at IO group 0 set bit 5 to reset the outputs of the rack starting at IO group 2 and so on When a reset command is given all communication with that rack continues however that rack behaves as if the controller is in Program mode All outputs revert to their Program mode state

Only the bit for the starting IO group needs to be set to inhibit or reset the rack For example if a rack is a full rack starting at IO group 0 only bit 0 needs to be set to inhibit the scan of the rack

Words 2hellip9 contain the discrete output data for the rack Words 2 and 3 contain the data for IO groups 0 and 1 (first 14 rack) words 3 and 4 contain the data for IO groups 2 and 3 (second 14 rack) and so on

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

2 Control Words Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

44818

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 131

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Discrete Output Data Offset-Write

Discrete Output Data Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (Control) 0 Inhibit rack that starts first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

1 Inhibit rack that starts second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

2 Inhibit rack that starts third quarter (IO group 4hellip5

3 Inhibit rack that starts fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

4 Reset rack that starts at first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

5 Reset rack that starts at second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

6 Reset rack that starts at third quarter (IO group 4hellip5)

7 Reset rack that starts at fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

8hellip15 Reserved

1 (Control) 0hellip15 Reserved (pad for 32-bit alignment)

2hellip9 (Output) 0hellip15 Discrete output data

Discrete Output Data Offset - Write

WriteOffset 0

Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9

Ouput Words

8 Words of Discrete Ouptut Data

Offset 1Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15In

hibi

t Rac

k1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Inhi

bit R

ack

2nd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 2

-3

Inhi

bit R

ack

3rd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 4

-5

Inhi

bit R

ack

4th

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 6

-7Re

set R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Rese

t Rac

k2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Rese

t Rac

k3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Rese

t Rac

k4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

44819

132 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Discrete IO Data Transfer

Discrete Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Status Codes and Error Codes Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

Read

Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Status Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1N

O E

RRO

R

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

ERR

OR

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

Discrete Write Structure - Ouput

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

2 Control Words Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

Write

Control Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2hellip9

Ouput Words

8 Words of Discrete Ouptut Data

Control Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Inhi

bit R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Inhi

bit R

ack

2nd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 2

-3

Inhi

bit R

ack

3rd

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 4

-5

Inhi

bit R

ack

4th

14

part

ial r

ack

Gro

up 6

-7Re

set R

ack

1st 1

4 p

artia

l rac

kG

roup

0-1

Rese

t Rac

k2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Rese

t Rac

k3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Rese

t Rac

k4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

IO Rack

Scanner ModeDiscrete IO Data Transfer

44820

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 133

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Block Transfer InputIn scanner mode even if a module has only a block transfer write you should map the module to input and output data so that the control and status data gets mapped

Block Transfer Read Structure-Input

Offset 0 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer read executes successfully on the RIO network Based on configuration of the 1756-RIO module and its RPI it may be possible that the controller may see this value increment by more than 1 count per program scan

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTR error bit offset 0 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer read It clears the bit when the block transfer read enable bit is reset in the corresponding BT control write structure

When a block transfer read error occurs offset 0 bits 8hellip10 contain Error Codes

When you execute a block transfer read in manual mode the 1756-RIO module sets offset 0 bit 12 to indicate that the block transfer read executed successfully The bit is reset when the corresponding BTREN bit is reset in the BT write control file

Offset 1 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer write executes successfully on the RIO network Based on the configuration of the 1756-RIO module and its RPI it may be possible that the controller may see this value increment by more than 1 count per program scan

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTW error bit offset 1 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer write It clears the bit when the block transfer write enable bit is reset in the corresponding BT control write structure

When a block transfer write occurs offset 1 bits 8hellip10 contain an error code When you execute a block transfer write in manual mode the 1756-RIO module sets offset 1 bit 12 BTWDN to indicate that the block transfer write executed successfully The bit is reset when the corresponding BTWEN bit is reset in the BT write control file

Word offsets 2hellipn contain the read data returned by the block transfer module

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Returned Read Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

44821

134 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

BT Read Structure Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (BT Read) 0hellip7 BTR update counter (increments each time BTR executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTR error code

11 BTRERR block transfer read error

12 BTRDN block transfer read done (manual mode only)

13hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip7 BTW update counter (increments each time BTW executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTW error code

11 BTWERR block transfer write error

12 BTWDN block transfer write done (manual mode only)

13hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTR data (64 integers max)

BT ReadOffset Word 0

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Returned Read Data Offset Words 2hellipn

Read Data Returned by the Block Transfer

BT WriteOffset Word 1

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

Read

Don

eM

anua

l Mod

e O

nly

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Writ

e D

one

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved

44815

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 135

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Output

BT Write Structure-Output

Offset 0 bits 0hellip5 contain the block transfer read length

Offset 0 bit 8 contains the block transfer read enable bit for manual mode block transfers

Offset 0 bit 9 is used in two ways

bull In manual mode this bit is the block-transfer-read-continuous bit If this bit is set and the enable bit is set the 1756-RIO module re-enables block transfer reads when they execute successfully

bull In automatic and semi-automatic modes this bit inhibits all block transfers to the IO module

Offset 1 bits 0hellip5 contain the block transfer write length

Offset 1 bit 8 contains the block transfer write enable bit for manual mode block transfers

Offset 1 bit 9 is the block-transfer-write-continuous bit If this bit is set and the enable bit is set the 1756-RIO module re-enables block transfer writes when they execute successfully

Word offsets 2hellipn contain the write data sent to the block transfer write module

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Write Data Container for BTW Module

1st 16-bit Word

BTW44822

136 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Block Transfer Control Write Structure

BT Write Structure Table

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 0hellip5 BTR length (1hellip63 word 0 means BT module decides)

6hellip7 Reserved

8 BTREN block transfer read enable (manual mode only)

9 BTRCONT (manual mode only)

BT Inhibit (automatic modes - inhibits config BTW data BTW and data BTR)

10hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip5 BTW length (1hellip63 word 0 means BT module decides)

6hellip7 Reserved

8 BTWEN block transfer write enable (manual mode only)

9 BTWCONT continuous mode (manual mode only)

10hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTW Data (64 integers max)

BT ReadOffset Word 0

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Write Data Containerfor BTW Module

Offset Words 2hellipn

Write Data Container

BT Write Offset Word 1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BT Read Length

BT Write Length BT W

rite

Enab

led

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us M

ode

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved Res

Res BT R

ead

Ena

bled

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us R

ead

BT

Inhi

bit

44816

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 137

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Error Codes

Error Code Description

0 OK

1 BTRBTW request ignored by block transfer module

2 Block transfer state mismatch

3hellip6 Reserved not currently used

7 Disabled

138 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Scanner Mode IO Map Appendix A

Scanner Mode Block Transfer IO

BT Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Returned Read Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Returned Read DataOffset 2hellipn

Read Data Returned by the Block Transfer

BT Write 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

Read

Don

eM

anua

l Mod

e O

nly

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Writ

e D

one

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved

Block Transfer Control Write Structure

BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Write Data Containerfor BTW Module

Offset 2hellipn

Write Data Container

BT Write 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BT Read Length

BT Write Length BT W

rite

Enab

led

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us M

ode

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Reserved Res

Res BT R

ead

Ena

bled

Man

ual M

ode

Onl

y

Cont

inuo

us R

ead

BT

Inhi

bit

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

BT Write Structure - Output

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Write Data Container for BTW Module

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

IO Rack

Scanner ModeBlock Transfer IO

44823

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 139

Appendix A Scanner Mode IO Map

Notes

140 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix B

Adapter Mode IO Map

This section describes the remote IO data that gets mapped to the ControlLogix data for adapter mode

The structures that get mapped for adapter mode are similar to those for scanner mode with the exception of the control bits In adapter mode you have no control over when racks or block transfers update

The IO data can be remote IO input or output data on monitored or active racks

Discrete Data Discrete Input Data

In adapter mode the discrete input structure for a rack consists of two status words followed by eight words of discrete input data When you map any part of a rack to producedconsumed tag data the structure that gets mapped is for the entire rack number

Discrete Input Monitored Racks

Inputs on monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Only bits 0hellip3 of the first word of status data are used They consist of error bits that are set if there is a communication error with a partial rack Bit 0 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 0 bit 1 corresponds to a rack that starts at IO group 2 and so on

The bit is set if there is an error scanning the rack and is 0 otherwise

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Only First 3

Bits Used

1st Status Word

2nd Status Word

Not Used

44838

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 141

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

142 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Discrete Input Data Monitored Racks

Discrete Input Data Monitored Racks

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 (Status) 0 Communication error first quarter (IO group 0hellip1)

1 Communication error second quarter (IO group 2hellip3)

2 Communication error third quarter (IO group 4hellip5)

3 Communication error fourth quarter (IO group 6hellip7)

4hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved (pad for 32-bit alignment)

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete input data

Offset 0Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Status Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

0=Status OK 1=Error

44839

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 143

Discrete Input Active Racks

There are no status bits on active racks Inputs on active racks are mapped to ControlLogix outputs

Discrete Input Data Offset Active Racks - Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input DataReserved Words

Not Used

Not Used

44850

Discrete Input Data Active Racks

Offset (Words) Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete input data

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

44851

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

In adapter mode the discrete output structure for a rack consists of two pad words and eight words of discrete output data Whenever you map a rack to ControlLogix inputs 10 words of data get mapped for remote IO inputs and 10 words get mapped for remote IO outputs

Discrete outputs on monitored and active racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Reserved WordsNot Used

44852

144 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2- 9

Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Offset 1Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

44853

Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellip9 0hellip15 Discrete output data

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 145

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Adapter Mode Discrete IO Data Transfer-Monitored Racks

Discrete Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

1st 16-bit Word

ReadStatus Words

ControlLogix Input Tags

Read

Status Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input (Monitored Racks)

Status Word0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r1s

t 14

par

tial r

ack

Gro

up 0

-1

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r2n

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

2-3

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r3r

d 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

4-5

Com

mun

icat

ion

Erro

r4t

h 1

4 pa

rtia

l rac

kG

roup

6-7

0 = Status OK 1=Error

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output (Monitored Racks)

Reserved0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

IO Rack

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

1st 16-bit Word

Discrete Output (Monitored Racks)

ControlLogix Input Tags

44842

146 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Adapter Mode Discrete IO Data Transfer-Active Racks

IO Rack

p

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-9

Input Words

8 Words of Discrete Input Data

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved (Pad for 32-bit Alignment)

Discrete Read Structure - Input Monitored Racks

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Input DataReserved Words

Not Used

Not Used

Discrete OutputActive Racks Only

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2- 9

Output Words

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Offset 1Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 Words of Discrete Output Data

Discrete Write Structure Monitored Racks - Output

Reserved WordsNot Used

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

ControlLogix Output Tags

ControlLogix Input Tags

44854

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 147

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Modules This section shows the structures that get mapped to ControlLogix producedconsumed input or output data when you map a block transfer module

Even if a module has only block transfer read or write data you should map the module to producedconsumed input and output data so that the control and status data gets mapped

On monitored racks block transfer read and write data maps to ControlLogix inputs

On active racks block transfer read data maps to ControlLogix output data Block transfer write data maps to ControlLogix input data

Block Transfer Read Data on Monitored or Active Racks

Block transfer read data on monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Block transfer read data on active racks are mapped from ControlLogix outputs

Block Transfer Reads on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Description

0 Reserved always 0

1 Reserved always 0

2hellipn Up to 64 words of BTR data

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Reserved Block Transfer Read Data Up To 64 Words

1st 16-bit Word

44855

148 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Block Transfer Read Structure

Block Transfer Control Read Structure

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTR data (64 integers max)

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-nBTR Data

BTR Data (64 integers max)

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

44846

On monitored racks this is mapped to ControlLogix inputs On active racks this is mapped to ControlLogix outputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 149

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Block Transfer Write Data on Monitored or Active Racks

The data mapped for block transfer writes consists of two status words followed by up to 64 words of data on active or monitored racks Block transfer write data on active and monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Offset 0 bits 0hellip7 contain a free-running counter that increments each time a block transfer read executes successfully

The 1756-RIO module sets the BTR error bit offset 0 bit 11 when an error occurs executing a block transfer read It clears the bit when the block transfer read enable bit occurs

When a block transfer read error occurs offset 0 bit 8hellip10 contain an error code

The error codes are as follows

Block Transfer Error Codes

Error Code Description

0 OK

1 Time-out

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Block Transfer Write Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

44843

44847

150 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Adapter Mode IO Map Appendix B

Block Transfer Write Structure

Block Transfer Write Structure on Monitored or Active Racks

Offset Bit Description

0 0hellip7 BTR update counter (increments each time BTR executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTR error code

11 BTRERR block transfer read error

12hellip15 Reserved

1 0hellip7 BTW update counter (increments each time BTW executes 0hellip255)

8hellip10 BTW error code

11 BTWERR block transfer write error

12hellip15 Reserved

2hellipn 0hellip15 BTW data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 0BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Offset Words 2-n

BTW Data

BTW Data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 1BT Write

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Reserved

Reserved

44844

Block transfer writes on active and monitored racks are mapped to ControlLogix inputs

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 151

Appendix B Adapter Mode IO Map

Adapter Mode Block Transfer IO

Offset Word 0BT Read

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Offset Words 2-n

BTW Data

BTW Data (64 integers max)

Offset Word 1BT Write

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

BTR Error BTR Update Counter Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Read

Err

or

BTW Update Counter BTW Error Bloc

k Tr

ansf

er

Writ

e Er

ror

Reserved

Reserved

IO Rack

BT Read Structure - Input

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

BTR Block Transfer Write Data

1st 16-bit Word

BTW

BT Write Structure - Output

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

Reserved Block Transfer Read Data Up To 64 Words

1st 16-bit Word

I

O

I I I I I I I

O O O O O O O

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7Group Group Group Group

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

14Partial Rack

Offset 0Reserved Word

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15Offset 2-nBTR Data

BTR Data (64 integers max)

Offset 1Reserved Word 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

Reserved

Mapped as ControlLogix input data for active and monitored racks

Mapped as ControlLogix input data for monitored racksMapped as ControlLogix output data for active racks

152 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix C

Block Transfer Module Templates

Block transfer module templates have been created and installed by the add-on profile for these modules

Supported Modules

Not all modules are listed If your module is not in the list you can use the Generic BT_MODULE profile in the software or create your own template specific to your exact module or configuration This appendix covers the basics for creating your own module template

The properties of block transfer modules are defined in files in the subdirectory rsquoTemplatesrsquo of the directory where the 1756-RIO software is installed Template files have the extension BtModTpl The BtModTpl files can be opened with Microsoft Notepad

Template files are simple text files that define the properties of the block transfer module

IO Family Cat No

1746 SLC middot 1746-N14

middot 1746-N18

middot 1746-N04V

middot 1746-NT4

1771 PLC-5 middot 1771-DE middot 1771-NIV

middot 1771-IFE-16CH (in single-ended 16 Channel configuration)

middot 1771-NOC-noBTR

middot 1771-IFE-8CH (in differential 8 Channel configuration)

middot 1771-NOC

middot 1771-IL-Alarms middot 1771-NOV-noBTR

middot 1771-IL middot 1771-NOV

middot 1771-IR middot 1771-NR

middot 1771-IXE middot 1771-OFE-diag

middot 1771-NIV-Alarms middot 1771-OFE

1794 FLEX middot 1794-IE4XOE2 middot 1794-OE4

middot 1794-IE8

TIP The best way to create a template is to use an existing template as an example Use one that is similar to what you want to create copy it to a new file and modify it The following are examples of template records

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 153

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Block Transfer Template Records

Description

A template usually contains a description record which consists of the keyword Desc followed by an equal sign and up to 79 characters of text enclosed in quotes

The description text displays in the configuration dialog box for any modules created from the template

Note

A note record which consists of the keyword Note followed by an equal sign and then up to 79 characters of text enclosed in quotes conveys information that a user needs when creating a module from this template

The note text displays in the configuration dialog box for any modules created from the template

ATTENTION Anything after a semicolon on a line is treated as a comment and is ignored

EXAMPLE Desc=1771-IFE - 8 Channel Single Ended

Desc=1771-OFE - Binary Format No BTR

EXAMPLE Note=Always set mapped output data word 0hellip8880 hexadecimal in the ControlLogix

154 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

Block Transfer Lengths

A block transfer has three lengths associated with it

CfgLen

The configuration length rsquoCfgLenrsquo is the length of the additional configuration block transfer write data sent once to the block transfer module to initialize it

BtwLen

The block transfer write length rsquoBtwLenrsquo is the length of the block transfer write sent to the module during normal data update

BtrLen

The block transfer read length rsquoBtrLenrsquo is the length of the block transfer read received from the module during normal data update Default Configuration Data Values

The template usually contains default values for the configuration block transfer write

CfgData

Each value consists of the keyword rsquoCfgDatarsquo an offset enclosed in square brackets an equal sign and the data value

Offset Value

The offset is an offset into the configuration block transfer write and ranges from 0hellip(BtwLen+CfgLen-1)

Data Value

The data value can be expressed in decimal or hexadecimal (leading 0x as shown in the example above)

EXAMPLE CfgData[ 8]=0x0fff

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 155

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

The configuration program uses the default configuration data to select the initial values when you create a block transfer module from the template

Parameters

Parameters let you assign values to the configuration data different from the default values for a specific module created from a standard template

Parameters appear in the configuration dialog for any modules created from the template

Parameter definitions begin with the keyword rsquoParmDescrsquo and end with the keyword rsquoParmEndrsquo

Parameter definitions contain

bull a description to display in the module dialog

bull the location in the dialog box

bull the location in the configuration data

bull a data value

Description

Parameter definitions begin with the keyword rsquoParmDescrsquo which is followed by an equal sign and then up to 39 characters of text to be displayed in the dialog box

Location in Dialog Box

The screen location in terms of row (Row=0-63) and column (Col=0-2) where the parameter displays in the dialog box

Location in the Configuration Data

The location of the parameter in the configuration block transfer is defined in terms of offset data mask and bit shift

The offset is the offset into the configuration block transfer from 0hellip63 It is specified by the keyword rsquoOfsrsquo an equal sign and the offset value

EXAMPLE CfgData[ 4]=0x8000 0-3DataPol 4 6 8 10MinScaPol 5 7 9 11MaxScalPol 15BinFmt

CfgData[ 5] Min Scale ch 1

156 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

The shift is the number of bits The value you enter is shifted left from 0hellip15 It is specified by the keyword rsquoShiftrsquo an equal sign and the shift value

The mask selects bits in the value you enter It is specified by the keywordrsquoMaskrsquo an equal sign and the mask value usually in hexadecimal

The value you enter is logically ANDed with the mask shifted left by the shift value and ORed into the configuration word given by the offset

Data Value

Data values can be defined as a numerical value or from a selection list Numerical values are defined in terms of a format (BcdSgn BcdUns BinSgn or BinSgn) the corresponding data value mask and shift values and minimum and maximum values Selection lists can contain up to 256 selection values The configuration dialog for a module created from the template displays the names of the selection values

EXAMPLE Ofs=8 Mask=0x00ff Shift=2

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 157

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Parameter Examples

Example 1 Numeric Value

Min Scale

ParmDesc=Min Scale Ch 1 Col=0 Row=0 Ofs=5 Mask=Oxffff Shift=0

BinSgn MinVal=-4095 MaxVal=4095

ParmEnd

Example 2 Selection

Channel 1

ParmDesc=Range Select Ch 1Col=0 Row=2 Ofs=0 Mask=0x0003Shift=0

Select= 1 to 5V 4 to 20mA 0

Select= 0 to 5V 0 to 20mA 1

Select=-5 to 5V-20 to 20mA 2

Select=-10 to 10V 0 to 10V 3

ParmEnd

158 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Block Transfer Module Templates Appendix C

Aliases

Aliases define the names and descriptions exported from the configuration program and imported into the RSLogix 5000 project They begin with keyword rsquoAliasInprsquo or rsquoAliasOutrsquo an offset enclosed in square brackets a name consisting of up to 15 characters enclosed in quotes and a description consisting of up to 79 characters enclosed in quotes

EXAMPLE AliasInp[ 0]=_DAC_Ch1 Raw Data Channel 1

AliasOut[ 0]=_Ch1 Data - Channel 1

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 159

Appendix C Block Transfer Module Templates

Notes

160 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Appendix D

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

This section covers problems that may occur with your 1756-RIO module The following areas are covered

bull 1756-RIO modulersquos alphanumeric display

bull RIO status indicator

bull CLX status indicator

bull OK status indicator

bull Debug log

bull Fatal errors

bull Updating the firmware

Alphanumeric Display The 4-character alphanumeric display shows lsquoRIO Scannerrsquo or lsquoRIO Adapterrsquo followed by the firmware version number and any banner text defined in the module configuration

The display shows the following messages at power-up

If the indicator on the 1756-RIO module does not cycle through these messages on powerup contact Technical Support

Message Description

Bnn Stages in the start-up processes nn is a hexadecimal number

Boot Next stage in power-up sequence

RIO Scanner v xxxxx Module firmware revision

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 161

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

Status Indicators The 1756-RIO module has three status indicators to indicate the state of internal operations The status indicators are labeled RIO CLX and OK

RIO Status Indicator ndash Remote Devices Status

The RIO indicator displays the status of the Remote IO network connection Status varies depending on the mode of the module

Scanner Mode

In order of priority highest first

Module Display and Indicators

Indicator Description

1 Module status display

2 RIO status indicator

3 CLX status indicator

4 OK status indicator

Indicator Status Description

RIO Red A frame-receive error has been received in the last second (CRC error abort or time-out) Indicator stays red for 1 second after the error occurs

One or more racks are in error

Flashing redoff

At least one rack being scanned (not inhibited) is in error One or more racks are inhibited

Yellow Idle no racks are configured

Flashing yellowoff

All configured racks are inhibited

Flashing greenoff

No racks being scanned (not inhibited) are in error but one or more racks are inhibited

Green Successful communication with all configured racks no inhibited racks

RIO CLX OK

44777ADAPTER MOD 1

2 3 4

162 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators Appendix D

Adapter Mode

In order of priority highest first

CLX Status Indicator ndash ControlBus Status

The CLX indicator displays the status of communication with the ControlLogix processor

Indicator Status Description

RIO Red A frame-receive error has been received in the last second (CRC error abort or time-out) Indicator stays red for 1 second after the error occurs

Flashing redoff

One or more racks are not being scanned

Flashing greenoff

Configuration mismatch on one or more racks

Green All racks are being scanned and there are no configuration mismatches

Indicator Status Description

CLX Green The module has successfully processed a request from the ControlBus backplane within the last five seconds All required connections are open

Flashing greenoff

Controlling Connection is open but not all required connections are open

Yellow Idle no requests received from the backplane in the last five seconds No connections empty configuration

Flashing yellowoff

Controlling Connection is not open

Red The module has returned a CIP error to a request from the backplane within the last second All required connections are open

Flashing redoff The module has returned a CIP error within the last second All required connections are not open

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 163

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

OK Status Indicator ndash Module Health

The Debug LogThe firmware on the 1756-RIO module maintains a log of informational and diagnostic messages that can be useful in determining the cause of configuration and network problems

To view the log select MonitorgtDebug Log in the scanner or adapter configuration program within the configuration tool

Fatal ErrorsFatal errors occur when the firmware on the module encounters an unexpected condition The module stops running turns all three status indicators red and displays the fatal error number on the 4-character display The module also records its state at the time the fatal error occurred in a log

To clear the fatal error and capture the fatal error log follow these steps

1 Cycle power on the module The 4-character display should show ldquoFaltalErrorCaputure requiredrdquo

2 From the Tools menu choose 1756-RIO Fatal Error Capture in the scanner or adapter configuration program

3 Store the fatal error log to a file

This also clears the fatal error on the module

Contact Technical Support and provide them with the fatal error log file to help diagnose the cause of the problem

Indicator Status Description

OK Green Indicates that module has passed all power-up diagnostics and is functioning normally

Red Indicates that module startup diagnostics failed or a major module fault such as watchdog time-out or jabber inhibit occurred

IMPORTANT If all three status indicators are solid red and the 4-character display shows Mxx (where xx is the error number) a fatal error has occurred See Fatal Errors Make a note of the error code numbers to give Tech Support if you must call for help

164 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators Appendix D

Watchdog and Jabber Inhibit

A watchdog timer is implemented in the modulersquos hardware If the firmware does not kick the watchdog within the time-out period the watchdog times out and generates a fatal error with error code D1 In scanner mode the module stops scanning In adapter mode all racks stop communication

A jabber inhibit timer is implemented in the modulersquos hardware If the network transmitter is on longer than 150 of the longest network frame time the jabber inhibit forces the transmitter off and generates a fatal error with error code D0

In scanner mode the module stops scanning In adapter mode the module stops communicating on the back plane and Remote IO network

Updating the Firmware

The module firmware updates using the scanner or adapter configuration program To update the firmware in the configuration tool from the Tools menu choose Set 1756-RIO ScannerAdapter Mode Setting the mode loads the latest firmware onto the module

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 165

Appendix D Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators

Notes

166 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 167

Appendix E

Quick Start

ControlLogix System Quick Start

Use the following steps to quickly get the module running in a ControlLogix system Detailed information about each step is available in other sections of this manual or in the installation manual You can have only one scanner per RIO network Remove any other scanners on the RIO network before continuing The RIO module ships in scanner mode You can adjust the instructions to fit the mode that matches your needs

1 Install RSLinx software version 254 or later with an activation Use RSLinx Gateway or RSLinx Professional software Do not use RSLinx Lite software

2 Install RSLogix 5000 programming software version 17 or later and the associated controller firmware

3 Install the 1756-RIO module in the 1756-ControlLogix chassis

See publication 1756-IN610

Install the 1756-RIO modulersquos add-on profile found on the installation CD shipped with the module or download it from httpsupportrockwellautomationcomcontrolflashLogixProfilerasp

RSLinx software and RSLogix 5000 programming software must be installed before the add-on profile

See page 19

4 Create a project in RSLogix 5000 programming software

5 Add a 1756 controller to your project

See page 23

6 Add a 1756-RIO module to the project by right-clicking on the chassis in the Controller Organizer and selecting New Module

The Select Module dialog box appears

7 Expand the Communications heading and select the 1756-RIO module Click OK

See page 24

8 Select the General tab on the Module Properties dialog box to set the module properties

Appendix E Quick Start

168 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

9 Enter the module name and slot number

See page 24

10 Click the Change button in the Module Definition section Select your desired mode scanner or adapter

The module ships in scanner mode Note the number of inputoutput tags If this number is not the same after you map your data with the configuration tool you will have to return to this screen and change them to match your configuration You can specify independently the number of input and output tags within the range of 1hellip10 Each tag you create will create a block of 248 integers For example a value of 2 will create 2x248 or 498 integers

11 When done click OK on the Module Definition dialog box

See page 25

12 Select the Connection tab on the Module Properties dialog box

13 Set the Requested Packet Interval (RPI)

See page 27

14 Click on the Remote IO tab name the RIO file and click the OK button

15 Choose Yes on the Create dialog box

See page 31

This will close the Module Properties dialog box You will need to double-click on the 1756-RIO module in the controller organizer to re-open the Module Properties dialog box

16 Click on the Configure Remote IO Devices button on the Module Properties dialog box to launch the configuration tool

17 In the configuration tool if needed under the Tools menu select Set 1756-RIO Module ScannerAdapter Mode command to match the RIO module functionality to match your application Scanner or Adapter

See pages 33

18 Configure the RIO module to match your application In scanner mode add the desired racks to scan and any block transfer modules In adapter mode configure the desired racks to be emulated or monitored and add any block transfer modules Map all entries either manually or by using the Automap command

See pages 51 and 76

Quick Start Appendix E

19 Download the configuration to the module From the configuration toolrsquos Configure menu choose Download Configuration Set the communication path when prompted

See page 91

20 Save the project

21 Go online in the RSLogix 5000 project and download the configuration to the controller

See page 30

See Chapters 2 and 3 for in-depth information on setting module modes and configuration

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 169

Appendix E Quick Start

Notes

170 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Index

Symbolsrio file 116

Numerics1756-RIO module 124-character display 13 12556RioCfgAdpt 19 6956RioCfgScan 19 33 40 57

Aabsolute addresses 84ActBTR 78ActInp 77active 67active inputs 98 108active rack 46 61 67 108

table 117adapter 11

configuration 115mode 11 15 62 86 87 98 124 165program 19

add-on profile 15 16 19 167alias prefix 85aliases 56 76 84 89analog 46 109

data 72archive

configurations 94template check command 95templates command 94

asynchronous 29auto 64

configuration 65configure 41 62map 62mapping 53

automatic 49automatic block transfers 50Avg Update Time 113 114

Bbackplane 66 125base tag 85baud rate 39 63 115block transfer 64 72 136

data 11 37input 134module 11 70 72module type 74

monitor command 108read 98 109read data 78read-and-write-update rates 50timing 116update 50 66write 78 109

blue 68blue hose 14BT

global update 120global update diagnostics table 121MODULE 72Module 98-module 48Module Parameterization 48Mon 109template file 95

BtMon 97

BT-MODULE 66BTR

Len 110len 75Length 73Map Len 113Mon Len 113

BTWLength 73Map Len 114Max Len 114Min Len 114

btw len 75

Cclear

all mappings 57 80block transfer module data mappings 82diagnostics 124Log 123rack map 58

CLX 14Clx Input 78Clx Input data 77Clx Output 78Clx Output data 77

communication path 62 91configuration

tool 29 54 83tree 67

configure 64adapter mode 61-82

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 171

Index

scanner mode 37-59connections 51control program 87controller organizer 16 167ControlLogix

controller 11controller inputs 78inputs 77 141outputs 77 87

counter 134Cyclic Redundancy Check 119

Ddata

blocks 54offset 54 77

debug log 98 121delete

partial rack 46rack 46 71

DiagMon 97 117 120diagnostic counters 120diagnostics 111 114DiscMon 97 102discrete 37 46

data 11input data 129inputs 99output data 131outputs 90 99 107read structure 129write structure 131

door label 13 14download 44 65 127DTL32DLL 20

Eelectronic keying 26empty configuration 64emulate 15 61 67ending IO group 68 70error bit 129 134export 51 56 76

aliases 84 86scanner configuration 97 115

Ffatal error log 125fatal errors 98 125

firmware 15 121 125 165

Ggeneric module type 67global diagnostic counters 117

Hhardware 125hexadecimal 103 109

IIO

data 76discrete inputs 97discrete outputs 98module 50 72

import 56inhibit 131input tags - output tags 26inputs 37integer 109internal array 87 101

Jjabber inhibit timer 165

Lladder logic 99LED Banner name 39 63lightning bolt 67 68link module configuration 83-95listen 97 101LogMon 97 122

Mmain menu 117manual 49

mode 50 134 136manually map 53map 62mapping configuration 51Max Update Time 113 114Min Update Time 113 114mode 31module

definition 17 168

172 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Index

profiles setup dialog box 21type 73

MonBTR 78MonBTW 78MonInp 77monitor 112

BT module 109diagnostics counters 117discrete inputs 101discrete outputs 104inputs 106mode 11 15 61 100outputs 101

monitored rack 46 61 67 72 115MonOut 77MPSetupexe program 20

Nnetwork

configuration 64traffic 66tree 43 69

Ooctal 102 105 118offset 55 134 136OK 14output table 52 57 76 79outputs 15 37

Ppacket 119partial rack 41 67 120 129PLC-5 PLC-3 or SLC 15producedconsumed

data 11 61 67data connections 79input data 69tag 11 51 129

program mode 50 64 99 131protocol 119 120

Qquarter rack 68 129

Rrack

diagnostic counters 117 120

map discretes 53number 102type 70

red 68re-import 56re-map all command 56Remote

IO network 117 165remote

chassis 97IO 67 69IO inputs 61IO network 11 37 73 97IO outputs 61IO scanner 73 77 100IO scanner inputs 77network 16

requested pack interval 11 22resize 45 69 70resize partial rack 70RIO 14

output placeholders 86output placeholders base tag 86

root 69row 120RPI 11RSLinx

communication path 102 109 117 124Gateway 15Professional 15software 15 16 124 167

RSLogix 5000control program 84programming software 15 16 87 167project 22 24 67 76 89 101

RTB connection 13run mode 50 64 65 99

Sscanner 11

configuration file 115log 121mode 15 37 85 99 109 122 131

scanner mode IO map 129-139semi-automatic 49 50shadow 15signed 109signed decimal 103slot 72 121

number 25starting IO group 68 118

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 173

Index

status data 129status indicators 13

Ttemplate 46 72termination 119test mode 99throughput 29timing data 116toolbar 92 117 124tools menu 88tree 72 87

troubleshooting display and status indicators 161-165

Uunassigned IO addresses 76unsigned 109unsigned decimal 103 104update block transfers 99Update Count 113 114upgrade 101upload 92

174 Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010

Rockwell Otomasyon Ticaret AŞ Kar Plaza İş Merkezi E Blok Kat6 34752 İccedilerenkoumly İstanbul Tel +90 (216) 5698400

Publication 1756-UM534B-EN-P - November 2010 176Supersedes Publication 1756-UM534A-EN-P - April 2009 Copyright copy 2010 Rockwell Automation Inc All rights reserved Printed in the USA

Rockwell Automation Support

Rockwell Automation provides technical information on the Web to assist you in using its products At httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupport you can find technical manuals a knowledge base of FAQs technical and application notes sample code and links to software service packs and a MySupport feature that you can customize to make thebest use of these tools

For an additional level of technical phone support for installation configuration and troubleshooting we offer TechConnect support programs For more information contact your local distributor or Rockwell Automation representative or visit httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupport

Installation Assistance

If you experience a problem within the first 24 hours of installation review the information that is contained in this manualYou can contact Customer Support for initial help in getting your product up and running

New Product Satisfaction Return

Rockwell Automation tests all of its products to ensure that they are fully operational when shipped from the manufacturing facility However if your product is not functioning and needs to be returned follow these procedures

Documentation Feedback

Your comments will help us serve your documentation needs better If you have any suggestions on how to improve this document complete this form publication RA-DU002 available at httpwwwrockwellautomationcomliterature

United States or Canada 14406463434

Outside United States or Canada

Use the Worldwide Locator at httpwwwrockwellautomationcomsupportamericasphone_enhtml or contact your local Rockwell Automation representative

United States Contact your distributor You must provide a Customer Support case number (call the phone number above to obtain one) to your distributor to complete the return process

Outside United States Please contact your local Rockwell Automation representative for the return procedure

  • 1756-UM534B-EN-P ControlLogix Remote IO Communication Module User Manual
  • Summary of Changes
    • New and Updated Information
      • Table of Contents
      • Preface
        • Introduction
        • Who Should Use This Manual
        • Information Found in This Manual
        • Additional Resources
          • Chapter 1 - The 1756-RIO Module-Getting Started
            • Introduction
            • 1756-RIO Module Components
            • 1756-RIO Module Requirements
            • The 1756-RIO Modes
            • Prepare the Module
            • Install the Software
            • Install the Add-on Profile
            • Create the RSLogix 5000 Project
              • Configure the Controller
              • Add the 1756-RIO Module
              • Enter the RPI
                • Set Communication Path and Download to the Controller in the RSLogix 5000 Project
                • Launch the Configuration Tool and Select the Module Mode
                  • Launch the 1756-RIO Configuration Tool
                      • Chapter 2 - Configure Scanner Mode
                        • Introduction
                        • Configure Scanner Summary
                        • Set the Baud Rate
                        • Autoconfigure Racks
                        • Manually Configure Racks
                          • Matching Configuration Tool Settings with Module Settings
                          • Resize a Rack
                          • Delete a Rack
                            • Configure Block Transfer Modules
                            • Map IO Data
                              • Automatic Mapping
                              • Manually Map Discrete (rack) Data
                              • Manually Map Block Transfer Data
                              • Re-Map Command
                              • Clear Mappings
                                  • Chapter 3 - Configure Adapter Mode
                                    • Introduction
                                    • Configure Adapter Summary
                                    • Set the Baud Rate
                                    • Autoconfigure Racks
                                      • Perform the AutoConfiguration
                                      • Active Versus Monitored Racks on the Network
                                        • Manually Configure Racks
                                          • Resizing Racks
                                          • Delete Racks
                                            • Configure Block-transfer Modules
                                            • Map IO Data
                                              • Automatic Mapping
                                              • Manually Map Discrete Data
                                              • Re-Map Command
                                              • Clear Mappings
                                                  • Chapter 4 - Link Module Configuration with RSLogix 5000 Project
                                                    • Introduction
                                                    • Commission Summary
                                                    • Aliases
                                                      • Export Aliases in Scanner Mode
                                                      • Export Aliases in Adapter Mode
                                                      • Use Monitor Mode to Upgrade an Existing System to a ControlLogix System
                                                        • Manage Configurations
                                                          • Download and Upload Configurations
                                                          • Save Configurations to Disk
                                                          • Archive Configurations
                                                              • Chapter 5 - Monitor Remote IO
                                                                • Introduction
                                                                • Commission Summary
                                                                • Scan Mode and Monitor Mode
                                                                  • Scan Remote IO in Scanner Mode
                                                                  • Monitor Remote IO in Adapter Mode
                                                                    • Monitor Discrete Inputs and Outputs
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Inputs in Scanner Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Outputs in Scanner Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Inputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Outputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                      • Monitor Discrete Active Inputs in Adapter Mode
                                                                        • Monitor Block Transfers
                                                                          • Monitor Block Transfers in Scanner Mode
                                                                          • Monitor Block Transfers in Adapter Mode
                                                                            • Export Scanner Configurations
                                                                              • Monitor Mode
                                                                                • Other Diagnostics
                                                                                  • Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Scanner Mode
                                                                                  • Monitor Diagnostic Counters in Adapter Mode
                                                                                  • Module Scanner Log
                                                                                  • Clear Diagnostics
                                                                                  • Fatal Errors
                                                                                      • App A - Scanner Mode IO Map
                                                                                        • Discrete Input Data
                                                                                        • Discrete Output Data
                                                                                        • Block Transfer Input
                                                                                        • Block Transfer Output
                                                                                          • App B - Adapter Mode IO Map
                                                                                            • Discrete Data
                                                                                              • Discrete Input Data
                                                                                              • Discrete Output Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                • Block Transfer Modules
                                                                                                  • Block Transfer Read Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                  • Block Transfer Write Data on Monitored or Active Racks
                                                                                                      • App C - Block Transfer Module Templates
                                                                                                        • Block Transfer Template Records
                                                                                                        • Block Transfer Lengths
                                                                                                        • Parameters
                                                                                                        • Parameter Examples
                                                                                                        • Aliases
                                                                                                          • App D - Troubleshooting Display and Status Indicators
                                                                                                            • Alphanumeric Display
                                                                                                            • Status Indicators
                                                                                                              • RIO Status Indicator ndash Remote Devices Status
                                                                                                              • CLX Status Indicator ndash ControlBus Status
                                                                                                              • OK Status Indicator ndash Module Health
                                                                                                              • The Debug Log
                                                                                                              • Fatal Errors
                                                                                                              • Watchdog and Jabber Inhibit
                                                                                                              • Updating the Firmware
                                                                                                                  • Quick Start
                                                                                                                    • ControlLogix System Quick Start
                                                                                                                      • Index
                                                                                                                        • Symbols
                                                                                                                        • Numerics
                                                                                                                        • A
                                                                                                                        • B
                                                                                                                        • C
                                                                                                                        • D
                                                                                                                        • E
                                                                                                                        • F
                                                                                                                        • G
                                                                                                                        • H
                                                                                                                        • I
                                                                                                                        • J
                                                                                                                        • L
                                                                                                                        • M
                                                                                                                        • N
                                                                                                                        • O
                                                                                                                        • P
                                                                                                                        • Q
                                                                                                                        • R
                                                                                                                        • S
                                                                                                                        • T
                                                                                                                        • U
                                                                                                                          • Back Cover
                                                                                                                            • Introduction_Catagory Types

                                                                                                                              Print Spec Sheet

                                                                                                                              ltlt ASCII85EncodePages false AllowTransparency false AutoPositionEPSFiles true AutoRotatePages All Binding Left CalGrayProfile (Dot Gain 20) CalRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CalCMYKProfile (US Web Coated 050SWOP051 v2) sRGBProfile (sRGB IEC61966-21) CannotEmbedFontPolicy Error CompatibilityLevel 14 CompressObjects Tags CompressPages true ConvertImagesToIndexed true PassThroughJPEGImages true CreateJobTicket false DefaultRenderingIntent Default DetectBlends true DetectCurves 00000 ColorConversionStrategy LeaveColorUnchanged DoThumbnails false EmbedAllFonts true EmbedOpenType false ParseICCProfilesInComments true EmbedJobOptions true DSCReportingLevel 0 EmitDSCWarnings false EndPage -1 ImageMemory 1048576 LockDistillerParams true MaxSubsetPct 1 Optimize true OPM 1 ParseDSCComments false ParseDSCCommentsForDocInfo true PreserveCopyPage true PreserveDICMYKValues true PreserveEPSInfo true PreserveFlatness true PreserveHalftoneInfo false PreserveOPIComments false PreserveOverprintSettings true StartPage 1 SubsetFonts false TransferFunctionInfo Apply UCRandBGInfo Remove UsePrologue false ColorSettingsFile () AlwaysEmbed [ true ] NeverEmbed [ true ] AntiAliasColorImages false CropColorImages true ColorImageMinResolution 300 ColorImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleColorImages true ColorImageDownsampleType Average ColorImageResolution 300 ColorImageDepth 8 ColorImageMinDownsampleDepth 1 ColorImageDownsampleThreshold 200000 EncodeColorImages true ColorImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterColorImages false ColorImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG ColorACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt ColorImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000ColorACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000ColorImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasGrayImages false CropGrayImages true GrayImageMinResolution 300 GrayImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleGrayImages true GrayImageDownsampleType Average GrayImageResolution 300 GrayImageDepth 8 GrayImageMinDownsampleDepth 2 GrayImageDownsampleThreshold 200000 EncodeGrayImages true GrayImageFilter FlateEncode AutoFilterGrayImages false GrayImageAutoFilterStrategy JPEG GrayACSImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt GrayImageDict ltlt QFactor 015 HSamples [1 1 1 1] VSamples [1 1 1 1] gtgt JPEG2000GrayACSImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt JPEG2000GrayImageDict ltlt TileWidth 256 TileHeight 256 Quality 30 gtgt AntiAliasMonoImages false CropMonoImages true MonoImageMinResolution 1200 MonoImageMinResolutionPolicy OK DownsampleMonoImages true MonoImageDownsampleType Average MonoImageResolution 1200 MonoImageDepth -1 MonoImageDownsampleThreshold 150000 EncodeMonoImages true MonoImageFilter CCITTFaxEncode MonoImageDict ltlt K -1 gtgt AllowPSXObjects false CheckCompliance [ None ] PDFX1aCheck false PDFX3Check false PDFXCompliantPDFOnly false PDFXNoTrimBoxError true PDFXTrimBoxToMediaBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXSetBleedBoxToMediaBox true PDFXBleedBoxToTrimBoxOffset [ 000000 000000 000000 000000 ] PDFXOutputIntentProfile (None) PDFXOutputConditionIdentifier () PDFXOutputCondition () PDFXRegistryName () PDFXTrapped False CreateJDFFile false Description ltlt CHS ltFEFF4f7f75288fd94e9b8bbe5b9a521b5efa7684002000500044004600206587686353ef901a8fc7684c976262535370673a548c002000700072006f006f00660065007200208fdb884c9ad88d2891cf62535370300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c676562535f00521b5efa768400200050004400460020658768633002gt CHT ltFEFF4f7f752890194e9b8a2d7f6e5efa7acb7684002000410064006f006200650020005000440046002065874ef653ef5728684c9762537088686a5f548c002000700072006f006f00660065007200204e0a73725f979ad854c18cea7684521753706548679c300260a853ef4ee54f7f75280020004100630072006f0062006100740020548c002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e003000204ee553ca66f49ad87248672c4f86958b555f5df25efa7acb76840020005000440046002065874ef63002gt DAN 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 DEU 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 ESP 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 FRA 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 ITA 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 JPN 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 KOR ltFEFFc7740020c124c815c7440020c0acc6a9d558c5ec0020b370c2a4d06cd0d10020d504b9b0d1300020bc0f0020ad50c815ae30c5d0c11c0020ace0d488c9c8b85c0020c778c1c4d560002000410064006f0062006500200050004400460020bb38c11cb97c0020c791c131d569b2c8b2e4002e0020c774b807ac8c0020c791c131b41c00200050004400460020bb38c11cb2940020004100630072006f0062006100740020bc0f002000410064006f00620065002000520065006100640065007200200035002e00300020c774c0c1c5d0c11c0020c5f40020c2180020c788c2b5b2c8b2e4002egt NLD (Gebruik deze instellingen om Adobe PDF-documenten te maken voor kwaliteitsafdrukken op desktopprinters en proofers De gemaakte PDF-documenten kunnen worden geopend met Acrobat en Adobe Reader 50 en hoger) NOR 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 PTB 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 SUO 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 SVE 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 ENU (Use these settings to create Adobe PDF documents for quality printing on desktop printers and proofers Created PDF documents can be opened with Acrobat and Adobe Reader 50 and later) gtgt Namespace [ (Adobe) (Common) (10) ] OtherNamespaces [ ltlt AsReaderSpreads false CropImagesToFrames true ErrorControl WarnAndContinue FlattenerIgnoreSpreadOverrides false IncludeGuidesGrids false IncludeNonPrinting false IncludeSlug false Namespace [ (Adobe) (InDesign) (40) ] OmitPlacedBitmaps false OmitPlacedEPS false OmitPlacedPDF false SimulateOverprint Legacy gtgt ltlt AddBleedMarks false AddColorBars false AddCropMarks false AddPageInfo false AddRegMarks false ConvertColors NoConversion DestinationProfileName () DestinationProfileSelector NA Downsample16BitImages true FlattenerPreset ltlt PresetSelector MediumResolution gtgt FormElements false GenerateStructure true IncludeBookmarks false IncludeHyperlinks false IncludeInteractive false IncludeLayers false IncludeProfiles true MultimediaHandling UseObjectSettings Namespace [ (Adobe) (CreativeSuite) (20) ] PDFXOutputIntentProfileSelector NA PreserveEditing true UntaggedCMYKHandling LeaveUntagged UntaggedRGBHandling LeaveUntagged UseDocumentBleed false gtgt ]gtgt setdistillerparamsltlt HWResolution [2400 2400] PageSize [612000 792000]gtgt setpagedevice

                                                                                                                              JIT Printing Specifications RA-QR005F-EN-P - 8072009
                                                                                                                              Printing Specification YOUR DATA HERE Instructions NO
                                                                                                                              (required) Category D6 Select Print Category ABC or D from category list on Introduction_Catagory Types tab 11rdquo x 17rdquo LOOSE -Loose Leaf YES Pre-sale Marketing TOP
                                                                                                                              (required) Finished Trim Size Width 85rdquo x 11rdquo 85rdquo x 11rdquo PERFECT - Perfect Bound A1 LEFT
                                                                                                                              (required) Publication Number 1756-UM534B-EN-P Sample 2030-SP001B-EN-P 3rdquo x 5rdquo SADDLE - Saddle Stitch A2 RIGHT CORNER
                                                                                                                              Use Legacy Number YES or NO 18rdquo x 24rdquo Poster PLASTCOIL - Plastic Coil (Coil Bound) A4 BOTTOM SIDE
                                                                                                                              Legacy Number if applicable Sample Legacy Number 0160-533 24rdquo x 36rdquo Poster STAPLED1 -1 position A3
                                                                                                                              Publication Title ControlLogix Remote IO Communication Module Sample ElectroGuard Selling Brief 36rdquo x 24rdquo Poster STAPLED1B - bottom 1 position A5
                                                                                                                              (required) Business Group Marketing Commercial As entered in DocMan 4rdquo x 6rdquo STAPLED2 - 2 positions A6
                                                                                                                              (required) Cost Center 19010 As entered in DocMan - enter number only no description Example - 19021 CMKMKE CM Integrated Arch - 19021CMKMKE Market Access Program - 19105 475rdquo x 7rdquo (slightly smaller half-size) THERMAL - Thermal bound (Tape bound) A7
                                                                                                                              BindingStitching PERFECT - Perfect Bound Review key on right Saddle-Stitch Items All page quantities must be divisible by 480 pgs max on 20 (text and cover)76 pgs max on 20 (text) and 24 (cover)72 pgs max on 24 (text and cover)Perfect Bound Items940 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Coil Bound Items580 pgs max of 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Tape Bound Items250 pgs max on 20 no cover240 pgs max wcover (90 index unless indicated otherwise)Double Wire Bound Items80 pgs max on 20 (if adding cover deduct equivalent number of pages to equal cover thickness) (90 index unless indicated otherwise) 475rdquo x 775rdquo THERMALO - Thermal Bound (Tape bound - offline) A8
                                                                                                                              (required) Page Count of Publication 172 Total page count including cover 55rdquo x 85rdquo (half-size) Wire O - Double Wire Bound (offline) A9
                                                                                                                              Paper Stock Color white White is assumed For color options contact your vendor 6rdquo x 4rdquo Post Sale Technical Communication
                                                                                                                              Number of Tabs Needed 5 tab in stock at RR Donnelley 7385rdquo x 9rdquo (RSI Std) B1
                                                                                                                              Stitching Location SIDE Blank Corner or Side 825rdquo x 10875rdquo B2
                                                                                                                              Drill Hole YESNO YES All drilled publications use the 5-hole standard 516 inch-size hole and a minimum of frac14 inch from the inner page border 825rdquo x 11rdquo (RA product profile std) B3 None
                                                                                                                              Glue Location on Pad Glue location on pads 8375rdquo x 10875 B4 Half
                                                                                                                              Number of Pages per Pad Average sheets of paper 25 50 75100 Max 9rdquo x 12rdquo (Folder) B5 C
                                                                                                                              Ink Color Black One color assumes BLACK 4 color assume CMYK Indicate PMS number herehellip A4 (8 frac14rdquo x 11 frac34rdquo) (210 x 297 mm) Catalogs DbleParll
                                                                                                                              Used in Manufacturing No A5 (583rdquo x 826rdquo) (148 x 210 mm) C1 Offset Z
                                                                                                                              Fold Sample
                                                                                                                              Comments C2 Short
                                                                                                                              Part Number NA JIT POD V
                                                                                                                              D1 Z
                                                                                                                              D2 Microfold
                                                                                                                              D3
                                                                                                                              D4
                                                                                                                              D5
                                                                                                                              D6
                                                                                                                              D7
                                                                                                                              D8
                                                                                                                              D9
                                                                                                                              This tab summarizes Rockwell Automation Global Sales and Marketing preferred printing standards It also provides guidance on whether a publication should be released as JIT (print on demand) or if it requires an RFQ for offset printingFind your publication type in the first section below Use the assigned Printing Category information to determine the standard print specifications for that document type The Printing Categories are defined below the Publication Type section Note there may be slightly different print specifications for the categories depending on the region (EMEA or Americas)For more information on Global Sales and Marketing Printing Standards see publication RA-CO004 in DocMan
                                                                                                                              Publication Type and Print Category
                                                                                                                              Publication Type Off Set Print Category Spec (See table below) JIT Spec (See table below) Description Order Min Order Max Life Cycle Usage Release Option
                                                                                                                              AD NA - Puttman NA Advertisement Reprint Colour NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              AP A3 D2 Application Solution or Customer Success Story 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              AR NA NA ArticleEditorialByline NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              (press releases should not be checked into DocMan or printed)
                                                                                                                              AT B3 B4 D5 Application techniques 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              BR A2 Primary A1 NA Brochures 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CA C2 Primary C1 NA Catalogue 1 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CG NA NA Catalogue Guide 1 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CL NA NA Collection 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              CO A5 A6 A9 D5 Company Confidential Information NA NA NA Confidential
                                                                                                                              CP E-only E-only D5 Competitive Information 5 50 NA Confidential
                                                                                                                              DC E-only E-only Discount Schedules NA NA Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DI A1 A3 NA Direct Mail 5 100 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DM NA NA Product Demo 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              DS B3 D5 Dimensions Sheet 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              DU B3 D5 Document Update 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              GR B2 D6 Getting Results 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              IN B3 Primary B2 D5 D6 Installation instructions 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              LM NA NA Launch Materials 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              PC B3 D5 Packaging Contents
                                                                                                                              PL E-only primary B3 E-only Price List 5 50 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              PM B2 D6 Programming Manual 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              PP A3 D1 Profile (Single Product or Service) NOTE Application Solutions are to be assigned the AP pub type 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              QR B2 primary B3 B5 D5 D6 Quick Reference 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              QS B2 primary B3 B5 D5 D6 Quick Start 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              RM B2 D5 D6 Reference Manual 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              RN B3 D5 Release Notes 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              SG B1 Primary B4 D5 D6 Selection Guide Colour 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              SG B2 D5 D6 Selection Guide BW 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              SP A1 A2 A3 A4 NA Sales Promotion NOTE Service profiles are to be assigned the PP pub type 5 100 Presale Internal
                                                                                                                              SR B2 B3 D5 D6 Specification Rating Sheet 5 100 Presale External
                                                                                                                              TD B2 Primary B3 B4 B5 D5 D6 Technical Data 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              TG B2 B3 D6 Troubleshooting Guide 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              UM B2 Primary B4 D6 User Manual BW 1 5 Post External
                                                                                                                              WD B3 D5 Wiring Diagrams Dwgs 1 5 Post Internal
                                                                                                                              WP B3 Primary B5 D5 White Paper 5 50 Presale External
                                                                                                                              Minimum order quantities on all JIT items are based on the publication length
                                                                                                                              Publication length Minimum Order Quantity
                                                                                                                              77 or more pages 1 (no shrink wrap required)
                                                                                                                              33 to 76 pages 25
                                                                                                                              3 to 32 pages 50
                                                                                                                              1 or 2 pages 100
                                                                                                                              Pre-sale Marketing All paper in this category is White Brightness 90 or better Opacity 90 or better
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              A1 4 color 170 gsm 2pp 100 gloss cover 100 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A2 4 color 170 gsm folded 4pp 100 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A3 4 color Cover 170 gsm with Body 120 gsm gt 4pp 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A4 2 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text
                                                                                                                              A5 2 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
                                                                                                                              A6 1 color 170gsm Silk ndash 120gsm Silk 80 gloss cover 80 matt sheet text
                                                                                                                              A7 4 color cover2 color textSelection Guide Category being deleted 10 Point Cover C2S50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              A8 4 color cover Category being deleted 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              2 color text
                                                                                                                              Selection Guide
                                                                                                                              A9 2 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              Selection Guide
                                                                                                                              Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories
                                                                                                                              Post Sale Technical Communication
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              B1 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 100gsm bond 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              2 color text 50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B2 1 color 160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond 90 Cover50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B3 1 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              B4 2 color 160gsm Colortech amp 100gsm Bond 90 Cover50 matte sheet text
                                                                                                                              B5 2 color 100gsm bond 50 matte sheet text self cover
                                                                                                                              Catalogs
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              C1 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 90gsm silk 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              4 color text 45 Coated Sheet
                                                                                                                              C2 4 color cover 270gsm Gloss 80gsm silk 10 Point Cover C2S
                                                                                                                              2 color text 32-33 Coated Sheet
                                                                                                                              JIT POD All paper in this category is White Brightness 82 or better Opacity 88 or better
                                                                                                                              Category Color Options AP EMEA Paper Requirements Canada LA US Paper Requirements
                                                                                                                              D1 4 color 170gsm white silk 80 gloss cover coated 2 sides
                                                                                                                              D2 4 color 120gsm white silk 80 gloss text coated 2 sides self cover
                                                                                                                              D3 4 color Cover 170gsm with Body 120gsm 80 gloss cover 80 gloss text coated 2 sides
                                                                                                                              D4 1 color 160gsm tab 90 index
                                                                                                                              D5 1 color 80gsm bond 20 bond self cover
                                                                                                                              D6 1 color Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              D7 2 color 160gsm tab 90 index
                                                                                                                              D8 2 color 80gsm bond 20 bond self cover
                                                                                                                              D9 2 color Cover 160gsm tab with Body 80gsm bond 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              D10 Combination 4 color cover with 2 color body Cover 160gsm with Body 80gsm 90 index 20 bond
                                                                                                                              Gray shading indicates Obsolete Print Catagories